The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutWWP2703557_4Client#: 57239 KAMICON ACORDT. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) 06/01/2012 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Bell -Anderson Ins 600 SW 39th Street, Suite 200 Renton, WA 98057 425 291-5200 CONTACT NAME: PHONE 425 291-5200 FAX 4252915100 A/C No Ext : A/C, No E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: West American Insurance Co INSURED INSURER B: The Ohio Casualty Insurance CO Kamins Construction Chad Kamins INSURER C : 19315 Ross Rd INSURER D : Bothell, WA 98011 INSURER E : INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSR SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MM/DD/YYYY POLICY EXP MM/DD/YYYY LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 71 CLAIMS -MADE Fx� OCCUR X PD Ded:250 BLW53745556 6/04/2012 06/04/2013 EACH OCCURRENCE $1 OOO 000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES Ea occurrence $100 1 000 MED EXP (Any one person) $1 O 000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PEa LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ B AUTOMOBILE LIABiLITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS X AUTOS X HIRED AUTOS X NON -OWNED AUTOS BA053745556 6/04/2012 06/04/201 (CEO,e..,d.n1SINGLE LIMIT 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ B X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAR X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE US053745556 6/04/2012 06/04/2013 EACH OCCURRENCE $4 000 000 AGGREGATE $4 00O 000 DED I X RETENTION $10000 $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N I A BLW53745556 (WA Stop Gap) 6/04/2012 06/04/201 WC STATU- OTH- TORY LIMIT ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1 00O 000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1 000 000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) RE: Ongoing Operations of the Named Insured Only. The City of Renton is an additional insured for general liability, but only if required by written contract JUN 0 or written agreement per General Liability Master Pak Blanket Additional Insured provision CG8810 1009. 6 2012 CITY OF RENTON UTILITY SYS City of Renton SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE y THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Attn: Michael Benoit ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 16� ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010/05) 1 of 1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S387051/M386909 SLM COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 88 10 10 09 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART INDEX SUBJECT NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY - ELEVATORS EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Termnrs Property Damage) MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS -COVERAGES A AND B ADDITIONAL INSUREDS- BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY- ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION ADDITIONAL INSUREDS- EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" WHO IS AN INSURED - INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORWMALPRACTICE AND WHO IS AN INSURED - FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION -MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE BODILY INJURY REDEFINED EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU PAGE Wth respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. A NON-OWNEDAIRCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft does not apply to an aircraft provided'. 1. It is not owned by •ity inaured; 2. It is hired, chartered or loaned with a trained Paid am, 3. The plot in command holds a currently effective certificate, issued by the duty constituted authority of the United States of America or Canada, designating her or him a commerc al or airline Plot, and 4. It is not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. However, the insurance afforded by this provision does not apply it there is available to the insured other valid and collectible insurance, whether primary, excess (other than insurance written to apply specifically in excess of this policy), contingent m on any other basis. that would also apply to the loss covered under this provision. 2 B. NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section 1- Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, 2 Subparagraph (2) of exclusion IF Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft is replaced by the folowing. 2 This exclusion does not apply to: 2 (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 52 feet long, and 3 (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. 3 C. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY - ELEVATORS 3 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section 1 - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, Subparagraphs (3),(4) and (6) of exclusion J. Damage To Property do not apply if such'propeny damage' 5 results from the use of elevators. For the purpose of this provision, elevators do not include vehicle lif r. Vehicle lifts are lifts or hoists used in automobile service or repair operations. 5 2. The following is added to Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions, Coniston 4. DOW Insurance, Paragraph It. Excess Insurance: S The insurance afforded by this provision of this endorsement is excess over any property insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent of on any other basis. 6 D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenant's Property Damage) 7 If Damage To Premises Rented To You is rat otherwise excluded from this Coverage Part 7 1. Under Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability: a. The fourth from the last paragraph of exclusion I. Damage To Property is replaced by the following'. 7 Paragraphs (1). (3) and (4) or this exclusion do hot apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire, lightning, expos moke, or leakage from an automats fie protection system) to: 7 (1) Premises rented to you for perioo of 7 or fewer consecutive days, or (if) Contents that you rent or lease as pan of a premises rental or lease agreement for a period of 7 more than 7 days. 9 Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do hot apply to "property damage" to contents of premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limn of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III - Limits of Insurance. W010 L n,, MWW I—. Campy_ Ali rVte CG 88 10 10 09 ircivas m-,— maM a i-vs— s«vs•s arc•, Arc.. wth its o•mvssci Page 1 of 7 b. The last paragraph of subsection 2. Exclusions is replaced by the following. Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire. lightning, explosion, &moke or leakage from automatic fire protection system. to premises while rented to you a temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as descnbed in Section III - Limits Of Insurance. 2. Paragraph 8. under Section III - Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the followAng: 6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above. the Damage To Premises Reined To You Limits; the most we volt pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage' to: a Any one premise'. (1) Whole rented to you; or (2) wide reined to you or temporarily occupied W you with permission of the owner for damage by fire. lightning, explosion, smoke or leakage from automatic Protection systems; a b. Contents that you rent or lease as pan of a premises rental or lease agreement. 3. As regards coverage provided by this provision D. EXTENDED DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RENTED TO YOU (Tenanrs Property Damage) - Paragraph 9.a of Definitions is replaced with the following. 9.a. A contract fora lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that Indemnifies any person or organzation for damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, or leakage from automatic fire protection systems to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner, or for damage to contents of such premises that are included in your premises rental or lease agreement, is not an "inaured contract'. E. MEDICAL PAYMENTS EXTENSION If Coverage C Medical Payments Is not othe—.. excluded, the Medical Payments provided by this policy are amended as follows. Under Paragraph 1. Insuring Agreement of Section I — Coverage C — Medical Payments, Subparagraph (b) of Paragraph a. is replaced by the following' (b) The expenses are incurred and reported within three years of the date of the accident, and F. EXTENSION OF SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B 1. Under Supplementary Payments —Coverages A and B, Paragraph 1.b, is replaced by the following: b. Up to $3,000 for coat of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to human these band. 2. Paragraph 1A, is replaced by the following. d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us In the Investigation or defeme of the claim of'surr, including actual loss of earnings up to f5DO a day because of time off from work. G. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 1. Paragraph 2. under Section If - Who Is An Insured is amended to Include as an insured any person or organzation whom you have agreed to add as an additional Insured in a written contract, written agreement or permit. Such person or organization is an additional inured but only with respect to liability for'bodiiy injury', 'property damage' or 'personal and advertising Injury' caused in whole or in pan by a. Your acts or omissions. or the act. or omissions of those acting on your behalf, in the Performance of your on going operations for the additional Insured that are the subject of the written contract or written agreement Provided that the *bodily injury' or'popedy damage' occurs, or the 'personal and advertising hyury' is committed, subsequent to the signing of such written contract or written agreement or Optp LiBaM Mub•I lnwr«ic•Compary. Al nahb nwrr.d CG as 10 10 09 ircw.a xov hsd maMrvl of Imunmre s.— oma. IrcPage 2 of 7 b. Premises or facilities tented by you or used by you; or C. The maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment lamed or leased to you by such person or organ¢atian, or d Operations performed by you or on your behalf far which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit subject to the following additional provisions. (1) This insurance does not apply to'bodily injury'. 'property damage', or'personal and advertising injury' arising out of the operations performed for the state or political subdivision; (2) This insurance does not apply to *bodly injury' or'pioperty damage' included wahin the 'completed operations hazard'. (3) Insurance applies to premises you own, rent or control but only with reaped to the following hw.,m (a) The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection, or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances. anal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, host away openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners, or decorations and similar exposures; or (b) The construction, erection, or removal of elevators; or (c) The ownership, maintenance, or use of any elevators covered by this insurance. With respect to Paragraph 1.a. above, a person's or organization's status as an addtional Insured under this endorsement ends when, (1) All work including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insureds) at the location of the covered operations has been Completed; or 12) That portion of your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to d intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a pan of the same project. With respect to Paragraph t.b. above, a person's or aganrzaton's status as an additional insured under this encasement ends when that written contract or wnften agreement with you for such Premises or facilities ends Win respects to Paragraph t.c. above, this insurance does not apply to any'occurrence' which takes place after the equipment rental or lease agreement has expired or you have returned such equipment to the lessor The insurance provided by this endorsement applies only it the written contract or wrmen agreement is signed prim to the "bodily injury" or "popery damage" We have no duty to defend an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive whiten more of a 'sort' by the additional insured as required in Paragraph It. of Condition 2. Duties In the Event Of Occurrence, Offense. Claim Or Suit under Section IV - Commercial General Liability Conditions. 2. Wth respect to the insurance provided by this endorsement the following are added to Paragraph 2. Exclusions under Section I - CoverageA - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability'. This Insurance does not apply to. a 'godly injury' or'propeny damage- arising from the sole negligence of the additional insured. b. 'Bodly injury' or'property damage'that occurs prim to you commenang operations at the location where such *bodily injury' or *properly damage' occurs. C. 'Body injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury' arising out of the rendering of. or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, Including. Oloto LEarry Muualim�xarca Compaery All.... avW. ON7o Lib•M MMullnwrarcai:ompM-Alrphar•a•mwd. CG 98 10 10 09 S«vr.s arcs, Ins.. wan a samwum Page 3 of 7 CG 88 10 10 09 ircrudea coPyn,.d maurei .11 S•rvicas rams its.. wan a naihsswi Page 1 of 7 (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawing., opinions, reports, Survey., field orders, change orders or drawings and.peafications; or (2) Supervisory, mapection, architectural or engineering acbvibes. d. "Bodily injury" or "property damage' occurring after: (1) All work, inducing materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed, or (2) That portion of "your work' out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to Its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged In performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. e. Any person or organization specifically designated as an addtional insured for ongoing operations by a separate ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS endorsement issued by us and made a part of this policy. H. PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY ADDITIONAL INSURED EXTENSION This provision applies to any person or organization who qualities as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this polity. Condition a. Other Insurance of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows: a The following is added to Paragraph a Primary Insurance: If an additional Insured's policy has an Other Insurance provision making its policy excess, and you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory basis, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional insureds policy for damages we cover. D. The following is added to Paragraph b. Excess Insurance: When a written contract or written agreement, other than a premises lease, facilities rental contract or agreement, an equipment rental or lease contract or agreement or Permit issued by a state or political subdivision between you and an addtional insured does not require this insurance to be primary or primary and noncontributory, this insurance is excess over any other Insurance for which the additional insured is designated as a Named Insured Regard— of the written agreement between you and an additional insured, this insurance is excess over any other insurance whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis for which the additional Insured has been added as an addtional insured on other policies. I. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS. EXTENDED PROTECTION OF YOUR "LIMITS OF INSURANCE" This provision applies to any person or organization who qualifies as an additional insured under any form or endorsement under this policy. 1. The following Is added to Condition L Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense. Claim of Suit: An addtional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable'. a. Give written notice of an "occurrence' or an offense that may result in a claim or'suit' under this insurance to Its; b Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or'suit'to all insurer. whom also have insurance available to the additional insured; and C. Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for . loss we cover under this Coverage Part d. We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional Insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a "suit" by the additional insured. 2. The limits of Insurance applicable to the additional insured are those Specified In a written contract or written agreement or the limits of Insurance as stated In the Declarations of this policy and defined in Section III — Limits of Insurance of this policy, whichever are less. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance available under this policy. J. WHO IS AN INSURED. INCIDENTAL MEDICAL ERRORS I MALPRACTICE WHO IS AN INSURED - FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXTENSION- MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section 11 - Who Is An Insured is replaced with the following: (1) "Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury'. (a) To you, to your partners or members (i you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (rf you are a limited liability company), to a rxi'empoyee" while in the course of hts or her employment or performing duties related to me conduct of your busmees, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, (b) To the spouse, child, parent brother or sister of that co="empoyee" or "volunteer worker' as a consequence of Paragraph (1) (a) above; (c) For which mere Is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in Paragraphs (11 (a) or (b) above, or (d) Ansing out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services- However, if you are not in the business of providing professional health care services or providing professions] health care personnel to others, a ifcoverage for providing professional health care services I. not otherwise excluded by separate endorsement, this provision (Paragraph (d)) doe. not apply. Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to 'bodily injury' or 'personal and advertising injury' caused by an 'employee' who is acting in a supervisory capacity for you. Supervisory capacity as used herein means the employees' job responsibilities assigned by you, includes the direct supervision of other 'empoyees' of your. However, none of these 'employees' are insureds for'bodily injury' or 'personal and advertising injury' ansing out of that, willful conduct, which is defined as the purposeful or willful intent to muse 'bodily injury' or *personal and advertising injury', or caused in whole or in part by their intoxication by liquor or controlled Substances. The coverage provided by provision J. is excess over any other valid and collectable insurance available to your 'employee' K. NEWLY FORMED OR ADDITIONALLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES Paragraph 3. of Section II - Who Is An Insured is replaced by the following: 3. Any organization you newly acquire or form and tier which you maintain ownership or majority Interest, will quality as a Named Insured if there is no other Similar insurance available to that organization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the expiration or the policy period in which the entity was acquired or formed by you; It Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising Injury' ansing out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. d. Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained by the first Named Insured. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured In the Declarations or qualifies as an insured under this provision. O]atOlaany MlaW lminma CanPtry. Alldyxa narxM. OSg10 LissM Mwullnsursnw Company Ar rgne leserwE. CG 88 10 CG 88 10 10 09 IlxAda. --Igh d-- a Ira- swk.s ass. IIwtlt a p.m:vbri. Page S of 7 10 09 Inc.weaa capwnrrsa m.t.r:l or Irsvranu s.c„s.s oss.. lM . snit m p.m,ma�o.,. Page 8 d 7 L. FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS AND PRIOR OCCURRENCES Under Section IV —Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 8. Representations: Your failure to disclose all hazards or Prior occurrences' existing as of the inception date of the policy shall not prejudice the coverage afforded by this policy provided such failure to disclose all hazards or prior 'occurrences' is not intentional. M. KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT Under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit. Knowledge of an 'occurrence', offense, claim or 'suit' by an agent, servant or'employee' of any insured shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section 11 — Who Is An Insured or a person who has been designated by them to receive reports of'occurrences'. offenses, claims or 'suits* shall have received such notice from the agent, servant or'empoyee'. N. LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE If we revise this Commercial General Liability Extension Endorsement to provide more coverage without additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the coverage as of the day the revision is effective in your state. O. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED Under Section V — Definitions, Definition 3. Is replaced by the following: 3. 'Body Injury" means physical injury, sickness or disease ststained by a parson. This includes mental anguish, mental injury, shock. fright or death that results from such physical injury, sickness or daease. P. EXTENDED PROPERTY DAMAGE Exclusion a of COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is replaced by the following: S. Expected Or Intended Injury "Bodily injury' or "property damage" expected or Intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury' or *property damage' resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. Q. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US— WHEN REQUIRED IN A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT WITH YOU Under Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, the following is added to Condition S. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us: We waive any right of recovery we may have against a person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products -completed operations hazard' provided: 1. You and that person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that you waive such rights against that person or organization; and 2 The injury or damage occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agreement —10lbety MiAue1Imvann CanpaM. AS rare nsrrvM. CG 88 10 10 09 Iwxi,Mes mpmeMaa mn.nel d Ina — sewrss act . -, •sh as p.m+s+lon. Page 7 of 7 ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 06/30M/DDI 6/30 2011Y) PRODUCER 0564249 1-800-833-7337 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Heffernan Insurance Brokers/ ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Heffernan Professional Practices HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 1808 Embarcadero Road, Suite A CENE, V ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE ��' Palo Alto, CA 94303 INSURED Carollo Engineers in Zell INSURER A: Hanover Insurance Company I�i INSURER Bay Insurance Company 2700 Ygnacio Valley Road, #300 CITY OF RENTO UTILITY SYSTEMS INSURER C:Continental Casualty Company Walnut Creek, CA 94598 INSURERD: INSURER E: CAVFROP,F3 THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE (MMtDDrffl POLICY EXPIRATION_LIL LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY ZHF894489200 12/31/10 12/31/11 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 FIRE DAMAGE An one fire $ 500 , 000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE � OCCUR MED EXP Anyone person $ 25, 000 PERSONALSADVINJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GENIAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY X PRO- LOC A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO AHF891168500 12/31/10 12/31/11 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 X BODILY INJURY (Per person) ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGELIABWTY AUTO ONLY -EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EA ACC $ ANY AUTO $ AUTO ONLY: AGG EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR F—ICLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ S $ DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND NDF895749900 12/31/10 12/31/11 X WCSTATLIMIU- R ST IOR EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1, DOD, DOD E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1, 000 , 000 C OTHER Professional Liability AEA288354410 07/04/11 07/04/12 Par Claim $1,000,000 Retroactive Date: Unlimited Aggregate $2,000,000 Deductible s400,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSIVEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS All operations of the named insured. Re:: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Final Design & Construction Services Carollo Project #: 8235X.00. General Liability Only: Additional Insured endorsement including Primary Non -Contributory wording is attached. Auto Only: Additional insured endorsement attached. U rK I IY IUA I It HULUrK ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER: UAINLr_LLAIIUIN -lu Ua10 vuii a cVn ivUiv-raxiar.cvi vc rnr lii Uw SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION City of Renton, Washington DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL 9WXV4WLMMAIL 30* DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, Dave Christensen Renton City Hall-5th Floor, 1055 S. Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 USA AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 1 4 ACORD 25-S (7/97) brandiek 22095973 D ACORD CORPORATION 1988 3'. 14 Policy Number: AHF891168500 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 20 48 02 99 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" under the Who is An Insured Provision of the coverage Form. This endorsement does not alter coverage provided in the Coverage Form. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Endorsement Effective: 12/31/2010 Countersigned By: Named Insured: Carollo Engineers SCHEDULE Name of Person(s) or Organization(s): Any person or organization with whom you agreed in a written contract, written agreement or permit, to provide insurance such as is afforded under this policy, but only with respect to your covered autos. (If no entry entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to the endorsement). Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is an "insured" for Liability Coverage, but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who is An Insured Provision contained in Section II of the Coverage Form. CA 20 48 02 99 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1998 Page I of I THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE BROADENING ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. 1. CANCELLATION EXTENSION Paragraph A. CANCELLATION 2. b. of the COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS is replaced with the following: b. 60 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for any other reason. SECTION I - COVERED AUTOS 2, EMPLOYEE HIRED "AUTOS" Description Of Covered Auto Designation Symbols; Symbol 8 is replaced by the following: 8 = Hired "Autos" Only - Only those "autos" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; including "autos" your employee hires at your direction, for the purpose of conducting your business. This does not include any "auto" you lease, hire, rent, or borrow from any of your "employees" or partners or members of their households. SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE 3. BROADENED NAMED INSURED The following is added to the SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, Paragraph 1. Who Is An Insured provision: Any business entity for which you have a financial interest greater than 50% of the voting stock or otherwise have a controlling interest after the effective date of this policy or that is newly acquired or formed by you during the term of this policy. The coverage provided by this provision is afforded until expiration or termination of this policy, whichever occurs earlier. The coverage provided by this provision does not apply to any business entity described in d. above that qualifies as an insured under any other automobile liability policy issued to that business entity as a named insured or would have been an insured except for the exhaustion of the policy limits or the insolvency of the insurer. The coverage provided by this provision does not apply to "bodily injury" nor "property damage" arising from an accident that occurred prior to your acquiring or forming the business entity described in d. above. 5:14 4. EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS The following is added to the SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, Paragraph 1. Who Is An Insured provision: e. Any employee of yours is an "insured" while using a covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. 5. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS The following amends SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, Paragraph 2. Coverage Extensions provision: Paragraph (2) is replaced by the following: (2) Up to $2500 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic law violations) required because of an "accident' we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. Paragraph (4) is replaced by the following: (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. 6. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION The following is added to the SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, B. Exclusions Paragraph 5. Fellow Employee exclusion: This exclusion does not apply if the "bodily injury" arises from the use of a covered "auto" you own or hire. This coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE. 7. EXPENSE OF RETURNING A STOLEN "AUTO" and SIGN COVERAGE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A.1. COVERAGE: d. Expense Of Returning A Stolen "Auto" We will pay for the expense of returning a covered "auto" to you. e. Sign Coverage We will pay for loss to signs, murals, paintings or graphics, as part of equipment, which are displayed on a covered "auto". The most we will pay for "loss" in any one "accident' is the lesser of: The actual cash value of the property as of the time of the "loss"; or The cost of repairing or replacing the damaged or stolen property with other property of like kind and quality; or $2,006. 8. GLASS BREAKAGE DEDUCTIBLE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE A. COVERAGE paragraph 3. Glass Breakage - Hitting a Bird or Animal - Falling Objects or Missiles: Any deductible shown in the Declarations as applicable to the Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 461-0155 (9-97) covered "auto" will not apply to glass breakage if such glass is repaired, rather than replaced. 9. TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE Paragraph 4. Coverage Extension. of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE is replaced with the following: 4. Coverage Extension We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of $1500 for temporary transportation expense incurred by you because of the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type. We will pay only for those covered "autos" for which you carry either Comprehensive or Specified Causes of Loss Coverage. We will pay for temporary transportation expenses incurred during the period beginning 24 hours after the theft and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, when the covered "auto" is returned to use or we pay for its "loss". 10. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE: 5. Hired Auto Physical Damage If hired "autos" are covered "autos" for Liability Coverage and if Physical Damage Coverage of Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss, or Collision is provided under this Coverage Form for any "auto" you own, then the Physical Damage Coverage(s) provided is extended to "autos" you hire without a driver or your employee hires, without a driver, at your direction, for the purpose of conducting your business, for a period of 30 days or less, of like kind and use as the "autos" you own, subject to the following: The most we will pay for any one loss is the lesser of the following: a. $50,000 per accident, or b. cash value, or c. the cost of repair, minus the deductible equal to the lowest deductible applicable to any owned "auto" for that coverage. Any deductible shown in the Declarations does not apply to "loss" caused by fire or lightning. Subject to the limit and deductible stated above, we will provide coverage equal to the broadest coverage provided to any covered "auto" you own, that is applicable to the loss. If the loss arises from an accident for which you are legally liable and the lessor incurs an actual financial loss from that accident, we will cover the lessor's actual financial loss of use of the hired "auto" for a period of up to seven consecutive days from the date of the accident, subject to a limit of $1,000 per accident. 11. AUDIO, VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE: 6. Audio, Visual and Data Electronic Equipment Coverage We will pay for "loss" to any electronic equipment that receives Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 461-0155 (9-97) 7:,4 or transmits audio, visual or data signals and that is not designed solely for the reproduction of sound. This coverage applies only if the equipment is permanently installed in the covered "auto" at the time of the "loss" or the equipment is removable from a housing unit which is permanently installed in the covered "auto' at the time of the "loss", and such equipment is designed to be solely operated by use of the power from the "auto's" electrical system, in or upon the covered "auto", including its antennas and other accessories. However , this does not include tapes, records or discs. The exclusions that apply to PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, except for the exclusion relating to Audio, Visual and Data Electronic Equipment, also apply to coverage provided herein. In addition, the following exclusions apply: We will not pay , under this coverage, for either any electronic equipment or accessories used with such electronic equipment that is: 1. Necessary for the normal operation of the covered "auto" or the monitoring of the covered "auto's" operating system; or 2. Both: An integral part of the same unit housing any sound reproducing equipment designed solely for the reproduction of sound if the sound reproducing equipment is permanently installed in the covered "auto". and b. Permanently installed in the opening of the dash or console normally used by the manufacturer for the installation of a radio. With respect to coverage herein, the LIMIT OF INSURANCE provision of PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is replaced by the following: 1. The most we will pay for all "loss" to audio, visual or data electronic equipment and any accessories used with this equipment as a result of any one "accident" is the lesser of a. The actual cash value of the damaged or stolen property as of the time of the "loss"; or b. The cost of repairing or replacing the damaged or stolen property with other property of like kind and quality, or c. $500. 2. An adjustment for depreciation and physical condition will be made in determining actual cash value at the time of the "loss". 3. Deductibles applicable to PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, do not apply to this Audio, Visual and Data Electronic Equipment Coverage. If there is other coverage provided by this policy for audio, visual and data electronic equipment, the coverage provided herein is Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 461-0155 (9-97) excess. However, you may elect to apply the limit or any portion thereof of coverage provided herein to pay any deductible that is applicable under the provisions of the other coverage. 12. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT and MATERIAL TRANSFER EXPENSE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE: 7 461-0155 Rental Reimbursement and Material Transfer Expense This coverage provides only those Physical Damage Coverages where a premium is shown in the Declarations. It applies only to a covered "auto" described or designated to which the Physical Damage Coverages apply. We will pay for auto rental expenses and the expenses, incurred by you because of "loss" to a covered ..auto", to remove and transfer your materials and equipment from the covered "auto" . Payment applies in addition to the otherwise applicable amount of each coverage you have on a covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this coverage. We will pay only for those auto rental expenses incurred during the policy period beginning 24 hours after the "loss" and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, with the lesser of the following number of days: 1. The number of days reasonably required to repair or replace the covered "auto". If "loss" is caused by theft, this number of days is added to the number of days it takes to locate the covered "auto" and transport it to a repair shop. 2. 60 days. Our payment is limited to the lesser of the following amounts: 1. Necessary and actual expenses incurred, including loss of use. 2. $3000. This auto rental expense coverage does not apply while there are spare or reserve "autos" available to you for your operations. If "loss" results from the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided for under the SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. 4. Coverage Extension. 13. AIRBAG COVERAGE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. Exclusions, paragraph 3. The portion of this exclusion relating to mechanical or electrical breakdown does not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag. This coverage is excess of other collectible insurance or warranty. No deductible applies to this Airbag Coverage. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 (9-97) 9:14 14. AUTO LOAN PHYSICAL DAMAGE EXTENSION The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, C. Limit Of Insurance provision: When a "loss" results in a total loss to a covered auto you own for which a Loss Payee is designated in this policy, the most we will pay for "loss" in any one "accident" is the greater of: 1. The actual cash value of the damaged or stolen property as of the time of the 'loss"; or The outstanding balance of the initial loan, less any amounts for taxes, overdue payments, overdue payment charges, penalties, interest , any charges for early termination of the loan, costs for Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan, and carry-over balances from previous loans. 15. AUTO LEASE PHYSICAL DAMAGE EXTENSION The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, C. Limit Of Insurance provision: If, because of damage, destruction or theft of a covered "auto", which is a long-term leased "auto", the lease agreement between you and the lessor is terminated, "we" will pay the difference between the amount paid under paragraph C. LIMIT OF INSURANCE 1. or 2. and the amount due at the time of "loss" under the terms of the lease agreement applicable to the leased "auto" which you are required to pay: less any fees to dispose of the auto; any overdue payments; financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; security deposits not refunded by the lessor; cost for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan; and carry over balances from previous leases. This coverage applies only to the initial lease for the covered "auto" which has not previously been leased. This coverage is excess over all other collectible insurance. SECTION IV - CONDITIONS 16. DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS The following is added to SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions, 2. Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or Loss: d. Knowledge of any "accident", claim, "suit' or "loss" will be deemed knowledge by you when notice of such "accident', claim, "suit' or "loss" has been received by: (1) You, if you are an individual; (2) Any partner or insurance manager if you are a partnership; or (3) An executive officer or insurance manager if you are a corporation. 17. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION Paragraph 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions is replaced by the following: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 461-0155 (9-97) 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us If any person or organization to or for whom we make payment under this Coverage Form has rights to recover damages from another, which have not been waived through the execution of an "insured contract", written agreement, or permit, prior to the "accident" or "loss" giving rise to the payment, those rights to recover damages from another are transferred to us. That person or organization must do everything necessary to secure our rights and must do nothing after the "accident" or "loss" to impair them. 18. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE INFORMATION The following is added to SECTION IV BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS. B. General Conditions, paragraph 2. Concealment, Misrepresentation Or Fraud: Your unintentional error in disclosing, or failure to disclose, any material fact existing after the effective date of this Coverage Form shall not prejudice your rights under this Coverage Form. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or nonrenewal. Named Insured: Carollo Engineers 19. HIRED AUTO - WORLDWIDE COVERAGE The following is added to SECTION IV - Business Auto Conditions, B. General Conditions, paragraph 7. Policy Period, Coverage Territory provision: Outside the coverage territory described in a., b., c., and d. above for an "accident" or "loss" resulting from the use of a covered "auto" you hire, without a driver, or your employee hires without a driver, at your direction, for the purpose of conducting your business, for a period of 30 days or less, provided the suit is brought within The United States of America or its territories or possessions. SECTION V - DEFINITIONS 20. MENTAL ANGUISH Paragraph C. "Bodily injury", SECTION V - DEFINITIONS is replaced by the following: C. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person including death or mental anguish resulting from any of these. Policy Number: AHF891168500 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 461-0155 (9-97) Architects and Engineers The following policy language is from Commercial General Liability Coverage Forms The following are mandatory forms on the policy identified on the Certificate of Insurance: 421-0778 (09 09) CALIFORNIA COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY SPECIAL BROADENING ENDORSEMENT • Additional Insured by Contract, Agreement or Permit Under Section II - Who Is An insured, Paragraph 4. is added as follows: 4. a. Any person or organization with whom you agreed, because of a written contract, written agreement or permit to provide insurance, is an insured, but only with respect to: (1) "Your work" for the additional insured(s) at the location designated in the contract, agreement or permit; or (2) Premises you own, rent, lease or occupy. This insurance applies on a primary basis if that is required by the written contract, written agreement or permit. b. This provision does not apply: (1) Unless the written contract or written agreement has been executed or permit has been issued prior to the "bodily injury', "property damage", "personal injury' or "advertising injury". (2) To any person or organization included as an insured by an endorsement issued by us and made part of this Coverage Part. (3) To any person or organization included as an insured under item 2 of this endorsement. (4) To any lessor of equipment: (a) After the equipment lease expires; or (b) If the "bodily injury', "property damage", "personal injury' or "advertising injury' arises out of sole negligence of the lessor. (5) To any: (a) Owners or other interests from whom land has been leased which takes place after the lease for the land ex- pires; or (b) Managers or lessors of premises if: (i) The occurrence takes place after you cease to be a tenant in that premises; or (ii) The "bodily injury', "property damage", "personal injury' or "advertising injury' arises out of structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of the manager or lessor. • Aggregate Limit Per Location (1) Under Section III - Limits of Insurance the General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your "locations" owned by or rented to you. (2) Under Section V - Definitions, definition 23. is added as follows: 23. "Location" means premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right-of-way of a railroad. CG 2503 (05 09) DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT • Aggregate Limit of Insurance (Per Project) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Construction Projects: Your projects away from premises owned by or rented to you A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by 'occurrences" under Section I — Coverage A, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I — Coverage C, which can be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project shown in the Schedule above: 1. A separate Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit applies to each designated construction project, and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. 2. The Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under Coverage A, except damages because of "bodily injury' or "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard", and for medical expenses under Coverage C regardless of the number of: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission a. Insureds; b. Claims made or "suits" brought; or c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 3. Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for that designated construction project. Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they reduce any other Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for any other designated construction project shown in the Schedule above. 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To You and Medical Expense continue to apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, such limits will be subject to the applicable Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under Section I — Coverage A, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I — Coverage C, which cannot be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project shown in the Schedule above: 1. Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products -completed Operations Aggregate Limit, whichever is applicable; and 2. Such payments shall not reduce any Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. C. When coverage for liability arising out of the "products -completed operations hazard" is provided, any payments for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard" will reduce the Products - completed Operations Aggregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggregate Limit nor the Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. D. If the applicable designated construction project has been abandoned, delayed, or abandoned and then restarted, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or timetables, the project will still be deemed to be the same construction project. E. The provisions of Section III — Limits Of Insurance not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. 421-0452 (06 07) OTHER INSURANCE — PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY (ADDITIONAL INSURED) • Additional Insured by Contract, Agreement or Permit Amended — Primary & Non -Contributory The following is added to Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions 4. Other Insurance a. Additional Insureds If you agree in a written contract, written agreement or permit that the insurance provided to any person or organization included as an Additional Insured under Section II — Who is An Insured, is primary and non-contributory, the following applies: If other valid and collectible insurance is available to the Additional Insured for a loss we cover under Coverages A or B of this Coverage Part, our obligations are limited as follows: 1. Primary Insurance This insurance is primary to other insurance that is available to the Additional Insured which covers the Additional Insured as a Named Insured. We will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the Additional Insured except: I. For the sole negligence of the Additional Insured; ii. when the Additional Insured is an Additional Insured under another primary liability policy; or iii. when 2. below applies. If this insurance is primary, our obligations are not affected unless any of the other insurance is also primary. Then, we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in 3. below. 2. Excess Insurance This insurance is excess over: (1) Any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis: (a) That is Fire, Extended Coverage, Builder's Risk, Installation Risk or similar coverage for "your work"; (b) That is Fire insurance for premises rented to the Additional Insured or temporarily occupied by the Additional Insured with permission of the owner; (c) That is insurance purchased by the Additional Insured to cover the Additional Insured's liability as a tenant for "property damage" to premises rented to the Additional Insured or temporarily occupied by the Additional with permission of the owner; or (d) If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use of aircraft, "autos" or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion g. of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission 13:14 When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty under Coverages A or B to defend the insured against any "suit" if any other insurer has a duty to defend the insured against that "suit". If no other insurer defends, we will undertake to do so, but we will be entitled to the insured's rights against all those other insurers. When this insurance is excess over other insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of: 1) The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance; and 2) The total of all deductible and self -insured amounts under all that other insurance. We will share the remaining loss, if any, with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess Insurance provision and was not bought specifically to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. 3. Method Of Sharing If all of the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this approach each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. If any of the other insurance does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insurers. CG0001 (12 07) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM • Separation of Insureds Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance, and any rights or duties specifically assigned in this Coverage Part to the first Named Insured, this insurance applies: a. As if each Named Insured were the only Named Insured; and b. Separately to each insured against whom claim is made or "suit" is brought. CG 2404 (05 09) WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US • Waiver of Subrogation COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Persons or organizations with whom you have a written contract, executed prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage," that requires you to waive your rights of recovery The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV — Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products -completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. Named Insured: carollo Engineers Policy No.: ZHF894489200 Additional Insured: Any person or organization with whom you have agreed in written contract, executed prior to loss, to name as additional insured. This Notice does not form a part of the insurance contract. No coverage is provided by this Notice, nor can it be construed to replace any provisions of the policy (including its endorsements). If there is any conflict between this Notice and the policy (including its endorsements), the provisions of the policy (including its endorsements) shall prevail. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission 0 Heffernan Insurance Brokers/ Heffernan Professional Practices 1808 Embarcadero Road, Suite A Palo Alto, CA 94303 USA City of Renton, Washington Dave Christensen Renton City Hall-5th Floor, 1055 S. Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 USA 0:477:0 EBIX BPO This document was brought to you by Heffernan Professional Practices and CertificatesNow. If you have questions regarding this document, please contact the Account Executive at Heffernan Professional Practices. Thank you. cc: The data included in this notice and in the attached document is confidential to Ebix BPO and the party responsible for bringing you this information. 1:1a Certificate Delivery by CertificatesNow - www.ConfirmNet.com - 877.669.8600 AC01=z ) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 2/13 2011Y) 12/13MIDDN PRODUCER 0564249 1-800-833-7337 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Heffernan Insurance Brokers/ ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Heffernan Professional Practices HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 1808 Embarcadero Road, Suite A RECEIVED ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Palo Alto, CA 94303INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED DEC 2 g 2011 INSURER A: Hanover Insurance Company Carollo Engineers - INSURERB:Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company 2700 Ygnacio Valley Road, #300 CRY OF RENTON INSURER C: Continental Casualty Company - Walnut Creek, CA 94598 UTILITY SYSTEMS INSURERD: INSURER E COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LTH TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE (MM/DD/YYl DATE (MM/DDN I LIMITS — A GENERAL LIABILITY ZHF894489201 12/31/11 12/31/12 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 X_COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY _FIRE DAMAGE (Any one tire) $ 1, 000, 000 _ CLAIMS MADE _X_ OCCUR MEU EXP (Any one person) S 25,000 PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG S2,000,000 POLICY X PRO- LOC -PRODUCTS- - - - - - - - - -- - - A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY AHF891168501 12/31/11 12/31/12 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 51,000,000 X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) S HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY NON -OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) $ - PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) ---- -- —.a----- ------ GARAGE LIABILITY ------� AUTO O'JLY - EA ACCIDENT $_ - ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC _ $ AUTO ONLY: AGG S EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE S S DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND WDF895749902 12/31/11 12/31/12 X WCSTATU- OTH- TORY LIMITS _ ER EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E.L. EACH ACCIDENT 5 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE S 1, 000, 000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT I S 1,000,000 !OTHER C Professional Liability AEA288354410 07/04/11 07/04/12 Per Claim s1,000,000 C Professional Liability Retroactive Date: Unlimited Aggregate s2,000,000 Deductible s400,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS All operations of the named insured. Re:: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Final Design 6 Construction Services Carollo Project #: 8235X.00. General Liability Only: Additional Insured endorsement including Primary Non -Contributory wording is attached. Auto Only: Additional insured endorsement attached. L;hH I IFIUA I It NULUtil ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER: UAN(:tLLA 1 IUN 'r1U DAYS NOTICE FOR NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION City of Renton, Washington DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL AMiiWY4MAIL 30* DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, 9CCClSXg7DF#AYKX Dave Christensen Xpgp }05iC xx Renton City Hall-5th Floor, 1055 S. Grady Way XXj(rig}ClCXXXXXXXXXXXLXXXXXXXX)OCXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Renton, WA 98055 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE USA ACORD 25-S (7/97) brandiek 9 ACORD CORPORATION 1988 24429692 Policy Number: AHF891168501 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 20 48 02 99 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" under the Who is An Insured Provision of the coverage Form. This endorsement does not alter coverage provided in the Coverage Form. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Endorsement Effective: 12/31/2011 Named Insured: Carollo Engineers SCHEDULE Name of Person(s) or Organization(s): Any person or organization with whom you agreed in a written contract, written agreement or permit, to provide insurance such as is afforded under this policy, but only with respect to your covered autos. (If no entry entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to the endorsement). Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is an "insured" for Liability Coverage, but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who is An Insured Provision contained in Section H of the Coverage Form. CA 20 48 02 99 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1998 Page 1 of 1 Policy Number: AHF891168501 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE BROADENING ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. 1. CANCELLATION EXTENSION d. Any business entity for which you Paragraph A. CANCELLATION 2. b. of the have a financial interest greater COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS is than 50% of the voting stock or replaced with the following: otherwise have a controlling b. 60 days before the effective date interest after the effective date of of cancellation if we cancel for this policy or that is newly any other reason. acquired or formed by you during the term of this policy. SECTION I - COVERED AUTOS The coverage provided by this 2. EMPLOYEE HIRED "AUTOS" provision is afforded until Description Of Covered Auto expiration or termination of this Designation Symbols; Symbol 8 is policy, whichever occurs earlier. replaced by the following: The coverage provided by this 8 = Hired "Autos" Only - Only those "autos" provision does not apply to any you lease, hire, rent or borrow; including business entity described in d. "autos" your employee hires at your above that qualifies as an direction, for the purpose of conducting your insured under any other business. This does not include any "auto" automobile liability policy issued you lease, hire, rent, or borrow from any of to that business entity as a your "employees" or partners or members of named insured or would have their households. been an insured except for the exhaustion of the policy limits or SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE the insolvency of the insurer. 3. BROADENED NAMED INSURED The coverage provided by this provision does not apply to The following is added to the SECTION II - "bodily injury" nor "property LIABILITY COVERAGE, Paragraph 1. Who damage" arising from an Is An Insured provision: accident that occurred prior to your acquiring or forming the business entity described in d. above. Policy Number: AHF891168501 4. EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS The following is added to the SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, Paragraph 1. Who Is An Insured provision: e. Any employee of yours is an "insured" while using a covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. 5. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS The following amends SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, Paragraph 2. Coverage Extensions provision: Paragraph (2) is replaced by the following: (2) Up to $2500 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic law violations) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. Paragraph (4) is replaced by the following: (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. 6. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION The following is added to the SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, B. Exclusions Paragraph 5. Fellow Employee exclusion: This exclusion does not apply if the "bodily injury" arises from the use of a covered "auto" you own or hire. This coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE. 7. EXPENSE OF RETURNING A STOLEN "AUTO" and SIGN COVERAGE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A.1. COVERAGE: d. Expense Of Returning A Stolen "Auto" We will pay for the expense of returning a covered "auto" to you. e. Sign Coverage We will pay for loss to signs, murals, paintings or graphics, as part of equipment, which are displayed on a covered "auto". The most we will pay for "loss" in any one "accident" is the lesser of: The actual cash value of the property as of the time of the "loss"; or The cost of repairing or replacing the damaged or stolen property with other property of like kind and quality; or $2,000. 8. GLASS BREAKAGE DEDUCTIBLE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE A. COVERAGE paragraph 3. Glass Breakage - Hitting a Bird or Animal - Falling Objects or Missiles: Any deductible shown in the Declarations as applicable to the Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 461-0155 (9-97) Policy Number: AHF891168501 covered "auto" will not apply to glass breakage if such glass is repaired, rather than replaced. 9. TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE Paragraph 4. Coverage Extension. of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE is replaced with the following: 4. Coverage Extension We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of $1500 for temporary transportation expense incurred by you because of the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type. We will pay only for those covered "autos" for which you carry either Comprehensive or Specified Causes of Loss Coverage. We will pay for temporary transportation expenses incurred during the period beginning 24 hours after the theft and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, when the covered "auto" is returned to use or we pay for its "loss". 10. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE: 5. Hired Auto Physical Damage If hired "autos" are covered "autos" for Liability Coverage and if Physical Damage Coverage of Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss, or Collision is provided under this Coverage Form for any "auto" you own, then the Physical Damage Coverage(s) provided is extended to "autos" you hire without a driver or your employee hires, without a driver, at your direction, for the purpose of conducting your business, for a period of 30 days or less, of like kind and use as the "autos" you own, subject to the following: The most we will pay for any one loss is the lesser of the following: a. $50,000 per accident, or b. cash value, or c. the cost of repair, minus the deductible equal to the lowest deductible applicable to any owned "auto" for that coverage. Any deductible shown in the Declarations does not apply to "loss" caused by fire or lightning. Subject to the limit and deductible stated above, we will provide coverage equal to the broadest coverage provided to any covered "auto" you own, that is applicable to the loss. If the loss arises from an accident for which you are legally liable and the lessor incurs an actual financial loss from that accident, we will cover the lessor's actual financial loss of use of the hired "auto" for a period of up to seven consecutive days from the date of the accident, subject to a limit of $1,000 per accident. 11. AUDIO, VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE: 6. Audio, Visual and Data Electronic Equipment Coverage We will pay for "loss" to any electronic equipment that receives Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 461-0155 (9-97) Policy Number: AHF891168501 or transmits audio, visual or data signals and that is not designed b. Permanently installed solely for the reproduction of sound. in the opening of the dash or This coverage applies only if the console normally used by equipment is permanently installed the manufacturer for the in the covered "auto" at the time of installation of a radio. the "loss" or the equipment is removable from a housing unit With respect to coverage herein, the which is permanently installed in the LIMIT OF INSURANCE provision of covered "auto' at the time of the PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE "loss", and such equipment is is replaced by the following: designed to be solely operated by use of the power from the "auto's" 1. The most we will pay for all electrical system, in or upon the "loss" to audio, visual or data covered "auto", including its electronic equipment and any antennas and other accessories. accessories used with this However , this does not include equipment as a result of any tapes, records or discs. one "accident" is the lesser of The exclusions that apply to a. The actual cash value of PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, the damaged or stolen except for the exclusion relating to property as of the time of Audio, Visual and Data Electronic the "loss"; or Equipment, also apply to coverage b. The cost of repairing or provided herein. In addition, the replacing the damaged or following exclusions apply: stolen property with other property of like kind and We will not pay, under this quality; or coverage, for either any electronic c. $500. equipment or accessories used with such electronic equipment that is: 2. An adjustment for depreciation and physical 1. Necessary for the normal condition will be made in operation of the covered determining actual cash value "auto" or the monitoring of at the time of the "loss". the covered "auto's" operating system; or 3. Deductibles applicable to PHYSICAL DAMAGE 2. Both: COVERAGE, do not apply to this Audio, Visual and Data a. An integral part of the Electronic Equipment same unit housing any Coverage. sound reproducing equipment designed If there is other coverage provided solely for the by this policy for audio, visual and reproduction of sound if the data electronic equipment, the sound reproducing coverage provided herein is equipment is permanently installed in the covered "auto", and Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 461-0155 (9-97) Policy Number: AHF891168501 excess. However, you may elect to apply the limit or any portion thereof of coverage provided herein to pay any deductible that is applicable under the provisions of the other coverage. 12. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT and MATERIAL TRANSFER EXPENSE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE: 7 461-0155 Rental Reimbursement and Material Transfer Expense This coverage provides only those Physical Damage Coverages where a premium is shown in the Declarations. It applies only to a covered "auto" described or designated to which the Physical Damage Coverages apply. We will pay for auto rental expenses and the expenses, incurred by you because of "loss" to a covered "auto", to remove and transfer your materials and equipment from the covered "auto" . Payment applies in addition to the otherwise applicable amount of each coverage you have on a covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this coverage. We will pay only for those auto rental expenses incurred during the policy period beginning 24 hours after the "loss" and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, with the lesser of the following number of days: 1. The number of days reasonably required to repair or replace the covered "auto". If "loss" is caused by theft, this number of days is added to the number of days it takes to locate the covered "auto" and transport it to a repair shop. 2. 60 days. Our payment is limited to the lesser of the following amounts: 1. Necessary and actual expenses incurred, including loss of use. 2. $3000. This auto rental expense coverage does not apply while there are spare or reserve "autos" available to you for your operations. If "loss" results from the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses k,�,hich is not already provided for under the SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. 4. Coverage Extension. 13. AIRBAG COVERAGE The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. Exclusions, paragraph 3. The portion of this exclusion relating to mechanical or electrical breakdown does not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag. This coverage is excess of other collectible insurance or warranty. No deductible applies to this Airbag Coverage. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 (9-97) Policy Number: AHF891168501 14. AUTO LOAN PHYSICAL DAMAGE EXTENSION The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, C. Limit Of Insurance provision: When a "loss" results in a total loss to a covered auto you own for which a Loss Payee is designated in this policy, the most we will pay for "loss" in any one "accident" is the greater of: 1. The actual cash value of the damaged or stolen property as of the time of the "loss"; or 2. The outstanding balance of the initial loan, less any amounts for taxes, overdue payments, overdue payment charges, penalties, interest , any charges for early termination of the loan, costs for Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan, and carry-over balances from previous loans. 15. AUTO LEASE PHYSICAL DAMAGE EXTENSION The following is added to SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, C. Limit Of Insurance provision: If, because of damage, destruction or theft of a covered "auto", which is a long-term leased "auto", the lease agreement between you and the lessor is terminated, "we" will pay the difference between the amount paid under paragraph C. LIMIT OF INSURANCE 1. or 2. and the amount due at the time of "loss" under the terms of the lease agreement applicable to the leased "auto" which you are required to pay: less any fees to dispose of the auto; any overdue payments; financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; security deposits not refunded by the lessor; cost for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan; and carry over balances from previous leases. This coverage applies only to the initial lease for the covered "auto" which has not previously been leased. This coverage is excess over all other collectible insurance. SECTION IV - CONDITIONS 16. DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS The following is added to SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions, 2. Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or Loss: d. Knowledge of any "accident', claim, "suit' or "loss" will be deemed knowledge by you when notice of such "accident', claim, "suit' or 'loss" has been received by: (1) You, if you are an individual; (2) Any partner or insurance manager if you are a partnership; or (3) An executive officer or insurance manager if you are a corporation. 17. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION Paragraph 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions is replaced by the following: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 461-0155 (9-97) Policy Number: AHF891 168501 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us If any person or organization to or for whom we make payment under this Coverage Form has rights to recover damages from another, which have not been waived through the execution of an "insured contract', written agreement, or permit, prior to the "accident' or "loss" giving rise to the payment, those rights to recover damages from another are transferred to us. That person or organization must do everything necessary to secure our rights and must do nothing after the "accident" or "loss" to impair them. 18. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE INFORMATION The following is added to SECTION IV BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS. B. General Conditions, paragraph 2. Concealment, Misrepresentation Or Fraud: Your unintentional error in disclosing, or failure to disclose, any material fact existing after the effective date of this Coverage Form shall not prejudice your rights under this Coverage Form. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or nonrenewal. 19. HIRED AUTO - WORLDWIDE COVERAGE The following is added to SECTION IV - Business Auto Conditions, B. General Conditions, paragraph 7. Policy Period, Coverage Territory provision: e. Outside the coverage territory described in a., b., c., and d. above for an "accident' or "loss" resulting from the use of a covered "auto" you hire, without a driver, or your employee hires without a driver, at your direction, for the purpose of conducting your business, for a period of 30 days or less, provided the suit is brought within The United States of America or its territories or possessions. SECTION V - DEFINITIONS 20. MENTAL ANGUISH Paragraph C. "Bodily injury", SECTION V - DEFINITIONS is replaced by the following: C. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person including death or mental anguish resulting from any of these. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 461-0155 (9-97) Architects and Engineers The following policy language is from Commercial General Liability Coverage Forms The following are mandatory forms on the policy identified on the Certificate of Insurance: 421-0778 (09 09) CALIFORNIA COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY SPECIAL BROADENING ENDORSEMENT • Additional Insured by Contract, Agreement or Permit Under Section II - Who Is An insured, Paragraph 4. is added as follows: 4. a. Any person or organization with whom you agreed, because of a written contract, written agreement or permit to provide insurance, is an insured, but only with respect to: (1) "Your work" for the additional insured(s) at the location designated in the contract, agreement or permit; or (2) Premises you own, rent, lease or occupy. This insurance applies on a primary basis if that is required by the written contract, written agreement or permit. b. This provision does not apply: (1) Unless the written contract or written agreement has been executed or permit has been issued prior to the "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal injury" or "advertising injury". (2) To any person or organization included as an insured by an endorsement issued by us and made part of this Coverage Part. (3) To any person or organization included as an insured under item 2 of this endorsement. (4) To any lessor of equipment: (a) After the equipment lease expires; or (b) If the "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" arises out of sole negligence of the lessor. (5) To any: (a) Owners or other interests from whom land has been leased which takes place after the lease for the land ex- pires; or (b) Managers or lessors of premises if: (i) The occurrence takes place after you cease to be a tenant in that premises; or (ii) The "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" arises out of structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of the manager or lessor. • Aggregate Limit Per Location (1) Under Section III - Limits of Insurance the General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your 'locations" owned by or rented to you. (2) Under Section V - Definitions, definition 23. is added as follows: 23. "Location" means premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right-of-way of a railroad. CG 2503 (05 09) DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT • Aggregate Limit of Insurance (Per Project) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Construction Projects: Your projects away from premises owned by or rented to you A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by 'occurrences" under Section I — Coverage A, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I — Coverage C, which can be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project shown in the Schedule above: 1. A separate Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit applies to each designated construction project, and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. 2. The Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under Coverage A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard", and for medical expenses under Coverage C regardless of the number of: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission a. Insureds; b. Claims made or "suits" brought; or c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 3. Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for that designated construction project. Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they reduce any other Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for any other designated construction project shown in the Schedule above. 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To You and Medical Expense continue to apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, such limits will be subject to the applicable Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under Section I — Coverage A, and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I — Coverage C, which cannot be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project shown in the Schedule above: 1. Any payments made under Coverage A for damages or under Coverage C for medical expenses shall reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products -completed Operations Aggregate Limit, whichever is applicable; and 2. Such payments shall not reduce any Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. C. When coverage for liability arising out of the "products -completed operations hazard" is provided, any payments for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard" will reduce the Products - completed Operations Aggregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggregate Limit nor the Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. D. If the applicable designated construction project has been abandoned, delayed, or abandoned and then restarted, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or timetables, the project will still be deemed to be the same construction project. E. The provisions of Section III — Limits Of Insurance not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated 421-0452 (06 07) OTHER INSURANCE — PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY (ADDITIONAL INSURED) • Additional Insured by Contract, Agreement or Permit Amended — Primary & Non -Contributory The following is added to Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions 4. Other Insurance a. Additional Insureds If you agree in a written contract, written agreement or permit that the insurance provided to any person or organization included as an Additional Insured under Section II — Who is An Insured, is primary and non-contributory, the following applies: If other valid and collectible insurance is available to the Additional Insured for a loss we cover under Coverages A or B of this Coverage Part, our obligations are limited as follows: 1. Primary Insurance This insurance is primary to other insurance that is available to the Additional Insured which covers the Additional Insured as a Named Insured. We will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the Additional Insured except: I. For the sole negligence of the Additional Insured; ii. when the Additional Insured is an Additional Insured under another primary liability policy; or iii. when 2. below applies. If this insurance is primary, our obligations are not affected unless any of the other insurance is also primary. Then, we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in 3. below. 2. Excess Insurance This insurance is excess over: (1) Any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis: (a) That is Fire, Extended Coverage, Builder's Risk, Installation Risk or similar coverage for "your work"; (b) That is Fire insurance for premises rented to the Additional Insured or temporarily occupied by the Additional Insured with permission of the owner; (c) That is insurance purchased by the Additional Insured to cover the Additional Insured's liability as a tenant for "property damage" to premises rented to the Additional Insured or temporarily occupied by the Additional with permission of the owner; or (d) If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use of aircraft, "autos" or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion g. of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty under Coverages A or B to defend the insured against any "suit" if any other insurer has a duty to defend the insured against that "suit". If no other insurer defends, we will undertake to do so, but we will be entitled to the insured's rights against all those other insurers. When this insurance is excess over other insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of: 1) The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance; and 2) The total of all deductible and self -insured amounts under all that other insurance. We will share the remaining loss, if any, with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess Insurance provision and was not bought specifically to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. 3. Method Of Sharing If all of the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this approach each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. If any of the other insurance does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insurers. CG0001 (12 07) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM • Separation of Insureds Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance, and any rights or duties specifically assigned in this Coverage Part to the first Named Insured, this insurance applies: a. As if each Named Insured were the only Named Insured; and b. Separately to each insured against whom claim is made or "suit" is brought. CG 2404 (05 09) WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US • Waiver of Subrogation COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Persons or organizations with whom you have a written contract, executed prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage," that requires you to waive your rights of recovery The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV — Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products -completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. Named Insured: carollo Engineers Policy No.: ZHF894489201 Additional Insured: Any person or organization with whom you have agreed in written contract, executed prior to loss, to name as additional insured. This Notice does not form a part of the insurance contract. No coverage is provided by this Notice, nor can it be construed to replace any provisions of the policy (including its endorsements). If there is any conflict between this Notice and the policy (including its endorsements), the provisions of the policy (including its endorsements) shall prevail. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc., with its permission C C10a lrAF& 110% PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 7 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 12/7/2010 JOB NO.: 8235B.20 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Wet Well Grating REVIEWED BY: Kioo Martin, Tvler Whitehouse Contract SPECIFICATION SECTION: Drawings SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted X Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Spec fied Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Contractor to field verify all dimensions prior to fabricating grating. 2. The upper ladder (from access hatch to platform grating) shown in Section A and Section B is not consistent between the two sections. The base of the ladder shall not be connected to the grating as shown in Section A. Provide ladder as shown in Section B. Bottom rung shall be maximum 12 inches above grating. Modify ladder details as required. 3. Ladder from platform grating to base of wet well is shown as a fixed ladder. Provide retractable FRP ladder per Standard Plan A257 as indicated on the Drawings (Drawing M- 01). 4. Coordinate grating dimensions for valve vault sump with previously submitted valve vault sump. (20" x 24" inside valve vault sump dimensions previously submitted). Note: Grating shall be removable without disconnecting sump pump piping (Section J, Note 1, Drawing M-03). 5. Coordinate FRP step grating dimensions in valve vault with specified ladder. Carollo.local: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 7.docx Page 1 of 1 y f r IVtli �. I� K u Idgly IrtP. r i aLE POP S_zt --- ` 1191 Center Pit Drtve r vn, W $9074 USA GRATING Te. 1-702.562•030 U.S. Toll Free: 1-$00-990-4 Manufadurer of Fibergidss Grating and S tru ctu rals www.americangrating.com 6yF�i•i•i�1}Nyf1• Y.-�Y AMERICAN Hii NSlit• b.s r• •�. a, r.axx s CRATINC Manufacturer of li#irgldss Grating alid StrucwE Overview American Grating, LLC is a global manufacturer, designer and fabricator of high quality Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) structural products and systems, providing one of the industry's broadest product and service offerings. From molded and pultruded gratings to complete structural design and fabrication, American Grating's business has been built through providing its customers with unmatched product quality, rapid deliveries and customer service that is second to none. History American Grating (AGL) was founded in 1992 in Los Angeles, CA and in 2006 relocated its corporate offices, main warehouse, and fabrication facility to Henderson, NV. Since its founding, American Grating has manufactured top quality molded and pultruded gratings, pultruded structural profiles, handrail and ladder systems, and hand lay up custom components. Today, American Grating is the only U.S. company in the structural composites industry with 100% control of its product manufacturing. As a member of the FGMC (Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers' Council, committee of the American Composite Manufacturer's Association, U.S.A.) since its inception, American Grating has joined in the council's purpose of establishing an international standard for molded and pultruded grating products. In 1999 AGL achieved ISO 9002 certification and in 2000 it achieved ISO 9001 certification which provides international guidelines on quality management and quality system elements. In addition to ISO certification, American Grating has also achieved US Coast Guard, DNV, and ABS certifications with many of its products. American Grating's products are utilized in a broad range of end use markets including: • Aerospace Food & Beverage Pulp & Paper • Automotive Mining • Transportation • Aquariums to Zoos Offshore Oil & Gas Water and Wastewater • Chemical Processing Plating Treatment Applications Include: • Chemical Storage Floors • Docks • Access Platforms • Equipment Supports • Ladders, Stairs, and Handrails • Non -Conductive Floors • ADA Ramps • Solid Covers for Tanks and Trenches • Public Access Walkway For questions and comments regarding American Grating products, or to request a quote, please contact American Grating at 1-702-567-0303, or its U.S. toll free number 1-800-990-GRTE (4783) or email at sales@amgrating.com American Grating LLC www,americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) AMERICAN GRATING CERTIFICATIONS ABS Type Approval — Molded and Pultruded g ABS certifies that enrolled manufacturers are capable of consistently producing a product in compliance with product specifications. Each product is tested extensively to verify that it will perform reliably in the marine and offshore environment. American Grating's molded Gridwalklm Type I, V, P (phenolic) and X (extra Fire Retardant) are certified. Our pultruded PHI-1560, phenolic, is also certified. DNV (Det Norske Veritas) DNV certificates contain information about products and manufacturers found to • comply with international standards, regulations and the DNV rules. These products are required for offshore drilling and production platforms in the Norwegian continental shelf and North Sea. Products certified by DNV are . - molded GridwalkT" Type I, V, P and X and USCG phenolic molded PHM-15R and USCG pultruded phenolic PHI-1560. ISO 9001 Certification 9001,11 ISO 9001 is the internationally -accepted quality management certification system 1 Net to define, identify and confirm quality benchmarks within organizations. American Grating received our ISO 9001 certification in January, 2000. NORSOK NORSOK Standards are developed with broad petroleum industry participation by IIII��Vfl interested parties in the Norwegian petroleum industry. Norway is responsible for the administration and publication of the NORSOK Standards. American Grating can manufacture several pultruded and molded gratings to meet the appropriate sections of NORSOK and is the ONLY manufacturer of a NORSOK molded phenolic grating that has USCG Approval. United States Coast Guard (USCG) Approved The Coast Guard has established approval categories for structural fire integrity of grating materials to allow them to be approved in accordance with the test Ir procedures of the International Maritime Organization (IMO). Title 46 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) requires certain portions of U.S. flag commercial vessels to be constructed of Coast Guard approved materials. American Grating produces molded and pultruded USCG Approved gratings meeting Level 2 Fire Integrity. American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) 2 I" Deep X 1 1/2" Square Mesh r A _e �4 PTP- e, P,_� z of Width = 1.7 5 n I = �D - 1 S IF[' S .2-q in Pa',e-r xked Item v! Sim Available: ; -V 3 x IV), (4' x 81 (4' :K 12 "1 1 1,14" Deep x 1 1/2" Square Mesh .-; of Bars: 8 Load Bar 114" wift: Load Bar Centers,: Open Area: i 69j__-`0 Approx. 2.50 Weight: l&1rjj,ft2 Eni.;)erirg Properties Per Foot of Width: A .13 i r, 1 = 0.28 in' S = 0.45 ini" 13 7_ 1.37- of 6a., 8 7jW Lca-d Bat W Load Ea - Open Area: Approx. '."eight: 69% 3.08 I bsift IW-Stocked item (CU50,-, 'Odt.-) parleil size, bje: Please Call 1 1/2" Deep x 1 V2" Square Mesh r -ginp_-;nq Prrcipi�:e� Fe'Foc, 'iVd-th: E- -, 1 4,� in', 5 = 0.65 iaL�� grid Page,-r. IT of Bars: 6 Load Bar 1/4" wide,: Ida ,(:,-z Ad Item Pa. --el Sizes A90.4a6e_ 1 (4'x$'), _77 Load Bar E] Centers: 1-112, ::IEILJ LZ C4)en Area: 689HP 21r Approx. 3.94 _T Weight- lbs/fe M 21 American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) s 2" Deep x 2" Square Mesh Engine+_rir, �° :t Per Foot of i'iiCth: A = -.1� it = 1.03 in'S = 1.0 it >.-r Pattern 1.14"p - _......__ T of Ears. 6 1,8e- FIL L - - _ - � U J L I LJ Laid Bar S,116Load� 11 __. Bar Cent rs. 1fia.3z- y I� pr x. 4.51 �� 1b61iF�b •L 4� S3z able x1 _ V [deep x I" x 4" Rectangular Mesh / Ea r rin,q Prvcwtes Per Foot of Width: in 1 = 0.22 in' S = 0.451� - - Grnl Pattern - 0.38' of Bars: 12 - —�r- a i - .ru--ar-� 4..25' Load Bar Width: 1/4� Lcad Ear �ent�s: ! V :ter, t -. _ _:•n Order) Approx_ i'f°iC�ii:` 2.61 ty g Pan'aih: 1V- x J- Load Bars t 3' Dir `tarn American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) 21 Uniform Load Deflection Table: FA-... rent I LOAD IN Ibs/ft2 rEI x SPAN IN Max Rec. 10^6 INCHES STYLE 50 100 150 200 250 500 1000 2000 Load (LB-IN2) SM 1/2 " x 1 1h 0.03 0.05 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.26 0.52 361 0.04 SM 1/2 " x 2" 0.03 0.06 0.09 0.13 0.16 0.32 0.63 302 0.04 SM 1" x 1 1/2 ° <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.14 2,378 0.31 SM 1 ?14 " x 1 V2 " <0.01�_=<0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 2& 0.10 2,832 0.43 SM 1 '12 " x 1 Vi " <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.03 0.06 4,082 0.80 12 SM 2" x 2" <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.03 9,264 1.80 RM 1" x 1" x 4" <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 3,668 0.45 MM 1 v2" x '/a" <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 0.04 6,180 1.14 MM 30mm x 20mm <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.09 3,55C 0.50 SS 1 '/2 " x 1" x 6" ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 0.03 6,623 1.43 SS 1 1/2" x 1 1/2 " x 6 " <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 0.03 7,202 1.40 SM 1h " x 1 /h 0.12 0.24 0.36 0.48 160 0.05 SM 1/2 " x 2" 0.14 0.28 0.42 0.57 134 0.04 SM 1' x 1 '/2 ° 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.17 0.33 0.66 1,245 0.34 SM 1 '/4 " x 1 '/2 " 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04tL43 SM 1 1/2 " x 1 1/2 " <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.10 0.21 1,813 1.11 18 SM 2" x 2" <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.05 0,11 4,117 2.13 RM 1" x 1" x 4" 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.06 0.11 0.23 0.46 1,892 0.50 MM 1 '/2" x 1/" <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.08 0.16 2,747 1.43 MM 30mm x 20mm <0.01 0.02 0.02„ 0.03 0.04 0.08 0.15 0.31 1,577 0.74 SS 1 1/2 " x 1" x 6" ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.06 0.12 3,747 1.83 SS 1 1/2" x 1 1h " x 6 " <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.07 0.13 3,201 1.75 SM '/2 " x 1 1/2 0.36 90 0.05 SM 1/2 " x 2" 0.41 75 0.04 SM 1" x 1 1/2 " 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.50 668 0.36 0.31 Q161 708 0.59 SM 1 '/2 " x 1 1/2 " 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.14 0.29 0.58 1,021 1.25 24 SM 2" x 2" <0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.08 0.15 0.30 2,316 2.40 RM 1" x 1" x 4" 0.03 0.07 0.10 0,14 0.17 0.35 0,69 961 0.52 MM 1 '12' x'/ " 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.11 0.22 0.44 1,545 1.64 MM 30mm x 20mm 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.22 0.43 887 0.83 SS 1 1/2 " x 1" x 6" ADA <0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.08 0.16 0.32 2,105 2.22 SS 1 1/2" x 1 1/2 " x 6 " <0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.09 0.18 0.36 1,800 2.00 SM 1" x 1 '/2 " 0.12 0.24 0.36 0.47 0.59 427 0.37 SM 1 1/4 " x 1 /h " 0.07 0.15 0.22 0.29 0.37 453 0.60 30 SM 1 1/2 " x 1 1/2 " 103 0.07 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.33 0.67 653 1.31 SM 2" x 2" 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.G9 0.18 0.33 1,482 2.50 RM 1" x 1" x 4" 0.08 0.17 0.25 0.33 , - 0.42 615 0.53 Notes: SM- Square Mesh Grating, RM- Rectangular Mesh Grating, MM- Mini -Mesh Grating, SS- SuperSpan Grating ADA - Also an ADA compliant grating, Grey Highlight = Non -stacked item 1. This table was developed in accordance with the test method developed by the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council (FGMC) of the American Composites Manufactuers Association (ACMA) for the Fiberglass Grating Standard. The draft can be reviewed at www.fiberglassgrating.org 2. The designer should not exceed MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED load at any time. MAXIMUM LOAD represents a 5:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY. ULTIMATE CAPACITY represents MAX LOAD observed at initial fracture. 3. Walking loads for maintenance traffic are typically a live load of 50 PSF. Deflections for worker comfort are typically limited to 3/8" or SPAN divided by 120 under full live load. For a firmer feel under full live load or a line load 250 Ibs/ft of width, limit deflections to 1/4" or SPAN divided by 200. 4. The bads represented are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at ambient temperature. Deflections for impact loads or dynamic loads will MULTIPLY the deflections shown by 2. Long term loads will result in added deflection due to creep in the material and will require higher factors of safety to ensure acceptable performance. 5. For applications at elevated temperatures, consult American Grating. 6. Deflections are limited to 1/2" as recommended by the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council of the American Composites Manufacturers Association Wr American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) Uniform Load Deflection Table: LOAD IN Ibs/ft2 rEI x SPAN IN Max Rec. 10^6 INCHES STYLE 50 10O 150 200 250 500 1000 2000 Load (LB-IN2) MM 1 1/2" x 3/4" 0.03 0.05 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.25 0.50 989 1.75 30 MM 30mm x 20mm 0.05 0.10 0.16 0.21 0.26 0.52 568 0.85 SS 1 1/2 " x 1" x 6" ADA 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.18 0.36 1,347 2.42 SS 1 'h" x 1 'h " x 6 " 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.20 0.39 1,152 2.24 SM 1" x 1 1/2 " 0.24 0.48 240 0.38 , SM1'/4 X1'/z 01"" 5 - -0.30 Q.45 0.60 _ 315 0.61 SM 1 1/2 " x 1 1/2 " 0.07 0.13 0.20 0.27 0.34 0.67 453 1.35 SM 2" x 2" 0.04 0.07 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.36 1,029 2.55 36 RM I" x 1" x 4" 0.17 0.34 0.51 0.68 427 0.54 MM 1 Yi" x 3/ " 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.50 687 1.83 MM 30mm x 20mm 0.10 0.21 0.31 0.42 0.52 394 0.87 SS 1 1/2 " x 1" x 6" ADA 0.04 0.07 0.11 0.15 0.18 0.37 935 2.48 SS 1 'h" x 1 'h " x 6 " 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.19 0.39 800 2.34 SM 1" x 1 '/2 " 0.43 205 0.39 SM1'/4"xl'h" 027 0.54 231 0.62 SM 1 '/2 " x 1 '/2 " 0.12 0.25 0.37 0.49 0.62 333 1.37 SM 2" x 2" 0.06 0.13 0.19 0.26 0.32 0.65 756 2.61 42 RM 1" x 1" x 4" 030 0.60 314 0.56 MM 1 1/2" x 3/4" O.G9 0.18 0.27 0.36 0.45 505 1.87 MM 30mm x 20mm 0.19 0.38 0.57 290 0.89 SS 1 1/2 " x 1" x 6" ADA 0.07 0.13 0.20 0.26 0.33 0.66 687 2.55 SS 1 '/2" x 1 '/2 " x 6 " 0.07 0.14 0.21 0.26 0.35 588 2.38 46 RM 1" x 1" x 4" 0.43 287 0.57 SM 1 '/2 " x 1 '/2 " 0.21 0.42 0.63 255 1.38 SM 2" x 2" 0.11 0.22 0.33 0.43 0.54 579 2.65 48 MM 1 1/2" x 3A 0.15 0.30 0.45 0.60 386 1.90 SS 1 1/2 " x 1" x 6" ADA 0.11 0.22 0.33 0.45 0.56 526 2.58 SS 1 1/2" x 1 1/2 " x 6 " 0.12 0.24 0.36 0.48 0.60 450 2.42 SM 1 1/2 " x 1 1/2 " 0.33 0.67 201 1.38 SM 2" x 2" 0.17 0.34 0.51 0.69 457 2.69 54 MM 1 '/2" x 3/4" 0.24 0.48 305 1.93 SS 1 1/2 " x I" x 6" ADA 0.18 0.35 0.53 416 2.62 SS 1 'h" x 1 1/2 " x 6 " 0.19 0.38 0.57 356 2.44 SM 2" x 2" 0.26 0.52 371 2.71 MM 11/2" x 3/4" 0.36 247 1.94 60 SS 1 'h " x 1" x 6" ADA 0.27 0.53 337 2.63 SS1'/2"x1'/2"x6" 0.29 0.57 288 2.46 Notes: SM- Square Mesh Grating, RM- Rectangular Mesh Grating, MM- Mini -Mesh Grating, SS- SuperSpan Grating ADA - Also an ADA compliant grating, Grey Highlight = Non -stocked item 1. This table was developed in accordance with the test method developed by the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council (FGMC) of the American Composites Manufactuers Association (ACMA) forthe Fiberglass Grating Standard. The draft can be reviewed at www.fiberglassgrating.org 2. The designer should not exceed MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED load at any time. MAXIMUM LOAD represents a 5:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY. ULTIMATE CAPACITY represents MAX LOAD observed at initial fracture. 3. Walking loads for maintenance traffic are typically a live load of 50 PSF. Deflections for worker comfort are typically limited to 3/8" or SPAN divided by 120 under full live load. For a firmer feel under full live load or a line load 250 Ibs/ft of width, limit deflections to 1/4" or SPAN divided by 200. 4. The loads represented are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at ambient temperature. Deflections for impact loads or dynamic loads will MULTIPLY the deflections shown by 2. Long term loads will result in added deflection due tD creep in the material and will require higher factors of safety to ensure acceptable performance. 5. For applications at elevated temperatures, consult American Grating. 6. Deflections are limited to 1/2" as recommended by the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council of the American Composites Manufacturers Association American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) 26 T-Bar 2" Deep 333% Open (T20-33) Engineering Prope*tA:s Per Ftet, d Width! L = ti.3 _', _ _ .., S- _ _.64 In� 5- _.76 ¢ ; - ' x 77 'if arS: 8 Bar Depth: 2" Open Area: 33% max Wig: 5' Load Bar Centers: , 1.5' Approx, Weight: 4.44 Ibs?'Ft' Stocked Item _ ------j- Pane# Available; _144 4' x 2V Cress n Spacig T-Bar 2" Deep 50 iro Open {T20-50} Engirtecring Properties Rer Foot of As: A 3.23 iro' I = 1.5S In` cS--, = 1.98 in' S, = 1.32 In `'- t a 2' -- - !`i 06 E' - , _ � �_�- --- - i of Stars: 6 Bar Depth: Open Area: 501% . Max Width: 5, Load liar Centers: ` Approx. Weight: 3.43 lbs/ff Stocked Item Panel Sizes Available: 4' x 20' Crvs Bar 6- I -Bar 3" Deep 40% O (I30-40) Engineering Properties Per ForA of Width: A = 11,70 in2 I 13,76 ,: = 9,18 .bars: 1� Bar DWh: s" y Open Area: 40% Max Width: 5' - 3, a Load Bar Centers: 1„ Appro%. Weight: _ 1?-35 Ib&,,,,!W '4an-$tsekedItem LPaned - vailable: Please Calf Cross Bar 3„ American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) Pultruded Industrial Grating Uniform Load Deflection Table: AOO LOAD IN Ibs/ftz EI x SPAN IN Max Rec. 10^6 INCHES STYLE 50 100 150 200 250 500 1000 2000 Load (LB-IN2) 110-40 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.03 17,605 1.90 I10-50 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 0.03 11,887 1.36 110-60 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 7,944 1.10 I 12-40 ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.03 22,925 1.80 I12-60 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 0.04 10,293 1.19 I 15-40 ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 21,05 t 3.00 12 I15-50 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0,01 <0.01 79M 13,992 2.46 115-60 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 10,524 1.99 T20-33ADA <0 <001 <0,01 _---<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 20,269 3.60 T 20-50 <0.01 - <0.01 n- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.03 23,936 1.30 I 30-40 ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 76,262 12.45 I30-50 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 59,802 8.56 I30-60 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 44,333 6.85 110-40 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0,05 0.11 7,969 110-50 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.14 6,299 1.55 110-60 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.08 0.17 5,296 ....,, I 12-40 ADA <0.01 <0,01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.09 9,170 2.43 I12-60 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.14 6,862 1.61 1 15-40 ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.05 14,559 A""8 18 I 15-50 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 - -- 0.03 0.06 9,328 4.00 115-60 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 0.04 0.07 7,016 3.23 T 20-33 ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 0.04 13,524 6.07 T 20-50 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.03 0.06 8,624 4.15 I 30-40 ADA <D.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0-01 33,894 19.96 I30-50 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 26,578 15.02 130-60 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 19,703 11.68 110-40 <0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.08 0.16 0.32 3,961 2.21 110-50 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.10 0.19 0.38 3,621 !.881 110-60 0.01 0.07 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.12 0.23 0.47 2,935 1.54 I 12-40 ADA <0.01 D.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.06 0.12 0.24 5,466 3.02 I12-60 <0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.09 0.02 0.36 3,818 2.00 24 I 15-40 ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.06 0.12 7,136 5.90 I15-50 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04-,--___0.07 0.15 5,878 4.84 115-60 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.05 0.09 0.18 4,585 391 T 20-33 ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.09 7,39E. 7.89 T 20-50 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.D6 0.12 6 468 6A7 Notes: T = T-Bar, I = I -Bar, 10 = 1" Deep, 15 = 1 'h" Deep, 20 = 2" Deep, -# = % Open, ex. I 1040 = 1" Deep with 40% Open ADA - Also an ADA compliant grating, Grey Highlight = Non -stocked item 1. This table was developed in accordance with the test method developed by the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council (FGMC) of the American Composites Manufacturers Association (ACMA) for the Fiberglass Grating Standard. The draft Standard can be reviewed at www.fiberglassgratng.org 2. The designer should not exceed MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED bad at any time. MAXIMUM LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY. ULTIMATE CAPACITY represents MAX LOAD observed at initial fracture. 3. Walking loads for maintenance traffic are typically a live load of 50 PSF. Deflections for worker comfort are typically limited to 3/8" or SPAN divided by 120 under full live load. For a firmer feel under full live load or a line load 250 Ibs/ft of width, limit deflections to 1/4" or SPAN divided by 200. 4. The loads represented are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at ambient temperature. Deflections for impact loads or dynamic loads will MULTIPLY the deflections shown by 2. Long term bads will result in added deflection due to creep in the material and will also require higher factors of safety to ensure acceptable performance. S. For applications at elevated temperatures, consult American Grating. 6. Deflections are limited to Ya" as recommended by the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council of the American Composites Manufacturers Association American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) 52 Pultruded Industrial Grating Uniform Load Deflection Table: Apparent LOAD IN Ibs/fe EI x SPAN IN Max Rec. 30^6 INCHES STYLE 50 100 150 200 250 500 1000 2000 Load (LB-IN2) I 30-40 ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.03 19,066 26.81 24 I30-50 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 0.03 14,950 21.12 I30-60 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 11,083 16.68 110-40 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.09 0.19 0.37 2,574 2.37 I10-50 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.22 0.44 2,308 1.99 110-60 0.03 0.05 0.08 0.11 0.14 0.27 1,845 1.63 I 12-40 ADA 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.13 0.26 3,522 3.38 I12-60 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.20 0.39 2460 2.24 4,405 I 15-40 ADA <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.07 0.04 0.28 6.40 30 115-50 <0.01 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.08 0.17 0.34 3,486 5.25 115-60 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.10 0.21 0.42 2,831 4.24 T 20-33 ADA <0.01 <0.01 0.01 6W 0.02 0.05 0.09 0.19 5,437 9.32 T 20-50 <0.01 0.01 0.18 0.02 0,03 0.06 0.12 0.24 4,242 7.35 I 30-40 ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.03 0.05 12,202 32.86 I30-50 <0.01 <0,01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 0.03 0.07 9,568 26.84 I30-60 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.08 7,093 20.78 I 10-40 0.04 0.08 0.11 0.15 0.19 0.38 1,791 2.42 110-50 0.05 0.09 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.45 1,591 2.01 110-60 0.06 0.11 0.17 0.22 0.27 1,281 1.66 I 12-40 ADA 0.03 0,05 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.26 0.51 2,462 3.55 112-60 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.19 0.39 1,686 2.35 I 15-40 ADA 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.14 0.27 3,161 6.66 36 I 15-50 0.02 0.03 0.05 0,.07 0.08 - 0.17 0.33 2,485 115-60 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.21 0.41 2,006 4.41 T 20-33 ADA <0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.09 0.18 0.36 3,612 10.10 T 20-50 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.06 0.12 0.23 0.46 2,946 1.91 1 30-40 ADA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 8,474 37.90 I30-50 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.06 0.11 6,645 32.25 130-60 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.14 4,926 25.24 110-40 0.07 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.35 1,314 2.44 110-50 0.08 0.17 0.25 0.33 0.42 1,175 2.03 110-60 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 943 42 I 12-40 ADA 0.05 0.09 0.14 0.19 0.23 0.47 1,793 3.60 112-60 0.07 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.35 1,243 238 115-40 ADA 0.03 0.05 0.08 0.10 0,13 0.25 0.50 2, 9� cJ 115-50 0.03 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.31 1,806 5.53 Notes: T = T-Bar, I = I -Bar, 10 = 1" Deep, 15 = 1 '/z" Deep, 20 = 2" Deep, -# = % Open, ex. I IG-40 = 1" Deep with 40% Open ADA - Also an ADA compliant grating, Grey Highlight = Non -stacked item 1. This table was developed in accordance with the test method developed by the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council (FGMC) of the American Composites Manufacturers Association (ACMA) for the Fiberglass Grating Standard. The draft Standard can be reviewed at www.fiberglassgraUng.org 2. The designer should not exceed MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED load at any time. MAXIMUM LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY. ULTIMATE CAPACITY represents MAX LOAD observed at initial fracture. 3. Walking loads for maintenance traffic are typically a live load of 50 PSF. Deflections for worker comfort are typically limited to 3/8" or SPAN divided by 120 under full live load. For a firmer feel under full live load or a line load 250 Ibs/ft of width, limit deflections to 1/4" or SPAN divided by 200. 4. The loads represented are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at ambient temperature. Deflections for impact loads or dynamic loads will MULTIPLY the deflections shown by 2. Long term bads will result in added deflection due to creep in the material and will also require higher factors of safety to ensure acceptable performance. 5. For applications at elevated temperatures, consult American Grating. 6. Deflections are limited to '/z" as recommended by the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council of the American Composites Manufacturers Association We American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) Pultruded Industrial Grating Uniform Load Deflection Table: Aoo LOAD IN Ibs/ft' _ EI x SPAN IN Max Rec. 10^6 INCHES STYLE 50 100 150 200 250 500 1000 2000 Load (LB-IN2) 115-60 0.04 0.08 0.11 0.15 0.19 0.38 1454 4.47 T 20-33 ADA 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.06 -y 0.16 0.32 -2,635'' 10.60 T 20-50 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.20 0.41 2,153 8.31 42 I 30-40 ADA <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.08 0.16 6,226 42.09 I30-50 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.05 0.09 0.18 4,882 36.75 I 30-60 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.06 0.11 0.23 3,619 1 29.42 110-40 0.12 0.24 0.35 0.47 1,004 2.45 110-50 0.14 0.28 0.42 898 2.05 110-60 0.17 0.34 721 1.70 I 12-40 ADA 0.08 0.16 0.24 0.32 0.40 1,377 3.62 I12-60 0.12 0.24 0.36 0.48 955 2.40 I 15-40 ADA 0.04 0.09 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.42 1,746 6.81 48 115-50 0.05 0.10 0.16 0.21 0.26 1,384 5.58 115-60 0.06 0.13 0.19 0.26 0.32 1,117 4.51 T 20-33 ADA 0.03 0.05 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.26 2,030 11.06 T 20-50 0.03 0.07 0.10 0.14 0.17 0.34 1.672 8.55 I 30-40 ADA <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.06 0.13 0.25 4,766 45.51 I30-50 <0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.07 0.14 0.29 3,738 40.14 I30-60 <0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.09 0.18 0.35 2,771 32.70 I 10-40 0.19 0.38 792 2.46 I10-50 0.22 0.45 709 2.06 110-60 0.27 571 1.72 I 12-40 ADA 0.13 0.25 0.38 0.51 1,089 3.64 I12-60 0.19 0.38 754 2.41 I 15-40 ADA 0.07 0.14 0.20 0.27 0.34 1,387 6.83 54 I15-50 0.08 0.17 0.25 0.33 0.41 1,091 5.60 115-60 0.10 '=64 0.20 0.31 0.41 0.51 883 4.52 T 20-33 ADA 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.21 0.41 1,600 11.26 T 20-50 0.05 0.11 0.16 0.21 0.27 1,310 8.65 I 30-40 ADA <0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.10 0.19 0.38 3,766 48.27 I30-50 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.11 0.21 0.43 2,953 43.00 I30-60 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.13 0.26 2,189 35.00 110-40 0.28 713 2.47 60 I10-50 0.34 638 2.07 I10-60 0.40 514 174 I 12-40 ADA 0.19 0.38 980 3.66 Notes: T = T-Bar, I = I -Bar, 10 = 1" Deep, 15 = 1 'Fi" Deep, 20 = 2" Deep, -# = % Open, ex. 11040 = 1" Deep with 40% Open ADA - Also an ADA compliant grating, Grey Highlight = Non -stocked item 1. This table was developed in accordance with the test method developed by the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council (FGMC) of the American Composites Manufacturers Association (ACMA) for the Fiberglass Grating Standard. The draft Standard can be reviewed at www.fiberglassgrabng.org 2. The designer should not exceed MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED load at any time. MAXIMUM LOAD represents a 2:1 factor of safety on ULTIMATE CAPACITY. ULTIMATE CAPACITY represents MAX LOAD observed at initial fracture. 3. Walking loads for maintenance traffic are typically a live load of 50 PSF. Deflections for worker comfort are typically limited to 3/8" or SPAN divided by 120 under full live load. For a firmer feel under full live load or a line load 250 Ibs/ft of width, limit deflections to 1/4" or SPAN divided by 200. 4. The loads represented are for STATIC LOAD CONDITIONS at ambient temperature. Deflections for impact loads or dynamic loads will MULTIPLY the deflections shown by 2. Long term loads will result in added deflection due to creep in the material and will also require higher factors of safety to ensure acceptable performance. 5. For applications at elevated temperatures, consult American Grating. 6. Deflections are limited to 1/2" as recommended by the Fiberglass Grating Manufacturers Council of the American Composites Manufacturers Association American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) 54 Molded & Pultruded Grating Clips American Grating supplies a number of different types of 316SS clips to attach its various molded and pultruded gratings to supporting members. Although the clips are illustrated here with AGL's molded grating products, similar clips are often available for our pultruded grating as well. Contact American Grating for more information. M Clips L"� M clips or saddle clips clamp 2 grating load bars to the support. This provides excellent holding capability and because of this, are recommended for stair treads and most molded and pultruded gratings. G Clips When drilling the support member has to be avoided, G clips offer the solution. The lower jaw of the clip grips the support flange when the bolt is torqued. A heavier top clip then completes the assembly to carry the loads. Providing excellent bidirectional holding capability for molded square mesh grating. ,- 3 _ '6 is rI,P SUPPOW POW ato"bWAWAW G ccra III American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) STRUCTURALS PULTRUSION PROCESS SLNf 41: lIFI GUIDC8 r•_-�4TtC);_,V_ THE PLAIAR V The pultrusion process previously described on page 3, is ideally suited for the manufacture of structural shapes. Analogous to the steel rolling process, this process allows structural shapes to be manufactured to length, only restricted by transportation limitations. Continuous glass fibers that enter the process on the left are actually pulled the length of the process by a tractor (illustrated) or hand -over -hand pullers shown on the right. During the process, the glass bundle of continuous strands is wrapped with continuous strand mats that will provide the transverse strength. The entire reinforcement bundle is then pulled into a liquid resin bath (polyester or vinyl ester) and "wetted" out. The wetted reinforcement package is wrapped in a surfacing veil, which allows a resin -rich finish on the part, offering a first barrier to corrosion and a smooth finish. The completed package then goes into a performer that roughly forms the package into the appropriate shape to enter the heated die for curing. The die is the exact shape of the final part desired. Upon exiting the die, the part is over 90% cured and solid. The length of the part required is pulled through the cutoff saw and the process is complete. STRUCTURAL SHAPES American Grating manufactures all standard shapes used for structural projects. They are manufactured in both vinyl ester (standard color is beige) and polyester (standard color is dark gray). Embedment angles are only manufactured in vinyl ester and standard in dark gray to compliment the color of concrete. Reference AGL's Availability List on the following page for a complete list of structurals provided. Angle Channel Wide Flange Beam Square Tube Round Tube Embedment Angle American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) 80 FIBERGLASS STRUCTURAL SHAPES: TYPICAL COUPON PROPERTIES The values listed below are test results from coupon tests performed in accordance with designated ASTM Test. Mechanical Properties ASTM UNITS VALUE Tensile Strength, LW D-638 psi 30,000 Tensile Strength, CW D-638 psi 7,000 Tensile Modulus, LW D-638 106 psi 2.5 Tensile Modulus, CW D-638 106 psi 0.8 Compressive Strength, LW D-695 psi 30,000 Compressive Strength, CW D-695 psi 15,000 Compressive Modulus, LW D-695 106 psi 2.5 Compressive Modulus, CW D-695 106 psi 1.0 Flexural Strength, LW D-790 psi 30,000 Flexural Strength, CW D-790 psi 10,000 Flexural Modulus, LW D-790 106 psi 1.8 Flexural Modulus, CW D-790 106 psi 0.8 Modulus of Elasticity, E Full Section 106 psi 2.8 Shear Modulus -------- 106 psi 0.450 Short Beam Shear D-2344 psi 4,500 Punch Shear D-256 psi 10,000 Bearing Strength, LW D-953 psi 30,000 Notched Izod Impact, LW D-256 ft-Ibs/in 25 Notched Izod Impact, CW D-256 ft-Ibs/in 4 Physical Properties ASTM UNITS VALUE Barcol Hardness D-495 -------- 45 24 Hour Water Absorption D-570 % max 0.45 Density D-792 Ibs/in3 .062-0.70 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, LW D-696 10-6 in/in/°C 8 Electrical Properties ASTM UNITS VALUE Arc Resistance, LW D-495 seconds 120 Dielectric Strength, LW D-149 kv/in 35 Dielectric Strength, PF D-149 volts/mil 200 Dielectric Constant, PF D-150 @60hz 5 Polyester and Vinylester Fire Retardant Structural Profiles: Flammability Properties Tunnel Test Flammability LW = Lengthwise CW = Crosswise American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com ASTM UNITS VALUE E-84 Flame Spread 25 max D-635 -------- Nonburning PF = Perpendicular to Laminate Face Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) AMERIRAILTM HANDRAIL SYSTEMS American Grating's AmeriRailTM Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Handrail Systems are safe, OSHA compliant, corrosion resistant, virtually maintenance free, and easy to install. AGL's standard industrial AmeriRailTM Handrail is a 2-rail system with kickplate fabricated from its high strength pultruded structural shapes with UV inhibitors manufactured into the resin and synthetic surfacing veils that allow a resin rich surface. Standard systems are produced in safety yellow, with other colors available upon request. AmeriRailTm Handrails are available prefabricated and factory assembled or can be shipped in components for easy on site field fabrication. A factory applied UV coating is recommended when handrails will be utilized outdoors. Handrail Styles American Grating's OSHA compliant handrails are offered in four versions: light duty, standard, heavy duty, and an ergonomic oval system. Custom handrail systems for other applications including landscaping, architectural and ADA compliance are also available upon special order request. Light Duty Standard Heavy Duty Handrail Ergonomic Oval Top Rail 1 5/8" x 3/16" 2" x 1/4" 2" x 1/4" 2 1/8" x 1 1/2" x 1/4" Square Tube Square Tube Square Tube Ergonomic Oval Post 2" x 3/16" 2" x 1/4" 2" x 1/4" 2" x 1/4" Square Tube Square Tube Square Tube Square Tube Mid Rail 1 1/2" 0 x 1/8" 1 1/2" 0 x 1/8" 2" x 1/4" 1 1/2" 0 x 1/8" Round Tube Round Tube Square Tube Round Tube Kickplate 4" x 1/2" x 1/8" Ribbed Pedestal FRP Molded Part / SS316 part/ Other designs also available Handrail Parts Square Tube Round Tube Mid Rail American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Ergonomic Oval Kickplate Top Rail Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) 86 Typical Handrail System s Pug b tv kxt P "s (PUMc or Akwwxm AM AvwftW 87 American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) AmeriRail-`' Post Installation Guide Now to 6" I -Beam with Spacer r� to 6" WF-Beam with Spacer rsuu llb4*" to Channel without Spacer Note: Available in 8", 10", and 12" as well. OSHA Standard to 6" Channel with Spacer •V V~r4^ Q0.1" to Steel Plate without Spacer American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) 89 AMERIRAILTm LADDER SYSTEMS American Grating's AmeriRailTm Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Ladder Systems are safe, slip resistant, OSHA compliant, corrosion resistant, low maintenance, and easy to install. AmeriRailTM ladders are available with or without cages and are manufactured in isopthalic polyester, fire retardant yellow. The standard AmeriRailTm Ladder has 18" clear inside width and rungs spaced 12" on center. The rungs are 1" diameter solid bar, gritted for maximum available slip resistance, and easily complies with strict OSHA load requirements. In addition to its standard ladder systems, American grating also offers a number of custom components, including walkthroughs, sidestep dismounts, crossovers and custom standoffs. Ladder Details A A Top Hoop 3" Wide x'/a" Thickness Formed Hand Lay -Up Pre -Drilled Holes B Vertical Bar 2" Wide x 1/4" Stripe Bar C Intermediate Hoop 3" Wide x 1/4" Thickness Formed Hand Lay -Up Pre -Drilled Holes D Bottom Hoop 3" Wide x 1/4" Thickness Formed Hand Lay -Up Pre -Drilled Holes E Rung 1" Diameter Solid Gritted Bar Rung F Rail 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 1/4" Thickness Tube G Floor Mount Clip 4" x 4" x 3/8" Angle, 2 3/a" Long, 2 per set H Bottom Wall Mount 2 3/16" x 8" x 3/8" Angle, 18" Long, 2 Bracket per set I Wall Mount Bracket 3" x 8" x 3/8" Angle, 6" Long Standard Hoop Connection of Cage to Ladder a 89 American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) Ladder Assembly Options Yf a ' i' LaddU vaO Wa&-Th+v Lam vah Return sv Ldddri - Waik-Thru L WK*T M0 W*k Tjoi NAF&M C rreci a-i CA01! Y%d Side Shy C q to ftcr GUARD RAILS As a part of American Grating's structural product line up, it manufactures a full line of customized handrail and conveyor / machine safety guards that are lightweight, corrosion resistant and comply fully with OSHA requirements. These products can be removable for access and cleaning or permanently fixed depending on the application. Ii'ttt,till W"! KIND - �t lcit>: I.xVxWwry lr AWN E- _ American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) 90 MOLDEDGRIDWALK Transparent .. Chemical Environment %Concentration Tern°F VINYL VINYL ISO GPI VINYL ISO A Acetic Add 25 MAX C C C F C C Acetic Add 50 MAX C C C F C C Aluminum Hydroxide ALL MAX C C C C C C Ammonium Chloride ALL 120 C C C C C C Ammonium Bicarbonate 15 120 C C C F C F Ammonium Bicarbonate 50 120 C C C F F I Ammonium Hydroxide 20 80 F C N N I N Ammonium Sulfate ALL 120 C C C C C F B Benzene 100 150 I F I N I N Benzoic Acid (SAT) SAT MAX C C C F C C Borax SA SAT MAX C C C F C F C Calcium Carbonate ALL MAX C C C F C C Calcium Nitrate ALL MAX C C C C C C Carbon Tetrachloride 100 80 I C N N I N Chlorine, Dry Gas ALL MAX C C C F C F Chlorine Water (SAT) SAT 120 C C I N I N Chromic Acid 50 150 1 F N N I N Citric Add ALL MAX C C C C C C Copper Chloride ALL MAX C C C C C C Copper Cyanide ALL 140 C C F 1 F I Copper Nitrate ALL MAX C C C C C C E Ethanol 10 120 C C F F C F Ethanol 50 120 C C I I C I Ethylene Glycol ALL ISO. C C C F C F F Ferric Chloride 100 MAX C C C C C C Ferrous Chloride ALL MAX C C C C C C Formaldehyde 0-50% 50 120 F C I 1 F I G Gasoline ALL 120 C C C F C F Glucose ALL 120 C C C C C C Glycerin 100 MAX C C C F C F H Hydrobromic Acid 50 MAX F F F I I N Hydrochloric Acid 10 MAX C C F F F F Hydrochloric Acid 37 MAX I C F I I I Hydrogen Peroxide 30 80 C C N N F N L Lactic Acid 100 MAX C C C C C C Lithium Chloride SA SAT MAX N C N N N N M Magnesium Chloride ALL MAX C C C C C C Magnesium Nitrate ALL MAX C C C C C C Magnesium Sulfate ALL MAX C C C C C C Mercuric Chloride ALL MAX C C C C C C Mercurous Chloride ALL MAX C C C F C F N Nickel Chloride ALL MAX C C C C C C Nickel Sulfate ALL MAX C C C C C C Nitric Acid 20 120 F C F I I I O Oxalic Acid ALL 150 C C C F C F P Perchloric Acid 30 90 F C I I I I Phosphoric Acid 80 MAX C C C C C F Potassium Chloride ALL MAX C C C C C C Potassium Dichromate ALL MAX C C C C C C Potassium Nitrate ALL MAX C C C C C C Potassium Sulfate ALL MAX C C C C C C Propylene Glycol ALL MAX C C C F C F S Sodium Acetate ALL MAX C C C C C C Sodium Bisulfate ALL 80 F C F I C I Sodium Bromide ALL 80 C C C C C C Sodium Cyanide ALL 80 C C I I F I Sodium Hydroxide 10 MAX C C I N I N Sodium Hydroxide 50 MAX F C N N N N Sodium Nitrate ALL MAX C C C C C C Sodium Sulfate ALL MAX C C C C C C Sulfuric Acid 10 MAX C C F F C F Sulfuric Acid 25 MAX C C F F F I Sulfuric Acid 75 100 C C I I I N T Tartaric Acid ALL MAX C C C F C F V Vinegar ALL MAX C C C F C F W Water Distilled ALL MAX C C C C C C Z Zinc Nitrate 100 MAX C C C C C C Zinc Sulfate 100 MAX C C C C C C C - Continuous exposure of the grating to the chemical Environment listed at the temperature listed. F - Frequent exposure of the grating to splashes and spills from the Chemical Environment listed with that environment at the temperature listed . I - Infrequent exposure of the grating to splashes and spills from the Chemical Environment listed with that environment at the temperature listed and the spill immediately cleaned up or washed from the grating. N - Not recommended for the concentrations and temperatures listed. - MAX temperature is 240°F for Transparent Vinyl, 185-F for molded & pultruded Vinyl grating, 160°F for molded & pultruded ISO grating, and 150-F for molded GPI grating. The corrosion resistance data listed above is for general Information only. Resin manufacturers have provided test data when indicates that the specific resin an withstand the corrosion conditions listed above. American Grating, LLC believes the data to be true anti accurate but no guarantee is expressed or implied as to specific performance. Testing for specific envircnvments is recorn mended. Responsibility for claims arising from breach of warranty, negligence a otherwise is limited to the purchase price of the material sold by American Grating, LLC. 71 American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) RESIN SELECTION GUIDE Resin , - Resin Base Description CorrosionFlame Resistance Spread E84 Colors Temp. Superior Corrosion Class 1 25 or Molded & Type V Vinyl Ester Resistance and Fire Excellent Less Pultruded Dark Grey 2000 F Retardant Isophthalic Industrial Grade Class 1, 25 or Molded & Green, Type I Polyester Corrosion Resistance Very Good Less Pultruded Yellow, 1500F and Fire Retardant Light Grey Isophthalic Food Grade Class 1, 25 or Type F Polyester Corrosion Resistance Very Good Less Molded Light Grey 1500 F and Fire Retardant Type Moderate Corrosion Class 1, 25 or Green, GP General Purpose Resistance and Fire Moderate Less Molded Light Grey 1500 F Retardant Type Isophthalic Extra Fire Retardant Class 1, 10 or Reddish- XFR Polyester and Moderate Moderate Less Molded Brown 1500 F Corrosion Resistance Low Smoke and Class 1, 5 or Reddish - Type P Phenolic Superior Fire Very Good Less Both Brown 300° F Resistance Vinyl Ester (Type V) - Developed to withstand frequent and direct contact in the harshest of chemical environments. Type V is ideal for use in acidic and caustic environments such as chemical plants, waste water treatment, and plating applications. Isophthalic Polyester (Type I) — Industrial grade resin great for environments where grating may occasionally be in contact with harsh chemicals due to splashes or spills. Food Grade Isophthalic Polyester (Type F) — Ideal for environments in the food and beverage industry where grating may frequently be wet or exposed to harsh cleaning products. General Purpose Polyester (Type GP) — A good general purpose resin great for environments such as food processing plants, dairies, and walkway applications, this resin is available at a reduced cost compared to the premium vinyl ester or isophthalic polyester resin. Extra Fire Retardant Isophthalic Polyester (Type XFR) — XFR offers an added level of fire safety for critical areas such as adjacent to sparking equipment, welding, or anywhere there is an increased fire potential. In accordance to ASTM E84 tests, flame spread is 10 or less. Phenolic (Type P) - Best choice for applications where fire resistance, low smoke, and low toxic fume emissions are critical. Typical applications include: offshore & onshore oil refineries, tunnels, ships, and train decks. COLOR SELECTION To complement any design project, American Grating offers a wide selection of colors to choose from. Standard colors available for grating: Light Grey, Dark Grey, Yellow, Green, and a Reddish Brown. Custom colors may be available upon request. !S� American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) 94 CUTTING AND INSTALLATION GUIDE Safety Precautions When cutting American Grating products, always wear safety goggles to protect your eyes and a dust mask to reduce dust inhalation. Also wear gloves and a shop coat with neck and sleeves taped to prevent skin irritation. Work in a well - lighted and ventilated area. Cutting Products Depending on the amount (lineal feet) of grating to be cut, a variety of shop tools can be used. For best results, use a heavy-duty rotary saw with a masonry, carbide or diamond coated blade. Firm support of the panels will prevent shifting. Turning the panel bottom -side -up gives a smooth surface for the saw to ride on and reduces chipping. Be sure to allow for the blade kerf (3/16") when measuring. Grinding All cut edges should be ground smooth. Use a coarse gritted, open coated (resin) grinding disk. Finishing All cut surfaces should be coated with resin to prevent corrosion of glass fibers. A coating of a two- part resin system or comparable to the resin used in the manufacture of the grating should be used to maintain corrosion resistance. Installation Provide for a minimum of 1 1/2" support around all panel edges. Use 2 type "M" stainless steel (type 316) clips every 48" (maximum). A minimum of four clips is required for any piece of grating. 93 American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) COPYRIGHT AND WARRANTY POLICY American Grating makes every effort to provide high quality products. However, we are unable to promise total corrosion resistance or total protection against slips and falls. Certain chemical and other environmental factors are involved. Warranty American Grating warrants to each purchaser of our product from American Grating, for a period of one year from date of shipment to that purchaser, that the product conforms to the applicable specifications and is free of defects in materials and workmanship within the control of the company. Disclaimer of Warranty All warrant obligations of company express or implied, and all remedies, relief and measure of damages against company are limited exclusively to repair or replacement of any defect or refund of consequential, incidental or special damages (including without limitation, labor, transporation, loss of use, increased expenses of operation, loss of profits, or damage to persons or property) resulting from the breach of any warranty obligation of company are excluded. The foregoing limited warranty is in lieu of and company disclaims any and all other warranties, to purchaser or otherwise, express or implied, oral or written, arising by law, course of dealing, course of performance, usage of trade or otherwise, including without limitation all warranties as to condition, use, operation, design, quality capacity, workmanship, installation, servicing, latent defects, compliance with any law, ordinance, regulation, rule contract or specification, "Merchantability," fitness for any particular purpose, and all other qualities and characterisitics whatsoever. 113 American Grating LLC www.americangrating.com Tel: 1-702-567-0303 U.S. Toll Free: 800-990-GRTE (4783) I i FRP TYP u 4'-1 3/4" q WET WELL 1 WET WELL PLAN Ref: M-01 Grating Plan 2• SE 4 Detail WET' WET WELL =SItP TYPE B 3' 2'-6" L3X3X3/8 8„ EL 27.0 1g.6- ° d r C6X1/4 m 4 1,_8. J h HLU L3X3X3/ I "de d 1g8" G o C8X3/e I c0 ° D HELL Co A, ° A 4 . M 0 EL 18.0 / A k.1/2"plaleJ 4' 8 J ° Field drill 4 — I "A ° M - V o d I I °. ° v d d 'A: I d °d EL 8.0 ° c - 4. -. <e PT20-50 SeI ction 1 Detail B 1"DP , 1 112'S CM-10E 2 Detail a WET WELL FRP STEP TYPE EL 27.0 u? 4 d . . d 4, EL 18.0 Safety SS Chalns 7- e 4 H kick plate ° e' A d • d °4: °d ih � m HLU L3X8 1/8X: 1g.6- J W8X3/8 HLu Laxaxvz I Iq.6" , I � ' G 1 I G L4X4X1l2 g.2 112 N d d d 4. I I 1 I FRP STEP TYPE B N I aT 1'-e'CONC 1'-512"GTG I Field wt , U Z [, � I � L-------- L3X3X3/8 all around VALVE VAULT PLAN Ref: M-02 V-5 1l2' — cT m � (V rn a TYPE C Removable 5. Grating Plan e Notes: 1. Please verify all dimensions and color. \ 2. Grating TYPE A:PT-2050,ISO,light gray,w/grit. Grating TYPE B:1"DP,1 1/2"SM,ISO,light gray,w/grit. Grating TYPE C:2"DP,2"SM,ISO,light gray,w/grit. > 3. Handrails system:2-rails,2x3/16" SQ.tube as rails,ISO,yellow. Ladders system:2x3/16" SQ.tube as rails, \ 1 1/4"x1/8 fluted tube as rung, ISO, yellow. EL 8.0 XX - Type CMP-2050E"M" clips assembly with a Dia.1/4"x2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. �° XX - Type CMP-1 OE"M" clips assembly with %X3/8 Dia.1/4"x1 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. © XX - Type CMP-20E"M" clips assembly with " DiaAAN2 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. ® XX - Dia.1/2"x1 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. ® HLU L4XX - Dia.1/2"x2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. X 11Y2 lg.s Q XX - Dia.1/2"x7 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. © XX - Dia.1/2"x3 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. J ® XX - Dia.1/4"x1" Self -drilling screw. Q XX - Dia. 1 /2"x6"Concrete Anchor.(Supplied by others) HLUL4x4x1/2 _ Detail ®XX - Dia.1/2"x4" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. Ig.6' W8X3/B APPROVED FOR PRODUCTION rAITPIUT,GII IIIERMI® (UXO.) mnnra DRAWING APPROVAL p wwr RVTs oa As YIi9 A m i G® WE CERTIFY THAT THIS AMERICAN GRATING, LLC. (AGL) DRAWING wo® TmN wmueTTCI HAS BEEN CAREFULLY REVIEWED AND WE RELEASE TO AGL AS NOTED: � la C«,res aam®. 1) AGL ASSUMES RESPONSIBIUTY FOR MATERIAL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS ,wi Roe a,c G1f T1abEG CRATING .Ara-.M .,n. °'TM Pla1T"W GRATING :,A •+ro '�n° AMUNHAM m,ASEs •,A un• "fA SEE NOTES Kamins Construction Lake Washington Beach Lift Station •••n..� Iw . ISO.Dark Gray SEE SEE N NOTES, — „ol[ Dlv 11e ss e„nwa — Gam n: we— ws,dY I1/10/2010 Can uTo AS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS PROVIDED AGL, REPRESENTED HEREIN; MTaol le]IE1DrTATIVE/mPMtt MTL 2) WE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CORRECTNESS OF ACTUAL FIELD DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH EITHER THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND/OR THE HEREIN NOTED/CHANGED DIMENSIONS. ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGES RESULTING IN ADDITIONAL COST IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY. REVISE AND RESUBMIT sawc ar . w... OT oo NOT STACK r n TOLERANCES ''A r n ./A z u mrG.,G: AMERICAN GRATING, LLC. fibergla-Reinlld—dPlastir(FRP)Comp-d.Gratings6Structures 02 s12o2s STA ALL INFoaIATION THIS 6 UE SOLE PROPERTY OF AM RICAN w.T A NTS ,ow,a o.aa Gws,n E1(1 1 ) THESE. ARF. PRE[ _I N11NARt' DRAWIN(;S El o'Mw¢s u ,o �' Al�vmvAl �" Ttc GRATING, LLC THIS DRAWING IS NOT 1191 Center Point Dr. Henderson, HRd9074, USA AND ARE NOT TO N17, USED P 'R F'ABRK'AFION' OR CONNFRUCI ION � Arrvula�wn �� M E dSdOSED OR CWIED WI1NWT lI1E WRITTEN AUTNORIZAT10N OF AMERICAN GRAVING LLC 701-567-0303 702-5s7-0323PAx tnfo�Qamgraring.mm www.am ratio com 9 9 A 11/10/2010 Approval drawing Wendy �..� a I,o, tAG of 01q 1n 10-088 NO. DATE REVISION BY Rl M `1 DATE: CLIENT: PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 2.1 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL 12/15/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.11311 of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Chopper Pumps, Control Panel, and Accessories REVIEWED BY: Tvler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected X Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Chopper Pumps: a. Provide Lifting Chain as specified (10.11311-2.10.13). b. Provide Power Cables as specified (10.11311-2.11.C). Contractor to confirm cable lengths are sufficient with cable supplier. c. Test tolerances for factory (source) testing shall be in accordance with the tolerances indicated in Sub -Section 10.15958 (10.15958-3.02.A.2). d. Provide trimmed impeller to meet specified Rated Design Point (10.11311-3.04). 2. Control Panel and Accessories: a. Provide quick disconnect receptacles for connections to motors and floats as indicated on the Drawings (10.11311-2.12.B.2.b). b. 120/240V incoming power is available. As such, the 7.5kVA 120/240V transformer is not required. c. Revise the valve vault sump pump selector switch description from 'off -on" to "off - auto". d. Provide a circuit breaker for the heated enclosure (10.11311-2.12.B.2.c.3). This is for valves external to the power panel. e. Provide NEMA rated starters per Sub -Section 10.16422 (10.11311-2.12.B.4.a). f. Provide fuses for the Pump 1 and Pump 2 circuitry such that a device failure in one circuit does not affect the other. g. Provide fuses for the intrinsically safe relays and seal fail relays. h. Mercury activated float switches are not acceptable. Provide float level switches in Carollo.local: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 2.1.docx Page 1 of 2 A accordance with Sub -Section 10.17201 (10.11311-2.12.D.1). Contractor to confirm cable lengths are sufficient with cable supplier. i. Provide a cable weight with each float switch per Contract Drawing E-01. Carollo.local:Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal2.l.docx Page 2 of 2 SERVING THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST /Au'.maLc"H If7. PUMP SALES & SERVICE Submittals for: Vaughan Chopper Pumps City of Renton Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Project # WWP — 27 - 3557 Engineers: Carollo Engineers Contractor: Kamins Construction Scope of supply: Qty-2-New Vaughan Chopper Sewage pumps, Model SE313, 5HP, 230V 4" Quick Release Base Elbow Stainless guide rails & SS Lifting Chain Submitted by: Erick Merklinghaus PLIMPTECHINC 12020 SE 32nd St Bellevue, WA 98005 PumpTech MAS # 80193 Municipal Industrial Packaged Systems ❑ PumpTech Inc. ❑ PumpTech Inc. ❑ PumpTech Inc. 12020 SE 32nd St, Suite 2 209 S Hamilton Rd 2425 SE Ochow St Bellevue, WA 98005 Moses Lake, WA 98837 Portland, OR 97222 Ph'. 425E14-8501 Ph: 509J66-6330 Ph. 503-66M230 Fax 425562-9213 Fax: 509-766-6331 Fax 503-65"718 Pumptechopumptechmv oom pumptech@gcpower net inquinesopumptech—com WA CONTRACTORS # PUMPTI' 1 48LF www.pumptechnw.com OR CONTRACTORS# 154997 Page 1 of 89 /L./!77 ECH SERVING THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST /nC PUMP SALES & SERVICE Washington Beach Lift Staion TABLE OF CONTENTS VAUGHAN SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMP MODEL SE3G VAUGHAN GENERAL LITERATURE......................................................................................3-4 VAUGHAN SE3G PERFORMANCE CURVE.................................................................................6 PUMPDIMENSIONS.......................................................................................................................6 MOTOR ELECTRICAL DATA........................................................................................................7 PUMP SPECIFIACTIONS......................................................................................................8 - 10 VAUGHAN TESTING - PERFORMANCE...........................................................................11 - 17 VAUGHAN TESTING - HYDROSTATIC............................................................................18 - 19 VAUGHAN TESTING - VIBRATION......................................................................_...........20 - 22 QUICK RELEASE BASE ELBOW ACCESSORIES............................................................23 - 25 RELIANCE ELECTRIC GENERAL DATA.........................................................................26 - 28 RELIANCE ELECTRIC INSTALALTION MANUAL..........................................................29 - 42 - CONTROLPANEL- CALIFORNIA MOTOR CONTROL GENERAL LITERATURE(CMC)................................43 - 44 CMC PANEL DARWINGS, LAYOUT & WIRING...................................................................46 - 50 PRODUCT DATA SHEETS FOR ELECTRICAL ITEMS....................................................51 - 85 FLOAT SWITCHES SJE SENSOR FLOATS....................................................................86 -89 Municipal Industrial Packaged Systems X PumpTech Inc. ❑ PumpTech Inc. ❑ PumpTech Inc. 12020 SE 32nd St. Su4e 2 530 E Broadway, SuBe B 2425 SE Ochoco St Bellevue, WA 98005 Moses Lake. WA 98837 Portland, OR 97222 Ph: 425-644-8501 Ph: 509-766-6330 Phi 503-659-6230 Fax 425-562-9213 Fax. 509-766-6331 Fax 503-659-8718 pumptechQpumptechmv.00m pumptechagcpower.net InqulneaCpumptechnw.com WA CONTRACTORS # PUMPTI'945QG www.pumptechnw.com OR CONTRACTORS # 154997 r CHOPPER PUMPS PRODUCT CATALOG r Electric Submersible "E" Series • Traditional submersible design • upgraded lower seal is standard • Ilydraulic version also available EXPLOSION PROOF MOTOR UL Listed Explosion Proof or non -Explosion Proof, with moisture sensor and tandem mechanical seals. Also available In Continous In -Air or Close -Loop Cooled TANDEM MECHANICAL SEALS Includes lower silicon carbide mechanical seal for maximum motor protection PUMP OUT VANES AND UPPER CUTTER Keeps pumpage away from the seal DUCTILE IRON BACK PULL-OUT CASING Provides adjustable impeller -to -cutter bar clearance extending parts life CAST ALLOY STEEL IMPELLER, CUTTER BAR, UPPER CUTTER AND CUTTER NUT Case hardened to minimum 60 Rockwell C hardness for wear and impact resistance Page 4 of 89 J Vaughan E Series rovinTr-� Chopper Pump PERFORMANCE CURVE Models: HE3G6 PE3G6 SE3G Back -Pull -Out Casing DO NOT OPERATE PUMP IN DOTTED PORTION OF CURVES. CURVES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. EFFICIENCIES SHOWN ARE 4-Blade Impeller NOMINAL BOWL. GUARANTIED MINIMUM EFFICIENCIES PER H.I. LEVELB. 3" Discharge 6" Suction CAPACITY (CUBIC METERS PER HOUR) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 45 13 40 12 35 11 10 N w w 30 9 � 25 8 0 U 7 = U 20 6 0 0 5 15 4 < O 10 3 2 5 1 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 CAPACITY (U.S. GALLONS PER MINUTE) Foan V370-3G-1750 12104 CURVE POWER HP SPEED RPM IMPELLER DIAMETER A 5 1750 6.50" 165 mm B 5 1750 6.00" 152 mm C 5 1750 5.50" 140 mm A �20%25a� ' f 45% — --- 4 I , , , , • , i Page 5 of B9 I' 3" - 6" E-Series Submersible Chopper Pumps Materials of Construction: Impeller/Upper Cutter/ Cutter Nut: ............................... Cast Steel, heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60. Cutter Bar: ................................ Plate Steel, heat treated to minimum 60 Rockwell C Hardness. Casing/Back Pull -Out Plate/ Guide Bracket7Elbow:............ Ductile Cast Iron. Mechanical Seal: ..................... Silicon carbide or tungsten carbide. Flange: ..................................... 150 lb. ANSI rated. Paint: ......................................... Stainless Epoxy. DRAWINGS AND DIAENSIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. DO NOT USE FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. CONTACT VAUGHAN FOR CERTIFIED CONSTRUCTION PRINT& o,rs�,,.a augree 15 MINUTE IN -AIR FRAME SIZES ONLYOEM illinim P oe<�u�E PPE MODEM 1 FRAME FITS PUMP MODELS 488TT ALL3'-e'PUMPS 218TY ALL9'-B'PUMPS 288TT ALL3--TPUMPS 770TY 2V/3Wl4W4WPl4R/6U CURRENT US PATENTS: No. 5,460.482, No 5,460,493, No. 5.456, 580; No. 5,256,032, No Vaughan Co., Inc. 5.076,757: No. 4,840,384; No. 4,842,479 364 Monte Elms Road CURRENT FOREIGN PATENTS. No. 2 371 Montesano, WA 98563 834; No. 2188138; No. 1,290,981; No. 276224; Phone: 360-249-4042, FAX: 360-249-6155 No.0774045, e-mail: info@chopperpumps.com OTHER PATENTS PENDING. I�lononl©o©©o©o O� mI� imp m� m� m� m� m� m� m� • m� m� Page 6 of 89 l� Performance Data SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS RELIANCE/� ELECTRICI�I Typical Performance Data "Submersible Motors, 15 min. in air, continuous water/sewage' "Three phase, 60 HZ" I INN IBOTY 23 1114 I j %i 86.1 83.6 18 1725 456 1/.6 13.4 1200 1BOTY 18 10 /84 734 BS2 IISn 457 I42 ,5 1800 1BOTY 2.3 18.3 L 70.5 66.7 59.3 862 B3.1 77.5 1735 4.54 17.5 132 15 1200 1BOTY 2.6 15 J 71.5 68.7 622 76.1 693 505 1150 8.85 22 15 BOO IB01Y 29 22 N /35 1117 "41 tl64 82.0 147 11311 6.U6 20 111 1200 1BOlY 30 IBA J ]2tl 709 654 )5! 692 589 1148 51] 158 Itl 1800 180tt /4 31.1 J 78.1 75.9 70.5 813 772 68.7 1750 9V 31 213 3 1200 130TY 4A 262 H 73.9 72.4 685 19.1 73.3 63.5 1155 13.6 33.0 11.0 3600 1BOTY 7.0 41.8 H 733 72.2 680 91.1 90.1 87.2 3465 7.57 19.7 15.1 5 1800 1Bo4Y 7.4 427 H 76.0 74.5 68.8 813 76.0 664 1735 15.1 438 32.7 If00 IB01Y /.80 etl.3 G 76.2 17.1 74.2 803 753 86.6 1150 22.8 528 38.5 3600 1BOTY 9.8 6B.2 3 75.1 74.5 70.9 95.6 92.8 87.8 3465 113 32.5 25.4 7.5 I1 5.tl0 H 638 820 %8.6 80.6 11.41 66 40 1U 1411 11, 5515..6fi7 21 21811 01 tt 11.15 G 7"7 71 4 1UQ 81. 6 3600 TY li 842 846 82.9 91,1 691 851 3490 15 .112 V., 10 1anG 21 GTY I15 B00 11 812 86.5 N48 flGn /53 644 1151 2� 9 /3/ 63.11 '.200 2101Y 155 8105 H 7B5 ]Itl 7/5 IB3 72J 626 1140 16.1 115 19/ 1 6 M 21a 18.3 114 G 62A tl2./ 79.9 90.5 69.5 V'1 148559.2 112 15 180f1 21 DTY ,1.11 111 G N5.0 88./ 84.1 //.B 740 64.1 I/56 44.9 107 108 1200 2507y 19.5 1U9 G 84.4 03.5 63.2 B44 61.3 73,5 118U 67.9 166 122 36W 210TY 237 154 G 111 111 839 91 8911 859 35011 111 171 111 20 1IOG 2IU1Y 260 14, U B44 8:,/ 826 B03 143 LOB I150 50 I40 139 1200 250`Y 270 112 G 810 856 830 827 %99 133 1188 909 '117 17U 3000 250tt 31,0 172 r 84,7 84.5 82.1 89.2 B6.5 80-1 3505 375 91,9 380 25 1tlno 250TY 33 119 G 64.3 86.2 04.2 84J 806 723 175D 75 1U5 119 1200 256TY 340 173 G 833 64.2 83.3 tl1-9 78.6 725 1111 114 267 203 3600 2501V 364 102 F B5.fi 85.8 83.0 902 890 848 3500 45 1UB 812 3o 180o 3501Y RD 207 G B/.1 86.8 87.1 BSA 82.2 77.1 1760 80 2" 13B 1200 320TY 40.0 210 G B6A 87.5 88.0 BO.B 77.1 68.9 1165 1. 310 241 Data or prlcea eu6lecl to cnenge witnoat notice 32 Page 7 of 89 SECTION 11 SUBMERSIBLE CHOPPER PUMPS FOR PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The vendor shall furnish 2 submersible wet pit chopper pump and all appurtenances as specified. The pump shall be specifically designed to pump waste solids at heavy consistencies without plugging or dewatering of the solids. Materials shall be chopped/macerated and conditioned by the pump as an integral part of the pumping action. The pump must have demonstrated the ability to chop through and pump high concentrations of solids such as plastics, heavy rags, grease and hair balls, wood, paper products and stringy materials without plugging, both In tests and field applications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND PERFORMANCE AFFIDAVIT The contractor shall submit manufacturer's standard warranty and a performance affidavit for equipment to be furnished in accordance with this section. The warranty for workmanship and materials shall be manufacturer's standard for 1 year from startup, not to exceed 18 months from factory shipment. In the performance affidavit, the manufacturer must certify to the Contractor and the Owner, that the Contract Documents have been examined, and that the equipment will meet in every way the performance requirements set forth in the Contract Documents for the application specified. Shop drawings will not be reviewed prior to the receipt by the Engineer of an acceptable performance affidavit. The performance affidavit must be signed by an officer of the company manufacturing the equipment, and witnessed by a notary public. The performance affidavit must Include a statement that the equipment will not clog or bind on solids typically found in the application set forth. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER A. Pump shall be Model SE 3- G as manufactured by Vaughan Co., Inc B. It is the express Intent of these specifications to accurately describe equipment that is a regular production item of the specified manufacturer, and that has a proven record of performance in Identical (not just similar) applications in other treatment facilities. The chopper pump manufacturer shall have a minimum of twenty (20) years of documented experience In the design and production of chopper pumps of all types, and not less than five (5) years of experience In the production of the exact equipment as specified herein. C. Alternates shall be pre -approved no less than 15 days prior to the bid date, accompanied by a list of no less than twenty five (25) reference installations of chopper pumps in Identical service applications. At least five (5) of the reference installations provided shall be of the exact model pump specified herein. References shall be pumps that have been used In continuous service for a period of no less than three (3) years. Only equipment that is in service at the time of referral shall be considered valid. Pumps that have been removed from service for any reason will not be considered as references. Telephone numbers and contact names shall be provided for any/all references upon request from the Engineer. Provision of performance bonds or other means of circumventing the above requirements for historical references and verification of past performance in Identical Page 8 of 89 applications are not considered an acceptable means of verifying the manufacturers experience. 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS The pumps specified in this section will pump Sewage using the following design Flow criteria: GPM:125 TDH: 24 HP: 5 RPM: 1750 2.3 PUMP CONSTRUCTION A. Casing and Back Pull -Out Adapter Plate: The pump casing shall be of semi -concentric design, with the first half of the circumference being cylindrical beginning after the pump outlet, and the remaining circumference spiraling outward to the 150 lb. Flanged centerline discharge. Back pull-out adapter plate shall allow removal of pump components from above the casing, and allow external adjustment of impeller -to -cutter bar clearance. Casing and adapter plate shall be ductile cast iron with all water passages to be smooth, and free of blowholes and Imperfections for good flow characteristics. B. Impeller: Shall be semi -open type with pump out vanes to reduce seal area pressure. Chopping/maceration of materials shall be accomplished by the action of the cupped and sharpened leading edges of the Impeller blades moving across the cutter bar at the Intake openings, with a set clearance between the Impeller and cutter bar of .010" to .015". Impeller shall be cast steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60 and dynamically balanced. The Impeller shall be keyed to the shaft and shall have no axial adjustments or set screws required. C. Cutter Bar Plate: Shall be recessed Into the pump bowl and shall contain at least 2 shear bars extending diametrically across the Intake opening to within 0.010-0.015" of the rotating cutter nut tooth, for the purpose of preventing Intake opening blockage and wrapping of debris at the shaft area. Chopper pumps utilizing individually mounted shear bars shall not be acceptable. Cutter bar shall be TI plate steel heat -treated to minimum Rockwell C 60. D. Cutter Nut: The Impeller shall be secured to the shaft using a special cutter nut, designed to cut stringy materials and prevent binding. The cutter nut shall ASTM A148 cast alloy steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60. E. Upper Cutter: Shall be threaded Into the back pull-out adapter plate above the Impeller, designed to cut against the pump -out vanes and the Impeller hub, reducing and removing stringy materials from the mechanical seal area. Upper cutter shall be cast steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60. F. Shafting: Pump shafting shall be heat treated. The pump shaft shall directly couple to the motor shaft, with a bolt and keyway. G. Stainless Steel Nameplates: Shall be attached to the pump and drive motor giving the manufacturer's model and serial number, rated capacity, head, speed and all pertinent data. 2.4.SUBMERSIBLE ELECTRIC MOTOR Submersible Electric Motor: The submersible motor shall be U/L LISTED EXPLOSION PROOF (optional non -explosion proof available) for Class 1, Group D, Division 1 hazardous locations, rated at 5 HP,—`NO2PM, 240 Volts, _Q Hertz and 3 phase, with a 1.15 service Page 9 of 89 factor (1.0 for Continuous In -Air) and Class F insulation. Motor shall be equipped with tandem mechanical seals in oil bath and dual moisture sensing probes. Motor shall include two normally closed automatic resetting thermostats connected in series and imbedded In adjoining phases. Motor frame shall be cast iron, and all hardware and shaft shall be stainless steel. 2.5 GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM Provide a guide rail system consisting of two (galvanized or stainless steel) guide rails, cast ductile iron pump guide bracket and discharge elbow with mounting feet and 125 It. flanges, an upper guide rail mounting bracket and Intermediate guide brackets every 10 feet. SPARK -PROOF GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM Provide a non -sparking guide rail system consisting of two (galvanized or stainless steel) guide rails, cast bronze pump guide bracket, cast ductile Iron discharge elbow with mounting feet and 125 lb. flanges, upper guide rail mounting bracket, and intermediate guide brackets every 10 feet. System design shall prevent spark Ignition of explosive gases during pump Installation and removal. 2.6 SURFACE PREPARATION SSPC-SP5 commercial sandblast, primed and finish coated with minimum 6 MDFT 316 stainless steel pigment epoxy. Page 10 of 89 VAUGHAN FACTORY PERFORMANCE TEST PROCEDURE for Horizontal, Vertical and Submersible pumps tested in horizontal configuration (For 50-60 Degree F Clear Water) Consult Vaughan for Test Pricing revised November 12, 2001 revised June 20, 2003 revised January 31, 2005 revised January 13, 2006 I: PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the equipment and methods required to accurately lest and evaluate Vaughan pump performance in accordance with the accepted standards of the latest edition of the Hydraulic institute Standards test Code. 11: TESTTOLERANCES In performing tests under the Hydraulic institute test code, no minus tolerance or margin shall be allowed with respect to capacity, total head, or efficiency at the rated or specified conditions. The pump must be within the following tolerances for acceptance: At rated head: from +01/6 to +10°k of rated capacity, or At rated capacity: from +0% to +8% of rated head. Conformity with only one of the above tolerances is required. It should be noted, that there may be an increase in horsepower at the rated condition when complying to the plus tolerance for head or capacity. Pump speed shall be maintained within 0.3% of rated speed. If pump speed cannot be maintained within 0.39/6, speed shall be recorded and all data corrected to rated speed using the affinity laws. III: EQUIPMENT 1. Pressure lest gauge(s), various ranges as necessary, with 4.20 mA output signal and current NIST certification. 2. Pump torque, speed, and horsepower measuring equipment as supplied by S. Himmelstein & Co., consisting of: A. MCRT 9-02T(4-3) 4000 inch -pound Non -contact torquemeter, serial # 97-855 with speed pickup properly mounted and aligned between the pump and drive motor shafts for measuring the torque applied to the pump shaft and the rotational speed (RPM) of the shaft. B. 28004TN(4-3) 4000 inch -pound Non -contact torquemeter, serial# 28004T-101 with speed pickup properly mounted and aligned between the pump and drive motor shafts for measuring the torque applied to the pump shaft and the rotational speed (RPM) of the shaft. Page 11 of 89 C. MCRT 2804TAN(1-4) 10,000 inch -pound Non -contact torquemeter, serial # 2804TA-419 with speed pickup properly mounted and aligned between the pump and drive motor shafts for measuring the torque applied to the pump shaft and the rotational speed (RPM) of the shah. D. MCRT 28003TC(1-3)NZ 1.000 inch -pound Non -contact torquemeter, serial # 28003T-127 with speed pickup properly mounted and aligned between the pump and drive motor shafts for measuring the torque applied to the pump shaft and the rotational speed (RPM) of the shaft. E. System 7 (backup test equipment) data acquisition system, serial If 7-147, with input ports for three torquemeters above, multiple pressure gauges, 3 phase voltage monitors (Ohio Semitronics model VT8-009E, serial numbers 9120230, 9120231 & 9120232) and 3 phase current monitors (Ohio Semitronics, 0-300 Amp AC ± model CTA215H/CTL-401S/300Y04, serial numbers 9120212/8102927, 912021318102928 & 9120214/8102929). F. National Instruments LabView 7.1 Full Dev System for Windows (primary test equipment) data acquisition system, with SCXIA000 4 slot chassis, NI SCXI- 1600 USB data acquisition and control module, SCXI-1102B 32-Channel Amplifier, SCXI-1308 32-Channel Current Input Terminal Block, and Himmelstein Model 721 Signal Conditioner with input ports for three torquemelers above, multiple pressure gauges, 3 phase voltage monitors (Ohio Semhronics model VT8-009E, serial numbers 9120230, 9120231 & 9120232) and 3 phase current monitors (Ohio Semitronics, 0-300 Amp AC ± model CTA215H/CTL- 4015/300Y04, serial numbers 912021218102927, 9120213/8102928 & 9120214/8102929). 3. Two adjacent test pits, one for suction and one for discharge, 11,000 gallons each. Suction tank is provided with a 18' suction manifold with connections for 6% 8', 10', 12" and IS' 150 pound ANSI pump flange suctions. Suction tank Is also provided with clear PVC sight glass marked off in 100 gallon increments to be used for level indication in calculating volumetric change In the test tank and provided with port for connection of a level transmitter. This system is arranged so that repeatable flow rate measurements (i.e.. change in volume per unit time) within 0.6% accuracy may be taken as required to meet the requirements of the Hydraulic Institute Standards Test Code. 4. Mag Flow meters for measurement of flow stream in 6" or 16" piping loops. S. An accurate, calibrated stop watch for measuring the time Increments between float level points for calculating volumetric flow rate (used only with System 6 test). 6. A 125 HP, 200 HP, or other suitable electric motor shall be direct coupled to the appropriate Himmelstein Torquemeter which shall in turn be direct coupled to the pump to be tested. 6A. Alternatively, a field type operational lest is available. It required by the applicable specification, the assembled pump (except for vertical recirculator pumps and wet -well pumps longer than 8 feet) may be run with the customers motor. Torquemeter outputs of speed and torque may not be available in this configuration, so during these operational type tests, motor nameplate speed or strobe light tachometer is used in place of torquemeter speed, and power calculations are based on observed amperage readings and published motor data. These tests may not meet the Hydraulic Institute accuracy requirements for speed and power measurements, so these tests are only done when we are specifically directed to do so by the customer or the engineer. Page 12 of 89 7. A 150 HP Constant Torque / 200 HP Variable Torque VFD (Variable Frequency Drive) by Square D, model ATV-6615N4U, provides 460 Volt 60 Hz power or 380 Volt 50 Hz power to the appropriate electric drive motor. 8. A fresh water supply for filling and lopping off the test tanks. 9. 1 Ton bridge crane to allow lifting of pumps, motors, valves, and piping in the test facility. 10. Thermometer for measuring water temperature in the test pits. 11. Tachometer for measuring shaft speed during tests where the Himmelsfefn equipment cannot be used, such as when the pump must be tested with the Customer's electric motor. (This method does not meet the Hydraulic Institute requirements for accuracy, but may occasionally be required by the customer.) IV: TEST SETUP 1. Pump testing for horizontal end -suction, vertical wet well, vertical pedestal, vertical recirculalor, submersible, and cantilever pumps are accomplished by testing the wet end components (impeller, casing, and cuderbar) in the horizontal end suction arrangement, as shown in Figure 1, Testing Layout for Vaughan Chopper Pumps. Upon request, submersible pumps may be run fully assembled with the submersible motor submerged as an operational type test, not meeting all Hydraulic Institute Standards. 2. Verity that test motor starters are off, and that VFD is off, and then connect power cord for pump test motor, pressure gauge(s) and torquemeter cables. Open pump Discharge valve partially. 3. Turn on power for VFD and the LabView computer. Double click on the LabView icon on the computer screen. Select "Open" and the appropriate Virtual Instrument name for the pump being tested. 4. Enter the Model, Serial It, Date, Speed and Test If In the appropriate fields in the VI header. Click the "Run" button in the upper left corner of the screen, navigate to the folder My Documents\Test DalaLLebView Data at the prompt, and assign a test life name of xxxx (where xxxx is test If from test log). LabView will now begin displaying real-time data from all the instrumentation, but has not yet begun to record any data. 5. Transfer water into the suction pit, bleed out air from suction header, pressure lines and high point vent on pump casing (if provided). 6. Use the jog function on the VFD, (or run ® 5 hz) verify that pump is turning the proper direction. 7. Bring pump up to proper operating speed (60 hz or 50 hz for customer motors). Close discharge valve. If VFD coarse speed adjustment arrow buttons do not have sufficient resolution to achieve correct operating speed (within t0.3%), push "Enter" twice to reach fine speed adjustment screen. Arrow down to high speed limit, push "Enter" to allow adjustment, adjust to high speed limit to desired operating frequency, push "Enter" to lock adjustment. Verify that Ramp Up and Ramp Down Times are at least 6 seconds — if not, adjust as needed — minimum 10 seconds is recommended for 8" — 12" pumps. Push "ESC" twice to return to main screen. Push "Speed Increase" button if required to increase output frequency to match high speed limit. Check observed operating speed on LabView screen and repeat speed adjustment procedure if required. 8. Push VFD "Stop" button, top off suction pit water, vent test header and casing vent again, and then push "Start" buhon. Page 13 of 89 9. Watch LabView RPM readout or listen for pump to reach full operating speed. When full speed is achieved, click the "Save" button to begin saving data at pre -determined time intervals. A green indicator light will flash on the computer screen every time a set of data is saved. 10. Allow a few sets of data to be recorded at shutoff, and then crack open the Discharge Valve. Allow a few sets of data to be recorded at this low flow point. Then, open the discharge valve approximately 1 turn immediately after the red light flashes. It is acceptable to allow multiple sets of data to be recorded at any flow rate during the test. 11. If the Suction pit is emptied during before the test is completed, push the "Stop' button on the VFD, transfer additional water back into the Suction pit. Vent air from suction header, casing vent, and pressure lines as needed. Push the "Start" button on VFD, and allow LabView to save at least 2 sets of data. Then proceed with testing by opening discharge valve further. 12. Data shall be collected for a minimum of 10 operating points. Test may be concluded when discharge valve is fully open it data for 10 operating points has been collected. The "Save" button to stop recording data. Click the "Stop" button or press the "End" key to end the test. 13. Minimize or exit LabView, and double click the Microsoft Excel Icon. Click "File", "Open", and then in the bottom left box of the screen window, select files of type 'All Files", select file name xxxx from My DocumentMTest Data\LabView Data, and click on the "Open" button. Choose "Finish" to open the data file. Select 'File", "Save", if necessary re -type file name without parenthesis, dot or extension, and save as type "Microsoft Excel Workbook ('.xis) in the folder My Documents\Test Data\(appropriate sub -directory). 14. Select "File", 'Save As", and save the file in S:\engr\perfdata\testdalal(appropriate sub- directory)\xxxx.xls, and record test information in test log. 15. Copy cells for first row of calculated flow through last row of calculated efficiency into EasyPiot graphing program. Compare resulting performance curve with required design poini(s) to determine whether pump passed or failed. Add annotations as required. 16. If pump passed, paste curve onto test certificate in Microsoft Excel and save on Network. 17. If LabView 7.1 and/or related components are not available, proceed with testing using Himmelstein System 7 as follows: 18. Verify that lest motor starers are off, and that VFD is off, and then connect power cord for pump test motor, pressure gauge(s) and torquemeler cables. Open pump Discharge valve partially. 19. Turn on power lot VFD and the System 7 computer. Double click on the System 7 icon on the computer screen. Select "Configure", 'Load", and the appropriate program name from for the pump being tested. 20. If pump being tested is an Assemble Submersible Pump or any other pump being tested without benefit of a Himmelstein torquemeter, select "Configure", "User' and Input the rated full load RPM for the motor. 21. Select "Execute". "Test', and assign a test file name of C:ldata\xxxx (where xxxx is test # from test log) and fill in the Model, Serial #, Date, Speed and Test # on the screen and push "F10" twice per on -screen instructions. The System 7 will now begin displaying real -lime data from all the instrumentation, but has not yet begun to record any data. 22. Transfer water into the suction pit, bleed out air from suction header, pressure lines and high point vent on pump casing (if provided). Page 14 of 89 23. Use the log function on the VFD, (or run ® 5 hz) verify that pump is turning the proper direction. 24. Bring pump up to proper operating speed (60 hz or 50 hz for customer motors). Close discharge valve. If VFD coarse speed adjustment arrow buttons do not have sufficient resolution to achieve correct operating speed (within ±0.3%), push "Enter" twice to reach fine speed adjustment screen. Arrow down to high speed limn, push "Enter" to allow adjustment, adjust to high speed limit to desired operating frequency, push "Enter" to lock adjustment. Verity that Ramp Up and Ramp Down Times are at least 6 seconds - if not, adjust as needed - minimum 10 seconds is recommended for 8' - 12' pumps. Push "ESC' twice to return to main screen. Push "Speed Increase button if required to increase output frequency to match high speed limit. Check observed operating speed on System 7 screen and repeat speed adjustment procedure it required. 25. Push VFD "Stop" button, top off suction pit water, vent test header and casing vent again, and then push "Start" button. 26. Welch System 7 RPM readout or listen for pump to reach full operating speed. When full speed is achieved, push 'V" to begin Saving data at pre -determined time intervals. A red indicator light will flash on the computer screen every time a set of data is saved. 27. Allow a few sets of data to be recorded at shutoff, and then crack open the Discharge Valve. Allow a few sets of data to be recorded at this low flow point. Then, open the discharge valve approximately 1 turn immediately after the red light flashes. It is acceptable to allow multiple sets of data to be recorded at any flow rate during the test. 28. If the Suction pit is emptied during before the test is completed, push the "Slop" button on the VFD, transfer additional water back into the Suction pit. Vent air from suction header, casing vent, and pressure lines as needed. Push the "Start' button on VFD, and allow System 7 to save at least 2 sets of data. Then proceed with testing by opening discharge valve further. 29. Data shall be collected for a minimum of 10 operating points. Test may be concluded when discharge valve is fully open 0 data for 10 operating points has been collected. Push "V' to stop recording data. Push "E" to return to main screen. Push "E' and then "A" to write ASCII data file, and "F10'to return to main menu. 30. "Alt Tab' or exit System 7, and double click the Microsoft Excel Icon. Click "File", "Open', and then in the bottom left box of the screen window, select files of type 'Text ('.prn; '.txl; '.csv), select file name c:klatalxxxx, and click on the "Open' button. Choose "Text Delimited', "Next", "Comma Delimited" and "Finish" to open the data file. Select "File", "Save", re -type file name without parenthesis, dot or extension, and save as type "Microsoft Excel Workbook ('.xis) in the c:ldatalexcel sub -directory. 31. Import the appropriate calculation block, and verify that pipe diameter cell matches diameter of pipe at discharge gauge location. Fill formulas down as needed. Save. Save as s:\engr\perfdatakestdatakappropriate sub-directory)txxxx.xls, and record test information in lest log. 32. Copy calls for first row of calculated flow through last row of calculated efficiency Into EasyPlot graphing program. Compare resulting performance curve with required design point(s) to determine whether pump passed or failed. Add annotations as required. 33. If pump passed, paste curve onto test certificate in Microsoft Excel and save on Network. 34. If Customer's electric motor is to be used, and the Himmelstein torque meter equipment cannot be used, turn on the strobe tachometer and allow it to warm up for 15 minutes Page 15 of 89 prior to testing. Position the strobe light so that it flashes on a suitable reference mark. Note : this method is not available for submersible pumps. VI: TEST DATA REDUCTION 1. Basic equation used to determine Total Dynamic Head (TDH). TDH (it)= (TDH) discharge - (TDH) suction _ (Velocity Head + Pressure Head + Elevation Head) discharge - (Velocdy Head + Pressure Head + Elevation Head) suction Velocity Head (it) _ (Velocity)2 / 2g, where 9=32.17 Pressure Head (it) _ (Pressure Gauge Reading) ' 2.31 (for 60 deg. water ® sea level) Elevation Head (ft) = the average distance from the center of the pressure gauge to the water level during a particular test run. 2. Flow rate is measured by calibrated mag flow meters. 3. Horsepower is read directly from the Himmelstein power meter. Torque may be read from Himmelstein and horsepower calculated using the formula: HP - Torque (IN'LBS) ' Speed (RPM) / 63025 (constant) Note this method may not be available when running pumps with job motors. In that case, pump input power shall be calculated using motor manufacturer's published motor data and motor input current and/or kw measurements. 4. Efficiency is calculated as follows: Efficiency (%) = TDH (fl) ' O (GPM) / ( 3960' HP mq'd) (Note: this equation is for 60 deg water at sea level) VIE CURVE PLOTTING 1. Three performance curves, TDH vs Capacity, Horsepower vs Capacity, and Efficiency vs Capacity are to be plotted on a single sheet of paper, with Capacity on the horizontal scale and TDH, HP, and Efficiency on the vertical scale. Additional curves showing motor current or input kilowatts may also be provided it pump is tested with job motor. 2. After data points are plotted, any data points which deviate more than 5 % from the curve drawn through the average of the points may to be discarded and the curve redrawn throughout the average of the remaining points. 3. An example of a completed curve is shown in Figure 2. 6 Page 16 of 89 VIII: SECURING THE TEST FACILITY After testing is completed, the following items must be completed to secure the test facility: Push the 'Stop* button on the VFD to stop the pump. Push the 'Stop" button of the appropriate motor starter. Turn off the circuit breaker to the VFD. Exit the LabView, Excel & EasyPlot programs on the computer Push "Start', "Shutdown', "Shutdown the Computer" and then when prompted, turn off power to the computer. Close and lock the outside test facility door. Turn off the lights in the lest facility. IX: NOTES: Vaughan Company, Inc. reserves the right to make upgrades to test methods and test equipment without notice. Page 17 of 89 TEST PROCEDURE FOR HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING OF ASSEMBLED VAUGHAN CHOPPER PUMPS revised November 12, 2001 revised July 10, 2003 I:PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the equipment and methods required to perform hydrostatic pressure tests for Vaughan Chopper Pumps. II: TEST TOLERANCES In performing hydrostatic pressure tests under the Hydraulic Institute test code, the liquid containing components of the pump must be subjected to no less than the greater of 150% of design point pressure or 125 % of shutoff point pressure, for a minimum of 3 minutes (10 minutes for pumps greater than 100 HP). Care must be taken to prevent subjecting the mechanical seal to pressures in excess of those specified above. III: EQUIPMENT A. Blocking plates shall be constructed as needed to Isolate the liquid containing components to be pressurized. Suitable pressure taps for pressurizing and monitoring pressure shall be provided. B. A fresh water supply for filling and lopping off the liquid containing components to be pressurized. C. Pressure source shall be plant air pressure or any low volume high pressure water pump. D. Pressure test gauge(s). E. An accurate, calibrated stop watch for timing the duration of the lest shall be provided. IV: PRESSURIZED COMPONENTS A) Pressure containing components for horizontal pumps shall consist of the pump suction manifold and casing, and testing shall be done after final assembly. B) Pressure containing components for vertical wet -well and cantilever pumps may be considered as just the casing and testing shall be done prior to final assembly and painting. However, if the customer has specified that the discharge pipe is to be included, testing must be done after final assembly. C) Pressure containing components for vertical recirculating pumps shall consist of the pump casing only, as the non -leak tight recirculator valve prevents pressurizing of the discharge pipe. Testing shall be done on the casing prior to final assembly. D) Pressure containing components for submersible pumps shall consist of the pump casing only. Testing shall be done prior to final assembly. Page 18 of 89 V: TEST SEQUENCE A) Isolate the pressure containing components with blocking Flanges as needed. B) Fill the pressure containing components with water. C) Pressurize the pressure containing components to the required pressure. D) Remove or isolate the pressure source. E) Using the stop watch, wait the required amount of time and observe the current pressure. G) Inspect the pressure containing components for signs of leakage. H) If the pressure did not drop, and there are no signs of leakage, the pressure containing components have passed the test. I) Fill out the hydrostatic pressure test certificate, sign it, and place It to the job order packet. J) Carefully bleed the pressure off, remove the blocking plates, drain the water, dry off the pump/components, and return the pump to production personnel for final assembly, painting, crating, other testing, etc. Page 19 of 89 Chopper Pumps TEST PROCEDURE FOR VIBRATION TESTING OF VAUGHAN CHOPPER PUMPS May 13, 1997. Revised November 3, 2000 Revised January 2, 2001 Revised June 21, 2002 Revised June 10, 2003 (:PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the equipment and methods required to perform vibration tests for Vaughan Chopper Pumps. Vibration testing is done after motor installation. Pumps supplied without motors may be vibration tested using shop motors. TEST TOLERANCES The Hydraulic Institute provides a procedure for Field Vibration Testing, but does not provide a procedure for Factory Dry Run Vibration Testing. The Hydraulic Institute provides a table or field vibration limits ranging from 0.22 to 0.32 unfiltered inches per second RMS (0.31 to 0.45 unfiltered in/sec peak), depending on configuration and power. The hydraulic institute also states that temporary factory setups may be as much as two times higher than those obtained in the field (0.44 to 0.64 in/sec RMS or 0.62 to 0.90 in/sec peak). Vaughan Company has established its own Dry Run Vibration Test Procedure, such that we strive to achieve amplitudes below 0.1 inches per second unfiltered RMS (0.14 in/sec unfiltered peak) with readings taken at the three locations specified by the Hydraulic Institute for field vibration tests for the particular style of pump. III: EQUIPMENT A. Vibration Analyzer, IRD Mechanalysis model 838 Machine Analyzer with model 970 Accelerometer B. Power Source(s) capable of providing 460 Volt 60 Hz, 380 Volt 50 Hz and 208-230 Volt 60 Hz power. C. Submersible base elbow rigidly mounted to the shop floor, for testing submersible pumps. IV: TEST ARRANGEMENT A) Horizontal Pumps shall be run laying horizontal on the shop floor. B) Pedestal Pumps shall be run standing vertically on the shop floor. _ "Solids_ Handling Specialists" Vaughan Co.. Inc • 364 Monte-Elma Road •Montesano, wA USA 98563 • Phone 1-360.249-4042 • FAX 1560.249.6155 E-mail. info@chopperpumpscom Road • Website . hlipalwww.chopperpumps.com Page 20 of 89 Chopper Pumps C) Submersible pumps shall be positioned on a submersible base elbow or suspended by the lifting bale for vibration testing. D) Vertical, Vertical Recirculator, and Cantilever Pumps may be run laying horizontal on the shop Boor or in the vertical position. V: TEST SEQUENCE A) Position the pump In the correct lest position. B) Verify motor voltage and wiring connections and connect to power source. C) Install proper guarding around any exposed moving parts. D) Jog pump to verify correct rotation and reverse if necessary. E) Set up vibration analyzer to measure velocity in Inches per Second RMS or else multiply Inches per Second Peak values by 0.707. F) Turn on power to the pump. G) Measure and record vibration readings in axial and radial directions at the locations specified by the Hydraulic Institute. Print out vibration signatures if required. H) Turn off power to pump and disconnect wiring 1) If the vibration readings are all less than 0.1 inches per second unfiltered RMS (0.14 in/sec unfiltered peak), then the pump has passed Its vibration test. Record vibration readings on duality Assurance sheet and Vibration Test Certificate. Fill out and sign Vibration Test Certificate If certificate is required. "Solids Handling Specialists" _ Vaughan Co., Inc. • 364 Monte -Elm. Road • Monlesar o, WA USA 98563 • Phone 1360-249-4042 • FAX 1-360-249-6155 E-mail. info@chopperpumps com Road • Website hllp7lwww, chopperpumps cum Page 21 of 89 I�IIIIIIIIII� 1111 � 1111�� _ I al ;•�� III II MUM I �,,,..• III � I c�� ►�, III „IM - L=_ Page 22 of 89 �f 304/304L TUNS S304031 AVAILABIL"Y SPECIFICATIONS Seamless Pipe 1/4'-20' 150# Fittings/Nipples 1/4--4- ASTM A312.A326. A358, Weld Pipe 1 /2- - 24' Valves 1 /2- - 24' A269, A249, A403, Butt-b4tld Fit. 1/2'-24' Tubings 1/4', 3/8', I/2'. 3/4. I All Butt -Weld Fie. 1/2'-12-• Flanges 1/2--24- ASME W12,SA376. Pressure Fittings 1/4'-4' Bar 1/8-- 12' SA358. SA269, SA249. SA403. SAI82, SA351 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION % C C. Mn e rrw al r _ o.oas Is.e-26.6 2.0 .... DESCRIPTION 304 stainless Is a low carbon 10.08% max) version of basic 1 B-8 also known as 302. Type 302 has I S% chromium and 8% nickel. Type 304 has slightly lower strength than 302 due to its lower carbon content. Type 304 finds extensive use in welding applications because the low carbon permits some exposure in the carbide precipitation range of 800 • F - I SOP •F without the need for post -annealing operations. However. the severity of corrosive environments may necessitate annealing after welding or the use of 304L. Type 304L has a carbon content of 0.03% or less. This alloy can be used in the as -welded condition without becoming susceptible to intergranulat corrosion. 1 r a n YA% YWr YAi f a.e o.o4s o.oae ose Non-hardenable except by cold working. • Nonmagnetic except when cold worked. • May be susceptible to chloride stress corrosion cracking. Used where field wonting Is employed. TYPICAL APPUCATIONS Sanitary Dairy and Food processing Heat exchangers, evaporators Feedwater heaters TENSILE REQUIREMENTS Tensile Strength Yeld Strength JKSIJ JKSIJ 70 25 KSI can be cor—red m &W (Meypaua6l by • Oxidation resistance up to 1650 • F for-stol*tg by 6.895. continuous service and up to 1500 •F where MWtlNoy stock. 304/304L and 904/304M. cyclic heating is involved. • ornaes Sea.- • General purpose corrosion resistance. 12 Page 23 of 89 SCREW PIN WIDE D SHACKLE S.S. T316 PRECISION CAST ITEM A(SIZE) B C 0 SWL(ib) WT(Ib) 360S-W-05 3116" 3116" W4' 11.1/4" 650 0.06 360S-W-06 114" 114" 1" 1:318' 750 0.08 360S-W-08 611W 6/16" 1.616" 1-741" 1.300 0.12 360S W-10 318" 318" 1-518" 2-318' 1.700 0.32 n-3608-W-13 1l2" T �1 17" IMall 2-3/4' 2.850 0.55 Page 24 of 89 S.S. CHAIN (PROOF COIL) S.S. T316 AND T304 FORMED ITEM A(mm) W(mm) L(mm) WT(Ib) T318 660S-A-03 1,8" 0.29 0.78 0.25 86MA-05 3116" 0.40 0.94 0.42 B60S-A-06 1 /4' 047 1 24 064 6M A-08 5l18" 0.50 1.28 0.86 A - 6605-A-10 M 0.57 1 38 1 40 - 660S-A-13 112' 079 1.54 2.60 Kr.!-L I Page 25 of 89 SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS 7 1/4 HP-200 HP Frames 140TY to L360TY With 70 years of motor experience. Reliance® submersible motors stand out among all others due to our attention to detail. The components of each motor work together as a system la deliver long life and guaranteed efficiencies which maximize up -time production capability. The Reliance submersible motor Is designed for the toughest Jobs. When conditions are extreme and performance is critical, these motors deliver the quality and durability needed. ■ Certifications - U.]_. and CSA listed for Class I Groups C&D hazardous locations ■ Frame - Rugged cast iron ASTM type A-48, Class 30 or better ■ Hardware - 316 stainless steel is standard • Stator Insulation - Specially treated Class "F' and "H" non-hydroscoplc insulation with multiple dips and bakes. Phase insulation Included for inverter duty ■ Rotor - Die cast aluminum, dynamically balanced. Exceeds NFMA limits per MCI - 12.06 ■ Shaft - High strength. 416 stainless steel ■ Bearings - Specially adapted for vertical assembly. Both upper and lower hearings are prepacked and sealed for life with special high temperature grease ■ Cable Entry System - Epoxy sealed bull spliced connect for nonwicking cable entry design ■ Moisture System - Two wire/two probe monitoring system constantly monitors oil chamber and stator housing for moisture ■ Seals -Tandem (dual) shaftseal system working independent of each other. Designed to withstand 200 PSI at all seal locations COMMITMENT• QUALITY Reliance submersible motors are manufactured at our Ashtabula, Ohio plant which is ISO 9001 certified. '!O7oo1 nn Horsepower ............................... 1 /4 to 200 Speed ......... 3800. 1800. 1200, 900. 720, 601) RPM Enclosure ........................ TF.NV-Submersible Fume ................................ I40TY-1.360TY NEMA Design ........... . ...... . ................... 6 Power Supply.. _.. Single-phase. 60 Hz. 115/230 or Three-phase, 60 Hz, 208. 210. 460. 575 (A wide range of other frequencies and voltages are also available.) Insulation ................................... Class F Duty .................................... Continuous Ambient .............. . ........................ 40°C 01'4 Rockwell &t,,o; wfi Reliance Electric Page 26 of 89 j SUF3MCRSIF3LC MOTORS O m i 300TY SMI% E%temlon v Ix �- DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES Il.a wr,l ,laa,a NI aa. p DIMENSIONS 140TY 25N 13.38 8.00 2.25 8750 125 .31 23.88 155 1000 11.60 (9) 8.125 Isf ' 10 a2s Tfiory za'ee' la:w s.na s 1 ';:2ao` 2e 4:98- 2.28 210TY 250TY =. 71 69 _ 3863 21 12 24.12 1150 2 25 -- 1 4380 2 W 25 W 12 1 56 14 12 13.125 12.03 127s 3w I5.75 425 1750 ,1.31 .4 --- 3S.50 a03 - 1600 15.000 14,0D 320TY 4312 24.69 25W 7.19 2.12 3161 531 43.2$ 886 +725 1&75 ItlOW IS..'S ti-fi00 1516 3PATY 4981 3125 IB.aIi 425 T. 2.4@9'7' _ 3.i8. 2.12 L360TY 51.61 3d 25 1 203 1 4.25 2.4997 319 2.i2 4525 G.5d 1075 17.500 1525 I TY IBOiY 11.062 12,375 75 44 A 16 .i6 .56 t12.18 (0) (9) 19i 19) 2 11 4 I '25 5 50 12 .187 09 160 65f1 .12 .2w 12 2W 2!/y-6 2-+:p 8 2-11,8 125 210TV 15.2SD 75 56 58�11 126 125 7 70 7.75 25 25 375 .3T5- .19 .18- 315 -750- 2691Y--- 17.(g0 1.W .89 6'8.11 320TY 18.75D _.�-T.� 88 69 :v4-16 191 3'tl 125 IO BB 25 50 25 1150 ,.t Ro2a 1.12 6A _ -.. lG) �. :1!}Y'12 ti@ - tz5 1Q�ae _ as ;3a 3pD-- . 1600 L3801Y 2025 1.12 .89 I!b 12 316 1.25 1088 25 60 300 1550 Ii) 'BO'veriwe 1- 010 (6)'AK ulnae �.008, -09x 121 'AL-varlee. W3.-000 „ I:fl " OW,-.OUS 16) ProlmlNn r:uixlun lurnlWeJ 5y wulunertl regWrw. 1.axfi0 Na. and br9er r.000.-IX!I I9) Ub+nrwNn ii+n el+Plenl+bbinla trams f91 '%N' by dapin an 140TY Is H, on IBO'fY Zhu x50TY u 1,38 (51 SlenCer6 Maa waa Nrgb la 28 bal - Wwr hnyNe eva,lede Y apaellistl a+eelse Peer. gethrca° halraMmaek Pl lielen:a kbnrw 4,duLal Con�pvrya Weudebbriea 'I1115 14A1t'-PIAL L4 N[IT IN um" Tll Pc my OPENAII- U.L.• is a rpulareP Ireaoaa.k el Unavwrnw'a LaLaeWbe.lno. mSIRUCIIONE. API'RUPRIATR P[LIANCiI pECIli1C INDVSITUAI. I.'OMPANY USAa b c reywlwad uatlanr,uk W tlw Cr+aabn 91aaHrae Assoclybn. IN6111IMtNNJ iMNUA13 ANTI PNE[.AUIltN45 &IOUID IyE 6lUD1E0 PWUa xU IN31'AWA'11UN. Un:ItATUN UN aWNtENANCE OP EpUIPNMSlI: Reliance Electric / 24701 Euclid Avenue / Cleveland, Ohio 44117 / 216-266-7000 8-27M I Page 27 of 89 q% Rockwell Autonwilon Reliance Electric Performance Data SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS RELIANCE ELECTRICI:� Typical Performance Data "Submersible Motors, 15 min. in air, continuous water/sewage" "Three phase, 60 HZ" 15 ,.,,.1.5 ... 1A011 Ila 1800 1200 l eon IAf�T\' IBO7V 180tY 1BOTY IBmv IB 2.3 2.6 21 � 18,3 15 22 J L J A fi64 Ills 715 A60 626 66.7 68,7 IOI `AA SS2 593 62.2 5aa 86.7 784 86.2 76.1 wen I150 1735 1150 van 768.7175o :-.A 4Sl 4.54 6.85 soe 17'6 I12 17.5 22 �+ 95 13.2 15 Iu� 6 t 230 tB00 1200 3600 1AM 1901Y 1BO1V 1BOTY 1An TY 1An I 3� /9 4.8 70 74 184 31.1 26.2 418 127 J J H 11 H 72B 1111 ;1 78.1 13.1 733 76n 709 75.9 72.4 722 74.5 654 70.5 68.5 680 698 757 81.7 79.1 911 813 91)1 76n B72 Aso 1145 1750 t155 3465 1735 917 901 136 757 191 21518 31 339 197 438 'B 2133 270 151 32.1 t.5 10 120U 9600 1Boo 1200 36011 1800 ItlOIY 100TY 180TY 210TY 210TY 210IV 7.60 98 10.5 11.5 125 135 6A.3 68.2 65.0 57.8 le 1 f, J H G G H 1fi.2 75.1 83.9 18.1 14.2 77.1 745 82.6 755 14.1 I4,2 70.9 79.6 75.1 12.1 903 95.6 80.6 71.7 80.1 11A 92.8 77.1 74.4 11.1 111 87.8 66.8 63.9 85.1 1150 3485 1740 1150 34. 211 113 276 34.3 15 121 325 64.6 81.0 11.2 111 254 hi's 55.6 21.3 15 20 1200 3600 1800 1200 3A00 tA00 2101Y 21oTY 210TY 250TY 2101Y 7101Y 155 181 21.0 19.5 2.37 80.0 80.5 114 111 109 IS4 1A9 H G G G G 86.2 76.5 82.8 86.0 844 1 1 86.6 77.8 824 85.1 83.5 111 84.8 77.5 79.9 84.1 832 11A IOU 783 9o5 77.8 64.4 91 75.3 72.4 89.5 TO 81.3 89.0 64.4 623 87.1 64_1 73.5 111 1755 1140 3495 1155 1160 1111 29.9 46.1 22.5 44.9 57.9 30 73.7 115 59.2 tof 168 771 63.9 79.7 45.2 105 122. 111 25 ' 200 3600 1800 2501v 250TY 250TY 200 17 11 31D 33 142 172 179 G G F G 841 B4 0 84.7 851 85.6 84.5 APB 83 0 A21 84.2 AO B2 7 892 84.1 113 79 9 865 66A 73 3 80.1 1760 1155 3505 1750 till Ron 37.5 140 217 91.9 139 170 68.0 .11900 1200 3AM 1200 250TY 250TY 0PI 32.05oTY 311 .364 4111 0.0 113 2n2 101 210 G F G G 84.8 03.3 6A5 14.1 86.8 86.2 84.2 65.A 111 1 87.5 111 Bio 17.1 86.0 81.8 902 85.4 80.9 a0,6 711 B90 12.1 77.1 72.9 11 A A4A 10 1 68.8 1111 3.600 1111 1 1165 75 I14 45 90 1 135 185 261 IoA 201 1 310 119 203 81.2 111 1 241 Data or prices subject to change Wihout notice Page 28 Of 89 Application, Installation and Operation of Reliance® Tandem Seal Single and Polyphase Duty Master® A-C Submersible Pump Motors UL Usted for Class I Groups C and D In Water or Sewage (Short Time Duty, 15 minutes in Air) Reliance Electric A"C MOTORS to " -Kn= 0/ Instruction Manual B-3629-11 November, 1987 Page 29 of 89 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RECEIVING AND HANDLING........................................................ 1 INSTALLATION.................................................................. 2.3 MAINTENANCE.................................................................. 4,5 THERMAL PROTECTION SYSTEM ................................................... 5,6 MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM .................................................... 6.7 LEAD COLOR CODING............................................................ 10 IMPORTANT IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THESE INSTRUCTIONS BE STUDIED BY THE PERSONNEL INSTALL- ING AND OPERATING THIS EQUIPMENT. READ THOROUGHLY BEFORE STARTING. KEEP THESE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. IMPORTANT THE MOTORS SPECIFIED IN THIS INSTRUCTION BOOK ARE U/L LISTED FOR APPLICATION IN CLASS I GROUPS C AND D EXPLOSION -PROOF ENVIRONMENTS. ALL REPAIRS, OTHER THAN LEAD RECONNECTS AND OUTER SEAL REPLACEMENT, SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN AUTHORIZED RELIANCE SERVICE FACILITY. ANY OTHER REPAIRS PERFORMED BY THE CUSTOMER OR NON -RELIANCE SERVICE FACILITIES NEGATES THE U/L LISTING AND MO- TOR WARRANTY. C Copyright Reliance Electric Industrial Company. 1987 Revisions to this manual require Hazardous Approval Engineering and/or UL approval. M Reliance and Dutymaster are registered trademarks of Reliance Electric Industrial Company Page 30 of 89 RECEIVING AND HANDLING ACCEPTANCE Thoroughly inspect this equipment before ac- cepting shipment from the transportation com- pany. If any of the goods called for in the bill of lading or express receipt are damaged or the quantity is short, do not accept them until the freight or express agent makes an appropriate notation on your freight bill or express receipt. If any concealed loss or damage is discovered later, notify your freight or express agent at once and request him to make an inspection. We will assist you in collecting claims for loss or damage in shipment: however, this willingness on our part does not remove the transportation company's responsibility in reimbursing you for collection of claims or replacement of material. Claims for loss or damage in shipment must not be deducted from the Reliance Electric invoice, nor should payment of the Reliance Electric In- voice, be withheld awaiting adjustment of such claims, as the carrier guarantees safe delivery. If considerable damage has been Incurred and the situation is urgent, contact the nearest Reli- ance Electric Sales Office for assistance. Please keep a written record of all such communica- tions. UNPACKING It facilities for the shelter of equipment are not available, repack motor and store shaft down until ready for use. After unpacking and Inspecting to see that all parts have been received in good condition, turn the motor shaft by hand to be sure that there are no obstructions to free rotation. The motor should be checked for oil leaks after being removed from the crate. If positive indica- tion of an oil leak is found around the shaft seal or drive end bracket, notify the nearest Reliance Electric Sales Office, APPLICATION All Reliance Submersible Pump Motors include thermal devices as standard. These devices are required by UL on all motors 1 HP and larger listed Class 1, Groups C and D. These devices are not recognized by UL for motors less than 1 HP but are included by Reliance for additional motor protection. Motors less than 1 HP are supplied with a cautionary label and are suit- able on applications where vapor or gas igni- tion temperatures exceed 2800C. These mo- tors are listed for Class I, Group D only. Reliance Electric stocks common ratings through 100 HP continuous duty submerged in liquid, 15 minutes duty In air at nameplate horsepower. Designs through 135 HP and spe- cial continuous In air ratings are also available. (Continuous in Air Designs have a 1.0 Service Factor.) Normally, there are four conditions during which a submersible sewage pump may be operated in gases or vapors. 1. When the wet well is being dewatered. 2. When the pump motor assembly is being lowered down the guiderails. The flow from the pump is needed during the installation process to insure that solids are cleared from the discharge flange area to insure proper seating. 3. When low-level cutoff controls fail. 4. When low-level sensors are positioned at the bottom of the pump assembly. NOTE: Outer shaft seal most be In liquid when motor is operated, whether motor is submerged or In air. Seals cannot be run In a dry environment without a significant reduction in seat life. It seal Is to be run in a dry environment, a special design seal must be suppiled. Standard seals applied in dry seal applications will not be covered by warranty. CONTINUOUS OPERATION GASES OR VA- PORS It is the driven equipment manufacturer's re- sponsibility to insure this motor product is properly applied. Page 31 of 89 Horsepower requirements are a function of Pump design, impeller size 8 head and flow con- ditions. in gas operating time is a function o1 pit size, pump capacity, and flow conditions. Only the pump manufacturer can insure that the pump motor is properly applied for continuous in -gas or vapor operation. As with any motor product, it is essential that proper consideration be given to the load characteristics to insure the motor product will not be overloaded. Should such an overload occur, thermostats embedded in the windings will provide a signal to deener- gize the motor. However, proper consideration of the application will prevent such an overload. With reference to the diagram in figure 1, the following load conditions should be noted: A. Below level pt (bottom of the pump) fluid is not pumped and no load is reflected to the motor. 8. One pump should always be sized suffi- ciently large to draw the well down (even un- der maximum flow conditions). The maxi- mum amount of time the motor will operate fully loaded and uncovered is the amount of time required to draw the well down from level N2 (top of the motor) to the bottom of the pump. C. Time described in B above should not be greater than 15 minutes If full motor name- plate horsepower is required for this opera- tion. (See Application Instructions), D. The above application notes do not make al- lowance for: (a) The heat exchanger effect of the at- tached pump. It is pumping a relatively cool fluid and will remove some heat. (b) The motor does not operate fully loaded complefely in gas. It is fully loaded as the motor is being uncovered. (c) If the well is being drawn down from the top of the motor and maximum flow con. ditions exist, the influent flow will usually provide excellent cooling of the pump motor. INSTALLATION FIGURE 1 IMPORTANT 3. Moisture Sensing Probes must be con - Read this manual thoroughly before installa- nected. Leads marked W1 and W2. (See tion. Figure 3). 1. Maximum submergence of motor is not to exceed 200 feet in depth andlor 200 P.S.I. at motor seal. 2. Thermal Protectors must be connected. Leads marked P1 and P2 (See Figure 2). 4. Check your power supply against final nameplate connection voltage. If required, the impeller should be heated slightly before pressing It on the shaft. Under no circum- stances should the Impeller be driven on by Page 32 of 89 pounding as this will damage the seal. When re- moving impeller warm slightly with a torch and pry Impeller off evenly with either small pry bars or a wheel puller. When the submersible pump motor leaves the factory it is ready for Installation. No adjustment, venting or oil filling is required. For THREE PHASE motors the only connection to the motor lead cable is the power supply. For SINGLE PHASE motors the motor lead cable and power supply must be properly connected at the Con- trol Box. Motor will operate successfully with fre- quency not more than 5% and voltage not more than 10% above or below nameplate data. Per- formance within this range will not necessarily be the same as the established performance at ex- act rated voltage and frequency. All submersible pump motors will operate in either direction of rotation. To reverse direction Of a THREE PHASE motor, interchange any two motor leads at the starter. To reverse direction of rotation of a SINGLE PHASE motor the proper connections must be made in the motor connec- tion chamber; refer to the W/D's supplied in the motor connection chamber and Control Box. Lifting eyes are supplied for purpose of Installa- tion and servicing. (Do not use motor lead ca- bles for lifting means.) Normal care should be exercised to prevent mechanical damage to the seal, the frame and the insulated cable. WARNING LIFT MOTOR ONLY USING BOTH ATTACHMENT POINTS. "'lull I EYE BOLTS MUST BE SEATED IN LINE All.OWN BELOW - PREFERRED METHOD— USE SPREADER BAR STARTING CAUTION: Surface temperature of motor enclosure may reach temperatures which can cause discomfort or Injury to personnel accidentally coming Into contact with hot surfaces. (When installing, protection should be provided by user to protect against accidental contact with hot sur- face). On Initial start up the motor and pump should be checked for proper rotation prior to final applica- tion. The unit is designed to protect all power connec- tions against moisture. All Reliance Submersible Pump Motors have a lead connection chamber. - THREE PHASE dual voltage motors have 9 mo- tor leads and SINGLE PHASE dual voltage mo- tors have 8 motor leads in this chamber. All Submersible Pump Motors have 2 thermal pro- tector leads and 2 moisture sensing probe leads in this chamber. Leads are tagged for easy identification. A con- nectlon diagram is provided In the lead cham- ber. Motors can be connected for either high or low voltages. (Some motor ratings are built as single voltage units and as such are not recon- nectable) . The motor lead cable assembly for all Submers- ible Pump Motors has 3 marked power leads plus two ground leads, two thermal leads and Iwo moisture sensing probe leads in standard cable lengths of 25 feet. Leads are brought through an epoxy sealed con- nector providing a mechanically strong water tight seal. The cap and cable assembly are available from Reliance Electric as a replace- ment part assembly. When replacing the lead wire cap, care should be taken not to nick or damage the -0- ring seal. Replace any dam- aged or nicked -0- rings. WHEN REPLACEMENT CABLE ASSEMBLY IS REQUIRED, ORDER FROM RELIANCE ELECTRIC CO. USING MOTOR IDENTIFI- CATION NUMBER. sez-Gs Page 33 of 89 MAINTENANCE With proper application and installation of monl- MECHANICAL REPAIRS toring devices, periodic inspection of motor U/L listed motors must be returned to an author - seals is not required. Should a malfunction oc- ized Reliance Electric Service Facility for repairs cur the motor has been equipped with a mois- other than to replace the outer seal. (see note ture detection system and thermal protection on Table of Content page). which will provide advance warning of impending failure allowing the user to plan a maintenance To Inspect the outer seal proceed as follows: program before failure occurs. GENERAL NOTES: ALL PARTS 1. Reliance® T-Frame. Submersible Motors utilize an explosion -proof Class I, Groups C and D, tandem seal design, with an oil chamber separate from the winding area. 2. Wound Stators - Reliance T-Frame Sub- mersible Motors utilize a wound stator which has been pressed into the frame. The stator insulation system has been designed for the temperature and electrical rating involved. If the motor failure is analyzed to encompass a winding failure, return the motor to an authorized Reliance Electric Service Shop. 3. Encapsulated Lead Connector Assembly - The lead connector assembly has been es- pecially encapsulated to Insure integrity of the motor. The connector can be removed from the motor in order to reconnect leads. Should the lead connector assembly be damaged or the integrity of the encapsula- tion be in question, it is required that a re- placement lead connector assembly be or- dered from Reliance Electric Company. WARNING MOTOR MAY CONTAIN GAS UNDER PRES- SURE DUE TO HIGH TEMPERATURES FROM OPERATION WITHOUT BEING SUBMERGED. DISASSEMBLY MAY CAUSE BODILY IN- JURY. FOR ASSISTANCE CONTACT A RELI- ANCE OFFICE. 4. Hardware - All hardware is stainless steel and should be replaced with the some type. 1. Remove outer snap ring (3). replace as needed. 2. Remove rotating outer seal (4), replace as needed. 3. Approved lubricating and Insulating oil shall meet Reliance approved source sheet 4824-18-AF. Manufacturer's materials cur- rently meeting this specification are as fol- lows: MANUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION ITEM MANUFACTURER OF MATERIAL 1 Sun OII Company Sun Fleet Regular SAE 10W 2 Standard OII Co. Sohlo 62 SAE 10W a Shell Oil Company Rotelia 10 SAE 10W MOTOR INSPECTION After assembly, run motor in shaft down position for 30 seconds minimum to one minute maxi- mum to allow seals to seat; then check for oil leakage. In some cases, a slight oil mist will ap- pear around the seal. Wipe clean after test. PAINTING AND SHIPPING Before painting motor, cover exposed seal. Re- move any paper, tape, etc., from seal area be- fore crating motor. These motors can be shipped in shaft up or shaft down position. Care must be taken that exposed seal Is not damaged during shipment. Carton must protect exposed seal from dirt, dust and damage. Page 34 of 89 ELECTRICAL REPAIRS 0) / onsi E NNEcroR aT1RE sons (3) R BE- R a i` LEAD RECONNECT The cable connector assembly may be removed to reconnect the leads without negating the U/L listing or the warranty. WARNING MOTOR MAY CONTAIN GAS UNDER PRES- SURE DUE TO HIGH TEMPERATURES FROM OPERATION WITHOUT BEING SUBMERGED. DISASSEMBLY MAY CAUSE BODILY IN- JURY. FOR ASSISTANCE CONTACT A RELI- ANCE OFFICE. PROCEDURE 1. Loosen four bolls, securing lead cable con- nector (1), two complete turns. 2. Attempt to break the cable connector seal thus relieving gas pressure within the motor. If gas pressure is not relieved loosen the bolts another turn and try again. Continue this process until the pressure is relieved and/or the cap is removed. Be extremely careful until the cable connector assembly is removed. 3. Remove cable connector and reconnect to desired voltage as shown on connection dia- gram inside the cable connector. 4. Insulate connectors with 4824.13-AU heat shrinkable plastic. If the 4824-13-AU shrink- able plastic Is not available, tape ntay be used, but it should be an oil resistant type. Enough wraps should be used to insure the buildup will be sufficient to prevent the con- nector from breaking through the insulation. The following procedure should be em- ployed: Five layers of plastic electrical tape followed by two layers electrical grade woven adhesive tape, such as Mystik 7020 or 3M N27, for oil and abrasion resistance. 5. Place "0" ring over fit and coat fit with Chevron SRI grease (not excessive). 6. Place cable connector back on motor, Install four bolts, and tighten. THERMAL PROTECTION SYSTEM THERMAL PROTECTION Thermostat leads marked P7 & P2 should be connected in series with the stop button of the IMPORTANT 3-wire pilot circuit of the magnetic motor control- ler, so that the thermostat will open the circuit Reliance Submersible Pump Motors are before dangerous temperatures are reached. equipped with thermal protection devices. Failure to properly connect or utilize this sys. Thermostats are automatic reset for use in a tem voids motor warrarty. normally closed circuit where the thermostat is 5 Page 35 of 86 connected in series with the holding coil of the magnetic starter. Thermostats provide "Over Temperature Protection 2" In accordance with NEMA MG 1-12.53. When the motor Is so marked locked rotor protection is not provided by the winding over temperature protector. It is suggested that over current protection be used in the motor starter to insure locked rotor pro- tection. WARNING MOTOR CONTROLLER MAY HAVE AUTO- MATIC OR MANUAL OVERLOAD RESET. DISCONNECT ALL POWER LEADS TO MO- TOR WHEN PERFORMING ANY WORK ON MOTOR OR DRIVEN EQUIPMENT. A MANUAL, MOMENTARY START SWITCH IS RECOMMENDED TO PREVENT AUTO- MATIC RESTART OF MOTOR WHEN THER- MOSTAT RESETS. If current through the thermostat will exceed the values listed in Figure 2 an Intermediate control circuit relay must be used to reduce the current or the thermostat will not work properly. Alternating Current Continuous Inrush Volta Amperes Amperes 110-120 3.0 30 220-240 1.5 15 440-480 0.75 7.5 550-600 0.6 6.0 el ar� r„ STOP START _ f •rHFnMnS*<i5 P 1 6 P2 Normally Closed Tbermnslal Leads (no molly open I1,ermostals ale not aeceplable to UL) I" Staler Holding Coll (2) Hold,ng Coil Collects -N.O. FIGURE 2 TYPICAL THERMAL PROTECTOR WIRING DIAGRAM MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM MOISTURE SENSING PROBES device, will provide notification or needed main - IMPORTANT tenance. Integrity of system requires periodic test. Reliance Submersible Pump Motors are equipped with moisture detection devices. Failure to properly connect or utilize this sys- tem voids motor warranty. Moisture sensing probes, leads marked W, , and W2 , must be used in conjunction with an induc- tion relay. This device will detect moisture enler- Ing the oil chamber due to failure of the outer seal and, when properly connected to a warning CONTROLS AND SIGNAL DEVICES A Control and signal device (not supplied by Reli- ance) must be installed at the job site to com- plete the moisture detection system. Compatible controls are available from: Charles F. Warrick Co., 1964 W. Eleven Mile Road, Berkely, Michigan 48072, (313) 545-2512. Page 36 of 89 CONTROL SELECTION AND ORDERING FOR CHARLES F. WARRICK CO. CONTROLS ORDER BY COMPONENT NUMBER A-C SUPPLY LINE VOLTAGE&FREQUENCY CONTACT CONFIGURATION TERMINAL PAIR 34 66 7-8 A • N.O. • B • N.C. e C N.O. • N.O. 0 N.C. • N.O. E N.C. • N.C. F N.O. N.O. N.O. G N.C. N.O. N.O. H N.C. N.C. N.O. J N.C. N.C. N.C. N.O. N. • NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED NONE PROVIDED TYPE Une voltages are nominal values and may be anywhere from nominal minus 16% to nominal plus 10% TYPE 2800-XXX MOTOR MOISTURE DETECTOR CONTROL INSTALLATION Terminal pair 1-2 must be continuously ener- All type 2800-XXX Controls are Identified by a gized from an A-C supply line of electrical char - specific component number which follows the acteristics shown on the data label. format 2800-XXX where the X's are replaced by Contacts must be wired Into the electrical load numbers and letters indicative of the A-C supply circuit(s) of the warning devices as required. line voltage and frequency, contact configura- Each contact used for load duty must be wired in tion and enclosure. Each control has a data label series with the load and that series branch cir- on the right hand side of the terminal block. In cuit connected across a power source compat- addition, each enclosed control has another ible with the load. data label on the outside of the enclosure cover. Wiring must be provided from the moisture de- Mount the control on a vertical surface with the tector sensor probe leads of the RELIANCE ELECTRIC motor designated W1 and W2 to ter - transformer on the left hand side and accom- minals 9 and 10 of the 2800-XXX control. plish all indicated wiring. Terminals on the con- trol are numbered and are In the same relative Control leads should not be installed in the same position as the terminals shown on the wiring conduit as power leads. Induced voltage can diagram. cause false moisture signals. Page 37 of 89 CONTACT OPERATION Normally open load contacts close and normally closed bad contacts open when the sensor probes detect the influx of moisture within the motor. TEST PROCEDURE A normally closed pushbutton and neon indicat- ing lamp are provided as means of checking the moisture sensing components. When the pushbutton is depressed, the Indicat- ing lamp will be Illuminated to indicate (A) power is supplied to the control, (B) the control Is op- erative, and (C) wiring to the moisture sensing probes in the motor Is intact. This procedure should be performed periodically to confirm In- tegrity of circuit. SIGNAL DEVICES The signal device may be audible (bell, buzzer, horn or siran) or visible (incandescent or neon lamp) or both - a signal device of your choice may be obtained from your local electrical sup- ply house. SYSTEM OPERATION It Is recommended that upon indication (by warning light, etc.,) of outer seal failure that the motor be removed from the Installation and the oil and outer seal be replaced as soon as possi- ble. If reconditioning Is not performed within a 30 day Period It Is recommended that the Inner seal be thoroughly Inspected and replaced if required. When ordering parts or reporting trouble give Sales Office complete Nameplate Data. A.C. SUPPLY LPRIMARY LINE A TEST O SC Y, LAMP t SEGO. I 7 I L RELAY COIL TEST — smTCN —I TEST RESISTOR W1 W2 MOISTURE SENSORS NORMALLY OPEN (� TO SIGNAL CIRCUIT MOTOR WIRING BY WAgRICK WIRING BY OTHERS CONTROL ENCLOSURE FIGURE 3 MOISTURE SENSING CIRCUIT TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM LEAD COLOR CODING BLACK LEAD WHITE LEAD RED LEAD ORANGE LEAD GREEN LEAD Power Polyphase Tt T2 T3 — Ground Cable Single Phase Tt Tq TA — Ground Control Cable All Pt P2 WI W2 Ground 8 Page 38 of 89 STANDARD REPLACEMENT SEAL CROSS REFERENCE ILr_>m a x amo x. tw. r t i N4 ff ATxix4 -o xW4ltwi -WIttra PURCHASING SPECIFICATIONS Part No. Crane BCpotlnp 84282- ■ Siil Siit N0.• b e tl • 1 p h k I in 12•A 1.260 T-21 Cu Oaramic BP1C7 1.15/16 1.875 47/84 1-1/18 1-12 1/16 3/8 1-7//B 23/18 12-B 1.500 T-21 Cup Ceramic BP1C1 23/18 2.125 47/84 1-1/8 1.9/18 1/18 9/8 1-11p8 23I18 12-C 1J50 T-21 Cup Ceramic BP1C7 2.6/B 2.500 49184 13/8 1.7A 118 7/16 1-15/18 2-718 12-0 2000 - 2.60 49M4 1-12 2 1/18 7/16 2.3/16 3-3/18 12-E 2.250 T-21 CUPCeramic BP1C1 3.118 3.126 411 1-11/16 2.1N 1.O/1BB8 12 9-Z97..AB1d96 346.7..51/1208 2•G T 4 .125 2.687 2.062 2.1187 0 4.50 BP1C7 3.76 3.500 .798 1.125 1.75 .03 5 - T21 e■miie 1 4... 75BPiC 3..8 11..112255 11..7765 A00 .5BCupCer3 18' - Cramc BP1C 3b0 ..779988 .58 2.94 4.12 4.125 2.187 2.187 2.988 .08 .69 STANDARD REPLACEMENT "O" RING CROSS REFERENCE Part No, 1421900 ' I.D. Nominal W. UL Listed Material A v-pe.d Sup Ileraand pCompound Number 60-FU 3.750 .139 BUNAN National Seal No.8-46A Parker Seal N•219.7 Precision Rubber No. 1197 Crane Packing No. 2561 72-FU 4.500 A25 BUNAN 94-FU 5.875 .125 BUNAN 100-FU 8.250 .125 BUNAN 124-FU 7.750 .125 BUNAN 144-FU 9.000 .126 BUNAN 18B-FU 10.600 .125 BUNAN 192-FU 12.000 .125 BUNAN 2084-U 1 13.000 .140 BUNA N 240-F11 1 15.000 .140 BUNA N Page 39 of 89 STANDARD REPLACEMENT SNAP RING CROSS REFERENCE Part No. Shaft Walden 47174.5- a T Size Catalog Number Remarks A 1.150 + .010 .050 _ .002 1-1/4 6108.126-H 0420Stalnless - .016 S 1.387 + .010 .050 x .002 1-1/2 S108.150-H #420 Stainless - .016 C11.637 1.837 + .013 .082 ± .003 1-3/4 6108.177-H #420 Stainless - .020 0 1.850 + .013 .062 x .003 2 6108-200-H #420 Stainless - .020 E 2.081 + .016 .078 a .003 2-114 6108.225-H #420Stainless - .026 H 2.543 + .015 .093 s .003 23N 6100-275-H #420 Stainless - .026 F 2775 + .020 .093 >:.003 3 5100300-H #420 Stainless - .030 G 3.006 + .020 .093 s .003 3-1/4 6100325-H #420Slalntess - .030 T O O NOTE: Outer shaft seal must be In liquid when motor is operated, whether motor is submerged or In air. Seals cannot be run In a dry environment without a significant reduction in seal life. Page 40 of 89 A-C DRIVES TRAINING AND AUDIOVISUAL PRODUCTS Reliance Electric offers a wide variety of Industrial Training courses for electricians, electronic technicians and engi- neers who are responsible for the Installation, repair and maintenance of production equipment and systems. Professional quality AN Programs are also available. These programs have been designed to provide years of efficient in-house training. Available for playback at the user's convenience, these videotape programs allow individual or groups to learn or review subjects at any time. Printed reference materials come with all diagnostic and troubleshooting programs. Training Courses No. Title A-C DRIVE COURSES 2-1 Maintenance and Troubleshooting of WI Style Variable Speed A-C Drives 2-4 A-C Drives Hands -On Troubleshooting Lab 2-5 Maintenance and Troubleshooting of PWM Style Variable Speed A-C Drives 2-15 Regional Class - Maintenance and Troubleshooting of A-C Drives and Systems 4-15 Regional Class - Productive Maintenance Training AudioNisual Products NEW Order No. Title Format Price A-C DRIVES PROGRAMS TM2240 A-C Motor Theory Videotape $725 TM2241 Introduction to the WI Videotape 725 TM2242 Troubleshooting the WI Regulator Videotape 995 TM2367 Troubleshooting the 8-Transistor Power Module Videotape 725 NEW VIDEO TRAINING PROGRAMS VAABA001 Fundamentals of A-C Motors Videotape $495 VMBV001 Concepts of Digital Controls Videotape 495 VWVS001 GP2000 Video Training Videotape 495 VWVS002 I HR20DO Video Training Videotape 1 495 For details and prices on these courses, audio/visual products and FREE Training Schedule Brochure, HD-405, contact: Industrial Training 0apartment Reliance Electric 35000 Curtis Boulevard Eastlake, Ohio 44095 Call Toll Free: 800-RELIANCE (800-735-4262) RELIANCEr Dale or Prices subject to change without notice. ELECTRIC /LJ Page 41 of 89 nellance Electric / 24701 Euclid Avenue / Cleveland, Ohio 44117 / (216) 266-7000 RELIANCE ELECTR/Cr Printed in U SA Instruebon Manual 8-3629-11 118710M Page 42 of 89 eo nr'COntr(-)I, CIVIC is a Manufacturer of Pre -designed and Custom Control Panels Specialized in all types of pump controls and custom control systems for auto- mated applications CMC has over 50 years experience with pumping system controls Consult our website at www.cmcontrols.com for product information • UL Listed and CSA Certified Industrial Control Panels Need a quotation? Request our "Control Panel Worksheet" for same day quote responses Specializing in. . j lump Control' _.__ California Motor Controls Inc. Address: 3070 Bay Vista CT. SuJte G -iBg ticia CA 94510 - Phone:. (707)7< Fax: (707)746-6165 - Email: Is corn - Website: www.cmcon Page 43 of 89 .. atar Centrals Products & Services General Listing of CMC's • Standard Pump Panels Products and Services Soft Start/IEC/Nema Type Starters • Custom Control Panels Pump Commander Basic • Motor Control Centers Pump Commander Touch Screen • Pressure Booster Controls Communications & Scada Solutions • Water & Waste Water Panels Engineering and Design • Irrigation Pump Panels UL 508A, 689A & CSA Labels • Variable Frequency Drives Field Commissioning Services Municipal pump Commander Alternating Duplex Color Touch Screen Custom Controls Commander Motor Control Centers Basic Pressure Booster Triplex VFD California Motor Controls Inc. Address: 3070 Bay Vista CT. Suite C - Benicia, CA 94510 - Phone: (707)746-6255 Fax: (707)746-616S - Email: sales@cmcontrols.com - Website: www.cmcontrols.com Page 44 of 89 + n 10 0 20 20 30 70130 1 40 80140 90 oils-__- 22 E O O 50 100160 110170 60 120180190 NEMA 4, 3 PT LATCHING FLANGE DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE 42"H X 37"W X 16"D UL508A LABELED 11 JW^ Yum MT-0 Pule I WARIRu 22 15A WM In .d.Mwl — 10 3*^ a- PR -Ho PUW I SEAL IAIURE 21 Ran Dbo&vd RPROP YAU 9 Rae PMde RMW Wl 20 Yam Nan 8 50mm 11- PR-AWO RAID 1 OVERL= 19 30mm, 2 P. Week VALVE VALE SUMP PUMP On DR 7 10mm im PR-Aw PUP 1 OVER T[YPOAYM SILENCE 18 OOmm, ODA PIIRP 2 WWD-OEE-AUTO Few 2 ow 6 70ma hahtlm. Re 17 3W.. Rum PR -RED 5 AM Puaauwm. am SEAL FAMOE [SET 16 30— Rum. PR -RED PUP 2 U T/DWi 4 30— Yum PR-AWER LOU LOP L"M 15 Rau P.1— P oh W2 3 SDmm Plum PR-NS" ON L'a 14 SOmm, mum PH -"DER %m. mum. PR-AR6ER PUMP 2 OKYDAD 2 70mm Yum PR-AY&A No LEVEL 13 KW 2 OUR TEALWYXa 1 EOmuA Wun. PR-AIWR eW 1kR If141 12 .10mm, NOEL PUW 1 RAND -OR -.ALTO AFf. cam�wa RMmgaP I REF. Dm e-m Rnmpeb pr, yyN;�r, CUSTOMER Boa PROJECT NAME PumpTech aEV. oEwuw5ill: aTx: N ev: ES ApPROhlf BY: ML Controls Woshington Beach j;l 8/10 NOP2E oto Duplex Pump Conlrol Pang eey vua Ex suElevation MSNFEf era l riVerbal Er(ck M. 10- 0-297) 1 of 2 ® o 0 � 9'= .-rsr0- 1- 12 i2 a _ a 0 0 _ r�, e o —' - o me000a oom 0 � 0 o° no °o NEMA 4, 3 PT LATCHING FLANGE DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE 42"H X 37"W X 16"D SHOWN WITH DOOR OPEN UL508A LABELED 7 "kn Spey by W111,2 11 le' G A6jx 6 15A Omx beM QIAA45 13 IM c.Aebe kn t 5 2A W bed C06 12 13 - IeA Mo. hber RI,! NMI.. AR 11 fawl Rwr c11 3 24 - RA kld. Aber 1Pttf 10 aw O-W YAAmw, Sete by IMU 2 AS IRA Imd.m. tti 9 C." b* 011-0116 I Cho MM.-IUu MAN 6 S.V Amer SA REF. C.M." conww Uw REF. cmgew W*.w Aew CUNTOMER uM PROJECT NAME PumpTech OESanIGIpN: art: Br: ae/,we er: Es MPnorm eY: Ml Washington Beach aert, 12/11/10 NONE Otof l.Of1tFO�S Duplex Pump Conlml Panel v wTo ear v�am cl. suAy eaomr, cA seslo c [I -lion _ea eo.: elsEr: roAl2Aeerss e w: rex Verbol Erick M. m_ 10-2977 2 of 2 CUSTOMER and P W0. CT NAME aATf: er: dUwN er: xwcu n PumpTech ES ML Washington Beach OtOf l.C)f1ifO�S 30]0 Bay Vkd CL Sulb C Duplex Pump Control Panel 12/6/I0 NONE BaMcb, CA 94510 pUWWO wD.: SNEET: 74� 255 Irola.com STOHEe P0: r1lE: cVerbal Erick M. 10- 10-2977 0--4 W-0 wYagq am n�Y I6�fY nw aa�ar �'{ �� [9 r�EpaeparxtRule 6riuw MMlxa mnxaxn w.v � wfx rfwxn,w[ nacarn2x �axrtx�rvxt xau it r,emswmxm /,rya a yyyE p �1V1OtOt'COntrOls ao�o say van a. swro c �B�e�n�i�we,7°&w2vsa5..com CA 9°510 Wvd. CUSTOMER antl PROJECT N E Pumpiech Washington Beach Duplex Pump Control Panel acscm T— an*c: er: aerwn a'avnWEa ES tn: NL 12�6�10 DRAwmc No.: NONE SxFEf: sro«cx ra: �. Verbal Erick M. ato— ID-2977 2 of 1 1Q a I o--�-t r•--o m FIE-zi-E: p, yyN,p, CUSTOMER aM PROJECT NAME PumpTech eEV. xs[nlnr100: onrc: e/: o—N W.. ES ,vaRauso ef: Ml CMoto Controls JO]0 Bay Vlsuect Suna C Washington Beach Duplex Pump Control Panel a]x t$�./,a OMxnea MO,: sxe NONE sH[R: (707) 7 CA 96510 (Twww]) Tcmcon 55 uoN.com F cusrouFn no-. � Erick M. Verbal io- 10-2977 See S ' -, BILL OF MATERIALS CM Old —NO.: 10.2977 COSTOMERORDERNO V,,Wi Enck M. CM Or— 9eNcb, CA CUSTOMER. PumpTach CMLTM1GND- 10-2977 PROJECT'. Weahinglon Beets V4iITtEN BY' co EWIPMENi. pATFIOUE WTE 40520 IfSENTIFI-TIONNO. MSS.xAte.®. 9YBtEM VOLTAGE'. 240V13160 CONTROL VOLTAGE120V..D FAOLI CORNFN f. 10 KAIC AUX VOLTAGE. xi Q rY. TYPE pEac—r— 1 SCE-42XEL3716LP NEMA 4 Range disc, erol. 42- x 3P x 18- I SCE42P30 42' x 38' moon b br SCE eQGown 1 8CE-PCH5 Padlockln K.MBa 5 In 1 SCE31PTL bltli kX eD MAIN 1 fAL32100 Th— cis 100A 240V 3 b i 9422CFA31 Cobb . Mach w/A1 handle br FAL CB Pt 2 2 GV2P20 Motor Probsotor 13 -18 amos 2 02 Mrgb br GV2 motor 2 GVANt1 Aux.conledbtook lN.O. andI N.C. Netsnbneoa 2 GV2AF3 Inlarconned GV2 to LC7 2 GV2GH7 Lhe InMdetor for FB2 motor lector M7,2 2 LC1018G7 3-Pols confedor 12001b 78A 2 LADN20 Codador auxXXe contact 2 N.O- CBCCT 1 GV2P32 Motor robaor 24-32 amps HOA 2 9001-KS43131-12 30MM W01 sa 1ewilch w2-KA1 cordade •30m 2 t I14(S11 B 30MM 2- aXlon aeledar swlloh w/o anMds A 8 90D1-k2L38AH13 30MM Amber P-T-T LED Indiaforw/KA7 coded block R 4 90014(213BRH13 30MM Red P-T-T LED Indicator w1KA1 contact block SILENCERESET 2 9001-KR1B 30MMMack shbubon- ralmon 1 9001-KA2 N.O. coded block br 30MM tlevlce 1 90014W N.C. anted abk b cr 30MM devloe 3 90DI4tA1 N.O., N.C. coded block for 3DMM davla ALT 1 CA2SKE20G7 ABemN raby CB8 / 80103 ?A M C8123415 5 60112 1. c. SFR12 2 RM4LGOIF Moliun CCT 1 7S1 F Tarobmwr 7.5 KVA 240X48N720%2101 GE IL i la547 18'Fluoreead Vaht FI r CR1 8789101518 10 SS.32.8.t20.00B0 C»n. RNa 2 t20VAC w/ LED.dbds CR1314 2 55.32.9.024.0080 Gen. Rab , 2 b, 2NDC w/ LEDWlode CR3 4111 /2 4 56.93.8.120.0080 Gen. Rality,3wEle, 120VAC w/ LEDtdode 4 9403SPA bRala Sodut 12 94.048PA le Ratty S-W PhemeMe_r CH 1 FLH-TF125 HeaMr 125W, 115V-17012518407 Phoenix Contact 1 2839443 Pf2-PENS-120ACST Phoenix Contact surge arrestor 1 2539282 FT-BEIFM socket for stag, ansMar S am 18R12 2 IS&10 13CS Dual channel ISR relay, 2Fonn A Relays M .0 1 BSOB•W GFCI outlet. 160. duPWX While 1 Md410C 1M9sU» f ntwud. cover 911P 1A0$E Slmeo FL 1 GP2A775-NLXL-1 I GP Fkwd Swiss flood PgMft ce9yMBoDal. l8letorCntrols Pape:1 SAGINAW CONTROL & ENGINEERING )`itlrr tau !.chow .i'oHrr['- Saginaw Control & Engineering 95 Midland Road Saginaw, MI 48638 Phone: (989)799-6871 Fax: (-- )7994524 http:/hAww.saginawoontrol.com Part Details - SCE-42XEL3716LP Part Number: SCE-42XEL3716LP Description: XEL LP Enclosure Height: 42.00 inches Width: 37.38 inches Depth: 16.00 inches e Est. Shipweight: 150.00 lbs. 1 NEMA Rating: 12,4 Construction - • 0.075 In. carbon steel. • Seams continuously welded and ground smooth. • Flange trough collar around all Application - sides of door opening. Designed to house most standard type disconnects. For • Oil -resistant gasket installation information, consult our Installation Manual at • Collar studs provided for mounting www.saginawcontrol.com. For outdoor application a drip shield is optional panels. recommended. • Disconnect cutout provided on flange. Finish - • Concealed hinge. ANSI-61 gray powder coating inside and out. Optional panels are ' • Doors are interchangeable and powder coated white. easily removed by pulling hinge pins. Industry Standards - • 3-point latching mechanism. IS1 • Latches are opened or closed with NEMA Type 2 & Type 13 a screwdriver (optional tamper- UL Listed Type 12 CSA Type 12 resistant inserts are available) IEC 60529 IP55 • Mounting holes on back of enclosure. IS2 • Mounting hardware, sealing NEMA Type 4,12 & Type 13 washer and hole plug included. UL Listed Type 4 & 12 • Ground studs on door and body. CSA Type 4 & 12 • Black zinc die cast IEC 50529 IP66 coinproof/padlocking handle. Notes - Disconnect switch (or circuit breaker) and operating mechanism ' are not furnished with this enclosure. Page 51 of 89 6AGINAW Saginaw Control & Engineering CONTROL & 95 Midland Road Saginaw. MI 48638 ENGINEERING Phone (989)799-6871 Fax: (989)799A524 )'oarAno-1oNare•Souiy-el http:/twww.saginawcontrol.com Finish - Powder Coated White inside and out. Options - Sub -plates can be special ordered in Stainless Steel or Galvanized material. Please consult a factory representative for assistance. CapyngM ®2000 - 201 0 - Sagmew Control & Engineering Page 52 of 89 '"" SAGINAW �CONTROI& �_ ENGINEERING }hm 1 urh unYnr Part Details - SCE-PCH5 Part Number: SCE-PCH5 Description: Handle, 5in. padlock ing/co inproof Height: 9.00 inches Width: 4.00 inches Depth: 2.00 inches Est. Shipweight: 4.001bs. NEMA Rating: NA Quantity Per Kit: 1 Length: 5 In. Description: Coinproof/Padlocking Saginaw Control & Fngineering 95 Midland Road Saginaw, MI48638 Phone:(989)799-6871 Fax: (989)799A524 http:/twww.saginawcontrol.com Application - Designed for use on custom and stock SCE enclosures. Can be used as replacements for installed SCE hardware when a different locking mechanism is desired. 7inch and 5inch lengths for different size enclosures. Black zinc die cast. For 2 or 3 point latch, use SCE -ARK Door Rod Kit. Copt'ght ® 2WO - 2010 - Saginaw Control & Bpineenng Page 53 of 89 SAGINAW CONTROL & ENGINEERING Yiurrl.m ianrn,Seaurrt^ Part Details - SCE-3PTL Part Number: SCE-3PTL Description: Kit, 3-point Latch Height: 48.00 inches Width: 3.00 inches Depth: 1.50 inches Est. Shipweight: 1 00 lbs. NEMA Rating: NA Quantity Per Kit: 1 Saginaw Control & Engineering 95 Midland Road Saginaw, MI 48638 Phone:(989)79M871 Fax: (989)7994524 http://www.saginawcontrol.com Application - Designed for use with all Enviroline Series enclosures. This latch kit will add a two or three point latching system to the enclosures with easy to cut and install rod guids and 5/16 inch round rods with rollers for a strong easy functioning latching system. No added holes or cutouts in enclosure necessary for installation. Copyright® 2000 - 2010 - Saginaw Control & Engme—ng Page 54 of 89 Thermal -magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers❑ 100 Ampere Frame www.SquareD.com Class 650 Fir the—t/p-Io-66I. I.N-11m Thermal-magnefic molded case circuit breakers shown on pages 6-20-624 are permanent trip UL Listed, CSA Certified, IEC rated, and also meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-375aIGEN as indicated on pages 6-4-67. For 1-Une-molded case circuit breakers, see listings on pages 8-25-8 28. FAL 1-pOla 15-100 Ampere. FAL/ HL z-pa. fi0-f00 Ampere. FALIPHLIFCL u 3-pols 16-100 Amp.- Ma—liting Ridings (MA) MWO 1 MUW KL 20V 10 I 1S(lp), 25 k2,3P) 1 100 my 10 as NOV ... .._ ._. Circuit Breaker Termination Options (Third character of catalog number) F-N. Lugs L=Lugs both ends M=Lugs "ON" end only P=Lugs "OFF' end only pe6e. 0.1J.J1 6 pmmwl-n. ..... ...... ...... p-0-e "9. ed0 E„cb-urea ......... ............... pe9ea 6d1-861 F4renle-100 A, The—lanagnetic 1240 Vac) Am AC Meg- u.iic LM/N Mm rmly m sT I101s Trip C1W00 NumMr i I nga 1 a. 120 We 15 2. WO RK1W a AI50FA 20 25 VS m S00 fiW PK12020 FKt202S H1J1 ANA3 Cud W 1>6 aW FK12030 /12-M gvAN 36 100 aW m 2035 tl 410 10 660 ON) FK12010 IK12015 W W 410 WO aW 11W FK120W m, 2000 K100M HHINANR3 C, a) W Sao 600 11W 11W Ml1Wm mL1206o dH3J1NAWgN 100 WO 1]W m'2100 2 o., 240 Vac S W 2T6 2T5 le0 fiW FKI201S 12W20 N50FA AMC H1J1 AWgCua 25 W 2T6 n. 600 = FN22025 FK2= H2 130 — FK22036 1U 46 100 1W 650 BW ML22010 61L220tl W 70 ♦W HO — 11W M220W KWWFA /11 7O W WO 1IW 11W 'am) ML2Wm FN]WW -AWCu dH1a1N gVJON W 1W WO w WO r00 17W FK220W ML221W 7 ols, 240 VAe 15 275 900 ML3WI5 W vs sW FA1J2020 at MAO Cud 26 30 275 Us soc Ie0 FK32025 Fg132030 H2AIgWON 35 1W 650 FKJ2035 Q is 100 100 se. BW FALJ—o FK32015 W so 410 fiW BW 11W FK]2050 FAL32060 KIWFA $i—INANO Cu M so fiW 600 11W 1160 —10 FK320W d01241NAWaN W 1. WO WO 17W 17W FK320W FK321W F frame-100 A, Thermal -magnetic (480 Vac) AC M.Oneuc -1— --- N ssm r cube q alp Balln2- Mlcrtuplln0 In10m M Win IC lap n0 Nda Trip N�ima I il1lnw 1 ae 277 Vac 126 We 15 2a aW FK 1101s 20375 26 W 376 275 aW , ON) FKt1@c FK 1M15 FKI10J0 .. ry4./1ANOACua /12I 35 . 1W 1W w HO 1&1-5 FAL11.0 ... 15 1W aW ML11015 ... ... W W 1W 600 aW 11W. FK11050 ML110e0 ... ... K100M HHIN ANO L1rd ... 10 W fiW W0 11W HW FK110m ... ... H2�lp MNaN W 1W 000 0W IT00 t]W MFKI10W rpL-00 t11W ... 2—pole, 480 V.C. 260 Vdc.A 15 2" WO ML21015 ... AISOM CI130FM 20 35 2. WO 600 FAL211)W ML21024 ... H—ANVCud (i)/11J10AW0 30 275 fi BW FN210J0 e12-AM AWG Al 35 qIJ BW FK3W]5 ... p 16 100 M31 BW fiW FK21pW FK21d6 ... ... so100 to BW WO I— FK210W n1121M0 CLNOW CL210W K1WFq HH1AAWg Ww K100FM (17.11-13 qVA Cu W W 200 600 150 11W 11— 70 FK21060 ro Cl2I0W .13J1NANON (16.1NIAw13N W 10D eso IIW 17W I FK2— —11W CLNOW ClN10) 3 ae, 400 Vac, 250 Vdc. 15 2. 600 FPLJ10Is 1-15gI50FA CUlOFM 20 275 t76 WO WO FN3-0 FK31025 FC1310I0 FC-25 H4J1AM9 Cua (I)III—AM W 275 HO M-20 FCL310W ry2a1 AVAAI d-nf7 36 400 HO FK31W5 FCL31036 p 15 140 1W BW W0 FK310b FA131015 FC13101p FCL31W6 K100FM W a_u t150 FgL31Qt0 rC1 :10W H1 HK1AW3A Cud i1)/1—AWG Cu so WO 11W ML340W FCL31060 .12J1NANNN (Ifi Ht-it AwgA XsW WO 17W 17W FK310W FALJIIW FgLHOW FCL311W •FCLcXwX deelsn nvl nMX �350 Veo. QSCOINIt 02001SMn-Xlnr Eleclia 6-20 N Rph1e R �� Page 55 of 89 Product Data Sheet 9422CFA31 Circuit Breaker Mechanism Cable Operator, 100A Technical Characteristics List Price $417-00 USD Availability Stock Item: This Item is normally stocked In our distribution facility. Cable Length 36 Inches Application Designed for tall, deep enclosures where placement tlexibilty is required Ampere Rating t00A Approvals ILL Recognized File: E52639 CCN: WHTV2 - CSA Certified File: LR44199 Class: 4652 04 Circuit Breaker Type FAIL and FHL (2 or 3-Pole) Handle Type All Handle Shipping and Ordering Category 21732 - Disconnect Switches, Flange Mounted Discount Schedule CP1 Article Number 785901868873 Package Quantity 1 Weight 8.78 lbs. Availability Code S Returnability, V As standards, specifications, and designs change from time to lime, please ask for confirmation of the information given in this document Ge,-alwl 1 P0112009 19'.00 19 C2o08Scf,-ld.Eleda..All right. --d. Schneider ®® Starters euennaawal«ab.aam fM CU0.aEHf INIOa1NTIOX r� f GV2P21 wfth GV2GH71nelelled GV3P 51GV7RE2G GV2 and GV3 Manual Starter and Protector Refer to Catalog 262OCT0001 The GV family of products are 3-pole, horsepower rated, UL 508 listed, manual starters. They include a manual dsconnect, class 10 ambient -compensated thermal ovedoad relay, and an Instantaneous magnetic trip mechanism in one compact unit. Any GV manual starter can be used alone for local manual control of a motor with Individual full -load currents up to 220 amps. The GV family of products may also be used in group motor installations in accordance witil National Electric Coda article 430-53. Group motor installations give you greeter panel density for smaller size and require fewer parts and less wiring necessary for installation when compared to conventional panel designs. The GV2P and GV3P products also have an additional UL 508 type E rating as a stand alone self-pprrotected manual combination starter. The UL 508 typeE ratingg eyyuires the addition of line side insulafing barrier GV2GH7 for the GV2P apart number GVIG66 for the GV3P. The GV2P and the GV3P self -Protected manual combination starter may also be combined with specific size contactors from the LC ID product femdy fa a UL 508 Type F combination starter construction. These products have UL-listed short circuit current rating from 10-100 KA depending on application size and voltage. See www.us.telemecanlque.com for more information. How to Order To order the basic motor starter, select the model number (GV2ME••, GV2P••, or GV3P--) with the appropriate thermal setting from the table below. The thermal trip range and setting should be determined from the motor nameplate full - load current. Table 18.123: M•alnaan lloraapwNr 0.atlnaa �ticatlena TnarmH 10 >0 APP �� W XOanon OVLJP robrY Ibodb (A) 116V ro s0V ro WaV ro ]faV ro "l, ro mV Ivgra=n Fuaaw enaXar CaUba wads Gabs wmtl.r 12WA Gv- 01• ov2Po1 ol-26 — — — — — — 1200A GV3ME02• GW 2 033-0.a0 — — — — — — 12WA GV2ME03• OV2PoJ o.a.G.a3 mall _ - _ - _ - _ - os a6 I—AW 12A GvzMEa• GV2ME05• ov2Fod GV2Po5 1ID — CIA — 0.75 1 12WA t .: GV2Poa 1.63E O0e] 0.a 1 1.6A =A GV]M 1 GV2Po1 26J 1V OJ33 Mrs 1 ] 3 GVIfAEpa• GV2Poa 4-a3 6-10 1H OD GD 13 1.5 2 1D 3 3 6 6 7.5 12WA 12WA ir—e O• Gv2ME1.• O Io G 14 0.1N all 2 3 3 10 10 12WA Wa,E 16• mcs" 1}1a 1 3 a 5 10 16 12WA GVa6E20• (MP2a 1123 1 5 3 a )D - 16 W 12WA _V 21• GV2P21 — ]X 12 2 2 3 a 6 10 rD 10 16 20 2a W 12WA 12WA fND,E221 QV N GV2P22 'P32 a-13 12-ts 1 1 ] 0 3 a 3 6 ].6 10 10 16 — _ GV3Pt3 NCW!� OV3Pia 11-2a ] 3 7.6 73 15 20 — fMP21 32 z3 30..0 ] 3 a 6 10 1a 1a la ZO W 3D W - - A-QO 3 Is la 16 da d0 - GVJP50 b65 • For aorta brmbab 10 eddJblha W utalao W nunearfer W 50 evanwla. GV2MEa1J. GV2MEJtbnm avaNanle wXh awbo GVJPoS ta,minela. Tab).18.124: EYtaaum HgwWw�r It—ga GV]Ml Pund6lan 1 GV213P rotary noodle Tharmr Is >0 Trial, 0P cda 6aN; 0 11111, ]IO V 30a V D0 V NO V 676 v 61anNr0lmerrupt wan IMeauyt his ro ro ro rip ro 12-W — — — 6 10 16 OV7RE20 o". 20 16-2D a1M 10 W ]a GvIm.e' OV7RE/a —:25 GV]ROG 30-60 — — — — — — 16 30 � GVRtE50 [Na355p 6W — — — 30 W ]5 GV7REB0 GVTiSW a0.1W — — — 30 ]6 1W GV7REIW GV7aS1W DO 1W tb W7RE15a OVIR3160 132-2m 75 1W 2W OV7r1E320 GV7asz2a SpedlEaba.........................................F9e163a Moeaaba.................................. 0aa•a 1631b 1636 qmw,shoo.................................. PaTe ISSIb 16S 02007 Seaer El —I pb� NIedNyd 18-33 An agMs Raeen� 111 6dw% YIaGr age 57 of 89 ®[IMES= Starters Accessories TeSysI" GV2 Manual Starters and Protectors N..kcnnnaeawldc<on Refer to Catalog 2602CT0001 FOR CNRRENr INFDRNRTION GV2GH7 LAD31 LAD311 GV2AF3/DV2AF< Table 18.135: GV2 Mounting Accessortes crlpNx� ApPOcauan SWdartl Pack Numbe Lorn�un nuxilYe Pxe Fm GVi VIA+GV 3 w6LnCIDDOa f. LCID25 cwY , 1 OM111F01 Atq > N For ecrav—." aI GV2, 10 GV2AFo2 CaraYWbn lVoa bNe�mnird kr GV2 }PoY LC1Kx1PiKmMaMRr hNrtaarotl GV2 uq LC1O0Y0w 0.13 Y—,A GV2 and LCI DOB 0au D32 mu.Aktl on LA031 10 w 10 GVNFOI G1GAF3 GV2AF4 75 mm nunonORR — of GV NW GWP onbus- 10 GVIFOO Houma. P.- FxmauMYg G—E a GWP aM oaYrb LCIOOB an C32 10 IAD31 10 IAD311 Table 18.136: OV2 Cabling Accessories —Bus Bars GKrpu- Applkauon PIW Slarv4rtl PacYa —.aNpmbar Px IF-V 2GV2 wnM w 12 1 1 MGEa oV2G212 Fnfasekq 3 GV2 aYNea M w 1 1 kMG3af MG2541 }Ptls, 83A 8waar N o 0401 Fx1-0a GV2wMn w T2 1 1 GV2G031 "O"I 2 r«ee sGvzwnx. w 1 Gvzcssa Cabling Accessories Table 18.137: OV2 Other DRecrlptbn App-1W, —1, -1 CaWba Number Iwd win. wa lw ban 1 w1GOB lxrlxal lYotln Baran N,aR, edwM bw ban; un 0e M.Ma GV1L] NnYx 1 GV2G06 Pnleaive erW covx IDcovx unuaxl bin her oMWe 6 GV1G/0 ly_ob RexWb wruroaa For normecYn aGV2bxkC1DOB INu D25 rcnYaa 10 GV1G02 co.eNN aa, er vrWI) 1 OVlAI(I Drum Ino naupla For GV2P wMn used in Ul 305 E 1 to 1 =GH1 • Camwl be uwtl w11M1 frommouwd auxNWry wmaa Mock. Table 18.138: GV2 Other Accessories DR —peon Alto—bn SMndartl PUYa CaMI^BNumbe r Yolalbn bock-OV2P Fmd nwxtl. }Dale v6bb YOWbn on ncwrirx aae WOY2P 1 G CunaN YnAar-GV2M C. bgepeealMemglupxdN WwnemNad to GV2M 1 IL3 WGVIL3 TNouBM1—opxelor-GV2P Igantl Fa apwabq OVlP lhwpM1 aricMue tlow(rea M1ntlb. yabx pYle For NEMA 1 uee. 1 W3ApOt Table 18.139: OV2 Enclosures —.Pa Maxllnp RatYp mlalop Number EMaaxeeb GV1M 9Mam mouN NEMA I, IP/1 F. O mm, NN1MC03 MM1 avNMul apseaaW FIM nuuN NEMA I, I141 P% P!lMP01 GV P02 (muYlxm tl t a¢saoly � � FYM rtanl rotlumtl walM1 mu. d 1 onto NEMA 1.IP41 P55 OVIMPGI 0V2MPw Errlwurea aroiwl UL a CSA IWetl. Table 18.140: OV2 Enclosures Accessories 0eacnPOm lyq ealwrtl PaQa CMakp Nuniar Paak,ao�ebd' d—br GV2M(4en wxxw.aMawr Mln ca 1 wewf s an 1 ovzYroll roMae In VIdYy lunroReWe 1 GVIKO21 MuMmom Mae MappuNburon (b mm,rw)a 1 GV2KW1 VI /PatlkMnbY Tum i Seale kp 5rencbanx OVIMC01 rtl GV2MPoi .1-d 10 ME01 (ME01 11oV to GVI6N13 110V 110V R. Rae Oraryp to 10 (N23Nw W 11,1 5 110V NNYa 10 GV2SN11 PYq LaM1I(Mm) IIGZNO V 220G�IOV 320.2a0 V Red R. Qanpe 10 to 1. to W2SN23 GV25N24 GV NhXe 10 GV2Sw 5N21 --V 380/a00V 3 V Croon Roe to 10 GVISN33 CMSNw 3BOI440NYO V 3eaYav dare. wnaa /0 to GV25N35 GvzsN31 aaxa meal apeay manlpWa d Raamm.a IWae. a SuppliW wllM1 IP55 aeallnp kN. o�2Q 1 SCRM1n. Ver,ENarlc It 1 a° ea y a wee 1837 gnle age 58 of 89 Starters Accessories TeSyST" GV2 and GV3 Manual Starters and Protectors Refer to Catalog 2502CT0001 nNee.NmNe.m MR CURRENT WMRWTIGN o Table 18.125: Voltae Trios QI omm mhuR, W Co— un e.... w2r0Va d.... DE,o bn Cne,ctelak, w N c—CeNumb.r• 2,v NNa wnv25 50 X5: wA•ozs uv NH. WA- 100-110V S0/9014 --,a,1 11.115V NIh wA•115 NN. OVA•115 120 Wv NN. OVA•12s 127V N14 —15 Untlmn 2WV ww OVA•201 O OVJ Imin�nal �ax,M. 300 my GO HE-201 1 GwY, rlEMam mN) gy2pV Nltr wA•225 No wA 22a ,V 50 Ha N wA•]as X4 WA•JN AlV SO loe wA•415 415v d15V NIt wAVla 440 V N He wA•395 /80v NNx —15 5NV NN1 a}OV a0 f4 wA•505 Y' • To order en U.— r.Ul 111p replace Iee eu1N (•) •.dn • U. el.mpb R OVAN2a Table 18.126: Auxiliary Contact Blocks GVAEII rvqunull GVANII Y' • To order en U.— r.Ul 111p replace Iee eu1N (•) •.dn • U. el.mpb R OVAN2a Table 18.126: Auxiliary Contact Blocks GVAEII rvqunull GVANII N Cnob W N C m N.O. cnnlenl opm.lbn, d.pntlllq m wnbn wry Ine r.wMbN eb.X h mounted. Tn. wqo h.Xee1. moumM n...l ro In. mm.. Fw.pnq NrmlreN,rN > In IM mrabp name« E.rryrh: wAEtti one lrp ar .IRn.nnd n.n ea Rl.e per ova. a anml e. ne.a wlln ov2oN11nmhhr. Table 18.127: Voltage Trips -Technical Data (DV2AU, DV2AS) Rmd wR.a«es v.. aodN bm1.n "'Na MM p"a", "N"'otVdep. Ope,Una11Ra0 wq 12w15W 35VAII.IW Osb1.+ e3E. 1010 15 ma OVAs Ia VAIIOSW SVAII.sW 0.ibi.1 02100.75 tON 15 ma 0 From IM baa of roX•Re a In. Irp lemb,h to Re ap.nine of Ina e.ner mnleNa. Table 1R t2R- nV3P AC....nrie. MEND a.anpwn ror av3r c.rwe xume.r _ 11S A ewee. �e d1a.J :N w30b1 er'Lege SpmYa' CI � w3P^ w?ON P i0IRW w3P^ UDBa510 patlbdrep tlwb. ForwwXn up b. pdbdn (m, evAedl 6amm.INN rtwlmum w�jpP^ Ov2V03 18-34 crto 111 "'.,I", -- otool1—.r ee,.ob al Rhms R..erretl age 59 of 89 Contactors & Overload Relays id LC1D115 LRDzz TeSysT" D-Line Non -reversing i f) Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 Table llIA: 3- or 6-Pole Screw Terminal Connection. o0 �� eaaaaa aeaaaa�©moos= o �� eaaaaa ©omm0000©000�� oomm000 © oo�� aeeaaa�o0�a mom000�©000�� aaaaaa oo �� aaaaaa�©�00�� .•• © �� aoom�m aaaaaa o oo�� • qi LLIDOp-LC1m2oM LC1DTSO IM1rvupb LCloT4o, Ipr Mplerrgg erobna atld 6'10 Ne w,abp number prbr to vCdhp Ne vopepa coEs p LctmO(i]become. Lc1DOp507). No Prlw edtler for Nh mod9belion. t Q. LD1Do0-Lc1m2. la epNglrmmaNverabno mtl'3'lo lM1a wlabp number prbrbaddinp l.e vobape cede (ea.. LC1o09G]bewmec LLtpOp3oll. No pbe older for lM1h motli0sllon. Table 18.2: D-Line Overload Relays — Ambient ComDensated. Bi-Metallic Direct Mount CunaM Satlmp For gracr M1M1��y9Mln9 LlaaaCaMw SNpie Pluae w.M1pu1 Sh,ple PM1aee Sv,tw p v.p. ._lar se LIau 29 vdNoul &rpNPluoe Rarpa Ampana bLGtli[ ameaNty 6anmbvby .naYlv.y BenaWvsy 0.10-0.1a 0001 mR o.tb-025 m— m3o" — — 026-0.40 1AD03 LR3Do3 — — o.—I 0.63-1 000-m2 L— RD05 mLA]Ws 1-lA IAgM LR300. — — tbz3 LR00] 1R3D0] — — 2S LADS! 1A300B motare euelfoe.l 4-0 LaD10 La.10 mD1510 U00151ml 55-a DW032 LAD12 LAM 2 mD1512 mw 512.1 7-10 00p L32 moil LR3014 LADts14 LR2D16 1 — 012— LAD14 mm's m Is'. —161..1 tz-I. D i—o moon LR3D021 LAD1321 m3D1521A1 13-z4 1]-25 m5 2 D25-m2 LAD22 LR3m2 — LR3D1522A1 2 2 m5-m2 LAm2 1A3032 — — 2}2g _2 — — mo153o IA3D1-1 2s-02 90-0e ms-03z m2 — me. — LR_ LAo1s3z LR3D1532A1 17-25 D4o-Da0 ml LR3o3322 LA2o3s22 Ut =2 t3-32 D40-0B0 wg1353 m3D3— M2ms53 LR3D3533 30.J0 D40-0a0 LRD3356 m3D3356 LA3m666 LR3ms66 ]]SO a— 060-OSO Os0-090 LRD336] mD33be LR3 0.1 LAID_ L 2.— Lmm5st lR3lFNs> LR3D35se 56-]o Dial mcoaal 1R3D31s1 LA2m561 LA0D2s81 O-SO Dp5-O80 Ut — LR3D33s3 LA2m551 m-iss3 80.1M o80 1RD33p5 s0-lo4 D11-11 LA04365 all ".1.10 ele-D 50— D1so lADl3sp Table 18.3: D-Line Overload Relays — Solid State cunoM Nl.np Aanq Amperae �� mb'`Baereal. Cbee fO cYnm 80.10D D115-0150 LR9Dfi38] LRk1D55.] 80.150 m/5-0150 LRpo55.9 LRBO5569 DLe.eroDLacmrr4 coYa....... ......... pops. IB-16b1"a 111�pb164 18-2 1z a. 60 of 69 o 2007 smn.bar sb�..r tl.e . RgMa Rese.vad age Contactor TeSys— D-Line & F-Line Auxiliary Contacts, Time Delay, Mechanical Latch Accessories Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 Mxenn.N.r.kco-kmrt 1. CUINNIn MF.—ION � Pi Q •4 Front Mounl.d A..ebry Block. (shown on D-Una contactor) Table18.16: Standard, instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks .n.Pdn bb.nary wmbera c.nlcb Contpo•Non asT N.D. cat"..rMr.r• lb rwMa LMDIO-OIO.LGOr20.DT•O a%. LCa00aDt11o. To rlphl.b.a LC.F 4- 2 2 LADIn2. 1 3 LADN13 s . 0 LADNgs 0 • IAIXOI• 3 1 IADN31 a 2• 2. LADC22 s• 2 1 1 UONtt 2 o worao s O 2 LAONO2x m rwtx a e➢sD.0. L0,IW51,D1 LG@SIO D180 A,- L-F 1 1 o L 10 0 1 UON01 m .be a LGDOa to Dl.O wtN Ora br ueaw Fllrwl • For bw wnwmgbn w1Y, wN 2 we..nl.rermtea MrowM.el LAD.Nit• 2 bb:k 0 ermrad. lADedO♦ No eMa-mnrnted wM.q bbcYe .ew..a Fw aprlrlp lermbvl vmelnnn n1lM1aee 1 N.Obl,.beY .. tale v "]' b Ih• and q IM1. celebp number. For e.empb, LADN323. IwlrMirg .. N C m Ye balm. re--pp,wmema. • ThNbkM wood be edtlea to lbe LClOO.b D32 cenlwlon;a rr..Ynumgl boob an bvrwwteawNe LC1M1 sWyO Ie D.O cwbgme Dory. e MCM1 Lo1D •O 1. D.O wMIa<ton, AC cdla-V C.nMnol�bD+32s.,l.ao o-LMe bo�rl.-.,e1,--x.1.�h.we of Table 18.16: Instantaneous blocks with dust -tight auxiliary contacts (IP54) NEMA 12 Aluwldrq M.MeM a0. C.rYce. N.C. Ou" M.U. cga.cN N.C. Ca.bp NumMr >bhaM a LP.pYO-DeO.LGDRO-0Tp (.%, LCSDOp to o.o tan niu..1 4GF 2 L 2 2 L"AIW.DZ•p 1 1 2 1 10231 — 2 — Al". n Derlw.wa.-Ih. prmrnd lnmrin•I I I. Table18.17: Pneumatic time delay contact blocks k D TI'a nm. xiF r o s KO. N.C. O.Ix3.e 1AOW m hw-o IwwoT*I 1 1 rn.nmep.nw b]o• u T2 10 to mleo• LADrx LGOT3a.OT.o .%. (w 3,1,r1 lro3o.• tAos2 Lc.Doobol;o b 3 ANO Tra 1OA o1 m3oe IADN2 iM. c 1 t 10 b I.0 • IAOR4 h BwbnreekevP... bMvseno I.Mo9.eowrd.wIM abl Im nrore ewurale•glbp..1 IM1e l.—a .. m. Fa prbe larmin.. venom M IMe. —1.. eda .']- b 11. entl of IM.1.4 rrumbar. F mpb, LADT023. NAIh.wIlMdrq Ilene M 40 me r 15 my Mlwevn the w—a.111. N C. con- to the cbeln0 M the N.O. wnNq. Table 18.18: Mechanical latch blocks with manual or electrical unlatch (D-Line only) CNbp 1lwxugIp— F 111 po APPlk.tlon —PO qI coos b tlN col 21pe LCMPaDO.b Doh Fq a4.nl opervlYn aM ewrb UuCKI— rv.lkm LC10.o 1e D 1. LP 10.0 Fw vaenl mlYnpM erwrM 060cov. Dee•wl bcbdn Memel wll cberinp wmeq ry e CamNMs w4ba numbs by.aagp oa .Doses was. Fa—pl.. LA.DKIOF. Table 18.1a: Coil Voltage Codes for LABDK mechanical latch blocks 31Nn 1x a an. 4ax. em2 ne 11M 2ao1 220I 3.a 44s1 mcl 1n 2a 21a 4u 4.0 as AO.DC I J I B I C E EN I K I F L i M 0 R 8 ou. owYaK................ ..................-1a3, ta. Olels mwMd nMw uessserN• ............ ............ M0. 1at4 DLM nPI ..�...... ....................... P.a.e 161.b 1a18 OYnetalaa.................................. Wa••16-10b1aM 1R-6 112 pyw,ra o200J 3cn�eYlarEM:lrk 61 of 89 alNbnN Ne.enea ❑� Push Buttons —Class 9001 Type K-30 mm www.SquareD.com Selector Switches fm Ine mall uRladele lMwmatlon Non -Illuminated 3 Position Selector Switch Operators—UL Types 4, 13INEMA 4,13 For use in hazardous location —See page 17-79. Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted CONTRCT BLOCK REOegED -—,Gosh linter O--Cgicl Open Gnle1 C.nM Char pr1W canal Gn1m CNHm C•nW cmda Bbck ca.mly mtl "°"" R+A <40 \�J� �� xIx vfx <ff \}/ Pwltlon type Mid. lMR RIg. lMl RIOM IaKI Rw laM1 ft. I.R Rqm L.R Rlam I.NI Rlpm lM Rlpm IllRIMb1 WI.i KR3 loo +oo I ao +00 0 1 0 ++o o I I O o i o I o o I o 0 o I 0 I I 0 I I I o 0 3a.] Q.nM NN A. n KN ft 0 o I luoa111p Kill IQJ ' •n Kai n 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 I O O 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 a 8 1 8 1 1 Opentm Ndcil �+ v y 0 0 1 1 0 o a t O t o 0 1 o D o t t o o 8 1 0 s l o Top In— n • n o o n IfMA12 t o o Gmis«IMpa 1)4N) B C D E F O J L M NaNll ne•e Opmebr i Type Type Type Typo Tnw Type Type rY Type al Rmurn M operelor onry NIIM1W Kwb K342 K34] KSH K545 K548 K54] KS4p KS401 KS102 e Bbrtlnb4 grvm Cabl Nnob(S«Kron Taal). K342B NS42. KS— Ks— KS44B KSH. KS4S8 K545. K546e K346. K54]5 KS4)• N5496 for— KS /O1B K5401. KS-5wMM1 N34o2• Kw Opumed Nh Et ONae IC-ii 411, uh10)•t R labWI 1(542K• 1.—. K344K• • 4MK• iciM KS . K3401K• K3402K. VrfiM1 SlentleW BYe1 Kmb (Fer pnm Cobh. Replete B Typpee NunOm.M Cda Cade IromlabbJ Narv1NA1 KS428HI3 343BH13 K5448H1] KS-3 KSOBBHI3 KS4]BH13 N54pBH13 K540 K54@BH13 rary lNAl on olden Ml11 NaM1 I KA1 on.b•n ondl NA1 on WeR p427 K5428H1 K542&Q Kri— N34]BH2 K544BH1 N544BIO Ka —HI N5498H2 KS-1 —i-V N546BH1 K54)BH1 N54]BN2 KS45BH1 K949B112 Wo K510rate K5401BM2 K5402BH1 KS402BH2 00 SpR.brn Dom Loll b Canlw Opembr Only wMM1.M Knon r•MM1 SbmlaW Bbd W1ob N882 KS82B K38] K3838 KS84 K3M48 KSai KS�B KSMM KSBBa K38] KM. KSMI K389B KMI (MIS K5802 K58e2B r•MM1 q,. Cam KE1OKi •Knon5,6wQ Kw Op•�a1ml wen EtO Kw (Code S.Bm Bmw)•• KS82. NS82K• Kii— NSMa(• K%4. KSMN(4 KS65. KSBSN• KSMIK K5M8N• KM. KSB]K• K5M8. KSBMK• KSMot• KSMo1N• KS802a N58(i2K4 Sp R.1—F 1RIpM 10 Gnlm W11wM Kano6 KSY! KST] KS)4 los KS)8 KST) NS)a KS)01 NS]@ NMM1 Slendme Bbnl qwb -h qua Cam Nnon (5«Kmb Tanle)e pem Kw Ol. rElO Nq (Code4,8a)OnN)•e KS]28 Is— KS)2K• NS]JB NS)3. KS)JK• NS)49 KS]4. K574K• KS)5B K1151 KS)5N• K$I.. "Is- KS76K• KST]B KS)). "MI MISS KS700 KS)SK• (57015 KS)01• (S)01K4 KS)03B KS)02. KS)02K• Spree Rebm -h Side. b C9 �IMIM1.JGWNmb K582 KS" K554 KS53 1(55M .5] KS53 K5501 K3603 woo __W Bbp Knoll wMh Or- Cobr Nmb 1S«Knoll I..). N352B KSB2• ioui. NS6]. K554B KSKSSbe KS55B KSHS Ks5M. MIS Mrs MIS "56. KS IS 15501. KS5o2B KS8o2• K.)O__—EIO Ney(CadeS 7. K552K5 N333K5 N 5 KSSSKS NSYN5 KSS)NS KSSSKS NS 1" KSSO2K5 . PGAi cAoean I om pep.1]-00 b Naall of Ne opnela 1y nwlEa end edfIll mtlel the dlo. hum knob tam lent �iunl. of Ne'H'nuntel bill apnala m•I. cobr w a1 EXAbPLE: N543315. 1mm a gr«a a—nena xnan. Ksuw 4 Peelrve xVrvemrelcotlelwn kw wbdi•xa mda l.th nmw/. kw ExewL:KauK•.en anlndr.w4lmme.gm pamnan min•K343KM pw e kwf an: kwpMwrlp.. r.�iril.hle.�rou11W.1aa5e°I. conDlea ywr l,E..I�nD.1 Synuwe DlScmwder Ebdh eal�ee�tlfn. • Key Withdrawal Codes cod. rbeylon Selector Switch Knobs 4 norvr 5 C•r4•r r 8 RbIK On E ] L. all—. 8 --Rwl 9bndeW OWW44aM Coln p CaMmend RV. K.. Ko,ib opm.Rd 10 Lall. Cenbr mid R4N Gob KZ. Tye. Krbb IYpa Nmb Type Earle Cade Code elatk B air Red R as FB .6 FR R24 ra BIs TR Re fNeea o oe new, r rs Io" Fr, rx4 To ate n Y4 or L I.s' I L24 n iie wnk. w wM Mlbm . cS Cbm C m Fw FA )124 FC24 ... TC CIB TcC For addifional information, reference Catalog #9001 CT0001. CP1 Discount Schedule 17-61 Page 62 of 89 ]� 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Selector Switches N•.RR^RwNea1J Class 90011 Refer to Catalog SOOICT0001 FOR CURRENT INFORMATION Table 19.164: Non -Illuminated 2 Position Selector Switch Operators—LIL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4,13 For use in hazardous locations —See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted. corK,a a — Rpwrea t—conl.cl cNs.a e--CMM open conl,u —IN PoYI".0 CuerKKy Rod Type elpf Ian FURIN. L. 1 Kht .1 nvn R 1 0 0 i NAt ao T 1 D �V�2 D•LDOF QeDIn :' o e w J— YT a 1 1 0 Top Vlew 6rnt•sepepelaM) a D NOR+IYRRY1EtgADpgr— IYEE "I wbnm,l NnnR Karl K312 wYn 9lantlerd BMJ NMr K411a "In vwn phw CabrNmblsae Tvae tptee)e O ,elect wM EtR COJa1 2 Katt• MINY K312e KSI2K+ Ywn Camacl abe(.) we'.. Nab WE 11U1on SYb Y2 KSII0rn3 — =IUIm3Y4Y1 Ks — 1 NAt w SYN Yt M 1 KA1 aR stle a Na"t I" OnN a w N, ENK M MhSl h.c ,K Ka0 w11M1 gM1m Cdor Krob Ise operebr OnN a NKnM ltnon — K82+ wen SlarlJEE C abd Kan -RRa wNF qne, C,br Kron (ern hbY la.lee) • -� N831e Om papa Ie�eu Ie me Rne of Im gnrvra type numeer vne vaa me awrr a Iron n rn epenlw eoe AJJ the cdnr wbe nn cM1nw,n 1,nm Xnnn color IaM1la nl RSM1I. lRampe: Kst 1 • wllh a Amen pbveJAeM Xn,M • N911F0 OdJ we Xsy wllhtlrnwel rnrM rrnm hay wiM0, Sq l ,O D IahM belov oRy nP, UI F. h wYM1 Yay wVl St. In they) DRagbn erw • N911K2 R NI key opervnJJwbav cm,e ennJarJwish 1irl DYeya ,10 C.NNNs EOIno.a2p+1101100,flW per Yey) gnar Yc p v,awelMM1n For eJJgbnvl lnlermelbn. nler lR CabXN B001CTR001. Table 19.166: Key Withdrawal Code en On R1 qn Table 19.166: Selector Switch Knobs w" m.Iwle wee D1mr.ernneNron ooYl op.raa _ .wee eaeq typ. ewm cpa. TYw •wYee coop Typ• 9la« R Re Fir R2+ "i R1e aaa Yegew C • Ce YB FO FY @+ W Te TY o1e Y1a aerpe 8 F8 VSeha L IN FL U. TL L19 whle w Fw w24 — — PmM1er A fK At+ Clear C Ce FC C2+ TC CIE —N. pleeu REecry: • OuenlXy Cbes Number TYpe ar Celebp Numner o 1.1 sDn,n . Enmrb ry1 w 19-59 N RIEM. RaeeneJ age 63 of 89 Push Buttons -Class 9001 Type K-30 mm MO Heavy Duty Operators www.SquareD.com Far aN most up-,". i ul- Illuminated Push Button Operators-UL Types 4, 13INEMA 4,13 For use in hazardous locations -see page 17-79, Legend plate and contact dock not Included unless otherwise noted. De.crlpllpn W11q� allE Fr"-Y at,-c*-I Wit, A. Dalar N.0. tid 1 N.D. ObrK.c11KA11 WNNOran Cow cpanalN.o. .rtl i N.C. D.pbcl1Kw/1 WKn oln«cd« O.p wlnwW Dodxta- �,1 9001K1L1 Fu1Gub Nulni,- PUN aullpn Cbv Pbab Tap 110.12oV,ao-sow TIarW«m« K1LIW13 K1LIWI3 K1L1• 220.2a0V,60.9OHz T.-KILIM13 KiL7W13 K1L). 2a-2a Wilde FUII VOWye N1L361ar13 K1L3s- KlL ' ' F«aaW vrlapea µTN'• banebrnur oeFbenulN N1L.RX13 K1L-01113 KII.e FalVdew KIL.-13 KIL.W13 KIL.. RWK««Newe KIL.RH13 .-WU K1L.1 LED. K1L-13 KIL.01413 K1L.1 e@tK3L1 FUY a- YVr PUN adbn M Tup I- To V,a so Nz Tral.brmr MI1.IM13 M,W13 MI. 22o-2�D V. a0-W Hz Ti. w M7GH13 MT. 11. Wadc FullWhips 11 K313a0H13 Iai IWud- - µ TI+•K 9anWlrr«Fkuu Y' 3 -11-3 M.. FUY • 3 M W13 MaT RaeNaa«Nem• M.W. M.. LED. 3 R"L.�13 MOW13 IML.• - 9001"L1 Iaundladd Poen Butlon 110.120V1i0-eOlh Trar.bmel MIGH13 Mi. 310.2NOVa0.a0llz T.11dmrr QL]W13 MI, ta-28VWdc MI VA. 13 M353H13 IQL36. p«pl Tip ^•• TIaaN«nur«F-rg 3 IQL.W13 Mtl.• F.11Vcae9e IQL.W113 M.W13 Ms. Reeblor or Neon M.RH13 N2L.W13 IQL.Y LED f -.M13 M.W13 �'' N001K21Ji20 Ip, IIMLc IWmbabd MuNlo«n 1/0-1ZO V.aa.90 Nx TwrWoremr MI13 K2LIDIDHI] -2QV,ao-ae, T+IIrt«mx K3L)R20H13 IL]@9H13 2a Vfddo FUNvmw IQ135R20H13 N21L36D2W13 µT o.11dalmar«FIMYp IQL. R20N13 N2L.G20H13 FUI1 Voa.w K3L.R20H13 QL.e20H13 Raebla «Haan• M aR201113 K2L.020H13 LED f KZ..M1*l13 M.02131413 op a@1N2 R21 MUmNlooWm MIQLI)@@111,1 CadAanr ' K2Ln . Mr««nrlFrelra K2L)IMr0I1HH1133 H113 �V=2NVoaeq K361121H13 K202IH313 µ Td. p aaniTTFwnnulqrImrmWYibp R1X3 Q.@H3 F0-.6 -MIH13 M.0211113 ReW««Neon• K2L.R21H13 Ktl.@1N13 IFDf N21.R21X13 V.I. Color Caps Cobr caw cm.. YNIL Y/kNcn •2V.I- M.KaL abloom YMWaar11 Red R R20 1`121 6wn 0ba Ye3ow 0 L Y we .0 Yal @I L21 Y21 wnYe Gear w c -0 C20 W21 .1 Amcor A ,20 .1 LyM1lMwlulan................................... ca.naa awwa _.................................. P.w naa n coneal em Au«nly �...... _................. paw n-eo La9entl plNw ........................................ paw 1)21 Aaean�eaa ......................... _.... _....... peas naa For additional information, reference Catalog #9001 CT0001. Discount O20D19R -E-lu 17-56 CiPt Schedule YYdeR d1AN Page 64 of 89 Push Buttons —Class 9001 Type K- 30 mm Heavy Duty Operators www.5quareD.com 1 1he most up-lo-Wle irimma w Nonalluminated Momentary Push Button Operators—UL Types 4, 131NEMA 4,13 For use in hazardous locations —See page 17-79, Contact docks and legend plate not Included unless otherMse noted. Deurlglon Cdw 1 NO..=1 H.C. corned (RAt) 1 i10 CnrM�icl INAz1 �N.CecwNcla 1RA31 �wxMaNe�� corecn. 9001KRIB 1.0—e 0Yrt pa1aH13 pt1" On" .16 Red pHRH13 Mna13 .1RHe MIR peen pHeHt] pr1WS pr1p18 IIRIe 1.11NaW ♦ .,w,3 pa,— m1uM3 Iran, (3hp• pr1a 3 KRIPH8 "I_ bale 9001-3a eb time pt3RH13 Irt3a15 pUeHa MRS RW Red prMH13 3RM IOt5 Irl 3yai8 r3mR peen m-13 mr*l5 muRie Kam lln'Nenel a Ir "13 m31A6 p13 mu M3aH13 pile HB NR3e H8 pt3a 1 aR39 6lantlse euwe sect Ira w* mittla Ira me RM MW13 I a"Ia KRz_. mR peen p -Is pa — _QO pate 1.19IMW • 1N3u1113 pa— p13Ule m, Clhera pale Hl3 m-,iS pt3ete pt3a ...Pt un I — 11 N O.rM! 1 N C. I 11 k0. Cornett 11 N.0 Cmbd I I 1P% U, 0: 9001M5B i Sn wlb EYaxbmbrcude. - e N11 •NIU,e,3L3a Cr9Or c PNa IN COW M ryM NumWr iaece IN C9re In lype NOmax a- L L b3w NiM Y IN Y 5 penile grey s E LgI,I Motluba................................. DeW t].1i Cmlaq dude ... .............. ............... H Conmcl abcx Aeaemhry................... papa 1y.>A Le0ernl Pplee. ........................... A!I'g95wI .............................. PP 1 121 peps t741 ReplewmeH Pena. ....... ......... ......... papa tlia For additional Information, reference Catalog 119001CT0001. Dscount O30W edemNer Ebeh 17-56 CP1 Schedule aRydeR N1Ne Page 65 of 69 Push Button and Operator Interface - Type KX 30 mm Contact Blocks - Type K, SK, KX, and T The Class 9001 Type KA contact blocks have been Improved. The most noticeable change Is that the terminals are Fingersafe® contact blocks (meeting VIDE 0106 Part 100). They also have one screw mounting and captive backed out plus/minus terminal screws. These contact blocks still use the same reliable double break direct acting contacts used since 1965. Because of the wip- ing action of these contacts, they are suitable for use with programmable controllers. All contact blocks lisled)below will accept up to 2 012424 solid or stranded wires. Types KA1, KA3, KA31, and KA33 INC contacts are direct opening. C� Standard Contact Blocks Contact Blocks Listed Below Are Not FINGERSAFE® h•vlphen 8ymba type e Wyt (aarcas4 IOIaeeCw4 a - p NA2 w2 load c.Ixd n� e Gig Ka+ N: Caeaa Eery aoN.g la.acan nee N4. C NAS lwegrNrq IMdCoven i No Canal Kki Eddy aodnp Islam cowl Contact Blocks, But Provide: • Terminals that accept ring long-Aolk tongue connecoh; • Shad single circuit contact blocks (0Z5' deep s 097' deep on the FINGERSAFE Contact Blacks) • Same as old style Series G product available prior to 3A79 IP • Use to= Y238 (add to catalog x as suffix) sy-al Typ• "Im! This o e o NAta 2Y9 KA+c N.a Comm EMy aotlng �0 p e o KA2O NASD N.C. Ca..e Iota 04aIYIq —A— N . Conies EMy aodlre Contact Blocks LIShad Below Are Not FINGERSAFE® Contact Blacks, But Have "Oulck Connect" Terminals. symbol Type y 01. — o • ^ KAIs Maximum Current Ratings For Control Circuit Contacts -Types KAt-KAS, KA21-25, KA31-35, KA1 G-KASG OC AddillOnel Clreuh Arrangements AyallWle VM• In41r.xw •M FYWIM MFiu IUL Typ•FTa01 NSO Camadd 16" gio Oder Or �y1 II.II. ma IUt] &.ax KAFving dmYnu.u. KM.. boon NO —ex KAl W KM KA1 TYpaNMed a1e nT°"Ised 125 11 KAa IUa a°m• t0 Nodcw.lm°y g�-g n Orvler On B00 eas 02 sit 0.4 _ "I 0.2 t0 d KKos opanm.oxbalsa fYY KA. KAs —coxed For push bullme .1 Iwo povlllm •elector-11chea (Type• K .r aK311. N a SKS12. —K., SK52B.K.raKSa+.K.ISKI1J,KasK12J,KaSK25JeWK0ISK3 WyFaa•auaro- ep olowdappng oonlaaamah•, gfelelae—caneuh I — so— O Sel«deco. alb YlduatlY•pEllA let Typ•A600) 06%P•wa Feaa aylepy. yp.A Pow Rea WY• Said, Cenxalau.CaIXIIYaw cams.. nd. "it —W C—di. A— VA Amps. VA Am�pa.i Ampn• eyaba vnu el.du wM sa.w (rotFNp,un) VA. slim— ewe Win Tarml,u4 120 .0 adT20o W T200 60 SO Y10 M to 10 10 10 Typ mmaty Tw. +a0 eW Is 12 T200 i200 13 1.2 TN T20 fa to 10 10 o _ o IkAYt 25+tp'. KA01 ,eel{ Q NA22 25i1p# KAat 11� fle Ea225p e n �p2 gA.Opy. ��, y V CCN NKCR QYi KM+ sa Ups KA3+ SP Q u W11u. N0,101 osxl . _ . Cc -n. KA25 25 Lp# U95 ` C u r wN�g a ...'. m aria quantity n es. Dictum-- ..Page 176 172 ® 1999-2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Page 66 of 89 04/2005 Alternating Relays CA2SKE 21-14 www.SquareD.com For the moat upio-dalr Intormallon These alternating relays are used to alternate the use of 2 mdor circuits. When the coil is energized the first time, one Contact closes and will open when the coil is de -energized. When the coil is energized again, the other contact will close and will open when the coil Is de -energized The contacts from these alternators are to be used In the control circuit of the staners that are controlling pump or compressor motors. 1twM2r-rr.I TYr+ xa_90IB0 CA25KE2061 b_se's0 CA291(E2fIE1 1201 =SMF20c1 220-50e0 MSKE20M1 NO-5— MO-50y0 1 CMWE. 1 Application Data wA.2a Range .1a.mx ermbe wnye ttll BurEm �� bN°� a.e VA 9eabE pgmtlnp T�nMN+RegF 1a C b.50'C t+'F b 122 •F1 Ararpa DMmKM 11mr �� eB-10 me Approwls: M E18a]s] uI MN W R M QAM ]211 W C E Contact Retinas AC � b0lwsro as%PF RMYvo Ts%R Wb _ RnrinY 114 �� Inipv+F LanNwana Mrimsns A--wo A VA A VA 1]0 Y 1200 e3 110 10 10 N 3 241) As00 b 7200 33 I20 f0 t0 So 2 as0 16 1300 13 120 1a t0 1" 3 s00 12 1100 12 no 1 t0 t0 We 2 Dimensions 1 n 1+1 IOa.61 y� o 00 22e 1.a] Ispl 0 O0 +lej_ y_ —� 4 t n 2.88 µ51 last Wal Dimsnsian+r bMaa YMmaMra NOW to Order: To Order Specify: Catalog Number Tay. Taw u2sKexocl For additional inks mation, reference Catalog e8501CT9701. 112 Discount Schedule Page 67 of 89 O200] ednabV EIMb MI Ia00a Retarre0 9EA3 Multi 911 Miniature Circuit UL 489 C60N Miniature Circuit Breakers Breakers Clese 860 uexknle.raaalaead Multi 9 C60N UL 489 Listed 240 V Miniature • 10 k AIR (IP 0 120 Vac 2P and 3P 0 240uV') wroxtu)1ox Circuit Breakers 80 Vdc for 1 P and 125 Vdc for 2P (on C-curve ckcuil breakers q � any, a- Iable beaw) - • UL 489 Elated and CSA 222 No.5.1 for branch • Increased Inalell0tlon aBxbllly wah 6lantlartl bow lugs or r li circuit protection apflonal dng terminals f r • Ekminsles concern, am uncertainty of using a UL I On • Allows easy Iront-mounling and rear wiring when using ring ■ �I, device where a UL 489 device 1s required Ierminela iln T�9 y • Replaces loses In low ampare range: 17 ratings up to 35 A • q was range of ebetrlcel and meMeri cal accessories '�..:'.m, e1'q� • Suitable for —rini , feeding Tap e aW • Trip-heemechanism dlypcM Made 11 T vipue dtlr0(]-14 br Positive Indication of contact disconnect It or7d1}i1n .1 I ,�N —wt9 1 p co :.,. Table 727: UL 489 Circuit Breakers (1201240 V) 2P COON 1 Bolt Lug MON I ^. A. 4� Ring Tongue C60N Box/Ring C80N o Curves)-10 Tlme•gmller•adh12 (1-14 al octavo -tau Tme•Amen Rail"eeWp (A)1P• ZPa W /P 8 >P fla.— Cat.Nu lit.Nw Cal. IIa d Na —No. eo• I.ue— LW Ole B010o 0pt31 - 9011] OM51 - 1 at so19a .1. wilt e0152 .1. 13 wit" a019t ad,. .11a a0no son ea 2 3 .109 a0101 Bo1. Bo138 a01)0 e01)I .1. a0121 Bmm B0IN so188 Bo1B) 4 ad de .1. Win e0t22 e0159 was 5 GO .140 airs seeps .15) as189 a m10) .141 BO1u 83124 a0159 .1. 7 tn106 90142 (0175 80125 else .11, a WIN 90143 W176 �121 .1. Bn192 10 sotto B01u sirs 112] aotel a01a3 t9 9ottt 90f45 BOt>B dot 28 901R B0i81 15 a0112 d014d .1. Bain e0183 90185 20 W113 90f4) .1. 80130 .181 .190 25 B0111 aOUB eot81 —1 a01as Bm8) 30 801t5 d0149 BOtB2 sof 92 :.m ep1Be 35 BO118 BO150 BOtB9 so"..90te! am88 0.5 sand BRu - tot,) e0251 - 61201 BR05 •Opts BR1B eRR BRa4 1'e 802a, BR98 aRBB 9ptIB e02Sa BRB5 2 9 BROd id aes —37 a02 39 602'ro BR]i 00"20 aR21 _51 Bo255 BRBB 6028) s aR05 BR3B 1 dPBB 5 a BR08 aide) do., BR41 m 8R]9 GOIN —3 BR23 m E. ma,' ORS) auns BR89 ) BROa aR42 M73 OR25 00M) BR90 BR81 a 8o20B .1. eR]a BRao -- 2 10 BR10 m" ties]] —2> met 902a3 19 BR11 8o Ns SerraBR2B aRR eRB4 is BRt2 BR4B BR70 BR2B met ORBS 20 m13 —7 ads. ra43o m. 8R88 25 802u eR48 me, BR31 t IN. ORB) 90 BR15 s aRR BO2R aReB 96 sides etp2.5a aides sides eoze> eRBa 05 Bd3n0 80334 =7 =51 dean, —a BRBB BRIO eR152 0]9B4 1'5 2 staid eo9o3 06e1B ORBB —1B seam •RBS 9 seats W39] loom B03)O —1 — —1 Bests aides, easier 90387 4 e09011 80330 teen BN22 90368 aR18a s a 00908 dam 80310 B03B1 ee9)9 903)4 8ef29 WOO,`a63BB No5B e¢3Bo ] 0030a B0312 aid>s BO:fY4 asset 80391 a aside 80343 t]B 9e9m 8982 10 tease B03u B03n 60321 ORB/ —3 to to311 B0315 aid>a "We — BRBB to =12 a3:118 eDRO ae92B mesa BLABS 20 — 3 903s) BR00 BR90 apse) ee1B8 aB0314 e0318 BO9B1 asset e®Bfi Beta) 30 e0915 60318 BRa2 60932 BOtBt aOIBB 35 mate 80350 60383 times e69B) ea a • 2P duel mad 2lo VN125 Vac ananissB th, .. Pea,73 gaaeeMw .. .... .. Pete )20 DlmslYoro ... .. Pet• )'Sa D.IIi.-uhg W .. ... Becum Ia 746 DE2 ShcedUe 1Al2o01I 021107Sohr b18— age 68 of 89 All agN. Reaelved t www.SquareD.com For In. must up -in dale Woman., I•• 4M"pW RWLG01 �I o �+ u lrty. RWLA32 Liquid Level Relays RM4L Llauld Level Control Rel— TIm.OYey BwdtlNry e4. N w h 0upul-or 4YBO Ne eMYw Nume. I 2e Vec RMelG01B 110-13() a W41601F Npnn fi_lwo0 097 225 220-2�O Vec IeAY GO1M SPOT 3111 Vec 2I-2e0vec & WAG010 RWln32MW 025-5.p 2W � rounr M - 2. 're, o1Os 5 -501N 25 25-500 ep OeT 228 f/ "T lip-130 VK 220-210Vec fAMI n32F PMen]2M ]BM1415vec 1dAeln32G IJquld Leval Control Hobe iypolmWlMan Medrmm OPtleily TemP.tlun GdYw Numbv %.P.leeeey eer. I 212'F(IM'Q UO1dA201 Power Supply Circwt Specifications Typed Retry RM.Led1 RWLpIi 3iMw � o to V.c 110-130V.c 22624111Vec 380-411i 2e-2411Ve0 241bc 11(1-130V I20-240Ven 3-.Is- 1M. to-IIOVQ pw.b. 3Yo t9w 28vA 1eVp ;.A 21VA 31 Vp 2,— 26. 31Vp c.nwmpew d Ill w. z..w e•I crc]V~wspnl V :cro nppT Nume for.T f—) / y- Oulpul RYry Sld. Cm M c ,opnm1 by eelNlt. ®MeY .�� A r Electrode Circuit specifications e 9.m111Nly scY. ---n.dred. Wiese ipuk to pe.Fl W.Imum Cunw4 MIM Rwe.dw mum CW. cw.dly M.Ymum Celle Mph 5-IW Md1+Nedel kp 0.268pp 125WW I nonto ko >eV IIV 1 mA 1 rM 1 mp 1 mp 10nF 200 nF 25 nF InF 33011(100m) 3300n(tppO m) 31081t0pm1 een (2Um) LAVRM201 - suNwl4`a ey il:e mm NVUI ci�Y �arwr.W�g%eMelmmges ell ~• ] ~, -M--,m CCN 0..321 ��•Vtl,T�l yamn,.YYe1.n.ede Me Fty]5] /[ 150 ® NNCR i�. 0eg ]2tt 0] ICE tml.mlrq In ti-dale IEce@55.6 EN-0 hrry.Murt Rtlhpp A. WF b 1m'F( e0'Cbes,c) OWolpntl I e'F totear t20'c to GM epwty VeeN. Rnge 15b •lpk rtle0d vd Dimensions RWLG01 Rol Mouniing 011a01 M0Untlnp MIIIImeM.. c o�® Rrl n 5 895 3.23 ® 00.16 P-h. LMRM201 62 4 For additional informalien, r.W-ce Catalog 08430CT0001 116102. 150 c J0p3 S plumldm npdM Discount M Mghn ren i'11 �a Schedule 21-33 Page 69 of 89 Dry Type 600 Volts and Below Single Phase Class 7400 Single Phase -General Purpose Transformers General purpose standard transformers are intended for paver, heating, lighting, and light -duty control applications. Genteel your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for voltages not listed below. hVA Cwa�a I I �TaW dry l l�;uu lP u8nesl P'r`b.w. Single Phase-xa a w v "run, 12atto v Mcaaary 6o Ha axon Chap .-1, 117 Yw - ea5V1A None 55 4.2 to .100 .160 lass- 1e0SV1A None Naw 55 55 43 02 U 3A 2. .600 2eo3V1e WelsV1B Non. None SO SO 185 138 a 5A .MO -V1F Nww 115 15.5 BA 1 1.6 !SIFF 181E Nom Nom 116 116 112 301 TA M 2 3 251E 361E Nom Norw Is 116 30.1 So BA tax 5 Sa/F NOm 115 116 IN T3 10 781E 'a F NOrra lbw 116 115 138 165 13B 1>e 15 15 168/F ISIM Nprw NOrre 115 IN 225 200 1. t7D 25 2e83H 633%2a4-. IN 2. fM 37.S 3Ta3X s-23%3N-A 1N Met im 50 Is 60S3N Tea3N a33%2.�-A 5-23%2N-f IN t5D 360 450 ISO 210 IN 167 10o83H t613L1 e-zsx2.�. a-23%2N-A 15a IN e4s On zm 2"D an 20053H 6-33%2.4-A IN ITN no 250 25053hi 12b%2.4-A 1. 1536 250 Single Phas wvPnxxxyiNexCvs.°vlwy8a N2 WOIILw LbeO lhwwh 25 kVA 3 5 3bOf S810F 34%FCBN 24%FCBN 115 111 9D 111 t0A 13B ]3 ]81aF 24%FCBN 11s 136 1se 10 10810E 2-5%FCBN 116 IN 13B IS 15 Ismix, 16s1011 24%FCBN 24%'CON 115 1. 225 2. 15B 17D 25 26510E 24%FCBN 115 300 15B Sblgle Phase-eoY v PrYnwy 12a21e v 8econeary 8o H2 aArw Lwa enw°n Ie] xw on 60SV6IA Nom e5 4.2 IA I. 1. fa0 IA 1bsV61A Nww Non. a 58 13 62 J 2A , Ie0 300 260SV61B _v". Wn. fbw 5o SO IN 138 4A 5A .MO INS SIP Non. 115 15.5 9A 1 I3 1a61F 13a61F None None 115 11a 21.2 301 ]A M 2 2861E Norw 115 30.1 W 3 Nxif 24%FCBN 1is SO t0A 5 13 III 781E 24%FCBN 24%FCBN 11s 115 I15 In as 138 10 10NF 2-5%FCBN 11S 105 13B 16 25 1S66H 26a6H 1-23%FCBN 423%FGBt2 150 ISO 20a 20 1]D 1ro 3].e 50 31f6X 6aae11 42.5%FCB11 M25%FCBN IN IN 325 330 1W 18D 15 100 1- 100e5H 425%FCBN ti2.5%FCBN I- 1. 480 SIO 21D TX2 IS] 167- 1 1 425%FCBN IN BT6 2W Nunlaars Yw.vn n retl type ar. awiWbb Iwm geYbuYen Cer6a. For own Nylon, eee Dlmen.bne TanN, papa 12.1a. 1 Notbranvmceon Coniav yoru roarer+Seuara dSawtler Ebtlh edp OSloe for -n 2 pmH FSN 210,wn... rouwW. mornMY nn 34%laq,1aamro artl2aebw 240wY. FCBN.FUYcep W babe.nornwl Lupo. FumWwtl aY cu Xg www.SquareD.com FM Ilse m051 uB-li iNameOon Single Phase --Shielded and Non -shielded .L.. - lNoapn 1s] kl 1. Select the voltage required from clean 1. 2. Insert the voltage code number in place of the ( ) in the catalog number. Chart 1 vinxiga Pin-, Se..n"y Capaclly taps 12m2Ia 12e240 Nurw ] Se 208 2Ce 120210 120 . Nme 24%FCBN a Zoe zee 2" 2n N- Norw a a 2]] 12 . Nore 110 30 M 21WIB0 12O/i40 1MQ 24%FCBN S-25562«�. M M 4eo 4. an 2" Norw Nom ;a.bzroo owrx„,lb. caabr. Fw eLHe»r.Nw. .moo:re.o w°ai eb. w •N4 Mow nCunlad rearwr SVuare D/S:bnaaar mnAea Ebcaic sobs OSro Wr pW�ie .aiWbb nn Nanexxrrew 10 xVA-I br0er FC61 s1`01 a1aury baiw norrre1 L.I, Fuina Weuvor- Single Phase -Export Model Transformers These general-purpose transformers are designed to accommodate voltage system mrldvnde. Export model transformers 10 WA end smaller, certified by TtN (file no. E9571881.01) to meet EN61558-1, are CE marked in addition to being UL and cUWs Listed. For CE marked transformers in other ratings, contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for CE marked transformers up to 300 WA, single and three phase. See page 12-11 for optional FINGERSAFES terminal dock cover ka. Single Phase-lwnoa2o-A3ea4aoNluuo vFr xn, 1101t20 V eecatlaryy 60N0 Np LhW Nrwyb 25 kVA. CE rrorxealeLLrx W1S Snprpx IOINA. W Lw Liven rnroapn 35 kVA WA CNabp FOOCapKBy Dp.0 yylpntI. Ercbawe xumnera Tap. ]emp.PoN (PauMi1 tT 198TF Norw 118 112 a]A 2 2b67F Nww 115 38.1 9A 3 Ul Norm 1151 02 lOA 5 5e8]F Nww 11S In 13a 75 ]58rF Nww 116 1" 13B 10 taserF Nww 118 1as 13s 1s I538]H None 11 225 1ID 25 2558]H Nww 15o 2. 1]D y a.15o LVA EN relxg per EN EN .15586 1-10 MVA CE nwrbS per -1 For additional information, reference Catalog I7400CT9601. Discount o2004 sa.hNaa ElerAm 12-2 PF2 Schedule RsaNR are" Page 70 of 89 a Uc•ns•d Products GE UCF Advantage Direct Wire Light Fixture (18 in) SKU:16547 Add light to dark areas of yc kitchen, home office or wod with ]asco's GE Brand Uncle Cabinet Lighting Fixtures. M details... (Click to see larger image and other views) Product Details Brighten up your home improvement project lasco's GE Brand Under Ca Lighting Fixtures. They are easy to install and a great addition with your decorating Ideas. Features: • UL Listed • Direct Wire Setup • Flicker Free Startup • Great for Your Designer Kitchen, Home Office or Studio Page 71 of 89 finder 55 Series - General purpose relays 7 - 10 A Features 55.32 55.33 55.34 Plug-in mount, general purpose 2, 3 8 4 P.I. relays 55.32 - 2 Pok 10 A 55.33 - 3 Pok 10 A 55.34.4 Pole 7A _ • Lockable test 60- and mechanical flag Indicator o, sicmdord oa 2 8 4 pule yp.. • AC rails & DC coils - • UL Listing (certain relay/s-kef combinations) • Cadmium free contacts 1preferred version) . 2 pole, 10 A .3 pole, 10 A • 4 pole, 7 A • Contact material options . Plug4n 94 series sockets • Plugyn 94 an., sockets • Plug-in 94 series sockets • 94 series sockels • Coll EMC suppras,ion • Timer accessories 86 series 121442" 1 a4a 12UnU329n 142536 1214222492l142u 16263 74a e 12 r e. t 9 11 1; 12 11r1 41 13�14 11�j 2�1 3f 13 '• 14 I121^91 41 3 13u 14 IIaIF��1��I,II t' �'1 k k II AI A2 Al A3 Al A2 Y- -rl- 4-! 41! 55.32 55.33 55.34 PO2 Ul HO2 movvE2 u,v PlOr Dury"tuvas 91 o m SEE 'Geneml technical Wonnaliod' page V Contact specification ..;.. 851 u% §sl p�l{ % fti •'a , , �.. 'tea ... L �f -si ' mom Conioo configuration 2 CO (DPDTI 3 CO 13PDT) 4 CO 14PD11 Rated current/Maximum peck current A 10/20 10/20 7/IS Rated voltage/Maximum switching vokW V AC 250/400 250/400 250/250 Rated load ACI VA 2,500 2,500 1,750 Rated load ACI 5 (230 V AC) VA Soo 500 350 Single phase motor noting (230V ACI kW 0.37 0.37 0.125 Brooking mpociy DCI: 30/110/220 V A 10/0.25/0.12 10/0.25/0.12 7/0.25/0.12 Minimum switching load mW N/mA) 30015/5) 30015/5) 30015/5) Standard contort material AgNi AgNi AgNi Coil sped&aeon Nominal voltage JUr4) VAC (50/60 Hz1 6 - 12 - 24 - 48 - 60 - 110 - 120 - 230 - 240 VDC 6.12-24-48-60-110-125-220 1.5/1 1.5/I. 1.5/1 Rated power AC/DC VA (50 H.)/W Opefaling range AC to.B... LOON 10.8... 1.I)UN 10.8...1. qu,, (0.8... 1.1)UN (0.8...1.1)UN DC 10.8...1.11UN Holding voltage AC/DC 0.8 UN/0.5 UN 0.2 UN/0.1 UN 0.8 UN/0.5 UN 0.2 UN/0.1 U,4 0,B UN/0.5 UN 0.2 UN/0.1 U14 Must dropout voltage AC/DC Techniad data Mechanical life AC/DC cycles 20. 1W/50-I(r 20. IV/50 10' 20�IV/50 iv Electrical life at rated bad ACI cycles 20D - 10' 200 � 10s 150. 10' Operale/release time re. 9/3 9/3 9/3 4 1,000 MaAotion between mil arc) contacts 11.2/50 ps) W 4 4 Diela&ic seenglh b.Wwn open contacts VAC 1,000 1,000 Ambient temperature range 'C -40...a85 -40....85 -40....85 Environmental protection RT I RT 1 RT 1 Approvals loccording to type) C E ® a © P1 (tti= ® RINA ® g-ee.g6 40 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Im.-230 Ryon Way. South San Francisco. CA 9408 �700.Ma8aOffice: (650) 586-9200-0utside Lout Arm: (800) 258-9200-w W... nengi... ring- ®finder t Ordering information Example: 55 seder plug-in relay, 4 CO (4PDT), 12 V DC coil, lockable test button and mechanical indicotor. A B C D 5 5 3 4 .'9 . 0 1 2 �.'0 gip'' 4 I01 Seri" — — A. Coot d mmerial D: SpecW msions TY, 0- Standard AgNi 0 - Standard 1 . PCB 2 . AgCdO I - Wash fight (ITT 1111 3 -Plug-in 5 - AgNi + Au 15 pmi for 55.12, 55.13 and 55.1 A only N., Pall IT: Contact c'wcuit C: Options 2- 2 polees O A 0- CO (nPDT1 0. None 3. 3 pole, 10 A 1 - Lack a. rest button 4- 4 pole, 7 A 2. Mechanical indicotor Cog —ion 3 . LED (AC) ,- 4 - lockable test bunan+mechonicoflndicotor 8 - AC (50/60 Hz) 5 - Lockable test button + LED (AC) 9 - DC 54 - Lockable test button + LED (AC) cog voYoge — — + ec mhanical indicot« See coil specifications 6• . Double LED (DC non -polarized) 7• . Lockable rest button + double LED (DC n"polarized) 74•. Lockable lest button + double LED selecdfng features and options: only combinations in the same row ore possible. PC b.nic. rizd is mechankal indicator Preferred selections for best availabilityshown in bold. ores 8 • -LED .diode Type C.3 ventan A 8 C D 55.32/34 AODC 0.2-5 0 0 0 AC 0.2-5 0 2.3.4.5 0 AC DC 0.2-5 0 0.2.5 0 54 2.4.6.7.8.9 / 0 DC 0-2-5 0 74-94 / 55.33 AC -DC 0 - 2.5 0 0 0 AC 0.2-5 0 1-3-5 0 55.12/13/14 DC AC -DC 0.2-5 0 0.2.5 0 1.6.7.8.9 10 0 1611 Descriptions: options and special,ersions C: OpYmt 3, 5, 54 C: Open 6, 7, 74 C: Open 9, 9, 94 LED l q Double LED LED + dude (DC, polonty (DC ,atpohrizedl positive w pin Al/13) (DC, polarity post",. to pin AI/131 9• . Lockable test bueoa + LED + did. (DC, polariy poseive 1a pin AI/131 94•. Lockable test button + LED + diode (DC, polariy positive to pin AI /13) + mechanical indicator • Opion rot available for the 220 V DC version. Lockable test button and mechanical Hog indicator O (0010, 0040, D050, 0054, 0070, 0074, D090, OD941 The duakpurpou Find., us, b.11- can be used in W. ways: Ca I) The plastic pip Located directly above the ten bueonl remains intact. In this case, when the test button is pushed, Oro contacts opera... When the last b.ttcn is released the Canloda return so their lormer state. Ca" The plastic pip is b,,lu-8 [using an app,opnola cueing led). In IN, case, (in addition so 0. above function[, when the rest bueon Is pushed and nosed, the contacts are btchad in the operonag state, and remolns until the tits button I, totaled back to Its lormer position. In both taus anwre Ihot the lac, bumon actuation is -A and decisive. Courtesy of Stevan E,tpMeerinp, Inc.-230 Ryan Way. South San Frencbco, CA B408P0a&i70�e1nO089 (650) 588A200-0U1ada Local Ara.: (800) 25e-9200-www.ata,en-gir,... IN cam W " Technical data Imulonon ossordmg 10 EN 61810-1 2 pole - 3 pole : <' 4 pole Nomiool vohoge of supply synem V AC 230/400 230 Rated mmlatioo volraga VAC 40D 250 Pollution degree 2 2 Irssulailon between cod and confad sef Type of Insulation Basic Basic O—ohage category III III Rated impulse vohoge kV 11.2/50 ps) 4 4 Dielectric strength _ _ V AC 2,000 _— 2,000 hs ulen between edleceent cantatls Type of insulation Basic Baits Ovanohage category W d Rated impulse voltage kV (1.2/50 A 4 12.5 Dielectric strength VAC 2,000 1,550 Inw6lim between open contacts Type of disconnection Mic-clisconnedion Mi rodlsconneclion Dielectric strength V AC/kV (1.2/50 ps( 1,000/ 1.5 1,00011.5 Cwx6d d ifisturbome, immunity Burst 15...50)ns, 5 kHz, an Al -A2 EN 61000,1-4 level 414 kV) Surge (1.2/50 psl on AI -A2 (differential mode) EN 610004-5 "14 (4 kV) Other data 'emu IfUNSWO,'n` "O=1' iil i ',1, s %MPolRMIi171,. as JX% _ .eT��,r�_-_- Bounce time: NO/NC ms 1/4 Vibration resistance 15..55)Hz: NO/NC g 15/15 Shack resistanu g 16 Power lost 1. the erwlronment without contact current W 1 with rated cuaent W 3 (2 pole) 4 (3 polel _ 3 14 pole_) _ Recommended distance between relays mounted on PCB m .5 Contact specification F 55 • Electrical rife (AC) v as W current 2 and 3 pole relays H 55 - M-imum DC breaking capacity F 55 • Electrical life IAQ v wrttod current 4 pole relay ��Ifi �f• • When swidhing a resistive load fDCII having voltage and current volues under the curve, an electrical life of z 100 103 can be expected. • In the case of DC13 loads, the connection of a diode in parallel with the loud will permit o similar electrical life os for a DC I loud. Note: the release time far the load will be increased. Courtesy of Steven Engineering. Inc: 230 Ryan My, Souln San Fnncism, CA 940 pa Courtesy0f.: (650) 588-9200-Outede Local Ares(800) 258-9200-vnvw ctevenengtneenng wm s . �- IT r= ® finder Coil specifications DC mil data Nominal Coil Operating range Resistance Rated coil �olmge code cal mumplion U.I Um„ Um,,, R al Uy V .... Y 4 :.: jai mA 6 9 006 4 8 6.6 d0 150 12 9.012 9.6 13.2 140 86 24 9.024 _ 19.2 26.4 600 40 48 9.048 38.4 52.8 2,400 20 60 9.060 48 66 4,000 15 110 9.110 88 121 12,500 8.8 125 9.125 100 138 17,300 7.2 220 9.220 176 242 54,000 4 R 55 - DC roil aperating range v ambient tomperatura AC roB data Nominal Coil Operating range Resistanm Rated mil vohage code con --ion Urt U„n, U R iat Un l50Hrl 6 8.DD6 4.8 6.6 12 200 12 8.012 9.6 13.2 _ _ 50 97 24 8.024 19.2 26.4 190 53 _ 48 8.048 _ 38._4 52.9 770 25 60 8.060 48 66 1,200 21 110 8.110 88 121 4,000 12.5 120 B.120 96 132 4,700 12- 230 8.230 184 253 17,000 6 240 B.240 192 264 19,100 _ 5.3 R 55 - AC coil operating range v ..bi-t temperate. Bl•Bl•�Bl•IB�BBBIBBBIBI•IBl•Bl•Bl• BBBIBBBIBI•BBBIBI•IIIII�I�tlll�taBt✓•BBl• BB1BB7•BBl• �IBI•Bl•Bl•BBl•Bl•BBl•Bl• Bl•I�IIIII�BB�BBI♦Bt✓•t�l�l�l�B� BBBIBI•BBBllllll�� /yeB�lllll�B�BBBilllll� �BB<aBl•BBBIBBBI BBtJ�Ba��Ba BBJIBBBIIBaIBI•�I� �fata�� ► �B�BI•falll�BBBI BI•�� Bl•��Bl•Bl•��Bl•Bl• IIII�IIIII�Ba� �� B�B�B�fa B��B�B�� Bl•BB�BI•B�BI•B�B<•�It11Ra�� Bl•IBBI�BB�BtaBt•B�BBBIBB��B1■ Ba�B�llll�tlll�llll�lllll�lllll�llll�l�� BB11�B1•BtJ•B��RJ•��■ BBa�B�BfaBBa IIII�Ballll�� Bl•Bl•It111B1�� Bl•Bl•BBB7Bt✓•IIB��r-J ��Bl•�Bl•��Bl•B� �et•tt�Bl•BBBIIIRJ•Bl•Bl•BBBIBBBI tlllB)•Bl•Bl•tlt�Bl•BBBI BBBI BI•Bl•Ra� �Bl•Bl•Bl•ItB�lllllBllllll�BBl•B<atalBl• B<•�Ra�B��B�l�llll�lllll�llll�� , �Bl•�Bl•��Bl•BBBI BI•Bl•BBBi 1 -Max. permieed coil voltoge, 2 -Min. pickup voltage wish coil or ambiem temperatore. 1 - Mox. permiaed coil voltage. 2 - Min. pick-up vohage with coil at ambient lemperatore. Accessories Top flange mount adaptor for 55.32, 55,33, 55,34 Os6.0 9s6.0 wid, r.iay s I O .,R 0.5 .23 056 25 wnh relay Rear Ihape mount adaptor for 55.32, 55,33, 55.34 it k q 11�111 �i1 'Y_? - 1056.26 056.26 056.26withrelity a 0 056.26 056.26 wlth relay Top 35 ram rail IEN 607151 adaptor for 55,32, 53.33;.55.34 , 056.27 056.27 056.27 with relay $ O 056.27 056.27 wish relay Courtesy f Slevan E 1n Inc.-230 Ryon Way. SOUh San FrerMem, CA 9dOS08370.615ahn Office 650 588-92000 telaa Local Ana: 800 258-9200-www atavenen sy o npineer g, y y, ( ) ( ) pnaerl,p.mm }finder y Module Socket Relay_ Deushoo Mounting a Accessws 99.02 94.02 55.32 S- lerrnmal (Bx alo ompl socket Panel or 35 mm mil- Coil indication and EMC � 9403 _55. 33 Top terminal. -Contacts (EN 607151 mount s pp ssion modules 94.04 55.32 . Bonom terminals - Coll -Jumper link 94 W 55.34 -Ti.., modules See page 7 -Plastic retaining and release dip llk�-�S module Socket Relay Oeuriprion Aaej1htsoriet 7■k�l/ 99.80 94.54.1 55.32 Scrswleas ssK- k. 35 mm rat -Coil indication on EMC 55.34 - For fast cable connections IEN 60715) mount auppresaon modules -Top terminals - Contacts-Plostic binmg and release 9434 1LI - Bottom lerminds - Coil clip Sae page 8 ® Mod.6 Socket755.3A Description Mounting _ Areaswsin 99.01 94.72 scow terminal plme clamp) socket Panel or 35 mm rail -Coil Indic lion and EMC 94.73 IEN 60715) mount suppression modules 94.74 -Metal retaining clip 94.74 See page 9 ® MeddeSocket Rely Desciplon Mounting Accessed. 99.01 94.82 55.32 scow teran I (Plate comp) sacker Panel or 35 mm rail -Coil indication and EMC .23 mm wide For space swing (EN 60715) mount suppression modules 94.B2 -Metal retaining clip See page 9 Y4.tla.i SS. J2 Saew terminal lbox clamp)) at Panel or JS mm rail -Loll indication and [MC; ��...� 55.34 (EN 60715) mount suppression modules 94.82.3 55.32 -Jumper link 94,84.3 55.32 -Plastic rolainig and release W s 5.5-34 dip See page 10_..- ® Module Socket Reksy Description Mounting _ Acessades _ 99.80 94.92.3 55.32 Screw terminal (Box comp) socket Panel or 35 mm rail -Coil indication and EMC 94.94.3 55.32 -Top terminals - Concocts IEN 607151 mount suppression modules 55.3d -Bonom rerminals-Coil Jumper link -Plastic retaining and release 5 - 94.94.3 clip See page I 1 �. r_111' Sockel Relay Deccliption Mounting Accessories 94.12 55.32 PCB sockets PCB mounting -Mehl reloining dip 10 94.0 94.13 55.33 94.14 55.32 See page 12 55.3d I Module .. Socket Rekay Descdption Assailing Accessed. 9,122 55.32 Panel mount Panel mount on 1 mm -Metal retaining dip 94.23 55.33 with adder wmections thick panel 94.22 94.24 55.32 See pogo 12 55.34 aw Abdul.Socket Relay Description mounting Accessories 94.32 55.32 Panel mount M3 screw fixing -Moroi retaining dip 94.3J 55.33 wish solder connections 9d.34 _ 9d.34 55.32 See page 13 1 __ 55.34 Courtesy f Steven Engineering, Inc: 230 Ryan We South San Francisco, CA 9Q80IR70 Man OPoca'. 650 5W--92M-Outalde Local Area: 600 258-9200.vwiw.stevenen Ineen Y o 9 9. Y Y. ( ) ( ) 9 np.00m ® finder 94 Series - Sockets and accessories for 55 series relays Screw terminal (Box damp) socket panel or 35 mm 94.02 I94 02 0 I94.03 94.03,0 94.04 194.04.0 � ) (EN 607151 rail mourn Blue Block 81ae Blank Blue Black kur relay ype 2 3a 15 0 5534 Arressorws 04.a Metal rebinin 094.71 Approvols PkO,ic nga 91.3094 91 094.91.3 094.91 30 (according to lype). ccode SPA (mpplidwith soe-pok log ' Rnk 094.06 094.06.0 094.1M 094.06.0 094.06 094.06.o C E n (r�i k 6.IIP .K- tag 094.DD.4 c�1ut -- Modules pee table below) - - 99.02 _ Timer modules Is.. ruble below) _ B6.30 .®. C.mmi relay/sack., Sheet of marker tags la retaining and release clip D94.911 060.72 cam61mnons plastic, 72 tags, 6.12 mm TwIlmioal dal. Rated values 10 A 250 V Dielectric strength 2 W AC 4094.91.3 P,.tectian co IP 20 Ambtem temperature °C -40...+70 Saew torque Nor 0.5 Wire strip lempth m 8 __ M.e. wire size For 94.02/03/04 -keb _ slid wire sfronded Mr. man' Ix6/2x2.5 Ix4/2.2.5 AWG 610 2x14 Ix12 2. 14 Own n r,mtnob eu f e I000 . a'° j' R T. e u era wag w.a3 �� w.w 94.. eotrom h xs _� ,ermmmh +\� Jumper Nr,k for 94.02, 94.03 and 94.Od aockeli Rated values1094.06 (blue) 1094.06.0 (black) Rated 10 A - 250 V 091.06 96-ties timer modalea at f' �''s )d14 ' ilk � 'i ��, fiM ��„'W bypass ( 0 O V 0 8 0.0 ��gg � Cowteay or Steven Engineering, Inc. 230 Ryan My, Soath Be. Rrenaltco, CA PQBOOa837 MaN ORBic (650) 588-82W--OWNS. Lore, A- (800) 258-9200.v eteven.ngin..rlrq.mm (I2..24)V AC/DC; Bihanchon AI DI; (0 OSs...l00h) 86 30.0.024.0000 110...125)V AC; BFIuncNon; At, W; (0.05s...100h) 86.30.6,120.0000 (230...240)V AC; BFFunalon: At, a; (O.O5s...100h) 86.30.8.240.0000 86.30 Approrodins to (aa B type): CC C. 9�.: 94.01 coN indirotion and FMC wpprealon modules for 94.02, 94.03 and 94.04 aocken , Ij,M,�, s13 ��v"n4 Diode (.AI, standard Polarity) I6_220JV DC 99.02.3.000.00 lED Ib _.24IV DC/AC 99.02.0.024.59 LED (28...60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.59 LED _ (110..240(V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.59 00'0: LED +Diode i+Al, standard polarity) (6...24(V DC 99.02.9.024.99 Approvols IED .Diode (.At, aandard polarity) (28...60 V DC 99.02.9.060.99 Imcmrdingroypel: LED +Diode (+Al, standard polarity) I110._220(V DC 99.02.9.220,99 c�1us LED + Variator (6...24)V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.98 LED+ V.rist.r (26...60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.98 LED + VariNor (110...240)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.98 RC circuit (6...24 V DC/AC 99.02.0.024.09 DC Modules with RC circuit (28...60)V DC/AC 99.02.0.060.09 ronatamlvrd polarity RC drcu0 (I 10...2d0)V DC/AC 99.02.0.230.09 (+A2) on request. Residual currant as 11 ...2d AC 99. 2..23 7 Pfannenberg N- ELECTRO-TECHNOLOGY FOR INDUSTRY Instruction Sheet for Pfannenberg FLH-TF Fan Heater w/ T-Stat SP' �_ � I 1.0 INSTALLA71ON 1.1 TM PH enclosure healer is a Ian forced as healer designed to —inalne-liable tempansi.ro bsld arnerel mxin.... or crrbtrol panel. 12 TM proper selection of a heaterforan enclosure m space is deserrNnedhyawnaberatlonollhewaacearm, Irmr[Mtbnpopertlea, remperaturedtterenoebetwben IM anmlerxardmeermaure,and M erociosvillocabon. Toens—properheelmselacsiorl,riferto 7leaterSelecllon"gulddi" 1.3 The intended useof this Materl.to protect against Oleeri .tlteaper.t--.has CORas,on,tma gorcor,demat..ontmm durtngirg mitoa l axnixxrmrts it xuc W e utMrW mvirteuro. 1A ThiBtxaalmlergl Otrolgnettlurue6asa spawmwrrimthmlex and sha11M not be Installad In am. dusty, wrro.w. ar thl—dote location 1.5 Operaft surface 1—p—hires of this heater Is suffidanl to cause burro upon contact with bam skin. 1.5 Befor.aarvlabg,t53wnnad lhlxstnrirmnihn supplyanUalow approtunlamy 1 o mnut.sfmaw heater totnol. 2.0 MOONFING 2.1 TM t 2ler'n q ba nt0urned on a nth suiaCe Mry nsloe a metal eminaure and shouln be NWBllea In the rent'. of the enclosure and as low as practical for the best possible Mal dlatdtILIkh. 2.2 The healer Nnud be mauuad in a v ncal position with the temnal black at she bolli m Oat Ins air discharge vertu are at be top 2.3 To ensue unrestricted air flow taatigh the neater and a d high tonpenawres an .cen aWl xiAaoes, heat sarsnlve consonants stxxia be spaball away from [rn an des charge rerb as s—, below. xON ma 00 4 ea ,—a PHbO the e FN4W spa a 6 CAUTWN 00 NOT INsiALL IN WET, OMW.. CORROSNE OR WSIROWS LOCATIONS. hil"T OFAY ON A METAL. 5MFACE N A METAL EN0.MLM HEATER SURFACE TEMPERATURES ARE SO'F1 6NT TO CAUSE sums. • KEFPAWAYFROMCOMSL*IVLESIIRFACE5NO0 TSENSRNE CAnFONENTS. 3.0 WIRING 3.1 DrswnnactpowerbefinelnuWllatbnorsarviurq. 32 Hunt anhusibeWrodbyquasfiedpers lmbc laininml wd.requtrm ants. 3.3 Check thesuppyv tagomquOaTersswtthtreheatsrnetnepate vWlagnratirg. Usewlraa suitable for B(1•C. 3A Note mattheheaterNenhustatdoesrwt Mve an OFF position. 4.0 OPERA nONAND MAINTENANCE 4.1 Apply power lathe amuit. Set the ttlermastat to the desired spacalontpaaw. 42 Allow sultabte tirne for the 1Mrmostat la cycle and the space lamparal—tostabli 4,3 Uueb 9ysWrnvdrrHxl.S,youthayneedtoreadj.�s[iMiMnr[slal ...o d—red larrparahar, 4A Tuanxse propm.eOow OYoughthaheakr. padudlcaJychack andaki theairvenOWbon openings frmnanyduxordebds. 4.5 Staralardt*Wwslww aOwllinpbtligtalolnusWheatm,arxt haves built -In tan switch whichwillanow Maier, la runconenuousty IormoratNlmmlemperalure dxrlduiwn 4.5 In'fan'nocie thoheaWwY sMpmvlde hmlwihmtetmpmW LM dfopsbelowearpoinl. In the -Auto"mode thefanadit—onoblywMtn Meheaibgelarrertlse sM—d. 4.7 The Ian rhalor has pri—aptly lubricalod ball bearings and sh W o not requse—Int.hance. 5.0 OVERHFATPROTECTION Inlfeuvanlof.n I.Ibra,manovertr toondltbn,anautarlxtlomW 2.4 Methe neater to the enbl t using bur a10 n+otal Imnp,mWM:,"SYACGhMilopen,breakYgtMp. totMMaUN s mews. A. woo DIN rail rrxxsetng "plor 0 a Iacle. elehant. Pfannenberg Inc. Subsidiary of the Pfannenberg Group 68 Ward Road --- Lancaster, NY 14086 -- Phone: 716-685-6866 -- Fax: 716-681-1521 Internet: http:/twww.pfannenbergusa.com Page 78 of 89 Pfannenberg ti ELECTRO-TECHNOLOGY FOR INDUSTRY Dimensional Information: s 013 oil -:: Heater Selection The wattage requirement is determined from a consideration of the surface area, insulation properties of the enclosure or space and the temperature difference between the ambient and the enclosure. For small enclosures (less than 100 ft2 surface area) conservative values for heat losses are as shown in Table 1. Example: To find wattage requirements in an uninsulated enclosure 2' x 3' xi', which must be held at 40°F in a 10`F outdoor ambient, with internal electrical components that generate 80 watts. Surface Area = 2((2' x T) + (2' x 1') + (3' x 1')I = 22 ft 2 From Table 1, an uninsulated outdoor enclosure requires 7 watts per square foot foreach 10°F temperature difference. Temperature Difference = 40"F - 10°F - 30°F Wattage Required = (30"F - 10"F) x 7 Wlft 2x 22 tt 2= 462 watts Heater Wattage = Wattage required - component wattage = 462 - 80 = 382 watts Use one FLH-TF 400 rated at 400 watts. For enclosures requiring more than 800 watts, two or more PH heaters may be used. TABLE 1 - WATTSIFT.PER 10°F TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE INDOORS OUTDOORS UNINSULATED 5 7 INSULATED (MIN. 1') 1 1.2 Pfannenberg Inc. Subsidiary of the Pfannenberg Group 68 Ward Road — Lancaster, NY 14066 -- Phone: 716-685-6866 -- Fax: 716-681-1521 Internet: http://www.pfannenbergusa.com Page 79 of 89 IPHCENIX CONTACT Extract from the online catalog PT 2-PE/S-120AC-ST Order No.: 2839334 http://eshop.phmnixcontact.daiphoenix/tr"ViewClick.do?UID=2839334 Protective plug PT with surge voltage equipment protection for power supply units, visual fault warning. Nominal voltage: 120 V ACiN1►t] WEEE/RoHS-compliant since: 07/03/2006 EAN 625 a Pack Pack � 1pos.0 0 Pce. Customs tariff 85363090 WeighMece 0.02636 KG Catalog page information Page 41 (TT•2007) http:l/ vrrvw.download.phoenixco tact.com Please note that the data given here has been taken from the online catalog. For comprehensive information and data, please refer to the user documentarian. The General Terms and Conditions of Use apply to Internal downloads. Standards Housing material PA 6.6 Inflammability class acc, to UL 94 VO Color deck PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH a Co. KG hdp:Uwww. phoen ixcontact.com Page 80 of 89 Peg. I , i, D. 22, 21,0H IPHCENIX CONTACT Extract from the online catalog PT-BE/FM Order No.: 2839282 http://eshop. phoenixwntact.de/phoenixAreaViewClick.do?U I D=2839282 Base element for protective plug PT, for mounting on NS 35/7.5 and NS 35/15, housing width: 17.6 mm Product notes WEEE/ROHS-compliant since: 03/27/2006 FAN 4017918182502 Pack 10 Pa. Customs tar8f 85363010 Weighl/Piece 0.05014 KG Catalog page Information Page 40 (TT-2007) httpa/ www.download.phoenixcontact.com Please note that the data given here has been taken from the online catalog. For comprehensive information and data, please refer to the user documentation, The General Terms and Conditions of LUE epgly Rp,trlta)(tat downloods. '�rlllll M., @ KEUR 04 ® qL Certfication CB, CCA, CSA, CUL, GOST, KEMA, OEVE, UL Certification Ex: CUL-EX, UL-EX PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH 8 Co. KG httpJ/www.phoenixcontact.com Page 81 of 89 Page 114 Dec 22, 2008 Made/ 155-100 The ISS-102 SymCom's Model ISS-102 two -channel, intrinsically -safe switch is designed for f•., multiple uses including o pump-uplpump-down (latching) controller, alternating relay, or two -channel switch. Two LEDs indicate the state of the intrinsically -safe inputs and output relays, and user -selectable options are available including a variable resistance threshold for float inputs.The ISS-102 enclosure is surface mountable, but is also compatible with DIN rail (35mm). Available Models: ISS-102A-LC (Latching Controller) ISS-102AA-DCS (Duel Channel Switch) ISS-102ACI-MC (Multi -function Controller) ISS-102C-M-LC (MSHA' evaluated) ISS-102CCI-M-MC (MSHA' evaluated) Mine Safety and Health Administration • Compact design • Finger -safe terminals • DIN rail or surface mountable • LED state indicator • 2 input channels -LC Each input channel is active when the corresponding switch is closed. When the lag input (CH2) is activated, the output closes. Applying latching logic, the out- put contact remains closed until the lead (CHI) and the log (CH2) inputs are deactivated. Sensitivity is fixed at I OOkOhms with a debounce time delay of 2 sec- onds. -DCS This duo) -channel switch has a debounce delay feature of O.S seconds. Resistance probes or switches can be used on its inputs. Two LEDs illuminate the output state of either form Arelay. Sensitivity is fixed at IOOkOhms with a debounce time delay of 0.5 seconds. -MC By selecting the proper functionality through the dip switches, you can define a pump -up or pump -down, single or dual channel non -latching switch. The sensitivity adjustment (4, 4.7k- I OOkOhms) allows you to define the input imped- ance at which the output relays (one form A & one form C) will change state, with a debounce time delay of O.S or 2 seconds. Supply Voltage •••••••••••• 120VAC Relay Output Rating General Purpose ............. 5A@ 120VAC Pilot Duty ................. I80VA Q120VAC,C150 Relay Contact Life (Electrical) • • • • 100.000 cycles min. Q rated load Relay Contact Life (Mechanical) • • • 10.000.000 cycles Debounce Time • • • • • • • • • • • • 0.5 or 2 seconds Operating Temperature • • • • • • .20• to 55'C Weight •••••••••••••••••• 9oz Power Consumption • • • • • • • • 2 Watts (max) Wire range ............... 12 to 20 AWG Recommended Terminal Torque • 3.5 to 4.5 in: lbs. (max b in,-lbs.) Provides Intrinsically safe clrcults In the following locations: • • • • • Division I and 11 Class I. Groups A,B,C.D; Class 11, Groups ERG; and Class III Entity Parameters • • • • • - • Voc = 16.8V Po= Ix = 1.2mA 4 La = IOOmH Ca = 0.39uF Standards Passed Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) • • IEC 10004-21-ewd I&V conacs,&V air. Radio Frequency Immunity (RFI) • IEC 61000-4-2. Level 3, 10V/m FastTransients • • • • • • • • • • • • IEC 6100044, Level 3,4kV input pourer Safety Mark •••••••••••• UL 913 (except Models ISS-102C-M-LC & ISS-102CCI-M-MC which have been evaluated by MSHA) Output Replay lj•pe: ISS-102A-LC•••••••••••• One Form ISS-102AA-DCS • • • • • • • • • Two Form A ISS-102ACI-MC • • • • • • • • • • One Form A & One isolated Form C ISS-102C-M-LC • • • • • • • • • • One Form C ISS-102CCI-M-MC • • • • • • • • Two Form C (one isolated) www.symcan.oam • tel: 605-348-5580 800-843-8848 • fiissc 605-348-5685 Page 82 of 89 15A 125V & 20A 125V Hospital & Commercial Grade, GFCI's ■ -ECTRIC A.TAGE CURREN7 W7ERR. TEMP RISE 110-ft 10 A 30°C Mav M full 1500V Per rMad —t Mar 50 cyd A 498 overlo�dM 60% mled 1edh TRIP LEVEL 511 DC and apPl MA Per ULL 49e MECHANICAL. RMINA TERMINAL PRODUCT ID: ACCdAMODAWION I.D. 914-912AWG Rannge 0=1 ®Id or dmd9d mcaa• o, dance ENVIRONMENTAL FLAMMABIUWY OPERATINGTE5IP ftW V-2 per UL 94 -35'C to SS'C MRRRRNiY STANDARDS 8 CERTIFICATIONS NEMA ANSI UL UL CSA NOM WD4 C-73 943 Fmd SPec m Cl—A U.Wd Aw9 WC-'" ✓ ✓ ✓ tRa2en LBST AC HORSEPOWER RATINGS 1.5 :k S Side wired e188HCR L596E 0599-I e59iLW N599.CPI B590.W WE LOR GFCI HOSPITAL GRADE SMARROCKV DUPLEX./LED UI rem�iemeenle GFCI COMMERCIAL GRADE SMARTLOCKm DUPLEX WI LED Ul Raely'?emdenle GFCI COMMERCIALGRADE SMA121LOCKm DUPLEX UL Rm9uiw.emenle GFCI COMMERCIAL GRADE SMARILOCKm wls+"Leads III R.9ul.eemenle GFCI COMMERCIAL GRADE DUPLEX * REDS BLACK BUTTONS Contractor Peck III -Re ��reemmre GFCI COMMERCIALGRADE BLANK FACE S-P SWITCH 1.5HP®®TTaa120V AC UI Pe9ulreaM3nle own 85 98 8599 89-HGI 8 8 8599 9 90-1 hlte 8598-HGW 8598-W 8599-WI -3ry 8599LW 89CPW 8590-W ay 8598-HGG 5598-G 8599-G - - - Id 8590-HGR 8598-R 8599-R - - - ack - 8598-E 8599-E - 8590-E Mond 8598-HGA 8598-A 8599-Ar - 8599CPA - own 8898-HG 8898 BB99 - - - >ry 8898-HGI 8898-1 BB99-It - - - hite 8898-HGW BB98-W 8899-WI - - - sy 8898-HGG 8898-G 8899-G - - - N 8898-HGR 8898-R - - - - lick - 8899-E - - - I' ond 8898-HOA 8898-A 8899-Al mn rM eP. CLAP FACE GFCI COMBO DEVICE RECEPTACLE COLOR BINGLE-POLE SWITCH M.eN 2m93 UI. R.gnu,wnenle 1VOry 8299-1 Whit. 8299-W Gny 8299-G e299G Almontl 8299-A laa [3 COLOR SHALLOWWALLBOX EXTENDER FOR GFCI. a— 5197 Ivory 8197-1 whit. 8119-W —o ---- o D o p o r o Ou 00 a- �° i r Qo r r w r r r do do ti O O O O O O U O 0 0 0 umr 8598-HG 6 8898410 SERIES 8398,8898, 0509-L S 8899CP SERIES 8590 SERIES 8299 SERIES vn more about Levllon tlevices or for answers to lechnlcal Ouesllona call our Techlina al ®1-806824-3005 or v1911 uc e1:64F '.www.lmvitan.com Page 83 of 89 TayMac Corporation Page 1 of 1 PLASTIC IGANG IN -USE COVER • Dvabb HIpM1-Inpatl PdyalM1olula Corubuclbn • Oukk-F9'• PablNtl Kay NON Abuts Nbvn lel Feay Imlall•ibn . IIMutl•I Atl d GaaJW aM M —19 Haltivwre • Mw C1419 Wion WM PA—d Kruk-0W- T.h,.Iupy A II— For C.— Fft g • UL_l J62=NEC C W4M O2WBi•Ilbc. 11. — http://www.taymac.com/mm4l Oc. html Page 84 of 89 8/15/2009 13 lGeneral f'urposc i od Ordering Information Series Size Mounting Watt"o, Source optlons Voltage GP 1- Mini A- Arm (IP65 and UL) 020- 20. See Below 1= 120, 039= 39w TE for Distribution 8= 12ov, 277v 070-70w Options GP 2- Small A- Arm (IP65 and UL) 050- 50w MA See Below 1= 120v 070-70w NLX' for Distribution 6= 120v, 277v ' MA (metal halide) only 100= 100w LX Options 0- 120v-277v ' NLX available in 120v only 150- 150w 175- 175w' OP 3- Medium T- Trunnion (IP65 end UL) 200= 200w MA ' See Below r. 480v S= Slipfitter(UL) 250=250w LX' for Distribution 0=120v-277v MA (250w, 400w) 320=320w PMA Options s LX (250w, 400w) 350= 350w ' PMA (20Dw, 250w, 320w, 350w, 400w) 400- 400w OP 4= Large T-Trunnion (IP65 and UL) 150= 150w MA' See Below 5= 480v S- Slipfitter (UL) 175= 175w LX' for Distribution 8= 120v-277v 200-200w PMA` Options ' MA (175w, 250w, 400w) 250= 250. 320- 320w ' LX (150w, 250w, 400w) 350= 350w ' PMA (200w, 250w, 320w, 350w, 400w) 400- 400w GP 5- XLarge T. Trunnion (IP65 and UL) 1000- 1ODDw MA ` See Below I- 480v S. Slipfitter (UL) 1500= 1500w LX' for Di. trlbalion 0= 120v-277v Options ' MA (100Dw, 1500w) ' LX (1000w) Code Explanations: GP- General Purpose A- 1/2" Arm (IP65 and UL) T- Trunnion (IP65 and UL) S- 2.3/8" Tenon Slipfitter (UL) TE- Electronic Metal Halide NLX= NPF High Pressure Sock' um LX- HX-HPF or CWA High Pressure Sodium MA- CWA Metal Halide PMA- HX-HPF PS Metal Halide Not available with GPI and GP2 Options: L- Lamped BLANK = General Purpose Optics A- Asymmetric Optics (GP1 only) c- Cutoff Optics (nbt available on GPi) S- Spot (not available for GP3) PCB- Button Photo Control' TLR- Twist Lock Receptacle with Shorting Cap- TRP- Twist Lock Receptacle with Photo Control' FS- Fusing' SAWC81 IP65 Rated for Wet Locations a G13'Ofte company 2345 Vauxhall Road Union, N] 07083 1-800.334-2212 www.gp600d.com www.genlytesupplydlvlslon.com Page 85 of 89 Accessories: GP_GS•- Vsor GP WG•- WireGuard GP VS'- Vandal Shield (GP VS not available on GP5) ' Replace "underscore" with fixture size - Example: GP1GS SLW10P- Well mount adapter to convert GPi and GP2 style fixtures. Complete with built-in splice box and knock- out for button photo control UD Listed for Wet Locations GPFLOOD 0907-5 Mercury -activated. narrow -angle float switch designed to activate pump control panels and alarms. This narrow -angle sensing device is used to accurately monitor liquid levels in sewage and non - potable ester applications. The Sensor Float- control switch is not sensitive to rotation and is suitable for use with intrinsically safe circuits. Contact SJE-Rhombus regarding specific intrinsically safe applications. Normally Open Model (high level) The control switch turns on (closes) when the Float tips slightly above horizontal signaling a high level, and turns oft (opens) when the float drops slightly below horizontal. Normally Closed Model (low level) The control switch turns on (closes) when the float drops slightly below horizontal signaling a low level, and turns off (opens) when the float tips slightly above horizontal. t / Suitable for use win intrinsically safe circuits. CABLE: flexible 18 gauge, 2 conductor / Not sensitive to rotation (UL,CSA) SJOW, water-resistant (CPE) jacket / Control differential of .5 inches (1 cm) above or below horizontal. FLOAT: 3.38 inch diameter x 4.55 inch long / UL Listed for use in non -potable water and sewage. (8.58 em x 11.56 cm), high -impact, / CSA Certified.® corrosion resistant, PVC housing for i)L use in sewage and non -potable water / Three-year limited warranty. uzs.zs 111311112 tet up to 140°F (60-C) >�1ly11nazcHc MAXIMUM WATER DEPTH: 30feet (9 meters), 13 psi s MERCURY TILT SWITCH: single pole, single throw, mercury -to -mercury contacts, This switch is available: hermetically sealed in a steel capsule / for normally open (high level) applications or normally closed and epoxy sealed in the float housing (low level) applications. ELECTRICAL: 5 amp, 1201230 VAC, 50/60 Hz / in standard cable lengths of 10, 15, 20, or 30 feet and 3, 5, 6, or 10 meters. / with three mounting options that allow for flexibility in installation: Mounting Clamp: for applications where the switch can be attached to a discharge pipe or similar mounting device. Internally Weighted: for applications where the switch can be suspended from above. Externally Weighted: for applications where the switch can be suspended from above. Rh us PO Box 1708, Detroit Lakes, MN 56502 1-888-DIAL-SJE • 1-218-847-1317 1-218-847-4617 Fax SEE BACKSIDE FOR ORDERING INFORMATION. email: sje@sjerhombus.com SEE PRICE BOOK FOR LIST PRICE. Page 86 of 89 www.sjerhombus.com 113 Mercury -activated, narrow -angle float switch designed to activate pump control panels and alarms. ORDERING 1 1 NOFMaliV Open Part N Description Norrl Closed Part A Description shipping weight 1002106 10PCN0 11002111 1OPCNC 1.29 lbs. 1002072 10SWMNO 1002075 10SWINC 1.85 lbs. 1002143 10SWWENO 1002146 10SWENC 3.28 Ibs. 1002117 _ 15PCN0 _1002120_ 15PCNC 1.64 [be. 1002080 1 15SWNO 1002083 15SWMNC 2.22 lbs. 1002152 15SWENO 1002155 15SWENC 3.50 lbs. 1002125 20PCNO 1002128 20PCNC 1.991b8 1002089 20SWINO 1002092 20SWINC 2.591bs. 1002161 20SWWENO 1002164 20SWENC 3.871bs. 1002134 1002098 30PCNO 1002137 1002101 30PCNC 2.13 lbs. 30SWINO 30SWINC 3.28 lbs. 1002170 1 30SWENO _ 1002173 30SWENC 4.48 lbs. PC = Pipe Clamp VIA = Weighted Internally WE - Weighted Externally NO = Normally Open NC a Normally Closed ..a cable length measured in feet (10, 15, 20, 30). Viuaew List Price CABLE: flexible 18 gauge, 2 conductor (UL, CSA) SJOW, water-resistant y++p (CPE) jacket V FLOAT: 3.38 inch diameter x 4.55 inch long (8.58 cm x 11.56 cm), high C _ impact, corrosion resistant, PVC housing for use in sewage and non -potable water up to 140°F (60°C) MAXIMUM WATER DEPTH: 30 feet (9 meters), 13 psi Of MERCURY SWITCH: single pole, single throw, mercury -to -mercury contacts, hermetically sealed in a steel capsule and epoxy sealed in the float 0 housing ELECTRICAL: 5 amp 120-I230 VAC, 50I60 Hz NOTE: Suitable for use with intrinsically safe circuits Contact SJE-Rhombus regarding speck intrinsically safe applications. 114 Page 87 of 89 WAT1 PACKAGING Bagged - Standard Boxed - Specify and add $1.80 to list price. Bulk -Specify and deduct 200 from list price. No Mounting - deduct 600 from mounting clamp list price. ADDITIONALCABLE Additional cable length over 30 feet is availWe at 800 per foot (list price). -L.-d- LIMB �® 8012 NORMALLY OPEN (HIGH LEVEL) OPERATION The control switch closes (turns on) when the float tips slightly above horizontal signaling a high level, and opens (turns orb when the float drops slightly below normal. NORMALLY CLOSED (LOW LEVEL) OPERATION The control switch closes (turns on) when the float drops slightly below horizontal signaling a low level, and opens (turns off) when the float lips slightly above horizontal. Rh us www.sjerhombus.com sje*sjerhombus.com os.cfln�e,. avro Sj►thombus Control Switch Installation Instructions SJE-Rhombus* narrow angle control switches accurately monitor liquid levels in sewage, and non -potable water applications. These switches are designed to activate pump control panels and alarms. The SJE SignalMast ia' and SJE SignalMaster• SPOT control switches passed NSF Standard 61 protocol by an approved Water Quality Association laboratory for use in potable water applications. I ■ Mechanically activated. ■ Mechanically activated. r / Control differential of 1.5 inches above ■ Control differential of 1.5 inches above or below horizontal. or below horizontal. ■ Not sensitive to rotation. ■ Not sensitive to rotation. / Mounting options: mounting clamp or ■ Mounting options: mounting clamp or cable weight. cable weight. ■ Mercury adivated, ■ Mercury activated. / Suitable for use with an intrinsically m I ■ Narrow angle goat switch in a small float safe circuit." housing. ■ Suitable for use with an intrinsically safe / Not sensitive to rotation. arcun." ■ Mounting options: mounting damp, ■ Not sensitive to rotation. internal or cable weight / Mounting options: mounting clamp or cable weight. i� �I S.IE Nn�i,bus fur z ecil� nn rally s �e � � n - "C�nia.r S.'E Rh:nCus ro, sper,rc in�nn�:ally s � aFPlicnhc�s PREVENTATWE MAINTENANCE • Periodically Inspect the product. Check that the more has not become worn or that the housing hoe not been damaged w as to Impelr the p—obon of the product. Replace the product tmmediatety It any damage is tound or wwectad. • Periodically check to eee that the noel ie free to move and operate the nwnch. • Use only SJE-Rhombus° replacement pans. • The $anaor Float" and Sensor Fm,il" Mini control swathes contain mercury. and MUST be recycled or diapowd of getarding Ip local, slate, and federal fpties SJE-RHOMBUS° warrants to the original consumer that this product Some states do not allow limitations on how lay an implied warranty shall be tree of manufacturing defects fa three years after the date of lasts, so the above limitation may not apply to you Some states do not consumer tial purchase. During that time period and subject to the conch- allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequendam- tions set forth below, SJE-RHOMBUS- will repair or replace, for the ages, so the above limitation a excursion may not apply to you. This original consumer, any component which proves to be defective due to warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other defective materials or workmanship of SJE-RHOMBUS•. rights which very fran state to state. THIS EXPRESS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO THE MOTOR TO OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE: The consumer shall assume all START KIT COMPONENT. SJE-RHOMBUS• MAKES NO WARRAN- responsibility and expense for removal, reinstallation, and freight. Any TIES OF ANY TYPE WITH RESPECT TO THE MOTOR START KIT. ftem to be repaired or replaced under this warranty most be returned to SJE-RHOMBUS°, or such place as designated by SJE-RHOMBUS°. ELECTRICAL WIRING AND SERVICING OF THIS PRODUCT MUST BE PERFORMED BYA LICENSED ELECTRICIAN. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS ARE LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOTAPPLY:(A) to damage due to lightning or SJE-RHOMBUS-SHALL NOT, INANY MANNER, BE LIABLE FORANY 2 conditions beyond the control of SJE-RHOMBUSe, (B) to defects or INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES AS A RESULT OF A malfunctions resulting from failure to property install, operate or main- BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WAR- tain the unit in accordance with printed instructions provided; (C) Y to RANTZ failures resulting from abuse, misuse, accident, a negligence; (D) to units which are not Installed in accordance with applicable local codes, ordinances, or accepted trade practices, and (E) to units repaired and/ or modified without prior authorization from SJE-RHOMBUS•. 137 Page 88 of 89 ELECTRICALSHOCK HAZARD EXPLOSION OR FIRE HAZARD Disconnect power before installing or servicing this Do not use this product with flammable liquids. `j product. A qualllled service person must install and .� Do net Install in hazardous locations as defined by 4 service this product according to applicable eleddcal i National Electrical Cod oANSUNFPA 70. end plumbing codes. Failure to follow these precautions could result In serious Injury or death. Replace product immediately if switch cable become. damaged eyed. Keep these Inshuchans with warranty after Installation. This product must be installed in sc—d.nce with National Electric Code, r s ANSI/NFPA 70 so as to prevent moletme from entering or accumulating within boxes, contluit bodies, fittings, Coat housing, or cable. For detailed specifications on this product, or for the complete line of SJE-Rhombus` panel, alarm, and switch products, visit our web -she at www.sJerhombus.com. WARNING: Do not Install switch in directline ofincoming liquid. 1. Place the cord lntothe clamp as shown h FlgureC. 2. Locate clamp atdesired activation level and secure the clamp to the discharge pipe as shown In Figures A and B. Note: Do not install cord under hose darnp. 3. Tighten the hose clamp using screw- tlrlver. Overlightening may result in damage to the plastic damp. Make sure the float cable is not allowed to touch _ the excess hose clamp band during operation. 4. Wire switch as shown in Figure D. 5. Check installation. Allow system to cycle to insure properoperation. Note: All hose clamp components are made of 18-8 stainless steel material. See your SJE-Rhombus' supplier for replace ments. Figure A est. aelMere• ne sJEMarwM..rr.Por 1. Determine desired activation level. 2. Suspend switch and cable weight at desired activation level as shown in Figure E. 3. Wire switch as shown in Figure D. 4. Check installation. Allow system to cycle to Insure prope r operation. To adjust cable weight tether length: 1. Release dip. 2Adjust cable weight to deal dpostion. iLay switch cable in weight channel. 4. Align clip with weight channel and slide towards switch cable as shown in Figure E. 5. Snap clip snugly up to cable, moving clip to tightest possible position. Figure a sanaezlswPne aeMwRwl'MMI SENSORFLOAT•CONTROLSWITCHONLY 1. Deter mine desired activation level as shown In Figures A 8 B. - Suspend switch 7 inches below desired activation level as shown in Figure F. Switch remains partially submerged during the "on"tipping adlon. Switch can be totally submerged and still continue to operate properly. 3. Wire switch as shown in Figure O. 4. Check installation. Allowsysternto cycle to insure properoperation. Figure C 3.5 Inch (a cm) lath. length Figure E c4rp o— /Gip ble ap Ight ..acOwtbx6lhsh '.s inch lion level (7.5 cm) 011.E Inehen tether IeI1gl11 (4 em) nb-. or below horizontal Fi{lure F r Line. S _ (lam) apPhilimate acgratlon Nvel SJ hombus 22650 County Highway 6 ■ P.O. Box 1708 ■ Detroit Lakes, Mlnnesola 56502 USA 1-888-DIAL-5JF(1-888-342-5753) ■ Phone: 216-847-1317 IN Fax: 218-8474617 ■ F-mall: s)e@Wrhombus.com InelI.Inpr.PN1a1l- 138 O.JE•RMmbue PrhI—U.A 1W01 Page 89 of 89 0,)?P �rO�S PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 1 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL SPECIFICATION DATE: 11/1/2010 JOB NO.: 82356.20 SECTION: CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: PiDina and Accessories Inside and Outside of Lift Station REVIEWED BY: Tvler Whitehouse DWG C-04 Keynote 1, 9-15.8, 9-30.3(1), 9-30.3(10), 9-30.6(1), 9-30.6(6), 10.15052, 10.15061, 10.15062, 10.15110, 10.15114, 10.15116, 10.15121, 10.15251, 10.15265, 10.15281. SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted X Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: General Comments 1. To expedite the submittal review process, Contractor shall annotate all products (i.e. pipe diameters, materials, buried or exposed use, etc.) being supplied. Submittal was reviewed for the annotated items only. 2. Not all piping elements appear to be submitted in this piping package. Contractor to clarify or provide these in a separate submittal package (i.e. pressure gauge and piping, sump pump valves, 2W valve, etc.). JM Eagle PVC Sch 80 Pipe (10.15265) 1. Provide manufacturer's published installation instructions (10.15265-1.04.B). 2. Provide manufacturer's certification of date of manufacture of plastic pipe and tubing for each lot delivered (10.15265-1.04.C.2). We understand that this submittal information is sometimes not available until the pipe has been ordered. 3. Submittal indicates 6-inch pipe diameter size only. Contractor to annotate all pipe diameters supplied for the project. Carollo.loca I: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 1. docx Page 1 of 5 4. Confirm the following per 10.15265-2.02.A: a. Pipe is designation PVC 1120. b. Pipe is extruded from Type 1, Grade 1 material. JM Eagle SDR26/3034 Pipe (10.15265) 1. Provide manufacturer's published installation instructions (10.15265-1.04.B). 2. Provide PVC compound Class Number 12454-C (10.15265-2.03.A.2). Cerro Type K Copper Tubing (10.15281) 1. Submitted copper water tube is acceptable for copper tubing buried in the ground or in plastic conduit. Contractor to provide annotations for exposed copper piping or tubing (10.15281-2.01.A.1). 2. Provide Fittings as specified or clarify submitted fittings based on later comments within this submittal. (10.15281-2.01.A.2). US Pipe TR Flex DI Spools & Fittings (10.15251/10.15052) 1. Provide shop drawings as specified. (10.15251-1.04.B). 2. Lining and coating shall be as specified in the Piping Schedule (10.15052-3.04). 3. Provide product data for all fittings (10.15251-1.04.A). 4. Provide product data for all exposed ductile iron piping per the Piping Schedule (10.15052- 3.04). 5. Provide product data for all buried ductile iron piping per the Piping Schedule (10.15052- 3.04). Fast Fabrication DI Spools (10.15251) 1. No exceptions taken. M&H C515 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve (9-30.30)) 1. No exceptions taken. GA Industries Figure 220 Lever & Weight Check Valve (10.15114) 1. Submit Certificates as specified (10.15114-1.04.A.2). 2. Submit Operation and Maintenance data (10.15114-1.04.A.3). 3. Confirm valve is convertible for future mounting of cushioned cylinders (10.15114-2.01.B.3). 4. Confirm all valve internals may be replaceable in the field without removing the valve from the pipeline (10.15114-2.01.B.4). 5. Provide limit switch as specified (10.15114-2.01.B.5). 6. Provide aluminum bronze seat (10.15114-2.01.C.4). 7. Provide Buna-N disc seat (10.15114-2.01.C.5). 8. Confirm seat pins an lock screws are stainless steel (10.15114-2.01.C.6). Carol lo.local: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 1.docx Page 2 of 5 Dezurik PEC Eccentric Plug Valve (10.15116) 1. Provide operation and maintenance data (10.15116-1.03.A.2). 2. Annotate all materials to demonstrate conformance to the specification (10.15116-2.01.C). 3. Provide nickel overlay as specified (10.15116-2.01-C.2). 4. Confirm lever operator is provided (1015116-2.02.A). 5. Provide valve interior and exterior coating as specified (10.15116-2.03). Wilkins Model 975XL Reduced Pressure Assembly (9-30.300)) 1. No exceptions taken. Romac Style 101S Service Saddle (9-30.6(1), Std Plan NP806) 1. No exceptions taken. Romac RFCA Restrained Flanged Coupling Adapter (10.15121) 1. Confirm coordination of piping layout and proposed materials has occurred (10.15121- 1.03. B). 2. Provide manufacturer's published installation instructions (10.15121-1.03.C). 3. Provide Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts (10.15121-2.01.B.2.c). 4. Provide coating and lining as specified (10.15121-2.01.6.4). Romac Style 501 Couplings (10.15121) 1. Confirm coordination of piping layout and proposed materials has occurred (10.15121- 1.03.6). 2. Provide manufacturer's published installation instructions (10.15121-1.03.C). 3. Provide Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts (10.15121-2.01.A.2.c). 4. Provide 7-inch sleeve length (10.15121-2.01.A.4). Romac 600 Series Pipe Restraining System (10.15251) 1. No exceptions taken. C110 Flanged Fittings (10.15251) 1. Provide product data for all fittings and gaskets (10.15251-1.04.A). 2. Provide shop drawings as specified. (10.15251-1.04.13). 3. Provide Class 53 wall thickness as specified (15251-2.01.A.1.b). Merit Brass Sch 40 Brass Nipples (9-30.6(6)) 1. It is assumed that the brass nipples are for copper waterline installation only. Contractor to clarify if otherwise. Merit Brass Import Brass Fittings (9-30.6(6)) 1. It is assumed that the brass nipples are for copper waterline installation only. Contractor to clarify if otherwise. Caro Ilo.local: Caroll0\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal i.docx Page 3 of 5 Spears PVC Sch 80 Fittings (10.15265) 1. No exceptions taken. Ford Co Quick Joint Couplings (9-15.8) 1. It is assumed that the Quick Joint Couplings are for copper waterline installation only. Contractor to clarify if otherwise. Link -Seal Modular Seals (10.15052) 1. No exceptions taken. Hot Box HB.75 Fiberglass Enclosure (Dwg C-04, Keynote 1) 1. Enclosure does not appear to be adequately sized for submitted backflow preventer. Based on discussions with the local representative for this product, the recommended enclosure size is the HB1 for the submitted backflow preventer. This enclosure size can also accommodate the 60W heat as specified on Drawing C-04. Tyler -Union 6855 Series Valve Boxes 00.15110) 1. No exceptions taken. Sigma Corp single Hub Valve Box Extension (10.15110) 1. No exceptions taken. HDFCO Fabrication Valve Stem Extension (10.15110) 1. No exceptions taken. North Town Co Polywrap Bags & Tape (10.15251) 1. Confirm two (2) layers will be provided as specified (10.15251-2.02.A). Sigma MJ Accessory Kits (10.15052) 1. Bolts and nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel as specified (10.15052-2.03.A.1). 2. Provide product data for gaskets (10.15052-1.04.A). Weld -On 711 Cement (10.15265) 1. No exceptions taken. Weld -On P-70 Primer (10.15265) 1. No exceptions taken. Carollo.local:Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 1.docx Page 4 of 5 HDFCO Fabrication Pipe Supports & Mesh Screens (10.15061/10.15062) 1. Provide shop drawings including drawings of pipe support system components as specified (10.15061-1.03.A, 10.15062-1.04.13). 2. All supports shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless steel materials (10.15061-2.01.A, 10.15062-1.03.C). 3. Supports shall be shop -fabricated, field welding and fabrication or supports is prohibited (10.15061-2.02.A.1). Carollo.local: Carol lo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B2MSubmittals\SubmittaI1.docx Page 5 of 5 Michael A Benoit From: Tyler Whitehouse [TWhitehouse@carollo.com] Sent: Monday, November 01, 2010 4:28 PM To: Michael A Benoit Cc: Brian Casey Subject: Submittal No. 1_ Piping Attachments: Submittal 1.pdf Mike, See attached review comments for piping inside and outside the lift station. Please note we took no exceptions to the submitted "M&H C515 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve." Per the City standard gate valve spec (9-30.3(1)), an AWWA C509 valve is specified. AWWA C515 is a newer standard referencing more modern technology and is what we would typically specify. The submittal actions I have used (No Exceptions Taken, etc.) are not defined in the contract documents. We did not include our standard submittal procedures specification as submittal procedures are covered in the WSDOT front ends; however, I do not see any list for submittal actions. Do you have standard response actions other than above that you use? Please give me a call if you have any questions. Thanks, Tyler Whitehouse Carollo Engineers 1218 Third Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 Office: 206-684-6532 Fax:206-903-0419 twhitehouse@carollo.com t d FOWLER COMPANY October 18, 2010 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL Kamins Construction 19315 Ross Rd Bothell, Wa 98011 Att: Chad Reference: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Renton, Wa Per your request, we are sending for your approval the following submittals: ( 1 set) DESCRIPTION JM Eagle PVC Sch 80 Pipe JM Eagle SDR26/3034 Pipe Cerro Type K Copper Tubing US Pipe TR Flex DI Spools & Fittings Fast Fabrication DI Spools M&H C515 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve GA Industries Figure 220 Lever & Weight Check Valve Dezurik PEC Eccentric PIug Valve Wilkins Model 975XL Reduced Pressure Assembly Romac Style 101 S Service Saddle Romac RFCA Restrained Flanged Coupling Adapter Romac Style 501 Couplings Romac 600 Series Pipe Restraining System C 110 Flanged Fittings Merit Brass Sch 40 Brass Nipples '_Merit Brass Import Brass Fittings Spears PVC Sch 80 Fittings Ford Co Quick Joint Couplings Link -Seal Modular Seals Hot Box HB.75 Fiberglass Enclosure Tyler -Union 6855 Series Valve Boxes Sigma Corp Single Hub Valve Box Extension HD Fowler Company - PP8012 S 0 LOSE N T WF LL)" (mow VI Building essentials Jiagle for a better tomorrow' SUBMITTAL AND DATA SHEET PVC SOLVENT WELD - (SCHEDULE SERIES) Dual marking for both Pressure and Drain, Waste, Vent (DWV) Applications JM EAGLE`" PVC SCHEDULE 40/DWV PIPE Specifications: ASTM D1735 & ASTM D2665 Listed: ANSI/NSF-PW NSF-DWV Standard 61, Standard 14 NOM. PIPE SIZE (IN) O.D. (IN) NOM. I.D. (IN) MIN. T. (IN) WATER PRESSURE RATING AT 23-C (73-F) APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS/FT) 1/2 0.840 0.609 0.109 600 0.164 314 1.050 0.810 0.113 480 0.218 1 1.315 1.033 0.133 450 0.324 1-1/4 1.660 1.363 0.140 370 0.439 1-1/2 1.900 1.593 0.145 330 0.525 2 2.375 2.049 0.154 280 0.705 2-1/2 2.875 2.445 0.203 300 1.118 3 3.500 3.042 0.216 260 1.463 4 4.500 3.998 0.237 220 2.083 6 6.625 6.031 0.280 180 3.663 8 8.625 7.942 0.322 160 5.512 10 10.750 9.976 0.365 140 7.815 12 12.750 11.889 0.406 130 10,333 14 14.000 13.073 0.437 130 12.220 16 16.000 1 14.940 1 0.500 130 15.980 :: Standard Color: White, Standard Length 10' & 20% Plain End and Belled End JM EAGLE- PVC SCHEDULE 80 PIPE Specifications: ASTM D1785 : : Listed : ANSI/NSF-FW Standard 61, Standard 14 NOM. PIPE SIZE (IN) O.D. (IN) NOM. I.D. (IN) MIN. T. (1N) WATER PRESSURE RATING AT 23-C (73-F) APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS/FT) 112 0.840 0.528 0.147 850 0.210 3/4 1.050 0.724 0.154 690 0.285 1 1.315 0.936 0.179 630 0.419 1-1/4 1.660 1.255 0.191 520 0.579 1-1/2 1.900 1.476 0.200 470 0.701 2 2.375 1.913 0.218 400 0.969 2-1/2 2.875 2.290 0.276 420 1.479 3 3.500 2.864 01300 370 1.979 4 4.500 3.786 0.337 320 2.892 6 6.625 5.709 0.432 280 5.516 8 8.625 7.565 0.500 250 8.336 10 10.750 9.493 0.593 230 12.375 12 12.750 11.294 0.687 230 17.027 Standard Color: Dark Gray, Standard Length: 20' overall, Product Standard: ASTM D1785 Pressure Pipe Plain End Only Pipe Compound: ASTM D1784 Cell Class 12454 t Available in Western Region Only. Installation: JM Eagle' Installation Guide I.D.: Inside Diameter O.D.: Outside Diameter T: Wall Thickness JM agle Building rbet essentials or a better tomorrow- GRAVITY SEWER SUBMITTAL AND DATA SHEET PIPE SIZE ON) AVERAGE O.D. (IN) NOM. I.D. (IN) MIN. T. {IN) N SDR 35 (PS46) ASTM 0 4 4.215 3.975 0.120 6 6.275 5.915 0.180 8 8.400 7.920 0.240 10 10.500 9.900 1 0.300 f 12 12.500 11.780 0.360 E 15 15.300 14.426 0.437 SDR 26 (PSI 15) ASTM [ 4 4.215 3.891 0.162 6 6.275 5.793 0.241 $ 8.400 7.754 0.323 10 10.500 9.692 0.404 E 12 1 12.500 11.538 1 0.481 f 15 15.300 14.124 0.588 PS46, ASTM F679 18 18.701 17.629 0.499 E 21 22.047 20.783 0.588 24 24.803 23.381 0.661 E 27 27.953 26.351 0.745 1 30 CIOD 32.000 30.194 0.853 1 36 CIOD 38.300 36.042 1.021 1 42 CIOD 44.500 41.948 1.187 2 48 CIOD 1 50.800 1 47.888 1.355 1 2 PS115, ASTM F679 18 18.701 17.261 0.671 E 21 22.047 20.349 0.791 24 24.803 22.891 0.889 E 27 27.953 25.799 1.002 1 30 CIOD 32.000 29.070 1.148 1 36 CIOD 38.300 35.464 1.373 1. 42 CIOD 44.500 41.072 1.596 2; 48 CIOD 1 50.800 46.886 1.822 2, t D9 Assembly Mark Product Standard: Pipe Compound: Gasket: Integral Bell Joint: Pipe Stiffness: Pipe Length: Installation: ASTM 3034 (4--15' ASTM F679 (18°-48°) ASTM D1784 Cells Class 12454 or 12364 ASTM F477 ASTM D3212 ASTM D2412 RAY = 46 PSI or 115 PSI 14 or 20 feet laying length ASTM D 2321 JM Eagle' Installation Guide JM agle Building bessentials or aa better tomarrow- I.D.: Inside Demeter O.D.: Outside Diameter T.: Wall Thickness 0 : Bell Outside Diameter E : Distance between Assembly Mark to the end of spigot. HD Fowler Company - WW00057.4DW - Order# B159205 - - 75, / I SE11i8C The S1209arc QI 1XCEIIE0CE Product Temper Lengths Specifications Hard 10 ft. straight Copper Water Tube, 20 ft straight Federal—WW-T-799 o Type K 20 ft. straight ASTM-8-88 (heavy wall) CD 40 ft. coils (2") Underwriters' 60 ft. coils (/+ thru 1 %s") Approved /4" thru 2" 100 ft. coils ('/4" thru 1 A") 10 ft. straight Copper Water Tube, Hard 20 ft straight Federal—WW-T-799 Type L 20 It. straight ASTM—B-88 Type ACR (hard only) 30 ft. coils (%" thru 1 K ") U.L. Approved Flre (medium wall) 40 ft. coils (21 Service Systems Soft 60 ft. coils ('/4" thru 1 'h) Ya "-8" incl. 100 ft. coils (%+" thru 1 ''/4 7 Copper Water Tube, 10 ft. straight Federal — WW-T-799 Type M (light wall) Hard 20 ft. straight ASTM—B-88 Copper Drainage Tube Hard 10 ft. straight ASTM-13-306 20 ft. straight Copper Pipe 12 ft. straight Navy-44P2 (regular or extra heavy) Hard 20 it. straight Federal—WW-P-377 ASTM—B-42 Copper Threadless Pipe Hard 20 ft. straight ASTM—B-302 Federal — WW-P-377 Copper Refrigeration Tube Soft 50 ft. coils ASTM-8-280 100 ft. coils Federal—WW-T-775 Special Dimensional Tube As Specified As Specified ASTM-8-68 ASTM-B-7 5 ERRO Number One in Copper Tube P.O. Box 688M • St Lauls, MO 63166-6M Toll Free: 888-237-7611 •618-874.8602 Fax: 618-337-6958 • www.conocu.com RA=-nbadMvM�Qupafaap&- Y , W CL Ga CM co TR FLEXV RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS "°� 2009 EDITION P 3 acW:. TR FLEX Restrained Joint Pipe-Fr._spnnl:-, and Fittings 4"-36" TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings vide flexible restrained push on joints for 4 through 36 Ductile Iron P g Pro P M g �z�� :a_::`._ - - pipe and fittings. The TR FLEX Restrained Joint has a working pressure rating equivalent to the ANSI/AWMA C 151/A21.51 "Ductile Iron working pressure rating of the parent pipe with a maximum working pressure rating of 350 psi for Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 4" through 24' add250 psi for 30'through 36 `Asphaltic outside coating and inside lining For fire protection service, 4' through 12' pipe and,fittings are listed by Underwriters are ill accordance with ANSI/AWWA G151/ Laboratories for 350 psi and.are approved: by Factory Mutual for 250 psi: A .5- TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings utilize the conventanal TY1701114 Gasket for.4'through 36' sizes. ANSI/AWWA C 153/A21.5"s "Ductile -Iron Ductile Iron locking segments, inserted through a slot (or slots) in the bell face, provide a Compact Fittings For Water Service" or positive axial.lock between the bell interior surface and a retainer weldmentan the spigot ANSVAW',YA C I I DIA21.10 "Ouctiledron and end of the pipe. Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 In., For Water." *For higher pressure ratipgs, consult your U.S. Pipe Sales Representative. TR FLEX Fittings conform to applicable For a suggested design procedure for the restraint of thrust farces in pressurized, burred requiremen:s of ANSVAWWA C1531A21.53 or PIS ' 44'r`tVA C:10(A21.10. Ductile Iron piping systems, the design engineer should refer to the current DiPRA publication "77rrust Restraint Design for Ductile Iron Pipe' the U.S Pipe Brochure" The Use And - ApplicationafRestrained Joints for Ductile IronPipelhvs." ANSliAWWAC10VA21.4`Cement-Mortar Lining for Ouctile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water." Cementlinin3, naccordancewith ANSVAWWA Mid ors al inin sandicrccatincscan U.S- PIPE AND FOUNDRY CD_ TR FLEX RESTRAINED iT. PIPE AND FITTINGS SRO-009 m furnished for soeclfic conditions. ASTM A746-03 "Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe." ASTM A716-08 " Standard Specification for Ductile Culver, Pipe." -- NOTE: It specifiers or users believe that corrosive soils will be encountered where our products are to be installed, please refer to ANSI/AMM C1 051A21.5 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems" for proper external protection procedures. For certain wastewater applications a ceramic epoxy lining is available - see PROTECTO 401 Tm Ceramic Epoxy Lined Pipe and Fittings Brochure. TR FLEX® TR FLEX GRIPPER®, TYTON® and TVTONIOINT® are Registered Trademarks of U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co., LLC. REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX op, RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS vF 2009 EDITION P21 0 TR FLEX Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings - Pv2 sp As Basic Dimensions SIZE WORKING A B B C NO. OF 0.1. NO. OF RUBBER ACCESSORY MAX. DEFLECTION PULLOUT PRESSUREff PIPE FITTINGS. LOCKING SEGMENTS WEIGHTS* Inches 2s Inches. Inches Inches . Inches SEGMENTS RETAINERS Pounds DeP�feES Feet 350 4.80 7.00 710 4.84 2 1 2 5' 03 G 350 6:90 9.27 9 39. 5.27 2 1 2 5' .04 8 350 9.05 11.68 11.84::. 5.82 2 1 _ 3 5' .04 10 350 11.10 1412 14.12, 6.03 2 - - ---.. . 1 ............. 5 5. .05 12 350 13.20 16.43 16.45. ` 6.30 4 ::: 2 7 . 51 .06 14 350 15.30 _.. 18.80 _ 19.12 _ . --- 7.75 :4 - ..._.- 2 -- --- 12 31/4' _._ .. .05 16.: 350 .17.40 21.10 21.32 7.95 4 2 14 31/4' .05 _.. 18 - - 350 19.50 23.40 23.52 _ 8.19 4 2 _..--- -- 17 - ._ 3' .05 20 350 21.60 25.68 _...:..._ .. 25.74 8.40 .. .............. 4 ........................ 2 __.. 20 21/2' 05 24 350 25.80 -- 30.25 30.14 __.. 8.86 ._.._.__ 8 4 -- 32 - --- -._ .. _ ... 21/4' ......... ...... _... .05. - ..._.._. - -- 30 ` - 250 - 3200 -. 36.38 37.18 10.28 8 4 50 1 3/4' .05 36 250 .39.30 43.35 43.86 10.87 8 4 68 1 LT 05 *Accessory weights include segments, gaskets, and rubber retainers. tFor higher pressure ratings, consult your U.S. Pipe Safes Representative, tt The TR REX Restrained joint has a working pressure rating equivalent to the working pressure rating of the parent pipe with a maximum working pressure rating of 350 psi for 4e through 24" and 250 psi for 30" through 36'. NOTE.• These deflections are based on joints with nominal dimensions. aA 4- 24- 2N FM Pipe 2" Flmngs 1 i li - Wer3rINFMFspe nd Fkfiq, VS, PIPE AND FOUNDRY 110- TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRD-009 REVISED 11.09 La.! 0 CM CD co TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS rly 2009 EDITION P 23 Pressure Class - Thickness, Dimensions and Weight 18-FOOT LAY]t10 10-FOOT LAYING tEMUl}t PRESSURE OUTSIDE WEIGHT PER AVG. WEIGHT WEIGHT PER AVG. WEIGHT SIZE CLASS THICKNESS DULMETER* LENGTHt PER FOOTtt LENGTH- PER FOOT it Inches psi Inehes Inches Poinds Pounds Pounds Founds _..._..... ..... - .. 350 0.25 _ - - 4.$0 - - 210 _ - ._......... 11.7 - 6 350 Q.25 6.90 310 17.2 - - 8.... --- --- - 350 0.25 ._......_ 9.05 415 23.1 - _. - 10 350 0.26 11.10 540 30.0 - - 12 350 -- 0.28 13.20 695 - -- --- 38.6 ._... __... - _....._... . - 14 :: 250 0.28 15.30 935 46-4 915 45.8 14 ... _........... 300 -._ 0.30 _.__._. 15.30 --- _. 970 _ _.-._.._------ 53.9 _._._ . ...... ....... _.._ 1075 53.8 14 .: 350 0.31 15.30 910 50.6 1000 50.0 16 250 0.30.. ------------- 17,40 1015 56.4 - - 16 _ . 300 0.32 17.40 1075 59.7 - - _. 16 `:: 350 .. .....--- ----.,_ 0.34 : . - 17.40 _._._._....._........_._.. 1135 63.1 -------. _ - - 18 .:.. 250 0.31 19.50 1180 65.6 - - 18 ` ` 300 0:34 19.50 1280 18 : > 350 ° -- - 0.36:.. -- - --- - - - -- 19.50 -- - - - - -- --- 1345 - ----- _ - 74.7 -----....._ .. .... - - 20 250 0.33 21.60 -- -- - 1400 77.8 _............. - - 20 - ..._ - - 300 - -_-- ---- 0.36 - ..... 21.60 1510 _......_...-- 83.9 - - - 20 350 0.38.. _.. 21.60 1580. 87.8 - - _ ...... 24 ... 200 0.33. 25.80 - -- - 1690 - 93.9 _._._ .. _ - ............. - 24 250 ......... ............ 0.37 25.80 1865 103.6 _ . . - - 24 300 0.40 25.80 = 1995 110.8 - - ..:._ ............................... 24 350 .._......__._._..._...---------- : 0.43 ._ : ..... - ----------- ...........:. 25.80 - ... -_---- 2125 - - ----..._. 118.1 _ . - 30 150 0:34 32,00 .......... _...:_ 2160 . ..._....__-- 120.0 - 30 200 ==--- ;0,38.....;...° -.......- -----.-.__..---_._, 32.OQ - ........... - ` ::,;2375.- . ------------------- 131.9 ....................... - .................. .... . - 30 250 0:4$ . ' :. ` : 32.00 2590. ' 143.9 - - ......... 30 .... ..........------ ...._.-._._..,..., 300 .__._._,..__.....,. _ ._. 0.45. :.' 32.00 ......-.__.:_....._.. 2765 . ............ .......... --- --.........._....... 155.1 _ ................... ........ - ................ .... ..._..._. - 30 350 0.49 32.00 -........ _. 2970 165.0 - - 36 150 0.38 38.30 2935 163.1 - - 36 200 0.42 38.30 .... ... ... 3195 177.5 - - .... _._.._. 36 .. __..._. .. ......... 250 . 0,47 38.30 3520 195.6 - - 36 300 0.51 38.30 3780 210.0 - - 36 350 0.56 38.30 4100 227.8 - - NOTE: Thicknesses and dimensions of 4'through 36' Ductife Iron pipe conform to ANS11AWWA C151/A21.51. Weights may vary from the standard because of differences in bell weights. *Tolerance of O.D. of spigot end: 4-12 in., ±0.06 in.; 14-24 in., +0.05 in., -0.08 in.; 30-36 in., +0.08 in., -0.06 in. t Including bell; calculated might of pipe rounded off to nearest 5 lbs. tt Including bell; average weight per foot, based on calculated weight of pipe before rounding. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS 9RO-009 REVISED 11.09 w CL- w CM co TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 0 2009 EDITION P 22 Pressure Class TR FLEX Pipe Nominal Thickness for Standard Pressure Classes of Ductile Iron Pipe OUTSI0£3� NOMINAL THICBtiE$S'tfefles SIZE DIAMETER a Inches _ Irlclias r PRESSURE CLASS*� h :y v 150 200 250 300 350R-G `../ 4.90 - - - - 0.25** 0.05 6 6.90 - - - 0.25** 0.05 __. .. ................ _- ............. ........... - ....._.-..**..... . . 8 9.05 - 0.25 0.05 ------ ... _... 10 11.10 - - - 0.2fi 0.06 12 13.20 - - 0,28 0.06 -- - .... .......... ..... ._._._. ._ .............. _.._...__... 14 15.30 - 0.28 0.30 0.31 0.07 16 17.40 - - 0.30 0.32 0.34 0.07 _ _..._... ..... _. --- - - - -------- -.. -- ----- - - - 18 19.50 - 0.31. 0.34 0.36 0.07 _. . 20 21.60 - 0.33 0.36 0.38 0.07 24 25.80 0.33 0.37 0.40 0.43 0.07 -- ............ - - ._ . - .._ ... -- ..-. ----------------------- - -- _..... 30 32.00 0 34 0.38 0.42 0.45 0.49 0.01 36 38.30 0.38 0.42 0 41 0.51 0.56 0.07 MOTE: PerANS11AWWA C1501AZI.50 the thicknesses in above fable include the 0.08' service allowance and the casting tolerance by size ranges. Dimensions and weights of Special Classes (Thickness Classes) are found on pages 26-29. Pressure Classes are defined as the rated water pressure of the pipe in psi. The thicknesses shown are adequate for the rated water working pressure plus a surge allowance of 100 psi. Calculations are based on a minimum yield strength of 42,000 and a 2.0 safety factor times the sum of the working pressure and 100 psi surge allowance. **Calculated thickness for these sizes and pressure ratings are less than those shown above. Presently these are the lowest nominal thicknesses available in these sizes. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CD. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-OD9 REVISED 11.09 w CL co 00 TR FLEX" RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 13- 2009 EDITION P 28 TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Bends i R T 90' , A - TR FLEX 90' Bends TR FLEX 45' Bends PRESSURE O DIMENSIONS PRESSURE � SIZE RATING I Inches WEIGHT SIZESIS RATING � � .�.,. ?f� � ��n?_::��.'.: ^'��°='n WEIGHT Inches psi "" -` " T A "''' ` R ` Pounds Inches psi - T ...�-__.___A�___..___.._R__._ Pounds 4 350 0.34 5.66 3.99 35 4 350 0.34 3.33 3.99 30 6 350 0.36 6.78 . 4.99 70 ------- 6 ------------ 350 ` 0-36 - - - - - - 3.96 - - 4.99 --------- -_ 55 8 350 0.39 8.83 6.97 125 8 350 0.39 4.74 6.97 90 10 350 0.41 .1.0.63 8.1. 180 10 350 0.41 5.22 7.98 125 12 350 0.44 12.60 10.61 255 12 350 0.44 5.91 9.47 170 14 _ 350 .. ......... 0.66 14.00 - 11.50 - 435 14 350 0.66 7.50 12.06 ._ ......... 370 16 350 0.70 15.00 12.50 520 16 350 0.70 8.00 13.25 430 18 350 0.75 16.50 14.00 670 18 350 0.75 8.50 14.50 ---------.._... 550 20 350 0.80 14.00 12.38 745 20 350 0.80 9.50 ................. 16.88 .----- ----- --- 685 24 350 0.89 17.00 16.70 1070 24 350 0.89 6.00 18.12 970 30 250 1.03 23.00 21.00 1870 30 250 1.03 10.50 20.52 ._ .... 1452 36 250 1.15 26.00 24.00 2740 36 250 1.15 11.50 22.94 1864 TR FLEX 60' Bends PRESSURE .. OIAIENSIONS SIZE RATING __ U[c6 WEIGHT Inches psi _..__,__...A,......_..._... R --_: - Pounds T-- 24 350 0.89 15.00 13.E _._ 1020 30 250 - - 1.03 --- 15.00 20.19 ----- ------- ---- 1645 - 36 250 1.i5 7.00 23.38 2390' - U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY M TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-OW REVISED 1I N LLj 0 ca co 00 TR FLEX® RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS rs> 2009 EDITION P41 0 --> TR FLEX Flange Connecting SIZE OA WEIGHT WEIGHT inches...:. Inches Pouids(_,_5i Pounds(250) 4" 12.84 _ 45 — 6' 13.27 65 — _.....,..._..... - _..... .... ..... _......... .._._.__.... 14.03- 12" 14.30 185 — 14.°,.. - 1535 .... .... 250 - �._ 16': .... 15.95 . .... _----- ------- 300 —------ --------- ....._.. 390 16.19 350 470 20" 16.40 425 570 "24` ` `' 16.86 570 795 U.& PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED IT. PIPE AND FI W a cfl CM 00 TR FLEX OH RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P44 E�l TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Caps & Plugs - T T I T I! 14'- 36' 4'-12' t^- 1T ->TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Caps 12-- 36' TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Plugs T PRESSURE PRESSURE SIZE RATING T WEIGHT SIZE RATING T WEIGHT Inches psi Inches Pounds Inches psi Inches Pounds CD — 350 ._ . _.... 0.34 13 -- - - - 4 —-------- ---- 350 - - - 0.33 - 16 E 0.36 25 6 350 0.36 28 8 350 0.39 40 8 350 0.39 43 10 _........................ 350: _ _.. ... _......... 0.41 _ _ _.._... 60 _._� 10 -....--- ---- --------_ 350 .............._....._.............,...,..._.........-....-•--- 0.41 70 12 _.._.................... 350.. .. -- -- -- - -- -- 0.44 ._....._....,.............-.._..—. 90 -------- 12 -._..._.._._...__..._........._.._......................__........_.. 350 0.44 64 14 - 350 �_ _�._....._.. 0,66 .............................. -- -- --- 165 _.. - - --- 14 - ------ 350 ------..._..----- 0.47 --- ------------- _------ 89 I6 ----- - - 350 ._... _ - 0.70 -- --- ---- .205 - --- -- __ ........ 16 _...._.........._._._.._.............— .350 ..... _....... 0.50 _.................. ........ _._. 108 18 350 0.75 250 - -- -' -.. ------ 18 -- ----- --- — ------ 350 --- --... 0.75 ------------------------- 290 20 350 �.----..... 0.80 _.... .- ----- 305 : `: _... 20 --._....__........ .......... 350.::. ---... ----.......................... 0.80 .._........ 362 24 -:350 0.89 440 ----- - 24 __.__.._ ....... 350 ...... .............. 0.89 .._... 520 30 250 1.03 180 30 250 1.03 922 36 250 1.15 1250 36 250 1.15 1302 Mch al #eight of fittings may exceed those drown. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AN0 FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 Fabricators,LLC 4827 N. W. Front Avenue Portland, OR 97210 Phone: 503-223-7101 Fax: 503-223-7130 Fast Fabricators LLC Certificate of Compliance DUCTILE IRON SPOOLS WILL BE MANUFACTURED AS FOLLOWS: We hereby certify material furnished by Fast Fabricators are manufactured in accordance with the following AWWA and ANSI standards, and meet or exceed the requirements and recommendations therein: PIPE ANSI/AWWA-Ci 5l/A21.15 CLASS 53, MANUFACTURED IN THE USA DI FLGD PIPE ANSI/AWWA C115-A21.15 FLANGES ANSI/AWWA C115-A21.15 GROOVES AWWA C606 — FLEX OR RIGID LINING CEMENT LINED PER ANSI/AWWA C-104-A21.4-95 MIN 1/16 COATING BLACK ASPHALTIC COATING & TNEMEC PRIMER COATINGS PER ANSI/AWWA C151 A21.51 THRUST COLLARS STEEL RATED FOR THRUST LOAD DEVELOPED AT 250 PSI FOR A MINIMUM SAFETY FACTOR OF 2. PER NAPF 700-2 NSF/MATERIAL SPOOLS MANUFACTURED BY FAST FABRICATORS IN PORTLAND, OR ARE MANUFACTURED USING NSF APPROVED MATERIALS. Kathy Olsen, Branch Manager HD Fowler Company - MH4067MM33DL SPECIFICATIONS / AVAILABLE CONFIGURATIONS & STYLE NUMBERS M&H AWWA C515 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (2000) Size Range Water Working Pressure psi Bubble Tight Seat Test psi Hydrostatic Shell Test psi AWWA 4" —12" 250 Water Works 250 & 400 500 ULFM 4" — 12" 200 Fire Protection 250 & 400 500 Style No. Style No. Size With with Mechanical Joint (NRS) 2"-1271(no 2 %a") 7571 7571-HW Flanged Ens 2"-12" 7561 7561-HW Note: 7561A is Tapped & Plugged in "A" Position 2" — 4" = % " Tap Flanged End X Mechanical Joint (NRS) 3"-12" 7572 7572-HW Push -on (For PVC / SDR) 2"-8" 7597 7597-HW Threaded (NRS) 2"-3" 7057 7057-HW Push -on (For D.I. / C900) (NRS) 4"-12" 7901 790141W Push -on X Flange (For D.I. / C900)(NRS) 4"-12" 7902 7902-HW Flanged Ends (OS&I) 2%z"-12" 7068 N/A Note: 7068A is Tapped & Plugged in "A' Position 2" — 4" = %2 " Tap Tapping Valve (NRS) 4"-12" 7950 7950-HW Note: Each size accommodates a full size diameter tapping cutter. M.J. Cutting -in Valve (NRS) 4"-12" 7576 7576-HW Note: 3" and below manufactured to 009 spec, but made of ductile iron. Style No. with (3"-12") 7571-P (3"-12") 7561-P 6" — 12" = ,/,' Tap 7572-P (3"-8") 7597-P (3" only) 7057-P 7901-P 7902-P N/A 6" —12" = 3/" Tap 7950-P VALVE ACCESSORIES Mechanical operational accessories are used for valves having special operational needs such as; 1. Location with limited access 2. Hazardous locations 3. Revision of operational position 4. High Torque Operation 5. Indication of Valve Position 7576-P Accessory selection must be evaluated for its capability to transmit the required torque requirements to the valve. To assure long-term trouble free operation, its materials of construction should take into account factors relating to corrosion and maintenance. Accessories used on M&H valves can include the following: Electric Motor Operators Stem Guides Indicator Posts Hand wheels "T" Handles Extension Stems Floor Boxes Chain Wheels Floor stands (Non -rising stem) Position Indicators Miter Box Gearing Electronic Switches July 2005 / C515 Gate Valves HD Fowler Company - MH4067MM33DL SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS (4"-12") (Styles 7000 NRS: 7068 OS&Y)(1 of 2) M&H AWWA C51.5 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (2000) General: Gate valves shall be of the resilient seated wedge type, fusion bonded epoxy coated to ANSI / AWWA C550, ductile iron body design. They shall comply with the American Water Works Association Gate Valve Standard C-515-99 as latest revised. Approvals: Gate Valve to Meet or Exceed the Requirements of AWWA C515 Gate Valve to Meet or Exceed the Requirements of UL-262 Gate Valve to Meet or Exceed FM —1120 / 1130 Gate Valve to Meet NSF 61 Gate Valve Wedge to Meet of Exceed The Requirements of ASTM D429 Testing: Each valve shall be hydrostatically tested to the requirements of both AWWA and UL/FM and be rated for 250 psi AWWA service. Valves shall be rated for zero leakage at 250psi water working pressure and have a 500psi hydrostatic test for structural soundness for 4" through 12". All testing shall be conducted in accordance with AWWA C-515 Pressure Ratings: Size Range Water Working Pressure psi Bubble -tight Test psi Hydrostatic Shell Test psi 4"-12" AWWA 250psi 250psi 500psi 4"-12" ULFM 200psi 200psi 400psi Materials: All cast iron shall conform to ASTM-A126 Class B. Castings shall be clean and sound without defects that will impair their service. No plugging or welding of such defects will be allowed. All ductile iron shall conform to ASTM-536 70-50-05 Stem and wedge nut shall be a copper alloy in accordance with section 4.4.5 of AWWA C515 Bolts for above ground valves shall be electro-zinc plated steel with hex heads and hex nuts in accordance with ASTM A-307, and A-563 respectively. Bolts for below ground valves shall be 304 stainless steel with hex heads and hex nuts. Powder Coating: A high performance, one -part, heat -curable, thermosetting coating which provides superior corrosion resistance protection for metal parts. M&H Powder Coating material is a stable, non -toxic resin consisting of 100% solids. It is impervious to and imparts no taste to potable water. M&H Powder Coating is formulated from materials deemed acceptable in the Food and Drug Administration Document Title 21 of the Federal Regulations on food additives; Section 175.3000 entitled "Resinous and Polymeric Coatings". M&H Powder Coating is applied using a heat application, fusion -bonding process which secures the coating material to the metal valve components. This process provides a visibly void -free coating 5-8 mils thick with excellent adhesion qualities. The durable M&H Powder Coating has a hard finish and exhibits excellent corrosion resistance in most aqueous solutions. It will not sag or cold flow or become soft during long-term storage. In addition to excellent corrosion resistance to aqueous solutions, the coating has excellent stability and resistance to acidic soil conditions. M&H Powder Coating meets both the application and performance requirements of the American Water Works Association standard ANSI / AWWA C550 entitled "Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants". July 2005 / C515 Gate Valves HD Fowler Company - MH4067MM33DL SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS (4"-12") (Styles 7000 NRS: 7068 OS&Y)(2 of 2) Design: Resilient Seated valves shall conform to the latest revision of AWWA Standard C-515-99. 4"-12" shall be UL listed and FM approved. The valve shall have a ductile iron body and bonnet. All internal parts shall be accessible for repair or maintenance without removing the body from the line. NRS and OS&Y stems shall be of cast bronze. NRS stems shall have integral thrust collar with Delrin thrust bearing above and below the collar. NRS stems shall have two machined grooves above the thrust collar and one groove below for 0-ring seals. The upper two O-rings shall be field removable with the valve under pressure. Valves shall be supplied with O-ring seals at all joints. No flat gaskets allowed. Blind bolts threaded into tapped holes in bonnet or body shall not be acceptable. The stem nut shall be of cast bronze and independent of the stem and wedge for NRS valves. Stem nuts for OS&Y valves shall be securely fastened to the stem. Tapping valve shall pass a full size cutter 4"-12" The waterway in the seat area shall be smooth, unobstructed, free of cavities and for valves 4" and larger at least 0.19" greater in diameter than the nominal valve size. Coating 5-8 mill inside and out. Thickness Wedge / Gate: The wedge shall be of cast iron and completely encapsulated with a resilient elastomer material permanently bonded to the wedge and have a rubber tearing bond that meets ASTM D429. Marking: Markings in accordance with AWWA C-515 standard includes name of manufacturer, the year of manufacture, maximum working pressure and size of valve. In addition, country of origin to be clearly cast into body & cover castings. Warranty: Resilient seated gate valves shall be covered by a ten-year limited warranty against defective materials or workmanship. End Mechanical joint end valves to match ANSI / AWWA C111/A21.11. Connections: Flanged end valves to match ANSI / AWWA C110/A21.10 (ASME B16.1, Class 125) Tapping valves through 12" shall mate all sleeves through 12" outlet regardless of manufacturer. Valves shall be furnished with tapping sleeve side to ASME B 16.1 Class 125 flanged end with centering ring. Outlet side of valve shall be mechanical joint with (without) accessories to ANSI / AWWA C111/A21.11. Push -on ends suitable for stab joints with ductile or cast iron. Laying Lengths Valves not listed in ANSI, AWWA, UL, or FM have dimensions per M&H design as noted in catalog. / Configurations July 2005 / C515 Gate Valves HD Fowler Company - MH4067MM33DL ITEM DESCRIPTION MATERIAL ASTM SPEC. R1 HOLD DOWN HEX BOLT 304 STAINLESS STEEL --------- R2 HOLD DOWN BOLA WASHER 304 STAINLESS STEEL --------- R3 OPERATING NUT OR HAND WHEEL CAST IRON ASTM A126 CLASS B R4 BOLTS/NUTS STUFFING BOX 304 STAINLESS STEEL — — — — — — — — — R5 STUFFING BOX SEAL PLATE DUCTILE IRON ASTM A536 70-50-05 R6 0—RING STEM OTY=3 NBR --------- R7 0—RING STUFFING BOX NBR --------- R8 THRUST WASHER DELRIN --------- R9 STEM AWWA GRADE C BRONZE ASTM B584 CDA 867 R10 HEX HEAD BOLTS &NUTS 304 STAINLESS STEEL — — — — — — — — — Ri 1 COVER BONNET DUCTILE IRON ASTM A536 70-50-05 R12 STEM NUT AWWA GRADE A BRONZE ASTM A584 CDA 44 R13 WEDGE DISC GATE CAST IRON & SBR COATED AS M A126 CLASS Rio i 0—RING COVER NBR --------- 15 — P S DUCTILE IRON /U—bU—Ob R16 POST PLATE CAST IRON ASTM A126 CLASS B R17 PIPE PLUG (OPTIONAL) GALVANIZED --------- BODY R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R9 C R7 Ri6 R11 R8 R14 R12 R10 R13 Q R15 Ri7 0 � rTmm 0 G DWN: TRIJ 4" THRU 12" M&H VALVE COMPANY DATE: 7/1/05 RESILIENT SEAT CATE VALVE ANNISTON,ALABAMA DWG. NO. C515—NRS—STYLE 7000 A DIVISION OF MCWANE INC. 7000 VALVE ASSEMBLY / MATERIAL LIST TN5 IXtAWING AM All. MMD"T*N 5 OUR PROPERTY AHD VVJI NUT BE MED, COPE➢. OR �pK'ED WR OUT WMn'EN CONSQft DESM AND M!`FMON MrTS RESERVED. GAh dusMa LLC ~� A Zurn Company } �e LEVER AND WEIGHT. CHECK IVAUVESr GOUMANDEKS WIVIS - GA FIGURE 220 SPECIFICATION/FUNCTION The check valve shall be a GA Lever and Weight, rubber seated swing check valve. The valve shall permit flow in one direction only and dose tightly, without slamming, when its discharge pressure exceeds its inlet pressure. DESCRIPTION The swing check valve shall be installed on the discharge side of a pump with the flow direction (horizontal or vertically up), and shall function to prevent reverse flow back thru the pump when the pump is not running. The valve shall be made to operate without slam. The hinge shaft shall be located completely above the waterway. The valve shall be tight seating when closed, and provide a full equivalent pipe area when open fully. The seating shall be by a resilient field replaceable ring on the valve disc contacting a bronze (or stainless) seat ring in the valve body. A Lever and Weight shall be provided to initiate valve closure. CONSTRUCTION The valve body shall be of Cast Iron (ASTM At 26-8) and with a Cast Iron Disc of similar material. The hinge shaft shall be of 18-8 stainless steel with the disc arm and counterweight arm keyed thereon. The body seat shall be all Bronze (or Stainless Steel). The counterweight arm may be of the manufacturer's standard construction. The hinge shaft packing gland shall be of the adjustable packing gland design employing a compression type packing. Simple o-ring shaft seals will not be accepted. FIGURE NUMBER The valve shall be as manufactured by GA Industries of Mars, Pennsylvania: inch size and shall be their Fig. 220 Lever and Weight. 34 35 In VALVE SIZE 3 4 A Fece to Fk.e B CL to Top C. C"to sattorn D CL to Side E C' to Side F Ship wt Lbs. STRAIGHT THRU SIZES W roWY poluuls by .45W b obtain Ulograms. MW6ply inches b•; 25 40 to oh-mn millimeters. 1-- BODY:':- ._:z... •2-._..DISC ARM SET.SCREWS 2 BODYSEAT. :::.;''_::: `.....- � ;: INNER BUSHING.. . 2A SEil7.Or.RN1G :.:: �... . .. �. 14 .. OUTER: BUSHING .. . 22 -....SEAT PINS-:... ......... 15 -GLAND-:.. - 3 DISC 8 CENTER PIN ' " .16 GLAND STUDS a DISC ARM - : --.. 17 .' GLAND PACKING 5A RENEWABLE SEAT.._ .. .18 SHAFT LOCK PIN 58 SEAT: FOLLOWER -..19 - -DISC ARM KEY 50 SEATSCREWS _ 30 COUNTER WIEGHTARM 5D 'etETAL SF-47 WASHER 30A CTW ARM SET SCREWS 6 '[SCNUT 30B CTWARM KEY .. 6A. DISC NUT: WASHER - .:.3t - . COUNTERWEIGHT 6B DISC NUT FIN 31A _ CTW SETSCREW a- - COVER GASKET '33 COVER PLUG -9.-. COVER -34 ,- SHAFrEND-PLATE . �C CO'IERBOTS 35.:-.---. END PLATE BOLTS 1' SH!k;�-, 36 ... .END PLATE SEAL SECTION SHOWING ALTERNATE 50 VALVE WITH METAL TO METAL SEAT. SEAT AND SEAT FOLLOWER ARE ONE PIECE (OPT IONALAT EXTRA COST. CONSULT FACTORY.) Valves available with DIN, (SO. eS or specialfarges. 9 4 2A sa D ZP . y. �. \ > §�"Pip;�, . »w« ..: Materials of Construction Item Description Material Al Body Cast Iron, ASTM Al26, Class 8 Ductile Iron, ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 Acid Resistant Bronze, ASTM 13427 Alloy C90700 Carbon Steel, ASTM A216, Grade WCB 316 Stainless Steel, ASTM A743, Grade CF-8M Alloy 20 Hastelloy C Monel Aluminum, ASTM 826, Alloy 7130, Temper T5 Cast Iron Hard Rubber Lined (flanged with NRH or NRCR plug facing only) Cast Iron Soft Rubber Lined (flanged with CR plug facing only) A2 Body Bearing 316L Stainless Steel. Sintered Stainless Steel 4'-18" (100-450mm) only 316 Stainless Steel, ASTM A743, Grade CF-SM 20'-36" (500-500mm) only Aluminum Bronze, ASTM B30, Alloy C95400 with 316 Stainless Steel, ASTM A240 Sleeve Bearings press -fit on each plug journal42' (1100mm) & larger A3 Plug Indicates transfer * molded process Metal (same metal as valve body except cast iron which has 316 stainless steel plug) CR Chloroprene (RS16* and RS17) NSR Acrylonitrile-Butadiene (RS24* and RS25) NRH Hard Natural Rubber (RS53) (CIH Body Material only) CUR Chloro-Isobutene Isoprene (RS55* and RS561 NRCR Hard Rubber with Chlomprene Overlay (CIH Body Material only) CSM Chforo-Sulfonyl Polyethylene (RS46 and RS479 FKM Fiuoro Rubber (RS48* and RS58) NBRD Acrylonitrile-Butadiene (RS26) EPDM Ethylene Propylene Diene Terpolymer A4 Thrust Bearing PTFE A5 Gasket Non -asbestos filler in Styrene-Butadiene Rubber binder A6 Bonnet Same material as body A7 Bonnet Bearing 316L Stainless Steel, Sintered Stainless Steel4-18" (100-450mm) only 316 Stainless Steel, ASTM A743, Grade CF-8M 20-36' (500-900mm) only Aluminum Bronze, ASTM 830, Alloy C95400 with 316 Stainless Steel, ASTM A240 Sleeve Bearingspress-fit on each plug coal 42" (1100mm) & larger AB Bonnet Screws Carbon Steel, Grade 2, Zinc Plated (CI, ABZ, NR Body Materials) Carbon Steel, Grade 5, Zinc Plated (CS Body Material) 18-8 Stainless Steel (S2. AA, HC, ML Body Materials) A9 Packing NBR Acrylonitrile-Butadiene. V-Type PTFE All Gland Cast Iron on all except Stainless Steel Al2 Gland Stud Zinc Plated on all except Stainless Steel A13 Nut Stainless Steel Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated A14 Caution Tag Stainless Steel A15 Pipe Plug (optional) Galvanized Carbon Steel Applicable Standards Flanged Construction) 4" 0 00mm) and Larger Al DeZURIK PEC Eccentric Plug Valwes are designed and/or tested to meet the fogowing standards: I ANSI flange drilling conforms to ANSI B16.1, Class 125 and ANSI 816.5. Class 150. Mechanical -joint end connections conform to ANSUAW WA C1111A21.11. Grooved joint end connections conform to ANSUAW WA C606. MSS-SP91 guidelines for manual operation of valves. Metric 10 bar flange drilling conforms to the NP 10 requirements of International Standard ISO 2084, to the 10 bar requirements of British Standard 4604, and to the NP 10 requirements of German Standard DIN 2532. Metric 16 bar flange drilling conforms to the NP 16 requirements of International Standard ISO 2084, to the 16 bar requirements of British Standard 4504, and to the NP 16 requirements of German Standard DIN 2533- British Table D flange drilling and Table E flange drilling conform to British Standard BS 10. Japanese 10 bar flange drilling conforms to Japanese Industrial Standard JIS B 0203. 2 0 2009 DeZURIK A11 + A74 A6 Valve Selection Cv/Kv Values' Valve Cv* Size Kv• 4' ;tfiQ 100mm 484 5 & 6" 1180 125 & 150mm t020 2030 200mm 1760 12 3130 250mm 2710 12. 4149 300mm 3580 14" 5500 350mm 4760 L 7300 400mm 6320 1a: 2M 450mm 8300 20' 13000 500mm 11200 24' 17500 600mm 151DO 20' 28000 750mm 24200 36' 40000 900nm 34600 42" 58000 1100mm 50200 48" 100000 1200mm 86500 r5L 10WO 1400mm 86500 50000 1700mm 130000 72 15= 1800mm 130000 *Cv = Flow in GPM of water at 1 psi pressure drop. *Kv = Flow in m'/hr. of water at 100 kPa pressure drop. Valve Weights Bo Materials I Valve Cast Iron, Bronze, Carbon Stainless Size Ductile Iron jkcid Bronze Aluminum Steel Steel Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged 4' 0 M 24 B7 211 100mm 1 30 31 11 39 35 5 & 6" in in M Ll i3 125 & 150mm 50 54 17 64 60 e' 1 1 ]29 faW 245 200mm 78 86 28 102 93 1Q 2W 20 2a 3U 2M 250mm 113 120 43 159 122 12 324 44 142 505 4, 1� 300mm 177 191 64 229 186 J-4: N& nZ 720 ff25 350mm 252 1 263 89 327 284 400mm 327 342 116 404 361 1L 1000 im 315 1255 2K 450mm 454 465 143 569 451 24' 1300 1360 470 im 116 500mm 590 617 213 767 710 24' 2790 _ _ 3015 _ 600mm 1266 1368 M 5250 - - - - 750mm 2381 art 6550 - - - - 900mm 2971 42' 11500 1100mm 5216 48' 230M - - - - 1200mm 10433 24M - - - - 1400mm 10886 1700mm 17690 Z3 44000 1800mm 19958 Note: Weights for 4.8" (100.200mm) include NT nut. Pressure Ratings C.W.P. Non -Shock Working Pressure Ratings Valve Size 4-12" 14-36" 42-72" Material (I GO- (350- (1100- 300mm) 900mm) 1800mm) Cast Iron 175 psi 150 psi 150 pgi _ (ASTM A126-Grade B) 1210 kPa 1035 kPa 1035 kPa Ductile Iron 285 psi 250 psi 125( psi (ASTM A536, Grade 65A5-12) 1965 kPa 1724 kPa 1724 kPa Acid Resisting Bronze 200 psi 1501351 _ 1390 kPa 1035 kPa Aluminum 150 psi 125 psi - 1035 kPa 860 We Carbon Steel** 285 Psi 285 psi - 1965 kPa 1965 kPa Stainless Steel** 275 psi 275 psi and other Alloys 1896 kPa 1896 kPa Hard and Soft Rubber Lined 175 psi j 150 osi Cast Iron* Body 1210 kPa 1 1035 kPa * Cast Iron conforms to ANSI B16.1 Class 125 Hydrostatic Test. ** Carbon Steel and 316 Stainless Steel conforms to ANSI B16.5 Class 150. ' NOTE: Cv/Kv values will be slightly higher for valves with threaded ends and for metal -to -metal seated valves Sizing data is based on discharge into conduit rather than atmosphere. Flow Characteristic 100% 90% 80% 3 t° 70% 60% exo 50% 0 40% 30% d d 20% 0. 10% 0% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60%70% 80% 90% 100% Valve Percent Open 3 Dimensions Valve Sizing Flow Charts 1-1 6W.W( 5W,m 400.09 3W,0W 20o,m 155,000 1gg0��0'',pp0p0pp0 10,0 60,OW 50,oW 40.000 30.00 20.000 10.1.9p00p NO 7,000 6,OW 5,000 CAW d 3,0W 200 > l t P O 600 so F 40 $� 300 O LL 200 I 80 70 60 5o 40 30 20 Valve Fully Open to 10 20 Pressure Drop (psi) 10' 100%. 66' & 72' 8'400%. & 54' 42' 36' 36 Valve Fully Open - Metric Pressure Drop (kPa) )0--100%, )a--'100%& IIM— 00rm 0�n Cnn 5 HD Fowler Company - TF1NK975XL3 F- I C AT 10 SU B M ITf .LSHEEN` FEATU Sizes: LLY 1" ❑ 1 1/4" ❑ 1 1/2" ❑ 2" Maximum working water pressure 175 PSI Maximum working water temperature 180'F Hydrostatic test pressure 350 PSI End connections Threaded ANSI B1.20.1 OPTIONS (Suffixes can be combined) ❑ - with full port QT ball valves (standard) ❑ L - less ball valves ❑ U with union ball valves ❑ MS - with integral relief valve monitor switch ❑ P - for reclaimed water systems ❑ S - with bronze "Y" type strainer ❑ BMS - with battery operated monitor switch with ection; 2" only ❑ TCU - with test cocks up uni n ws (3/4" & 1 ") ❑ SE - with street elbows ❑ FT - with integral male 450 flare SAE test fitting ACCESSORIES ❑ Air gap (Model AG) ❑ Repair kit (rubber only) ❑ Thermal expansion tank (IAodel XT) ❑ Soft seated check valve (Model 40XL) ❑ Shock arrester (Model 1250) ❑ QT-SET Quick Test Fitting Set ❑ Ball valve handle locks ❑ Test Cock Lock (Model TCL24) DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS (do not include pkg.) APPLICATION Designed for installation on potable water lines to protect against both backsiphonage and backpressure of contami- nated water into the potable water supply. Assembly shall provide protection where a potential health hazard exists. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE • ASSE© Listed 1013 • IAPMO® Listed • UL® Classified (less shut�offvatves orwdi OS&Yvalves) • C-ULV Classified • CSA® Certified • XMNA Compliant C511 • Approved by the Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at the University of Southem California • NYC MEA 425-89-M VOL 3 —� MATERIALS Main valve body Access covers Fasteners Elastomers Polymers Springs E o 0 40D Q 0 oho c Cast Bronze ASTM B 584 Cast Bronze ASTM B 584 Stainless Steel, 300 Series Silicone (FDAApproved) Buna Nitrite (FDAApproved) NorylTy, NSF Listed Stainless steel, 300 series Relief Valve discharge port: 3/4" -1' - 0.63 sq. in. 1 1/4" - 2" - 1.19 sq. in. DIMENSIONS (approximate) WEIGHT MODEL LESS WITH SIZE A AUNION BLESS BALL c D E F G BALL BALL BALL VALVES VALVES VALVES VALVES in. mm in. imm in. I mm in. mm in, mm in. I mm in. mm in. I mm in. mm Ibs kg lbs. I kg 314 20 12 305 13 314 349 7 314 197 2 118 54 3 76 3 112 89 5 127 16 118 410 10 4.5 12 5.5 1 25 13 330 14 112 368 7 314 197 2 1/8 54 3 76 3 112 89 5 127 17 3/8 441 10 4.5 14 6.4 1 1/4 32 17 432 1813116 478 10 15i16 278 2 314 70 3 1/2 89 5 127 6 314 171 229116 573 22 10 28 127 1 V2 40 17 318 441 19 3/8 492 10 15/16 278 2 3/4 70 3 112 89 5 127 6 314 171 24 1 /16 611 22 10 28 12.7 2 50 18 1/2 470 20 112 521 10 15116 278 2 314 70 3 1/2 89 5 i27 6 3/4 171 26 1/2 673 22 10 34 15.d DOCUMENT REVISION:. 6/09 Page 1 of 2 WILKINS a Zurn company,1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA93446 Phone:8051238-7100 Fax:8051238-5766 In Canada: ZURN INDUSTRIES LIMITED, 3544 Nashua Dr., Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1 L2 Phone:905/4054272 Fax:9051405-1292 Product Support Help Line: 1-877-BACKFLOW (1-877-222-6356) • Webslte: http*Ifwwwzurn.com HD Fowler Company - TFWK975XL3 0 ET 20 1.26 FLOW CHARACTERISTICS MODEL 975XL 3/4", 1", 1 114", 1 112" & 2" (STANDARD & METRIC) FLOW RATES (I/s) 2.52 3.8 5.0 3.2 6.3 9.5 20 TYPICAL INSTALLATION 15 10 12.6 15.8 80 ' 0 50 FLOW RATES (GPM) O Rated Flow (Established by approval agencies) Local codes shall govern installation require- ments. To be installed 'in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions and the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code. Unless otherwise specified, the assembly shall be mounted at a minimum of 12" (305mm) and a maximum of 30" (762mm) above adequate drains with sufficient side clearance for testing and maintenance. The installation shall be made so that no part of the unit can be submerged. CENTRAL STATION ALARM PANEL BATTERY MONITOR 30' MAX AIR GAP I 1 FITTINGIC �1 . rp FLOOR DRAIN DIRECTION of FLOW =j> INDOOR INSTALLATION Mown w/ opoonal BMS) SWAG y 103 � ul 69 w 35 a 100 150 200 250 Capacity thru Schedule 40 Pipe Pipe size 5 ft/sec 7.5 ft/sec 10 fVsec 15 ft/sec 118" 1 1 2 3 1/4" 2 2 3 5 3/8" 3 4 6 9 1/2" 5 7 9 14 3/4" 8 12 17 25 1" 13 20 27 40 1114" 23 35 47 70 1 1 /2" 32 48 63 1 95 2" 52 78 1 105 1 167 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE WAOPTER MTIONAL AIR GAP ETER DRAIN DIRECTION OF FLOW INLETSHUT-OFF OUTDOOR INSTALLATION 12, 30" --� SPECIFICATIONS The Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventer shall be ASSEO Listed 1013, rated to 180'F and supplied with full port ball valves. The main body and access covers shall be bronze (ASTM B 684), the seat ring and all internal polymers shall be NSF® Listed Noryl"" and the seat disc elastomers shall be silicone. The first and second checks shall be accessible for maintenance without removing the relief valve or the entire device from the fine. If Installed indoors, the installation shall be supplied with an air gap adapter and integral monitor switch. The Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventer shall be a WILKINS Model 975XL. WILIQNS a Zurn company,1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA 93446 Phone:805l238-7100 Fax:8051238-6766 IN CANADA: ZURN INDUSTRIES LINOTED, 3544 Nashua Dr., NGssissauga, Ontario L4V 1L2 Phone:905/405-8272 Fax:906405-1292 Product Support Help Una: 1-877-BACKFLOW(1-877-222.5356) • Website:httpJMrww.zurn.com Page 2 of 2 ROMAC July 5, 2010 INDUSTRIES, INC. 1-800-426-9341 Single Strap Service Saddles Style 101 NU Nylon Coated Saddle with U-Bolt -^ * Style 101 S Painted Saddle with Stainless Steel Strap Style 101 NS Nylon Coated Saddle with Stainless Steel Strap PIPE SIZE O.D. PIPE RANGE} 1/2" I.P, 314" & 1" LP. or C.C. TAP 1 1/4" -1 'h" - 2" I.P. or C.C. TAP (21121' I.P. ONLY) -- $ _ --= CTNi OTY _ - �- CTNfl% OTY 1111NT' - CTN OTY OTY APPROX. WEIGHT ea. _ "CTN -- 1/2 $23.20 $34.46 15 $43.59 $54.85 25 $42.972 $4824 15 $56.34 $70.03 25 1.7 2 2.38-;z5Q;= = 24.97 36.37 15 44.15 55.54 25 NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.7# 21/2 r 88 '". 2&52 37.10 15 44.97 55.54 15 NA NA NA NA NA NA 1.7 # 3 3-45 - 0: 27.92 39.03 12 45.80 56.92 12 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2.5 # 4.00 - '= 31.73 43.36 10 48.57 60:22 10 42.47 57.14 7 61.32 75.48 7 4.3 # 4" 4.50 31.73 43.36 10 48.57 60.22 10 4297 57.14 7 61.32 75.48 7 4.0 # 4S0 , == 33.01 45.18 10 48.72 60.89 10 44.96 59.20 7 61.77 76.02 7 4.0 # 6.00 - M6 =; 35.87 48.32 5 57.31 69.76 5 49.98 65.46 5 66.47 81.94 5 5.1 # 6'1 6.63 - G 35.87 48.32 6 57.31 69.76 6 49.98 65.46 5 66.47 81.94 5 4.8 # 6.63 _ 38.34 50.78 6 64.20 70.88 6 53.96 69.90 5 67.10 83.05 5 4.8 # 8.00 - 3 43.41 58.39 4 67.78 82.74 4 58.99 77.39 4 80.44 98.85 4 5.5 8.63 - 43.41 58.39 5 67.78 82.74 5 58.99 77.39 4 80.44 98.85 4 5.0 # 8.63 - L6 45.99 61.63 5 68.49 84.14 5 68.14 86.51 4 81.59 99.95 4 5.0 # 1011 10.00 �ffjQ_*=5&58 z 62.40 6 83.09 91.90 6 82.31 89.69 6 104.90 112.29 6 7.5 # 11.100_ 53.58 62.40 6 83.09 91.90 6 82.31 89.69 6 104.90 112.29 6 7.5 # 12„ 12.00 0 57.62 77.98 5 85.95 106.32 5 83.82 104.20 5 128.84 130.52 5 9.0 # 13.20� 57.62 77.98 5 85.95 106.32 4 83.82 100.19 5 128.84 130.52 5 9.0 # t'nCes and Welgnts snown are per saddle ' Not recommended for iron pipe size PVC or ductile iron size PVC (C-900). 2 11/4" IP tap only. To Order: Add tap size to the upper range of the saddle. When ordering for PVC pipe, specify O.D. (D.I. or IPS) Example: Painted Saddle with U-Bok: Manufacturer Recommendation: For PVC pipe, Choose the saddle that has the pipe O.D. closest to the top of the saddle's O.D. range. For Copper pipe, single strap saddles should be preformed at the factory, or see pg. 4-6 for 304/306 stainless steel saddles. UPPER TAP TYPE STYLE RANGE SIZE THREAD 101 - 7.60 x a/e" IP 101S - 7.60 x 4" IP 101NU- 7.60 x 3/4" IP ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. STYLE 101 S & 202S SERVICE SADDLE SUBMITTAL INFORMATION MATERIALS Casting The saddle body is cast from ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Gasket Gasket is made from Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR) compounded for water and sewer service and a tolerance of petroleum products in accordance with ASTM D 2000 MBC 610. Other compounds available for special applications. Straps Type 304 (18-8) heavy gauge Stainless Steel per ASTM A 240. Straps are two inches wide to spread out clamping forces on the pipe. GMAW and GTAW welds. Passivated for corrosion resistance. Bolts, Nuts For sizes 1-1/2" through 3", 1/2" UNC roll thread Type 304 (18-8) Stainless Steel bolts with heavy hex nuts. 4" and above use 5/8" UNC roll thread Type 304 (18-8) Stainless Steel bolts with heavy hex nuts. Rod for bolts are per ASTM A 240 and nuts are per ASTM A 194. All welds fully passivated for enhanced corrosion resistance. Nuts coated to prevent galling. Washers Fiat, type 304 (18-8) heavy gauge Stainless Steel. Coating Shop coat applied to casting for corrosion protection in transit. PRESSURE RATING Ductile iron, cast iron and steel pipe: rating of pipe up to 350 psi maximum, pipe sizes up through 24 inch, larger than 24 inch up to 30 inch pressure rating is 150 psi. PVC and asbestos cement pipe; rating of pipe, PVC up to 305 psi. For other applications please consult your representative. AWWA STANDARDS These service saddles meet the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. SIZES AND RANGES See catalog, sizes up through 32.10. Romac Document Number 25-8-0002 3/09 This information is based on the best data available at the date printed above, please check with Romac Engineering Department for any updates or changes. Phone (425)_951 6200 Toil Free 1 800 426 9341 Fax (425) 951 6201 • www.romacindustries.com 41 July 5, 2010 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. 1-800-426-9341 RFCA (Restrained Flanged Coupling Adapter) Flange Body: Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTMA536, Grade 65-45-12. Flange meets the dimensional requirements of ANSI Class 125 and 150 bolt circles. Gaskets: Compounded for water and sewer service in accordance with ASTM D 2000 (Sizes 3-12" have flange O-Ring gasket). Othercompounds available for petroleum, chemical, or high temperature service. Gland: Romac RomaGrip'"". See page 7-6. Restraining Baits: 7/8 -9 roll thread, Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536. Restraining Lugs: Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536. Heat treated using a proprietary process. Lug Locators: Polyurethane, a thermal plastic. T bolts and Nuts: High strength low alloy steel T-head bolt. National coarse rolled thread and heavy hex nut. Steel meets AWWA C111 composition specifications. Stainless steel bolts and nuts avail- able on request Coatings: Shop coat applied to cast parts for corrosion protection in transit. Fusion bonded epoxy available on request. FM Use: Ductile Iron Pipe 3 - 24", cast iron pipe 3" - 24" (same OD's as ductile iron) and IPS size STD steel pipe 3 - 12'. Not for use on PVC, HDPE pipe or To Order: Specify catalog number. Example: For a 12' RFCA Order: RFCA- 13.2D plain -end mechanical joint fittings. For applications on PVC, please NOTE: 3" - 12" special Romac gasket works on both steel and D.I.ODs. contact your Romac representative. NOM. GASKET GLAND a;: LIST PRICE WEIGHT PIPE RANGE LENGTH BOLTS1819[8E`Ft;ti Shopcoat Shopcoat Fusion Epoxy Fusion Epoxy (Ibs.) SIZE arr: size w/Std. B&N wl304 SS B&N w/Std. B&N w/304SS B&N 3" 3.50-3.96 8.00" 4:Ile x3' _ _,��= $145.45 $157.56 $165.10 $177.20 21 4" 4.50-4.80 9.00" 4: 314" x 3'h° 183.32 209.43 207.88 233.99 29 6" 6.63 6.90 9 25" 6:/4" x 4" 233.85 273.01 267.10 306.26 40 8 8.63-9.05 9.25 6: 3W x 4" _ = 315,59 354.75 355.82 394.98 53 Orr 10.75-11.10 10.25 8: 3la x 4" 1-1 �=Jfl 581.96 634.17 669.69 721.91 83 12" 12.75-13.20 10.25" 8: 3/4" x 4" = -~� 632.13 684.34 739.86 792.07 110 14" 15.30 11.70" 10:114" x 4 Ili" 882.79 947.37 1,020.54 1,085.12 170 16" 17.40 11.70' 12: 3/< x 4 Ile IM 1,225.93 1,302.91 1,410.23 1,487.21 200 18" 19.50 11.80" 12: 310 x 4 V? - 1,346.63 1,423.60 1,546.13 1,623.10 217 20° 21.60 11.80 14:314'x4Ih" • 1,521.19 1,611.94 1,772.94 1,863.69 256 24" 25.80 12,00' 16:3/4"x5" W 1,845.38 1,959.61 2,130.38 2,244.61 305 Some initial axial movement may occur in lug style restraints as the lugs seat. Movement is directly related to the size of the piping system and the system pressure. In general terms movement of approximately 0.25" can be expected in restraints under 16". For larger sizes, movement of approximately 0.4" may be seen. ff this is critical to your application please contact Romac Engineering for additional information. 36 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. RESTRAINED FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTER (RFCA) FOR STEEL AND DUCTILE IRON SIZE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE 3 THROUGH 12 INCH SUBMITTAL INFORMATION F AO a USE The Restrained Flanged Coupling Adapter is used to connect plain end AWWA C900 PVC pipe (Class 150 and 200), iron pipe size PVC pipe (meeting ASTM D2241 Class 160 and 200), and thin walled ductile iron size PVC pipe such as C909 and class 100 C900 there are special bolt torque requirements (see installation instructions) to a flanged pipe or fitting. A RomaGrip wedge style restrainer provides restraint for the plain end pipe. MATERIALS Gland and Flange Body Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Gaskets Gasket is made from virgin Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR) compounded for water and sewer service in accordance with ASTM D 2000 MBA 710. Flange gasket is O ring style and is made of Nitrile Butadlene Rubber (NBR) in accordance with ASTM D 2000. Other compounds available for petroleum, chemical, or high temperature service on request. Restraining Bolt 7/8 —9 roll thread, Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536. Restraining Lugs Ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536. Heat treated using a proprietary process. Lug Locators Type 304 stainless steel. T-bolts and Nuts High strength low alloy steel T-head bolt. National coarse rolled thread and heavy hex nut: Steel meets AWWA C111 composition specifications. Stainless steel bolts and nuts available on request. Coatings Shop coat applied to cast parts for corrosion protection in transit. Fusion bonded epoxy available on request. FLANGE Compatible with ANSI Class 125 and 150 bolt circles. AWWA C219 Romac 501 couplings meet the specifications set forth in the AWWA Standard C219 coupling spec. FM Approved FM approved for ductile iron size PVC pipe (AWWA C900) Class 150 and 200 4 —12 inch. PFRFnRmaNrF Nominal Pipe Size (inches) Pressure Rating (psi)* ax. Joint Deflection (0) Pipe Insertion (inches) Working Test Minimum Maximum 3 275 412 2.0 2.0 4.5 2.5 3,5 5.0 .0 275 412 3.5 1 2.0 3.5 5 5.5 ---75-- 10 275 -275 .0 12 412 - rressure rating of system is umnea to pressure rating of pipe SIZES AND RANGES See Catalog. Document Number 20-8-0020 904 This information is based on the best data available at the date printed above, please check with Romac Engineering Department for any updates or changes. July 5, 2010 ROMAC tC INDUSTRIES, INC. Style "501" Straight, Transition 1.800-426-9341 and Long Barrel Couplings Center Rings: Ductile iron per ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Yellow shopcoat. Epoxy and special coatings available on request. w = End RI for cas Gaske availat Bolts t r resistai -' Option Prem at work WARNING See Pa( CAL there son prgs,im. p .: REp BLACK !�a e C=: BLACK I>9ELt f BLACK` aL 4 ' Standard Cent Requires sped 2-2 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. STYLE 501 AND RC 501 REDUCING COUPLING SUBMITTAL INFORMATION AWWA C219 Romac 501 couplings meet the specifications set forth in the AWWA Standard C219 coupling spec. MATERIALS Castings The end rings and center rings are cast from ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536. Gaskets Gaskets are made from virgin Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR) compounded for water and sewer service in accordance with ASTM D 2000 MBA 710. Other compounds available for petroleum, chemical, or high temperature service. Bolts and Nuts 5/8 inch, High strength low alloy steel trackhead bolts. National coarse rolled thread and heavy hex nuts. Steel meets AWWA C111 composition specifications. Stainless steel bolts and nuts available on request. Coatings Shop coat applied to cast parts for corrosion protection in transit. Fusion bonded epoxy, liquid epoxy and other coatings available on request. PRESSURE When properly installed on a pipe that is within the correct outside diameter range, couplings in the Romac Style 501 line can be used at working pressures up to 260 psi. Higher working pressures available for specific applications. SIZES AND RANGES See Catalog. 4/08 Romac Document Number 20-8-0005 This information is based on the best data available at the date printed above, please check with Romac Engineering Department for any updates or changes. Phone (425) 951 6200 Toll Free 1 800 426 9341 • Fax (425) 951 6201 • www.romacindustries.com 15 HD Fowler Company - R0611480 August 27. 2007 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. "600" Series Pipe Restraining System 1-800-426-9341 W Castings: Ductile iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536, C Grade 65-45-12. t R Clamping Bolts: High Strength Low Alloy Steel per AWWA C111 '� Clamping Nuts: ANSI B 18.2.2. .a) Restraining Rods, T Bolts and Nuts: High strength, low alloy C steel per AWWA C111. 3 Coating: Color coded shop coat. Black on ductile iron sizes, Red on IPS (steel) size PVC. Not for use on polyethelene pipe or C13 g plain end mechanical joint fittings. 0600 Series approved F M forr 44"" -10" nnvaovEo sizes for C900 STYLE 611 for bell & spigot joints, eic � 1 Romac couplings and transitionsNOM PIPE PIPE PIPE PIPE CATALOG CLAMPING BOLTS' RESTRAINING RODS APPROX. WEIGHT LIST PRICE SIZE DIA. NUMBER QTY: SIZE QTY: SIZE lbs. 411 IPS size PVC 4.50 611-4.50 4: 5/s" x 4" 2: 3/4' x 18" 181/2 # '$61.18 D1, C-900 4.80 611 -4.80 6ri l7 IPS size PVC DI, C-900 6.63 6.90 611-6.63 611-6.90 4: 5/8" x 4" 2: 314" x 20" 22 # 81.12 8u IPS size PVC D I C-900 8.63 9.05 611 - 8,.63, 611 - 9.65 4: 3/4' x 5" 2: 3/4" x 20" 40 # 131.45 1011 IPS size PVC 10.75 611-10.75 4: 7/s" x 5" 4: 3/4" x 22" 50 # 229.15 DI, C-900 11.10 611 - 11.10 rr 12 IPS size PVC DI, C-900 12.75 13:20 611-12.75 611 - 13.20 4: '/s" x 5" 4: 3/4" x 22" 60 # 250.70 Per pair of castings To Order: Specify catalog number. Example: For a 6" DI or C-900 Bell & Spigot Joint, order Style 611 - 6-90 STYLE 612 for Mechanical Joints 1K>1 NOMPIPE PIPE PIPE PIPE CATALOG CLAMPING BOLTS' RESTRAINING RODS APPROX' WEIGHT LIST PRICE SIZE DIA. NUMBER QTY: SIZE QTY.- SIZE lbs. 411 IPS size PVC D I, C-900 4.50 4.80 612-4.50 612-4.80 2: 5/8" x 4" 2: 3/4" x 7" 10 # $43.42 Err IPS size PVC DI, C-900 6.63 6.90 612-6.63 612-6.90 2: s/s" x 4" 2: 3/4" x 7" 1V/2 # 52.61 8„ IPS size PVC DI C-900 8.63 9.05 .612-8.63 " 612-9.05 2: 3/4" x 5" 2: 3/4' x 7" 201/2 # 78.24 10 if IPS IPS size PVC 10.75 612 - 10.75 2: '/a" x 5" 4: 3/4" x 7" 28 # 146.78 C-900 11.10 612-.11.16 12" IPS size PVC 12.75 612 12.75 2: 7/s" x 5" 4. 3/4" x 7" 32 # 155.96 DI, C-900 13.20 612 - 13.20 Per pair of castings To Order: Specify catalog number. Example: For a 6" Dior C-900 MJ fitting, order Myle 612 - 6.90 744 HD Fowler Company - R0611480 ROMAC INDUSTRIES, INC. OWMP "600" SERIES PIPE RESTRAINING SYSTEM SUBMITTAL INFORMATION USE The Series 600 is a multi -purpose pipe restraint system for PVC and ductile iron pipe joints. Configurations are available for us on bell and spigot joints, mechanical joints, Romac Style 501 and 511 flex couplings. They are engineered to eliminate the need for thrust blocks or other methods of restraint. Not for use on plain end mechanical joint fittings. MATERIALS Castings The restrainer rings are cast from ductile (nodular) iron, meeting or exceeding ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Restraining Fasteners 3/4" Restraining rods, T-bolts, heavy hex nuts, and coupling nuts are high strength low alloy steel meeting AWWA C111 composition specifications. National coarse thread. Allowable force per bolt is 7,500 pounds when properly installed. Clamping Fasteners The 4" and 6" sizes use high strength low alloy steel trackhead bolts. Steel meets AWWA C111 composition specifications. National coarse rolled thread and heavy hex nuts. The 8° through 12" sizes use heavy hex Grade 8 bolts. Sizes 4" and 6" use 5/8", 8" 3/4 ", 10" and 12" use 7/8 ". Coatings Shop coat applied to cast parts for corrosion protection in transit. PRESSURE When properly installed on the correct size pipe, the Romac Series "600" Restraining System can be used at these working pressures: Pipe Material Pressure Rating Test Pressure Safety Factor PVC Up to 200 psi 1.25 times Rating of Pipe 2:1 Ductile Iron 150 psi 188 psi 2:1 Approvals: FM approved for AWWA C900 PVC pipe, 4 through 10 inch, at 150 psi working pressure and 225 psi test. SIZES See Catalog. 1/09 This information is based on the best data available at the date printed above: please check with Romac Engineering Department for any updates or changes. HD Fowler Company - WW00025.40W - Order# B159205 - - 14, / - 21, / - 23, / - 38, / - 47, / C110 FLANGED FITTINGS SUBMITTAL SIZES: 2" through 30" STANDARDS: ANS€/AWWA C110/A21.10 PRESSURE RATING: 250 PSI NSF-61: Meets all requirements, UL Certified COATING: ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 AND Trlernec 140N-1211 CEMENT LINING: ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 EPDXY COATING: ANSI/AWWA C116/A21-16 BARE: Available FLANGES; ANSI CLASS 125 B16.1 FLANGE THICKNESS: ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15; STANDARD CLASS 125 TEMPLATE FOR DRILLING BOLT HOLES FLANGE DETAILS 0 Nominal Dia of Flango Pipe Size Flange Bolt Thickness Bolt Hole Number Bolt Dia. S'' Inch ox. Circle 7 Diamotor of Bolts and Lengths ��` B.C. (j Q 2 6 4.75 .62 .75 4 WA 3 7.6 6 .75 .75 4 %x21h 0 0 ® 9 7.5 .94 .75 8 %X3 6 11 9.5 1.00 .875 8 ;( 'h 13.5 11.75 1.12 .875 8 WYA 10 16. 14.25 1.19 1.00 12 NA a. a. >z ,� ,7 ,�� ,.00 ,2 ilac4 td Ts 21 23.5 18.75 21.25 13$ 1.44 1.t25 1.12$ 12 16 1x4Yz 1x4Y� 18 25 22,75 1.56 1.25 16 /ex5 T 20 27.5 25 1.69 1.25 20 'AX5 T 24 32 29.5 1.88 1.375 20 YXsh 30 38.75 36 7-12 1.375 28 IYx616 NOTE: Drilling templates are in multiples of four, so that fittings may be made to face in any quarter. Bolt holes shall straddle the center line. HD Fowler Company - 8FN3X24 To Our Valued Customer: We hereby certify that to the best of our knowledge and belief all =nipples manufactured by Merit Brass Company conform to specification AST'M B687-88. Nipples are threaded with American Standard tap(x pipe threads (NPT} in accordance with screw -threaded standard for Federal Services Handbook H-28. Brass nipples have a weighted average lead content of <=0.251,146 and are in compliance with O ifornia's Health & Safety Code Section 116875 (commonly kriowm as AB 1953) and Vermont Act 193. This product is Certified by NSF to NSF/ANSI 61 for use in drinking water supplies of pH 6.5 and above. Sincerely, MERIT BRASS COMPANY Mare Schlessinader President fi- P.O. Box 43127 • the Men E Brine • CIWOU(Id, 01-i 44143 Phone 216 ?6? WOO, 7oN Free BOO ?261WO • Fax: 8t?(} r2ia 8�{i - Mivm.mesii�tass.coth + wyjwj) 4vet> ,press,cum a;:u.rd *®r �rsRuo +�U15 HD Fowler Company - BFL331 March 3, 2003 Gentlemen: To the best of our knowledge, when we distribute import brass fittings, hey comply with the following standards: Materials Dimensions Unions Flanges Threads Working Pressure Class 12S Ib. & 250 lb. ASTM B584-00 ANSI B16.15 WW-U-5I6B ANSI B 16-.24 ANSI/ASME 131.20.1 125 psi & 250 psi Sincerely, FAIT BRASS CO'v1PANY � / l arc C 1 ssulger President P.O. Box 43127 - One MeM O&L * Cleveland, OH 44143 v - F Ph": 216,261 9800 - Toll Free: 800 726 9600 • F= 800 726 9880 • htipJJwww.medtlNass.wm Ka375 HD Fowler Company - IR00008A.4DW - Order# B 159205 - - 53, / PVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS Performance Engineered & Tested 11 Full 1/4" Through 12" Availability Spears comprehensive line of injection molded PVC fittings offers a variety of configurations in molded Schedule 80 sizes 1/4" through 12" conforming to ASTM D 2467 and Spears exclusive CL150 Flanges in sizes 1/2" through 16 , Exceptional Chemical & Corrosion Resistance Unlike metal, PVC fittings never rust, scale, or pit, and will provide many years of maintenance -free service and extended system life. High Temperature Ratings PVC thermoplastic can handle fluids at service temperatures up to 140° F (60°C), allowing a wide range of process applications, including corrosive fluids. Lower installation Costs Substantially lower material costs than steel alloys or lilted steel, combined with lighter weight and ease of installation, can reduce instaHatinn costs by as much as 60% over conventional metall systems. O pf9tftf110 BOtl3 Assessed to 150 9001 80-2-1000 SPEARS Schedule 80 PVC fitting designs combine years of proven experience with computer generated stress analysis to yield the optimum physical structure and performance for each fitting. Material reinforcement is uniformly placed in stress concentration areas for substantially improved pressure handling capability. Resulting products are subjected to numerous verification tests to assure obtaining the very best PVC fittings available. Higher Flow Capacity Smooth interior walls result in lower pressure loss and higher volume than conventional metal fittings. Additional Fabricated Configurations through 36" Extra large, hard -to -find, and custom configurations are fabricated from NSF Certified pipe. FiTrings are engineered and tested to provide full pressure handling capabilities according to Spears specifications. Advanced Design Specialty Fittings Spears wide range of innovative, improved products include numerous metal -to -plastic transition fittings and unions with Spears' patented stainless steel reinforced (SR) plastic threads. PVC Valves SPEARS PVC Valve products are amAilabie for total system compatibility and uniformity; see SPEARS' THERMOPLASTIC VALVES PRODUCT GUIDE & ENGL LEERING SPECIFICATIONS (V-4). Sample Engineering Specifications All PVC Schedule 80 fittings shall be produced by Spears Manufacturing Cornpany From PVC Type I, cell classification 12454, conforming to ASTM standard D 1784. All injecetm molded PVC Schedule 80 finings shall be r-xrrified ftn ptxablc ware, service by NSF International and rraoufacturcd in strict mnplianee to AMM D 2467. All fabricated fittings shall be produced in accordance with Spears General Specifications for Fabricated Fittings. All PVC flanges shall be designed and manufacrured to meet CL1S0 bolt pattern per ANSI Standard B165 and sated for a —imam internal pressure of 150 psi, non -shock at 73F. PROGRESSIVE PRODUCTS FROM SPEARS INNOVATION & TECHNOLOGY Visit our web site: wwww:spearstnfg.com HD Fowler Company - 1R00008B.4DW - Order# 6159205 - - 53, / PVC Thermoplastic Pipe Temperature Pressure De -Rating System Operating Temperature IF (°C) 73 (23) 80 (27) 90 (32) 100 (38) 110 (43) 120 (49) 130 (54) 140 (60) PVC: 100% 90% 1 75% 62% 50% 40% 30% 22-A NOTE: Valves, Unions and Specialty Products have different elevated temperature rat:ngs than pipe. PVC Basic Physical Properties Properties ASTM Test Method PVC Mechanical Properties, 73OF Specific Gravity, g/cml D 792 1.41 Tensile Strength, psi D 638 7,000 Modulus of Elasticity, psi D 638 440,000 Compressive Strength, psi D 695 9.000 Flexural Strength, psi D 790 13,200 Izod Impact, notched, ft-Ib/in D 256 .65 Thermal Properties I leat Deflection Temperature, IF at 66 psi D 648 165 Thermal Conductivity, BTU/hr/sq f /,F/in C 177 1.2 Coefficient of Linear Expansion, in/in/IF D 696 3.0 x 10-s Flammability Limiting Oxygen Index, % D 2863 43 UL 94 Rating 94V-0 Other Properties Water Absorption, % 24 fir. D 570 1 .05 Industry Standard Color White / Dark Gray ASTM Cell Classification D 1784 1 12454 NSF Potable Water Approved Yes PVC Chemical Resistance PVC is genenfly inert to most mineral acids, bases, salts and paraffinic hydrocarbon solutions. For more infortmcion on PVC chemical resistance refer to the Chemical Resistance of Rigid Vinyls Bascd on Immersion Test, published by the GEON` company. NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES Spears Manufacturing Company DOES NOT RECOMMEND the use of thermoplastic piping products for systems to transport or store compressed air or gases, or the testing of thermoplastic piping systems with compressed air or gases in above and below ground locations. The use of our product in compressed air or gas systems autxrmadcally voids any Warranty for such products, and its use against our recommendation is entirely the responsibi6ty and liabihty of the installer. WARNING: DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS TO TEST ANY PVC OR CPVC THERMOPLASTIC PIPING PRODUCT OR SYSTEM, AND DO NOT USE DEVICES PROPELLED BY COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS TO CLEAR SYSTEMS. THESE PRACTICES MAY RESULT IN EXPLOSIVE FRAGMENTATION OF SYSTEM PIPING COMPONENTS CAUSING SERIOUS OR kATAL BODILY INJURY. SPEARS' MANUFACTURING COMPANY �EbRS CORPORATE OFFICES 15853 Olden Street, Sylmar, CA 91342 P.O. Box 9M3, Sytnar, CA 91392 (618) 364-1611 • h tp.dwww.spearslnfg.com PACIFIC SOUTHWEST NORTHWEST ROCKY MOUNTAIN SOUTH CENTRAL UTAH 15860 Olden Street 3902'B' Street N.W. 4880 %reace Street 4250 Patriot Drive. Suito 300 1641 South 700 West Sylmar (Los Angeles), CA 91342 Auburn (Seatla), WA Denver. CO Grapowle (Dalas). TX Salt Lake City, t1T P.O. Box 9203, Sylmar. CA 91392 98001 80238 76061-2317 84104 (018)364-1611 (253)9N-4433 (3031371-9430 (972)691�4003 (801)972-065S (800)862-1499 (SOD)347-7327 (U3)MA154 (NO)441-1437 FAX (801)972-HU FAX: (B16) 367.3014 FAX (253) 939-7557 FAX: (303) 375.9546 FAX: (972) 691-4404 NORTHEAST SOUTHEAST FLORMA MIDWEST INTERNATIONAL SALES 543 wt1whal on" 4205 Newpoint Place. Suite 100 3445 Bartlett Boulevard 1 Gateway Court, Suite A 15853 Olden Street Lewbberry (HomMurg), PA Lov rE—ole, GA Onando, FL 9dlngbrook (Ctticago), IL Syhmar (Los Angeles). CA 91342 17339.9532 30043 32911 604W P.O. Box 9203 (7f7) 938-8844 (578) SaS-1263 (407) 843-1980 (630) 759.7529 S*nar, CA 9f392 000)Z33-0275 (800) 662-6326 (800) 327-6390 (800) 662-SM (818)364-1611 FAX 1717) 938-6547 FAX (678) 9555642 FAX: (407) 425.3563 FAX. (630) 759-7515 FAX (818) e9N774 E-mail: export®spearsmlgcan C Copyright 2001 Spears Manufacturing Company. All Rights Reserved. Printed in the United States of America OSI01. 80-2-1000 HD Fowler Company - FOC14330 ._.,_"yam a ..1 i��6fiF �✓ � •pti�y u•+ ,�, MIT Quick Joint Coupling - (CI4-xx-Q style) FEMALE IRON PIPE THREAD BY QUICK JOINT FOR COPPER OR PLASTIC TUBING (CTS) Iron Pipe Threads External Nut Stop Quick Joint Nut Stainless Steel Gripper for Axial Restraint Quick Joint Size Molded Buna-N Spring Tip Gasket Provides Hydraulic Seal DESCRIPTION LENGTH APPROx. WT. LBS PART NUMBER ✓ SUBMITTED ITEM(s) FEMALE IRON PIPE Q.J. FOR CTS i/2" 1/2" 1-9/16 .4 V C14-II-Q 3/4" 3/4" 1-1/4" .6 V C14-33-Q 314" 1" 1-3/4" .9 ♦ CIA-34-n 1" 3/4" 1-3/4" .7 ♦ C14.43-Q 1" 1" 2-1/8" .9 ♦ C14-44-Q 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2-7/16" 2.3 VV C14-66-Q 2" 2" 2-5/8" 2.8 HIV C14-77-Q V UL Classified to ANSI/NSF Standard 61. VV Add "K" to end of catalog number for item to be UL classified to ANSUNSF Standard 61. Note: Ford recommends insert stiffeners when using plastic pipe or tubing. M* FEATURES • All brass conforms to AWVVA Standard C800 (ASTM B-62 and B-584, UNS NO C83600 - 85-5-5-5) • Sleeve design provides hexagonal wrench flats for proper installation. 4 UL EFH The Ford Meter Box Company considers the information in this submittal form to be correct at the time of publication. Item and option availability, inciuding specifications, are subject to change without notice. Please verify that your product information is current. The Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. Submitted By: I t I P.O. Box 443, Wabash, Indiana U.S.A. 46992-0443 Phone:260-563-3171 / Fax:800-826-3487 Overseas Fax: 260-563-0167 hftp://www.fordmeterbox.com 11/26/03 HD Fowler Company - FOL44330 ..s�-4 N=w'" �� a Quick Joint Ell Coupling - (L44 xx-Q style) QUICK JOINT FOR COPPER OR PLASTIC TUBING (CTS) BOTH ENDS Quick Joint Nut Exterr Qu Molded BUNP Spring Tip Ga provides hydn Stainless Steel -T Size I DESCRIPTION LENGTH HUGHT APPRox. WT. Les PART NUMBER ✓ SUBMITTED -ITEM(s) Q.J. FOR CTS Q.J. FOR CTS 3/4" 3/4" 1-5/8" 1-518" 1.0 ♦ L44-33-Q 1" 1" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 1.8 V L44-44-Q 1-1/2" 1-fl2" 2-7/16" 2-7116" 3.1 VV L44-66-Q 2" 2" 2-13116" 2-13/16" 4.2 VT L44-77-0 ♦ uL %,055Rrea [o ANOUNW- bianaara ui . VV Add "- K" to end of catalog number for item to be UL classified to ANSUNSF Standard 61. Note: Ford recommends insert stiffeners when using plastic pipe or tubing. =+ FEATURES • All brass conforms to AWWA Standard C800 (ASTM B-62 and ASTM B-584, UNS NO C83600 - 85-5-5-5) `pas: 51 The Ford Meter Box Company considers the information in this submittal form to be correct at the time of publication. Item and option availability, including specifications, are subject to change without notice. Please verify that your product information is current The Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. Submitted By: I l P.O. Box 443, Wabash, Indiana U.S.A. 46992-0443 Phone: 260-563-3171 / Fax 800-826-3487 Overseas Fax: 260-563-0167 http:/iwww.fordmeterbox.com 04/29/05 HD Fowler Company - FOC84330 Quick Joint Coupling - (C84-xx-Q style) MALE IRON PIPE THREAD BY QUICK JOINT FOR COPPER OR PLASTIC TUBING (CTS) Male Iron Pipe Threads External Nut Stop Molded Buna-N Sprinq Iror i 1( Length — V Stainless Steel Gripper Quick Joint Nut J Quick Joint Size I r DESCRIPTION LENGTH APPROX. WT. LBS PART NUM13ER ✓ Sunmrr= ITEM(S) MALE IRON PIPE Q.J. FOR CTS 1/2" 1/2" 2" 5 ♦ C84-11-Q 3/4" 5/8" 2-1/4" - V C84-32-Q 3/4" 3/4" 2-1/4" .6 V C84-33-0 314" 1" 2-318" .7 V C84-34-Q 1" 3/4" 2-19/32" .7 ♦ C84-43-Q T" 1" 2-9116" .8 ♦ C84-44-Q 1-1/4" 1-1r4" 2-5/8" 1.4 VV C84-55-Q 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 31 1.8 V V C84-66-Q 2" 2" 3-1/4" 2.3 ♦V C84-77-Q V UL Classified to ANSI/NSF Standard 61. ♦'V Add "-K" to end of catalog number for item to be UL classified to ANSI/NSF Standard 61. Note: Ford recommends insert stiffeners when using plastic pipe or tubing. FEATURES • All brass conforms to AVVVVA Standard C800 (ASTM B-62 and B-584, UNS NO C83600 - 85-5-5-5) • Body design provides hexagonal wrench flats for proper installation. G�psslrifo IJ� WATER RUAU" The Ford Meter Box Company considers the information in this submittal form to be correct at the time of publication. Item and option availability, Including specifications, are subject to change without notice. Please verify that your product information is current. The Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. submitted By: (► ( PO. Box 443, Wabash, Indiana U.S.A. 46992-0443 Phone: 260-563-3171 / Fax:800-826-3487 Overseas Fax: 260-563-0167 http://www.fordmaterbox.com 12/1 D/09 HD Fowler Company - WWLS410S Link -Seal`'= Modular Seal Model Properties with EPDM Seal Elements EPDM (Black) EPDM (Blue) Low Durometer Model "C" or "L" Link -Seas Modular Sea[ Suitable for use in water, direct ground burial and atmospheric conditions. Provides electrical isolation where cathodic protection is required. Type: Standard Seal Element: EPDM (Black) or EPDM (Blue) Pressure Plates: Reinforced Nylon Polymer Bolts & Nuts: Steel with 2-part Zinc Dichromate & proprietary corrosion inhibiting coating. Temp. Range: -40 to +250°F (40 to +121°C)* with Nitrile Seal Elements Nitrile (Green) Model "S-316" Link -Seal Modular Seal For chemical processing & waste water treatment. EPDM rubber is resistant to most inorganic acids and alkalis, some organic chemicals (acetone, alcohol, ketones). Type: Stainless Seal Element: EPDM (Black) or EPDM (Blue) Pressure Plates: Reinforced Nylon Polymer Bolts & Nuts: 316 Stainless Steel Temp. Range: 40 to +250°F (-40 to +1210C)* = Sustained operation near temperature limits may affect life expectancy. Model "O" Link -Seal Modular Seal Nitrile rubber is resistant to oils, fuel and many solvents (gasoline, motor oil, kerosene, methane, jet fuel, hydraulic fluid, water, etc.). Type: Oil Resistant Seal Element Nitrite (Green) Note: Not u.v reefstanL Pressure Plates: Reinforced Nylon Polymer Bolts & Nuts: Steel with 2-part Zinc Dichromate & proprietary corrosion inhibiting coating. Temp. Range: -40 to +210°F (40 to +99°C)* with Silicone Seal Elements Silicone (Grey) Model "T" Link -Seal Modular Seal Silicone rubber is ideal for temperature extremes. The "T" model is the one hour Factory Mutual approved. Type: High/Low Temperature Seal Element: Silicone (Grey) Pressure Plates: Steel Zinc Dichromate Bolts: Steel with 2-part Zinc Dichromate & proprietary corrosion inhibiting coating. Temp. Range: -67 to +400°F (-55 to +2040C)* Model "OS-316" Link -Seal Modular Seal Combination of oil resistant rubber and stainless steel hardware. Type: Oil Resistant Seal Element Nitrile (Green) Note: Not u.v resistant. Pressure Plates: Reinforced Nylon Polymer Bolts & Nuts: 316 Stainless Steel Temp. Range: -40 to +210 OF (-40 to +990C)* = Sustained operation near temperature limits may affect life expectancy. Model "FD/FS" Link-Seal,Modular Seal Double seal for added protection. Type: Fire Seals Seal Element Silicone (Grey) Pressure Plates: Steel zinc dichromate Bolts: Steel with 2-part Zinc Dichromate proprietary corrosion inhibiting coating. Temp. Range: -67 to +400°F (-55 to +2040C)* NOTE: Sustains a constant temp of 325°F. (1630 C.) = Sustained operation near temperature limits may affect life expectancy. ,Material Properties of Link -Seal Modular Seal Elements ASTM PROPERTY METHOD EPDM (EPDM L)�" NITRILE - SILICONE Hardness_ (shore A) D-2240 50 ±5 (40 ±5) T 50 ±5 50 ±5 Tensile D-412 1450 psi 1300 psi 860 psi Elongation D-412 400% 300% 250% Compression Set S-395 15% 45% 40% 22 hrs._158OF (70oC) 22 hrs. @ 212*F (100°C) 22 hrs. @ 350°F (177°C) _ Specific Gravity D-297 1.10 1.42 1.40 Material Properties of Composite Pressure Plates ASTM PROPERTY METHOD VALUE Izod Impact - Notched D-256 2.05 ft-lbiin Tensile Strength @ Yield D-638 20,000 psi Tensile Strength - Break D-638 20,250 psi Flexural Strength @ Yield D-790 30,750 psi Flexural Modulus D-790 1,124,000 psi Elongation, Break D-638 11.07% Specific Gravity D-792 1.38 Moisture Content - 0.18% Bolt & Nut Specifications Standard: Carbon Steel Carbon steel, zinc dichromated per ASTM B633, with an additional corrosion inhibiting proprietary organic coating (passes 1470 hour salt spray test) Tensile Strength = 60,000 psi, minimum. Option: Stainless Steel ANSI Type = 316, Per ASTM F593-95 Tensile Strength = 85,000 psi, average. HD Fowler Company - WWLS410S Technical iata '�� Submittal Sheet; j t For LS-200 through LS-315 Bolt Pressure Compression Pipe, Tube, Conduit I Pwe Assist Boss _ I or Cable O.D. f ; Link -Seal Bolt Circe ,� :• .: • ::A, �,�, _, � �, � � (Pipe dia. +opening dia.l2) j��, atter-F~rlg N) / 1 I A�iangdt.l�r f. c � If�� jj i for tnareetion. y F t -,�. j Annular Space 11 Il1ilIIDOUI 111T1 iilT�� - x�Y � - - i e`::. - _A For LS-325 through LS-600 '�a ktR�z Pressure BoltPlate Washer r^•LLB }`,: _ _ Pressure Plate ! _ .: •, �..:_.: _''.: .: _ - .. Length (A) f - ..• N Sleeve, Casing or Wall Hole I.D. Actual Rubber Sealing Element Thickness (B) rjangea nex rvur Dimensional Data fnr Modem C_ )- O. 5-316 and OA-RIA (nimpncinnc in inr`hpc pxrpnt ac nntpri) T L T H LINK -SEAL MODEL NO. RUBBER SEALING ELEMENT PRESSURE PLATE BOLT WEIGHT FOR 10 LINK SECTION (LBS) MIN. REQUIRED SEATING WIDTH ACTUAL FREE AVG. LENGTH THICKNESS LENGTH AFTER (B) (C) TIGHTENING D (A) M HEX ACROSS (H) THREAD (L) FLATS SIZE LS-200-C 0.48 1.75 1.38 1.06 0.31 M5 (slotted hex) 0.18 M5 2.50 0.75 2.25 LS-275-C 0.61 1.75 1.38 0.90 0.31 M5 (sl Wed hex) 0.18 M5 2.50 0.85 225 LS-300-C 0.69 2.37 1.87 1.50 0.44 .0-50 0.22 5116-18 3.50 2.10 3.00 LS-315-C 0.81 2.37 1.87 1.44 0.44 0.50 0.22 5116-18 3.50 3.00 3.00 LS-325-C 0.88 2.63 2.00 3.13 1.00 0.50 0.22 5/16-18 4.50 5.50 4.00 LS-340-C 1-00 2.70 2.25 1.52 0.67 0.50 0.22 5/16-18 4.50 3.40 4.00 LS-360-C 1.24 2.70 2.25 2.05 " 0.77 0.50 0.22 5/16-18 4,50 5.00 4.00 LS-400-C 1.38 3.50 2.75 3-50 1.06 0.56 0.25 318-16 5.00 12.00 5.00 LS-410-C 1.43 3.37 2.87 Z52 0.88 0.56 0.25 3/8-16 5.00 8.20 5.00 LS-425-C 1.06 3.00 2.25 3.50 1.19 0.56 0.25 3/8-16 5.00 10.00 5.00 LS-475-C 1.56 3.38 2.63 7-63 0.88 0.56 025 3/8-16 5.00 10.00 5.00 LS-500-C 2.25 3.75 2.75 3.63 1.06 0.75 0.34 U2-13 5.50 22.50 5.00 LS-525-C 2.06 3.75 2.87 3.63 1.06 0.75 0.34 1/2-13 5.50 21.00 5.00 LS-575-C 1.81 3.75 3.00 3.00 1.00 0.75 0.34 1/2-13 5.50 15.50 5.00 LS-600-C 3.09 4.00 3.00 6.00 1.90 29.6mm 12.8mm M20X2.5 180mm 60.60 6.00 HD Fowler Company - TFHB075 SUBMITTAL DATASHEET - BULLETIN NO: ESFF804 (800) 736-0238 a U ► Fax:: (904) 783-6965 . ��0 http://www.hot-box. coin G Email: sales®hqt-box.com 1osD CERTIFIED- i FLIP TOP FIBERGLASS ENCLOSURES: SPECIFICATION: The enclosure, certified to ASSE 1060, shall be of min. 1/8"tk. thixotropic poly- ester resin reinforced with fiberglass strand. Molded exteriors will be a smooth, yacht quality finish, protected w/UV inhibited isopthalic polyester gel coat. Non -molded products will utilize an `industriar' exterior texture, with the same gel coated finish. Insulation shall be min. 1'/."tk. (R8), uni-cellular, non -wicking, polvisocyanate foam. Enclosure shall utilize a Iockable flip top design, for maintenance access through lid without removal of the entire unit. Molded product shall utilize an overlapping lid seam design for weather proof- ing and vandal resistance. Drains shall be sized for full port backflo-tv dis- charge and designed for "one way" exit, inhibiting intnision of debris and/or vermin. Enclosure shall be anchored to a concrete slab or GI.ASSPADT" from within the enclosure w/steel anchors and require a single lock for security pur- poses. Heat, when required, will protect the piping and equipment from exterior tem- peratures to —30'F and be thermostatically controlled. UL or ETL listed self regulating cable(s) or wall mounted air heater(s) will be sized to maintain the equipment at +401F, in accordance with N.EEA. 3-3.1.8 & 3-6.1.3.2. Heat source shall be mounted a minimum of 7" above the slab unless it is UL or ETL certified and NEC approved for submersion. Power source shall be installed inside the enclosure by others, protected with a ground fault inter- rupting receptacle (GFI) or GFI circuit — ref. UL 943, N.E.M.A311. WOdels Na H8.751hr"gh HMN - Flbergless- �,�„ �.. flCeryla•.s nor h P.MW In St-d-d sag.. Oy Ib11A1 Gabrs roam. u aYOEb Y P do upd -9-. u miMaia esodeb Nu -�- nnn-, 2SX 3N% 3E a 3ES - q "` "• -1-, e�, a!: Models No: H53000 through 5000 IJ^` -flbefglass- IuvrA<w-U •'•`- 'i Daum /I ��`��`' �ti € yG,, UMOR MINDED r n 6T"La 1 I AHCHM (TT t L� a Loc%v �. eAcn am) HASP ANO iTAPLE ANGE LOW PROFILE Ser[Wm U.S.PATENT #33,523 _ MODEL HOTBOX LOK BOX VALVEGuaw INSIDE INSIDE INSIDE SHIPPING PAD GLASSPAD NUMBER W/HEAT -_ NO HEAT �LB.75 I 40INSUL. — LENGTH' WIDTH' { HEIGHT' HEAT J.A =_ WEIGHT SIZE MODEL# Y _-19"= - YGP.75 .75 i H8.75- HU1 VG.75 11"' 1 22" 30W+ 30 # 28" X 20" L01 VG1 27" 131, t 23" 60W+ 35 # 36" X 22" GPI 1T _ HB1T LB1T VOLT 27" 13" 35' 60W+ 50# 36"X22" GPI 1.5 HB1.5 L61.5_I VG1.5 j 33" 21" 26" 60W+ 50 # 44" X 32" GPI.5 2 HB2 L52 VG2 I 39" 13" 1 28" 90W+ 50 # 50" X 24" GP2 2T HB2T LBZT VG2T 39" 13" { 36" 90W+ 60 # 50" X 24" GP2 25 H82S L132S VG2SNj 13" 28" SOW+ SS# _ 58"X24" GP2S 2ST i HB28T L82ST N / A 13" 36" 90W+ 95 # 58" X 24' GP2S 83N L133N VG3N 26" 45" 1000W 210 # 82" X 38" NIA 3NS 1) H03NS L83NS { N / A 26" 45" 1500W 340 $ 95" X 38" WA 3E I HB3E LB3E I NIA 26" 55" Isom 385 # 82' X 38" N/A 3ES I H83ES L83ES N 1 A 26" 55" 1500W 425 # !i5" X38" NIA 3000 H63000 LB3000 G30 0 35" 35" 1000W 160 # 57" X 47" GP30 0 MB4000 LB4000 VG400053" 44" 44" 1000W 300 # IiS X 56" GP4000 5000 HB5000 LB5000 VG5000 6 " 52" 52" 1500W 390 # 74" X 64" GP5000 -1"- DIDUSTRIAL TEXTU ' Ann 1` O HEIGHT 3 r TO LENGTH d WIDTH W10 INSUL. e IS CABLF, 1000W A UP - WALL MOUNTEO AIR HER. OPTIONS: I MEMBERS OF: ink RAF L, �1- OPTION TYPE SIZE PHASE VOLTAGE QUANTITY COLOR VENTS EXHAUST ALARM ALARM4f HEAT OTHER�-- i A DIVISION OF CDR SYSTEMS CORPORATION HD Fowler Company- VB562AS Tylerlunion We MPH C- 111M Mwo� "I BOXES for 4' fh re V slip -type New ways to save on valve boxes. Eliminate extra � • `:'" �' "" • - - - " ` - -'- " -" handling by buying pre -assembled units. Save on single t4� Top parts and accessories. Lower unit cost by purchasing .7 8 Valu-Pales of 30 to 80 pieces of tops andbottoms in crates. See list price sheet for pricing details. s :.. .UMWAYSTOSME MM VALVE BOX level f Level 2 Level 3 Boxes Individual Parts VALUTPAK Ports Asseml?W Not Assembled NotAssem6led None: A " 80X" is one top and one bottom LEVEL O NE, Boxes A#3ieimMed/Less LW .R ._• ..,... -�.. ... � Q l L_ s !a Lids marked 'WATER" will snip J140 ; —MIL�• Extension UPC No. Box (Components) Height 670610 tiyeiglit:._ -„ 461-A(IOT+158) 19-22 (NotOffered A--eMw 462 A (IOT+ 2481 27-32 (Not Offered Assembfet� = W-A(I6T+24B) 27.37 145868 72 563-A(I6T+30B) 33-43 145714 81 ,., ...- ,....-.... �64.A (I 6T+ 36B) 39-50 # dW875 83 662=/L(26i+30B) 36 52 1421 97 GbA1t.26+359)9 60 ;d$2 99 66&A (26T f 24B + #60 Ext) 51-71 `T 468A (26T+ 36B + #60 Ext) 62-82 jig f66 ec7;S'sem�iled Ty6�rPipeftJhlihes Dans,nn • P.E? $q Wo ef8_ [lreon foundry CompdMr ' P.O: ep c 3ti�3 • cpslootla6omnd'10 HID Fowler Company - VB562AS • CAST IRON TWO-PIECE V for 4" through i 2" valves, 5114" shctl , s p•ZXpe - Pta'!s Not Assembled/Loss Lids ri---------------------- ----------------- TOPS . .. '-- 8: BOTiDMS , Tops 0— 6" BoNams + Ass? UPC No. UPC Na. UPC No. + Box (Compon"N He* 670610 Lgt Wt 670610 Lgt wt 67WO ' 461-A (1 OT+ 15B): 19-22 144960 IDT 29 145073 15B 26 + + 462-A (10T + 24B) 27--32 144960 10T 29 145080 24BJ 36 562-A (16T+ 246) 27 37 144977 16T 36 145080 24B 36 563-A (16T+300) 33-43 144977 16T 36 145127 30B 45 564-A(16T-36B) 39-50 144-977 16T 36 1450Q7 147 662 A (3 S? - 3013} 36-52 144984 26T 52 14312 : 309, ,45 y 664-A (26T+365.) 39-60 144984 26T 52 l 3611 47 , 666 A (ZbT ii.20+460 Ext) 51 71 744984 26T 52 :f Tj 248 5 i 145066 i 668-A(26T+349+#60Ext) 62-82 144984 26T 52 368 145066 f `NOTE: These are 6850 Bottoms Used to a Mrrmodate the interior threec(tFttle eitlensions. _ . 5 1/q E r 5 3i4 ir-5i4-7 f , LIDS & RISERS 1 � All tt'' ]4 EXTENSIONS UPC No. Height Item/Descnpdoa 670610 Increase `A #58-A Slip Type 1 d5233 14 #59-A Slip -Type 145240 18 29 30�^4"- - #60-A Slip -Type 145066 24 37 7 60-A Extension + + 58-A ond.5#4 Extension + + ........ ..... ..-- ---- - -- --- - - - - -- r.r� ,... .- ... 1 LEVEL THREE - Crates of tops and bottoms, not assembless lids. Easy to handle, ships from stock. TOPS OQBpi3M5' Tops (leis lids) $gjans Sox (Components} Assy Height UPCtSa 67Qi 0 Lgt Wt (11 No. 70610 15f Wt C3ty 461 A (l OF+ 15 b) 19 22 37 S'6 1,OT 320 80 372023-0 1040. 40 462 A (10T+248) 2732 37E 10T 0: 80 37703Q fi 1080 , 30 562 A {) bT + 248) , -37 3 7-M- 9 16T 30 377030 T080 30 563-A (I6T+ 300) $3e.43 37ZW 16T 30-37700" 308 ="7350 30 56d-A (16T+368) 662 A (26T + 308) 3Q-30 3 2 377$Q9 3t71a6 16T lM 30. i 377354 368 1410 26T 1;,00 XQ JW7 30B 1350 30 30 664 A (26T + 36B) 3$§0 M16 26T 15'60 - 368 1410 30 666 A {26T+248 #60 Ext} ' > 7] 3MU 26T 1360 248 1050 30 t 668 A (26T+ 36B #bO Ext) "62'1 31:6 26T 15C.;g72 368 1470 , 30 "1 itfieiiscan9 R=q*W on 666-A & 668 A) _- '` See Note Above. - 460-A S(ip-Type 24"Height Increw 371061 1080 30 n NOTES. To get equal ntnibers, order two crates of bottoms for each crate of fops for 461A, 562A, 563A and SbdA Order lids-separc-holy, see obove. Tyler Pipe/Utili ies Civision * RO. Box 2027 • Tyler, Texas 7571 882.551T _i 1-29-2001 Union foundry Company -P.O. Box 309 it Anniston, A.labotpa ,(;2561236-7601 _ d9 HD Fowler Company - WW00027.4DW - Order# B159205 - 11, / J�oon,c.b SIGMA �t cam, u,�asu cowlof AroN kt+pQt>V . 3/11n 1ffo Wir —S M A n - r N 0 D V3404 SH SINOW HUB VALVE 80X ECi' MSION 4 c PAINTEb . ow OY. or ow WeOrr, Apr& ro Ca cti f: ASKS DEY. 69 t.E�S, I DETAIL 2" SQUARE OPERATING NUT --a/ 2 1 /4" INSIDE MEASUREMENT 2 1 /4" DEPTH VAI VF C)PFRATINC, NIJT FXTFN-�inN EXTENSIONS ARE REQUIRED WHEN THE VALVE NUT IS MORE THAN THREE (3) FEET BELOW FINISHED GRADE. EXTENSIONS ARE TO BE A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) FOOT LONG. ONLY ONE EXTENSION TO BE USED PER VALVE. NOTES: 1. ALL EXTENSIONS ARE TO BE MADE OF STEEL, SIZED AS NOTED, AND PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF METAL PAINT. VALVE OPERATING EXTENSION NO. W-11 HD Fowler Company - WW00308.4DW - Order# B159205 - - 7, , 27 / - 8, , 28 / ITORTHTOWN COMPANY Pipe Protection Products TUBULAR POLYETHYLENE PROTECTION FOR CAST IRON, DUCTILE IRON AND STEEL PIPE PRODUCT HISTORY Certain soils and artificial environments have been shown to be corrosive to cast iron pipe. In severe environments, the life of the pipe has been significantly shortened. Extensive tests and field installations for over 40 years have shown that loose polyethylene encasement of the pipe is an effective and economical means of corrosion protection. PRODUCT USE / DESCRIPTION Polyethylene film prevents contact between the pipe and the surrounding soil for corrosion protection. However, it is not expected to be an airtight or watertight encasement. It is available in Natural (clear), Black or custom colors and in several widths suitable for all pipe sizes. INSTALLATION The 8 mil polyethylene tube should be cut to lengths that provide a one foot overlap beyond each end of a pipe section. Slip the tubing over the pipe with the printed side up, and bunch it back to clear both ends. A shallow bell hole should be made to facilitate installation of the polyethylene. Lower pipe into position and make up the joint. Pull tubing over the joint from the preceding pipe length and tape it securely to the new pipe length. Overlap the polyethylene from the new pipe length back over the same joint and tape in place on the preceding pipe barrel. Pull the polyethylene along the length of the new pipe, folding excess tubing over the top of the pipe barrel and securing it every 3 to 4 feet. Keep the excess polyethylene for the overlap of the next joint bunched back from the joint in preparation for making the next joint. Repeat this process for each new pipe length. Repair any tears, holes or other damage with tape or small sections of polyethylene taped into place. SPECIFICATIONS The 8 mil minimum, group 2, linear low density, flat tube, virgin polyethylene film provided meets or exceeds the requirements of AWWA C105-99, ANSI A21.5-99, ASTM D4976 and NT4112-99. The film is marked showing trademark, year of manufacture, type of resin, specification conformance, applicable pipe sizes and a corrosion protection warning. PROPERTIES Tensile Strength 3600 psi, minimum—ASTM 0882 Elongation 800%, minimum—ASTM D882 Dielectric Strength B00 V/mil, minimum—ASTM D149 Impact Resistance 60C g, minimum—ASTM D1709-B Propagation Tear Resistance 2550 gf, minimum—ASTM D1922 OPTIONS Northtowri s Polywrap is available in custom colors. Standard options are purple polywrap for reclaimed water lines, and blue and green for water and sewer lines, respectively. Other colors and markings are available by special order. P.O. BOX 2064 • HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA 92647 (714) 375-4000 • FAX (714) 375-4006 HD Fowler Company - IFZ3 PACKAGED ACCESSORIES Gland Pack - includes Gland, MJ Gasket and Std. T Head Bolts Size in. Item No. Wt. Ib. 2 DGP2 6 3 DGP3 7 4 DGP4 8 6 DGP6 12 8 DGP8 15 10 DGP10 20 .12 DGP12 25 14 DGP14 37 16 DGP16 43 18 DGP18 47 20 DGP20 61 24 DGP24 72 Retainer Gland Pack - includes Gland, MJ Gasket and Strl T 14aarl Rnitc Size In. Item No. Wt. ib. 3 RGP3 9 4 RGP4 10 6 RGP6 15 8 RGP8 19 10 RGP10 25 12 1 RGP12 32 TB MECHANICAL JOINT COMPACT FITTINGS DUCTILE IRON CLASS 350 as per ANSI / AWWA C153 / A21.53 MECHANICAL JO1M ACCESSORY %WT Q a� Q eoa Transition Gland Pack - includes Gland, Transition Gasket and Std. T-Hearl RnItC Size in. Item No. Wt. Ib. 3 DXP3 7 4 DXP4 8 6 DXP6 12 8 DXP8 15 10 DXP10 20 12 DXP12 + 25 Bolt Pack - Gasket & Bolts, withnut rlanrl Size in. Item No. Wt. Ib. 3 MGP3 3 4 MGP4 4 6 MGP6 6 8 MGP8 7 10 MGP10 8 12 MGP12 9 LOW ALLOY, CORROSION RESISTANT, STEEL T HEAD BOLTS Standard Bolts Size Item No. in. Wt. 5/8 x 3 TB30 .50 314 x 3 1/2 TB35 .75 3/4 x 4 TB40 .85 3/4 x 4 1/2 TB45 1.00 3/4 x 5 T1350 1.25 1 x 6 TB60 2.25 1 114 x 6 TB61 2.50 Anti -Rotation Bolts Size teem No. Wt. in. Ib. 3/4 x 3 1 /2 ATB35 .75 314 x 4 ATB40 1.00 314 x 4 1 /2 AT845 1.25 3/4 x 5 ATB50 1.50 HD Fowler Company - IFZ3 MECHANICAL JOINT COMPACT FITTINGS DUCTILE IRON CLASS 350 as per ANSI / AWWA C153 / A21.53 ACCESSORIES DG STANDARD GLANDS GASKETS Size Item No, Wt. 2 DG2 2 3 DG3 4 4 DG4 5 6 DG6 6 8 DG8 7 10 DG10 10 12 DG12 15 14 DG14 23 16 DG16 28 i8 DG18 30 20 DG20 43 24 DG24 50 30 DG30 85 36 DG36 115 42 DG42 180 48 DG48 275 RETAINER GLANDS (DSIGMA Size STANDARD TRANSITION Item No. Wt. Item No. Wt. 2 MG2 3 MG3 .26 TG3 .50 4 MG4 .30 TG4 .60 6 MG6 .50 TG6 .75 8 MG8 .75 TG8 1.10 10 MG10 .80 TG10 1.30 12 MG12 1.00 TG12 1.65 14 MG14 1.30 16 MG16 1.45 18 MG18 1.60 20 MG20 1.90 24 MG24 2.10 30 MG30 2.30 36 MG36 2.75 42 MG42 3.20 48 MG48 3.65 RMG Nominal Pipe AW WA DUCTILE IRON PIPE WWP Rating SETSCREWS Torque Size Item No. Wt. O.D (psi) Qty Size (Ft Los) 3 RMG3 5 3.96 350 4 518 X 2 85 4 RMG4 7 4.80 350 4 5/8 X 2 85 6 RMG6 12 6.90 350 6 5/8 X 2 85 8 RMG8 16 9.05 250 9 5/8 X 2 85 10 RMG10 22 11.10 250 16 5/8 X 2 85 12 RMG12 28 13.20 250 16 5/8 X 2 85 14 RMG14 45 15.30 250 20 5/8 X 2 85 16 RMG16 52 .17.40 250 24 5/8 X 2 85 18 RMG18 62 19.50 200 24 518 X 2 85 20 RMG20 75 21.60 200 28 3/4 X 2-1/2 110 24 RMG24 97 25.80 200 32 3/4 X 2-1/2 110 30 RMG30 196 32.00 100 40 3/4X2-1/2 110 36 RMG36 246 38.30 100 48 3/4 X 2-1/2 110 42 RMG42 302 44.50 100 56 3/4 X 2-112 110 48 RMG48 380 50.80 100 64 314X2-1/2 110 HD Fowler Company - W0711Q Ix PRODUCT BULLETIN711 ' IPS CORPORATION LOW VOC PVC SOLVENT CEMENT GENERAL DESCRIPTION: WELD -OW 711' is a gray, low VOC emission, heavy bodied, medium settirg, high strength PVC solvent cement for all classes and schedules of pipe and fittings with interference fit through 12 inch (315 mm) diameter, including Schedule 80. It has good gap filling properties and its medium set allows more working time in warm weather. APPLICATION: WELD -ON 711 is for use on all types of PVC plastic pipe applications, Type I and Type II. It is suitable for use with potable water pressure systems, irrigation, turf, conduit, sewer, drain, waste and vent systems. Ideal for use on industrial piping systems. Detailed directions on making solvent cemented ;oints are printed on the container label. An installation DVD/CD covering solvent cementing is available. It not only describes the basic principles of solvent cementing, but also covers the handling, storage and use of our products. It is highly recommended that the installer review the instructions supplied by the pipe and fitting manufacturer. NOTE: WELD -ON solvent cements must never be used in a PVC system using or being tested by compressed air or gases; includ- ing air -over -water booster. AVAILABILITY: This product is available in % pint (237 ml), pint (473 ml), quart (946 ml) and gallon (3.7851) metal cans. For detailed information on containers and applicators, see our current Price List. STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATION LISTINGS: • Meets ASTM D 2564 Standard uPc Meets SCAQMD Rule 1168/316A ® • Compliant with LEEDa (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design). When using this WELD -ON Low aw,owvrsw VOC product, credit can be claimed for LEED Green Building Rating System - Indoor Environmental Quality. • Listed by NSF International for compliance with ASTM D 2564, NSF/ANSI Standard 14 and NSF/ANSI Stan- dard 61 for use in potable water, drain, waste, vent and sewer applications. • Meets CSA standards B137.3 and B181.2 for use in pressure and non -pressure potable water, drain, waste, and vent applications. • Listed by IAPMO for compliance with ASTM D 2564 and applicable sections of the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code® SPECIFICATIONS: COLOR: Gray RESIN: PVC SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.966 10.04 BROOKFIELD VISCOSITY: Minimum 1,600 cP @ 73' t 2°F (23' t 1°C) SHELF LIFE: 3 years in tightly sealed containers. The date code of manufacture is stamped on the bottom of the container. Stability of the product is limited by the evaporation of the solvent when the container is opened. Evaporation of solvent will cause the cement to thicken and reduce its effectiveness. Adding of thinners to change viscosity is not recommended and may significantly change the proper- ties of the cement. QUALITY ASSURANCE: WELD -ON 711 is carefully evaluated to assure that consistent high quality is maintained. Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, gas chromatography, and additional in depth testing ensures each batch is manufactured to exacting standards. Abatch identification code is stamped on each can and assures traceability of all materials and processes used in manufacturing this solvent cement SHIPPING: For One Liter and Above For Less than One Liter Proper Shipping Name: Adhesive Proper Shipping Name: Consumer Commodity Hazard Class: 3 Hazard Class: ORM-D Identification Number. UN 1133 Packing Group: 11 Label Required: Flammable Liquid SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PRECAUTIONS: This product is flammable and considered a hazardous material. In conformance with the Federal Hazardous Substar Act, the following hazards and precautions are given. Purchasers who repackage this product must also conforr state and federal labeling, safety and other regulations. VOC emissions do not exceed 510 grams per liter. Copyright 9 2009 by IPS Corporation HD Fowler Company - W 0711 Q DANGER: EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. VAPOR HARMFUL MAYBE HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. MAY IRRITATE SKIN OR EYES. Keep out of reach of children. Do not take internally. Keep away from heat, spark, open Flame and other sources of ignition. Vapors may ignite explosively. Solvent cement vapors are heavier than air and may travel to source(s) of ignition at or near ground or lower level(s) and flash back. Keep container closed when not in use. Store between 40°F (5°C) and 110°F (44°C). Avoid breathing of vapors. Use only in well -venti- lated area. If confined or partially enclosed, use forced ventilation. When necessary, use local exhaust ventilation to remove harmful airborne contaminants from employee breathing zone and to keep contaminates below 25 ppm TWA. Atmospheric levels must be maintained below established exposure limits contained in Section It of the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). If airborne concentrations exceed those limits, use of a NIOSH approved organic vapor cartridge respiratorwith full face -piece is recommended. The effectiveness of an air -purifying respira- tor is limited. Use it only for a single short-term exposure. For emergency and other conditions where short-term exposure guidelines may be exceeded, use an approved positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus. Do not smoke, eat or drink while working with this product. Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. May cause eye injury. Protective equipment such as gloves, goggles and impervious apron should be used. Carefully read Material Safety Data Sheet and follow all precautions. Do not use this product for other than intended use. "SARA Title III Section 313 Supplier Notification": This product contains toxic chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right -to -Know Act (EPCRA) of 1986 and of 40CFR372. This information must be included in all MSDS that are copied and distributed for this material. FIRST AID: Inhalation: If overcome with vapors, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Call physician. Eye Contact: Flush with plenty of water for 15 minutes and call a physician. Skin Contact: Wash skin with plenty of soap and water for at least 15 minutes. If irritation develops, get medical attention. Ingestion: If swallowed, give 1 or 2 glasses of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Contact physician or poison contrcl center immediately. SPECIAL. PRECAUTION: Do not use a dry granular calcium hypochlorite as a disinfecting material for water pudficafion in potable water piping systems. The introduc, tion of granules or pellets of calcium hypochlorite with PVC and CPVC solvent cements and primers (including their vapors) may result in a violent chemical reaction if a water solution is not used. it is advisable to purify lines by pumping chlorinated water into the piping system — this solution will be nonvolatile. Furthermore, dry granular calcium hypochlorite should not be stored or used near solvent cements and primers. IMPORTANT NOTE: This product is intended for use by skilled individuals at their own dsk. These suggestions and data are based on information we believe to be reliable. Installers should verify for themselves that they can make satisfactory joints under varying conditions. Toward this end, it is highly desirable that they receive personal inshucbon from trained instructors or competent, experienced installers. Contact 1PSa Corporation or your supplier for additional information or instructions. WARRANTY: IPS Corporation ('IPS Corp.") warrants that all new IPS Corp, products shall be of good quality and free from defects in material and work- manship for the shelf life as indicated on the product If any IPS Corp, product becomes defective, or fails to conform to our written limited warranty under normal use and storage conditions, then IPS Corp. will, without charge, replace the nonconforming product However, this limited warranty shall not extend to, nor shall IPS Corp. be responsible for, damages or loss resulting from accident, misuse, negligent use, improper application, or incorporation of IPS Corp. products into other products. In addition, any repackaging of IPS Corp. products also shall void the limited warranty. IPS Corp. shall not be responsible for, nor does this limited warranty extend to, consequential damage, or incidental damage or expense, including without limitation, injury to persons or property or loss of use. Please refer to our standard IPS Corp. Limited Warranty for additional provisions. IFM 0 CORPORATION 455 W. Victoria Street Compton, CA 90220 U.SA Tel: 310.898.3300 Fax: 310.898.3392 Customer Service: 800.888.8312 www.ipscorp.com 500 Distribution Parkway Collierville, TN 38017 U.S.A. Tel: 901.853.5001 A04L. Fax:901.853.5008 vi" HD Fowler Company-'WOP70Q VITA- No 0 c w L IPS CORPORATION GENERAL DESCRIPTION: PRODUCT BULLETIN P LE0- LOW VOC PRIMER FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPES WELD -ONO P-701" is a tow VOC emission, non -bodied, fast acting, primer. The strong, aggressive action of P-70 primer rapidly softens and dissolves the joining surfaces of PVC and CPVC pipe and fittings. The benefit of this priming action is especially noticeable on parts being joined together in cold weather. Available in clear and purple; the latter allows easy identification when used on the joining surfaces. APPLICATION: WELD -ON P-70 primer, when used in conjunction with appropriate WELD -ON solvent cements, will make consistently strong, well - fused joints. It is essential that the joining surfaces of pipe and fittings be softened and remains softened prior to assembly. The main function of the primer is to expedite the penetration and softening of the surfaces. Its rate of penetration into the joining surfaces is more rapid than that of solvent cement alone. P-70 primer is suitable for use with all types, classes and schedules of PVC and CPVC pipe and fittings. It is specially recommended for use on Schedule 80 and large pipe size. Detailed directions on making solvent cemented joints are printed on the container label. An installation DVD/CD covering solvent cementing is available. It not only describes the basic principles of solvent cementing, but also covers the handling, storage and use of our products. It is highly recommended that the installer review the instructions supplied by the pipe and fitting manufacturer. NOTE: WELD -ON solvent cements must never be used in a CPVC system using or being tested by compressed air or gases; including air -aver -water booster. AVAILABILITY. Both WELD -ON P-70 clear and purple primers are available in '/< pint (118 mt), '/2 pint (237 ml), pint (473 mi), quart (946 ml) and gallon (3.785 1) metal cans. For detailed information on containers and applicators, see our current Price List. STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATION LISTINGS: • Meets ASTM F 656 Standard �SF� Pc Meets SCAQMD Rule 1168/316A ® Compliant with LEED'� (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design). When using this WELD -ON low w+rov vrsr a.vaonN VOC product, credit can be claimed for LEED Green Building Rating System — Indoor Environmental Quality. • Listed by NSF International for compliance withASTM F 656, NSF/ANSI Standard 14, and NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for use on potable water, drain, waste, vent and sewer applications. • WELD -ON P-70 Purple Only- Listed by IAPMO for compliance with AS TM F 656 and applicable sections of the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code®. SPECIFICATIONS: COLOR: Clear or Purple SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.858 f 0.040 BROOKFIELD VISCOSITY: Water Thin SHELF LIFE: 3 years in tightly sealed containers. The date code of manufacture is stamped on the bottom of the container. Stability of the product is limited by the evaporation of the solvent when the container is opened. Adding of solvents is not recommended and may significantly change the properties of the primer. QUALITY ASSURANCE: WELD -ON P-70 primer is carefully evaluated to assure that consistent high quality is maintained. Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, gas chromatography, and additional in depth testing ensures each batch is manufactured to exacting standards. A batch identification code is stamped on each can and assures traceability of all materials and processes used in manufacturing this product. SHIPPING: For One Liter and Above For Less than One Liter Proper Shipping Name: Flammable Liquid Proper Shipping Name: Consumer Commodity n_o.s. (Methyl Ethyl Ketone, Tetra hyd rofu ran) Hazard Class: ORM-D Hazard Class: 3 Identification Number. LIN 1993 Packing Group: II Label Required: Flammable Liquid SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PRECAUTIONS: This product is flammable and considered a hazardous material. In conformance with the Federal Hazardous Substances Labeling Act, the following hazards and precautions are given. Purchasers who repackage this product must also conform to all local, state and federal labeling, safety and other regulations. VOC emissions do not exceed 550 grams per liter. Copyright © 2009 by IPS Corporation 1270-04-2009 ND Fowler Company - WOP70Q DANGER: EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. VAPOR HARMFUL. MAYBE HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. MAY IRRITATE SKIN OR EYES. Keep out of reach of children. Do not take internally. Keep away from heat, spark, open flame and other sources of ignition. Vapors may ignite explosively. Solvent cement vapors are heavier than air and may travel to source(s) of ignition at or near ground or lower levei(s) and flash back. Keep container closed when not in use. Store between 40°F (5°C) and 110'F (44°C). Avoid breathing of vapors. Use only in well - ventilated area. If confined or partially enclosed, use forced ventilation. When necessary, use local exhaust ventilation to remove harmful airborne contaminants from employee breathing zone and to keep contaminates below 25 ppm TWA. Atmospheric levels must be maintained below established exposure limits contained in Section II of the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). If airborne concentrations exceed those limits, use of a NIOSH approved organic vapor cartridge respirator with full face -piece is recommended. The effectiveness of an air -purifying respirator is limded. Use it only for a single short-term exposure. For emergency and other conditions where short-term exposure guidelines may be exceeded, use an approved positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus. Do not smoke, eat or drink while working with this product. Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. May cause eye injury. Protective equipment such as gloves, goggles and impervious apron should be used. Carefully read Material Safety Data Sheet and follow all precautions. Do not use this product for other than intended use. 'SARA Title III Section 313 Supplier Notification": This product contains toxic chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right -to -Know Act (EPCRA) of 1985 and of 40CFR372. This information must be included in all MSDS that are copied and distributed for this material. FIRST AID: Inhalation: If overcome with vapors, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Call physician. Eye Contact: Flush with plenty of water for 15 minutes and call a physician. Skin Contact: Wash skin with plenty of soap and water for at least 15 minutes. If irritation develops, get medical attention. Ingestion: If swallowed, give 1 or 2 glasses of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Contact physician or poison control center immediately. SPECIAL PRECAUTION: Do not use a dry granular calcium hypochlorite as a disinfecting material for water purification in potable water piping systems. The introduction of granules or pellets of calcium hypochlorite with PVC and CPVC solvent cements and primers (including their vapors) may result in a violent chemical reaction If a water solution is not used. It is advisable to purify lines by pumping chlorinated water into the piping system — this solution will be nonvolatile. Furthermore, dry granular calcium hypochlorite should not be stored or used near solvent cements and primers. IMPORTANT NOTE: This product is intended for use by skilled individuals at their own risk. These suggestions and data are based on information we believe to be reliable. Installers should verify for themselves that they can make satisfactory joints under varying conditions. 'toward this end, it is highly desirable that they receive personal instruction from trained instructors or competent, experienced installers. Contact IPS' Corporation or your supplier for additional information or instructions. WARRANTY: IPS Corporation ("IPS Corp.') warrants that all new IPS Corp. products shall be of good quality and free from defects in material and workmanship for the shelf fife as indicated on the product. If any IPS Corp. product becomes defective, or fails to conform to our written limited warranty under normal use and storage condi#ions, then IPS Corp. will, without charge, replace the nonconforming product. However, this limited warranty shall not extend to, nor shall IPS Corp. be responsible for, damages or loss resulting from accident, misuse, negligent use, improper application, or incorporation of IPS Corp, products into other products. in addition, any repackaging of IPS Corp. products also shall void the limited warranty. IPS Corp. shall not be responsible for, nor does this limited warranty extend to, consequential damage, or incidental damage or expense, including without limitation, injury to persons or property or loss of use. Please refer to our standard IPS Corp. Limited Warranty for additional provisions. I io 50 CORPORATION 455 W. Victoria Street Compton, CA 90220 U.S.A. Tel 310.898.3300 Fax: 310.898.3392 Customer Service: 800.888.8312 www.lpscorp.com 90 Distribution Parkway Collierville, TN 38017 U.S.A. Tel: 901.853.5001 Fax:901.853.5008 9 ': H.D. FOWLER COMPANY Attn: Kelly Harper Re: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement 10-18-10 Kelly, The materials we will use on the above mentioned project are as follows. Pipe Supports: Fabricated Using Stainless Steel Pipe, Flat Bar, Plate and Angle Iron To Grade 316/ 316L Specs Screen: 1/8" Mesh Stainless Steel If I can answer any further questions, please call. Sincerel , J. F. S a Marysville Branch 6016 21P RrW NE Marysville, WA 98271 (360) 651-1438 (866) 62"733 (360) 857-7814 Fax f 4 PVAM IN %PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 1.1 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DWG C-04 Keynote 1, 10.15052, 10.15061, 10.15062, 10.15114, SPECIFICATION 10.15116, 10.15121, DATE: 12/20/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SECTION: 10.15251, 10.15265. CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Piping and Accessories Inside and Outside of Lift Station REVIEWED BY: Tyler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected X Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: General 1. It is assumed that the assumptions indicated in the previous submittal review comments are correct as there are no clarifications within this resubmittal. Contractor to acknowledge or clarify if otherwise. JM Eagle PVC Sch 80 Pipe (10.15265) 1. No exceptions taken. JM Eagle SDR2613034 Pipe (10.15265) 1. No exceptions taken. US Pipe TR Flex DI Spools & Fittings (10.15251/10.15052) 1. Contractor to verify dimensions of piping layout and coordinate with pipe supplier prior to manufacture. 2. Provide restrained push -on joint pipe and fittings for all buried SSFM piping as specified (10.15052-3.04). (Mechanical joint piping is submitted for 4-inch diameter wye and piping at connection to existing 4-inch diameter SSFM). 3. Contractor to coordinate shop primer compatibility with finish coating. Carollo.local: Carol lo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 1.1.docx Page 1 of 2 GA Industries Figure 220 Lever & Weight Check Valve (10.15114) 1. Confirm limit switch is rated for use in Class 1, Division 2 environment. OUT 'ZtT�O Dezurik PEC Eccentric Plug Valve (10.15116) 1. Provide lever operator (1015116-2.02.A). 2. Submitted Tnemec Series 141 is not acceptable. Interior valve coating shall be Tnemec HS Epoxy Series 104 as specified or approved equal per Sub -Section 10.09960A. Note valve application is not for drinking water use, thus NSF 61 compliance is not required. 3. Exterior valve coating shall be field applied as specified (10.09960A-3.11.D.1.a). Contractor to coordinate shop primer compatibility with finish coat. Romac RFCA Restrained Flanged Coupling Adapter (10.15121) 1. No exceptions taken. Romac Style 501 Couplings (10.15121) 1. Contractor to coordinate gasket range with coupling supplier. C110 Flanged Fittings (10.15251) 1. Submitted Cl Rubber gaskets are not acceptable. Provide gaskets suitable for raw sewage service in accordance with Sub -Section 10.15052, Paragraph 2.04.A. Hot Box Fiberglass Enclosure (Dwq C-04, Keynote 1) 1. No exceptions taken. Siqma MJ Accessory Kits (10.15052) 1. Confirm mechanical joint gaskets are suitable for raw sewage service (10.15052-2.04.A). HDFCO Fabrication Pipe Supports (10.15061/10.15062) 1. It is assumed that the pipe supports will be fabricated in accordance with Contract Drawings and Specifications. Contractor to clarify if otherwise. Carollo.local: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 1.1.docx Page 2 of 2 �► �� PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 1.2 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL SPECIFICATION See previous submittal DATE: 12/23/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SECTION: packages CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Piping and Accessories Inside and Outside of Lift Station REVIEWED BY: Tyler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken X Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. It is assumed that the assumptions/coordination and corrections to be made by the Contractor indicated in the previous submittal review comments will be addressed. Contractor to clarify if otherwise. 2. Provide restrained push -on joint pipe and fittings for all buried SSFM piping as specified (10.15052-3.04). (There are no 4-inch diameter flanged wye fittings). 3. It is unclear as to which limit switch is being provided based on the documentation provided. Provide limit switch rated for use in Class 1, Division 2 environment, rated for NEMA 4X, and normally open, normally closed, SPDT per the specification (10.15114- 2.01.B.5). Carol lo.local: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 1.2.docx Page 1 of 1 Tyler/Union * WYES *45° Wye True Wye Size Dimensions Size Dimensions Run Branch H J Weight StemBranches X Y Weight 3 3 10 3 49 4 4 6.5 3.0 49 4 3 12 3 68 6 4 8.0 3.5 75 r� 4 4 12 3 76 6 6 8.0 3.5 84 6 4 14.5 3.5 106 8 6 9.0 4.5 134 6 6 14.5 3.5 131 8 8 9.0 4.5 125 8 4 17.5 4.5 153 • Not included in AWWA C110 8 6 17.5 4.5 188 8 8 17.5 4.5 201 10 4 20.5 5 232 10 6 20.5 5 288 .10 8 20.5 5 333 10 10 20.5 5 300 12 4 24.5 5.5 355 DUCTILE IRON C110 FLANGED FITTINGS BENDS •90* Reducing *90' Long Radius Bend Bend (1/4) (1/4) Dimensions Dimensions Sae A Weight Size R A Weight 4x3 6.5 35 3 6.25 7.75 32 6x4 8 65 4 7 9 46 8x4 9 88 6 9.5 11.5 83 8x6 9 96 8 14 14 140 1Ox6 11 126 10 16.5 16.5 252 1Ox8 11 151 12 17 19 310 12x6 12 172 14 19 21.5 475 12x8 12 191 16 21.5 24 630 12x10 12 218 • Not included in AWWA C110 ' Not included in AWWA C110 12 6 24.5 5.5 370 BASE BENDS, BASE TEES 12 8 24.5 5.5 395 12 10 24.5 5.5 420 12 12 24.5 5.5 460 NU 14 6 27 6 50014 8 27 6 52514 10 27 6555l4 12 27 6 600 1 U 1 14 14 27 6 640 S -1 L-S- 16 6 30 6.5 655 90° Base Bend (1/4) *90° Long Radius Base Bend (1/4) Base Tees 16 8 30 6.5 680 16 10 30 6.5 715 Support Dimensions Pipe Weight 16 12 30 6.5 755 Sae X S U Size 90• 901LR Tee 16 14 30 6.5 800 3 4.88 5 .50 1.5 38 41 47 16 16 30 6.5 850 4 5.5 6 .50 2 50 60 76 18 8 32 7 820 Base Bends 6 7 7 .62 2.5 83 100 115 18 10 32 7 855 are made 8 8.38 9 .88 4 142 180 195 18 12 32 7 1003 to order 10 9.75 9 .88 4 210 315 315 18 14 32 7 940 only, not 12 11.25 11 1.00 6 300 427 450 18 16 32 7 990 returnable. 14 12.5 11 1.00 6 400 580 570 18 18 32 7 1035 Bases • _ 16 13.75 11 1.00 6 505 740 710 20 10 35 8 1095 furnished 18 15 13.5 1.12 8 645 900 20 12 35 8 1130 faced and20 16 13.5 1.12 8 805 ... 1125 20 14 35 8 1170 drilled. 24 18.5 13.5 1.12 8 1215 ... 1927 20 16 35 8 1220 30 23 16 1.15 10 1945 ... ... 20 20 35 8 1345 • Not included in AWWA C110 24 24 40.5 9 2020 • Not included in AWWA C110 Tyler Pipe/Utilities Division • Box 2027 • Tyler, Texas 75710 • (800) 527-8478 02/01/07 Union Foundry Company • Box 309 • Anniston, Alabama 36202 • (800) 226-7601 33 L "ROUPIPE 245 Riverchase Parkway East, Suite O, Birmingham, Alabama 35244 205-402-8700 Fax 205-402-8730 http.1/www.dtpra_org GASKET MATERIALS USED FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE IN WATER AND SEWAGE SERVICE Description 3 Maximum Service Temperature (°Flt'2 Uses Water & Sewer Air 4,5 Push —On & Push -On Joint Mechanical Mechanical Gaskets Joint Gaskets Joint Gaskets SBR 150° 150° 125° Common: Drinking Water, Sea (Styrene Butadiene) Water, Sanitary Sewage, Reclaimed Water, Raw Water, Storm Water EPDM 212' 200' 150°Common: Alcohols, Dilute Acids, (Ethylene Propylene Dilute Alkalis, Ketones (MEK Diene Monomer) Acetone), Vegetable Oil. Other Acceptable Services: Drinking Water, Sea Water, Sanitary Sewage, Reclaimed Water, Raw Water, Storm Water Nitrite (NBR) 150° 150° 125° Common: Hydrocarbons, Fats, (Acrylonitriie Oils, Greases, Chemicals, Oils & Butediene) Fluids, Refined Petroleum. Other _Acceptable Services: Drinking Water, Sanitary Sewage, Reclaimed Water, Raw Water, Storm Water Neoprene® (CR) 200° 180° 1500 Common: Greasy Waste. Other (Polychloroprene) Acceptable Services; Sea Water, Sanitary Sewage, Reclaimed Water, Raw Water, Storm Water VitongJ FluoreM 212° 300' 300° Common: Aromatic Hydrocarbons (FKM)e and Fuels, Acids, Vegetable Oils, (Fluorocarbon) Petroleum Products, Chlorinated Hydrocarbons, Most Chemicals and Solvents. Other Acceptable Services: Drinking Water, Reclaimed Water, Raw Water, Storm Water 'Maximum service temperatures fisted are intended as general guidelines for ductile iron pipe gaskets. For service temperatures greater than those listed, consult pipe manufacturer for specific recommendations. 2Mardmum service temperature is not usually a meaningful parameter for piping gaskets; however, low temperatures during pipeline installation may necessitate precautions. Consult pipe manufacturer for pertinent recommendations. 'Water, including sewage, with low levels of the listed contaminants. 'Lubricating off In the air will adversely affect SBR and EPDM performance. 5SBR, Nitrite, or Neoprene are not recommended for air exposure in wastewater treatment systems. °Consult pipe manufacturer for availability of FKM push -on gaskets (Revised 03/02/06) Garlock SEALING TECHNOLOGIES' anFriPi-o. industr4 sccrrvr•, Garlock 7797 . ...-. .-�v?-".. "�:..^Ei>:i.r..-_� F':{1'z_^T.' -c.,.. . v?-�t_•r_'k-.-`_ '�^ Thru 1/8": Cloth c` v'•r i•a�' •.. �•a n.se N—�,,:r��.-'±.: �; as �-�w'—� -zn•�w � - -_... �-•�-mso3Tz—�'�,�� ••�:-- - z�-�aw�t��ei:re3tmti. �"�^-•__,�s:ir..-ate ��—•a�� `uic-.'�_�� °e`>rn"�r �EG:,��p .!d. —. �.:ees-=meer�°o�:ss`'_r-_soac-"�:mnc�c.o� _w�'d'`s3z - Meets Specification: MIL-R-3065 and MIL-Std. 417 Type S Grade SC815 Al E3 E5 ASTM D412 Elongation, %: 125 -'="-•'.n.. ms. fmai'��n.�—�=�.'aIIICYY-• -cus_ �.._.snti�i.��.m��bniRraRAVF.FB.4�4�tis.�--s�f.�'-��__..� 9' aFn� 70 hours at 212°F {100°C}: 75 '•� - -= tea` �'f �.•_�_._��- �=:�."�.=a-R,•-.�-o � �_-��>`�-^�_____ 3.� .. n "rn" factor. 1 3>n, '-�.^^`�-..._ee- __tea. (+?a9�G mmn.F __''._�Y•'a.^A_.�^.^.s1'fobe�'.J".....:.�...9G.-..... 'P�. 'Ts...y s.-a^`. ASTM D2000 Line Call Out: 4BC815A14E014E034G21 1 hours at 212*F (100'C):to i �� P,1°y� ,,a?=;�:.t r• b its}��e r.• T/'-•�/.."w'-;.�..�lj�•+Y & `i: - b:.ar_ -__- �_-- - - - � .hnit(s'''x�cr�r'.'�`h �f=•..._ - . 1 hours at 212'F (100'C):to • 1 Notes: This is a general guide and should not be the sole means of selecting or rejecting this material. ' Values do not constitute specification Limits x When approaching the maximum or minimum ratings consult Garlock Applications Engineering 1611666 Divieio• Street • Palmyra, New York 14522 USA • 1.315-597.4E11 • Top Free: 1-800-443-6688 • Fos: 1-315-537-3216 • w".-.gatloc1i - TNEMEC.com: Series 104 1 H.S. Epoxy Page 1 of 2 • Products • Proiects • Resources • Contac • Find Your Coatings Consultant Find and contact a coatings consultant near you Search Series 104 ! H.S. Epoxy • Tech Data • Colors • Chemicals Below is only a summary of product data. Please download the product datasheet for complete details. English: Product Data MSDS Spanish: Product Data MSDS French: Product Data MSDS Generic Type Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy Common Usage Versatile coating applies up to 10 mils per coat on steel or concrete. Protects in immersion, salt spray and chemical exposures. Superior abrasion- and stain -resistance. Primer. 1211 Red. Topcoat: Refer to Tnemec Color Guide. Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack Colors of ventilation, incomplete mixing, miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide during application and initial stages of curing may cause yellowing to occur. Finish Semi -gloss. Gloss can vary with texture, porosity of substrate and thickness of film. Steel: Self -priming or Series 6_6 L69. L69F. 66 N69F, V69, V69F, 90E-92, 90-97, 90G-I K97, 161 Primers Concrete: Self -priming or Series 215, 218. CMU: Self -priming or Series 130, 215, 218 Series 66, L69, L69F, N(9, N69F, V69, V69F, 71, 104 1074, 1074U, 1075. 1075U Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additional information. Note: When topcoating with Endura- Topcoats Shield polyurethane finish, exterior exposed Series 104 has the following maximum time to recoat: Series 73, 1074, 1074U, 1075 or 1075U, 60 days. If this time is exceeded, an epoxy intermediate coat or scarification is required before topcoating. Refer to appropriate topcoat data sheet for additional information. Volume Solids 82.0 f 2.0% (mixed) t Recommended 4.0 to 10.0 mils (100 to 255 microns) per coat. Note: Number of coats and thickness requirements will vary with substrate, DFT application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative..- - Temperature To Handle To Recoat Immersion 6 hours at 4.0 mils 75 F (24 C) (100 microns) DFT 16-18 hours 7 days Curing Time 10 hours at 10.0 mils (255 microns) DFT Curing time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness EPA Method 24 t Volitile Organic Unthinned: 0.80 lbs/gallon (96 grams/litre) Compounds Thinned 10% (No. 2 Thinner): 1.92 lbs/gallon (230 grams/litre) Thinned 10% (No. 49 Thinner): 0.80 lbs/gallon (96 grams/litre) Unthinned: 1.60 lbs/gal solids RAPS Thinned 10% (No. 2 Thinner): 2.50 lbs/gal solids . _ Thinned 10% (No. 49 Thinner): 1.601bs/gal solids Theoretical Coverage 1,315 mil sq tt/gal (32.3 mYl, at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates. t Number of Components Two: Part A (amine) and Part B (epoxy) http://www.tnemec.com/product/view/Series-104-HSEpoxy 12/20/2010 TNEMEC.com: Series 1041 H.S. Epoxy Page 2 of 2 Email this product Series 104 H.S. Epoxy applied in various areas of the Tampa Bay Water Treatment Plant About Tnemec Tnemec manufactures the most advanced line of coatings in the world. Established in 1921, Tnemec Company is one of the largest privately held companies in the United States specializing in industrial coatings for new construction and maintenance. Tnemec manufactures more than one hundred industrial and architectural coatings — from premium epoxies and polyurethanes to specialized fluoropolvmer and new generation polymer products —formulated specifically for extreme durability, enduring performance and enhanced aesthetics. Tnemec maintains its strengths through innovative and creative research and development for superior performance and leading technology in the paint and coatings industry. Tnemec's product line provides coating protection for a number of different industries including water storage tanks, water and wastewater treatment, specialty architectural, industrial and processing/manufacturing. In addition, Tnemec offers StrataShield floor and wall coatings as well as Chemprobe masonry coatings. Tnemec has a worldwide reputation among specifiers and contractors for consistently producing high quality industrial coatings that are used on everything from water tanks to large stadiums. Tnemec also features the most knowledgeable sales representatives in the coatings industry who provide support and industry expertise from start to finish. Keep In Touch With Tnemec Facebook YouTube Linked in Twitter 1-800-TNEMECI (I-800-863-6321) 6800 Corporate Drive Kansas City, MO 64120 CoRyright ® Tnemec Inc. All Rights Reserved. Privacy Policy Terms and Conditions http://www.tnemec.com/product/view/Series-104-HSEpoxy 12/20/2010 �I,f/► �� PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 1.3 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 1/4/2011 CLIENT: City of Renton SPECIFICATION See previous submittal JOB NO.: 82356.20 SECTION: packages TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Piping and Accessories Inside and Outside of Lift Station REVIEWED BY: Tyler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. X No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. The 4-inch Wye at the Point of Connection (Detail 3, C-06) is not intended to be a flanged connection. Restrained push -on joint pipe is acceptable in this location similar to all other buried SSFM piping. However, since a flanged connection is a restrained joint, use of a flanged wye in this location is acceptable. Caro llo.local: Carol lo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 1.3.docx Page 1 of 1 Mir PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station ow Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 1f 2 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 11/5/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.11311 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Ch000er Pumos REVIEWED BY: Tvler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit X Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. The submitted HOMA pump has been reviewed in accordance with Specification Section 10.11311 and it is concluded that this is not an acceptable "or equal" to the specified pump. Initial reasons for rejection are listed below: a. The pump does not meet the specified pump performance criteria. The performance curve is outside the specified conditions at the Rated Design Point, Required Condition 2, and Required Condition 3. .� 2'S `. •r-.G:j� F2 - ('..'tin �� i2�.�d b. Overall materials of construction are lower quality than the specified materials. c. Bearing life does not meet the specified criteria. A 3�. % ` z cr s rr-f . d. It is not apparent in the product description that the pump is capable of pumping sewage wastewater containing heavy rags, plastics, grease, hair, grit, and other stringy fibrous material as specified. The product data indicates a cutter device that will reduce soft solids. 2. The following key items below were not a means for rejection; however, should be noted as they are required to provide a complete submittal review in the future. a. Provide Accessories as specified (10.11311-2.10). b. Provide Control System as specified (10.11311-2.12). Carol lo.local: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 2.docx Page 1 of 1 Mir PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 2.2 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 2/17/2011 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.11311 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Chopper Pumps, Control Panel, and Accessories REVIEWED BY: Tyler Whitehouse, Adam O'Leary SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken X Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Chopper Pumps: a. Provide stainless steel chain grabbing mechanism (10.11311-2.10.13). b. Product data for Power Cables is not provided (10.11311-2.11.C). Cables shall be rated for use in Class 1, Division 1, Group D environment. Cables that do not meet the specification shall be replaced in the field, at no cost to the Owner. 2. Control Panel and Accessories: a. Contractor to coordinate supply and installation of the disconnect receptacles. b. It is acceptable to use the existing relays in the RTU panel. Contractor to coordinate wiring required between panels. c. Confirm the submitted seal fail relay is acceptable to the pump manufacturer and will not void the warranty. d. See attached markups (Submittal 2.2 Attachment.pdf) for pump control schematic revisions. Attachments: Submittal 2.2 Attachment.pdf Caro Ilo.local: Carol lo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 2.2.docx Page 1 of 1 PUHF L! �L'L 24V DC RELAY 31 CR,] iY o-PUhP 1 RUNNING❑ 33 1/ PUMP 1 OVER,RE�MyPERA��-,RE r --u PUMP I OVERLOAD 37 CR5 � PUMP 1 SEAL FAILURE 39 W 40 P-C] PUMP 2 OVERLOAD 61 CRe 62 1--6 PUMP 2 SEAL FAILURE 61 Lp W ?i 01 P K61SA. 2aV D,C RELAY A PUMP 2 RUNNING 6T 4�L�� 2��1 1� PUMP 2 OVER TEMPERATURE 68 TR4 120V FROM PAGE 1 Sat Cir�ITLA CBa - — - —l1ly- — — -' -� {w S vQj m tTTA L .PiCi-MCO 1] A �0.'Lt% lif�3 M, `T1j PUMP, P �C PUMP i RUNNING Aso If 19 CR3 TS, 011, PUMP I 1�7A Op �Lok'�- 7 i7t�P �� PUMP, 5CQ 6p MOISTURE ,4 PROBES r--4----'' t � e M2 rc PR R 2+ n 6 2 CR4 - At A2 CR4 T52 11 xP c A N 21 CR6 nx O L2 Fn NO iS >t2 t A n RUMP 2 SEAL FAIL RESET 12 CRS 5_1 I9 CRB A2 SFR] 1 a 13 11 Xt X2 R a n Al SFR2 B 2 d B PULP 2 MOISTURE PROBES THESE CONTACTS ARE SHOWN WITH THE STARTER DISCONNECT IN THE OFF POSITION PUMP 1 OVER TEMPERATURE RELAY PUMP I OVER TEMPERATURE PUMP 1 OVERLOAD RELAY PUMP I OVERLOAD PUMP 1 SEAL FAILURE RELAY PUMP 1 SEAL FAILURE M2 PUMP 2 PUM0 2 RUNNING PUMP 2OVER TEMPERATURE RELAY PUMP 2 OVER TEMPERATURE PUMP 2 OVERLOAD RELAY PUMP 2 OVERLOAD PUMP 2 SEAL FAILURE RELAY PUMP 2 SEAL FAILURE CUSTOMER and PROJECT NAME REV. DESCRIPTION DATE; BY: DRAWN BY: APPROVED BY: GL 21 VLCt PumpTech A Revised per submittal review notes 1/21/11 IS ES ML Moto Controls Washington Beach B Revised cirad to seperale P1 t P2 2/7/11 co DATE: SCALE: Duplex Pump Control Panel P P 12/6/10 NONE 3070 Bay Vista Ct. Suite C Benicia, CA 94510 DRAWING ND.: HEE (707) 746-6255 www.cmcontrols.com CUSTOMER PO: FILE, 10-2977 js2oTf' 2? Verbal Erick M. 10-2 eoft,� PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 3 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 11/16/2010 JOB NO.: 8235B.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.02490 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit. Citv of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Valve Vault REVIEWED BY: Tvler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted X Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Provide door swing direction indicated on Drawing C-04. 2. Confirm cement is Type V portland cement per ASTM C 150 (10.02490-2.01.6). 3. Confirm there are no penetrations within 12 inches of a joint (10.02490-2.01.D). 4. Confirm valve vault is designed to be compatible with the floor access hatches specified in Sub -Section 10.08320 (10.02490-2.01.17). 5. Vault shall be solid walled construction (i.e. no thin walled, knockout sections) (10.02490- 2.01.G). Submitted sump includes knockouts. 6. All openings for penetrations shall be smooth and free of surface irregularities and without exposed steel reinforcing. Contractor to coordinate pipe penetration location and sizes with piping arrangement and sleeve details shown on the Drawings (10.02490-2.01.G). 7. Confirm bottom of vault is sloped to Recessed Sump as indicated on the Drawings (10.02490-2.01. H ). 8. Connection of recessed sump to valve shall be watertight. 9. It is assumed the following will be provided in a separate submittal. Contractor to clarify if otherwise. a. FRP grating with rebate as indicated on the Drawings (10.02490-2.01.J.1). b. Ladders (10.02490-2.01.K). Carollo.local: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 3.docx Page 1 of 1 7 x 7.6 Meter Vault (P LID (2,100 Ibs) L-1. LIFTING INSERT L-2. 66" x 66"ALUM. D.D. HATCH * BASE (15,780 Ibs) B-1. GALV. LIFTING IRON B-2. SUMP PAT D. A� C), AAA9Z' SUMP (880 Ibs) Type 17 CATCH BASIN 7x7.6 MV VALVE VAULT Lake Wash. Beach Uft Sta. ",�[Ns CONSTRUCTION Sr] 1oT2 PRECA91ING SG 11/1/10 NTS_ GRANITE& CONCRETE nE. 4119 MMM01M SPUR, HIELLMSHAM, WA. 98226 1350 671--2951 1 -BC04300ail5l FAX- 1360167143700 -6-11/01110 STISSUE FOR ENGINEERING tT 0 Lifting Insert (4) Places Typ. 7 x 7.6 Meter Vault 7- 6-3 1/2" 5'-6" A 5'-6" 6-3 1/2" =� 4 PLAN \-66"x66" Double Door H-20 Alum. Hatch Note: Internal Hardware, Ladder, di Patforms, Coring, and Castin Pipe Sleeves Excluded. • Mastic Joint Sealant Contractor to Apply, Typ. B JOINT DETAIL F SCALE 1 / 24 7' 8-7� 6-31/2" F� 5'- 1/4„ 5'-1" I I I 6'-9" 1 r B O Mastic Joint Sealant 6'-1 1/2" alv. L — -1 Contractor to Apply, Typ. Pulling Iron E L SECTION A -A Type 17 Catch Basin VTFW R-R SPECIFICATIONS 1. Concrete: Fc=5,000 psi @28 days 2. Rebar: ASTM A-615 Grade 60 3. Design: ASTM C-857 "Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utillity Structures" 4. Loads: AASHTO HS-20 5. Backfill with granular free draining material (sand or pea gravel) free of stones or cobbles greater than 4" in dia. 6. Holes cored in Field By Others. 7. Install lid prior to backfill. ILske Wash. Beach Lift Sta. j7x7.6 MV VALVE VAULT GRANITE & N� wr- 4116 ERN SPUR. REU P16 , WA. 98006 13601 671.2Z51 14EID0430R- 051 FAX: (3W 67140780 "MIN'S CONSTRUCTION STJ 11/1/10 2 of 2 SG "' 11/1/10 1/4"=1'-0" ISSUE FOR ENGINEERING is is r•: (HOT [I.T11 .. f Type 17 catch Basin Constructed in Accordance with ASTM C-478 32" 24" 1 i 20" 28° i J PLAN Knockout 32" 12" Dia. 4 r / (4) Places Typ. SIDE ISO VIEW WEIGHTS: BASE: 700 Ibs CONCRETE: Fc= 4,000 psi @ 28 Days REINFORCING STEEL: Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497 0,12 Sq in./lin It min. No Wire Fabric in Knockout PIPE PENETRATIONS: Standard Knockouts (4) CONCRET�N� SIMNITET11 4116 BAKERMEW SPUR • BEWNGHAM, WA 98226 • (360) 671-2251 • 1-800-808-2251 • FAX: (360) 671-0780 Sheet 1 of Ir DESIGN COMPUTATIONS PREPARED FOR: Kamin's Construction PROJECT: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station PRODUCT: 7x7.6 MV Valve Vault 6-3 1 /2" x 6-3 1 /2" x 5'-0 1 /4"I.D. w/Type 17 Sump: P-S" x 2'-0" x 1'-5" I.D. PREPARED BY: GRANITE PM�. 4116 Bakerview Spur Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251 Fax: (360) 671-0780 SHEET Z OF 44" CUT REINF. AT KNOCKOUTS AS REQ'D. 0.12 SQ. IN./FT. TYP. WALLS AND BASE (LAP 1'-6" AS REQ'D) r,. ASSUMPTIONS: 4 f (TO BE VERIFIED BY E.O.R.) 1. DESIGN PER ACI318. 2. DESIGN FOR HS-20 LIVE LOAD 3. EARTH FILL: NONE 4. 80 PSF LIVE LOAD SURCHARGE. 5. ASSUME WATERTABLE AT LEAST 3-0" BELOW GRADE. DESIGN NOTES: 1. CONCRETE STRENGTH, 1'c=5,000 PSI(VAULT), 4,000 PSI(SUMP) 2. REINFORCING: BAR: ASTM A615, GRADE 60. ASTM A706, GRADE 60, WELDABLE WWR: ASTM A185, GRADE 65. 3. PROVIDE ADD'L REINFORCING AT PIPE & SUMP OPENINGS EQUAL TO THE BAR INTERRUPTED, HALF EACH SIDE. ADD'L BAR TO BE IN THE SAME PLANE. 4. PROVIDE #4 DIAGONAL TRIM BARS AT PIPE & SUMP OPENINGS. EXTEND V-0" MIN. BEYOND CORNER OR EDGE OF OPENINGS, BEND IF / REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN BAR COVER. 5. 12'0 SUMP KNOCKOUTS, 2' MIN. THICKNESS. 6. SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ADD'L DETAILS. #3@10"o.c.,e.W. 12" COV. SEE DESIGN (TYP. BASE NOTES 3 & 4, SLAB)/ 1 6" 1' S" LAP (TYP.) #3@ 10"o.c., e. W. 4'J T-0" (E.W.) 6'-3$"(E.W.) SEE DETAIL FOR (2)-#6 BARS REINFORCING BELOW (TYP. 4-SIDES) HATCH BEARING EDGES. #3@10"o.c.,e.W. LAP HORIZ. 1'-6" AS REQ'D 1 " COV TYP, 4" 1'-8" (SHOWN) x2'-0" 6'-12"(E.W.) 7'-0"(E.W.) SECTION VIEW 44„ 84" 5' 04„ 6, -9" V-0" #4 ANCHOR BAR BOTH ENDS ASTM A706 (WELD TO #4@8" BARS) (2)-#6 BARS —(TYP. 4-SIDES) 4" COV. j (12"OPP. J #4x7"@8"o.c. DIRECT.) E ((A706 WELDABLE) (� O (HATCH DETAIL AME REINFORCING. REQ'D BELOW HATCH BEARING EDGES ONLY) PROJECT: STRUCTURE: CUSTOMER: LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LS 7x7.6 MV KAMIN'S CONSTRUCTION DRAWN: Soo I DATE: i I/E/10 SHEET: PRECASTING DATE: GRANITE. MCRETE INC. SALE N.T.S. ♦116 BAKERMEW SPUR, SEUJN(i4M, NA 98226 (360) 671-2251 1-800-WB-2251 FAX: (360) 671-0790 BRAAIITE a 92003VAM zE& 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Vault Design: Design Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Design Load: HS-20 Min. Earth Fill : Max. Earth Fill: Unit Wt. of Soil: Unit Wt. of Concrete: Watertable Depth: Lateral Earth Pressure: LL Surcharge: Depth to Apply Surcharge: Unit Wt. of Water: Min. Buoyancy Safety Factor Req'd: Concrete Strength, f'c: Reinforcing Yield Strength, fy: Load Factors Capacity Reduction: Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: Sheet: —1of- Customer: Kamin's Construction Project: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 70.6 MV Valve Vault Structure Size: Length Width Inside Ht. 6.29' 6.29' 5.02' Top Slab Thickness: 8.75" Bottom Slab Thickness: 12.0" Wall Thickness (Min): 4.25 Base Extension: 0" ( 16-kips wheels ) 0.00' 0.00' 120 PCF 150 PCF 3.0' (Below Grade -Min.) 59.6 PCF (See Following Sheets) 80.0 PSF (Ref. ASTM C857/C890: 0.005*Wheel Load) 8.0' (Ref. ASTM C857/C890) 62.4 PCF 1.0 (See Buoyancy Analysis for Actual Safety Factor) 5,000 PSI 60,000 PSI 1.6 (Live Load) 1.2 (Dead Load) (Note, If no Live Load, set DL Factor to 1.4) 1.6 (Earth Pressure) 0.9 (Flexure) 0.75 (Shear) References: 1.)AC1318 "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete", latest edition. 2.)ASTM C478 "Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections", latest edition. 3.) ASTM C890 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures", latest edition. 4.) ASTM C857 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures", latest edition. 5.) HS-20 or HS-25 wheel loads per AASHTO "Standard Specificationfor Highway Bridges", 17th Edition. 6.) PCA "Rectangular Concrete Tanks", 5th Edition. Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: _�—of� 1'" "!V"M' Customer: Kamin's Construction GRANITE Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: 7x7.6 MV Valve Vault Soil Pressure On Walls: (Not all components may be used for all vault designs - configurations may vary) F.G. 8' LL Surcharge: 80 PSF — Unit Weight of Soil: 120 PCF Earth Pressure Coefficient, Ka: 0.33 Unit Weight of Water: 62.4 PCF Max. Earth Fill: 0.00' Water Table Depth: 3.00' Dry Soil Pressure: 39.6 PCF Saturated Soil Pressure: 81.4 PCF Design Earth Pressure: 59.6 PCF (Weighted Avg.) W1 W2 W3 W4 [Ka*Ws] [(Ws-Ww)*Ka+Ww] Pressures Used for Wall Component Design: (Note: LL Surcharge Applied On Actual Component Design Sheet When Required) Design Depth: Design Pressure: W1: 0.73' 43 PSF W2: 0.73' 43 PSF WI 0.73' 43 PSF W4:1 5.75' 1 343 PSF am GRANITE 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Monolithic or Integral Wall Design: Outside Face of Wall (Negative Moment) Wall Length, b: 6.29' Wall Height, a: 5.02' b/a: 1.3 Thickness: 4.25" Bar Cover: 1.00" Lateral Earth Pressure: Top of Wall, W3: 0.043 KSF Bottom of Wall, W4: 0.343 KSF Live Load Surcharge: 0.080 KSF Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 7x7.6 MV Valve Vault (Bottom Unit) (Ref. PCA Tables, Chapter 2, Cases 3 & 8) Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: -�-of Calculate Flexural Moments: (Negative Moments, M=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a') Hnri�nntal nacivn• Rarc to 01 itcirlw Yac 11 Vertical DOSiPn- RarS to Outside[ Nn Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu 0.143 0.038 0.73 K-FT 1.17 K-FT 0.094 1 O.OS1 0.68 K-FT 1.08 K-FT Try: #3 @ 10" O.C. (As Prov.=0.13 sq.in./ft.) (�Mn=4tAsfy(d-a/2): 1.78 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*pl= 0.16" d= 3.06" Check Min A. Provided: (Ref. ACI318, 10.5.11 Asm,,=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.13 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.12sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK Try: #3 @ 10" o.c. (As Prov.=0.13 sq.in./ft.) (OMn=(OAsfy(d-a/2): 1.56 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.19" Where, p1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*p1= 0.16" d= 2,69" Asm;n=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.11 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.11 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK Check Serviceability: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p=As/ b*d= 0.00361 p=As/ b*d= 0.00411 pmax = (.75 pb) = 0.02515 OK pmax = (.75 pb) = 0.02515 OK Es= 29000000 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4030509 Ec=57000*df'c= 4030509 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 p * n = 0.02595 p * n = 0.02957 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2033 k =,1(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2154 j=1-(k/3)= 0.932 j=1-(k/3)= 0.928 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 23,250 PSI fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 24,505 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 23.3" Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 21.0" OR 12(40000/fs)= 20.6" OR 12(40000/fs)= 19.6" OR 3*Tw= 12.8" OR 3*Tw= 12.8" Actual Spacing=10" < 12.8" OK Actual Spacing=10" < 12.8" OK Check Shear: (V=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a) 11 Case 8 Case 3 Vs IVuI I Case 8 Case 3 Vs Vu 0.66 0.25 0.79 KIPS 1 1.26 KIPS 11 1 0.58 0.37 0.91 KIPS 1.46 KIPS Horiz. Shear Capacity, it , �Vn: 3.90 KIPS I) Vertical Shear Capacity, 4)Vn: 3.42 KIPS Vn>Vu: OK Vn>Vu: OK �NITE 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-078C Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 7x7.6 MV Valve Vault Monolithic or Integral Wall Design (Cont.): Inside Face of Wall (Positive Moment) Bar Cover: 2.50" Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: X6 ofL Calculate Flexural Moments: (Positive Moments, M=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a2) Horizontal Design: Bars to Inside: No 11 Vertical Design- Rarc to Incidp- Ypc Case 8 Case 3 Ms 1 Mu Case 8 Case 3 Ms I Mu 0.067 1 0.017 0.34 K-FT 1 0.54 K-FT 0.021 1 0.013 0.17 K-FT 1 0.27 K-FT Try: #3 @ 10" o.c. (As Prov =0.13 sq.in./ft.) itMn=4)Asfy(d-a/2): 0.66 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*fc*p1*b= 0.19" Where, p1=(0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*pl= 0.16" d= 1.19" Check Min A, Provided: (Ref. ACI318, 10.5.1) (-)M: As",i,=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.05 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.05 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK Try: #3 @ 10" o.c. (As Prov.=0.13 sq.in./ft.) t0Mn=4)A,fy(d-a/2): 0.89 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*01*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*(1= 0.16" d= 1.56" (+)M: Asn,;,=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.07 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.06 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK Check Serv)ceabiilty: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00930 p = As / b * d = 0.00707 p, = (.75 pb) = 0.02515 OK pmaz = (.75 pb) = 0.02515 OK Es= 29000000 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 4030509 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4030509 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 p * n = 0.06692 p * n = 0.05086 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.3050 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2721 j=1-(k/3)= 0.898 j=1-(k/3)= 0.909 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 28,463 PSI fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 10,601 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 13.9" Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 50.3" OR 12(40000/fs)= 16.9" OR 12(40000/fs)= 45.3" OR 3*Tw= 12.8" OR 3*Tw= 12.8" Actual Spacing=10" < 12.8" OK Actual Spacing=10" < 12.8" OK GRANITE nxe.-uaa� ®gnu a� 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Base Slab Design: Design Length, b: Design Width, a: Base Slab Thickness: Dead Load: Top Slab: Soil (Max. Fill -Conservative): Walls: Other: Total: Live Load: Wheel Load: Uniform Load: Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: _Zof_ Jr Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 70.6 MV Valve Vault (Design for Uniform Upward Bearing Pressure) (Ref. PCA Rectangular Tanks, Chapter 2, Case 10: Pinned 4-Sides) 6.64' 6.64' b/a: 1.00 12.0" OR Hydrostatic Load: 0.109 KSF Watertable Depth: 3.00' 0.000 KSF Depth (WT. to Base): 3.75' 0.145 KSF Water Pressure: 0.234 KSF 0.254 KSF (Controls) (Note: Design based on higher value of Dead Load and Hydrostatic Load.) 32 KIPS 2-HS-20 Wheels 0.653KSF (Wheel Loads/OD of Vault) Check Shear: Max PCA Shear Coeff: 0.34 Design Shear, Vu: 3.05 KIPS (V=PCA Coeff*Bearing*a) Shear Capacity, OVn: 13.13 KIPS OK Calculate Flexural Moments: PCA Case 10 Ms Mu Transverse: 0,044 1.76 K-FT 2.62 K-FT Longitudinal: 0.044 1.76 K-FT 2.62 K-FT Calculate Flexural Capacity: (M=PCA Coeff*Bearing*a2) Transverse Bar Size/Spacing: #3 @ 10" o.c. (As Provided =0.13 sq.in./ft.) Longitudinal Bar Size/Spacing: #3 @ 10" o.c. (As Provided =0.13 sq.in./ft.) Transverse Design: (�Mn=(OA,fy(d-a/2): 6.10 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*(31*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.8S-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*p1= 0.16" Bar Cover: 1.50" d=Slab-cover-1/2Bar Dia.= 10.31" Check Min A. Provided: (Ref. AC1318.10.5.1 Longitudinal Design: (OMn=4A,fy(d-a/2): 5.88 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*Q1*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)1= 0.80 a=c*R1= 0.16" Ba r Cover: 1.88" d=Slab-cover-Trans Bar-1/26ar Dia.= 9.94" (-)M: Asm;,,=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.44 sq.in./ft. (Controls) (+)M: As",;"=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.42 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.41 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.40 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: NG As Provided>As,min: NG 4/3 As Provided, OK 4/3 As Provided, OK GRANITE aqmwm.00® 9 amm 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: lof /S'� Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 7x7.6 MV Valve Vault Transverse Design (Cont.): Check Serviceability (-) Moment: (Ref. AC1318, 10.6.4) p=As/ b*d= 0.00107 pmax = (.75 pb) = 0.02515 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4030509 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 p*n= 0.00771 k = V(2pn +(pn)z) - pn = 0.1167 j=1-(k/3)= 0.961 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 16,102 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 33.5" OR 12(40000/fs)= 29.8" Longitudinal Design (Cont.): Check Serviceability (+)Moment: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p=As/ b*d= 0.00111 Pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02515 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4030509 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 p * n = 0.00800 k = V(2pn +(pn)Z) - pn = 0.1187 j=1-(k/3)= 0.960 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 16,721 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 31.2" OR 12(40000/fs)= 28.7" Actual Spacing=10" < 29.8" OK [L_ Actual Spacing=10" < 28.7" OK 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Buoyancy Analysis: Original Design Date: 11/8/10 , Revision Date: N/A Sheet: lof Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 7x7.6 MV Valve Vault Design Methodology: Uplift computed based on volume of water displaced from outside dimensions of structure, including base extension (if provided), from bottom of base slab to water table height. Resisting force based on dry unit weights of concrete and soil above the bottom of base slab. Analysis neglects skin friction of soil against structure - conservative. Analvsis Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Min, Earth Fill : 0.00' Unit Wt. of Soil: 120 PCF Unit Wt. of Concrete: 150 PCF Watertable Depth: 3.0' (Below Grade) Unit Wt. of Water: 62.4 PCF Minimum Safety Factor: 1.0 Compute Upward Forces: Volume of Water Displaced= Water Depth*O.D. Length & Width = 183.62 CIF (Water Depth = Fill+Top+Inside Ht+Bottom-W.T. Depth=3.75') O.D. Width=7.00' O.D. Length=7.00' Upward Force = Vol. of Water Displaced * Water Unit Weight= 1 11,458 LBS Compute Downward Forces: Earth Fill(w/opng deduct)= 0 LBS Opening Size: 0.0" Dia. (Round) Top Slab(w/opng deduct)= 2,048 LBS OR 66.0"L x 66.0"W (Rectangular) Walls= 7,088 LBS (Equivalent area removed) Base Slab= 7,347 LBS Soil Over Extension= 0 LBS Base Extension= 0.0" Soil Wedge= 0 LBS Other= 0 LBS Total Downward Force= 16,482 LBS Net Buoyancy Reaction= 5,024 LBS Buoyancy Safety Factor= 1.4 OK 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: Sheet: �Lof�� Customer: Karnin's Construction Project: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Type 17 Sump Structure Size: Length Width Inside Ht. 2.00' J 1.67' - 1.42' Top Slab Thickness: 0.00" Bottom Slab Thickness: 4.0" Vault Design: (Sump Below 7x7.6 MV) Design Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Design Load: HS-20 Min. Earth Fill : Max. Earth Fill: Unit Wt. of Soil: Unit Wt. of Concrete: Watertable Depth: Lateral Earth Pressure: LL Surcharge: Depth to Apply Surcharge: Unit Wt. of Water: Min. Buoyancy Safety Factor Req'd: Concrete Strength, f'c: Reinforcing Yield Strength, fy: Load Factors Capacity Reduction 6.75' 6.75' 120 PCF 150 PCF 3.0' 66.1 PCF 80.0 PSF 8.0' 62.4 PCF ( 16-kips wheels ) Wall Thickness: 4.00" Base Extension: 0" (Below Grade -Min.) (See Following Sheets) (Ref. ASTM C857/C890: 0.005*Wheel Load) (Ref. ASTM C857/C890) 1.0 (See Buoyancy Analysis for Actual Safety Factor) 4,000 PSI 60,000 PSI 1.6 (Live Load) 1.2 (Dead Load) (Note, If no Live Load, set DL Factor to 1.4) 1.6 (Earth Pressure) 0.9 (Flexure) 0.75 (Shear) References: 1.)AC1318 "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete", latest edition. 2.)ASTM C478 "Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections", latest edition. 3.) ASTM C890 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures", latest edition. 4.) ASTM C857 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures", latest edition. 5.) HS-20 or HS-25 wheel loads per AASHTO "Standard Specificationfor Highway Bridges", 17th Edition. 6.) PCA "Rectangular Concrete Tanks", 5th Edition. Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: �—of Customer: Kamin's Construction GRANITE Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: Type 17 Sump Soil Pressure On Walls: (Not all components may be used for all vault designs - configurations may vary) F.G. 8 LL Surcharge: 80 PSF Unit Weight of Soil: 120 PCF Earth Pressure Coefficient, Ka: 0.33 Unit Weight of Water: 62.4 PCF Max. Earth Fill: 6.75' Water Table Depth: 3.00' Dry Soil Pressure: 39.6 PCF Saturated Soil Pressure: 81.4 PCF Design Earth Pressure: 66.1 PCF (Weighted Avg.) W1 W2 W3 W4 [Ka*Ws] [(Ws-Ww)*Ka+Ww] Pressures Used for Wall Component Design: (Note: LL Surcharge Applied On Actual Component Design Sheet When Required) Design Depth: Design Pressure: W1: 6.75' 446 PSF W2: 6.75' 446 PSF WI 6.75' 446 PSF W4:1 8.17' 1 540 PSF 6.75' 0.00' 1.42' 1.42' 4" Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A 11sRl111 E 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Monolithic or Integral Wall Design: Outside Face of Wall (Negative Moment) Wall Length, b: 2.00' Wall Height, a: 1.42' b/a: 1.4 Thickness: 4.00" Bar Cover: 1.00" Lateral Earth Pressure: Top of Wall, W3: 0.446 KSF Bottom of Wall, W4: 0.540 KSF Live Load Surcharge: 0.080 KSF Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Type 17 Sump (Bottom Unit) (Ref. PCA Tables, Chapter 2, Cases 3 & 8) Sheet: "f1� Calculate Flexural Moments: (Negative Moments, M=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a') Horizontal Desien: Bars to Outside- YPs 11 VPrtiral nncion• aarc to nntciriP• Mn Case 8 Case 3 Ms I Mu Case 8 Case 3 Ms I Mu 0.162 0.041 0.18 K-FT 1 0.29 K-FT I 0.109 1 0.056 0.13 K-FT 1 0.20 K-FT 1 ry: ffa @+ is O.C. (As F rov.=ail sq.in./tt.) c�Mn=4)A,fy(d-a/2): 1.36 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*)31*b= 0.19" Where, p1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.85 a=c*(31= 0.16" d= 2.81" Try: #3 @ 12" o.c. (As Prov.=0.11 sq.in./ft.) cOMn=4)Asfy(d-a/2): 1.17 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*(31*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.85 a=c*R1= 0.16" d= 2.44" Check Min k Provided: (Ref. AC1318. 10.5.1) As,,,,=3Jf'c/fy*b*d: 0.11 sq.in./ft. As,,;,=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.09 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.11 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.10 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: Nd d%o% rovf7,JO )l As Provided>As,min: OK Check Serviceability: (Ref. AC1318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00327 p = As / b * d = 0.00378 p,,,,, = (.75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Es= 29000000 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 3604997 Ec=57000*Jf'c= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p * n = 0.02633 p * n = 0.03038 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2046 k = d(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2180 j=1-(k/3)= 0.932 j=1-(k/3)= 0.927 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 7,436 PSI fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 6,073 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 78.2" Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 95.4" OR 12(40000/fs)= 64.5" OR 12(40000/fs)= 79.0" OR 3*Tw= 12.0" OR 3*Tw= 12.0" Actual Spacing=12" < 12.0" OK Actual Spacing=12" < 12.0" OK Check Shear: (V=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a) Case 8 Case 3 Vs Vu Case 8 Case 3 Vs Vu 0.70 0.26 0.56 KIPS 0.89 KIPS 0.62 0.38 0.51 KIPS 0.82 KIPS Horiz. Shear Capacity, 4)Vn: 3.20 KIPS Vertical shear Capacity, 4)Vn: 2.77 KIPS 4)Vn>Vu: OK 4)Vn>Vu: OK o W S } & Customer: Kamin's Construction 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Type 17 Sump Monolithic or Integral Wall Design (Cont.): Inside Face of Wall (Positive Moment) Bar Cover: 2.25" Original Design Date: 11/8/10 J Revision Date: N/A Sheet: )3 odd ' Calculate Flexural Moments: (Positive Moments, M=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a2) Hnri7nntal nPcivn- Rarc to Inaida• No 11 Vertical Desien: Bars to Inside: Yes Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu1L 1 Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu 0.074 0.019 0.08 K-FT 0.13 K-FT 0.023 0.014 0.03 K-FT 0.04 K-FT Try: #3 @ 12" o.c. (As Prov.=0.11 sq.in./ft.) c�Mn=c0A,fy(d-a/2): 0.55 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*ol*b= 0.19" Where, p1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.85 a=c*pi= 0.16" d= 1.19" Check Min A. Provided: (Ref. AC1318. 10.5.1) (-)M: Asmi,,=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.05 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.05 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: OK Try: #3 @ 12" o.c. (As Prov.=0.11 sq.in./tt.) cOMn=4)A,fy(d-a/2): 0.74 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*(il*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.85 a=c*51= 0.16" d= 1.56" (+)M: Asmi,,=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.06 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.06 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: OK Check serviceability: (Ref. AC1318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0,00775 p = As / b * d = 0.00589 pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02138 OK pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Es= 29000000 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 3604997 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p * n = 0.06235 P * n = 0.04739 k = V(2pn +(pn)Z) - pn = 0.2962 k = d(2pn +(pn)z) - pn = 0.2641 j=1-(k/3)= 0.901 j=1-(k/3)= 0.912 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 8,309 PSI fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 2,064 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 65.6" Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 285.0" OR 12(40000/fs)= 57.8" OR 12(40000/fs)= 232.5" OR 3*Tw= 12.0" OR 3*Tw= 12.0" Actual Spacing=12" < 12.0" OK Actual Spacing=12" < 12.0" OK C//l � j%N/Zc�Jn/t�lzCls� <AJdC-k0/j; /1 � ro7 )FlnsfOZ( IMT = 0,SYksf4 o,oexsi oy�, 6 Z Z= v, U y k' fr ( iz&' Ft -/AA'IT C,a? z, as' 'i ��iuu�o �! Z �� L %2u � Zv l 0,1I k.-F (0,6)(0 -0.i`. i',f�`�... SRANITE 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Base Slab Design: Design Length, b: Design Width, a: Base Slab Thickness: Dead Load: Top Slab: Soil (Max. Fill -Conservative): Walls: Other: Total: Live Load: Wheel Load: Uniform Load: Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: tofa� Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Type 17 Sump (Design for Uniform Upward Bearing Pressure) (Ref. PCA Rectangular Tanks, Chapter 2, Case 10: Pinned 4-Sides) 2.33' 2.00' b/a: 1.20 4.0" - OR Hydrostatic Load: 0.000 KSF Watertable Depth: 3.00' 0.810 KSF Depth (WT. to Base). 5.50' 0.099 KSF Water Pressure: 0.343 KSF 0.909 KSF (Controls) (Note: Design based on higher value of Dead Load and Hydrostatic Load.) Note: Design neglects reduction in DL due to voided 4 KIPS ** vault above - Conservative) 0.653KSF (Wheel Loads/OD of Vault) **Note: Use goalseek to set Uniform LL = 0.653ksf from Vault above. Check Shear: Max PCA Shear Coeff:1 0.38 Design Shear, Vu: 1.63 KIPS (V=PCA Coeff*Bearing*a) Shear Capacity, (�Vn: 2.63 KIPS OK Calculate Flexural Moments: PCA Case 10 1 Ms Mu Transverse: 0.059 1 0.37 K-FT 0.51 K-FT Longitudinal: 1 0.045 1 0.28 K-FT 0.38 K-FT Calculate Flexural Capacity: (M=PCA Coeff*Bearing*a2) Transverse Bar Size/Spacing: #3 @ 12" o.c. (As Provided =0.11 sq.in./ft.) Longitudinal Bar Size/Spacing: #3 @ 12" o.c. (As Provided =0.11 sq.in./ft.) Transverse Design: (OMn=4)Asfy(d-a/2): 1.11 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*R1*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.85 a=c*R1= 0.16" Bar Cover: 1.50" d=Slab-cover-1/28ar Dia.= 2.31" Longitudinal Design: 4>Mn=(0Asfy(d-a/2): 0.92 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*[31*b= 0.19" Where, (i1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)1= 0.85 a=c*(31= 0.16" Bar Cover: 1.88" d=Slab-cover-Trans Bar-1/26ar Dia.= 1.94" Check Min A, Provided: (Ref. ACI318, 10.5.1) (-)M: As",,,,=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.09 sq.in./ft. (+)M: AsR,i,,=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.07 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.09 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.08 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: OK As Provided>As,min: OK GRANITE w uqmoae® a 02MISCUUMM M= 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: Lof1,,s Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Type 17 Sump Transverse Design (Cont.): Check Serviceability (-) Moment: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00398 Pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Jf'c= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p * n = 0.03202 k = d(2pn +(pn)z) - pn = 0.2231 j = 1 - (k/3) = 0.926 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 18,835 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 28.1" OR 12(40000/fs)= 25.5" Longitudinal Design (Cont.): Check Serviceability (+)Moment: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00475 Pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p * n = 0.03821 k = d(2pn +(pn)z) - pn = 0.2409 j = 1- (k/3) = 0.920 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 17,122 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 30.4" OR 12(40000/fs)= 28.0" Actual Spacing=12" < 25.5" OK 11 Actual Spacing=12" < 28.0" OK No 'IIIIIIA OR %PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 3.1 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 12/14/2010 JOB NO.: 8235B.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.02490 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Valve Vault REVIEWED BY: Tyler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken X Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Submitted and approved interior coating for valve vault was Tnemec Series N69F Hi -Build Epoxoline, not Tnemec Series 435 as indicated. 2. Not all dimensions are provided to confirm penetration locations are as shown on the Drawings; however, penetrations provided appear to be in the correct location. Note: penetration for 2-inch piping from sump pump is not shown. Contractor to verify all penetration locations with valve vault supplier prior to manufacture. Carol lo.local: Carollo\Docu ments\C I ient\WA\Renton\8235B20\Su bm ittals\Su bm ittal 3.1.docx Page 1 of 1 LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LIFT STATION FOR KAMIN'S CONSTRUCTION Submittal NO: 3 REPLY Subject: VALVE VAULT Item No. Item Comments: Hatch is revised to be a side by side double door hatch 1 Provide door swing direction and the hinge side has been noted on the drawings As a precast concrete company we use Type III - (High 2 Confirm cement is type V Early Strength, Low Alkali Portland Cement) Penetration holes have been added to the drawings for Confirm there are no penetrations the field cored holes and they are not within 12" of the 3 within 12" of joints joint. Confirm valve vault is designed to be compatible with the floor access 4 hatches specified in sub -section.... Access hatch shall meet spec. section 10.08320 Vault shall be solid walled The knockouts have been removed from the sump and 5 construction ....... Sump has been noted on sheet #2 of the drawings. All openings for penetrations shall be smooth and free of surface Penetration are to be field cored and have been added irregularities and without exposed to the drawings for corrdination of the reinforcement 6 steel reinforcing........ at the hole locations. Confirm bottom of vault is sloped to 7 recessed sump.... Note for this has been added to sheet #2 "Mastic Joint Sealant between Vault and sump for Connection of recessed sump to watertightness contractortor apply, typ." Note has 8 valve shall be watertight. been added to sheet #2 It is assumed the following will be FRP grating is to be submitted by Granite Precast. 9 provided in sperate submittal..... I Ladders are supplied by others. 7 x 7.6 Meter Vault © LID (2,100 Ibs) L-1. LIFTING INSERT L-2. 66" x 66" ALUM. SIDE BY SIDE DOUBLE DOOR HATCH 1 © BASE (15,780 Ibs) B-1. GALV. LIFTING IRON B-2. SUMP B-3. FRP GRATING Al OS SUMP (880 Ibs) Type 17 CATCH BASIN r �UJtc STRLC TURF.: r USTOM°R: Lake Wash. Beach L!R 5ta. 7x7.6 MV VALVE VAULT IN% CORKMUCTION JL:SAWN: STJ TE 11/1/10 SHLET: 1 of 2 SG ,-, 11/1/10 SCA— NTS 4116 9Al(FAVIEW �I.IN, 6F7_I_QY6HAM, WA. 98226 1 11/22/1 STJ Revisions for Approval r3eo� 671$251 7-e0O-0OB �251 FAX rifiO� 671-0700 0 11/01/10 STJ ISSUE FOR ENGINEERING THIS M,CVYENI C011-1 NOR-01 —T "k, NO' 3E C11EV 7 x 7.6 Meter Vault SPECIFICATIONS 6'-11 3/4" 1. Concrete: Fc=5,000 psi @28 days 2. Rebar: ASTM A-615 Grade 60 6-3 1/2" 3. Design: ASTM C-857 "Minimum Structural Design Loading Note floor to slope Q for Underground Precast Concrete Utillity Structures" to Sump Area 5 6 1 4. Loads: AASHTO HS-20 Q Hinges this Side 5. Backfill with granular free draining material (sand or pea gravel) free of stones or cobbles greater than 4" in dia. 6. Holes cored in Field By Others. — — — 7. Install lid prior to backfill. / III JPRS D. GO II -f III �Al wAsti��'9 5' 6" 16'-3 1/2" 6-11 3/4" A � iI I A 0" p � ,� p 15663 S��NAI. E� Lifting Insert 2 2' (4) Places Typ. 66"x66" Side by Side Double Door Z 10 H-20 Alum. Hatch Deliver 2 Keys for / V-10"x2'-2" PLAN each cylinder lock to OWNER 2'-8" FRP Grating Lper Sub -Section 10.08320 Drain Hatch to Inside - Note: Internal Hardware, Ladder, T Patforms, Coring, and Castin Pipe t Sleeves Excluded. 8.1 Mastic Joint Sealant BOTTOM VIEW Contractor to Apply, Typ. B $ z' 4° SCALE 1 / 48 JOINT DETAIL F SCALE 1 / 24 8„ Flq*N.� Top EL = 27' 4'-3" T-8" —� ? 5'- 1/4" T-1" EL. 22.75' 1' Relocate Reinforcing to Miss Field Cored Holes 2- - 2'-8" 4 6-1 1/2" SECTION A -A 10i B Galy. Pulling Iron 6-11 3/4" 6-3 1/2" II II II 6-9N I 11f „ 1'-8" Mastic Joint Sealant L J Between Vault and Sump for water tightness Contractor to Apply, Typ. F 2T�N Type 17 Catch Basin .EW B-B Without Knockouts Note: INTERIOR COATING TNEMEC 435 2 COATS WHITE and EXTERIOR COATING TNEMEC 141. STRUCTURE: L--.USTOM=R: Lake Wash. Beach Lfft Sta. 7x7.6 MV VALVE VAULT "Mms comw Hucnm >11 T4 STJ I1/1/10 'H`= 2 of 2 KI-u: SG 11/1/10 >cn_=: 1 4"_V-0" GRANITE EL MMEMFW �s �w AL 9eaae 1 11/11/10 STJ Revisions for Approval r 7.71 .1 1-enaaoaias1 FAac_ r3�1 e7143780 0 11/Ol/10 STJ ISSUE FOR ENGINEERING ; 7N15 D:CDUENT :ONTH" RR0— TARS N10R ATCN " 5NALL NOT BE C^ [D -0 OTHERS MTiO_T THE z/ __5 WR17EN RERW135U 7 GRAN_ Sheet 1 of Lr DESIGN COMPUTATIONS PREPARED FOR: Kamin's Construction PROJECT: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station PRODUCT: 7x7.6 MV Valve Vault 6-3 1 /2" x 6-3 1 /2" x 5'-0 1 /4 "I.D. w/Type 17 Sump: P-8" x 2'-0" x P-5" I.D. P� D. G C2 of WASyl r 4116 Bakerview Spur Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251 Fax: (360) 671-0780 SHEET Z OF 44" 5'-1 " CUT REINF, AT KNOCKOUTS AS REQ'D. 0.12 SQ. IN./FT. TYP. WALLS AND BASE (LAP V-6" AS REQ'D) 51„ ASSUMPTIONS: (TO BE VERIFIED BY E.O.R.) 1. DESIGN PER ACI318. 2. DESIGN FOR HS-20 LIVE LOAD 3. EARTH FILL: NONE 4.80 PSF LIVE LOAD SURCHARGE. 5. ASSUME WATERTABLE AT LEAST 3'-0" BELOW GRADE. T-0" (E.W.) 6'-3$"(E.W.) SEE DETAIL FOR (2)-#6 BARS REINFORCING BELOW (TYP. 4-SIDES) HATCH BEARING EDGES. #3@10"o.c.,e.w. LAP HORIZ. 1'-6" AS REQ'D #3@10"o.c.,e.w. 12' COV. SEE DESIGN (TYP.BASE NOTES 3 & 4. SLAB) / — 44" 83. 5'-04" 6'-9„ } V-0" LAP 1" COV. 115 (TYP.) TYP. 1 #3@ 10"o.c.,e.w. 4" 4" 4"v 1'-8" (SHOWN) x2'-0" 6'-12„(E.W.) 51,. T-0"(E.W.) SECTION VIEW DESIGN NOTES: 1. CONCRETE STRENGTH, Pc-5,000 PSI(VAULT), 4,000 PSI(SUMP) 2. REINFORCING: BAR: ASTM A615, GRADE 60. ASTM A706, GRADE 60, WELDABLE WWR: ASTM A185, GRADE 65. 3. PROVIDE ADD'L REINFORCING AT PIPE & SUMP OPENINGS EQUAL TO THE BAR INTERRUPTED, HALF EACH SIDE. ADD'L BAR TO BE IN THE SAME PLANE. 4. PROVIDE i4 DIAGONAL TRIM BARS AT PIPE & SUMP OPENINGS, EXTEND 1'-0" MIN. BEYOND CORNER OR EDGE OF OPENINGS, BEND IF / REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN BAR COVER. 5. 12"0 SUMP KNOCKOUTS, 2" MIN. THICKNESS. 6. SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ADD'L DETAILS. #4 ANCHOR BAR BOTH ENDS ASTM A706 (WELD TO #498" BARS) (2)-#6 BARS (TYP. 4-SIDES) 4" GOV. (1j"OPP• #4x7"@8"o.c. DIRECT.) (A706 WELDABLE) ,g REQDETAIL (HATCH FRAME REINFORCING. 'D BELOW HATCH BEARING EDGES ONLY) LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LS1 7x7.6 MV --oIL GRANITE � � NIERETE CASTIN1 x�vleat 16 RkKEWEW SPUR, BELJHGwW, WA. 98226 (360) 671-2251 1-800-808-2251 FAX: (360) 671-0780 KAMIN'S CONSTRUCTION SDGIDATE-----11/8/10 SHEET: UKLU: DATE: I SCALE: N.T.S. THE D PFXSS WffrrEN PEIWG" OF GR-7 Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: ALI RRANITE �� & � 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Vault Design: Design Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.): Design Load: HS-20 Sheet: _Iof_L�, Customer: Kamin's Construction Project: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 70.6 MV Valve Vault Structure Size: Length Width Inside Ht. - - — 6.29' 6.29' 5.02' Top Slab Thickness: 8.75" Bottom Slab Thickness: 12.0" Wall Thickness (Min): 4.25' Base Extension: 0" ( 16-kips wheels ) Min. Earth Fill : 0.00, Max. Earth Fill: 0.00, Unit Wt. of Soil: 120 PCF Unit Wt. of Concrete: 150 PCF Watertable Depth: 3.0' (Below Grade -Min.) Lateral Earth Pressure: 59.6 PCF (See Following Sheets) ILL Surcharge: 80.0 PSF (Ref. ASTM C857/C890: 0.005*Wheel Load) Depth to Apply Surcharge: 8.0' (Ref. ASTM C857/C890) Unit Wt. of Water: 62.4 PCF Min. Buoyancy Safety Factor Req'd: 1.0 (See Buoyancy Analysis for Actual Safety Factor) Concrete Strength, f'c: 5,000 PSI Reinforcing Yield Strength, fy: 60,000 PSI Load Factors: 1.6 (Live Load) 1.2 (Dead Load) (Note, If no Live Load, set DL Factor to 1.4) 1.6 (Earth Pressure) Capacity Reduction: 0.9 (Flexure) 0.75 (Shear) References: 1.)AC1318 "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete", latest edition. 2.)ASTM C478 "Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections", latest edition. 3.) ASTM C890 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures", latest edition. 4.) ASTM C857 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures", latest edition. 5.) HS-20 or HS-25 wheel loads per AASHTO "Standard Specificationfor Highway Bridges", 17th Edition. 6.) PCA "Rectangular Concrete Tanks", 5th Edition. Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: of L '"��"'r Customer: Kamin's Construction GRANITE Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station nwr- 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: 70.6 MV Valve Vault Soil Pressure On Walls: (Not all components may be used for all vault designs - configurations may vary) F.G. 8' LL Surcharge: 80 PSF Unit Weight of Soil: 120 PCF Earth Pressure Coefficient, Ka: 0.33 Unit Weight of Water: 62.4 PCF Max. Earth Fill: 0.00, Water Table Depth: 3.00' Dry Soil Pressure: 39.6 PCF Saturated Soil Pressure: 81.4 PCF Design Earth Pressure: 59.6 PCF (Weighted Avg.) W1 W2 W4 [Ka*Ws] [(Ws-Ww)*Ka+Ww] Pressures Used for Wall Component Design: (Note: LL Surcharge Applied On Actual Component Design Sheet When Required) Design Depth: Design Pressure: W1: 0.73' 43 PSF W2: 0.73' 43 PSF WI 0.73' 43 PSF W4:1 5.75' 1343 PSF M 0.00' S.02' 5.02' Ny 12" GRANITE a®m 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Monolithic or Inteeral Wall Desien: Outside Face of Wall (Negative Moment) Wall Length, b: 6.29' Wall Height, a: 5.02` b/a: 1.3 Thickness: 4.25" Bar Cover: 1.00" Lateral Earth Pressure: Top of Wall, W3: 0.043 KSF Bottom of Wall, W4: 0.343 KSF Live Load Surcharge: 0.080 KSF Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 70.6 MV Valve Vault (Bottom Unit) (Ref. PCA Tables, Chapter 2, Cases 3 & 8) Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: Sof/-�' Calculate Flexural Moments: (Negative Moments, M=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a2) Hnri]nntni nPCisrn- RArf to n,,t CIfIP' YPS 11 Vertical Desien: Rars to Outsid B: No Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu J Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu 0.143 0.038 0.73 K-FT 1.17 K-FT 1 0.094 1 0.051 0.68 K-FT 1.08 K-FT Try: #3 @ 10" D.C. (As Prov.=0.13 sq.in./ft.) (OMn=(OA,fy(d-a/2): 1.78 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*[31*b= 0.19" Where, [31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*(31= 0.16" d= 3.06" Check Min A. Provided: (Ref. ACI318, 10.5.1) As",,,=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.13 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.12 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK Try: #3 @ 10" o.c. (As Prov.=0.13 sq.in./ft.) (0Mn=c0A,fy(d-a/2): 1.56 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*R1*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*R1= 0.16" d= 2.69" Asmi=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.11 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.11 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK Check Serviceability: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p=As/ b*d= 0.00361 p=As/ b*d= 0.00411 Pmax = (35 pb) = 0.02515 OK Pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02515 OK Es= 29000000 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4030509 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4030509 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 p * n = 0.02595 p * n = 0.02957 k = d(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2033 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2154 j = 1- (k/3) = 0.932 j = 1- (k/3) = 0.928 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 23,250 PSI fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 24,505 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 23.3" Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 21.0" OR 12(40000/fs)= 20.6" OR 12(40000/fs)= 19.6" OR 3*Tw= 12.8" OR 3*Tw= 12.8" Actual Spacing=30" < 12.8" OK Actual Spacing=10" < 12.8" OK Check Shear: (V=PCA Coeff*Pressure*al II Case 8 Case 3 Vs Vu Case 8 Case 3 Vs Vu 0.66 0.25 0.79 KIPS 1.26 KIPS 0.58 0.37 0.91 KIPS 1.46 KIPS Horiz. Shear Capacity, 4)Vn: 3.90 KIPS II Vertical Shear Capacity, itVn: 3.42 KIPS Vn>Vu: OK Vn>Vu: OK Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A RAM ITE.. 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 7x7.6 MV Valve Vault Monolithic or Integral Wall Design (Cont.): Inside Face of Wall (Positive Moment) Bar Cover: 2.50" Sheet: Calculate Flexural Moments: (Positive Moments, M=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a2) Horizontal Desien: Bars to Inside: No 11 Vertical Desien: Bars to Inside: Yes Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu Case 8 Case 3 Ms I Mu 0.067 0.017 0.34 K-FT 0.54 K-FT 0.021 1 0.013 0.17 K-FT 1 0.27 K-FT Try: #3 @ 10" O.C. (As Prov.=0.13 sq.in./ft.) 4)Mn=(OAsfy(d-a/2): 0.66 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*l31= 0.16" d= 1.19" Check Min k Provided: (Ref. AC1318. 10.5.1) (-)M: Asmi=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.05 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.05 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK Try: #3 @ 10" o.c. (As Prov.=0.13 sq.in./ft.) c0Mn=4 Asfy(d-a/2): 0.89 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.19" Where, (i1=[0.8S-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*R1= 0.16" d= 1.56" (+)M: Asn,;n=3Vf c/fy*b*d: 0.07 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.06 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK Check Serviceability: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00930 p = As / b * d = 0.00707 Pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02515 OK pm. = (.75 pb) = 0.02515 OK Es= 29000000 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 4030509 Ec=57000*df'c= 4030509 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 p * n = 0.06692 p * n = 0.05086 k = d(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.3050 k = d(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2721 j=1-(k/3)= 0.898 j=1-(k/3)= 0.909 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 28,463 PSI fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 10,601 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 13.9" Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 50.3" OR 12(40000/fs)= 16.9" OR 12(40000/fs)= 45.3" OR 3*Tw= 12.8" OR 3*Tw= 12.8" Actual Spacing=10" < 12.8" OK Actual Spacing=10" < 12.8" OK 3 ..fir-.•� GRANITE AL am= 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Base Slab Design: Design Length, b: Design Width, a: Base Slab Thickness: Dead Load: Top Slab: Soil (Max. Fill -Conservative): Walls: Other: Total: Live Load: Wheel Load: Uniform Load: Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: 7_of_ J/ Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 70.6 MV Valve Vault (Design for Uniform Upward Bearing Pressure) (Ref. PCA Rectangular Tanks, Chapter 2, Case 10: Pinned 4-Sides) 6.64' 6.64' b/a: 1.00 12.0" OR Hydrostatic Load: 0.109 KSF Watertable Depth: 3.00' 0.000 KSF Depth (WT. to Base): 3.75' 0.145 KSF Water Pressure: 0.234 KSF 0.254 KSF (Controls) (Note: Design based on higher value of Dead Load and Hydrostatic Load.) 32 KIPS 2-HS-20 Wheels 0.653KSF (Wheel Loads/OD of Vault) Check Shear: Max PCA Shear Coeff: 0.34 Design Shear, Vu: 3.05 KIPS (V=PCA Coeff*Bearing* a) Shear Capacity, OVn: 13.13 KIPS OK Calculate Flexural Moments: PCA Case 10 1 Ms I Mu Transverse: 0.044 1 1.76 K-FT 1 2.62 K-FT Longitudinal:1 0.044 1 1.76 K-FT 1 2.62 K-FT Calculate Flexural Capacity: (M=PCA Coeff*Bearing*a2) Transverse Bar Size/Spacing: #3 @ 10" o.c. (As Provided =0.13 sq.in./ft.) Longitudinal Bar Size/Spacing: #3 @ 10" o.c. (As Provided =0.13 sq.in./ft.) Transverse Design: 4)Mn=40kfy(d-a/2): 6.10 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.19" Where, [31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*(i1= 0.16" Bar Cover: 1.50" d=Slab-cover-1/2Bar Dia.= 10.31" Check Min A. Provided: (Ref. ACI318. 10.5.1 Longitudinal Design: (OMn=(OA,fy(d-a/2): 5.88 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*al*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.80 a=c*(31= 0.16" Bar Cover: 1.88" d=Slab-cover-Trans Bar-1/213ar Dia.= 9.94" (-)M: As,,,i=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.44 sq.in./ft. (Controls) (+)M: Asrnin=3Vf c/fy*b*d: 0.42 sq.in./ft. (Controls) OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.41 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.40 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: NG As Provided>As,min: NG 4/3 As Provided, OK 4/3 As Provided, OK SRANITE vsamoaaemm s Hsu am= 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: iLof /S"- Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 7x7.6 MV Valve Vault Transverse Design (Cont.): Check Serviceability (-) Moment: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p=As/ b*d= 0.00107 pmax = (.75 pb) = 0.02515 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 4030509 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 p * n = 0.00771 k = d(2pn +(pn)z) - pn = 0.1167 j=1-(k/3)= 0.961 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 16,102 P51 < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 33.5" OR 12(40000/fs)= 29.8" Longitudinal Design (Cont.): Check Serviceability (+)Moment: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p=As/ b*d= 0.00111 pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02515 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 4030509 n=Es/Ec= 7.20 p * n = 0.00800 k = d(2pn +(pn)z) - pn = 0.1187 j = 1 - (k/3) = 0.960 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 16,721 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 31.2" OR 12(40000/fs)= 28.7" Actual Spacing=10" < 29.8" OK 11 Actual Spacing=10" < 28.7" OK 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Buoyancy Analysis: Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: lof /-S"' Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: 7x7.6 MV Valve Vault Design Methodology: Uplift computed based on volume of water displaced from outside dimensions of structure, including base extension (if provided), from bottom of base slab to water table height. Resisting force based on dry unit weights of concrete and soil above the bottom of base slab. Analysis neglects skin friction of soil against structure - conservative. Analvsis Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.1: Min. Earth Fill : 0.00, Unit Wt. of Soil: 120 PCF Unit Wt. of Concrete: 150 PCF Watertable Depth: 3.0' (Below Grade) Unit Wt. of Water: 62.4 PCF Minimum Safety Factor: 1.0 Compute Upward Forces: Volume of Water Displaced= Water Depth*O.D. Length & Width = 183.62 CIF (Water Depth = Fill+Top+Inside Ht+Bottom-W.T. Depth=3.75') O.D. Width=7.00' O.D. Length=7.00' Upward Force = Vol. of Water Displaced * Water Unit Weight= 1 11,458 LBS Compute Downward Forces: Earth Fill(w/opng deduct)= 0 LBS Opening Size: 0.0" Dia. (Round) Top Slab(w/opng deduct)= 2,048 LBS OR 66.0"L x 66.0"W (Rectangular) Walls= 7,088 LBS (Equivalent area removed} Base Slab= 7,347 LBS Soil Over Extension= 0 LBS Base Extension= 0.0" Soil Wedge= 0 LBS Other= 0 LBS Total Downward Force= 16,482 LBS Net Buoyancy Reaction= 5,024 LBS Buoyancy Safety Factor= 1.4 OK SHA ��TE 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: Sheet: �O_ofL Customer: Kamin's Construction Project: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Type 17 Sump Structure Size: Length Width Inside Ht. 2.00' 1.67' I - 1.42' Top Slab Thickness: 0.00" Bottom Slab Thickness: 4.0" Wall Thickness: 4.00" Vault Design: (Sump Below 70.6 MVO Design Assumptions (To Be Verified By E.O.R.1: Design Load: HS-20 ( 16-kips wheels j Min. Earth Fill : 6.75' Max. Earth Fill: 6.75' Unit Wt. of Soil: 120 PCF Unit Wt. of Concrete: 150 PCF Watertable Depth: 3.0' Lateral Earth Pressure: 66.1 PCF LL Surcharge: 80.0 PSF Depth to Apply Surcharge: 8.0' Unit Wt. of Water: 62.4 PCF Min. Buoyancy Safety Factor Req'd: 1.0 Concrete Strength, f'c: 4,000 PSI Reinforcing Yield Strength, fy: 60,000 PSI Base Extension: 0" (Below Grade -Min.) (See Following Sheets) (Ref. ASTM C857/C890: 0.005*Wheel Load) (Ref. ASTM C857/C890) (See Buoyancy Analysis for Actual Safety Factor) Load Factors: 1.6 (Live Load) 1.2 (Dead Load) 1.6 (Earth Pressure) Capacity Reduction: 0.9 (Flexure) 0.75 (Shear) (Note, If no Live Load, set DL Factor to 1.4) References: 1.)ACI318 "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete", latest edition. 2.)ASTM C478 "Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections", latest edition. 3.) ASTM C890 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures", latest edition. 4.) ASTM C857 "Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures", latest edition. 5.) HS-20 or HS-25 wheel loads per AASHTO "Standard Specificationfor Highway Bridges", 17th Edition. 6.) PCA "Rectangular Concrete Tanks", 5th Edition. Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A �r Sheet: of ) J Customer: Kamin's Construction GRANITE Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station I a ®mono OR= 4116 Bakerview Spur Bellingham WA 98226 Job Number: N/A Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Structure Name: Type 17 Sump Soil Pressure On Walls: (Not all components may be used for all vault designs - configurations may vary) F.G. W1 W2 W3 LL Surcharge: 80 PSF W4 Unit Weight of Soil: 120 PCF Earth Pressure Coefficient, Ka: 0,33 Unit Weight of Water: 62.4 PCF Max. Earth Fill: 6.75' Water Table Depth: 3.00' Dry Soil Pressure: 39.6 PCF Saturated Soil Pressure: 81.4 PCF Design Earth Pressure: 66.1 PCF (Weighted Avg.) [Ka*Ws] [(Ws-Ww) * Ka+Ww] Pressures Used for Wall Component Design: (Note: LL Surcharge Applied On Actual Component Design Sheet When Required) Design Depth: Design Pressure: W1: 6.75' 446 PSF W2: 6.75' 446 PSF WI 6.75' 446 PSF W4:1 8.17' 1 540 PSF 6.75' 0.00' 1.42' 1.42' NJ 4" ! 07- -! >77;4� �amn 0 GRANIIT�E 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Monolithic or Inteeral Wall Desien: Outside Face of Wall (Negative Moment) Wall Length, b: 2.00' Wall Height, a: 1.42' b/a: 1.4 Thickness: 4.00" Bar Cover: 1.00" Lateral Earth Pressure: Top of Wall, W3: 0.446 KSF Bottom of Wall, W4: 0.540 KSF Live Load Surcharge: 0.080 KSF Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Type 17 Sump (Bottom Unit) (Ref. PCA Tables, Chapter 2, Cases 3 & 8) Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: Llf.L- Calculate Flexural Moments: (Negative Moments, M=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a2) Horizontal Desien: Bars to Outside: Yes 11 Vertical Desien: Bars to Outside: No Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu 0.162 0.041 0.18 K-FT 0.29 K-FT 0.109 1 0.056 0.13 K-FT 0.20 K-FT Try: #3 @ 12" o.c. (As Prov.=0.11 sq.in./ft.) 4)Mn=(0Asfy(d-a/2): 1.36 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*p1*b= 0.19" Where, [i1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.85 a=c*p1= 0.16" d= 2.81" Try: #3 @ 12" o.c. (As Prov.=0.11 sq.in./ft.) (�Mn=4)A=fy(d-a/2): 1.17 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.19" Where, [i1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)1= 0.85 a=c*01= 0.16" d= 2.44" Check Min k Provided: (Ref. ACI318. 10.5.1) As,,=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.11 sq. in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.11 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As P rovi ded>As, m i n: 114d dy rwNI)IN% Asm,,=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.09 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.10 sq.in./ft. As Provided>As,min: OK (Controls) Check Serviceability: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00327 p = As / b * d = 0.00378 pmax = (.75 pb) = 0.02138 OK pma, = (.75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Es= 29000000 Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 3604997 Ec=57000*dfc= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p * n = 0.02633 p * n = 0.03038 k = d(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2046 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2180 j=1-(k/3)= 0.932 j=1-(k/3)= 0.927 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 7,436 PSI fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 6,073 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 78.2" Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 95.4" OR 12(40000/fs)= 64.5" OR 12(40000/fs)= 79.0" OR 3*Tw= 12.0" OR 3*Tw= 12.0" Actual Spacing=12" < 12.0" OK Actual Spacing=12" < 12.0" OK Check Shear: (V=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a) Case 8 Case 3 Vs Vu Case 8 Case 3 Vs Vu 0.70 0.26 0.56 KIPS 0.89 KIPS 0.62 0.38 0.51 KIPS 0.82 KIPS Horiz. Shear Capacity, 4)Vn: 3.20 KIPS Vertical Shear Capacity, (OVn: 2.77 KIPS (pVn>Vu: OK coVn>Vu: OK Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A GRANITE mwmu ma®a®wu� Customer: Kamin's Construction 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Type 17 Sump Monolithic or Integral Wall Design (Cont.): Inside Face of Wall (Positive Moment) Bar Cover: 2.25" Sheet: )3 ofis", Calculate Flexural Moments: (Positive Moments, M=PCA Coeff*Pressure*a2) Horizontal Desien: Bars to Inside: No 11 Vertical Desien: Bars to Inside: Yes Case 8 Case 3 Ms Mu Case 8 Case 3 1 Ms Mu 0.074 0.019 0.08 K-FT 0.13 K-FT 0.023 0.014 0.03 K-FT 0.04 K-FT Try: #3 @ 12" o.c. (As Prov.=0.11 sq.in./ft.) (0Mn=c0kfy(d-a/2): 0.55 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.85 a=c*pl= 0.16" d= 1.19" Check Min k Provided: (Ref. AC1318. 10.5.1) (-)M: Asmin=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.05 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.05 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: OK Check Serviceability: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00775 pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p * n = 0.06235 k = d(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2962 j=1-(k/3)= 0.901 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 8,309 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 65.6" OR 12(40000/fs)= 57.8" OR 3*Tw= 12.0" Actual Spacing=12" < 12.0" OK Try: #3 LED 12" o.c. (As Prov.=0.11 sq.in./ft.) (0Mn=c0A,fy(d-a/2): 0.74 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*pl*b= 0.19" Where, (31=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.85 a=c*01= 0.16" d= 1.56" (+)M: Asmin=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.06 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.06 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: OK p = As / b * d = 0.00589 pmax = (.75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p * n = 0.04739 k = d(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2641 j=1-(k/3)= 0.912 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 2,064 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 285.0" OR 12(40000/fs)= 232.5" OR 3*Tw= 12.0" Actual Spacing=12" < 12.0" OK / 2 C /�/C e �iZi�/c�in/f 6l�ClsD K �iDGk U I/j � / z 0 ((Jl't 4A*1Yf),f c/S� ) Z �� ' Z - Cowswww ll z 0, 4 iA% uv Z� ds, - l0> �UvO)I Z) lZ�Zv6 - ��, l,6(0,��G,��i V , Z1 (0,6) a ok Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A ommmmxdrm�G TK 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Base Slab Design: Design Length, b: Design Width, a: Base Slab Thickness: Dead Load: Top Slab: Soil (Max. Fill -Conservative): Walls: Other: Total: Live Load: Wheel Load: Uniform Load: Sheet: d_&L Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Type 17 Sump (Design for Uniform Upward Bearing Pressure) (Ref. PCA Rectangular Tanks, Chapter 2, Case 10: Pinned 4-Sides) 2.33' 2.00' b/a : 1.20 4.0" OR Hydrostatic Load: 0.000 KSF Watertable Depth: 3.00' 0.810 KSF Depth (WT. to Base): 5.50, 0.099 KSF Water Pressure: 0.343 KSF 0.909 KSF (Controls) (Note: Design based on higher value of Dead Load and Hydrostatic Load.) Note: Design neglects reduction in DL due to voided 4 KIPS ** vault above - Conservative) 0.653KSF (Wheel Loads/OD of Vault) **Note: Use goalseek to set Uniform LL = 0.653ksf from Vault above. Check Shear: Max PCA Shear Coeff:1 0.38 Design Shear, Vu: 1.63 KIPS (V=PCA Coeff*Bearing*a) Shear Capacity, (�Vn: 2.63 KIPS OK Calculate Flexural Moments: PCA Case 10 Ms Mu Transverse: 0.059 1 0.37 K-FT 0.51 K-FT Longitudinal: 1 0.045 1 0.28 K-FT 0.38 K-FT Calculate Flexural Capacity: (M=PCA Coeff*Bearing*a2) Transverse Bar Size/Spacing: #3 @ 12" o.c. (As Provided =0.11 sq.in./ft.) Longitudinal Bar Size/Spacing: #3 @ 12" o.c. (As Provided =0.11 sq.in./ft.) Transverse Design: 4)Mn=4)Asfy(d-a/2): 1.11 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*(31*b= 0.19" Where, (i1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)j= 0.85 a=c*R1= 0.16" Bar Cover: 1.50" d=Slab-cover-1/2Bar Dia.= 2.31" Check Min k Provided: (Ref. ACI318, 10.5.1) (-)M: Asmin=3Vf'c/fy*b*d: 0.09 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.09 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided>As,min: OK Longitudinal Desien: 4)Mn=(�Asfy(d-a/2): 0.92 K-FT OK c=As*Fy/.85*f'c*01*b= 0.19" Where, R1=[0.85-.05*(f'c-4ksi)]= 0.85 a=c*01= 0.16" Bar Cover: 1.88" d=Slab-cover-Trans Bar-1/2Bar Dia.= 1.94" (+)M: Asmin=3df'c/fy*b*d: 0.07 sq.in./ft. OR 200*b*d/fy: 0.08 sq.in./ft. (Controls) As Provided >As,min: OK GRANITE v��Awm a ®s®na as 4116 Bakerview Spur, Bellingham, WA 98226 Phone: (360) 671-2251, Fax: (360) 671-0780 Original Design Date: 11/8/10 Revision Date: N/A Sheet: S—ofl,� Customer: Kamin's Construction Project Name: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Job Number: N/A Structure Name: Type 17 Sump Transverse Design (Cont.): Check Serviceability (-) Moment: (Ref. ACI318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00398 pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*Vf'c= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p * n = 0.03202 k = V(2pn +(pn)2) - pn = 0.2231 j=1-(k/3)= 0.926 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 18,835 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 28.1" OR 12(40000/fs)= 25.5" Longitudinal Design (Cont.): Check Serviceability (+)Moment: (Ref. AC1318, 10.6.4) p = As / b * d = 0.00475 pmax = (•75 pb) = 0.02138 OK Es= 29000000 Ec=57000*df'c= 3604997 n=Es/Ec= 8.04 p * n = 0.03821 k = V(2pn +(pn)z) - pn = 0.2409 j=1-(k/3)= 0.920 fs=Ms/(As*j*d)= 17,122 PSI < 2/3fy=40,000 PSI OK Max Spacing, s=15(40000/fs)-2.5Cc= 30.4" OR 12(40000/fs)= 28.0" Actual Spacing=12" < 25.5" OK 11 Actual Spacing=12" < 28.0" OK � •? M, 0ti This is to certify that the quality control procedures of o 'te Precastinq Concrete Inc. r7a n i were audited during an on -site plant inspection and have met the requirements stated in the NPCA Quality Control Manual Participation in the NPCA Plant Certification Program affirms an ongoing commitment to producing quality precast concrete products. This includes a dedication to continuous improvement in product design, raw materials, manufacturing processes, safety, employee education and customer service. This certificate is valid through December 31, 2-010. C"..RTMED LANT 0%�d_ J. Kirby O'Malley, Chairman of the Board 070'��y Ty E. Gable, NPCA President _,4/3�k Phillip Cutler, P.E., Director of Certification Programs Standard Manhole, Vault, and Catch Basin certification As a NPCA certified plant, we certify that all materials manufactured by Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. comply with the following and are of domestic origin. 1) Manholes and catch basins are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-478 , ASTM C-990. 2) Vaults are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-858 and ASTM C-890 3) All concrete minimum 4000 P.S.I. 4) Precast Trenches are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-858 5) Aggregate and sand supplied from Washington State Pit #F-197. 6) Welded wire fabric conforms to ASTM A-497. 7) All rebar conforms to ASTM A-615. All materials manufactured by Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. conform to WSDOT specifications. Additionally, Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. is an approved WSDOT supplier of manholes, catch basins, vaults, 3-sided bridges, and traffic curbs. Sincerely, Mark Salisbury President GRANITE CONCRETE IN[. 4116 BAKERVIEW SPUR • BELUNGHAM, WA 98226 • (360) 671-2251 • 1-800-808-2251 • FAX: (360) 671-0780 GRANITE& Co ERA INE. Recipe #6 7 Sack, 7,000 PSI Concrete Material Cement Concrete Sand 3/8" Coarse Aggregate (pea -gravel) 5/8" Coarse Aggregate Water (8.33 Ibs per gallon) Air- Entrainment Super Plasticizer Slump Flow Water/Cement Ratio AGGREGATE Concrete Sand 3/8" Aggregate (pea gravel) 5/8" Aggregate Class/Tvp Wt. Lbs. Type III 725 Class 1 1424 AASHTO Grading No. 8 650 AASHTO Grading No. 67 902 0 AEA-92 3oz PLASTOL 6000 50oz 22"-28" 0.31 SOURCE SP. GR. Concrete Norwest State Pit #197 2.67 Concrete Norwest State Pit #197 2.669 Aggregates West State Pit #192 2.712 4116 Bakerview Spur Bellingham, WA 98226 •360-671-2251 •1-800-808-2251 -Fax 360-671-0780 Standard Manhole, Vault, and catch Basin certification As a NPCA certified plant, we certify that all materials manufactured by Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. comply with the following and are of domestic origin. 1) Manholes and catch basins are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-478 , ASTM C-990. 2) Vaults are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-858 and ASTM C-890 3) All concrete minimum 4000 P.S.I. 4) Precast Trenches are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-858 5) Aggregate and sand supplied from Washington State Pit #F-197. 6) Welded wire fabric conforms to ASTM A-497. 7) All rebar conforms to ASTM A-615. All materials manufactured by Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. conform to WSDOT specifications. Additionally, Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. is an approved WSDOT supplier of manholes, catch basins, vaults, 3-sided bridges, and traffic curbs. Sincerely, Mark Salisbury President GRANITEEONERETE INC. 4116 BAKERUIEW SPUR • BEWNGHAM, WA 98226 • (360) 671-2251 • 1-800-808-2251 • FAX: (360) 671-0780 AEA-92 Euclid Concrete AIR ENTRAINING AGENT FOR CONCRETE Admixtures DESCRIPTION r AEA-92 is formulated for use as an air entraining admixture for concrete of all types and is manufactured under rigid control which assures uniform and precise performance. It should be added to the mix independently and not with other admixtures. • Ready mix concrete D • Structural concrete m • Mass concrete v • Paving concrete • All exterior concrete > D co N • Provides a stable air void system with proper bubble size and spacing. This air void system protects concrete o against damage caused by repeated freeze/thaw cycles • Concrete is made more resistant to de-icing salts, sulfate attack and corrosive water • Less mixing water can be used per yard (meter) of concrete and placeability is improved • Minimizes bleeding and segregation of the concrete AEA-92 is an aqueous solution compound of synthetic organic chemicals. It is compatible with concrete mixes containing calcium chloride, water reducing admixtures, retarding admixtures, or high range water reducers. Appearance AEA-92 is an amber colored material which, when added to concrete does not change the concrete's natural appearance. IIIIIIIIIIII[W-T-01 if-IT-Cl AEA-92 is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails. 0 3 2 years in original, unopened package. C w AEA-92 meets or exceeds the requirements of the following specifications: W O o • Corps of Engineers Specification CRD C-13 0 • ASTM Specification C 26Q • AASHTO Specification M 154 • ANSI/NSF STD 61 DIRECTIONS FOR USE X Typical dosage rates range from 1/2 to1 oz of AEA-92/100 lb (30 to 60 ml of AEA-92/100 kg) of cement will n generally entrain 3%- 6% air in concrete. However, AEA-92 has occasionally been required to be dosed from 0.1 to 4 oz/cwt for certain mix designs to achieve the required air entrainment. This amount will vary depending on type of cement, fineness of sand, temperature, design of the mix, etc. Concrete mixes must be tested regularly 0 00 to confirm that the proper air content is achieved. The Euclid Chemical Company 1 19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110 An FM Company ey�., Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll -free: (800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596 www.euclidchemical.com� Material Safety Data Sheet The Euclid r Chemical Company AEA 92 Version 2. Print Date 08/08/2008 REVISION DATE: 08/07/2008 SECTION 1 - PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION Trade name AEA 92 Product code 011A 99 COMPANY : Euclid Chemical Company 19218 Redwood Road Cleveland, OH 44110 Telephone 1-800-321-7628 Emergency Phone: U.S. only: 1-800-424-9300 International Users Call Collect: 1-703-527-3887' Product use Admixture SECTION 2 - HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Emergency Overview Light Yellow. Liquid. No serious effects anticipated under normal conditions of use. Leave area to breathe fresh air. Avoid further overexposure. If symptoms persist, get medical attention. Acute Potential Health Effects/ Routes of Entry Inhalation No serious effects anticipated under normal conditions of use. Eyes Direct contact may cause mild irritation. Ingestion May cause gastrointestinal irritation, nausea, and vomiting. Skin May cause mild irritation. Aggravated Medical Conditions Pre-existing eye, skin and respiratory disorders may be aggravated by exposure. Chronic Health Effects Fillers are encapsulated and not expected to be released from product under normal conditions of use. SECTION 3 - PRODUCT COMPOSITION Chemical Name CAS -No. Weight % Water 7732-18-5 > 60.0 Sodium (C14-16) Olefin Sulfonate 68439-57-6 5.0 - 10.0 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol (PCMC) 59-50-7 - <0.1 Formaldehyde 50-00-0 - <0,1 SECTION 4 - FIRST AID MEASURES Get immediate medical attention for any significant overexposure. Inhalation Leave area to breathe fresh air. Avoid further overexposure. If symptoms persist, get medical attention. An�c-raw 1/5 011A 99 Material Safety Data Sheet mom AEA 92 Version 2. Print Date 08/08/2008 REVISION DATE: 08/07/2008 Eye contact Flush with water for 15 minutes. If irritation persists, get medical attention. Skin contact Wash area of contact thoroughly with hand cleaner followed by soap and water. If irritation, rash or other disorders develop, get medical attention immediately. Ingestion Get medical attention. Do not induce vomiting. Notes to physician Not applicable. SECTION 5 -(FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES Flash point Not available. Method Not available. Lower explosion limit Not available. Upper explosion limit Not available. Autoignition temperature Not available. Extinguishing media This product is not expected to bum under normal conditions of use. Hazardous combustion Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide can form.Smoke, fumes. products Protective equipment for Use accepted fire fighting techniques. Wear full firefighting protective firefighters clothing, including self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). Fire and explosion conditions This product not expected to ignite under normal conditions of use. SECTION 6 - ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Stop flow. Contain spill. Keep out of water courses. Absorb spill in sand, earth or other suitable material. Transfer to appropriate container for disposal. Use appropriate protective equipment. Avoid contact with material. SECTION 7 - HANDLING AND STORAGE Handle in compliance with common hygienic practices. Clean hands thoroughly after handling. Keep from freezing. Do not use in confined or poorly ventilated areas. Prevent inhalation of vapor, ingestion, and contact with skin eyes and clothing. Keep container closed when not in use. Precautions also apply to emptied containers. Store in sealed containers in a dry, ventilated warehouse location above freezing. SECTION 8 - EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION Personal protection equipment Respiratory protection Not required under normal conditions of use.Wear appropriate, NIOSH/MSHA approved respirator with combination particulate filter and vapor/gas removing cartridge when the ventilation is not adequate or if it is necessary to abrade or grind surfaces coated with this product. Hand protection Use suitable impervious rubber or vinyl gloves and protective apparel to reduce exposure. Eye protection Wear appropriate eye protection.Wear chemical safety goggles and/or face imFMc-w.,, 2/5 011 A 99 Material Safety Data SheetI AEA 92 Version 2. Print Date 08/08/2008 REVISION DATE: 08/07/2008 shield to prevent eye contact. Do not wear contact lenses. Do not touch eyes with contaminated body parts or materials. Have eye washing facilities readily available. Skin and body protection Prevent contact with shoes and clothing. Use rubber apron and overshoes. Protective measures Other equipment not normally required.Use professional judgment in the selection, care, and use. Engineering measures Not required under normal conditions of use.Use local exhaust when the general ventilation is inadequate. Exposure Limits No known components with exposure limits. SECTION 9 - PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Form Liquid Color Light Yellow Odor None pH 8.5 - 11.5 Vapour pressure Not available. Vapor density Heavier than air Melting point/range Not available. Freezing point Not available. Boiling point/range Not available. Water solubility Soluble Specific Gravity 1.015 +1- 0.01 % Volatile Weight 93.0 % SECTION 10 - REACTIVITY / STABILITY Substances to avoid Strong acids.Strong bases. Stability Stable Hazardous polymerization Will not occur_ SECTION 11 -TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol (PCMC), CAS -No.: 59-50-7 Acute oral toxicity (LD-50 oral) 710 mg/kg ( Mouse) 600 mg/kg ( Mouse) 5,129 mg/kg Rat) 3,636 mg/kg ( Rat ) Acute dermal toxicity (LD-50 dermal) 5,000 mg/kg ( Rat) Formaldehyde, CAS -No.: 50-00-0 A.WC.,.w 3/5 011A 99 Material Safety Data Sheet AEA 92 The Euclid Chemical Company Version 2. Print Date 08/08/2008 REVISION DATE: 08/07/2008 Acute oral toxicity (LD-50 oral) 800 mg/kg ( Rat) 260 mg/kg ( Guinea pig) 100 mg/kg ( Rat ) 42 mg/kg (Mouse) Acute inhalation toxicity (LC-50) 0.82 mg/I for 30 min ( Rat ) 0.48 mg/I for 4 h ( Rat ) 0.414 mg/I for 4 h ( Mouse ) 0.4 mg/I for 2 h ( Mouse ) SECTION 12 - ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION No Data Available SECTION 13 - DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Disposal Method Waste not regulated under RCRA. Dispose of in compliance with state and local regulations. SECTION 14 - TRANSPORTATION / SHIPPING DATA TDG / DOT Shipping Description: NOT REGULATED SECTION 15 - REGULATORY INFORMATION North American Inventories: All components are listed or exempt from the TSCA inventory. This product or its components are listed on, or exempt from the Canadian Domestic Substances List. U.S. Federal Regulations: SARA 313 Components _ None present or none present in regulated quantities. SARA 311/312 Hazards Acute Health Hazard OSHA Hazardous Components: 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol (PCMC) 59-50-7 OSHA Status: Considered Irritant hazardous based on the following criteria: OSHA Flammability Not Regulated Regulatory VOC (less water and 0 g/I exempt solvent) VOC Method 310 0 % U.S. State Regulations: MASS RTK Components Formaldehyde 50-00-0 Penn RTK Components Water 7732-18-5 Sodium (C14-16) Olefin Sulfonate 68439-57-6 a'FMc.,;." 4/5 011A 99 Material Safety Data Sheet AEA 92 Version 2. Print Date 08/08/2008 REVISION DATE: 08/07/2008 NJ RTK Components Water 7732-18-5 Sodium (C14-16) Olefin Sulfonate 68439-57-6 WARNING! Contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and/or other reproductive harm: None known. SECTION 16 - OTHER INFORMATION HMIS Rating: Health 1 Flammability 0 Reactivity 0 PPE Further information: 0 = Minimum 1 = Slight 2 = Moderate 3 = Serious 4 = Severe For Industrial Use Only. Keep out of Reach of Children. The hazard information herein is offered solely for the consideration of the user, subject to their own investigation of compliance with applicable regulations, including the safe use of the product under every foreseeable condition. Prepared by: Rich Mikol Legend ACGIH -American Conference of Governmental Hygienists CERCLA - Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act DOT - Department of Transportation DSL - Domestic Substance List EPA - Environmental Protection Agency HMIS - Hazardous Materials Information System IARC - International Agency for Research on Cancer MSHA - Mine Safety Health Administration NDSL - Non -Domestic Substance List NIOSH - National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NTP - National Toxicology Program OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration PEL - Permissible Exposure Limit RCRA - Resource Conservation and Recovery Act RTK - Right To Know SARA - Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act STEL - Short Term Exposure Limit TLV - Threshold Limit Value TSCA - Toxic Substances Control Act TWA - Time Weighted Average V - Volume VOC -Volatile Organic Compound WHMIS -Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System 1�`" 5/5 011A 99 A. �MFF -05 WIN. I W-1 llffl__ P LASTO L 6000 Euclid d Concrete HIGH -RANGE WATER -REDUCING ADMIXTURE Admixtures PLASTOL 6000 high -range water -reducing and superplasticizing admixture is formulated using advanced polycarboxylate technology, specifically engineered for concrete to provide maximum water reduction and slump flow, while maintaining consistent air contents from initial batching to final placement. In addition, Plastol 6000 provides high compressive strengths, flexural strength, and excellent setting characteristics. Plastol 6000 can be used to reduce the total cement content and used in combination with supplementary cementitious materials. Plastol 6000 does not contain added chlorides or chemicals known to promote the corrosion of steel. M 0* 7 CD • Precast/pre-stressed concrete - High early strength concrete g > • Self -Consolidating Concrete (SCC) - Ready -mix concrete • High slump, flowable concrete - Flatwork and mass concrete CD • Low water to cement ratio concrete * Pervious concrete • Superior slump gain - Higher early and ultimate strengths 3 • Consistent control of air content - Lowers number of rejected concrete loads (D • Improved cement hydration - Quicker stripping times • Low dosage - Aids in concrete placement and reduces labor cost Typical Engineering Data The following results were developed under laboratory conditions: Mix Design Control Plastol 6000 Cement 517 lbs (306 kg) 517 lbs (306 kg) Stone 1900 lbs (861 kg) 1900 lbs (861 kg) Sand 1289 lbs (585 kg) 1289 lbs (585 kg) (n Water 260 lbs (118 kg) 220 1 bs (100 kg) Dosage 5 oz/cwt (326 ml/kg) Hardened Properties Compressive Strength Control Plastol 6000 C4 I day 1767 psi (12.4 MPa) 2742 psi (19.2 MPa) 3 day 3160 psi (22.1 MPa) 4528 psi (31.7 MPa) C 7day 3810 psi (26.7 MPa) 5631 psi (39.4 MPa) Initial Set 4:07 5:01 Plastol 6000 is available in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums, and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails, M RL �4 6 months in original, unopened container. The shelf life of Plastol 6000 can be longer depending on how the 0 product is stored. The product can last longer if the product is re -circulated. Please consult a Euclid Sales CO Professional before using. The Euclid Chemical Company 19218 Redwood Rd. - Cleveland, OH 44110 An FM company UL Phone: [216] 531-9222 - Toll -free: [800] 321-7628 - Fax: [2161 531-9596 www.euclidchemical.com '14MP -ffiffi§_0501 - A, A-1-10 i- �.,�-z Plastol 6000 admixture currently meets the provisional requirements of ASTM C494/C494M and AASHTO M-194 as Type A & F admixtures. Plastol 6000 can be added to the initial batch water or directly on the freshly batched concrete and mixed for approximately 5 minutes or 70 revolutions. However, better results have been observed batching directly on the freshly batched concrete. It should not come into contact with dry cement or other admixtures until mixed thoroughly with the concrete batch. Dosage: The recommended dosage rate for Plastol 6000 is 3-12 oz/1001bs (195 to 780 mQ100 kg) of total cementitious materials. For traditional precast work, dose 3 to 6 fluid oz/100 Ibs of cementitious (196 to 326 mL/kg). If an accelerating admixture is to be used in conjunction with Plastol 6000, add the accelerator after the other admixtures have been dispensed. For any concrete application including Self -Consolidating Concrete (SCC), the dosage of Plastol 6000 will vary depending on the mix design, local materials, and individual needs of the concrete producer. Trial mixes should be run to verify plastic and hardened performance with local materials. If the material gradations are not optimum for SCC, a viscosity modifier may be used to improve the quality of the mix. Please consult a local Euclid Chemical Sales Professional for trial mixtures and dosage recommendations. Admixture Compatibility: Plastol 6000 is compatible with most admixtures including air -entraining agents, accelerators, most water -reducers, retarders, shrinkage reducers, corrosion inhibitors, viscosity modifiers, and microsilica; however, each material should be added to the concrete separately. Please contact a Euclid Sales Professional for any compatibility issues. PRECAUTIONS / LIMITATIONS Care should be taken to maintain Plastol 6000 above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing will not harm the material if thoroughly agitated. Do not agitate with air. • Add to concrete mix independent of other admixtures. • In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use. WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company ('EuCic') solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or oralty, shall after this warranty. EUCLID MANS NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE. AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the product at no cost to Buyer. Replacem_art of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for Inciderttal or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within one (1) year from the date of the claimed breech. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Eudd's installation information or instructions in its product literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such Installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations. if any. are done for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any Idnd. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid's products for the Buyer's intended purposes. v7 s POE 1 I� �a w, • Consult your local Euclid Chemical representative for the proper dosage rate adjustments when using fly ash, slag or high range water reducers. • Add to the mix independent of other admixtures. • In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use. WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (`Euclid') solely and expressly war;ants that its products shalt be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase Unless authorized in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or is representatives, in writing or orally, shall after this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARYOR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid productfails to ecnformwith this warranty. Euclid will replace the product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall ha.-- no claim far incidenwil or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in arty way alter Eucld's installation information or instructions in is product Lature or on is packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations. 4 any, are done for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute a wa ranty or warranty alter at on of arty kind. Buyer shal. be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid's products for the Buyer's intended purposes. Material Safety Data Sheet PLASTOL 6000 - BULK Version 1. Print Date 11/03/2008 REVISION DATE: 07/09/2008 SECTION 1 - PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION Trade name PLASTOL 6000 - BULK Product code 866E 99 COMPANY Euclid Chemical Company 19218 Redwood Road Cleveland, OH 44110 Telephone 1-800-321-7628 Emergency Phone: U.S. only: 1-800-424-9300 International Users Call Collect: 1-703-527-3887 Product use Admixture SECTION 2 - HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Emergency Overview Amber. Liquid. No serious effects anticipated under normal conditions of use. Leave area to breathe fresh air. Avoid further overexposure. If symptoms persist, get medical attention. Acute Potential Health Effects/ Routes of Entry Inhalation No serious effects anticipated under normal conditions of use. Eyes Direct contact may cause mild irritation. Ingestion May cause gastrointestinal irritation, nausea, and vomiting. Skin May cause mild irritation. Aggravated Medical Conditions Pre-existing eye, skin and respiratory disorders may be aggravated by exposure. Chronic Health Effects Fillers are encapsulated and not expected to be released from product under normal conditions of use. SECTION 3 - PRODUCT COMPOSITION Chemical Name CAS -No. Weight % Water 7732-18-5 40.0 - 70.0 Methacrylic acid copolymer NJ TSRN# 51721300-6170P 30.0 - 60.0 Formaldehyde 50-00-0 - <0.1 SECTION 4 - FIRST AID MEASURES Get immediate medical attention for any significant overexposure. Inhalation Leave area to breathe fresh air. Avoid further overexposure. If symptoms persist, get medical attention. �v 1/5 Material Safety Data Sheet dle °ay The Euclid Chemical Company PLASTOL 6000 - BULK Version 1. Print Date 11/03/2008 REVISION DATE: 07/09/2008 Eye contact Flush with water for 15 minutes. If irritation persists, get medical attention. Skin contact Wash area of contact thoroughly with hand cleaner followed by soap and water. If irritation, rash or other disorders develop, get medical attention immediately. Ingestion Get medical attention. Do not induce vomiting. Notes to physician Not applicable. SECTION 5 - FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES Flash point Not available. Method Not available. Lower explosion limit Not available. Upper explosion limit Not available. Autoignition temperature Not available. Extinguishing media This product is not expected to burn under normal conditions of use. Hazardous combustion Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide can form.Smoke, fumes. products Protective equipment for Use accepted fire fighting techniques. Wear full firefighting protective firefighters clothing, including self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). Fire and explosion conditions This product not expected to ignite under normal conditions of use. SECTION 6 - ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Stop flow. Contain spill. Keep out of water courses. Absorb spill in sand, earth or other suitable material. Transfer to appropriate container for disposal. Use appropriate protective equipment. Avoid contact with material. SECTION 7 - HANDLING AND STORAGE Handle in compliance with common hygienic practices. Clean hands thoroughly after handling. Keep from freezing. Do not use in confined or poorly ventilated areas. Prevent inhalation of vapor, ingestion, and contact with skin eyes and clothing. Keep container closed when not in use. Precautions also apply to emptied containers. Store in sealed containers in a dry, ventilated warehouse location above freezing. SECTION 8 - EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION Personal protection equipment Respiratory protection Not required under normal conditions of use.Wear appropriate, NIOSH/MSHA approved respirator with combination particulate filter and vapor/gas removing cartridge when the ventilation is not adequate or if it is necessary to abrade or grind surfaces coated with this product. Hand protection Use suitable impervious rubber or vinyl gloves and protective apparel to reduce exposure. Eye protection Wear appropriate eye protection.Wear chemical safety goggles and/or face A1� 2/5 Material Safety Data Sheet Mille PLASTOL 6000 - BULK Version 1. Print Date 11/03/2008 REVISION DATE: 07/09/2008 shield to prevent eye contact. Do not wear contact lenses. Do not touch eyes with contaminated body parts or materials. Have eye washing facilities readily available. Skin and body protection Prevent contact with shoes and clothing. Use rubber apron and overshoes. Protective measures Other equipment not normally required.Use professional judgment in the selection, care, and use. Engineering measures Not required under normal conditions of use. Use local exhaust when the general ventilation is inadequate. Exposure Limits No known components with exposure limits. SECTION 9 - PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Form Liquid Color Amber Odor Slight pH 6.5 Vapour pressure Not available. Vapor density Not available. Melting point/range Not available. Freezing point Not available. Boiling point/range Not available. Water solubility Soluble Specific Gravity 1.1 % Volatile Weight 59.9 % SECTION 10 - REACTIVITY / STABILITY Substances to avoid Strong acids.Strong bases. Stability Stable Hazardous polymerization Will not occur. SECTION 11 -TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Formaldehyde, CAS -No.: 50-00-0 Acute oral toxicity (LD-50 oral) 800 mg/kg ( Rat) 260 mg/kg ( Guinea pig) 100 mg/kg ( Rat ) 42 mg/kg ( Mouse ) Acute inhalation toxicity (LC-50) 0.82 mg/I for 30 min ( Rat ) 0.48 mg/I for 4 h ( Rat ) 0.414 mg/I for 4 h ( Mouse ) 0.4 mg/I for 2 h ( Mouse ) `�' 3/5 Material Safety Data Sheet The Euclid Chemical Company PLASTOL 6000 - BULK Version 1. Print Date 11 /03/2008 REVISION DATE: 07/09/2008 SECTION 12 - ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION No Data Available SECTION 13 - DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Disposal Method Waste not regulated under RCRA. Dispose of in compliance with state and local regulations. SECTION 14 - TRANSPORTATION / SHIPPING DATA TDG / DOT Shipping Description: NOT REGULATED SECTION 15 - REGULATORY INFORMATION North American Inventories: All components are listed or exempt from the TSCA inventory. This product or its components are listed on, or exempt from the Canadian Domestic Substances List. U.S. Federal Regulations: SARA 313 Components None present or none present in regulated quantities. SARA 311/312 Hazards Acute Health Hazard OSHA Hazardous Components: OSHA Status: Considered Irritant hazardous based on the following criteria: OSHA Flammability Not Regulated Regulatory VOC (less water and : 0 g/l exempt solvent) VOC Method 310 0 % U.S. State Regulations: MASS RTK Components Formaldehyde 50-00-0 Penn RTK Components Water 7732-18-5 Methacrylic acid copolymer NJ TSRN# 51721300-6170P NJ RTK Components Water 7732-18-5 Methacrylic acid copolymer NJ TSRN# 51721300-6170P WARNING! Contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and/or other reproductive harm: mFMc-,P-," 4/5 Material Safety Data Sheet PLASTOL 6000 - BULK Version 1. REVISION DATE: 07/09/2008 None known. SECTION 16 - OTHER INFORMATION HMIS Rating: Health 1 Flammability 0 Reactivity 0 PPE Further information: 0 = Minimum 1 = Slight 2 = Moderate 3 = Serious 4 = Severe Print Date 11/03/20081 For Industrial Use Only. Keep out of Reach of Children. The hazard information herein is offered solely for the consideration of the user, subject to their own investigation of compliance with applicable regulations, including the safe use of the product under every foreseeable condition. Prepared by: Rich Mikol Legend ACGIH - American Conference of Governmental Hygienists CERCLA - Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act DOT - Department of Transportation DSL - Domestic Substance List EPA - Environmental Protection Agency HMIS - Hazardous Materials Information System ]ARC - Intemational Agency for Research on Cancer MSHA - Mine Safety Health Administration NDSL - Non -Domestic Substance List NIOSH - National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NTP - National Toxicology Program OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration PEL - Permissible Exposure Limit RCRA - Resource Conservation and Recovery Act RTK - Right To Know SARA - Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act STEL - Short Term Exposure Limit TLV - Threshold Limit Value TSCA - Toxic Substances Control Act TWA - Time Weighted Average V - Volume VOC - Volatile Organic Compound WHMIS -Workplace Hazardous Materials Infcrmation System Aggregate Source Approval Report Page 1 of 2 .moo►. Wasbingtdnstate WSDOT MATERIALS LAB 09/11/2008 Department ofTransportation Aggregate Source .Approval Report Owner: Concrete Northwest Aggregate Source: PS-F-197 Leasee: Known as: Located in: SE1/4NW1/4 Section 7 T40N R4E County: Whatcom Remarks: Sample Location: Stockpiles (09/08/08) Degradation Factor: 85 (09/08/08) Pit Run Materials: Prior to incorporating any of the following into a job, Gradation and Sand Equivalent tests shall be performed to determine if the material does in fact meet specification for the Intended use: Backfill for Rock Wall Backfill for Sand Drains Bedding Material for Rigid Pipe Bedding Material for Thermoplastic Pipe Blending Sand Foundation Material for Classes A. B or C Gravel Backfill for Drains and Drywells Gravel Backfill for Foundation Class B Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding Gravel Backfill for Walls Gravel Borrow Sand Drainage Blanket Select or Common Borrow No Preliminary Tests are required to be performed by tie State Materials Lab Gravel Base: Test Date: 08/14/1995 Expiration Date: 08/14/2005 Drainage: R Value: 75 Swell Pressure: 0 Contact the Regional Materials Office to request PRELIMINARY SAMPLES be acquired. Evaluation and approval of this site as a -ource of GRAVEL BASE is required prior to use. f -iineral Agg. and Surfacing. Test Date: 08/19/1992 Expiration Date: 08/19/2002 Absorption: Ao rent Sp. G.: Bulk Sp. G. (SSD): 2.73 Buck Deg: 83 LA: 14 — — Contact the Regional Materials Office to request PRELIMINARY SAMPLES be acquired. Evaluation and approval of this site as a source of MINERAL AGGREGATES AND SURFACING Is required prior to use. Portland Cement Concrete Aggregates: Test Date: 09/08/2008 Expiration Date: 09/0812013 ASR - 14 Day: 0.29 ASR - One Year. CCA Absorption: 0.74 CCA Sp.G: 2.712 FCA Absorption: 1.44 FCA Organics: 3 FCA Sp. G: 2.669 LA: 13 Mortar Strength: Petrographic Analysis: Currently approved for: Coarse Concrete Aggregates Fine Concrete Aggregates ASR MITIGATION MEASURES ARE REQUIRED PER WSDOT STD. SPEC. 9-0-3 1 t 1), WHEN USING AGGREGATE FROM THIS SOURCE FOR PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE. Acceptance tests need to be performed as necessary Riprap and Quarry Spalis: Test Date: 08/19/1092 Expiration Date: 08/19/1993 Absorption: Apparent Sp. G.: Bulk Sp. G- (SSD): 2.73 Bulk Sp, G.: Deg: 83 LA: 14 s 'ontact the Regional Materials Office to request PRELIMINARY SAMPLES be acquired. Evaluation and approval of this site as a urce of, RIP RAP AND QUARRY SPALLS is required prior to use. http://www.wsdot.wa. o;,/biz/mats/asa/ASARobrt.ch.r?Ll-nrix=F&pit no=197 9/11/2008 HEIDELBERGGEMENTGroup MILL TEST REPORT Lehigh Northwest Cement Limited 7777 Ross Road Delta, British Columbia, V4G 188. P.O. Box 950, WK 3S6 Tel: 604.946.0411 Fax: 604.946.9215 Cement Type: ASTM Type III, AASHTO Type Ili, CSA Type HE (formerly Type 30) High Early Strength, Low Alkali Portland Cement Plant: Bellingham, WA Certificate #: B3-132 Production Period: Feb 012009 Test ASTM/AASHTO CSA Feb 28 2009 Result C150; M85 A3001 Specification Specification Si02 (%) ASTMC114 CSA A3003 20.4 A1203 (%) ASTM C114 CSA ,43003 5.15 _ Fe203 (%) ASTMC114 CSAA3003 3.77 Ca0(%) ASTMC114 CSA A3003 64.1 _ MgO (%) ASTM C114 CSA A3003 0.93 max. 6.0 max_ 5.0 S03 (%) ASTMC114 CSA A3003 3.11 max.3.5 max.3.5 Na20 (%) ASTM Cl14 CSA A3003 0.28 _ K20 (%) ASTMC114 CSA A3003 0.34 _ _ Ti02 (%) ASTM014 CSAA3003 0.28 _ - C3S (%) ASTMC150 ASTMC150 52 _ C2S (%) ASTMC150 ASTMC150 19 _ C3A (%) ASTMC150 CSA A3003 7.3 max. 15 C4AF (%) ASTMC150 ASTM050 11.5 _ Total Alkalis (%) ASTMC114 CSA A3003 0.50 max. 0.60 Loss on Ignition (%) ASTMC114 CSA A3003 2.28 max. 3.0 Insoluble Residue {%) ASTMC114 CSA A3003 0.20 max. 0.75 max. 3.0 Free Calcium Oxide (%) ASTMC114 CSA A3003 0.49 max. 1.5 CO2 in Cement (%) ASTM014 0.95 _ CaCO3 in Limestone (%) ASTMC114 94 Limestone in Cement (%) ASTMC150 2.3 min 70 max. 5.0 Blaine Fineness (m2/kg) ASTMC204 ASTMC204 546 _ +325 mesh ASTMC430 CSAA3004-A3 0.1 _ Vicat Setting Time Initial (minutes) ASTMC191 CSA A3004-B2 142 min. 45 max- 375 min. 45 max. 250 Final (minutes) ASTMC191 CSA A3004-B2 254 _ Air Content (%) Autoclave Expansion (%) ASTMC185 ASTMC151 CSA A3004-C4 CSAA3004-B5 6.96 -0.03 max 12 max. 0.80 max 1.0 Compressive Strength MPa / psi 1 Day 3 Day 28 Day (previous month) AST41C109/109M A5TMC109/109M ASTMC109/109M CSAA3004-C3 CSA AJUU4-CL CSAA3004-C2 24.9 / 3611 34.51 5003 47.9 / 6946 min. 12.0 min. 13.5 min. 24.0 min. 24.0 _ This will certify that the above described cement meets the standard requirements and optional Low Alkali chemical requirements of ASTM Specification C-150 and AASHTO Specification M-85 for Type III Portland Cement, and CSA Specification A3001 and A5 for Type HE Portland Cement. Note that CSA Specification A3001 superceded CSA Specification A5 in December 2003. Eileen M. tang March 16, 2009 Quality Control Manager/Mill Engineer r" -moConcrete Nor' West CONCRETE MAILING ADDRESS: P.O. Box 280, Mount Vemon, WA 99273 Phone: (360) 757-3121 PHYSICAL ADDRESS: 663 Pease Road, Burlington, WA 98233 Fmc (360) 757-3816 wvla�olu of MILES MA -ND y GRAVEL 6513 Siper Road Esatson, WA 98247 Phone: 966-2826 SIEVE ANALYSIS Pea Gravel Prt - gg1- • - = erce7 �=._�. Sieve Size Weight Sieve Percent Retained Percent Passing Specs. 1/2" 0 0.0% 100.0% 100 318" 10 0.9% 99.1 % 85-100 4 918 85.0% 15.0% 10-30 8 1076 99.6% 0.4% 0-10 16 1078 99.8% 02% 0-5 PAN 1080 CONCRETE MUM OAN0 &ANM A OPT 3 GRAVEL .� Concrete Nor' West MAII.ING ADDRESS: P.O. Box 280, Mount Vento:t, WA 98213 Phone: (360) 757-3121 PHYSICAL ADDRESS: 663 Pease Road, Burlington, WA 98233 Fax: (360) 757-3816 6513 Siper Road Everson, WA 99241 Phone-966-2826 SIEVE ANALYSIS _ gg 70 � • r 1=€2acatla Sieve Size Weight Sieve Percent Retained Percent Passing Specs. 314" 0 0.0% 100.0% 90-100 318" 890 72 1 % 27.9% 20-55 4 1 1224 99.2% 0.8% 0-10 8 1226 99.4% 0.6°0 0-5 PAN 1234 " Meeting WSDOT Spec #67 CONCRETE NOR.'WEST Division of Miles Sand Gravel Co. PO Box 280 Mount Vernon, WA 98273 (360)757-3121 Aggregate Test Report Product: ASTM C33 Sand Location: Trapline Pit Meeting Class 1 WSDOT Specifications Project: Stock Material Contractor: Sample Size: 896 2 1/2 In. 2 In. 1 112 In. 1 114 In. 1 In. 3/4 In. 5/8 In. 112 In. 3/8In. 0 0.0% 100.0% 100% 114 In. No.4 16 1.8% 99.4% 95-100% No.8 139 15.5% 84.5% 68-86% No.10 No.16 331 36.9% 63.1% 47-65% No.30 539 60.2% 39.8% 27-42% No.40 No.50 734 81.9% 18.1 % 9-20% No.100 850 94.9% 5.1% 0-7% No.200 +--. 881 98.3% 1.7% 0-2.51 --- - I I Testing: Wet Sieve Remarks: Sampled By: B.D. Submitted By. Tested By: C.B. Date: 2/26/2009 CNW 99 SOLD GRANITE PRECASTING 8, CONCRETE N I...I C O R CERTIFIED MILL TEST REPORT TO: BELLINGHAM, BAKERVIEW SPUR BELLINGHAM, WA 98226-0000 BAR MILL G R O U P /YUCOR STEEL SEATTLE, INC. Ship from: Nucor Steel Seattle, Inc. SHIP GRANITE PRECASTING 8, CONCRETE 2424 SW Andover TO: 4116 BAKERVIEW SPUR SEATTLE, WA 98106-1100 BELLINGHAM, WA 98226-0000 206-933-2222 Material Safety Data Sheets are available at www.nucorbar.com or HEAT NUM. * DESCRIPTIONS PO# => oct,nov,dec SE0910020301 Nucor Steel Seattle, Inc. 13/#4 Rebar 40' A615M Gr 420 (Gr60) A:iTM A615/A615M-08b GR 60r4201 PO# => oct,nov,dec SE0910020402 Nucor Steel Seattle, Inc. '13/#4 Rebar 40' A615M Gr 420 (Gr60) ASTM A615/A615M-08b GR 60(4201 contacting your inside sales representativc PHYSICAL TESTS YIELD I TENSILE I ELON P.S.I. P.5.1, % IN 8" 1 BEND 63,683 101,022 11.7% OK 439MPa 697MPa 64,464 101,422 14.1 % OK 444MPa 699MPa Page: 1 Date: 6-Feb-2009 B.L. Number: 371580 Load Number: 216633 NBMG-06 May 16. 20C CHEMICAL TESTS T% C Mn P S Si Cu DEF NI Cr Mo V CID Sn C.E. -4.2% .40 1.13 .014 .050 .22 .35 .61 .038 .09 .09 .020 .006 .003 -3.4% .39 1.12 .016 .038 .11 .10 .020 I I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE ABOVE FIGURES ARE CORRECT AS CONTAINED IN THE RECORDS OF THE CORPORATION.ALL _ MEL TING, HAVE OCCU�yMATERIALSES OF THE STEEL RFANUFACTURING r H N THE UNITED STATES. ALL PRODUCTS PRODUCED ARE WELD FREE. QUALITY MERCURY, IN ANY FORM, ,OT BEEN USED IN 1HE PRODUCTION OR TESTING OF THIS MATERIAL. ASSURANCE; _.__.. Winky Lai .048 .19 .007 .003 .29 JITE PRECASTING SOLD 4� , , BAKERVIEW SPUR & CONCRETE N U C Q R TO: BELLINGHAM, WA 98226-0000 BAR IH / L L GROUP NUCOR STEEL SEATTLE, INC. SHIP GRANITE PRECASTING & CONCRETE TO: 4116 BAKERVIEW SPUR BELLINGHAM, WA 98226-0000 CERTIFIED MILL TEST REPORT Ship from: Nucor Steel Seattle, Inc. 2424 SW Andover SEATTLE, WA 98106-1100 206-933-2222 Page. 1 Date: 6-Oct-2008 B.L. Number: 367757 Load Number: 213074 AL2M,,NUFACTURINGPROCESSESOFTHESTEELMATERIALSINTHISPRODUCT,INCLUDING i}i ,7y MJLTiN, . HAVE OCCURRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES. ALL PRODUCTS' PRODUCED ARE WELD FREE QUALITY �'.,,34: 3��+' L %cif L�� «��...... MERCURY IN ANY FORM, HAS NOT BEEN USED IN THE PRODUCTION OR TESTING OF THIS MATERIAL. ASSURANCE; WII11Cy Lai if ' C O �s c� N ti �o oco 00 FrN N W a a .=) w k Cn ►'i SOLI] GRANITE PRECASTING & CONCRETE N V C Q R 4116 BAKERVIEW SPUR CERTIFIED MILL TEST REPORT TO: BELLINGHAM, WA 98226-0000 BAR MILL GROUP NUCOR STEEL SEATTLE, INC. Ship from: Nucor Steel Seattle, Inc. SHIP GRANITE PRECASTING & CONCRETE 2424 SW Andover TO: 4116 BAKERVIEW SPUR SEATTLE, WA 98106-1100 BELLINGHAM, WA 98226-0000 206-933-2222 Material Safety Data Sheets are available at www.nucorbar.com or by contacting your inside sales representative. HEAT NIJM. ' DESCRIPTION YIELD PHYSICAL TESTS TENSILJ.ETN GP.SIPSI8° BEND PO# => oct,nov,dec SE0810549901 Nucor Steel Seattle, Inc. 71,334 103,319 18.0% OK 25/#8 Rebar 40' 492MPa 712MPa A615M Gr 420 (Gr60) ASTM A615/A615M-08b GR 60[420] PO# => oct,nov,dec SE0810550002 Nucor Steel Seattle, Inc. 70,955 103.465 15.6% OK 25/#8 Rebar 40' 489MPa 713MPa j A615M Gr 420 (Gr60) ASTM A615/A615M-08b GR 60[420] PO# -> oct,nov,dec SE0810609602 Nucor Steel Seattle, Inc. 67,172 103,363 14.8% OK 25/#8 Rebar 40' 463MPa 713MPa A615M Gr 420 (Gr60) ASTM A615/A615M-08b GR 6014201 Page: 1 Date: 21-Jan-2009 B.L. Number: 371095 Load Number: 216631 _ N13MG-08 Mav 16. annl CHEMICAL TESTS ��tF Mn P S Si CU NI Cr Mo V Cb Sn C.E. -5.1 % .41 .82 .020 .057 .18 .39 .064 •13 .13 .030 .022 .003 .57 -5.1 % .40 .84 .016 .051 .18 .061 .11 .11 .030 .021 .34 .003 .56 -5.6% .43 .90 .013 .061 .19 .061 .16 .09 .030 .005 .34 .020 .60 ...... 1-MI Ir I I "HI I Ht AbOVt FIGURES ARE CORRECT AS CONTAINED IN THE RECORDS OF THE CORPORATION. :LL MANUFACTURING PRr1 .."SES OF THE STEEL MATFRIALS IN THIS PRODUCT, INCLUDING 1ELTING', FIAVE OCCURH AIN THE UNITED STATES. ALL PRODUCTS PRODUCED ARE WELD FREE. IF.RCURY. IN ANY FORM. )T BEEN USED IN THE PRODUCTION OR "TESTING OF THIS MATERIAL. QUALITY ��k..,�ryt/4ti7• ASSIIRANr.W Wlnkv Lai '� SOLD GRANITE PRECASTING & CONCRETE N V C c3R TO: BEL BAKERVIEW SPUR BELLINGHAM, WA 98226-0000 BAR M/ CERTIFIED MILL TEST REPORT L L G GROUP U P NUCOR STEEL SEATTLE, INC. Ship from: SHIP GRANITE PRECASTING &CONCRETE Nucor Steel Seattle, Inc. 4116 BAKERVIEW SPUR 2424 SW Andover TO: BELLINGHAM, WA 98226-0000 SEATTLE, WA 98106-1100 206-933-2222 Material Safety Data Sheets are available at www.nucorbar.com or by contacting your inside sales representative HEAT NUM. * DESCRIPTION PHYSICAL TESTS YIELD TENSILE ELONG P.S.I. PO# => 10377 P.S.I. % IN 8" BEND SE0910014601 Nucor Steel Seattle, Inc. 16/#5 Rebar 20' 64,664 102,223 13.3% OK A615M Gr 420 (Gr60) 446MPa 705MPa ASTM A615/A615M-08b GR 60(420] REBY CERTIFY THAT THE ABOVE FIGURES ARE CORRECT AS CONTAINED IN THE RECORDS OF THE CORPORATION. MANUFACTURING PR ,TING,HAVE OCCURRED OF THE STEEL MATERIALS IN THIS PRODUCT, INCLUDING UR THE UNITED STATES. ALL PRODUCTS P iCURY, IN ANY FORM, HAy BEEN I Ilan u, TA RODI ICFn APc u,e, „ Page: 1 Date: 31-Mar-2009 B.L. Number: 373080 Load Number: 218579 CHEMICAL TESTS C Mn P S SI Cu C.E. Ni Cr Mo V Cb Sn -5.1% .41 1.12 .014 .051 .24 .034 .11 .10 .030 .007 .005 40 .62 Concrete Strength Test Report Project Job # SCC test Client Report Contractor Date Molded 3/9/09 Supplier Granite Precast & Conc. Date Received Mont,, egwre Slump 27 Quantity Air Content 5.6 % Air Temp 38 ' Unit Weight 144.8 Mix Temp 41 ' Water Required Time Batched 7:59 AM Other Time Sampled 8:04 AM[Max Design Artacned Specimen Number Lab Number Age days Date Tested Total Lbs Compressive Strength Remarks SCC3909A 3909A 1 3/10109 58297 4639 1 3110/09 59792 4758 1 Day Average 4699 7 3/16/09 77200 6143 7 3/16/09 80170 6380 7 DayAvera e 6262 28 4/6/09 93521 7442 28 416/09 99076 7884 28 Day Average 7663 Reinforcement Inspection Sp eciment Size 4X8 Conforms Test Reference: ASTM C31, C39 Attachment Inspector Comments Copies to: Submitted By Granite Precast & Concrete, Inc. QC Manager Concrete Strength Test Report Project I lJob # ISCC Test Supplier lGranite Precast & Conc. StrengIn Kequired6000 Quantity 6 - Cyl Air Temp 57 ° Mix Temp 62 ° Time Batched 1:19 AM Time Sampled 1:24 AM Specimen Number Lab Number Age days Date Tested 3CC3209P 3209P 1 3/3/09 1 1 Da 7 3/9/09 7 3/9/09 7 Da 28 3/30109 28 28 Day ate Molded 3/2109 PM ate Received lump 26 1 /2 " it Content 6.9 % nit Weiqht 145.4 Other Mix Design Attached? Total Lbs Compressive Strength 70080 5577 72108 5738 vera a 5658 80351 6394 81696 6501 vera a 6448 98623 7843 100458 7994 vera a 7919 Speciment Size 4X8 Test Reference: ASTM C31, C39 Inspector Copies to: Submitted By: (\ Granite Precast & Concrete, Inc. �) QC Mana e� Remarks Concrete Strength Test Report Project Job # it SCC Test Client Report Contractor Date Molded 3/12109 Supplier Granite Precast & Conc. Date Received 51rength RequiredSlump 28 112 " Quantity Air Content 6 % Air Temp 38 ° Unit Weight 144.2 Mix Temp 51 ° Water Required Time Batched 8:33 AM Other Time Sampled 8:37 AM Max Design Attached? Specimen Number Lab Number Age days Date Tested Total Lbs Compressive Strength Remarks SCC31209i 31209A 1 3/13/09 52893 4209 1 3113/09 51813 4123 1 Day era a 4166 7 3119/09 83570 6650 7 3119109 84630 6735 7 Day Average 6693 28 4/9/09 94627 7530 28 1 4/9/09 1 98473 7836 28 DayAvera e 7683 Reinforcement Inspection S eciment Size 4X8 Conforms Test Reference: ASTM C31, C39 Attachment Inspector Comments Copies to: Submitted By: Granite Precast & Concrete, Inc. QC Ma ager Concrete Strength, Test Report Project I Job # ISCC Test contractor I Date Molded 3/24/09 Supplier Granite Precast G Conc. Date Received ren n --quFR, Days '6000 Slum p 21 1/2 " Quantity 6 - Cyl Air Content 5.8 % Air Temp 43 ° Unit Weight 1,44.8 Mix Temp 54. Water Required Time Batched 8:46 AM Other Time Sam led 8:51 APB %lax Design Anctec^, Specimen Number Lab Number Age days Date Tested Total Lbs Compressive Strength Remarks SCC32409 32409A 1 3/25109 56588 4503 e I 1 3/25/09 55683 5531 1 Day Average 5017 7 1 3131/09 L 779,35 6209 7 3/31 /09 1 80650 6421 7 Day Average 6315 28 4/21 /09 91323 7271 28 4/21 /09 92516 7366 28 DayAvera e 7319 Reinforcement Inspection ,Speciment Sizei A'-8 Conforms I Test Reference: AS T M C31. C39 mm Copies to: Submitted By: ' v Granite Precast & Concrete, Inc. QC Mana er �v ow'Oft1j01 PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 4 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 11/17/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Wet Well REVIEWED BY: Tvler Whitehouse SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.02084 SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted X Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Submitted wall thickness of 8-inches is acceptable in lieu of 9-inch wall thickness shown on Contract Drawing M-01. Contractor to note deviations from Contract documents in future submittals. 2. Current joint location does not provide at least 12 inches of clearance between 8" SS and joint as well as other major items anchored in the wet well (i.e. platform). Revise riser dimensions to maintain 12 inches clearance (penetrations and anchors) from joints. Suggested riser dimensions are 12 feet (bottom) and 6 feet (top). 3. All openings for penetrations shall be smooth and free of surface irregularities and without exposed steel reinforcing. Contractor to coordinate pipe penetration location and sizes with piping arrangement and sleeve details shown on the Drawings (10.02084-2.01.A.7). 4. Confirm wet well is designed to be compatible with the floor access hatches specified in Sub -Section 10.08320 (10.02084-2.02.A.2). 5. Contractor is responsible for Field Quality Control as specified (10.02084-3.02). Carol lo.local: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 4.docx Page 1 of 1 a ,r �i/1�► �j PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station (*r Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 4 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 11/16/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.02084 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Wet Well REVIEWED BY: Tvler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted X Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Submitted wall thickness of 8-inches is acceptable in lieu of 9-inch wall thickness shown on Contract Drawing M-01. Contractor to note deviations from Contract documents in future submittals. 2. Current joint location does not provide at least 12 inches of clearance between 8" SS and joint as well as other items anchored in the wet well. Revise riser section dimensions such that there are no penetrations and anchors within 12 inches of a joint (10.02084-2.01.A.5). 3. All openings for penetrations shall be smooth and free of surface irregularities and without exposed steel reinforcing. Contractor to coordinate pipe penetration location and sizes with piping arrangement and sleeve details shown on the Drawings (10.02084-2.01.A.7). 4. Confirm wet well is designed to be compatible with the floor access hatches specified in Sub -Section 10.08320 (10.02084-2.02.A.2). 5. Contractor is responsible for Field Quality Control as specified (10.02084-3.02). Carol lo.local: Carol lo0ocu ments\CI ient\WA\Renton\8235B20\Su bm ittals\S ubm itta 14.docx Page 1 of 1 „ Standard Manhole., '`fault, and Catch Basin Certili ration As a NPCA certified plant, we certify that all materials manufactured by Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. comply with the following and are of domestic origin. 1) Manholes and catch basins are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-478 , ASTM C-990. 2) Vaults are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-858 and ASTM C-890 3) All concrete minimum 4000 P.S.I. 4) Precast Trenches are constructed in accordance with ASTM C-858 5) Aggregate and sand supplied from Washington State Pit # F-197. 6) Welded wire fabric conforms to ASTM A-497. 7) All rebar conforms to ASTM A-615. All materials manufactured by Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. conform to WSDOT specifications. Additionally, Granite Precasting & Concrete, Inc. is an approved WSDOT supplier of manholes, catch basins, vaults, 3-sided bridges, and traffic curbs. Sincerely, i Mark Salisbury President 1 GRANITE PRECASTING EONERETE INE, 4116 BAKER41E14 SPUR BEL!!NGHAU, WA 98226 (360) 671-2251 • 1-800-808-2251 • FAX: NO) 67!-mm�. ._.—..__._....-_............. ....... _.._..........._..........__—......._____.__....__._.. __._.....-.._�._._.....I 9 6" Manhole Meets or Exceeds WSDOT Sod Plan B-f0 Manholes Constructed in Accordance withth ASTM C•478 Rubber Gasket Conforms to ASTM C-443 Polypropylene MH Steps Conform to ASTM C-478 KAMIN'S CONSTRUCTION / LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LIFT STATION Rubber Gasket GRADE EL. 27' 1711 a4 a a roQ G 12" E 5I" I WEIGHTS: n 8, TOP SLAB: 10,060 ibs RISER: 2,750 Ibs/tt Riser BASE SLAB: 9,980lbs CONCRETE: JOINT DETAIL Fc= 4,000 psi @ 28 Days REINFORCING STEEL: See Joint Reber: ASTM A615 Grade 60 Detail c Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A Top Slab: 0.75 Sq In./It e.w. min. Riser: 0.24 Sq In.Ain It min. - _ -_ — — — — — — — — — — — — — Base Slab: 0.39 Sq inAt e.w. min. ° PIPE PENETRATIONS: All Pipe Penetrations By Others in Field. i a COATING: INTERIOR COATING = e TNEMEC 435 2 COATS EXTERIOR COATING = TNEMEC 141 S7L-l'5 4 LA1O0M KIUG¢� 10' Riser 1 1 16", Floor EL. 8.0' � v a 8„ 96" 8„ f A t ; 112" 144"VE-V-I G`( O 1 •- SECTION AA l / 48"x 66" ALUMINUM ACCESS i HATCH - DOUBLE DOOR HS-20 , 3" Offset — PLAN VIEW TMSIMPREEASTING NITE CONCRETE INC. T� 4116 BAKERVIEW SPUR • BELUNGHAM, WA 98226 • (360) 671-2251 1-800-808-2251 FAX: (360) 671-0780 ��1-�".'•T Pre -Lubricated Pipe & Manhole. Gaskets Tomorrow's technology is... The TYLOX SuperSeal pre -lubricated gasket of today. A distinct innovation that becomes the total solution in the joint sealing of concrete pipe, sanitary and storm sewer systems, box culverts, and manhole base and riser sections. Plans hte rY LOX SuperSeal around the spigot and of the owe. The TYLOX SuperSeal should rest firmly against the spigot shoulder. Centre the spigot in the The mantle section of the bell and push pipe home. TYLOX SuperSeal roils over the compression area of the gasket and comes to rest in the small annular space. Pre -lubricated cavity compression Soctlaa (bo f •-1`' v�:�-.ter"«__ - _ Seuated Montle (tube) Orifices (lamell) Pipe Joint Design A suitable illustration is provided to the left. Detailed joint drawings meet your specific requirements are available from Hamilton Kent's enl neering department. Advantages Unique Design • Self contained lubricant • No special handling or packaging • No threat of lubricant contamination or deterioration • Saves time and rness of lubricant application • No equalization required Function The TYLOX SuperSeal gasket has silicone lubricant encapsulated in the tub: During pipe rssembly the mantle rolls over the compression area of th gasket res-ailing, in a watertight seal. The mantic: sections final resting pos tion is in Ilia e_mali annular space, preventing cencreta to con rote contact. Gasket Sh:es The TYLOX SuperSeal gasket is manufactured for concrete pipe sizes fron 250 mm to 3600 mm (10" to 144") in diameter, maintenance hole., (manholes) rrom 900 mm to 3600 mm (36" to 144") in diameter and l:os culverts of all sizes. Material Specifications The TYLOX SuperSeal gasket is manufactured from top quality rubber. At gasket material conforms to or exceeds C.S.A. A-257, A.S.T.M. C-443, anc C-361 specifications. Special chemical resistant EPDIvt, Neoprene, anc Nitrile rubber are also available upon request. Markings TYLOX SuperSeal: Diameter in metric and imperial, job number (allowing traceability). Quality Control Our state of the art production and laboratory facilities, as well as our staff of competent engineers, chemists, and technicians, work together to ensure the highest quality pipe and maintenance hole (manhole) gaskets available today. Service For more than half a century, Hamilton Kent has been the leader in the manufacture of rubber gaskets to the concrete pipe and maintenance hole (manhole) industry in North America. Our complete line of joint seating products, ongoing research and development programs, and a knr.•.- ledgeabie sales staff, continue to make us number one and second tc. none within the industry. The Leading Manufacturer of Molded and Extruded Gasket Products 77 Cariingrfew Drive, Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada iv19W 5E6 Tel: (416) 675-7822 (800) 268.8479 Fax: (416) 674-6960 871 Denning Way, Sparks, Nevada, USA 8943" JAtl-16-2006(MOtl) 15:55 0002 (FRX),,116 6756906 P.017/016 LJLA-S Hamilt on dl en t m-Vkd rho ppnrractlon ,PhYsic2l 'hest Report Job # _ .4-7051 Customer Pi1i Nevada Spler=ific atiou = ASTNI-C361 Size 43" Compound 245 Part Type Yp 175TSS Die Number M<-1575 Date 01/13/06 Si cd Q. L Olga Mokrous Qualify SLpCrvisor x 250 Head Office & Canadian Mftg Plant 77 Carlingview Drive, Toronto, Ontario. MqW 5L6 Canada Plione 416 675 9873 Vas 416 674 6960 U.S. M inufactnring Plant 871 Deming Way, Sparks, Nevnda 89431 U.S,A. Phone 702 359 7016 F= 702 359 0873 FEB 22 2006 1 -j : 4',3 FR HAP"JOIN KENT I, z Won Ifefif January 1, 2006 To WhQm it Mpy Concern 416 674 6960I Y TO v12606710780 P.02 This letter is to certify that: 1. All Tylox® SuperSeaIT" Gaskets , manufactured by Hamilton Kent, in Isoprene Rubber, conform to the physical requirements for standard gaskets as detailed in ASTM C361, Section 6.9.1 & 6.9.1.1; ASTM C443 Section 6.1.1; and AASHTO M 198 2. All Tylox® SuperSealTm Gaskets manufactured by Hamilton Kent, in Nitrile Rubber or Neoprene Rubber, conform to the physical requirements for oil- resistant gaskets as detailed in ASTM C361, section 6.9.1 & 6,9.1.2 and ASTM C443 Section 6.1.2 3. All Tylox® SuperSeaITm Gaskets, manufactured by Hamilton Kent, in an Isoprene/EPDM blend, conform to the physical requirements for standard gaskets as detailed in ASTM C443 Section 6.1.1 and "Green book" - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction Sec. 208.3, 4. All physical propertles of All Tyloxp SuperSeaill Gaskets, manufactured by Hamilton Kent are determined in accordance with the test methods outlined in ASTM C361, Section 10.5 and ASTM C443 Section 9. 5. All splices used in All Tylox® SuperSealTM Gaskets, manufactured by Hamilton Kent, meet the requirements of ASTM C361, Section 10.5.1.2 and ASTM C443, Section 6.2. Should you have y fu her questions, or require clarification, please do not hesi te, onr, u Maurice R (der Quality Assurance Manager 77 Cadin9view Drive, Toronto, Ontario N19W 5E6 - Tel. (416) 675-9873 6 Fax: (416) 674-6960 ** TOTAL PAGE.02 ** • ? PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 4.1 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 12/7/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.02084 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Wet Well REVIEWED BY: Tyler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken X Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. It appears the angle location of the 8" SS is not in the correct location; however, this could be corrected by rotating the riser as it is the only penetration within this riser. Contractor to coordinate angle locations of pipe penetrations with wet well supplier. Ca rollo.loca I: Ca rol I o\Documents\CI lent\WA\Renton\8235 B20\Su bm itta Is\Su bmitta 14.1. d ocx Page 1 of 1 Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement City of Renton Submittal NO: 4 Reply Subject: Wet Well Action Item No. Item Code Comments: 1 Wall thickness Noted 8" wall thickness acceptable. Current joint location does not provide at least 12" of clearance between 8" ss and joint as well Joints moved to accommodate 12" 2 as... clearance for cores all openings for penetrations shall be smooth and free of surface Notes on shop drawings in place to hold all irregularities and without reinforcing steel 3" back from edge of future 3 exposed steel reinforcing holes cored by contractor in the field Wet well is designed to have hatch as confirm wet well is designed to submitted cast into top slab. If there if a be compatible with the floor specific item of concern you are referring to 4 access hatches please note this and we will address. the instillation contractor is responsible for performing these tests in the field after contractor is responsible for field sealing all joints and assuring the wet well is 5 quality control water tight Hinge Side / I I t (4)12" Dia. Hole for 8' SS Pipe (Reference Only) 5'-6" �`' �� S <'��l i� S ll1lS♦x'�t SSA" 3" Offset 45 "' ` PLAN VIEW GRADE EL. 27' Meets or Exceeds WSDOT Std Plan B-15.60-00 Manholes Constructed in Accordance with ASTM C-478 (5) 12" Dia. Hole for Rubber Gasket Conforms to ASTM C-443 6' PVC Vent Pipe Polypropylene MH Steps Conform to ASTM C-478 (Reference Only) 0144" BASE EXT. Rubber USE 144" MH OUTSIDE JACKET Gasket 0112" Sikaflex By 096" Contractor (#1) 7" Dia. Hole for 4" SSFM Pipe �(feference Only) T 12.00" --I - A 12.00" FDi (#2) 7" kia. Hole for 4" SSFM Pipe (Reference Only) ALUMINUM ACCESS - DOUBLE DOOR SIDE HS-20 p (Reference Only) t 12" 1 —---------- -- - 25.587' 5' 6" QS 36.00" CL=24' 1'1J02 65.00" 7' CL=22.75' Riser 50.00" See Joint Detail -----— — — — — — — — — 18.583' 177.00" 6' Riser IE=16.03' 45.36" —T — — — — — — — — — — I ,12.583' ' 5' P"t Floor EL. 8.0'--------------- 12" _1 8" 96" 8" 112" 44" (VERIFY IF OK) SECTION AA Mastic ikaflex y Contractor WEIGHTS: TOP SLAB: 10,060 Ibs RISER: 2,750 Ibs/ft BASE SLAB: 9,980 Ibs CONCRETE: Fc= 4,000 psi @ 28 Days REINFORCING STEEL: JOINT DETAIL Rebar: ASTM A615 Grade 60 Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A497 Top Slab: 0.75 Sq in./ft e.w. min. Riser: 0.24 Sq indlin ft min. Base Slab: 0.39 Sq in./ft e.w. min. PIPE PENETRATIONS: All Pipe Penetrations By Others in Field. COATING: INTERIOR COATING = TNEMEC 435 2 COATS EXTERIOR COATING = TNEMEC 141 REBAR CLR. 3" ALL AROUND FOR FIELD CORE TYP. /� PIPE CORE /K PENETRATION PIPE TYP. REBAR CLR. HOLE DETAIL STEPS & LADDERS PROVIDED BY OTHERS ALL CORES DONE IN FIELD BY OTHERS Lake Wa Beach Lift Station 1 95" WET WELL PRECASTING _< GRANITE & CONCRETE INC. F� �4116 &WMAEW SPUR. BS-UW, A . WA 98226 (360) 671-2251 1- 800-11W-2251 FAX: (360) 671-0780 KAMINS CONSTRUCTION JP : 11/22/10 SHEET: 1 of 1 K : MO DATE: 11/22/10 SCALE: 1/4•-1'_C- DATE I BY I LOCATED HOLES AND RESTACKED 111/22/101 JP I ISSUE FOR RESUBmrrrAL SWA$V& Alj� PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 5 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 11/16/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.08320 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Access Hatches REVIEWED BY: Tyler Whitehouse Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review iS for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected X Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Provide 2 keys for each cylinder lock to OWNER (10.08320-1.05.B). 2. Door Swing Direction shall be as indicated on the Drawings (10.08320-2.01.D). 3. Provide roll -out safety net as specified (10.08320-2.01.1). 4. Provide optional Type 316 stainless steel hardware (10.08320-2.02.6). 5. Location of drain coupling for 66"x66" hatch is acceptable. Contractor to route drain piping as indicated on the Drawings. 6. Specified Execution requirements of access hatches shall be completed to assure construction receiving floor access hatches is appropriate (10.08320-Part 3 Execution). Carollo.local: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 5.docx Page 1 of 1 L W PRODUCTS CO, INC. To: Granite Precast For: Kamin's Construction Lake Washington Beach LS SUBMITTAL 8333-219th Street SE Bldg. A Woodinville, WA 98072 425-483-0300 Fax:485-2058 DATE: 11 /9/2010 PART NO. DESCRIPTION BRAND/TYPE OF MODEL REMARKS HDSBS-3 48"x66" Double leaf side -by -side alum access door H-20 load rating LW Hatch/ Model HDSBS All LW Hatch Covers are provided with spring lifts, self locking support arms, lifting handle, recesed padlock hasp, 1 1/2" drain coupling, 3/8" round EPDM to achieve a weather tight seal, slam lock with removable handle, all s.s hardware, reinforcing channel fram work, and 1 /4" alluminum diamond plate door leafs. HDSBS 66"x66" Double leaf side -by -side alum access door H-20 load rating LW Hatch/ Model HDSBS I. 1 Access Hatch Model HD-SBS (Side by side) (H-20 Rating) Aluminum Access Doors Type "HD-SBS" features reinforcing channel framework that transfers the the load from the '/4" aluminum diamond plate door leaf to the door frame, and our stainless steel spring lift makes the opening of our hatch doors easy. The locking support arm holds the doors open automatically. We use 3/8" EPDM to achieve a weather -tight seal. All hardware used on our hatches is stainless steel, 300 series, except the 1 '/2" aluminum drain coupling and the removable handle used for access into the hatch. All LW HATCHES are provided with a self - latching stainless steel slam lock and with a recessed padlock hasp so they can be locked with a padlock. All type "HD-SBS" doors are designed for use in off street locations where not subjected to high density traffic. However, special provisions may be made to the hatch to allow use in higher density traffic location when requested. May be cast in an 8" slab. Type "HD-SBS" (Double -leaf door) STANDARD SIZES HDSBS-.5D 241lx72" Anchor Hinges Flanges . e � •. rs q •f •r,• 4� padlock rocess SIN. Lock Type "HD- SBS" Akm'h.ad Drt. (Double -Leaf SpmB Assist Cylnda Fold opm 3<. 1h.K w;lnnm-� Part # A B C D E F HDSBS-1 36"x42" 36"x48" 36"x60" 36"x72" 36"x84" 36"x96" HDSBS-2 42"x42" 42"x48" 42"x60" 42"x72" 42"x84" 42"x96" HDSBS-3 48"x48" 48"x60" 48"x72" 48"x84" 48"x96" HDSBS-4 60"x60" 60"x72" 60"x84" 60"x96" 60"x108" 60"x120" HDSBS-5 72"x72" 72"x84" I 72"x96" I 72"x108" 72N120" 72"xl32" 511 16 Hinges 74 Padlock recess 48"x 66" SBS DD Drain coupling 425 483-0300 L.W.Products Co Inc LW PRODUCTS COMPANY, INC. 8333 219"' Street S.E., Building A Woodinville, WA 98072 SPECIFICATIONS For: Type "HS","HD", "HD-SBS" and "HTD" LWA CCESS HATCH Fabricated aluminum access hatches to support live load of H-20 wheel load with a maximum deflection of 1/150'h of the span. H-20 doors are designed for off street locations where not subjected to high density traffic. Door leaf shall be''/4" aluminum diamond plate with support beams on the underneath side that will transfer the load bearing to the'/4" extruded aluminum channel frame that has a 1" anchor flange around the perimeter, and is equipped to receive a 3/8" round EPDM gasket for a weather tight seal and has the capability to achieve an air tight or odor tight seal. A 1 %" aluminum drain coupling is integrated into the frame work for an appropriate water drainage. Compression springs are enclosed in telescopic stainless steel tubes which makes the opening of the hatch cover easy, smooth and controlled through both opening and closing. When the door leaf is opened in a vertical position it will automatically lock into place with a hold open arm that has a release handle. The hold open arm has a stainless steel pin attached so that it maybe inserted through the hold open arm to act as a secondary safety insurance. The door is equipped with heavy stainless steel hinges. The door latches shut with a stainless steel snap lock. A removable turn handle is provided for access into the hatch cover and a threaded cover plug for when it is not in use. Hardware used on all hatch covers is stainless steel, 300 series. Factory finish is a mill finish. Manufacturer shall guarantee against defects in material or workmanship for a period of five years. 511 16 Hinges 74 cI Padlock recess 66"x 66" SB S DD Drain coupling m 1 � f PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 6 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL 10.02084, DATE: 11/17/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.02490. CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Wet Well and Valve Vault Coatings REVIEWED BY: Tyler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken X Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Upon full cure, installed wet well lining shall be checked by high voltage spark detection as specified (10.02084-2.03.A.5). 2. Interior wet well coating shall be applied after formation of sloped wet well bottom (10.02084-2.03.A.6). 3. Apply Series 141 to exterior of wet well and valve vault in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to achieve specified 16.0 mils dry film thickness. 4. Provide beige finish coating for interior of wet well. 5. Provide white finish coating for interior of valve vault. Carollo.loca I: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235 B20\Submittals\Subm itta 16. docx Page 1 of 1 I /�►.rs� �� PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station C Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 6 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL 10.02084, DATE: 11/16/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.02490. CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Wet Well and Valve Vault Coatings REVIEWED BY: Tyler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken X Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Upon full cure, installed wet well lining shall be checked by high voltage spark detection as specified (10.02084-2.03.A.5). 2. Interior wet well coating shall be applied after formation of sloped wet well bottom (10.02084-2.03.A.6). 3. Apply Series 141 to exterior of wet well and valve vault in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to achieve specified 16.0 mils dry film thickness. 4. Finish coating of interior of valve vault shall be white as specified (10.02490-2.02.A.4). Carollo.local: Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 6.docx Page 1 of 1 Tww, IN(. INDEPENDENT 1EPNESENTATI9E OF TNEAIEE EOAPANY 1101PONATED 7929 2ND AVENUE SOUTH SEATTTE, INA 78108 TEE: 206-762.5755 FAX: 206.767.1588 WWW.TNIME(.COM October 3, 2010 Pacific Concrete Services Kris Willard 26220 79" Ave South Kent, WA 98032 Project: Lake Washington Beach House Lift Station Subject: Tnemec Material Submittal Scott McConnell Tnemec Regional Representative r TNW, INC. INOEPENOENT IMBENTATIVE Of TNENEE EONPANY iNEOPPOPATEO 7929 2NO AVENUE SOUTH SEATTLE, WA M08 TEE: 206-762-57SS FAX: 206.767.7588 WWW.TNEAEE(.(0)E October 3, 2010 Pacific Concrete Services Kris Willard 26220 79"' Ave South Kent, WA 98032 Project: Lake Washington Beach House Lift Station Subject: Tnemec Material Submittal Mr. Willard, Thank you for selecting Tnemec protective coatings. Please review the following information regarding the above mentioned project. Interior Coatings of Wet Well Field Applied: Sand Blast interior Tnemec Series 218 Mortar Clad to fill voids in concrete surface Primer: Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 20-25 mils Finish: Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 20-25 mils Interior Coatings of Meter Vault Factory Applied: Sand Blast interior Primer: Tnemec Series N69F Hi -Build Epoxoline at 4-6 mils Finish: Tnemec Series N69F Hi -Build Epoxoline at 4-6 mils Exterior Coatings of Wet Well and Meter Vault Factory Applied: Sand Blast exterior Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 141 Epoxoline at 8 mils per coat If you have any questions, or require additional information, please feel free to give me a call. Cordially, l Scott McConnell Tnemec Regional Representative GENERIC DESCRIPTION Modified Polyamine Epoxy COMMON USAGE High solids coating which offers high -build edge protection and excellent corrosion resistance. For use on the interior and exterior of steel or concrete tanks, reservoirs, pipes, valves, pumps and equipment in potable water service as well as other steel and concrete substrates. COLORS ANSI/NSF Std. 61 colors: 1211 Red, 1255 Beige, 33GR Gray, 35GR Black and WH03 Off -White. Note: Other colors may be available for non -potable water applications. Contact your Tnemec representative. Minimum order requirements may apply. Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incomplete mixing, miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide during application and initial stages of curing may cause yellowing to occur. SPECIAL QUALIFICATIONS Certified by NSF International in accordance with NSF/ANSI Std. 61. Ambient air cured Series 141 is qualified for use on tanks and reservoirs of 1,000 gallons (3,785L) capacity or greater, pipes four (4) inches (10 cm) in diameter or greater and valves two (2) inches (5 cm) in diameter or greater. Conforms to AW WA D 102 Inside Systems No. 1 and No. 2. Conforms to AW WA C 210. Contact your Tnemec representative for systems and additional information. Reference the "Search Listings" section of the NSF website at www.nsforg for details on the maximum allowable DFT. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results. PRIMERS Steel: Self -priming, 1, 20, FC20, 27, 37H, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, v69, V69F, 90-E92, 90-97, 91-H2O, 94-H2O, 135, L140, L140F, N140, N140F, V140, V140F, 394, 530 Concrete: Self -priming, 20, FC20, 27, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, L140, L140F, N140, N140F, V140, V140F, 215, 218 CMU: Self -priming or Series 130, 215, 218 TOPCOATS Exterior. Series 73, 180, 1074, 1074U, 1075, 10751J, 1080, 1081. Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additional information. Note: The following maximum recoat time applies when using Series 73, 180, 1074, 1074U, 1075, 1075U, 1080 or 1081: thirty (30) days. If this time limit is exceeded, Series 141 must be uniformly scarified prior to topcoating. PRIMED STEEL Immersion Service: Scarify the Series 20, FC20, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, L140, L140F, N140, N140F, V140 or V14OF prime coat surface by brush -blasting with fine abrasive before topcoating if it has been exterior exposed for 30 days or longer and 141 is the specified topcoat. STEEL Immersion Service: SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near -White Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 2.0 mils Non -Immersion Service: SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 2.0 mils CONCRETE Allow to cure for 28 days. Abrasive blast referencing SSPC-SP13/NACE 6, ICRI CSP 3-5 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec's Surface Preparation and Application Guide. ALL SURFACES Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease, chalk and other contaminants. VOLUME SOLIDS 82% t 2.0% (mixed) t RECOMMENDED OFT 4.0 to 18.0 mils (100 to 455 microns) in one coat. Note: Thickness requirements will vary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative. Maximum dry film thickness for NSF exposure is 18.0 mils. CURING TIME AT 5 MILS OFT Temperature, To Handle To Remat Immersion 90'F (32'C) 3 hours 4 hours 7 days 750F (24'C) 4 hours 5 hours 7 days 65'F 08'C) 7 hours 9 hours 8 days 55'F (11'C) 13 hours 18 hours 9 days 45'F (7'C) 1 20 hours 1 30 hours 1 13 days 40'F WC) 1 22 hours 1 42 hours 1 18 days Curing time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness. Note: For pipe and valve applications, allow 14 days cure at 751F (241C) prior to immersion. VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS EPA Method 24 Unthinned: 0.52 lbs/gallon (63 grams/litre) Thinned 4%. 0.75 Ibs/gallon (90 grams/litre) Thinned 5%: 0.84 Ibs/gallon (101 grams/litre) Thinned 10%: 1.27 1bs/gallon (153 grams/litre) t HAPS Unthinned: 1.3 Ibs/gal solids Thinned 5%: 1.6 lbs/gal solids Thinned 10%: 1.9 lbs/gal solids THEORETICAL COVERAGE 1,315 mil sq ft/gal (32.2 mz/L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates. t NUMBER OF COMPONENTS Two: Pan A (amine) and Pan B (epoxy) MIXING RATIO By volume: Two (Pan A) to one (Part B) © 5/26/2009 b Tnemec Co., Int. Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at-miemec.com page 1 Of 2 Y should he referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions. PRODUCT DATA SHEET EPDXOLINE I SERIES 141 PACKAGING PART A CP Filled) PART B (P Filled) When Mixed Large Kit 1-6 on ail 1-3 on ad 5 gallons Small Kit 1-1 on can 1-1 gallon can 1 gallon NET WEIGHT PER GALLON 13.33 ± 0.25 lbs (6.05 ± .11 kg) t STORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 201F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C) Prior to application, the material temperature should be above 60°F (16°C). It is suggested the material be stored at this temperature at least 48 hours prior to use. TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 2507 (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C) SHELF LIFE 12 months at recommended storage temperature. FLASH POINT. SETA Pan A: 91°F (33°C) Pan B: 111°F (44°C) HEALTH & SAFETY This product contains chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product. Keep out of the reach of children. (OVERAGE RATES MIXING THINNING POT LIFE Dry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal WlGal) Minimum 4.0(100) 5.0(125) 329 (30.5) Maximum 18.0 (455) 22.0 (560) 73 (6.8) Note: Maximum of 18.0 mils DFT in one coat. Maximum total dry film thickness for NSF exposure is 18.0 mils. Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Wet film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. Reference the "Search Listings" section of the NSF website at www.nsf.org for details on the maximum allowable DFT. t Mix the entire contents of Part A and Part B separately. Scrape all of the Part B into the Part A pall by using a flexible spatula. Use a variable speed drill with a PS Jiffy blade and mix the blended components for a minimum of two minutes. Apply the mixed material within pot life limits after agitation. Both components must be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For optimum application properties, the material temperature should be above 60°F (16°C). For applications to surfaces between 40°F to 50°F WC to 10°C) allow mixed material to stand 30 minutes and restir before use. Note: A large volume of material will set up quickly if not applied or lessened in mass. Caution: Do not reseal mixed material. An explosion hazard may be created. Caution: Do not add thinner to Part A prior to mixing with Part B. Use No. 4 Thinner. For airless spray, roller or brush, thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon. For air spray, thin up to 10% or 3/4 pint (380 mL) per gallon. To comply with SCAQMD VOC regulations, maximum thinning is 4%. Caution: Series 141 NSF certification is based on thinning with No. 4 Thinner. Use of any other thinner voids ANSI/NSF Std. 61 certification. 2 hours at 77°F (21°C) 1 hour at 90°F (32°C) SPRAY LIFE 1 hour at 77°F (21°C) 30 minutes at 90°F (32°C) APPLICATION EQUIPMENT Air Spray Gun Fluid Tip Air Cap Air Hose ID Mafl Hose ID Pt�g Pot Pressure DeVilbiss JGA E 765 or 704 5/16" or 3/8" 3/8" or 1/2" (9.5 or2'7 75-100 psi 10-20 psi (7g or 9.5 mm) n) (5.2-6.9 bar) (0.7-1.4 bar) Low temperatures or longer hoses require higher pot pressure. Airless Spray TIP office Awiig Pressure Mat'l Hose ID Manifold Filter 0.017-0.021" (430-535 microns) 3000-3800 psi (207-262 bar) 1/4" or 3/8" (6.4 or 9.5 nun) 60 mesh (250 microns) Use appropriate tip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions. Roller. Roller appligation optional when environmental restrictions do not allow spraying. Use 3/8" or 1/2" (9.5 min to 12.7 min) synthetic woven nap covers. Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes. SURFACE TEMPERATURE Minimum 40°F (4°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C) The surface should be dry and at least 50F (3°C) above the dew point. Coating will not cure below minimum surface temperature. CLEANUP Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK. t Vahws may vary with color. WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER'S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc. THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the evert a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test perfomtance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As aonlication. environmental and desim factors can vary siRnificantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coatinR. O 5/26/2009, by Tnemec Co., Inc. PDS141 Page 2 of 2 Material Safety Data Sheet Preparation Date: 07-Jul-2009 Revision Date: 07-Jul-2009 Revision Number: 1 1. PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION Product Code F141-WH03A Trade Name EPDXOLINE OFF WHITE Contact Manufacturer Tnemec Company, Inc. 6800 Corporate Drive, Kansas City, MO 64120-1372 Emergency Telephone Number 800-535-5053 (INFOTRAC) - TNEMEC REGULATORY DEPT: 816-474-3400 2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION tmergencV overview DANGER! FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. HARMFUL IF INHALED. CAUSES SKIN AND EYE BURNS. HARMFUL OR FATAL IF SWALLOWED. MAY AFFECT THE BRAIN OR NERVOUS SYSTEM CAUSING DIZZINESS, HEADACHE OR NAUSEA. MAY CAUSE EYE, SKIN, NOSE, THROAT AND RESPIRATORY TRACT IRRITATION. MAY CAUSE ALLERGIC SKIN REACTION; EFFECTS MAY BE PERMANENT. MAY BE HARMFUL IF ABSORBED THROUGH SKIN. Potential Health Effects Principle Routes of Exposure Eye contact, Inhalation, Skin contact. Acute Effects Eyes Causes burns. Skin Causes burns. May cause sensitization by skin contact. Inhalation Irritating to respiratory system. Respirable crystalline silica (quartz) can cause silicosis, a fibrosis (scarring) of the lungs. Ingestion May be harmful if swallowed. Chronic Effects NOTICE: Reports have associated repeated and prolonged occupational overexposure to solvents with permanent brain and nervous system damage. Intentional misuse by deliberately concentrating and inhaling the contents may be harmful or fatal. Cancer hazard. Contains crystalline silica which can cause cancer. (Risk of cancer depends on duration and level of exposure.) See Section 11 for additional Toxicological information. Aggravated Medical Conditions Central nervous system. Kidney disorders. Liver disorders. Skin disorders. Gastrointestinal tract. Interactions with Other Chemicals Use of alcoholic beverages may enhance toxic effects. Potential Environmental Effects See Section 12 for additional Ecological information Target Organ Effects Central nervous system, Central Vascular System, Eyes, Kidney, Liver, Lungs, Respiratory system, Skin, Blood, Gastrointestinal tract Page 1 / 8 F141-WH03A - EPDXOLINE OFF WHITE Hazardous Components Revision Date: 07-Jul-2009 3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Component CAS -No Weight % CRYSTALLINE SILICA QUARTZ 14808-60-7 25.94607 TALC RESPIRABLE DUST 14807-96-6 20.5928 TITANIUM DIOXIDE (TOTAL DUST) 13463-67-7 11.60341 CRYSTALLINE SILICA QUARTZ 14808-60-7 7,02451 XYLENE _ 1330-20-7 _ _ 6.317943 BENZYL ALCOHOL 100-51-6 3.272296 MICA RESPIRABLE DUST 12001-26-2 2.996187 MODIFIED ALIPHATIC AMINE 1477-55-0 1.861554 ETHYL BENZENE _ 100-41-4 1.579288 N-BUTANOL SKIN 71-36-3 1.570746 AMORPHOUS SILICA 7631-86-9 1A3252 ALUMINUM OXIDES 1344-28-1 1.289268 ETHYLENEDIAMINE 107-15-3 0.1888675 4. FIRST AID MEASURES Eye Contact Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Skin Contact Wash off immediately with soap and plenty of water. Ingestion If swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Get medical attention immediately. Inhalation Move to fresh air. Oxygen or artificial respiration if needed. 5. FIRE -FIGHTING MEASURES Flammable Properties Flammable Suitable Extinguishing Media Use extinguishing measures that are appropriate to local circumstances and the surrounding environment. Contact with water may cause violent frothing. Use: Carbon dioxide (CO2) - Foam - Dry chemical Hazardous Decomposition Products Oxides of carbon, hydrocarbons. Oxides of nitrogen. Ammonia. Specific Hazards Arising from the Chemical Thermal decomposition can lead to release of irritating gases and vapours. In the event of fire and/or explosion do not breathe fumes. Protective Equipment and Precautions for Firefighters Use water spray to cool unopened containers. In the event of fire, wear self-contained breathing apparatus. Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. May cause heat and pressure build-up in closed containers. Solvent vapors are heavier than air and may spread along floors. Flash back possible over considerable distance. 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Personal Precautions Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. Use personal protective equipment. Remove all sources of ignition. Environmental Precautions Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so. Do not flush into surface water or sanitary sewer system. Page 2 / 8 J F141-WH03A - EPDXOLINE OFF WHITE Revision Date: 07-Jul-2009 Methods for Cleaning Up If spilled, contain spilled material and remove with inert absorbent. Dispose of contaminated absorbent, container and unused contents in accordance with local, state and federal regulations. Other Information Not applicable 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE Handling Close container after each use. Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product. If splashes are likely to occur, wear goggles. Wear protective gloves/clothing. Do not burn, or use a cutting torch on, the empty drum When used in a mixture, read the labels and safety data sheets of all components. Wash thoroughly after handling. Storage Keep away from heat, sparks and flame. VAPORS MAY CAUSE FLASH FIRE. Use only in an area containing flame proof equipment. Extinguish all flames and pilot lights, and turn off stoves, heaters, electric motors and other sources of ignition during use and until all vapors are gone. Prevent build-up of vapors by opening all windows and doors to achieve cross ventilation. B. EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION Exposure Guidelines Component ACGIH TLV OSHA PEL Quebec TWAEV Ontario TWAEV Mexico OEL TWA CRYSTALLINE SILICA TWA: 0.025 mg/m' TWA: 0.1 mg/m' TWA: 0.1 mg/m' TWA: 0.10 mg/m' TWA: 0.1 mg/m' QUARTZ TALC RESPIRABLE DUST TWA: 2 m /m' TWA: 2 m /m' TWA: 3 m /m' TWA: 2 m /m' TWA: 2 m /m' TITANIUM DIOXIDE (TOTAL TWA: 10 mg/m' TWA: 10 mg/m' TWA: TWA: 10 mg/m' TWA: 10 mg/m' TWA: 10 mg/m' STEL: DUST) 15 m /m' 20 m /m' CRYSTALLINE SILICA TWA: 0.025 mg/m' TWA: 0.1 mg/m' TWA: 0.1 mg/m' TWA: 0.10 mg/m' TWA: 0.1 mg/m' QUARTZ XYLENE TWA: 100 ppm STEL: ITWA: 435 mg/m' TWA: TWA: 434 mg/m' TWA: TWA: 100 ppm TWA: TWA: 435 mg/m' TWA: 150 ppm 100 ppm STEL: 150 100 ppm STEL: 150 435 mg/m' STEL: 150 100 ppm STEL: 150 m STEL: 655 m /m' pprn STEL: 651 m /m' pprn STEL: 650 m /m' pprn STEL: 655 m /m' MICA RESPIRABLE DUST TWA: 3 m /m' TWA: 3 m /m' TWA: 3 m /m' TWA: 3 m' TWA: 3 m /m' MODIFIED ALIPHATIC Skin Ceiling: 0.1 mg/m' Skin Ceiling: 0.1 mg/m' Ceiling: 0.1 mg/m' Skin CEV: 0.1 mg/m' Skin Peak: 0.1 mg/m' AMINE ETHYL BENZENE TWA: 100 ppm STEL: TWA: 435 mg/m' TWA: TWA: 434 mg/m' TWA: TWA: 100 ppm TWA: TWA: 100 ppm TWA: 125 ppm 100 ppm STEL: 545 100 ppm STEL: 125 435 mg/m' STEL: 125 435 mg/m' STEL: 125 m /m' STEL: 125 Porn pprn STEL: 543 m /m' oDm STEL: 540 m /m'opm STEL: 545 m /m' N-BUTANOL (SKIN) TWA: 20 ppm Skin Ceiling: 50 ppm Ceiling: 152 mg/m' TWA: 20 ppm Peak: 150 mg/m' Peak: Ceiling: 150 mg/m' Ceiling: 50 ppm Skin 50 ppm TWA: 100 ppm TWA: 300 m /m' ALUMINUM OXIDES TWA: 1 mg/m' TWA: 10 mg/m' TWA: 5 TWA: 10 mg/m' TWA: 10 mg/m' TWA: 10 mg/m' /m' TWA: 15 m /m' ETHYLENEDIAMINE TWA: 10 ppm Skin TWA: 25 mg/m' TWA: TWA: 10 ppm TWA: 25 TWA: 25 mg/m' TWA: TWA: 10 ppm TWA: 25 10 m m /m' Skin 10 m m 1m' STEL: 3 m /m' Page 3/8 F141-WH03A - EPDXOLINE OFF WHITE Revision Date: 07-Jul-2009 Engineering Measures Ensure adequate ventilation, especially in confined areas Personal Protective Equipment Skin Protection Lightweight protective clothing, Apron, Impervious gloves Eye/face Protection Goggles. If splashes are likely to occur, wear face -shield. Respiratory Protection Use only with adequate ventilation. Do not breathe dust, vapors or spray mist. Ensure fresh air entry during application and drying. If you experience eye watering, headache or dizziness or if air monitoring demonstrates vapor/mist levels are above applicable limits, wear an appropriate, properly fitted respirator (NIOSH approved) during and after application. Follow respirator manufacturer's directions for respirator use. General Hygiene Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice. Considerations Avoid breathing dust created by cutting, sanding, or grinding. 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Flash Point Method Boiling Point/Range Upper Exposure Limits Lower Exposure Limits Evaporation Rate Vapour Pressure Vapour Density Specific Gravity Density VOC Content (lbs/gal) % Volatile by Weight % Volatile by Volume Chemical stability Stable. 33°C / 91.0°F Pensky Martens - Closed Cup 116 - 142°C / 241.0 - 288.0°F No information available No information available No information available No information available No information available 1.83451 15.26589 1.604 10.5120 22.2246 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Conditions to Avoid Incompatible Products Strong oxidizing agents. Bases. Possibility of Hazardous Acids. Reactions 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Acute Toxicity Component Information Heat, flames and sparks. Epoxy constituents. None under normal processing Component LD50 Oral LD50 Dermal LC50 Inhalation CRYSTALLINE SILICA(QUARTZ) 0 m /k(Rat) TITANIUM DIOXIDE TOTAL DUST 10000 m /k Rat CRYSTALLINE SILICA QUARTZ 500 mg/ka Rat XYLENE 4300 mg/kg ( Rat) 1700 mg/kg ( Rabbit) 47635 mg/L ( Rat ) 4 h 5000 ppm Rat 4 h BENZYL ALCOHOL 1230 m /k Rat 2000 mg/kq Rabbit 8.8 m /L Rat 4 h MODIFIED ALIPHATIC AMINE 930 m /k Rat 2000 mg[kci Rabbit 700 m Rat 1 h ETHYL BENZENE 3500 mQ/kQ Rat 15354 m /k Rabbit 17.2 m /L Rat 4 h N-BUTANOL (SKIN) 790 mg/kg ( Rat) 3400 mg/kg ( Rabbit) 18000 ppm ( Rat) 4 h 17.7 mg/L ( Rat 4h AMORPHOUS SILICA 5000 mQ/kq Rat 2000 mg/kgmg/kg Rabbit 2.2 m /L Rat 1 h ALUMINUM OXIDES 5000 mg/kq Rat Page 4 / 8 F141-WH03A - EPDXOLINE OFF WHITE 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION ETHYLENEDIAMINE 637 mg/kg ( Rat) 1000 mg/kg ( Rat) 550 mg/kg Rabbit) Irritation No information available Corrosivity No information available Sensitization No information available Revision Date: 07-Jul-2009 Chronic Toxicity Carrinnnenirity The fnhle helrn,v inriirafec Xeihether enrh nnenry hnc licteri nnv innrerlient ne n rnrrinnnen Component ACGIH IARC NTP OSHA Mexico CRYSTALLINE SILICA (QUARTZ) A2 Group 1 Known X TITANIUM DIOXIDE (TOTAL DUST Group 2B X CRYSTALLINE SILICA QUARTZ A2 Group 1 Known X ETHYL BENZENE A3 Group 2B X Mutagenic Effects No information available Reproductive Effects No information available Developmental Effects No information available Teratogenicity No information available Target Organ Effects Central nervous system, Central Vascular System, Eyes, Kidney, Liver, Lungs, Respiratory system, Skin, Blood, Gastrointestinal tract. Endocrine Disruptor Information No information available 1 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Ecotoxicity May cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment. Component Freshwater Algae Freshwater Fish Microtox Water Flea TALC (RESPIRABLE DUST) LC50> 100 g/L Brachydanio redo 96 h XYLENE LC50= 13.4 mg/L Pimephales EC50 = 0.0084 mg/L 24 h EC50 = 3.82 mg/L 48 h LC50 promelas 96 h LC50= 8.05 = 0.6 mg/L 48 h mg/L Oncorhynchus mykiss 96 h LC50= 16.1 mg/L Lepomis macrochirus 96 h LC50= 26.7 mg/L Pimephales promelas 96 h BENZYL ALCOHOL EC50 = 35 mg/L 3 h LC50= 460 mg/L Pimephales EC50 = 63.7 mg/L 5 min EC50 EC50 = 23 mg/L 48 h promelas 96 h LC50= 10 mg/L = 63.7 mg/L 15 min EC50 = Lepomis macrochirus 96 h 71.4 mg/L 30 min EC50 = 50 m /L 5 min ETHYL BENZENE EC50 = 4.6 mg/L 72 h EC50 > LC50= 14.0 mg/L EC50 = 9.68 mg/L 30 min EC50 1.8 - 2.4 mg/L 48 h 438 mg/L 96 h Oncorhynchus mykiss 96 h EC50 = 96 mg/L 24 h LC50= 9.09 mg/L Pimephales promelas 96 h LC50= 150.0 mg/L Lepomis macrochirus 96 h LC50= 4.2 mg/L Oncorhynchus mykiss 96 h LC50= 32 mg/L Lepomis macrochirus 96 h LC50= 48.5 mg/L Pimephales promelas 96 h LC50= 9.6 mg/L Poecilia reticulata 96 h Pages/8 F141-WH03A - EPDXOLINE OFF WHITE Revision Date: 07-Jul-2009 Component Freshwater Algae Freshwater Fish Microtox Water Flea N-BUTANOL (SKIN) EC50 > 500 mg/L 96 h EC50 > LC50= 1510 mg/L Pimephales EC50 = 2041.4 mg/L 5 min EC50 = 1983 mg/L 48 h 500 mg/L 72 h promelas 96 h LC50= 1740 EC50 = 2186 mg/L 30 min mg/L Pimephales promelas 96 EC50 = 4400 mg/L 17 h EC50 h LC50= 1200 mg/L Leuciscus = 3980 mg/L 24 h idus 96 h AMORPHOUS SILICA EC50 = 440 mg/L 72 h LC50= 5000 mg/L Brachydanio EC50 = 7600 mg/L 48 h rerio 96 h ETHYLENEDIAMINE EC50 = 645 mg/L 72 h EC50 = LC50= 115.7 mg/L Pimephales EC50 = 20 mg/L 15 min EC50 EC50 = 0.88 mg/L 48 h 151 mg/L 96 h promelas 96 In LC50= 230 = 29 mg/L 17 h mg/L Oncorhynchus mykiss 96 h 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Waste Disposal Methods Keep container tightly closed. If spilled, contain spilled material and remove with inert absorbent. Dispose of contaminated absorbent, container and unused contents in accordance with local, state and federal regulations. Contaminated Packaging Empty containers should be taken for local recycling, recovery or waste disposal 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION DOT Ground Transportation Only. Call TNEMEC Traffic Department - 816-474-3400 for other modes of Transportation. Proper Shipping Name UN1263,PAINT,3,PGIII,ERG 128 International Inventories TSCA DSUNDSL EINECS/ELINCS CHINA ENCS KECL PICCS AICS 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION Complies Does not Comply Does not Comply Does not Comply Does not Comply Does not Comply Does not Comply Does not Comply Clean Air Act, Section 112 Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAPs) (see 40 CFR 61) This product contains the following HAPs: Component XYLENE ETHYLBENZENE U.S. Federal Regulations SARA 313 Component CAS -No Weight % SARA 313 - Threshold Values XYLENE 1330-20-7 6.317943 1.0 ETHYL BENZENE 100-41-4 1.579288 0.1 N-BUTANOL SKIN 71-36-3 1.570746 1.0 SARA 311/312 Hazardous Categorization Page 6/8 C� it lkv% PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station C Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 7.1 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL Contract DATE: 1/26/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: Drawings CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Wet Well Grating REVIEWED BY: KIDD Martin. Tvler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected X Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. General: a. The approved wet well includes a joint at elevation 19.0. Adjust ladder anchorages such that anchors are a minimum of 4 inches from a joint. b. Provide ladders with 1" diameter solid rung per Typical Details A251 and A257. c. Provide ladder system with 2" x 2" x %" thick rails per Typical Details A251 and A257. 2. Retractable Ladder: a. All components besides anchors of retractable ladder shall be fabricated from FRP. Provide details for brackets and anchorage to demonstrate conformance to Typical Detail A257. b. 7" dimension from wall to centerline of rung shall be 8" per Typical Detail A257. c. The retractable ladder is not anchored to the floor of the wet well as indicated with Field Bolt "J". Carollo.loca l:Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 7.1.docx Page 1 of 1 T P 11 L FRP TYP TYPE A ��■ , , lop , L 1 ' ■ ■ . 'I I�' q WET WELL I 5' I I FRP STEP io TYPE B 1'-e'CON m ra 1n^cTc PE � emova U 1 � 1 I r L-__----- L3 -3/8 all arounJ Field cut VALVE VAULT PLAN Ref: M-02 tp a0 N � w TYPE C m Removable :HANNEL AND 5" XETS others) Grating Plan Please verify all clouded dimensions and color. !. Grating TYPE A:PT-2O5O,ISO,light gray,w/grit. Grating TYPE 6:1"DP,1 1!2"SM,ISO, light gray,w/grit. Grating TYPE C:2"DP,2"SM,ISO, light gray,w/grit. I. Handrails system: 2-rails,2x3/16" SQ.tube as rails,ISO,yellow. Ladders system:2x3/16" SQ.tube as rails, 1 1/4"x1/8 fluted tube as rung,ISO,yellow. kick plate . • • - . - . I . - _ - I AI • A ' J ® XX - Type CMP-2050E"M" clips assembly with PT-2060 _ ectlOn Section Dia.1/4"x2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. — ® XX - Type CMP-1OE"M" clips assembly with TYPE A „ Dia.1/4"xi 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. B WBX3/e ® XX - Dia.1/2"x1 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW $ HN. I —_-- ® 2' SO. Tube Spar XX - Dia.1/2"x2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. ce 315/16' Ig PTzo-so I'DP' 112�'• „'�';� HLU L4X4X1n ®)()(- Dia.1/2"x7 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. © XX - Dia.1/2"x3 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. F J ®XX - Dia.1/4"x1" Self -drilling screw. Q XX - Dia.1/2"x6"Concrete Anchor. (Supplied by others) Grating Plan We,3a CMP-2O5OE CM-1 OE HLULAx<X,n /� Detail XX - Dia.1/2"x4" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. E, (� Detail _ Detail _ Detail IB.D WSX3/e APPROVED FOR PRODUCTION FAIMAIM TOL M M fin) awwlD raw DRAWING APPROVAL IAam NA-w.SFD SEE NOTES Kamins Construction ❑ MIS RV®S M1 WM Mal Nuem aura MAIM 94*0 WE CERTIFY THAT THIS AMERICAN GRATING, LLC. (AGL) DRAWING Vn" � "w" "/4- " .w "A r'MD'Irn' "�"n' NOW We -A '" ffla "" Lake Washington Beach Lift Station HAS BEEN CAREFULLY REVIEWED AND WE RELEASE TO AGL ad AS NOTED: Mwn a a01MAM aaE= A. nAs a/w ISO,Dark Gray SEE NOTES 1) AGL ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIAL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS eQarl. -VIS ►I/" WA rMMr w1e oea®.e w1e MIDI aIn as AS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS PROVIDED AGL REPRESENTED HEREIN; ��, avlamrrATrvE7mwMn DAM a" we o r � � r ate`, �.adr 11/10/2010 2) WE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CORRECTNESS OF Ma1.MIT u u n 316 SS ACTUAL FIELD DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE LATH EITHER THE CONTRACT oo NOT STACI( TOLERANCES aaTa. AMERICAN GRATING, LLC. s 2023 DRAVANGS AND/OR THE HEREIN NOTED/CHANGED DIMENSIONS. ANY SUBSEQUENT _ _ CHANGES RESULTING IN ADDITIONAL COST IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY. V1ec uD RFaIBa11T TM MAOM AM AU DESMI eiORYATION Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP)Composite Gratings BStructures g NTS is TW SOLE PROPERTY OF AMEAMAl1 awawa li-IESE ARE PRELIMINARY DRAWINGS a a rm�m FUR�DDV& �" TW 8 01/19/2011 Revised drawing Wendy GATaa, U.a IM5 DAWG 6 NOT 1191 Center Pant nr, Hand.—, NV8907I, USA ..sm AND ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR A 11/10/2010 Approval drawing Wendy 10 BE �06ED OR OOM �T THE �,�a11B1 w 702567-0303 702-367-0323-FAX lnroga�rann9.m,e El (1 of 1) I ARRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION Mamas NOWNWATIVEM/Mr/ DATE NO. DATE REVISION BY ORA AV1110PoU710N AIEPoCAN LM www.amgrating.com 10-088 0 1+ N N. I M &I IP .. �WN i ■f W. ZA 0 Elm WET WELL PLAN Ref: M-01 Grating Plan Detail DRAWING APPROVAL ❑ MNQ lmsma K Naro A a neD® WE CERTIFY THAT THIS AMERICAN GRATING, LLC. (AGL) DRAWING „TM o W Pr HAS BEEN CAREFULLY REVIEWED AND WE RELEASE TO AGL AS NOTED: MD�owlas„ asl�� 1) AGL ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIAL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS AS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS PROVIDED AGL, REPRESENTED HEREIN: �� a>�rtATNvrim�AMT 2) WE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CORRECTNESS OF ACTUAL FIELD DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH EITHER THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND/OR THE HEREIN NOTED/CHANGED DIMENSIONS. ANY SUBSEQUENT Mx CHANGES RESULTING IN ADDITIONAL COST IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY. REVISE AND REsueulT "rHESL' ARE PRELIMINARY DRAWING �S tar °T r'at ArE,NOVAI v1TM 11E AND ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR FABRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION Oulffa l FII ICIMATIVGTA~ q WET WELL q WET WELL CMP-2050' 1 Detail MTC CM-10E Detail 02/18/2011 Revised 01/19/2011 Revised 11/10/2010 Approval DATE REM 1 WBX3/8 " HLU L4X4X1/2 Ig.6' EMT J HLU L4X4X1/2 Detail 19 6' �— WBX3/8 FANNaG110N TQDIAMOES Nxa) O1A1'� MOM PULA,IDED AMPOSM SEE NOTES OIAIM CIUTND 91APES lewd aA-eN W. •,A weN .,A-4/1t f,/E f,/t wrwr M � I Mat,a A. A,M A,M ISO,Dark Gray SEE NOTES lwe am At/,t uM M/A Mmon •,A •1/1 M/A MAaar: Mat ta,wc 0, ,• r r u .Msan.n a u u 316 SS DO NOT STACK TOLERANCES IS NWI COA1E10� drawing ,A8 THIS AM ALL DESIGN NI'MA11C11 OF AIERCAN ,pqp� apN drawing Wendy OISRATIETNO.SOIL LLCPROPERTY R15 DRAWNC 6 NOT drawing Wendy TO BE DISCLOSED OR CWIED MTN=T THE 90N BY VATTEN AOTNMZATION OF AMERKWN l l 5" i FRP STEP TYPE B 1'.8'CON 1'-71rz•GTG ' rn � TYPE C � � emovab U f i i 1 , Field cut VALVE VAULT PLAN Ref: M-02 m � TYPE C �' o. Removable CAD Grating Plan I. Please verify all clouded dimensions and color. ?. Grating TYPE A:PT-2050,ISO, light gray,w/grit. Grating TYPE B:1"DP,1 1/2"SM,ISO,light gray,w/grit. Grating TYPE C:2"DP,2"SM,ISO,light gray,w/grit. 3. Handrails system:2-rails,2x3/16" SQ.tube as rails,ISO,yellow. Ladders system:2x3/16" SQ.tube as rails, 1 1/4"x1/8 fluted tube as rung,ISO,yellow. Field Bolts(316SS) --% �---�Ij XX — Type CMP-2050E"M" clips assembly with Dia.1/4"x2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. ® XX — Type CMP-10E"M" clips assembly with Dia.1/4"x1 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. ® XX — Dia.1/2"x1 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. ® XX — Dia.1/2"x2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. Q XX — Dia.1/2"x7 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. © XX — Dia.1/2"x3 1/2" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. ® XX — Dia.1/4"x1" Self -drilling screw. Q XX — Dia.1/2"x6"Concrete Anchor. (Supplied by others) ® XX — Dia.1/2"x4" HX.HD.Bolts w/2-FW & HN. Kamins Construction Lake Washington Beach Lift Station aAw. Mc oaoo n M,C r„v ,ain M1C wady 11/10/2010 aeua: AMERICAN GRATING, LLC. S12023 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Composite Gratings 8 Stnxlores C INT 1191 Center Point Dr., Hende/Son, NV 69074, USA D,oNE 702.567-0303 702-567-0323-FAX fn/o®amgraling.mm E1(1 of 1) www.amgrating.com — i n_nan 4 S 2 Washington State VA# Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date LAC :,SASH Section County Contractor Subcontractor V---- "%ss C10r=+Si2Jc Ttc.1 This form shall be completed prior to submittal. If this form is not complete at time of submittal it may be returned for information that was omitted. For WSDOT Use Only For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification PE/QPL Hdgtr./QPL Item No. Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Code Code C�Sit� JJ C_A�MAJ 1SI�JC!t ST2r..i .." L0..0.5E �? CS (31.- ASi Cou?at Fo�AA4sw.J Q P t •_, l32oO,�c, S �oQAJG. i3o2Q,c,.J i�A[.�CF�� 8 Project Engineer Date State Materials Engineer Date Acceptance Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Acceptance Criteria: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Acceptance Criteria: Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Acceptance' prior to use of material. 3. Acceptance Criteria: Catalog Cuts for 'Acceptance' prior to use of material. Catalog Cut Approved ❑ Yes []No 4. Acceptance Criteria: Submit Shop Drawings for 'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Acceptance Criteria: Only'Approved for Shipment', 'WSDOT Inspected' or 'Fabrication Approved Decal' material shall be used. 6. Acceptance Criteria: Submit Certificate of Materials Origin to Project Engineer Office. 7. Acceptance Criteria: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Miscellaneous Acceptance Criteria. Remarks: P.Pe i�Eflo� %(Z A caE k.--,A'-r.,3 c, J.z-LC-SS r7cFr-Ncp tJ.S'SV iTA4�C �V U.JJL' Q 14►Gwi 2A��. t3G2Qt a arS S4U:L Z AOP rzG>, z' , Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Fabrication Inspection DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 12/2008 ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab M/S 47365 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other February 10, 2011 Silver Streak, Inc. 23700 SE 264" St. Maple Valley, WA 98038 Project: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Subject: Aggregate Submittal Package Dear Matt, Cadman,lnc. Suite 100 7554 185th Avenue NE PO Box 97038 Redmond, WA 98073-9738 425 867 1234 rar 425 861.4046 www cadman.com This letter certifies that the materials listed in the table below meet the specifications you have provided, for the above referenced project. You will also find multiple sources for many of the products to accommodate flexible transportation options. PRODUCT Pit 41 Redmond A-510/460 Pit #2 High Rock D-309/336 Pit 43 Sky River D-191/351 Pit #4 B. Diamond A-511/455 Pit 45 Issaquah A-189 Pit #6 Seattle X-125 Pit #9 North Bend A-460 Pit 411 Gold Bar D-351 CSTC X CSBC X Pea Gravel X Gravel Borrow X Please also find attached: ■ WSDOT Aggregate Source Approval Report for each source ■ Sieve Analysis reports for each product from each source except Spalls & Rip Rap ■ Permit Information for disposal sites In the case that you find the need for additional products, or should any of the products listed above become available at additional locations, we will be happy to submit further data to meet your needs. Please feel free to contact me directly with any questions. I can be reached through my office at (425) 961-7386, or my cell at (425) 864-0050. All of us at Cadman thank you for your continued patronage. Sincerely, Mitch San Sebastian Sales Representative CADMAN 5/8" Crushed Surfacine Top Course 9-03.9 (3) Black Diamond 100.0 3/4" 1/2" 3;8" 1/4" 94 #10 #40 #200 90.0 - i. 80.0- 70.0- .. ........ ...... 60.0- I-- - -- - - - - - - - - con 50.0- -- - ---- 40.0 Oil 30.0 I T I 20.0 PT - 10.0 0.0 - 100.0 10.0 1.0 GRAIN SIZE 0.1 0.0 U.S. SIEVE SIZE METRIC SIEVE SIZE (mm) ACCUM. WT. RETAINED ACCUM. % PASSING TOP COURSE PIPE ZONE BED TYPE #1 G 9-03.9(3) 9-03.12(3) City of Seattle DATE SAMPLED: 11/8/2010 1 1/411 37.5 0.00 100.0 100 TIME: 1200 111 25.0 0.00 100.0 75-100 SOURCE: A511 3/411 19.0 0.00 100.0 100 too SAMPLED BY: Mark J 5/81f 16.0 113.50 99.2 50-100 TESTED BY: Mark J 1/2" 12.5 1543.60 88.6 80-100 COMMENTS: 3/8" 9.5 3405.00 74.7 1/41t 6.3 5584.20 58.6 55-75 #4 4.75 6719.20 50.2 46-66 20-80 #10 2.00 240.7 27.2 #40 0.425 442.0 8.0 - 8.0-24 3-24. 8-24. WET#200 0.075 496.9 2.8 0-10.0 0-10 0-10 SPLIT PAN WT.:, 526.2 PAN 1348180 40 NUN. 35 Min. 32 Min. SE = 86 CADMAN J 1 1/411 Crushed Surface Base Course- 9-03.9(31 Black Diamond ]OU.0 114" 1" 5rS" 1,2" 3B" 14" t11U #40 #200 j 90.0 f $0.0 10.0 i z 60.0 - n 50.0 j 40.0 i i a a 30.0 1 I I f 1 k �,• i 0.0 .�. _ € ' ......... E 100.0 R U 1.0 GRAIN SIZE (mm) 71 0.0 SIEVE. 57 6 METRIC SIEVE SIZE Own) ACCUM.Wi', RETAINED :ACCUM.°I; RE I'AINED A((:U.M, YASSIN'O WsDol WSDOT FRACTURE 9-03.9() 9-03.12(3) DATE SAMPLED: 1/5/11 1 1/2" 37.5 0.00 0.0 100.0 100 SOURCE: A-511 11/4" 31.5 0.00 0.0 100.0 100 TESTED BY: mi 1" 25.0 204.30 1.2 98.8 80-100 75-100 100% SAMPLED BY: mi 3/4" 19.0 2338.10 13.5 86.5 98.90% 5/8" 16.0 4403.80 25.5 74.5 50-80 50-100 98.90% 1/2" 12.5 6287.90 36.4 63.6 96.40% 3/8" 9.5 7695.30 44.5 55.5 96.80% 1/4" 6.3 9216.20 53.4 46.6 98.50% #4 5.0 10215.00 59.1 40.9 25-45 20-80 90.00% #10 2.0 219.5 81.5 18.5 #40 0.425 336.7 1 93.4 6.6 3-18. 3-24. WET#200 0.075 376.3 97.5 2.5 0-7.5 0-10 SPLIT PAN WT.= 401.0 SAMPLE WT 17274.70 S.E.= 87 40 Min. 35 Min. 32 Min. Pea Gravel 3/8" COARSE AGGREGATE CADMAN Black Diamond 100.0 1/2" 11X" 44 290 90.0 80.0 70O NO- 40.0 a. 30.0 20.0 100 A i U.0 - I - - .-1 J- 4 100.0 10.0 1 0 0.1 0.0 GRAIN SIZE (mm) U.S, SIEVE METRIC SIEVE ACCUM. WT. ACCUM. % ACCUM. % SPECIHCAI ION SIZE SIZE (nun) RETAINED RETATNFD PASSING CADMAN DATE SAMPLED: 8/24/2010 1/2" 12.5 34.6 2.9 97.1 99-100 TIME: 1120 3/8" 9.5 286.5 24.4 75.6 80-100 SOURCE: A511 1/411 6.3 825.3 70.2 29.8 SAMPLED BY: Mark J #4 4.75 1118.4 95.1 4.9 10,20 TESTED BY: Mark 3 #8 2.36 1170.8 99.6 0.4 0-5 COMMENTS: #16 1.18 1171.5 99.6 0.4 0-2 1 #200 0.075 1173.4 99.8 1 0.2 0-0.5 INFILkI, DRY 1175.8 WEIGHT CADMAN Gravel Borrow- 9-03.14(1) Black Diamond IU0.0 4" Tl 11. 1.2" 14' 44 k10 440 #200 90,0 so.o - 70.o 1 I C 60.0 • a 50.0 z 40.0 1 a 10.0 i I 2o.o 0.0 100.0 10.0 1?0 GRAIN N SIZE mm 0.; 0.0 SIEVE SIZE ME -I KIC SILVI! SIZF(rnm) AC('Ll'vt %'T. RECA[\ED ACCUti1. 4o REIAINED ACCUNI. 7o PASSING SPLUFI :A"IION WSDOI9-03J4(I) SPECIFICATION SNO.C:O. DATE SAMPLED: 1 /28/11 4" 100.0 0.00 0.0 100.0 100 100 SOURCE: A511 2" 50.0 0.00 0.0 100.0 75-100 TESTED BY: Mark J 1 1/4" 31.25 0.00 0.0 100.0 SAMPLED BY: Mark J 1" 25.0 227.00 1.4 98.6 3/4" 19.0 1725.20 10.8 89.2 1/2" 12.5 3927.10 24.6 75.4 3/8" 9.5 4994.00 31.3 68.7 1/4" 6.3 6537.60 41.0 59.0 25-75 #4 4.75 7536.40 47.3 52.7 - 50-80 #10 2.0 221.3 71.1 28.9 #40 1 0.425 1 422.6 92.7 7.3 0-30 1 5-25. WET#200 1 0.075 481.5 1 99.0 1.0 0-7 0-5 SPLIT PAN W"r.= 490.4 1 SAMPLE WT. 1.5935.40 1 S.E.= 88 1 50 Min. 50 Min. C'IM�N HER7El8ERGC[M19eNTC,a:U Cadman,inc. Suite 100 February 10, 2011 7554 185th Avenue NE PO Box 97038 Redmond, WA 98073.9738 Silver Streak, Inc. 425.867.1234 r.� 425,861.4046 www.cadman.com Project: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Subject: Permit to accept surplus clean soil at Cadman Black Diamond Gravel Operation Dear Matt, Cadman, Inc. will accept clean surplus soils from the above referenced project in accordance with our Black Diamond Backfill Quality Control Plan. A condition of that plan requires that an owner or officer of your firm does agree to, and sign a "Clean Soil Acceptance Agreement." Any soils failing to fully meet these quality requirements will be rejected, and must be immediately removed from our site by your firm. Acceptable soils will be utilized in the reclamation of our Black Diamond mining site in accordance with our DNR Surface Mining and Reclamation Permit. It is not Cadman's policy to distribute copies of our numerous permits issued by various agencies. However, those permits most directly related to your request are public record, and are listed below for easy reference: AGENCY PERMIT TYPE ISSUE DATE PERMIT NUMBER Washington State DNR Surface Mining and Reclamation October 19, 2010 70-011543 King County Grading / Clearing Permit October 10, 1997 L93GO121 King County Grading / Clearing Permit Revision June 9, 2009 L93GO121- Revision L09RE002 I hope this information is sufficient to satisfy the requesting agency. Please feel free to contact me directly with any questions. I can be reached through my office at (425) 961-7386, or my cell at (425) 864-0050. All of us at Cadman thank you for your continued patronage. Respectfully, Mitch San Sebastian Sales Representative, Cadman, Inc. { .. .. .. .. .. .. ...E... . ... ... ... ... ... .. .. ... .. S G; spas .. .. .. .. v .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. :.........................€.........:.........:...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ................ t :................................ .......................... :..................................... ..:....................................... :....................................... :......... .......... .......... ..........:............................. ......... ' ....z .. .. ....... . .Cs...A 5... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. :.......................................:.......................................:.......................................:.......................................:.......................................:...................................... . . :.......................................:.......................................:.......................................:.......................................:.......................................:...................................... . . :....:..............:.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Q...:.........:......� ................... ... :.......: ... ......'s....................................... �oQa r vro.�cr� ....................................... :.......................................:.......................................:.......................................:.......................................:...................................... . . .. .. .. .. .. .. con .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ................... ........ ` .. .. .. .. .. .. ................. .. ...... .. _ - � �3 < <z ta) sr- P..........................................� ............1 .o .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. Q Co o. ��o) ►'3�.�'. �O .. ? r : .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. �3ac.t c ice. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. �. _�� JAEC Ashford Electric & Construction Co. Certified WBE/DBE • D2F2604453 CITY OF RENTON — PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO. WWP-27-3557 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL CONSULTING ENGINEER CAROLLO GENERAL CONTRACTOR KAMINS CONSTRUCTION 19315 ROSS ROAD BOTHELL., WA. 98011 PH.206-396-9115 FAX.877-710-9005 Cont. #ASHFOEC 147QC • 909 Kirkland Avenue • Kirkland, WA. 98033 (425) 889-1486 e (425) 828-9045 CITY OF RENTON - PUBLIC: WORKS LAKE WASINGTON BEACH LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL ITEMS SECTION 10.16130 -CONDUITS --TYPE PCS OCAL-BLUE PVC COATED RIGID RIGID STEEL CONDUIT OCAL-BLUE COUPLINGS AND ELBOWS OCAL BOXES, OUTLET BODIES, FITTINGS, STRAPS --TYPE SLT TITAN TYPE UL LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SEALTITE CONNECTORS - CROUSE HINDS - INSULATED THROAT -- FRAMING CHANNEL B-LINE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED --TYPICAL JUNCTION BOXES FOR CONDUIT SYSTEMS NEMA 4X - STAINLESS STEEL - HOFFMAN HINGED COVER NEMA 4X - NONMETALLIC - HOFFMAN HINGED COVER EXPLOSION PROOF - CROUSE HINDS TYPE GUAC --UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE BRADY IDENTOLINE SECTION 10.16123 - 600 VOLT CONDUCTORS --COPPER WIRE - TYPE XHHW-2 UTILITY METER AND TRANSFER SWITCH CABINET- REF. SHEET E-02 -- MILBANK "POWER TRANSFER" NO. CP31311615BDGSP PUMP MOTOR PLUGS AND RECEPTACLES -- HUBBELL INSULGRIP RECEPTACLE NO. HBL430RS2"' -- HUBBELL INSULGRIP PLUG NO. HBL430PS2W CONTROL PLUGS AND RECEPTACLES MOTOR SIGNAL LEADS -- HUBBELL MINI -QUICK RECEPTACLE NO. HRMFO5501 -- HUBBELL MINI -QUICK PLUG NO. HPMS05FA3 FLOAT CORD AND TRANSDUCER LEADS -- HUBBELL MINI -QUICK RECEPTACLE NO. HRMF03051 -- HUBBELL MINI -QUICK NO. HPMS03FA2 120 VOLT DEVICES -- SUMP PUMP RECEPTACLE - CL 1, DIV. 2 - CROUSE HINDS #ENRC21201 -- 20 AMP, 120 VOLT RECEPTACLES - HUBBELL #HBL53CM62 IN -USE RECEPTACLE COVER - HUBBELL #RW57500 -- 20 AMP, 120 VOLT SWITCH - HUBBELL #HBL1281 SWITCH COVER - HUBBELL #HBL17CM50 FLOODLIGHT- REF. SHEET E-01 -- STONCO NO. GP2A150PMAL1-GP2VS LEVELTRANSDUCER -- KPSI 720, 0-16FT H2O - NO. 720 S 1 4 0 0 A 006,935 000.000 B 1 0050 B A Tradition of High Standards in Corrosion Protection OCAL-BLUE PVC coated conduit for superior corrosion protection Corrosive elements cause millions of dollars in damage through lost time, materials, and labor. For years, our industry has searched for an answer to this expensive problem. OCAL Inc. has the solution. OCAL-BLUE coating is a complete and total protection package for your entire conduit system. By encapsulating the conduit, OCAL prevents corrosion from striking weak points in your system. OCAL-BLUE is a complete system with more than 2,500 varieties of fittings in stock, as well as corrosion -resistant supports, and patching compounds. OCAL-BLUE conduit and fittings have set quality standards throughout the electrical industry for over 35 years. OCAL Inc, has achieved its outstanding reputation through careful attention to every step of the manufacturing process. OCAL is unique in the industry. We start with 100% American -made steel pipe, and then fabricate and galvanize the product in our own facilities, before applying the PVC coating. We maintain total quality control throughout the production process. Only OCAL meets NEMA RN-1-1989 standard 2.1 which reads, "Where unusually corrosive elements require additional protection, it is recommended that threads be zinc coated with a hot dipped process or equivalent. " Only OCAL hot dip galvanizes the threads before coating them with blue urethane for double protection. Hot dipped galvanizing is the process through which the iron pipe is dipped in molten zinc causing the zinc to alloy with the iron at the surface. (WUL) I ISTED- — With No D;sclaimers File E46453 Only OCAL -BLUE Conduit is U.L. Listed with both the zinc coating and the PVC coating investigated and listed per U. L. 6. Only ®CAL supplies PVC rca!ed conduit witl; hot dipped galvanized threads. -- Only ®CAL supplies PVC coated conduit with a full undisturbed zinc coating under the PVC coating. Only ®CAL fulfills the requirements of U.L. 6 regarding undisturbed zinc coating over the conduit. CIP- CERTIMED File 110787 9 CAL INC. DIV. OF THOMAS a BETTS A �l LISTED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT ISSUE NO. HH-9658 c RESTRICTED FOR USE WITH THREADED FEETINGS ONLY, Only ®CAL PVC coated conduit is UL Lasted for UV resistance. Z/7015761 MI1.7 B2 02002 Thomas 8 Betts Corporation. Specdi aeons are subject to change withoutnotice. www.tnb.COM r otca, .a OCAL-SLUE Steel Conduit • The conduit is PVC Coated Steel. • Blue urethane coating over threads. • A minimum .040' (40 mil) PVC coating on the exterior. • A nominal .002" (2 mil) blue urethane on the interior. • Color coded thread protectors. • Couplings shipped with conduit are packaged separately. lrf,air Outside Outside Nominal Nominal Nominal Minimum Size Diameter Diameter Wall Thickness Wall Thickness Inside Cross Section Length Without Weight lathes Steel Only With PVC Steel Only With PVC Diameter Area in Square Couplings Per Feat Metric Size Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Feet Pounds Designator' Millimeters Millimeters Millimeters Millimeters Millimeters Millimeters Meters Kilograms Y2 .840 .920 .104 .144 .632 .304 9'11Va" .79 16 21.3 23.3 2.64 3556 16.1 7.72 3.03 35.83 N 1.050 1.130 .107 2.71 .836 .533 9'11t� 1.05 21 26.7 28.7 2.71 3.73 21.2 13.53 3.03 47,63 1 1.315 1.395 .126 .166 1.063 .864 9' 11 " 1.53 27 33.4 35.4 3.20 4.21 27.0 21.94 3.02 69.40 11A 1.660 1.740 .133 .173 1.394 1.495 9111" 2.01 35 42.2 44.1 3.37 4.39 35.4 37.97 3.02 91.17 1 A 1.900 1.980 .138 .178 1.624 2.036 9' 11" 2.40 41 48.3 50.2 3.50 4.52 41.2 51.71 3,02 112.95 2 2.375 2.455 .146 .186 2.093 3.365 9111" 3.32 53 60.3 62A 3.70 4.72 52.9 85.21 3.02 150.60 2Y2 2.875 2.955 .193 .233 2.489 4.788 911low 5.27 63 73.0 75.0 4.90 5.91 63.2 121.61 3.01 239.05 31h 3.500 3.580 .205 .245 3.D90 7.393 91 1Ow 6.83 78 88.9 90.9 5.20 6.22 78.5 187.78 3.01 309.63 3 4.000 4.080 .215 .255 3.67 9.866 9'10Y1 8.31 91 101.6 103.6 5.46 6.47 90.7 250.59 3.00 376.94 4 4.500 4.580 .225 .265 4.05 12.730 911elle 9.73 103 114.3 116.3 5.71 6.73 102.9 323.34 3.00 441,04 5 5.563 5.643 .245 .285 5.073 29.006 9110, 13.14 129 141.3 143.3 6.22 7.23 128.9 508.15 3.00 595.85 6 6.625 6.705 .266 .306 6.093 28.891 9110" 17.46 155 168.3 170.3 5.75 .777 154.8 733.83 3.00 791.67 NOTE - Inches and Pounds indicated in bold face type Metric measure is directly below bold face type Metric size designator (ANSI C80.1-1994). GNP- CERTIFIED e File 110787 OCAL INC. DN. OFTHOMAs & BE Ts J"net0ara.Ae ®us1Eo .6 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT ISSUE NO. HH-9658 0 RESTRICTED FOR USE wI M MEAUEO FlMNCS ONLY , fanMR f 0 2002 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www. tab. com B 5j • All couplings are coated with a nominal .002' (2 mil) blue urethane on the interior. • A minimum .040" (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior. • Couplings have straight threads, not tapered. • Molded ribs on outer coating. • Couplings have pressure-sea!ing sleeves to protect the connection. R Minimum Total Coupling Length of Minimum Length Size Metal Including Sleeve Weight in Inches Inches Inches Pounds Metric Size Designator' Millimeters Millimeters Kilograms 1.500 3.7500 0.13 16 38.1 95.25 058 1/4 1.532 - 3.7500 0.19 21 38.91 95.25 0.85 1 1.906 4.9375 0.33 27 48.41 139.70 .148 i'b 1.906 5.5000 0.43 35 48.41 139.70 .193 % 1.906 5.7500 0.56 41 - - _ 48.41 146.05 .252 2 1.937 5.9370 0.77 53 49.19 150.79 .346 2% 2.878 6.8780 1.85 63 73.10 174.70 832 3 3.031 7.=O 2.70 7P 76.98 178.58 1.215 331 3.094 7.0940 3.78 91 78.58 180.18 1.701 4 3.188 7.1880 3.08 103 8097 182.57 1.386 5 3.374 7.3740 5.00 129 85.69 187.29 2.250 6 3.437 7.4370 8.00 155 87.29 188.89 3.600 NOTE - Inches and Pounds indicated in bold lace type Metric measure is directly below bold face type Metric size designator (ANSI C80.1-1994). N 0 2002 Thomas 8 Betts Corporation. specifications are subject to change without notice. www.tnb.com cal, OCAL-BLUE Elbows OCAL-BLUE Standard and Lame Radius Elbows OCAL-BLUE standard and large radius elbows are factory bent to reduce the time and wasted materials that can result from field bending. • OCAL-BLUE elbows are fabricated from OCAL coated conduit. • Standard radiuses in 30' 450 60' and 90' are available for immediate shipment. • Special radiuses and degrees not listed are also available upon request. • Color coded thread protectors. rIIML + 7, 4 ;-i rv� �adius 7.7 R" Offset "C" Straight End "D" Unhent Length weight Per Eae h Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters Pounds Kilograms %2 101.6 6.50 165.1 2.12 53.849 11.25 285,75 0.73 .331 1 21 4.50 114.3 725 184.15 2.75 69.85 12.50 317.5 1.07 .485 1 27 5.75 146.05 8.63 219.202 2.88 73.152 14.75 374.65 1.93 .875 11/ 35 7.25 184.15 10.44 265.176 3.19 81.026 17.75 450.85 2.85 1.293 1 Yz 41 8.25 209.55 11.63 295.402 3.38 84.785 19.75 501.65 4.26 1.932 2 53 9.50 241.3 13.31 338.074 3.81 96.774 22.50 571.5 6.50 2.948 2Ys 63 10.50 266.7 16.50 419.1 5.75 146.05 28.00 711.2 11.50 5.210 3 78 13.00 330.2 18.75 476.25 5.79 147.066 32.00 812.8 18.00 8.165 31h 91 15.00 381.0 22.96 583.184 T.96 202.184 39.50 1003.3 26.25 11.907 4 103 16.00 4D6.4 23.18 588,772 7.96 202.184 39.50 1003.3 32.00 14.515 5 129 24.00 609.6 34.90 835.66 10.90 276.86 59.50 1511.3 70.00 31.752 6 155 30.00 762.0 43.44 1103.376 14.40 365.76 76.00 1930A 100.00 45.36 Size Radius "R" 3 Otiset "C" Straight End "D" Unbent Length Inches Metric Size Designator* Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters 1- 2W incl. 27 - 63 12 304.8 1' 9" 533.4 9' 228.6 TO' 914.4 1- 3' incl. 27 - 78 15 381.0 2' 0" 609.6 9' 228.6 3' 6' 1066.8 1- 4' inci. 27 -103 18 457.2 2' 4' 7112 10' 254.0 4' 0" _ 1219.2 1 - 5' inci. 27 -129 24 609.6 2' 11" 889.0 11' 279.4 4' 11' 1498.6 1- 6' irrcd. 27 -155 30 762.0 3' 5- 1041 A 11' 279.4 5' 9' 1752.6 1- 6' incl. 27 -155 36 914.4 3' 11' 1193.8 11" 279.4 6.6. 1981.2 1- 6' incl. 27 -155 42 1066.8 4' 6' 1371.6 12' 304.8 7' 6' 2286.0 1- 6" incl. 27 -155 48 1219.2 510, 1524.0 12' 304.8 816, 2590.8 2Yz - 6' incl. 63 -155 60 1524.0 6' 0" 1828.8 12' 304.8 9' 10' 2997.2 Metric size designator (ANSI C80.1-1994). MRTNI 055 n 2002 Thomas & Bans Corporation. Spacifications are subject to change without notice. wvvw.tllb.com B7 r 1Ocal OCAL-BLUE O€ uble-Coat Hubs and Split Couplings r HUB Standard Hub OCAL-BLUE Double -Coal Hubs • Coated with a nominal .002" (2 mil) blue urethane on the interior, before PVC coating is applied. • A minimum .040" (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior. • Pressure -sealing sleeves to protect the connection. Hub Cat. No. STG Cat. No. STTB Cat. No. jR ME STTTB Cat. No. Pipe Size Inches Metric Size Gesignator8 Yz 16 HUB1/2 STG1 STTB1 STTTBI 36 21 HUB3/4 STG2 STTB2 STTTB2 1 27 HUB1 STG3 STT53 SM133 t% 35 HUB1-1/4 STG4 STT134 STTTB4 1Yz 41 HU81.1/2 STG5 STTB5 STTTB5 2 53 HUB2 STG6 STre6 STTTB6 2'h 63 HUB2-1/2 STG7 STTB7 — 3 78 HUB3 STGB STTBS 3'h 91 HU83-1/2 STG9 STTB9 — 4 103 HU84 STG10 STTB10 — 5 129 HUS5 STG11 STTB11 6 155 HUB6 STG12 STTB12 — • Innovative sealing ring and groove. •Hexagonal body and locknut design. OCAL-BLUE Double -Coat Split Couplings •Insulated throat. •Sharper and deeper teeth. A split coupling is a speed union used to economically Join two lengths of threaded conduit. • Double coated with a nominal .002" (2 mil) blue urethane on both the interior and exterior, before PVC coating is applied. • A minimum .040" (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior. C ll TCC Split Coupling Pipe Sae Cat. No. lochas Metric Size Designator" Ye 16 TCC1 34 21 TCC2 1 27 TCC3 VA 35 TCC4 1 % 41 TCC5 2 53 TCC6 2% 63 TCC7 3 78 TCC8 3)4 91 TCC9 4 103 TCC10 5 129 TCC12 6 155 TCC14 Metric size designator (ANSI C80,1-1994). Cat. No. Color L017 CA G = Gray, R = Red, W = White, 8 = Blue " Custom Colors Available ® 2002 Thomas 8 Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.tnb.com car OCRL-BLUE Double-Coat'+io3oos lr�: 1'2" - 4" 5"-6" UNY Male (Fittings shown uncoated) Cat. No. Color LS17 I G = Gray, R - Red. W = White, B = Blue " Custom Colors Available UNY and UNF unions are installed in threaded thick -wall conduits stems Y In hazardous areas. UNY unions are used to connect conduit to a conduit fitting, h junction box, or device enclosure. UNF unions are used to connect conduit to conduit, or to provide a means for future modifications to the conduit system. • Double coated with a nominal .002" (2 mil) blue urethane on both the interior and exterior, before PVC coating is applied. • A minimum of .040" (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior. • Pressure -sealing sleeves to protect the connection. o t: Pipe Size r UNF CaL No. ,� R UNY Cat. No. Inches Metric Size Designator* 14 16 UNF105 UNY105 1% _ 21 UNF205 UNY205 27 UNF305 UNY3o5 VA 35 UNF405 UNY405 114 41 UNF505 UNY505 2 53 UNF6o5 UNY805 21h 63 UNF705 UNY705 3 78 UNF805 UNY8o5 314e 91 UNF905 UNY905 4 103 UNF1005 UNY1005 5 129 UNF012 UNY012 6 155 UNF014 UNY014 ' Metric size designator (ANSI C80.1-1994). '/Z _ 4 UNF Female 10 2002 Thomas & Dens Corporation, specifications are subject to charge without notice. WWW.tnb.com B21 cal, OCAL-BLUE Tipples ? iq �l'4ti hI CoPnect®rs :• .. Nipples c • Nipples are made from coated conduit. • Blue urethane coating over threads. • A minimum .040' (40 mil) PVC coating on the exterior. • A nominal .002' (2 mil) blue urethane on the interior. • Color coded thread protectors. Pipe Size t1 f , Vic.° . ta�a Nipple Length Inches Metric Size Designator` 2" 50.8 Z1i" 63.5 3" 76.2 3W 88.9 4" 5" 6'" W. 10" 12" 101.6 127A 152.4 203.2 254.0 304.8 A 16 21 1 27 1'/ 35 1A 41 2 53 NIA 2Yx 63 N/A WA WA 3 78 WA WA N/A 3Yz 91 N/A N/A WA NIA 4 103 N/A NIA WA WA 5 129 N/A N/A WA WA N/A 6 155 WA N/A WA WA N/A Liquidtight Connectors ST-1/2 a Double coated with a nominal .002' (2 mil) blue urethane on both the interior andexterior, before PVC coating is applied. e A minimum of .040" (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior. e Pressure -sealing sleeves are designed to protect the connection. • Available in straight, 45e, and 900. PVC Coated s Ocal uses genuine T&B liquidtight fittings to insure quality installations. Straight Liquidtight ST-1/2 90 PVC Coated Liquidtight - 90" Angie 4~y;� Liquidtight - Straight with Ground i 5332GR B8 Pipe Size j Inches Metric Size Designator' Straight Cat. No. 45 Degree Cat. No. 90 Degree Cat. No. 'A 12 ST 3/8 ST 3/8 45 ST 3/8 90 A 16 ST 112 ST 1/2 45 ST 1/2 90 3/4 21 ST 314 ST 314 45 ST 314 90 1 27 ST 1 ST 1 45 ST 190 1r/4 35 ST 1-1/4 ST 1-114 45 ST 1-1/4 90 1Y2 41 ST 1-1/2 ST 1-1/2 45 ST 1-1/2 90 2 53 ST 2 ST 2 45 ST 2 90 2'h 63 ST 2-1/2 ST 2-1/2 45 ST 2-1/2 90 3 78 ST3 ST345 ST390 4 103 ST 4 ST 4 45 ST 4 90 Metric size designator (ANSI C80.1-1994). 0 2002 Thomas 8 Betts Corporation. specifications are subject to change without notice. www.tnb.co m ocarCustomer may specify the fitting manufacturer of his choice. OCAL-BLUE Double -Coat Conduit Bodies • Covers 4 are coated with a molded flange to seal the conduit body. • The conduit body is molded with a flat surface on its opening to seal with the cover. � o • The conduit body and cover are double coated with a nominal .002".opt (2 mil) blue urethane on both the interior and exterior, before PVC coating is applied." _• • A minimum of .040" (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior. ......" Farm 7 Cover • OCAL pressure -sealing sleeves on all threaded hubs.,:,LL�TM:, .. • Shipped and priced with cover and encapsulated stainless steel screws. °-T • Covers available separately, designate "covers only" and specify correct form or mark. ., Form 8 Cover ! I (! ! ! 94, Shapes (Fittings shown uncoated) Metric Size Style Yx" Y" 1" 1t/4" 1W 2" 2Yi' 3" 3'h" V Designator' 16 21 27 35 41 53 63 78 91 103 Form 7 C17 C27 C37 C47 C57 C67 C77 C87 y"Y C Form 8 C18 C28 C38 C448 C58 C68 C78 C88 Mark9" C19 C29 C39 C49 C59 C69 C789 C889 C1089 C989 L Form 7 L17 L27 L37 L47 L57 L67 r, Double faced - may be used as LL or LR - has 2 openings. Form LB17 LB27 LB37 LB47 LB57 LB67 LB777 LB67 LB97 L8107 LB Form LB18 LB28 L838 L8448 L858 LB68 LB78 LB888 LB98 L8108 ' Mark9' LB19 LB29 L839 LB49 LB59 LB69 L8789 LB889 LB989 LB1089 Form LL17 LL27 LL37 LL47 LL57 LL67 LL777 LL87 LL97 LL107 F- LL Fan 8 LL18 LL28 LL38 LL448 LL58 LL68 LL78 LL888 Mark9" LL19 LL29 LL39 LL49 LL59 LL69 LL789 LL889 LL989 LL1089 -` Form 7 LR17 LR27 LR37 LR47 LB57 LB67 LR777 LR87 LR97 LR107 LR Farm LR18 LR28 LR38 LR448 LB58 LR68 LR78 LRB88 Mark9' LR19 LR29 LR39 LR49 L059 LB69 LR789 LRB89 LR989 LR1089 Form 7 T17 T27 T37 T47 T57 T67 T77 T87 T97 T107 T Form 8 T18 T28 T38 T448 T58 T68 T78 T88 — _ Mark9' T19 T29 T39 T49 T59 T69 T789 T889 T989 T1089 Form 7 T817 TS27 TB37 TB47 TB57 TB67 "f o TB Form 8 T1318 TB28 TB38 T13448 TB58 T868 Mark 9` TB19 TB29 TB39 T849 — — Form 7 X17 X27 X37 X47 X57 X67 X Form X18 X28 X38 X448 X58 X68 Mark9' X19 X29 X39 NOTE— Inches indicated in boldface We • Metric size designator (ANSI 1380.1-1994) Metric measure is directly below bold face type and are also in bold. Cat. No. Collor Manufacturer L B 1 7 ol G = Gray -1 = T&B R = Red Blank = Other Manufacturer W = White 6 = Blue ' Custom Colors Available ® 2002 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice. wvvw,tnb.com 139 U 0 Ocala OCA -SLUE Double -Coal GUA Series Conduit Bodies GUA series conduit bodies are installed within hazardous area locations to protect conductors in threaded rigid conduit, act as pull and splice boxes, provide access to conductors for maintenance and future system changes, act as mounting outlets for fixtures (with proper covers), or change conduit direction. • Double coated with a nominal .002' (2 mil) blue urethane on both the interior and exterior, before PVC coating is applied. • A minimum .040 (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior. • OCAL pressure -sealing sleeves on all threaded hubs. ` Cover Opening Type Conduit Size Metric Size Inches Designator' GUA GUAC GUAT GUAX GUAB Cover Only Y2 16 2 GUA14 GUAC14 GUAT14 GUAX14 GUAB14 GUA04 ?4 21 2 GUA24 GUAC24 GUAT24 GUAX24 GUAB24 GUA04 Yz 16 3 GUA16 GUAC16 GUAT16 GUAX16 GUAB16 GUA06 114 21 3 GUA26 GUAC26 GUAT26 GUAX26 GUA826 GUA06 1 27 3 GUA36 GUAC36 GUAT36 GUAX36 GUAB36 GUA06 1 27 3% — — GUAT37 GUAX37 — GUA07 11/4 35 3% GUA47 GUAC47 GUA747 GUAX47 GUAB47 GUA07 1Va 35 5 — GUAC49 GUAT49 GUAX49 — GUA09 1V2 41 5 GUA59 GUA059 GUAT59 GUAX59 GUAB59 GUA09 2 53 5 — GUAC69 GUAT69 GUAX69 GUAB69 GUA09 Metric size designator (ANSI C80.1-1994). E � cz GUAC (Fittings shown uncoated) GUAT Cat. No. Color Manufacturer L0 7 G a� G = Gray 1 = TH R = Red Blank = Other Manufacturer W = White B = Blue Custom Colors Available GUAX Up 0 r.l:. B10 02002 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Speciffcatior,s are subject to change without notice. wvvw.tnb.com A a OCAL-BLUE Double -Goat Sealing Fittings Sealing fittings restrict the passage of gases, vapors, or flames from one portion of the electrical installation to another at atmospheric pressure and normal ambient temperatures. They prevent precompression or "pressure piling" in conduit systems. • Double coated with a nominal .002' (2 mil) blue urethane on both the interior and exterior, before PVC coating is applied. • A minimum of .040' (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior. 1 '° EYS & EYSX" EYD & EYDX"' US EZD Vertical Vertical of Horizonal Metric Size Male & Female Female Female Mate & Female Female Male & Female Female Male & Female Inches Designator' Cat. No. Yz 16 EYS1 EYS16 EYS11 EYS116 EYD1 EYD16 EZS1 EZS16 EZD10 Y4 21 EYS2 EYS26 EYS21 EYS216 EYD2 EY026 EZS2 EZS26 EZD20 1 21 EYS3 EYS36 EYS31 EYS316 EYD3 EYD36 EZS3 EZS36 EZD30 1'/ 35 - - EYS4 EYS46 EYD4 EYD46 EZS4 EZS46 EZD40 11h 41 - - EYS5 EYS56 EYD5 EYD56 EZS5 EZS56 EZD50 2 53 - - EYS6 EYS66 EYD6 EYD66 EZS6 EZS66 EZD60 2Y2 63 - - EYS7 EYS76 EYD7 EYD76 EZS7 EZS76 - 3 18 - - EYSS EYS86 EYD8 EYD86 EZS8 EZS86 - 3Yz 91 - - EYS9 EYS96 EYD9 EYD96 - 4 103 - - EYS10 EYS106 EYD10 EYD106 - Metric size designator (ANSI C80.1-1994). EYSX and EYDX are expanded fill styles. When ordering add X to part number Example EYSX31, EYDX31 X. EYS EYD Cat. No. Color LB17 G G = Gray, R = Red, W = White, B = Blue Custom Colors Available (Fittings shown uncoated) EZS EZD with Inspection Cover 71/6/a a B14 ® 2002 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice. WWW.tnb.com Omit' Straps ®CAL Clamp Back Spacers * .040" (40 mil) PVC coating, * Used with one -hole straps as spacers. .5 ".-Wo Pipe Size Inches Metric Size Designator` Cal. No. Y2 16 BACKCLAMP 1/2 21, BACKCLAMP 3/4 27 E3ACKCLAMPi I 1A 35 BACKCILAM121-1/4 IY2 41 BACKCLAMPI-1/2 2 53 BACKCLAMP2 ^ 12 Y 63 BACKCLAMP2-1/2 3 78 BACKCLAMP3 31/2 91 BACKCLAMP3.1/2 4 103 BACKCLAMP4 OCAL Pipe Straps e .040'(40 mil) PVC coating. • Sized to allow for the extra coating thickness. • Used to support OCAL-BLUE conduit on walls and structures. .1104 Ai R 1P "AR-1 Pipe Size Inches Metric Size Designator* One Hole Malleable Two Hole Stamped M2 16 1HM8 112 2HS 1/2 1� 21 lHMS 314 2HS 314 1 27 I HMS11 2HS1 11/4 35 IHMS1.1/4 2HSI.1/4 41 IHMS1.1/2 2HSI.1/2 2 53 IIHMS2 2HS2 2Y2 63 1HMS2.1/2 2HS2-1/2 3 78 1HMS3 2HS3 A 91 1HMS3.1/2 21IN-1/2 4 103 1 HNIM 2HS4 'M&c size designator (ANSI C80.1-1994). Cat. No. Color LE17 G = Gray, R = Red, W = White, B = Blue * Custom Colors Available 02002 Thomas& Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without nofice. www.tnb.com B 1 7 Ita,i Typ(m (' W % 1_i u:dtu ht Flex b9c- 111fietal Conduit) Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit. UL Listed. CSA Lister. Oil -Resistant. Sunlight -Resistant. Temperature Rated -30°C to 8o°C. APPLICATIONS Titan&trade Type UL Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit is suitable of the following installations: • For the installation and protection of electrical conductors in circuits of 600 Volts nominal, or less • Used in industrial and commercial applications for conveyors, blowers, cranes, air conditioners, machine tooling and lubrication equipment • Where: the conditions of installation, operation, or maintenance require flexibility or protection from liquids, vapors, solids, or weather • Applications requiring movement, crossover connections, or tight bends • Exposed or concealed locations • For use as a grounding conductor per NEC 250.118(7) • For flexible connections to swimming pool, spa, and hot tub motors per NEC 680.21(A)(3) & 680.42(A)(1) • Electric signs and outline lighting supply and secondary -circuit per NEC 600.31 0000 Volts or less) & NEC 600.32 (over 1000 Volts) • For use in Hazardous locations - see Additional Applications Section on following page for more details • For use in Ducts or Plenums Used for Environmental Air per NEC 300.22(B) STANDARDS & REFERENCES • NEC Type designation - Type LFMC (Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit) • ANSI / NFPA-70, NEC Article 350 • UL Listed to Underwriters Laboratories Standard ANSI / UL-360 for Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit • CSA Listed to CSA 22.2 No.56 for use per the Canadian Electrical Code C22.1 Section 12-1300 CONSTRUCTION Titan"M Type UL is manufactured with a spiral wound strip of heavy gauge, corrosion -resistant, hot -dipped galvanized steel. For 3/8" through 1-1/41, trade sizes, the core is constructed with a square locked steel strip with an intergral copper -bonding strip enclosed within the steel convolutions. For 1-1/2" through 4" trade sizes, the core is constructed with a fully interlocked steel strip. A rugged, flame retartant, flexible PVC jacket is extruded over the steel core. The grey jacket resists oils, mild acids and exposure to sunlight: ''"Titan is a tradernark of Southwire Company se"n thwire MADE Cavr,lght zona. s��,i,.w,.o C� V. One South wire Drive ( L IN•+�+THE A11 Rigvs Ra.m d. Carrollton, Ga. .1C119 USA �/ U S A S.0hw1ne is a rapsts,.a aaaemarx 01 Sou[ '. Co Pp Y. Mon Jul 07 21:07-10 EDT 2008 Page 1 of 3 Type UL - Liquid$ight Mexgble Steel Conduit Trade Approximate Inner Diameter Outer Diameter Approx. Standard Standard Size Weight Min./Max. MinJMax. Bend Coil Length ReelLength (Inches) (lbs/100 ft) (inches) (inches) Radius' (feet) (feet) (Inches) 3/8 27 0.484 / 0.504 0.690 / 0.710 4 100 600 1/2 31 0,622 / 0.642 0.820 / 0.840 4 100 500/1000 3/4 40 0.820 / 0,840 1.030 / 1.050 5 100 500/1000 1 76 1.041 / 1.066 1.290 / 1.315 6 100 400 1-1 /4 102 1.380 / 1.410 1.630 / 1.660 8 50 250 I 1-1/2 103 1.575 / 1.600 1.865 / 1.900 10 50 150 2 145 2.020 / 2.045 2.340 / 2.375 12 50 100 2-1/2 197 2.480 / 2.505 2.840 / 2.875 15 25 100 3 265 3.070 13.100 3.460 / 3.500 18 25 - 3-1/2 300 3.500 ! 3.540 3.960 / 4.000 21 25 4 i mnnnm - r _di- ' Ric 333 nn r .e..o-. u T�kl. 4.000 / 4.040 ,.r r -. --- -..., 4.460 / 4.500 _ 24 25-- � FEATU ES • A protective thermoplastic outer jacket which seals out water, liquids, abrasives, alcohol, coolants, corrosive fumes and gases, dirt, grease, mineral acids, nonconcentrated fixed alkalises., petroleum oils, salt air and spray, and weather • Smooth metal interior for easy wiring pulling • UV sunlight resistant jacket • Rated for temperature range of -30°C to 80°C, 60°C Oil (-220F to +176°F, 140°F Oil) • Accepts standard metallic liquidtight fittings. • Rated for direct burial applications including concrete encasement ADDITIONAL APPLICATIONS • In Hazardous Locations - where necessary for flexible connections within hazardous locations in accordance with the following: - Class I, Div. 2 - NEC 501.10(B)(2) & 501.30(B) - Class 11, Div. 1 - NEC 502.10(A)(2) & 502.30(B) - Class II, Div. 2 - NEC 502.10(B)(2) - Class III, Div. 1 - NEC 503.10(A)(2) & 503.30(B) - Class III, Div. 2 - NEC 503.10(A)(2) • Permitted for equipment grounding in sizes 3/8" through 1-1/4" in lengths not exceeding 6-feet per NEC 250.118(6) • Floating building feeders and services per NEC 553.7(B) • Boatyards & Marinas in accordance with NEC 555.13 • Cranes & Hoists in accordance with NEC 610.11(C) 1y�91A7'•11ys Rim.re'n Vtl Atl ae®��i �1� �\ MADE cnpyngh, zoo., so 1th Cm an Rights n.a.rye f. m. One Southwire Drive L i IN • THE Carrolitcm, Ga 30119 USA \®� USA `somnwa. d u r.gi:r.ne -d.m k of Seuthwira company. Mon Jul 07 21 T7:10 EDT 2008 Page 2 of 3 type UL - L ak1u Might Fla me Steel Conduit • For Elevator, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, Moving Walks, Wheel Chair Lifts & Stairway Chair Lifts in accordance with NEC 620.21 (where expressly permitted) • Under raised floors in data processing areas per NEC 645.5(D) & 645.5(D)(2) • Service entrance in lengths up to six feet per NEC 230.43(15) ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS AND TOOLS • UL Online Certifications Directory ( www.ul.com ) • CSA Online Certifications Directory (www.csa.ca ) • UL Guide Information - Flexible Metal Conduit, Liquidtight (DXHR) • CSA Product Information - Conduit -Flexible Metal, Liquidtight Conduit (1F 12-03) �'E[�1 �(pp�� gi��j��j�gpTg®7p� AJW13Wli�}ya`."+y'.] yA cg M14DE Copyright 2993. 3ou11 nr'vn Company. =:/ One southwire Drive IpN�+� TA an Riyhls R.s s,,. Carrollton, Ga. 30119 USA ® USA 'SomhWit, Is a roRlst—d rtadem� oI S« d ira company. Mon Jul 07 21:07:1 D EDT 2008 Page 3 of 3 Liquidtlght Conduit fittings ® Liquidator"' Liquidtight Flexible Metalli; Conduit Fittings 4a,5 e me Spfrl MU.Y7a �ing Pine -fi InaWnbdTMew Stitt loc}nuf7 '^� f_w TWml wtlo Uwana u UL UL 9dfng CprXel UL File No. E-19189 Applications: Typical applications for liquidtight conduit and the Liquidator include the wiring of machine tools ... motors ... transformers ... food processing equipment ... robotics ... air conditioning units ... illuminated store front signs and billboards . , . etc. The flexible metallic: conduit and fittings protect conductors from mechanical damage due to vibration and movement and seals out cutting oils, coolants, water, dust, etc. Applications such as these can be found in, but are not limited to, industries such as: • machine tool manufacturers. • electric power generating plants. • waste treatment facilities. • paint manufacturing facilities. • automobile manufacturing facilities. • aerospace industries. • breweries. • food processing plants. • dairies. • pulp and paper mills. • petroleum refineries. • chemical and petrochemical plants. Compliances: • NEC: Class I, Division 2 Class II, Divisions 1 and 2 Class III, Divisions 1 and 2 • UL Standards: 514B, 467 • CSA Standard: C22.2 No. IS FEATURES AND BENEFITS: Product Features • UL and cUL Listed • Provided protection in wet locations • Straight available in W through 6" sizes; 45, and g0* available in 3%" through 4" sizes. • Malleable iron bodies and gland nuts with zinc electroplate; steel ferrules and locknuts with zinc electroplate. • Cupped grounding ferrule is distortion -free and reusable, • Split polyethylene sealing ring is reversible. • Grooves inside sealing ring. Jacket of liquidtight conduit will cold flow into grooves. • Reusable design. • Hex surfaces on gland nut and body. • Thermoplastic elastomer sealing gasket effectively seals out water, oil, dust and dirt. • Steel locknut bites into box. • Available with or without insulated throats. • Insulated throat versions, 1050C rated nylon. CP Standard Materials: • Body - Straight: 3" through 6"- malleable iron or aluminum 45° and 90°; W through 4" - malleable iron or aluminum • Gland nut - malleable iron or aluminum • Ferrule - 3W through 6"- steel • Gland nut sealing ring - polyethylene a Sealing gasket - thermoplastic elastomer • Locknut - steel Standard Finishes: • Steel and malleable iron -zinc electroplate • Polyethylene, thermoplastic elastomer, aluminum and die cast - natural User Benefits • Assurance of safe and reliable performance. End user peace of mind. • Meets NEC and UL requirements for use in wet locations. Reduces downtime and replacement costs. e Complete selection of style:; and sizes. Easy selection from one source, saves time and money. • High strength and excellent corrosion resistance. Long service life, eliminates the need for replacement. • Provides excellent pullout si rength and grounding for safety of personnel and equipment. • Easy to install. Cannot be installed incorrectly. Saves labor. e Eliminates leakage, potential downtime and replacement costs. Protection against vibration. • Can be disassembled and reused. Cost savings. • Easy wrenching, Fast, easy installation results in labor savings. • Eliminates leakage, potential) downtime and replacement costs. • Provides a reliable ground and safety of personnel and equipment. Won't vibrate loose. • One -stop source to meet user needs. Saves time and money. STRAIGHT CONNECTORS - NON -INSULATED- MALLEABLE IRON Weight Conduit Unit Standard Lbs. Per Cat. # Size Quantity Package too O LT-38 31e 25 100 18 LT-50 1h" 25 100 20 LT-75 3/4" 25 100 26 cQ LT-100 1" 5 50 45 LT-125 11/4" 5 25 69 LT-150 11h" 2 20 85 LT-200 2" 1 10 120 LT-250 21h" 1 5 340 LT-300 3" 1 5 430 LT-350 31h" 1 5 510 LT-400 4" 1 5 600 LT-500t 5" 1 1 800 LT-600t 6" 1 1 1075 t Not UL Listed or CSA Certified STRAIGHT CONNECTORS - INSULATED - MALLEABLE IRON a - LTB-38 3/e" 25 100 t� LTB-50 1& 25 100 LTB-75 3/4" 25 100 (L LTB-100 1" LTB-125 11/4" 5 5 50 25 LTB-150 11h" 2 20 .Q LT13-200 2" 1 10 LTB-250 21h" 1 5 LTB-300 3" 1 5 LTB-350 31h" 1 5 LTS 400 4" 1 5 LTBSOOt 5" 1 1 LTB-600t 6" 1 1 t Not UL Listed cr CSA certified 18 ' 20 "1w^ 26 45 69 66 120 340 430 510 600 800 1075 00 COUIPIE11 Crouse -Hinds US: 1.866-764-5454 CAN:1-800-265-0502 Copyright 2006 Cooper Crouse -Hinds 295 CP Liquidtight Conduit Fittings a Liquidatorlm Liquidtight Flexible Metallic Conduit F ttings STRAIGHTCONNECTORS - NON -INSULATED - ALUMINUM 90" ANGLE CONNECTOR - INSULATED - MALLEABLE IRON a Conduit Unit Weight Standard Lbs. Per �: ;, Conduit Unit Standard Weig Lbs. Per 2, Cat. # Size quantity Package 100`._; % Cat. # Size Quantity Package 100 tJL LT38-SA LT50-SA 3%" 1h" 25 25 100 100 12 12 ` ;' LTB-3890 3%" 1h" 25 100 30 LT75-SA 3/4' p �R LTB-5090 25 100 33 c UL LT100-SA 1" 25 10 100 50 14 28 LTB-7590 3/4" 10 50 48 LT125-SA 11/4" 5 ` O LTB-10090 1" 10 50 76 25 34 LTB-12590 11/4" 5 25 112 LT150-SA 11i't" 2 20 48 LTB-15090 11h" 2 10 155 LT200-SA 2" 1 10 54 LT300-SA 0-SA 1 5 121 LTB-20090 2" 1 5 230 LT 3"h" 1 5 LTB-25090 21h" 1 1 900 LT350-SA 31h" 1 5 45 245 LTB-30090 3" 1 1 1380 LT400-SA 4" 1 5 279 _ LTB-35090 LTEA0090 31h" 4" 1 1 1 1 1825 2325 45° ANGLE CONNECTORS — NON -INSULATED -MALLEABLE 90° ANGLE CONNECTOR - NOPI-INSULATED -ALUMINUM IRON LT-3845 3A" 25 100 27 LT-5045 1h" 25 100 29 LT389o-SA 3A" 1/2" 25 100 19 LT-7545 3/i' 10 50 41 ; � \ LT5090-SA 25 100 18 LT-10045 1" 10 50 70 _,.,: } LT7590-SA 3/4" 10 50 24 �L LT-12545 1114" 5 25 93 ti.-, , LT10090-SA 1" 10 50 40 LT-15045 1 Vs" 2 10 137 NL LT12590-SA 11/4" 5 25 48 c Ud LT-20045 2" 1 5 199 LT15090-SA 11h" 2 10 61 LT-25045 21M." 1 1 600 ctUI LT20090-SA 2" 1 5 86 LT-30045 3" 1 1 925 LT-35045 3%, 1 1 1150 COMBINATION COUPLINGS FC R COUPLING LIQUIDTIGHT TO LT-40045 4" 1 1 1450 THREADED RIGID/IMC CONDUIT LTR-38* %" 25 100 17 45° ANGLE CONNECTORS - INSULATED - MALLEABLE IRON LT8-3845 W 25 100 27 a: �/ LTR-50 LTR-75 1h" Ye 25 25 100 100 29 LTB-5045 1h" 25 100 29 41'A,._., . LTR-100 33 LTB-7545 3/4" 10 50 41 1" 5 50 59 LTR-125 1114" 2 20 105 O LTB-10045 LTB-12545 1" 11/4" 10 5 50 25 70 93 Cl� LTR-150 11h" 2 20 105 LTB-15045 I 2 10 137 c��l LTR-200 2" 1 10 160 eO LTB-20045 2" 1 5 195 * For W Liquidtight to 'A" Rigid/IMC LTB-25045 21jV 1 1 Boo LTB-30045 3" 1 1 925 - smazzom LTB-35045 We 1 1 1150 UL File no. E 22133 Weight LTB-40045 4" 1 1 1450 Cat. # Conduit Size Unit Quantity Standard Package Lbs. Per too 90° ANGLE CONNECTORS -NON-INSULATED -MALLEABLE(D SG1 W-+h" 100 100 1 IRON SG2 3/4" 50 50 2 LT-3890 3A" 25 100 31 SG3 1" 50 50 2 * LT-5090 1h" 25 100 33 O SG4 1 1 /4" 25 25 2 LT-7590 3/4" 10 50 48 Ud SG5 11h" 25 25 4 LT-10090 1" 10 50 76 c SG6 2" 25 25 3 UL LT-12590 11/4" 5 25 112 SG7 21h" 10 10 5 LT-15090 11h" 2 10 155 SG8 3" 10 10 10 c �L LT-20090 2" 1 5 230 SG9 31h" 10 10 12 LT-25090 2+h 1 1 900 SG10 4" 10 10 10 LT-30090 3" 1 1 1383 SG11 5" 5 5 15 LT-35090 3W, 1 1 1875 SG12 6" 5 5 22 LT-40090 4" 1 1 2325 296 US:1-866-764-5454 CAN:1-800-265-0502 Copyright' 2006 Cooper Crouse -Hind: C00090 PER Crouse -Hinds B22 CHANNEL B22 'Thickness: 12 Gauge (2.6 mm) a •Standard lengths: 10' (3.05 m) & 20' (6.09 in) *Standard finishes: Plain, Dura-Green, Pre -Galvanized, 0 Z 3 Hot-Dirtped Galvan[ze�. Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316, Aluminum *Weight: 1.90 Lbs./ft. (2.83 kg/m) d-0 c� ;x U "b n a6- SECTION PROPERTIES B2ZjJ1(2.84)=7,6971)(7.96)B22(5.69)0_51)B22J(9.89)72.G7) eIculations of section properties are based on meta! thiclotesacs u B2.2A Wt. 3.80 Lbs./Ft. (5.65 kg/m) C064M S-Line 15/8-, 3 /8,, (41.3) 3/8,; (9.5) 7/8 (9.5) (221) 9/32" y (7.1) X _.. X - _ 7252 Y 13116" (20.6) M-M Y_z } (3.48) 1:5831 (1.48) 12399 (9.94) ,2953 (4.94) F653 (1.66)(9.81) .931 (2.36) .4798 (19.97) .5905 (9.68).653 (1.66) Z7.89) 1.456 (3.70) I.1023 (45.88) 1.2027 (19,7L)(1.91) d by the AISI Cold -funned Steel Desi� Matz IY 15/a„ (41 .3) )/4 3„ X X (82.5) Y 13/16" (20.6) Is/e" 20 Reference page 14 for general fitting and standard finish specifications. f Stainless Steel: Junction Boxes Hinge Cover Conti nuous-Hing r with Clamps, Type 4X 1 _ e Industry Standards UL 50, 50E Listed; Type 3R, 4, 0, 12; File No. E27567 cLIL Listed per C5A C22.2 No 94; Type 3R, 4, 4X,12; File No. E27567 UL 508A Listed; Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12; File No. E61997 cUL Listed per CSA C22.2 No 94; Type 3R, 4, 4X,12; File No. E61997 NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12,13 CSA File No. 42184:Type 4, 4X, 12 IEC 60529, IP66 Meets NEW Type 3RX requirements Standard Product Application Used in either Indoor or outdoor applications, these enclosures combine a rugged continuous hinge, seamless foam -in -place gasket and stainless steel screw -down clamps for a reliable seal that protects components from corrosive env ronments. Specifications 16 and 14 gauge Type 304 or 3161- stainless steel Seams continuously welded and ground smooth Seamless foam -in -place gasket Stainless steel screws and clarnps Pull stainless steel continuous hinge pin to remove door Weldnuts provided for mounting optional panels and terminal block kits Bonding provision on door and body Finish Cover and sides of body have smooth #4 brushed finish. Accessories See also Accessories. Fast -Operating Clamp -Cover Junction Box Clamp Lock Kit for Clamp Cover Junction Boxes Panels for Junction Boxes Terminal Block Kit Assembly for Junction Boxes Overview VlodiFfcaVon and Customiza-tion Hoffman excels at modifying and customizing products to your specifications. Contact your local Hoffman sales office or distributor for complete information. Bulletin: AS1S Catalog Number Ax8xCWram Stainless Body Cover Steel Steel Type UL Listed Gauge Gauge Panel Conductive DxE Panel In./mm GX8 Indmm LxW F 3 N T y y In./mm in./mm in./mm In./rum in./mm In./mm In./mm A6044(HNF SS 6.00 x 4.00 x 4.00 304 508A 16 16 A61`4 A6P4G 4.88 x 1.88 6.75 x 2.00 730 x 4.94 3.50 3.62 2.38 3,00 0.31 0.56 152x102x102 124x73 171%S1 191x175 89 92 60 76 8 14 A606CHNFSS 6.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 304 50,50E 16 16 A6P6 A6P6G 4.88x4.88 6.75Is4.00 7.50x6.94 3.50 3.62 2.39 5.00 0.31 0.56 152x 152x 102 124x 124 171 x 102 191 x 176 89 92 60 127 8 14 A8064CHNFSS 8.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 304 50, SOE 14 16 ASP6 A8P6G 6.75 x 4.88 8.75 x 4.00 9.50 x 6.94 3.50 3.62 1.38 5.00 0,25 0.62 r' 203x152x102 171x124 222x702 241x176 89 92 35 127 6 16 AIQOBCHNFSS 10.00 x 8.00x 4.00 304 50,50E 14 16 AIM Al0P8G 8.75x6.88 10.75x6.00 11.50x8.94 3.50 3.62 1.38 7.00 0.25 0.62 254x 203 x 102 222 x 175 273 x 152 292 x 227 89 92 35 178 6 16 A12106CHNFSS 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 304 50,50E 14 16 Al2PIO AIM% 10,7S11818 12.75x8.00 13.50x10.94 5.50 5.62 2.38 SIM 0.25 0.62 305 x 254 x 152 273 x 225 324 x 203 343 x 278 140 143 60 229 6 16 A1212CHNFSS 12.00 x 12.00 z 6.00 304 50,50E 14 16 A121`72 AMIN 10.75 x 10.88 12.75 x 10.00 13.50 x 1294 5.50 5.62 2.38 11.00 0.25 0.62 305 x 305 x 152 273 x 276 324 x 254 343029 329 140 143 60 279 6 16 A14120NFSS 14.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 304 50. 50E 14 16 A141`12 A14P12G 12.75 x 11.88 14.75 x 10.00 15.50 x 12.94 5.50 5.62 2.38 11.00 0.25 0.62 356 x 305 x 152 324 x 276 375 x 254 394 It 329 140 143 60 279 6 16 A1614CHNF:SS 16.00 x 14.00 x 6.00 304 508A 14 16 A161`14 A16P14G 14.75x12.88 163Sx12.00 17.50x14.94 S.50 5.62 2.38 13.00 0.25 0.62 406 x 356 x 152 375 x 327 425005 305 445 x 379 140 143 60 330 6 16 A6044CHNFS56 6,00x4.00x4.00 316L 50,50E 16 16 A6P4 A6P4G 4.88It2.88 6.75x2.00 7.50x4.94 3.50 3.62 2.38 DO 0.31 0.56 152x102x102 124x73 171x51 191x125 89 92 60 76 8 14 A606CHNFSS6 6.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 316L 50,50E 16 16 A6P6 A6P6G 4.88x4.88 6.75x4.00 750x6.94 3.SO 3.62 2.38 5.00 0.31 0.56 152 x 152 x 102 124x 124 171 x 102 191 x 176 89 92 60 127 8 14 A8064CHNF556 8.00x6.00x4.00 316L 50,50E 14 16 AM ASP6G 6.75x4.88 8.75x4.00 9.50x6.94 3.50 3.62 1.38 S.00 0.25 0.62 203 x 152 x 102 171 x 124 222 x 102 241 x 176 89 92 35 127 6 16 A1008CHNFSS6 10.00x8.00x4.00 316L 50,50E 14 16 AIM Al0P8G 8.75x6.88 10.75x6.00 11.50x8.94 3.50 3.62 1.38 7.00 0.25 0,62 254x 203 x 102 222 x 17S 273 x 152 292 x 227 89 92 3S 178 6 16 A12106CHMS6 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 316L 50. 50E 14 16 Al2P10 Al2PIGG 10.75x8.88 12.75x8.00 13.50xION 531) 5.62 2.38 9.00 0.25 0.62 305 x 254 x 152 273 x 225 324 x 203 343 x 278 140 143 60 229 6 16 A1212CHNNS6 12.00 x 1200 x 6.00 316L 50,50E 14 16 Al2P12 Al2P12G 10.75 x 10.88 12.75 x 10.00 1350 x 12.94 5.50 5.62 2.38 11.00 0.25 0.62 305 x 305 x 152 273 x 276 324 x 254 343 x 329 140 143 60 279 6 16 A7412CHNNS6 14.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 316L 50,50E 14 16 A141`12 A14P12G 12.75x10.88 14.75x10.00 15.50x12.94 5.50 5.62 2.38 11.00 0.25 0.62 356 x 305 x 152 324 x 276 375 x 254 394 x 329 140 143 60 279 6 16 111614CHNFSS6 16.00 x 14.00 x 6.00 316L 50,50E 14 16 A161`14 A16P14G 14.75 x 12.88 16.75 x 12.00 17.50 x 14.94 5.50 5.62 2.38 13.00 0.25 0.62 406 x 356 x 152 375 x 327 425 x 305 445 x 379 740 143 60 330 6 16 A6044CHNFSS and A6044CHNFS56 UL 508A Listed. The remaining catalog numbers are UL 50 Listed 'urchase panels separately. Optional stainless steel, composite and aluminum panels are available for mast sizes. Subject to change without notice PH (763) 422-2211 • FX (763) 422-2600 • haffmanonline.com 412009 Hoffman Enclosures Inc. Spec-00358 B 81 BONDING PROVISION !_ -r 21 mm 1 1r-•==- 1.32 34 nm _--==�f•1 11 F GA.Y I - �-- -- ---+ L e-` 12 T- A4 11 mn 75 A 19 mm� .31 8 rnn � r f— D E G SECTION Y-Y NOTE: 1. Optional ponels ore 14 gauge steel, conductive steel or sto"nless steel 2. Panel screws ore it -32 pan neod Stainless Ste --I: Junction Boxes Hinge Cover .83 1.06 w 62 21 nm �27 mm �16 nm —T. 373 33 mn C 10 ryn - --i i II (FLANGE WIDTH.) I J PANEL (ORDER SEPARATELY) CLAMP BRACKET LOCATIONS n (T P) BODY-- nm - n6o•t4GHNfss A6C6CHNFSS CLAMP N ,_J III 1,2g BRACKET 32 rrm BOD! A80Ul t0 A1221A1i68426CCCCIHHiHNNNNfFFFSSSSSSSS 14CHNF5S12CHNfSS C25a0-C 1.25 CLAMP �] 32 N I I BRACKET Z Subject to change without notice PH (763) 422-2211 • FX (763) 422.-2600 • hoffmanonline.com 0 2009 Hoffman Enclosures Inc. 5pec-00358 B �l, - . Nara -Metallic: Fiberglass "�� Continuous Hinge, Type 4X . reeiu:ows. Conflnuous Hinge, Type 4X r Industry Standards Mounting brackets required to meet UL/CSA external mounting requirements. UL 508A Listed; Type 4, 4X, 12, 13; File No. E61997 cUL Listed per CSA C22.2 No 94; Type 4, 4X, 12, 13; File No. E61997 Enclosure flammability evaluated per UL 508A Window flammability evaluated per UL 508A N EMA/EEMAC Type 4,4X, 12,13 C5A Fie No. 42186: Type 4, 4X, 12,13 IEC 60529, IP66 Application The efficient design and simple construction of these enclosures make them durable In corrosive environments, yet aesthetically pleasing. Corner latches provide unobstructed access. The continuous hinge provides a secure seal, and double latching creates added security. Specifications Compression -molded fiberglass has outstanding chemical - and temperature -resistance cualitles and exhibits excellent weatherability and physical properties Fiberglass Is easily punched, drilled, filed or sawed Gasket assures water -tight and dust -tight seal Polyester mounting brackets and stainless steel attachment screws are provided with each enclo:;ure Scratch -resistant polycarbonate windows are permanently bonded in place Molded -in -place threaded brass inserts and plated steel screws are provided for mounting optional panels and terminal block kits Removable hinged cover attached to body with Type 316 stainless steel hinge pin Screw -cover enclosures are secured with two captivated Type 316 stainless steel slotted cover screws Enclosures with patented quick -release latches have corrosion - resistant polyester latches located in corners that provide unobstructed access to enclo•iure Hinge pin and bail are corrosion -resistant Type 316 stainless steel Padlock provisions included in each latch ''!nlsh Fiberglass material is light -gray inside and out. Optional steel panels are painted white. Optional stainless steel, aluminum, conductive and composite panels are unpainted. Accessories See also Accessories. Panels for Junction Boxes Threaded Panel Extenders Quick -Release Latch Kit Swing -Out Panel Kit HOL-SEALERSTM Non -Metallic Hole Seals Modification and Cu.tnmizaation Hoffman excels at modifying and customizing products to your specifications. Contact your Iota I Hoffman sales office or distributor ,or complete information. Bulletin: A48 Subject to change without notice PH (763) 422-2211 • FX (763) 422-2600 • hoffmanonline.com V 2009 Hoffman Enclosures Inc. Spec-00399 B Pion -Metallic: Fiberglass ` Continuous Hinge, Type 4X A e[N[xp xoMMNY `1 .� 1l Standard Product Solid -Cover` Catalog Number AxBxCinJmm Type Steel Panel Alum. Panel Panel Size OxE In./mm Mounting GxH In./mm Overall LxW In./mm F In./mm J In✓mm K In./mm 0 In./rim P In./mm Q In./mm T In./mm U In./mm A664(HSCFG 6.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 5crew A6P6 A6P6AL 4.83x4.88 6,94x4.00 6.50x6.50 3A5 3.25 1.00 4.25 4.25 5.64 0.12 5.64 152 x 152 x 102 Cover 124 x 124 176 x 102 165 x 165 88 83 25 IN 108 143 3 143 A664(HOR FG 6.00 x 6.00 k 4.00 Quick A6P6 A61`6AL 4.88 x 4.98 6.94x 4.00 6.50 x 650 3A5 3.25 1.00 4.25 4.25 5.64 0.12 5.64 152x152x102 Release 124x124 176x102 165x165 88 83 25 108 108 143 3 143 A864CHSCFG 9.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 Screw ASP6 AMAL 6.75x4.38 9.94x4.00 8.50x6.50 3.45 3.25 1.00 4.25 625 7.64 0.12 5.64 203 x 152 x 102 Cover 171 x 124 227 x 102 216 x 165 88 83 I5 108 159 194 3 143 A864CMQRFG 8.00 x 6.00 x 4.00 Quick A81`6 AWAL 6.75x4.88 8.94x4.00 8.50x6.50 3.45 3.25 1.00 4.25 6.25 7.64 0.12 S.64 203 x 152 x 102 Release 171 x 124 227 x 102 216 x 165 88 83 25 IN 159 194 3 143 A1086CHSCFG 10.00x 8.00 x 6,00 Screw AIOPS A1OP8AL 8.75x6.88 10.94x6.00 10.50x850 SAS 4.94 1.31 6.2S US 9.61 0.12 7.61 254 x 203 x 1S2 Cover 222 x 175 278 x 152 267 x 216 138 125 33 159 210 244 3 193 A1086CHQRFO 10.00 x 8.00 x 6.00 Quick AIOP8 AIOP8AL 8.75x6.88 10.94x6.00 10.50z8.50 5.45 4.94 131 6.25 8.25 9.61 0.12 7.61 254z 203 x 152 Release 222 x 175 279 x 152 267 x 216 138 125 33 159 210 244 3 193 A12106CHSCF6 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 Screw Al2PIO Al2PICAL 10.75x8.88 12.94x8.00 12.50x10.50 SAS 4.69 156 8.25 10.25 11.58 0.12 9.58 305 x 254 x 152 Cover 273•x 226 324 x 203 318 x I67 138 119 40 210 260 294 3 243 A12106CHQRFG 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 Quick Al2PIO Al2P1OAL 10.7Sx8.88 12.94x8.00 12.50x10.50 SAS 4.69 1.56 8.25 10.25 11.58 0.12 938 305 x 254z 152 Release 273 x 226 329 x 203 318 x 267 138 119 40 210 260 294 3 243 A14128CHSCFG 14. DO x 12.00 x 8.00 Screw A14P12 A1072AL 12.75x10.88 14.94xMOO 14.55x12.55 7.45 6.50 1.81 10.2-1 12.25 13.59 US II.S9 356 x 305 x 203 Cover 324 x 216 379 x 154 370 x 319 189 165 46 260 311 345 4 294 A14118CHQRFG 14.0Ox12.00x8.00 Quick A14P12 A141`12AL U-75x10.88 14.94x10.00 14.55z12.55 7.45 6.50 1.81 10.25 1I.25 1339 0.15 11.59 356x305x203 Release 324x276 379x254 370z319 189 165 46 260 311 345 4 294 A16148CHSCFG 16.00 x 14.00 x DO Screw A161`14 A16P14AL 14.75x12.88 16.94x12.00 16.55x14.55 7.45 6.23 2.08 11.25 14.1S 15.S6 0.15 13,56 406 x 356 x 203 Craver 375 x 327 430 x 305 420 x 370 189 158 53 311 362 395 4 344 A16148CHQRFG 16.00 x 14.00 x &00 Quick A76P14 A16PI4AL 14.75x12.89 16.94x12.00 16.55x1435 7.45 6.23 2.08 12.25 14.25 15.56 0.15 13.56 406x356x203 Release 375x327 430z305 420x370 189 158 53 311 362 395 4 344 A181610(HSCFG 18.00x16.00x10,00 Screw A181`16 AISP16AL 16.75x14.88 18.94x14.00 18.58x16.58 9.45 7.66 2.66 14.25 16.25 1753 0.16 15.53 457 x 406 x 254 Cover 42S x 318 481 x 3S6 472 x 121 140 195 68 362 413 445 4 394 A181610CHQRFG 18.00 x 16,00 x 10.00 Quick A18P16 AlSP16AL 16.75x14.88 18.94x14.00 18.58x1658 9.45 7.66 2.66 14.25 16.25 17.53 0.16 15.53 457x406x254 Release 425x378 431x356 472x•121 240 195 68 362 413 445 4 394 Purchase panels seaarately.Optional stainless steel, aluminum, conductive and composite material panels available for most sizes- Stapdafd-4Dd-L4clmWindow4Gver-- ----------_ Steel Alum. OxE GxH LxW F J K M N 0 P Q T AxB%Cin./mm Tvne Panel Panel mJmm In./min In./mm In./mm In./mm InJmm InJmm InJmm In./mm In./min In./min It 152 x 1521x•102 Cover 124x 124 176 x 102 165 x 16S 38 83 A664CHORFGW 6.00x6.00x4.00,,' Quick A61`6 A6P6AL 4.88x4.88 6.94z4.O0 6.50x6.50 3.45 3.25 152 x 152 x 102 "Release 124x 124 176 x 102 165 x 165 88 83 A864CHSCFGW 8.00,x6.00x4.00 ScreW-ASP6 AMAL 6.75x4.88 8.94x4.00 8,50x6.50 3.45 3.25 203x152x102 Cover 171x124 227x102 216x165 88 83 A864CHQRFGW 8.00x6.00z4.00 Quick ABP6 AMAL 6.75x4.88 8.94x4.00 8.5Ox6.50 3.45 3.25 203x152x102 Release �R171x124 227x102 216x165 88 83 A1086CHSCFGW 10.00 x 8.00 x 6.00 Screw A10PB A10PSAL IlAk6�88 10.94x6.00 1O.SOx8.50 5.45 4.94 254x203x152 Cover 222x17S --278x152 267x216 13825 A1086CHQRFGW 10.00x 8.00 x 6.00 Quick AlOPS AIOPSAL 8.75x6.88 1i:Nxy,00 10.50x8.50 4.94 254x203x152 Release 222x175 f5 278x152�267x216,,,0138 125 A12106CHSCFGW 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 Screw ATIP10 A121`10AL 103Sx3.88 12.94x8.00 i 0.50 SAS 4.69 305x254xl52 Cover 273x226 329x203 18x267' -.138 119 A12106(HQRFGW 12.00 x 10.00 x 6.00 Quick Al2PIO Al2FIGAL 10.75x8.88 124M.00 12.50x10.50 5,45..�4.69 305x254x152 Release 6 2 273x229x203 318x267 138 °119 A14128(HSCFGW 14.00 x 12.00 x 8.00 Sarw A14P12 A14P12AL 12. .88 14.94x10.00 14.55x12.55 7.45 6.50 356x305z203 Cover > 4x276 379x254 370x319 189 165 A14128CHQRF6W 14.00x12.00x8.00 Quick A14P11 14P12AL 12.75x10.88 14.94x10.00 14.55x1255 7.45 6.50 356x305z203 Release 324x276 379x254 370x319 189 165 A16148(HSCFGW 16.00 x 14. DO x 8.00 Screw �'16P14 A16P14AL 14.75x12.89 16.94x12.00 16.S5x14.55 745 6.23 406 x 3S6 z 203 er 375 x 327 430 x 305 420 x 370 189 158 A16148CHQRFGW 16.00x14.003&.OD Quick A16P14 A16P14AL 14.75x12.88 16,94x12.00 16.55x14.55 7.45 6,23 406 x 356%3 Release 375 x 327 430 x 30S 420 x 370 189 IS8 A181610CHSCFGW�.1810'x 16.00 x 10.00 Screw AISP16 AISP16AL 16.75 x 14.38 18.94 x 14.00 IS.58 x 16.58 US 7.66 457 x 406 x 254 Cover - 425 x 378 481 x 356 472 x 421 240 195 A1816JOCHQRFGVI 18.00x16.00x10.00 Quick A18P16 AISP16AL 16.75x14.88 18.94x14.00 18.58x16.58 9.45 7.66 sue' 457x406x254 Release 425x378 481x356 472x421 240 195 Purchase panels separately. Optional stainless steel, aluminum, conductive and composite material panels available for most sizes 25 IN 108 108 1081,' 143 3 143 1.00 4.25 4.25 4.25 �A.. 5.64 0.12 5.64 15 108 108 1W 108 143 3 143 1.00 6.25 4. 25_4.25 6.25 7.64 0.12 5.64 25 159 �.e�109 109 159 194 3 143 1.00 6_2 ' 4.25 4.25 6.25 7.64 0,12 5.64 25 159 108 108 159 194 3 143 1 8.25 6.25 6.25 8.25 9.61 0.12 7.61 33 210 159 159 210 244 3 193 1.31 8.25 65 6.25 815 9.61 0.12 7.61 33 210 159 159 210 244 3 193 1.56 10.25 815 8.25 10.25 11.58 0.12 9.58 40 260 210 210 260 294 3 243 156 10.25 8.25 8.25 10.25 1158 0.12 9.58 40 260 210 210 260 294 3 243 1.81 12.25 10.25 10.25 12.25 13.59 0.15 11.59 46`, 311 260 260 311 34S 4 294 1.91 12.25 10.25 102S 12.25 13.59 0.15 11.59 46 311 '260 260 311 345 4 294 2.08 14.25 12.25- 12.25 14.25 15.56 0.15 13.56 53 362 311 311 , 362 395 4 344 2.03 14.25 12.25 12.25 -L425 15.56 0.15 13.56 53 362 311 311 362 �,395 4 344 2.66 16.25 14.25 14.I5 16.25 173J, .,0J6 15.53 68 413 362 362 413 445 `4. 394 2.66 16.25 14.25 14.25 16.25 1753 0.16 -11k.53 68 413 362 362 413 44S 4 394" 2 Subject to change without notice PH (763) 422-2211 • FX (763) 422-2600 • hoPfmanonline.com d 2009 Hoffman Enclosures Inc. Spec-00399 B Identoline® Underground Warning Tape Identoline' Underground Warning Tape is buried 12" to 18" below ground level. Digging crews receive warning of buried lines and cables, allowing a margin of safety between the tape and the buried line. Detectable Identoline® Warning Tape M11 SEVV -, st r MMMIIRR�t }t� B ME 6 • Made of heavy-duty B-720 polyethylene material • Resists acid, alkalis and other soil substances • Tape is 4.0 mil. thick with a tough tensile strength of 1750 psi • Easily identified - APWA (American Public Works Association) color coding • Overcoated graphics provide long-lasting legibility and hold color values • Economical - compared to the cost of line damage, Identolineo tape is cost-effective for use over the entire length of the line • Available in seven utility classes in corresponding APWA colors • Roll size: 6" x 1,000 ft. • Standard package: one roll Class Color W X L Nuri1 Qrr Cable IV. Orange 6" x 1000 ft. 63T Reclaimed Water Purple 6" x 1A00 iF _ 63050 Gas Yellow 6" x 1,000 ft. 91294 Electric' Red 3" x 1000 ft. 91295 ,Electric Red 6" x 1,000 @. 91296 Telephone Orange 6" x 1000 fL 91297 Water Blue 6" x 1,000 ft. 91298 Sewer Green 6" x 1.000 ft 91299 • Made of tough B-721 metal detectable polyester material • Subsurface graphics seal the legend from acids, alkalis and other soil substances • Easily identified - sharply printed legend on APWA color -coded background • OSHA approved - meets OSHA regulation 1926.956(c)(1) covering location or underground utility lines • Cost-effective - delectability feature minimizes line locating time and needless digging expenses. Utility/contractor liability is reduced and expensive line damage is averted • Easily installed - may be manually or automatically installed • Available in five utility classes in corresponding APWA colors • Foil is 4.5 mils • Roll size: 2" x 1,000 ft. • Standard package: one roll - Subsurface Printed Polyester ► Ce�►��a ��R��® Aluminum Fail Core o. Polyester Underiaminate ► — Detectable Identoline' tape minimizes time — spent locating buried lines thus reducing field costs. The tape is buried 4" to 6" below the Utility Class APWA color size W x L Catalog Number surface for maximum detectability. Gas Yellow 2" x 1,000 ft. 91600 r:.. Electric Red 2" x 1.000 ft. 91601 Water Blue 2" x 1,000 ft. 91603 Sewer Green 2"x 1,000 ft. 91604 Fiber Optic Orange 2" x 1,000 ft. 91606 BR—DY WHEN PERFORMANCE MATTERS MOST" �N Cry TM JR A! 600 Vol'.. Copper Conductor. Crc.-Linked Polyethylene (Xt P) Insulation. High -Heat and Moisture Resistant. SIN? Technology®for easier pvUing SiS Rated in sizes 14-8 AINC, APPLICATIG'1NS Southwire Type SlMpull XHHW-2 conductors are primarily used in conduit or other recognized raceways for services, feeders, and branch circuit wiring, as specified in the National Electrical Code. SlMpull XHHW-2 conductors may be used in wet or dry locations at temperatures not to exceed 900 C. Voltage rating for XHHW-2 conductors is 600 volts. Suitable for use in anesthetizing locations per article 517.160 of the NEC where a dielectric constant of 3.5 or less is required. This cable can be installed without the need for pulling lubricant. SPECIFI ATIONS Southwire Type SlMpull XHHW-2 conductors meet or exceed the following: • UL Standard 44 • ASTM B3 and B8 • Federal Specification A-A-59544 • Requirements of the National Electrical Code • ICEA S-95-658 NEMA WC 70 construction requirements • IEEE 1202 70,000 BTU Flame Test • CSA FT-4 Flame Test CONSTRUIC-T ION Southwire Type SlMpull XHHW-2 copper conductors are annealed (soft) copper. Insulation is an abrasion, moisture, and heat resistant cross -linked polyethylene (XLP). Conductor sizes 8 and larger are marked sunlight resistant and colors available. Sizes 1/0 - 1000 kcmil are CT rated. Southwirer''' oLub►e " one Southwire Drive Carrollton. Ga. 30119 USA MADE [• Copyright 2010, Southwlre ComPCK) any. greenoSpec All RIgMs 11-vod. IN - THE RoHS Compliant "Soudvvlre Is a registered trademark USAof Southwire Company. Mon Aug 16 16:18:53 EDT 2010 Page 1 of 2 12 POWER TRANSFER SERIES -METERED & UNMETERED LBAN Ka CP3B "Power Transfer" Series CP3B "Power Transfer" Series— Metered 103W 120/240 volt thru 304W 277/480 volt Typical applications: Traffic intersections, Cell sites, Phone company broadband service, Cable TV, Pump and Lift stations requiring utility power with back up generator power E. The Milbank Commercial Pedestal "Power Transfer Series" provides metered AC power, distribution, surge suppression, mechanical interlock and stand by generator receptacle. All electrical equipment including the generator receptacle is built inside the pedestal, giving it a clean appearance and making it extremely vandal resistant. Features & Options: IN* )40y,. 304W ratinnas '�► E*mt"-fat EUSERC ring types meter sockets �► 60 amps thru 400 amp ratings - t oa A+w P �► I OK AIC up to 50K AIC ratings �► UL Listed 508A, NEMA :3R rated •+ Pad lockable, isolated utility compartments r.► �► Lockable recessed generator receptacle door r► �► All stainless steel hardware �► Galvanized steel, t� .�z.-'_.... cabinet options �� . . r► Custom designs available CP3B "Power Transfer" Series — Unmete The Milbank Commercial Pedestal "Power Transi errics" pro- vides non metered AC power, distribution rge suppression, t mechanical interlock and stand-by ger tor receptacle - all in r a neat, compact pedestal. A _ Features & Optio .® �1* I20/240v W thru 277/480v 304W ratings { r+ 60 ips thru 400 amp ratings AIC up to 50K AIC ratings 5 - r► UL list E . 8A, NEMA 3R rated �► Pad lockable, is ted utility compartments _- law 20 amp GFI convey en eceptacle r► Utility and generator indicator i t options �► All stainless steel hardware �► Galvanized steel, aluminum or stainless stee inet options lm► Custom designs available Utility requirements for this equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility before ordering or installing equipment in OIhA catalog. � 12 NORTH-- ;CF COAST ELF CT R C CO NI PANY 2424 - 8TH AVENUE S. P.O. BOX 80566 (98108) SEATTLE WA 98134-2005 206-436-4444 Fax 206-621-9156 809 Quotation 11/29/10 IS3708640 ORDER 16: 110 NORTH COAST ELECTRIC 2424 - 9TH AVENUE 9. P.O. BOY 60566 (9010E) 9EATTLE WA 90134-2005 QUOTE TO: SHIP TO: ASHFORD ELECTRIC & CONST ASHFORD ELECTRIC 909 KIRKLAND AVE. 909 KIRKLAND AVE KIRKLAND, WA 98033 KIRKLAND, WA 98033 John Heather I of 3 Andy Younq ICUSTMRINWC INet I No lea MILB CP-24PDMNT-CALT PDSTL MNTNG BS lea LOT MILBANK METER SOCKETS Notes: CP3B11615BDGSP- 1611W x 17"D x 4811H 240/120V 3PH 4W 200AMP 7JAW RING TYPE METER SKT W/ TEST BYPASS INTERLOCK FOR MAIN C/B AND GEN C/B 100AMP 3P MAIN C/B-IOKAIC 100AMP 3P C/B-GENERATOR RECEPTACLE STEEL CONSTRUCTION PAINTED DARK GREEN l j�cr-r-0 2 .-'Our Insulgnp Wiring Devices 30, 60, 100 and 200 Amp Pin and Sleeve Devices Plugs and Connectors • UL listed for maximum safety and flexible interchangeability with all A standard UL1686 C1 manufactured devices ` Maintains UL Type 4X seal with gasketed covers and neoprene sealing glands for maximum reliability • Thermoplastic housing provides insulation and impact, corrosion and UV resistance for the roughest environments i� Larger terminal holes and anti - vibration box terminals ensures easy, secure and reliable connections • Powerful mechanical cord grip prevents slippage and strain on terminations Receptacles • Spring loaded gasketed cover for maintaining maximum reliability and protection when not in use • Hands -free lid -stay allows cover . to stay open for easier mating, „ troubleshooting or maintenance • Heavy duty cast aluminum, epoxy coated body and cover Isk sleeve devices are tough and durable plications and harsh environments. ,i114i, - 4W . ,k- Designed to provide metallic shrouding where you want it al d a non n letall(c housing where LLneed it. ` Ordering U. SP' Information Style I- Grounding is achieved through the metallic shroud Style II- Grounding is achieved by dedicated ground pin and sleeve of the device conta., nd hrough the metallic shroud of the device Maxi Vox Voltage Max. a41 L 4r A— PnI..AAA— P.'on+.'lo. PI„n r:nnn.rt}nr Parton+.'(. PI,- f:nnn.'}nr 30A 2P3W f HBL330RSiW HBL330PSiW HBL330CS1W HBL330RS2W HBL330PS2W HBL330CS2W 3P4W �1 HBL430RS1W HBL43OPSlW HBL430CSlW HBL430RS2W HBL430PS2W HBL430CS2W 4P5W HBL530RSiW HBL530PS1W HBL530CS1W — — — MOA 2P3W f ` HBL36ORSIW HBL360PSlW HBL360CSlW (� HBL360RS2W BL36OPS2AfNHBL360CS2W 3P41N HBL460RSIW ' HBL460PSIW HBL460CSlW ;'fie HBL460RS2W HBL460PS2W HBL460CS2W 4P5W HBL56ORSlW HBL56OPSIW HBL560CSlW — — — • 1xxA2P3Yv +` HBL310ORSlW HBL310OPSIW HBL3100CSIW q• HBL3100RS2W HBL3100PS2W HBL3100CS2W 3P4YV o HBL4100RS1W HBL410OPSlW HBL4100CSIW HBL4100RS2W HBL4100PS2W HBL4100CS2W • •. 4P5W .o: HBL5100RS1W .s HBL510OPSlW HBL5100CS1W — — — 200A 2P 3W — — —',, HBL3200RS2W HBL3200PS2W HBL3200CS2W 3P4W o` HBL420QRSiW HBL4200PSiW HBL4200CS1W ; i HBL4200RS2W HBL4200PS2W HBL4200CS2W 4P 5W eaHBL520ORSIW HBL520OPSlW •• HBL5200CSIW — — — e 10 ('4uBBELL Wiring Device-Kellems For complete listing of Hubbell Products see our full line catalog. www.hubbell-wiring.com / for T . z - r _ — �• .ate►_ .1t.i .y:+,__. � _ - - _...._ Mini -Quick Control Connectors Mini -Quick Control Connectors are a line of environmentally protected, industrial circular connec- tors typically used for the installation and quick disconnect of solenoid valves, photo eyes, limit switches and 18 and 30 mm proximity switches. The electrical and environmental ratings of Mini - Quick connectors also make them well suited for use with outdoor lighting as well as other com- mercial applications requiring circular disconnect cable assemblies. Hubbell's Mini -Quick line features: • UL Listed connectors with UL Type 4, 4X,12 and 13 environmental ratings. • Nickel plated brass coupling nuts designed with an anti -vibration feature provide a secure connection that is resistant to corrosion and water. • Gold over palladium nickel contact plating for superior conductivity and extended contact life. • Sleeved, leaded nickel copper socket contacts maintain their shape and continuity over time. This highly durable line of connectors ensures extended product life resulting in decreased down- time and labor costs. Hubbell offers you a complete Mini -Quick product line with straight and right angle molded -on plugs and pre -wired receptacles available in 2 through 12 pole configurations with a variety of cable types and lengths. If you know the product you need, save time and go directly to the Mini - Quick Hubbell Logic ordering chart to build your catalog number. Hubbell will provide the product you want, when you need it. G-2 CMU66EL� Wirfng Device-Keltems w.v .hubbell- ringxom Dimensions in Inches (mm) Mini -Quick® Control Connectors Features and Benefits Gated Strain Relief with Graduated Window Sizes - Improved flexibility and strength protects wire terminations; Hard Gold Over Palladium Nickel Contact Plating - Superior conductivity, extended contact life. O-Rings- Moisture protection. Anti -Vibration Coupling Nut - Prevents coupling nut from loosening under harsh vibration conditions. Indicator Ring Ensures proper mating_ Leaded Nickel Copper Sleeved Contact - Extended contact life and continuity. Features • Nickel plated brass coupling mats and receptacle shells. • Black overmold and cable. • Insulgrip connector body design. • UL Listed cable assemblies and receptacles. Benefits • Plating resistes corrosion in high abuse environments • Cable assembly resists dirt and blends with environment giving a clean look to the installation • Ergonomic connector body has an industrial look. • Third party certified for electrical, mechanical and environmental performance. Material Specifications _ Insulator Materials Nylon 6/6, White Cable #16 AWG STOOW - PVC jacket. Black. PVC conductor insulation, Contact Materials Pins - Brass. Sockets Stranding - 65/34 Leaded nickel copper w/ stainless steel sleeve #16 AWG SEOOW - TPE jacket, Black, PVC conductor insulation, Contact Plating Hard gold over palladium/nickel Stranding - 65134 Overmold Material Polyurethane, Black #18 AWG STOOW - PVC jacket, Black, PVC conductor insulation, Coupling Nut, Metallic Nickel plated brass Stranding - 41/34 Coupling Nut, Nylon Nylon 6i6, Black #18 AWM2661 - PVC jacket Black PVC conductor insulation: Receptacle Shelf Nickel plated brass Stranding - 41/34 Receptacle Shell, Nylon Nylon 6i6, Black Strain Relief #16 AWG & #18 AWG - 30 pounds min per UL2238 Receptacle Shell, Right Angle Nickel plated zinc alloy die cast Electrical Specifications. �tv ffi Voltage Rating 600VDC1600VAC. Amperage #16 AWG - 2&3P=15A, 4P=12A, 5&6P=10A 7P=10A,8&9P=9A.10&12P=8A #18 AWG - 2&3P=11A, 4P=8A, 5&6P=7A Contact Resistance <_ 5 MCI Isolation Resistance 2 1000 M51 Certifications UL 2238 and UL50, File No. E192071. CSA Certified, C22.2 No. 182.3 and CSA C22.2 No. 94. Environmental Specifications Moisture Protection UL Type 4.4X 12 and 13. Ingress Protection IP67 Operating Temperature STOOW & AWM2661 cables: -20°C to 105` C. SEOOW cable -40`C to 105' C. Corrosion Resistance 500 tours salt spray per MILSTD-1344, Method 1001 Vibration Resistance 10 - 2,000 Hz @15g per MILSTO-1344, Mtkhod 2005. Dimensions in Inches (mm) v .hubbell-wiring.— 04'- -i'LL Wiring D'evice•Kalloms G-3 11� Mini -Quick® Control Connectors 2 - 6 Pole Receptacles Choose the appropriate configuration from the selector below. Hubbell Logic Configurator For example, catalog number HBMS05501 is derived as follows. - DEVICE SHELL BODY CONDUCTOR LEAD WIRE TYPE MATERIAL STYLE POLES TYPE LENGTH(ft) HR = Receptacle, M = Metallic A = Right Angle-k 02 5 = #16 AWG Discrete Wire 01' Female N = Nylon S = Straight 03 6 = #18 AWG IEC Discrete Wire ** HS = Receptacle, F = Flange 04 (IEC colors) ¢ Male Mount-K 05 06 t` Standard Length A metallic only ♦ 3 - 5 Pole Only Replaceyw / length y HB M S 05 5 01 Availability of specific items may vary. Consult factory for delivery. Use this chart to build receptacles to meet any application need. Consult the factory for additional wire lengths or wire types. 226 Pole Receptacles #16 AWG Discrete Wire* Female Receptacle Male Receptacle Poles Vale face Shown Femae-mrto ..�._-.�_.-.s_ .�._...�..,.�.� ...__�- Right Flan e _ Right Flange image Straight Nylon Angle Mount Straight Nylon Angle Mount 2 D OO HRMS02501 HRNS02501 HRMA02501 HRMF02501 HBMS02501 HBNS02501 HBMA02501 HBMF02501 �3 O O HRMS03501 HRNS03501 HRMA03501 HRMF03501 HBMS03501 HBNS03501 HBMA03501 HBMF03501 4 4 +O +O O a0 HRMSO4501 HRNSO4501 HRMA04501 HRMF04501 HBMSO4501 HBNSO4501 HBMA04501 HBMF04501 5 D HRMS05501 HRNS05501 HRMA05501 HRMFO5501 HBMS05501 HBNS05501 HBMA05501 HBMFO550 - -_ 6 ?O OO HRMS06501 HRNS06501 HRMA06501 HRMFO6501 HBMS06501 HBNS06501 HBMA06501 HBMF06501 \ C— For #18 AWG IEC discrete wire, Grange the conductor type using the Hubbell Logic chart above �s-r'- I. G-6 ; NUBBEL L) Wfring Davica•Kullems wvnv.hubbeN-wirtng.com Dimensions in Inches (mm) Mini -Quick® Control Connectors 2 - 6 Pole Receptacles Straight Receptacles _ A _ B - C - D- {F'- 112. Wr T. MALE FEMALE A 1.1429.0 1.14 2(9.0) B 1.11 28.2 1.11 28.2 C 0.44 11.2 0.44 11.2 D 12.0 304.8 12.0 304.8 F 0.88 22.4 0,83 22.4 G 1 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 'IEC receptacle has PG13.5 rear thread MALE FEMALE A 1.1429.0 1.142(9.0) B 1.76 44.7 1.76 44.7 C 0.25 6.4 0.25 6.4 D 12.0 304.8 12.0 304.8 E 0.97 24.6 0.97 24.6 F 0.83 21.8 0.83 21.8 G 1.36 34.5 1.36 34.5 H 1.26 (32.0) 1 126 (32.0) Color Code By Wire Type #16 AWG Receptacles Contact Number 2 3 Pole Pole 4 Pole 5 Pole 6 Pole 1 White Green Black White _ White 2 Black Black White Red Red 3 White Red Green Green 4 Green Orange Orange 5 Black Black 6 Blue #18 AWG Receptacles Contact Number 3 4 Pole Pole 5 Pole 1 YellowlGreen Blactc Black _ 2 Brown Blue Blue 3 Blue Brown Yellow/Green 4 _ 5 White V Brown White Flange Mount Receptacles - A A G -G -B-.- r F 7/8 - 16 UN Threm --' . D .._.. _. MALE FEMALE A 1.25 31.75 1.25 31.75 B 1.11 28.19 111 28.19 C 0.44 11.18 0.44 (11.18) D 12.0 304.8) 12.0 304.8 F 0.75 19.05 0.75 (19.05) 8 0.86 21 .8341 tG1,86 045 11 0.024 ) ACCESSORIES Closure caps protect plugs and receptacles when not in use Shelf size is 1, and the thread is 7/8-16 UN. Description Catalog No. Closure Cap HPCAP1 s•oo' 52 4) � o.W 04.2) I� 1" (25.4) 1 Closure Cap HRCAP1 6.OW '�- slsz.a�� 0 58" 14.7) F(25.4) 1^ -� AU dimensions are shown in inches (min) Dimensions In Inches (Inm) www.hubbell-wMng.can HU6�ELl.) VtFrin4 Oevicu•Kultems G-7 Mini -Quick® Field Attachable Connectors - Screw Terminal Style Precision Wire Funnels - Body - Brass Coupling Nut - Eliminate Stray Strands. High -impact` Nickel Plated. Insulgrip Design. Patented Gotchae Ring - Strain Relief Design to Prevent Wire Damage. Set Screw - Standard 1/16" Hex for Circuit ID label. Easy Terminations. Superior Contact Design - Utilizing High Performance Material: Gold Over Palladium Nickel Plating. mage Or OO 0 (D O O Body Cable Range -------------- .20"-.27" (5.1-6.9) HCMS03FAl HCMSO4FA1 HCMS05FA1 Straight .25"-.38" (6.4-9.7) HCMS03FA2 HCMSO4FA2 HCMS05FA2 Female ,38"-.50" (9.7-12.7) HCMS03FA3 HCMSO4FA3 HCMS05FA3 .20"-.27" (5.1-6.9) HCMA03FA1 HCMA04FA1 HCMA05FA1 Right Angle .25"-.31" (6.4-9.7) HCMA03FA2 HCMA04FA2 HCMA05FA2 .25"-.31" (9.7-12.7) HCMA03FA3 HCMA04FA3 HCMA05FA3 .14%,27" (5A-6.9) HIMS03FA1 HIMSO4FA1 HIMS05FA1 Male Straight .25"-.38" (6.4-9.7) HIMS03FA2 HIMSO4FA2 HIMS05FA2 In -Line ,38"-.50" (9.7-12.7) HIMS03FA3 HIMSO4FA3 HIMS05FA3 20"-.27" (5.1-6.9) HIMA03FAl HIMA04FA1 HIMA05FAl Right Angle 25"-.38" (6.4-9.7) HIMA03FA2 HIMA04FA2 HIMA05FA2 .38"-.50" (9.7-12.7) HIMA03FA3 HIMA04FA3 HIMA05FA3 Straight 20"-.27" (5.1-6.9) .25"-.38" (6.4-9.7) HPMS03FA1 HPMS03FA2 PMSO4FAl 4FA2 HPMS05FAl HPMS05FA2_ Male .38"-.50" (9.7-12.7) HPMS03FA3 MSO4FA3 HPMS05FA3 .20"-.27" (5.1-6.9) j HPMA03FA1 HPMA04FA1 HPMA05FAl Right Angle .25"-.38" (6.4-91) HPMA03FA2 HPMA04FA2 HPMA05FA2 38"-.50" 9.7-12.7 HPMA03FA3 HPMA04FA3 HPMA05FA3 Material Specifications Non -Metallic Materials PBT, Nylon 6/6 2.34" '-159.,I El FA1=1.9'. aRWA, (50.5) F= 2 22" A2 (56.4) FA32.82' =(71 A) Female, Right Angle Male, Right Angle I (s 2.1.5)42' [(27 FA1=1,99- .9). (50.5) FA2= 2.22" (56.4) 2.82' FA3= (71.6) Male In -Line, Right Angle FA1 _ 09, Contact Materials Pins -Brass, Sockets -Leaded nickel copper w/stainless steel sleeve (78.5) Contact Plating Hard gold over palladium/nickel FA2= 3.64 Coupling Nut -Nickel plated b brass FA3= 3•46` Gotcha -rings Nylon 616, Natural, yellow _, blue and black (87,9) Bushings Rubber, Black 1.107.9) • r2't._ Set Screw Zinc plated steel Female, Straight Electrical Specifications Mate, Straigh Voltage Rating 600V AC/DC Wire Range 16AWG max, 18 AWG min. Cable Diameters FA1=.20`-.27". FA2= 25-.31", FA3=.38"-.50" FAt=3.1 s Amperage #16 AWG- 3p=15A, 4p=12A, 5p=10A d18 AWG-3p=11A. 4p=8A, 5p=7A FA2=� 9 7) Contact Resistance <5 nt_r1 3 71' Isolation Resistance >1000 MO gFA3(94.2) Male In -Line, Straight Environmental Specifications Moisture Resistance UL Type 4, 4X, 12 and 13, IP67 Operating Temperature -20°C to 105°C Corrosion Resistance 500 hours salt spray per MIL-STD-1344, Method 1001 Vibration Resistance 10-2,000 Hz @ 15g per MIL-STD-1344. Method 2005 G-14 Wlrin9 Davice Kellems wwv hubbell-wiring.com Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2P ENR Dead Front Interlocked Ci. I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups B*,C,D Explosionproof Circuit Breakin Rece tacles Ci. li, Div. & 2, Groups F,G Raintight 9 p CI. III wet Locations ENP Plugs General Purpose (For US NEC NEMA 3,7BCD,9FG,12 Dust-Ignitionproof Applications)- Ark -Gard 2; Factory Sealed ENR single gang dead end assembly Receptacle Rating Description Dead End 20 amp, 125 volt Through Feed 20 amp, 250 volt s y jr ENR single gang dead end assembly with spring door open ENR two gang dead end assembly Single Gang Two Gang Receptacle Receptacle Hub Assembly Assmebly Size Cat. # t Cat. # t 'h ENR11201 ENR12201 3/4 ENR21201 ENR22201 1 ENR31201 ENR32201 / ENRC11201 ENRC122C1 �a ENRC21201 ENRC22201 1 ENRC31201 ENRC32201 ENR receptacle only, with spring door open Receptacle Unit Only NEMA Cat. # Config. �r i ems, ENR two gang dead end assembly with one spring door open ENP plug { 15 Amp 20 Amp Plug NEMA Plug NEMA Cat. # Config. Cat. # Config. ENR5201 ENP5151 ENP5201 5-20R 5-15P 5-20P h ENR11202 ENR12202 Dead End 3/4 1 ENR21202 ENR31202 ENR22202 ENR32202 ENR6202 6-20R !.2 ENRC11202 ENRC12202 Through Feed e/4 ENRC21202 ENRC22202 1 ENRC31202 ENRC32202 1 r ENP6152 �� ENP6202 (\=' 6-15P 6-20P * Single gang receptacles purchased as a complete assembly with EDS back box are suitable for Class I, Group 8 usage. Two gang receptacles can be modified for Class I, Group B usage. Add the letter B to Cat. No. Example: ENR822201. Seals must be installed within IVY'of each conduit opening. Receptacle units only (is. ENR5201) are not suitable for Class I, Group B. t;th Feraloy' Iron Alloy EDS, EDSC back boxes. 1008 US: 1-866-764-5454 CAN: 1-800-265-0502 Copyright` 2006 Cooper Crouse -Hinds C0000 PER Crouse -Hinds Marine Products 20 Ampere, 125 Volt AC Straight Blade Devices 2 Pole 3 Wire J1W 20A 125V A ua 1 cv _� fn& G Straight Blade Devices "erUcsA n t uucsa Description Catalog Numbers�rn_. y Yellow Insulgrip® plug has rugged nylon housing and detachable cord HBL53CM66C grip with range of .23-.72 In. (5.8-18.3) that utilizes unique offset Jaws HBL53CM66C arrangement to provide secure strain relief. IP20 surrABIUTV, Yellow Insulgrip connector body has rugged nylon housing and cord MBL53CM69C grip with range of .23-.72 In. (5.8-18.3) that utilizes unique offset laws arrangement for secure strain relief. IP20 suimeiuTV, Yellow Seal-Titee cover for weatherproofing straight blade Insulgrip HBL60CM18+ M connector bodies, HBL52CM890 and H131-63CM69C, on extension V { cords and adapters. IP55 surmauTv, Note: For Insulgripdevlees only. Yellow closure plug used with HBL60CM18 long Seal-Tite cover to HBL60CM19+ prevent water from enterng front of device when not in use. IP55 sulTAerurv. Yellow Seal-Tlte cover for weatherproofing straight blade Insulgrip, plugs, HBL60CM17+ HBL52CM66C and HBL53CM66C, when used to mate receptacles and connector bodies. Can also be used with Insulgrip connector bodies when mating with flanged Inlets. IP55 surrAsiLrry. Note: For Insulgrip devices only. Yellow duplex receptacle has Rynitee body. Receptacle accepts both 20A HBL53CM62 125V and 15A 125V 2 pole 3 wire straight blade plugs. IP20 sutTABILM. WME •.... w, 11—wvw,uc uupwr yeuuw recepiaele. Irzu suirABluTv. H131-53CM61 Compact gray nylon panel mount outlet ideal for electric trolling motors HBL61 CM65 and reel applications. Features gaskated spring -loaded lift cover for weatherproofing front and neoprene boot for weatherproofing rear. Accepts both 20A 125V and 15A 125V 2 pole 3 wire straight blade plugs. IP-55 surrmiuTY. Yellow polycarbonate spring -loaded lift cover for weatherproofing HBL52CM21 duplex receptacles. Stainless steel screws and neoprene gasket included for mounting to FS/FD type weatherproof boxes. IP20 surrABILRY. Not CSA. Same as HBL52CM21 except white in color, HBL52CM21 W Same as HBL52CM21 except gray In color. HBL6221 Same as HBL52CM21 except for mounting to standard boxes. HBL52CM22 Some as HBL52CM22 except gray in color. }IBLSM Yellow pofycarbonate spring -loaded lift cover for weatherproofing 14BL74CM23WO single straight blade receptacles. Stainless steel screws and neoprene gasket included. For mounting to FS/FD type weatherproof boxes. IP44 surmsiuTr. Not CSA. Same as HBL74CM23WO except gray in color. HBL742SWO Note: + Boots are not UL listed HBL52CM21 HEL74C M23 WO Rynftel is a registered trademark of E. L DuPont. HBL61CM65 HOLSSCM69C ME � � �M A HBL60CM18 HBL60CM19 Rom' n I MBL60CM17 ` 11 7 FBL53CM62 HBL53CM61 Dimensions In Inches (rt'Im) www.hubbell.wlrinij.com �MLISOLLL FWiring Davles-Ketrems 35 Marine Products clusrD Boatyard Accessory Items Marine Grade Outlet Box Hoods I P66 NPROVED , ✓ 9ATAMUTY E s101 o onq. DESIGN Marine Grade Outlet Box Hoods Description Color Mounting Catalog Numbers Standard Cover, 1-Gang, Gray Horizontal RW67500 For Duplex, GFCI, Toggle and Single Receptacles, or Vertical Diameter 1.34, 1.40, 1.60, 1.72, 2.03 and 2.15 inch Deep Cover, 1-Gang, Gray Horizontal RW57600 For Duplex, GFCI, Toggle and Single Receptacles, or Vertical Diameter 1.34, 1.40, 1.60, 1.72, 2.03 and 2.15 inch l ' i[ RW57600 Deep Cover, 2-Gang, Gray Vertical RW57950 For Single Receptacles, Diameter 1.34, 1.40,1.60, 1.72, 2.03 and 2,15 inch h_ Su �+ �a Y RW57950 Nylon Watertight Strain Relief Cord Connectors These Hubbell nylon cord connectors provide strain relief and a watertight seal where cable enters a piece of equipment, panel, or box. A patented GOTCHAvo ring, with a split and hinge design, allows for better adjustment to the cord as the connector nut is tightened, providing superior cord gripping compared to other types. A soft neoprene bushing compresses to keep liquids out and allows the nut to be easily tightened. Description Catalog Numbers A gray male PVC adapter with 3A in. N.P.T. pipe thread for adapting 1-150065 PVC conduit to FS and FD boxes with 34 in. N.P.T. hub (1-181-6080, HBL6085 HBL608008, HBL60CM83). Not UL Listed. Straight nylon cord connector, Yz in. N.P.T. hub size, diameter range HBL10CM228 25-.38 in. (6.4-9.5). Straight nylon cord connector, Yz in. N.P.T, hub size, diameter range HBL10CM238 .36-,50 In. (9.5-12.7). Straight nylon cord connector, 1n. N.P.T. hub size, diameter range HBL10CM368 .38-.50 In. (9.5-12.7). Straight nylon cord connector. 3A in. N.P.T. hub size, diameter range HBL10CM36S i .50-.63 in. Straight nylon cord connector, 34" N.P.T. hub size, diameter range HBL10CM378 .63-.75 tn. (16.9-19.1). Straight nylon cord connector, 1.0 in. N.P.T. hub size, diameter range HBL10CM418 63-.75 in. (15.9-19.1). HBL10 W22S 42 yu MOM KWW096K*J10M3 w w.hubben-wtring.com ofmansforls in tno ws rmm) A ' ` Y Marine Products Switches and Weatherproof Switch Plates 15 and 20 Ampere, 120-277V AC Commercial Series Description Handle Color Catalog Numbers 15A single -pole toggle switch for controlling AC load from one point. Almond CS115AL Brown C8115 Gray CS115GY Ivory ostlsl Light Almond C8115LA Office White C81150W White CS115W 1 SA three-way toggle switch for controlling Almond CS315AL AC load from two points. Brown =15 Gray CS315GY Ivory CS3151 Light Almond C5315LA Office White C83150W White CS315W rvc re: Afl devices above w0i accept locking fork terminal to comply with ABYC standards. Special Application Series Dascription __.__ _ Catalog Numbers 20A 120V toggle switch with neon lamp set in ivory handle. HBLi2211L Handle illuminates when switch is in "OFF' position. ruA Vuv three-way toggle switch with Illuminated ivory handle for HBL12231L controlling AC load from two points. Handle Illuminates when "OFF". 20A 120V single -pole toggle switch with neon lamp set in clear HBL1221PL red handle. Handle illuminates when switch is "ON", Serves as Instant reminder that current is flowing to an appliance. 20A 120V three-way toggle switch for controlling AC load from two HBL122 PPL points. Red handle Illuminates when "ON". Single -pole PresSwltchofor controlling AC load from one point. HBL1231 Switch activated brown button. Same as HBL1281 except Ivory button. REL12811 Three-way PresSwitche for controlling AC load from two points. H81-1283t Switch activated brown button. Same as HBL1283 except Ivory button. HBt1283it Yellow neoprene weatherproof plate for use only with PresSwitches. HBL17CM50t PresSwitch button is activated when bubble is pressed. Not CSA, �®s Clear silicone rubber weatherproof bubble plate for use with all HBL1795 AC toggle switches and PresSwitches. Also Ideal for use with lighted handle toggle switches. Not CSA. Note: Wot UL Listed. Outlet Box Description Cataioo Numbers Plastic switch/receptacle box. HBL6079 Measures 3.281" x 2.188" x 2.501 (83.3 x 55.6 x 83.5) deep. For mounting In walls without studs. A support strap is provided which pulls box tightly against back side of wall. Not CSA. Olmenslam In Inches (mm) k., �1 7 lit,}, HBL128 HBL1283 HBL17CM60 www,hubbell-MMU.—m HUM J wiring Davfce.Kellems y. HBL1705 HBL5079 39 CATALOG NO. GP2A150PMAL1-GP2V,9p TYPE NO, JOB NAME RENTON BEACH LS p GP Flood Series Floodlighting GP2 (Small) ORDERING INFORMATION Catalog Number: Example: GP2A07OPMAL-1 GP 2 SERIES MOUNTfNG SOURCE GP -General A-1/2" Arm NLX r- Purpose SIZE (IP65 & UL) WATTAGE NPF HPS OPTIONS Flood LX- 2-Small 050-50w HX-HPF or See Below 070-70w CWA HPS for 100100w �PMA- Distribution NLX available in 120v only --�150 150w HX•HPF Options 175-175w 1 Pulse Start MH (50w-150w ACCESSORIES GP2GS = Visor GP2WG =Wire Guard GP2VS = Vandal Shield SLW10P= Wall mount adapter to convert GP2 style fixtures. Complete with built-in splice box and knock -out for button photo control TECHNICAL INFORMATION 9.14` 5.85' (232.2mm) (14&5—) 1o.9e' 13.41' (278gmm) (341mm) 't IP65 Rated UL Wet Location Listed Suitable for ground mounting VOLTAGE 1-120V -- 6-120V. 277V B-120-277 OPTIONS L = Lamped BLANK = General Purpose Optics C = Cutoff Optics S = Spot Crescent/Stonco • 2345 Vauxhall Rd. • Union, NJ 07083 • 908-964-7000 • www.stoncolighting.com 10/10 1-19 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS • The GP Flood combines architectural design with on -site versatility and is designed for general purpose floodlighting applications • Applications include security, roadway, area, accent, facade, recreational fields, flagpole, and sign lighting • Reflectors include general purpose, spot and cut-off optics for control of light trespass • IP65 Rated for extra protection against water, dust and debris • One piece die cast aluminum door with clear tempered glass lens is hinged to the die cast aluminum housing for easy maintenance • Extruded silicone rubber gasket for long life • Integral heat sink ensures cool operation • ED17 lamps for pulse start metal halide and 817 lamps for high pressure sodium • Lens screws are captive stainless steel fasteners • Duraplex II dark bronze polyester powder finish is standard and also available in a variety of designer colors • 112" arm with serrated teeth lock arm mount unit into position for walls and ground/flood mounting • Unit can be aimed above or below horizontal • Available with vandal shields, wire guards and glare shields • Published 5-year limited warranty Stonco is a Philips group brand PHILIPSr "inT44 �"1-' - 'w f '_,,{{`�/�'jy,,��rr��..- 4 sxti��'rm S��4" 4 ..:. ' - rf•- ®J, 0 t - - �'rI SFnS>^ n U' Rl.':u - .. S !{� •ITT+) I' - ,. , � F�=9._Fr ` _—.'.. KID .� ! _ u s - � ... a.. n. .i _ 7 7 uL �INVRE NiT_0 <4'rCR PR]r[:-�� PAPER IN. a°\ re b L ��o a\a�or s� os 4 sp \ \`r a\\r`` ces� r q1 Q.a Fa ob s a3 P a `a to a, 4 � � as \t.. t• o. cP cP` Pao\aa`yo`b v ,� x\OQk0l°�AOkSh\ 4l rs"P�S` 5\b \a1aM10Ay;r'� JOS�o d`P .__hraOm°p O`e`o0Q'3<•�eMQa'OR eo \oeorsL `O°i� 4e�,°\\ eCro•a�\�� >Q\-: *0sts��c 9' .` so� .,c" _ a� ` a is'o�oa* ae4ea°O R �O \, 0 a'a y5ryy0`b, \a'; \\� 10 �� M1 .,+. 4r a`` �A' A• 8 t' M14`�O r' .. P'�L'a0 b ♦ ' t � F `�• i>. N • 8 ! ♦ ,r P�c"1?a c'''�+b ! d 6 Loa.' Qs 7 Z 0 Cl ❑1 A ® ® ❑ � • � q v �� (� 0 � L 1 EXAMPLE 720 S 1 4 0 0 A 004 334 000'000 B 1 0055 A 1. The part number requires Iwo level range limits, corresponding to maximum and minimum outputs, to be specified in pounds per square inch (psi) to three decimal places. The lower level range is typically 000.000 unless otherwise required. For reverse output requirements, enter the lower range for the maximum output and the upper range for the minimum output. Use the following conversion factors: If H2O / 2.3073 - psi Examples: 10 It H2O / 2.3073 = 4.334 psi (enter 004,334 in the part number) in H2O / 0.703265 - psi 10m H2O / 0.703265 = 14.219 psi (enter 014.219 in the port number) For sealed gage reference add local atmosphere when converting to psi. Contact PSI for assis'.once. Example: 10 ft H2O / 2.3073 +14.7 = 19.034 psi (enter 019.034 in the part number) 2. Contact PSI if private labeling is required. Warronfy: Th. Sari- 700, 710 and 720 prnducl is worronted against dafacts m maten°I and workmanship'ar 2 years from date of shipment. Produces no! sebjaciad to misuse will be repaired or replaced. THE FOREGOING IS IN LIEU OF .ANY OTHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WAP.RANTIES.We reserve the right to make changes to any product herein and assume no liability prising out of applic.n.it, OR USE OF ANY PRODUCT OR CIRCUIT DESCRIBED. PRODUCTS DESCRIBED IN THIS SPECIFICATION ARE NOT INTENDED FOR LIFE SUPPORT APPLICATIONS. ZN][S9G1 FULL SCALE LEVEL RANGES Intermediate Level Ranges Are Avoiloble. -�iVenred gage reference ........._ ..2.3 thru 700 It (0.70lhiv 210 m) H2O Sealed gage reference ......................10 thru 100 It (3 thru 210 m) H2O Absolute reference ..........................35 thru 700 ft 110 Ihru 210 m) H2O Proof Pressure ........................ ........ ....................... ................ _.,...1.5 X FS Burst Pressure ...... ......... ........................ ...... ......... ,..... ..... 2.0 X FS STATIC PERFORMANCE Combined Effects Of Non -Linearity, Hysteresis And Repeatability, Best Fit Straight Line Method. Static Accuracy... ....._.. _.... .. • 720±0.25 %FSO • 710 ±0 50 %FS0. 700:tl 00 %FSO Resolution... .... _ .._. .... ................. .. ... ±0.0001%F5 ENVIRONMENTAL Wetted Materiols....316 SS or Titanium: Delrin©; polyurethane or VitonO DelrmCt and Viton© are registered trademarks of Dupom Compensated Temperature Range.. ... ........ __ .....0 To 50'C Maximum Allowable Dev'orion From The Besr Fit Straight Line Due To A Change In Temperature Thermal Error ....................................... ±0.05%FSO/xC worst case over compensated temperature range, for ranges < 12 It (4 m) H2O, Maximum thermal error is _t0.1 % FSO/°C Operating Temperature Range.............................................20 To 601C when attached to polyurethane cable Protection Rating ............................. ............ .................. IP 68, NEMA 6P ELECTRICAL Excitation ............................. • 9-28V - VDC output (0-5V, 0-2.5V, 0-4V) • 9-28V - mA output (4-20) • 15-28V - VDC output (0.10V) • 10-28V - VDC output (1.5-7.5V) Zero Offset ......... ..+0.25 mA for mA output, < 0 25 VDC for VDC output Output Impedance ......... See loop resistance diagram for mA output, 20 abm for VDC output Insulation Resistance..__..............._.._....._..100 mega ohm at 50 VDC Circuit Protection._.._ ............ .. ...........Polarity. surge/shorted output CERTIFICATIONS UL. CUL and FM - Intrinsically safely approved CE compliant to EN 61326-1:2001 and EN 61326-2-3:2006 PHYSICAL Approximate Weight ...... ._....... .................0.44 Lbs 1198 g) transducer, 0 05 Lbs/It (79 g/m) cable Cable Jacket Material........................................Polyurethane (standard), TefzelCi, Teflon0 and Kevlur(r) are registered trademarks of Dupont. ETFE (optional), ETFE is a fluotopolymer (Teflon(D derivative) material, Tefzel(D or equivalent Cable Pull Strength........................................................200 Lbs (90 kg) Cable Number of Conductors... _ ._ _ _ .... _.._......... 4 Cable Conductor size .-......._........... __.... .. ._..................22 AWG Cable Seal ..__ ....Molded Polyurethane for polyurethane cable Viton(P Gland for ETFE cable TEMPERATURE OUTPUT OPTION (not intrinsically safely approved) Temperature Range.....:20 To 601C, available for 4-20mA output versions only OutputSignal ............ ............. .................................................... 4-20 mA Temperature Measurement Accuracy ............ .................................... 14'C LIGHTNING PROTECTION Power Supply Needs To Be Limited To 150 mA To Avoid Lock Up Of The Gas Tube After A Suppression Event Input Current ....20 mA max, for mA output; 3-5 mA max, for VDC output Life Expectancy._.....-...._.___.-__... _.........._..>1,000 Operations Output.__4-20 mA. 0-5 VDC, 0-2 5VDC, 0-4VDC, 0.10VDC, 1-5-75VDC Peak Clamping Voltage .... ....... ..._..._............. .......... ................... 36 Volts For ranges < 5 It (1.5 M) H2O, only 4-20 mA output is available Response Time ............................ .................... __....._.................... <I0 nsecs measurement ; 34 Research Drive, Hampton, VA 23666 USA, 757.865.1243, Tall Free 800-328-3665, cc.x 757-865 8744 S P E C I A L T I E S a q E-mad sofe,s(dPresskireSystems,comeww,v.PressufeSysteins.corn•on!ine orders .vww.!.evelcndPress:ie.c:om• sct-901)1:20J8 KA MIN ff s KAMINC*928LD 19315 Ross Road Bothell, WA 98011 Phone 206-396-9115 Fax 877-710-9005 February 1, 2011 Shoring Plan for Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Kamins Construction will be using Efficiency Slide Rail for the shoring of the wet well. The pit will be a 14' x 16' pit. The intention will be to excavate down 4-6' and install the slide rail. From that point forward we will be excavating inside the slide rail. We will be using an 105,000 lb excavator for the excavation and pushing the panels down into the ground every 2' as we go until we reach the 19' intended for the excavation of the wet well. The slide rail will be left in the ground until the Manhole has been set. Once the manhole is set the slide rail will be removed and the excavation will be backfilled. We will pull the panels in such a matter to get compaction in 1 ` lifts coming out. The Excavator we will be using is small enough to compact inside the boxes around the structures Kamins Construction will use a 10' Square Manhole box for shoring the vault excavation. The box will be left in the ground until the Vault has been set. The box will then be removed and the excavation will be back filled. Kan -fins Construction will be using a 16' x 8' trench box for excavating in the 8" gravity sewer. The box will be pulled along in the ground to keep up with the excavation. Once the pipe has been installed the box will be removed from the ground. Kamins Construction believes all methods of shoring that will be implemented are standard industry practices. We do not foresee any settling much farther than a couple feet outside of the excavation. We will have a bench mark established on site and shoot grades away from the excavation to monitor for settling. The settling that could take place close to the excavation will be treated by removing the asphalt, re -grading, and compacting the area. The asphalt will then be replaced. 18'-7 1/2' SRUR-CPOS'r-22-0 SRUR-414NOKE- SRUR-814KE-5 SRUR-814KE-5 SECTIONA R TYPICAL 3-SIDES SRUR-814KE-5 SRUR-814KE-5 1 u KAMINS EXCAVATING SECTIONB-B EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION INC. 685 HULL RD. MASON MI. 48854 Ph. (517)-676-8800 Fax (517) 676-0373 DATE 2 4 2011 D.P. NICOLI PreliminaryProposal OnlyDwc 211-4 DIRAwN BYN4.kfrwI)oriaA 14 X 16' X 19' DEEP THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL ARE THE PROPERTY OF E1-FICIENCY PRODUCTION INC. AND MUST NOT DE USED "ITT{GUI hsr=1800 PAGE:1 OF 4—SIDED SLIDE RAIL SYSTEM OUR CONSENT. AH RIGHTS OF DESIGN AND PATENTS ARE fl"L-11) NOTES SEE APPENDIX -A KAMINS EXCAVATIN Preliminary Proposal Onl 685 HULL ROAD, MASON, MI 48854 EFFICIENCY w.aoucnoN,wc PHONE (517) 676-8800 TRENCH SHIELDS ooEL SERIALNUMBER SRUR-814JKE-5 REFERENCE TO OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION RULES AND REGULATIONS, 29 CFR, NO 209, PART 1926, SUBPART P PSF RATING MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEPTH OF CUT (FEET) SHIELD SIZE D SOIL TYPE TO BE EXCAVATED MAXIMUM LATERAL TYPE B TYPE C-60 TYPE C-80 HEIGHT (FEET) LENGTH (FEET) EARTH PRESSURE CAPACITY AT TRENCH MEDIUM COHESIVE TO GRANULAR SOIL.45PSF SOFT COHESIVE TO SUBMERGED SOFTCOHESIVETO BOTTOM IN POUNDS SOIL 60PSF SUBMERGED SOIL. 80PSF PER SQUARE FOOT PER FOOT OF DEPTH. PER FOOT OF DEPTH. PEIR FOOTOF DEPTH. S 1 .14 2640 58 44 33 LIMITATIONS IN USE OF TABLE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION 1. TRENCH SHIELD TO BEASSEMBLEDAND INSTALLED AS SHOWN Clay, with Unconfined Compressive Strength Soft Cohesive Sall Unconfined Compressive Soft Cohesive Soil Unconfined Compressive AND INACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. Greater than .5 TSF But Strength Less than .5 Strength Less than .5 2. EXCAVATION 2 FEET BELOW BOTTOM OF SHIELD IS PERMITTED Less than 1.5 TSF Cohesionless Gravel, TSF Gravel, Sand and Loamy Sand; Submerged TSF Gravel, Sand and Loamy Sand; Submerged WHEN NO LOSS OF SOIL FROM BEHIND OR BELOWTHE BOTTOM OF SHIELD IS ENCOUNTERED. SEE PARAGRAPH 1928.652 (e)(2)(1). Silt, Slit Loam or Sandy Loam. Soil or fractured Rock that is not Stable. Soil or fractured Rock THE COMPETENTPERSON SHALL MAKETHE DETERMINATION FOR that is not Stable. COMPLIANCE. SUDDEN SHIFTING OFTHE SHIELD VERTICALLY SHALL BE AVOIDED. LAYBACK 3. CONSULT MANUFACTURER WHEN RESTRICTION ON NOTE 21S AND NOT MET. SLOPE 4, ADDITIONAL SHIELDS MAY BE STACKED WITH NO PENALTY IN ATAMINIMUM l OF 1 TO 1 DEPTH OF CUTAS LONG AS THE RATING OF THE BOTTOM SHIELD IN. FOR B-SOILS, OR IS NOTEXCEEDED, .4. 11.5 TO 1 FOR C I 5. DEPTHS OF CUTS SHOWN ARE BASED ON EXAMPLES OF VARIOUS SOILS D SOIL CONDITIONS. VERIFYACTUAL SOIL PRESSURES PRIOR TO EACH USE. 1 6. ANY MODIFICATIONS ORALTERATIONS NOT (1 TO 1 SLOPE) 1 ALLOWED UNLESSAPPROVED IN WRITING BY g 1 EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION, INC. N C-S-� OrLS 11 7. CONTRACTOR'SCOMPETENT/QUALIFIED PERSON SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MONITORING SOIL CONDITIONS. (1.5 TO 1 SLOPE) 1.5 CONTINUED ON REVERSE SIDE CERTIFIED BY: COPYRIGHT: EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION. INC 1991 EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION, INC. MANUFACTURED UNDER ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING U.S. PATENT NUMBERS; 4,090,3e5-4,114,3834,259,02a ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING CANADIAN PATENT NUMBERS: 1,062,683-1.062,684 USE THIS PRODUCT ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL STATE OR LOCAL LAWS QUO JQf E SE��kED PRO,cg,ss/ Q�OF eW ox2 a N0.690$2 m 7969SPE r a .613012012 A p, 6/30112 �, REGION 43601 q O � FGISTEA4 * C1V1\' lq LS Gti� QF A�14� C . VERB EXPIRES 09-04-12 Any use or tnrs proauct not specmcauy oescnnea on ims certmcate coula cause cave-in, conapse, or structural failure resulting in death or serious Injury. a PRODUCTION. INC Ph. 517-676-8800 Pg. 2 of 2 Efficiency Slide Rails (also see Installation/Removal Procedures) Notes (continued from page 1 of the Tabulated Data): B. Not Type A if fissured, subject to vibration, previously disturbed or part of a sloped, layered system, where layers dip into excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:lV) or greater. 9. Previously disturbed soils may be Type B unless they would be classed as Type C. Soil that meets the requirements of Type A, but is subjected to vibration or fissured may be Type B. Dry rock that is not stable or soil that is not part of a sloped, layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:lV) are Type B, but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B. 10. Soil in a sloped layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1 V) or steeper may be Type C-60. Submerged soil is material with water freely seeping and entering the trench, but only part of the depth of the retained soil is submerged. Conditions more severe will require de -watering or sealing four sides of the excavation and pumping the trench, Such severe conditions will require the services of a Soils Engineer to establish the design pressure. Consult Efficiency for pressures exceeding the tabulated values. 11. This Tabulated Data shall be used with Efficiency's Accessories for both Pit -Type and Linear -Type Applications. Consult the applicable Installation/Removal Procedure(s). Equipment Limitations: Linear -Type Applications require the use of Efficiency Parallel Beams with stop pins, and Efficiency Spreader Pipes with Pins and Keepers installed. Any use of other components and/or connection devices not approved by Efficiency invalidates the warranty and Tabulated Data. 12. Use Efficiency Tabulated Data in conjunction with all local, state, and federal safety laws and regulations. Failure to do so could result in severe injury or death. 13. Shield was designed to be used without plates extending below, above, or next to it. Any use of such plates or panels may void the tabulated data, and may require site Specific engineering. 14. Trench shields are designed to be pushed to grade if necessary, as noted below any unnecessary abuse by the excavator and or operator will void the tabulated data as well as the warranty. 15. No deviation from the Tabulated Data, Installation/ Removal Procedure(s), and panel/ accessory usage (including any repair and/or retrofit) is allowed without Efficiency's written approval. 16. Depth and PSF ratings are for lateral earth pressures only and do not take any surcharges into account. 685 HULL ROAD, MASON, MI 48854 EFFICIENCY r�MWW&WY vreooucnoN, we PHONE (517) 876-8800 TRENCH SHIELDS MODEL SERIALNUhM SRUR-414NOKE-5 REFERENCE TO OCCUPATIONAL SAFETYAND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION RULESAND REGULATIONS, 29 CFR, NO 209, PART 1926, SUBPART P PSF RATING MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEPTH OF CUT (FEET) SHIELD SIZE D SOIL TYPE TO BE EXCAVATED MAXIMUM LATERAL TYPE B TYPE C-60 TYPE C-80 HEIGHT LENGTH EARTH PRESSURE (FEET) (FEET) CAPACITYAT TRENCH MEDIUM COHESIVE TO GRANULAR SOIL. SOFTCOHESNETO SOFTCOHESiVETO BOTTOM IN POUNDS 45PSF SUBMERGED SOIL. 60PSF SUBMERGED SOIL.8OPSF PER SQUARE FOOT PER FOOT OF DEPTH. PER FOOT OF DEPTH. PER FOOT OF DEPTH. 4 14 T-3000 66 50 37 LIMITATIONS IN USE OF TABLE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION 1. TRENCH SHIELOTO BEASSEMBLEDAND INSTALLEDAS SHOWN Clay, with Unconfined Compressive Strength Soft Cohesive Soil Unconfined Compressive Soft Cohesive Soil Unconfined Compressive AND INACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. Greater than b TSF But Strength Less than .5 Strength Less than .5 2. EXCAVATION 2 FEET BELOW BOTTOM OF SHIELD IS PERMITTED Less than 1.5 TSF Cohesionless Gravel, TSF Gravel, Sand and Loamy Sand; Submerged TSF Gravel, Sand and WHEN NO LOSS OF SOIL FROM BEHIND OR BELOWTHE BOTTOM OF SHIELD IS ENCOUNTERED. SEE PARAGRAPH 1926.652 (e)(2)(i), Slit, Slit Loam or Sandy Sol[ or fractured Rock Loamy Sand; Submerged Soil or fractured Rock THE COMPETENT PERSON SHALL MAKETHE DETERMINATION FOR Loam. that Is not Stable. that is not Stable. COMPLIANCE. SUDDEN SHIFTING OF THE SHIELD VERTICALLY SHALLBEAVOIDED. LAYBACK AND 3. CONSULTMANUFACTURER MEN RESTRICTION ON NOTE 2 IS NOT MET. SLOPE 4. ADDITIONAL SHIELDS MAYBE STACKED WITH NO PENALTY IN ATAMINIMUMOF 1 TO 1 1 DEPTH OF CUTAS LONGASTHE RATING OF THE BOTTOM SHIELD IN. FOR B-SOILS, OR ISNOTECCEEDED. 1.5T01 FORC 1 S. DEPTHS OF CUTS SHOWN ARE BASED ON EXAMPLES OF VARIOUZ SOILS D SOIL CONDITIONS. VERIFYACTUAL SOIL PRESSURES PRIOR TO EACHUSE BB -SOILS 1� 6, ANY MODIFICATIONS ORALTERATIONS NOT (1 TO 1 SLOPE) 1 ALLOWED UNLESSAPPROVED IN WRITING BY g EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION, INC. w 7. CONTRACTOR'S COMPETENT/QUALIFIED PERSON SHALL BE -SOILS 1� RESPONSIBLE FOR MONITORING SOIL CONDITIONS. (1.5 TO I SLOPE) 1.5 CONTINUED ON REVERSE SIDE CERTIFIED BY: COPYRIGHT: EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION, INC 1991 EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION, INC. MANUFACTURED UNDER ONE OR MORE: OF THE FOLLOWING U.S. PATENT NUMBERS; 4,090,365-4,114,36a4,259,02e ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING CANADIAN PATENT NUMBERS: 1,062,6831,062,684 USE THIS PRODUCT ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL STATE OR LOCAL LAWS Q�p�ESSIpN� 1. V�R� CF2 PROpe uS J. R WA Q�p JS ��?��'D GINEF� a z 02 ^, UJ No. 69082 p pot2 d E 6/3 q ON 43601 �Q sT IV1L ��P q !y ti 2° �S' Fss GISTERG��>�v dIVAI OF CA1�FD� Cis J .VERB EXPIRES r Ily use or tms proauct not specmcany oescnaea on ints cen llcate coula cause cave-in, collapsu7ar— structural failure resulting In death or serious injury. PRODUCTION. INC Ph. 5.17-676-8800 Pg. 2 of 2 Efficiency Slide Rails (also see Installation/Removal Procedures) Notes (continued from page 1 of the Tabulated Data): 8. Not Type A if fissured, subject to vibration, previously disturbed or part of a sloped, layered system, where layers dip into excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1 V) or greater. 9. Previously disturbed soils may be Type B unless they would be classed as Type C. Soil that meets the requirements of Type A, but is subjected to vibration or fissured may be Type B. Dry rock that is not stable or soil that is not part of a sloped, layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) are Type B, but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B. 10. Soil in a sloped layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or steeper may be Type C-60. Submerged soil is material with water freely seeping and entering the trench, but only part of the depth of the retained soil is submerged. Conditions more severe will require de -watering or sealing four sides of the excavation and pumping the trench. Such severe conditions will require the services of a Soils Engineer to establish the design pressure. Consult Efficiency for pressures exceeding the tabulated values. 11. This Tabulated Data shall be used with Efficiency's Accessories for both Pit -Type and Linear -Type Applications. Consult the applicable Installation/Removal Procedure(s). Equipment Limitations: Linear -Type Applications require the use of Efficiency Parallel Beams with stop pins, and Efficiency Spreader Pipes with Pins and Keepers installed. Any use of other components and/or connection devices not approved by Efficiency invalidates the warranty and Tabulated Data. 12. Use Efficiency Tabulated Data in conjunction with all local, state, and federal safety laws and regulations. Failure to do so could result in severe injury or death. 13. Shield was designed to be used without plates extending below, above, or next to it. Any use of such plates or panels may void the tabulated data, and may require site Specific engineering. 14. Trench shields are designed to be pushed to grade if necessary, as noted below any unnecessary abuse by the excavator and or operator will void the tabulated data as well as the warranty. 15. No deviation from the Tabulated Data, Installation/ Removal Procedure(s), and panel/ accessory usage (Including any repair and/or retrofit) is allowed without Efficiency's written approval. 16. Depth and PSF ratings are for lateral earth pressures only and do not take any surcharges into account. 685 HULL ROAD, MASON, MI 48854 EFFICIENCY o PHONE (617) 6764800 TRENCH SHIELDS MODEL SRUR-416NOKE-5 I SERUL SAMPLE REFERENCE TO OCCUPATIONAL SAFETYAND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION RULESAND REGULATIONS, 29 CFR, NO 209, PART 1926, SUBPART P SHIELD�� PSF RATING MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEPTH OF CUT (FEET) D SOILTYPE TO BE EXCAVATED HEIGHT LENGTH MAXIMUM LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE TYPE B TYPE C-60 TYPE C-80 (FEET) (FEET) CAPACITYAT TRENCH MEDIUM COHESIVE TO SOFTCOHESIVETO SOFT COHESIVE TO BOTTOM IN POUNDS GRANULAR SOIL 45PSF SUBMERGED SOIL6OPSF SUBMERGED SOIL.8OPSF PER SQUARE FOOT PER FOOT OF DEPTH. PER FOOT OF DEPTH, PER FOOT OF DEPTH. 4 16 2460 55 41 30 LIMITATIONS IN USE OF TABLE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION 1. TRENCH SHIELD TOBEASSEMBLEDANDINSTALLEDASSHOWN AND INACCORDANCEWITH MANUFACTURER'SINSTRUCTIONS. Clay, with Unconfined Compressive Strength Soft Cohesive Soil Unconfined Compressive Soft Cohesive Soil 2. EXCAVATION 2 FEET BELOW BOTTOM OF SHIELD IS PERMITTED Greater than .5 TSF But Less than 1.5 TSF Strength Less than .5 TSF Gravel, Sand and Unconfined Compressive Strength Less than .5 WHEN NO LOSS OF SOIL FROM BEHIND OR BELOWTHE BOTTOM OF SHIELD IS ENCOUNTERED. SEE PARAGRAPH 1926.652e y I ( 1l } Cohesionless Gravel, Loamy Sand; Submerged TSF Gravel, Sand and Loamy Sand; Submerged THE COMPETENTPERSON SHALLMAKE THE DETERMINATION FORR Silt Slit Loam or Sandy Loam. Soil or fractured Rock that is not Stable. Soil or fractured Rock COMPLIANCE. SUDDEN SHIFTING OF THE SHIELD VERTICALLY that is not Stable. SHALL BEAVOIDED. 3. CONSULT MANUFACTURER WHEN RESTRICTION ON NOTE 21S LAYBACK NOT MET. AND 4. ADDITIONAL SHIELDS MAYBE STACKED WITH NO PENALTY IN DEPTH OF CUTAS LONGAS THE SLOPE AT MUM RATING OF THE BOTTOM SHIELD OF1TOI1 OF 1 TO 1 ISNOTEXCEEDED. IN FOR B-SOILS, OR 5. DEPTHS OF CUTS SHOWN ARE BASED ON EXAMPLES OF VARIOUS1.5 TO 1 FOR C 1 SOI L CONDITIONS. VERIFYACTUAL SOIL PRESSURES PRIOR TO SOILS D EACH USE. 6. ANY MODIFICATIONS ORALTERATIONS NOT �� . B-SOILS �S 11 ALLOWED UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY (1 TO 1 SLOPE) 1 EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION, INC, a 7. CONTRACTOR'S COMPETENTXIUALIFIEDPERSON SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MONITORING SOIL CONDITIONSAND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCEWITH ALL FEDERAL, �.SO�,� 1� STATE AND LOCAL RULES AND REGULATIONS (1,5 TO 1 SLOPE) 1.5 CONTINUED ON REVERSE SIDE CERTIFIED BY: COPYRIGHT: EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION, INC 1991 EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION, INC. MANUFACTURED UNDER ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING U.S. PATENT NUMBERS; 4,090,3e5.4,114,3834,259,028 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING CANADIAN PATENT NUMBERS: 1,062.683.1,052.684 USE THIS PRODUCT ONLY INACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL STATE OR LOCAL LAWS Q�p�ESSIO�,q O PROpF vS d. E� OF WAsy��ccG! <o z 7 rn 'Z ¢ ND. 69082 M 6130//2012 cc E p.61 002 O GON 7o. ,p�, 1V11- ��P ua 1 �� tiJ GI FSS/ fV L6t� OF CAL\FAQ w .. EXPIRES 09-04-12 .••l ••�•-- �• ••�� r•"" 11— aFw. — Y u— vnu un Lill* Ge7uuGare GOWu cause Cave -Ins corlapse, or structural failure resulting In death or serious Injury. PRODUCTION. INC Ph. SX 7-676-8800 Pg. 2 of 2 Efficiency Slide Rails (also see Installation/Removal. Procedures) Notes (continued from page 1 of the Tabulated Data): 6, Not Type A if fissured, subject to vibration, previously disturbed or part of a sloped, layered system, where layers dip into excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1 V) or greater. 9. Previously disturbed soils may be Type B unless they would be classed as Type C. Soil that meets the requirements of Type A, but is subjected to vibration or fissured may be Type B. Dry rock that is not stable or soil that is not part of a sloped, layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4HAV) are Type B, but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B. 10. Soil in a sloped layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1 V) or steeper may be Type C-60. Submerged soil is material with water freely seeping and entering the trench, but only part of the depth of the retained soil is submerged. Conditions more severe will require de -watering or sealing four sides of the excavation and pumping the trench. Such severe conditions will require the services of a Soils Engineer to establish the design pressure. Consult Efficiency for pressures exceeding the tabulated values. 11. This Tabulated Data shall be used with Efficiency's Accessories for both Pit -Type and Linear -Type Applications. Consult the applicable Installation/Removal Procedure(s). Equipment Limitations: Linear -Type Applications require the use of Efficiency Parallel Beams with stop pins, and Efficiency Spreader Pipes with Pins and Keepers installed. Any use of other components and/or connection devices not approved by Efficiency invalidates the warranty and Tabulated Data. 12. Use Efficiency Tabulated Data in conjunction with all local, state, and federal safety laws and regulations. Failure to do so could result in severe injury or death. 13. Shield was designed to be used without plates extending below, above, or next to it. Any use of such plates or panels may void the tabulated data, and may require site Specific engineering. 14. Trench shields are designed to be pushed to grade if necessary, as noted below any unnecessary abuse by the excavator and or operator will void the tabulated data as well as the warranty. 15. No deviation from the Tabulated Data, Installation/ Removal Procedure(s), and panel/ accessory usage (including any repair and/or retrofit) is allowed without Efficiency's written approval. 16. Depth and PSF ratings are for lateral earth pressures only and do not take any surcharges into account. 586 HULL ROAD, MASON, MI 48854 EFRCIENCY rr.�oi:cncr, �+c PHONE (517) 678 8800 TRENCH SHIELDS MODEL SRUR-816-5 SII2IA[.Nl.RviBHR --- REFERENCE TO OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION RULES AND REGULATIONS, 29 CFR, NO 209, PART 1926, SUBPART P { S, E) 39Z HEIGHT I LENGTH (FEET) (FEET) s ' b PSF RATING MAXIMUM LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE CAPACITY AT TRENCH BOTTOM IN POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT 1680 LIMITATIONS IN USE OF TABLE 1. TRENCH SHIELD TO BEASSEMBLEDANDINSTALLEDASSrr4`.t4 AND INA.CCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 2. EXCAVATtON2FEET BELOW BOTfOMOFSHIELD GPER MRTED WHEN NO LOSS OF SOIL FROM BEHIND OR BELCWVTHE BOTTOM OF SHIELD IS ENCOUNTERED. SEE PARAGRAPH 1926.652 (eX2)n. THE COMPETENT PERSON SHALL MAKE THE DETERMINATION FOR COMPLiANOE. SUDDEN SHIFTINGOFTHESHIELD VERTICALLY SHALLBEAVOIDED. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEPTH OF CUT (FEET) D SOIL TYPE TO BE EXCAVATED TYPE B MEDIUM COHESIVE TO GRANULAR SOIL.45 PSF PER FOOT O F DEPTH. 37 DESCRIPTION Clay, with Unconfined Con� strenth Greater than .5 TSF But Lew than 1.5 TSF Cohesm-zlesa Gravel, SRt, Sit Loam or Sandy Lnam. TYPE C-60 TYPE C-�80 SOFTCOHESNETO SOFT COHESIVE TO ISMERGEDSOILE PSF SUBMERGED SOIL 80PSF PER FOOT CF DEPTH. PER FOOT OF DEPTH. 28 DESCRIPTION Soft Cohesive Soil Unconfined Compressive Suer Less than S TSF Gravel, Sand and Loamy Sand; Submerged Soll or kadured Rock that Is not Stable. 21 DESCRIPTION Soft Cohesive Soil Unconfined ConTressive Strerrogttt Leas than .5 TSF Gravel, Sand and L oarrry Sand; Submerged Sal or fractured Rode that is not Stable. 3. CONSULT MANUFACTURER WIENRE.STRlCT1CNONNOTE 2IS LAYBACK NOT MET. AND — 4. ADDITIONALSHIELDSMAY BESTACKED WITH NOPENALTY IN SLOPE ATAMINIMUM DEPTH OF CUTAS LONGAS THE RATING OFTH E BOTTOM StiI ELD OF I TO I IS NOT EXCEEDED. FOR B-SO1LS,OR 5. DEPTHS OF CUTS SHOWN ARE BASED ON EXAMPLES OFVARKY-Q-z 1.5TOIFOR C T SOIL CONDITIONS. VERIFY ACTUAL SOIL PRESSURES PRIOR TO SOILS D EACH USE. 6. ANY MODIFiCATICNSORALTERATIONS NOT ALLOWED UNLESS APPROVED INWRMNGBY (1 TO 1 SLOPE) EFFICIENCY PRODl1C."IION, INC. 7. CONTRACTORS COMPETENT/QUAL-IFIED PERSON SHALL BE �[[[7�17�[7� _1 RESPONSIBLE FOR MONITORING SOIL CONDITIONS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCEWrlH ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL RULES AND REGULATIONS (1,5 TO 1 SLOPE) 1.5 CONTINUED ON REVERSE SIDE CERTIFIED BY: COPYRIGHT: MANUFACTURED UNDER ONE OR MORE OF THE FOL .OWING U.S. PATENT NUMBERS, EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION, INC 1991EFF1CIENCYPRODUCTION,INC. 4,090,365-0,114,3834,259,028 All RIGHTS RESERVED ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING CANADAN PATENT NUMBERS: 1,062,6a3-1,062,664 Q�pFESSlp,� a rn w ¢ No.69082 z rn cc E � . 6/30/ 12 ny use USE THIS PRODUCT ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL. STATE. OR LOCAL LAWS r'D PROP, G t FF o 79695PE EXP. 6I3012012 q EGOLOO J� N 0 <L iy s 1 GS J . Vf:R�� structural failure resulting In death or serious Injury. Ph. 5.17-676-8800 Pg. 2 of 2 Efficiency Slide Rails (also see InstaUation/Removal Procedures) Notes (continued from page 1 of the Tabulated Data): 8. Not Type A if fissured, subject to vibration, previously disturbed or part of a sloped, layered system, where layers dip into excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:lV) or greater. 9. Previously disturbed soils may be Type B unless they would be classed as Type C. Soil that meets the requirements of Type A, but is subjected to vibration or fissured may be Type B. Dry rock that is not stable or soil that is not part of a sloped, layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) are Type B, but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B. 10. Soil in a sloped layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or steeper maybe Type C-60. Submerged soil is material with water freely seeping and entering the trench, but only part of the depth of the retained soil is submerged. Conditions more severe will require de -watering or sealing four sides of the excavation and pumping the trench. Such severe conditions will require the services of a Soils Engineer to establish the design pressure. Consult Efficiency for pressures exceeding the tabulated values. 11. This Tabulated Data shall be used with Efficiency's Accessories for both Pit -Type and Linear -Type Applications. Consult the applicable Installation/Removal Procedure(s). Equipment Limitations: Linear -Type Applications require the use of Efficiency Parallel Beams with stop pins, and Efficiency Spreader Pipes with Pins and Keepers Installed. Any use of other components and/or connection devices not approved by Efficiency invalidates the warranty and Tabulated Data. 12. Use Efficiency Tabulated Data in conjunction with all local, state, and federal safety laws and regulations. Failure to do so could result in severe injury or death. 13. Shield was designed to be used without plates extending below, above, or next to it. Any use of such plates or panels may void the tabulated data, and may require site Specific engineering. 14. Trench shields are designed to be pushed to grade if necessary, as noted below any unnecessary abuse by the excavator and or operator will void the tabulated data as well as the warranty. 15. No deviation from the Tabulated Data, Installation/ Removal Procedure(s), and panel/ accessory usage (including any repair and/or retrofit) is allowed without Efficiency's written approval. 16. Depth and PSF ratings are for lateral earth pressures only and do not take any surcharges into account. 't 695 HW_I ROAD, ivfASON, INII118854 MOVE (517 676,S800 0BS4-8X12X12 a-FIC E CX OC TA.GONMANGt A.RD SI ELDS 135532 REFERENCE TO OCCUPATIONAL SAF=TYAND HEALTHADMINISTRATION RULES AND REGULATIONS, VOL 54, NO209, PART 1926: SUBPART P SHIELD SIZE HEIGHT LENGTH WIDTH (FEET) (FEET) (FEET) (MSF RATING MAXIMUM LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE CAPACITYATTRENCH BOTTOM IN POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT 1200 LIMITATIONS IN USE OF TABLE I MANGUARD SHIELD TO BE ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED AS SHOWNAND INACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S 'NSTRUCTIONS. 2. EXCAVATION 2 FEET BELOW BOTTOM OF SHIELD iS PERMITTED WHEN NO LOSS OF SOIL FROM BE -HIND OR BELOW THE BOTTOM OF SHIELD IS ENCOUNTERED. SEE PARAGRAPH. 1926.652 (e)(2}(I). THE COMPETENT PERSON SHALL MAKE THE DETERMINATION FOR COMPLIANCE SUDDEN SHIFTING OF THE SHIELD VERTICALLY SHALT_ BE AVOIDED MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEPTH OF CUT (FEET) D SOIL TYPE TO BE EXCAVATED TYPE B TRIPE C-60 TYPE C-80 MEDIUM COHESIVE I'0 SOFT COHESIVETO SOFT COHESIVETO GRANULARSOtL 45PSF 'UBMERGEDSOIL 60PSF 'UBNIERGEDSOIL 80PSF PER FOOT OF DEPTH. PER FOOT OF DEPTH. PER FOOT OF DEPTH 27 DESCRIPTION Clay, with Unoonfined Compressive Strength Greater than 5 TSF Bu Less than 15 TSF Cohesionless Gravel, Silt, Slit Loam or Sandy Loam. 20 DESCRIPTION Soft Cohesive Soil Unconfined Compress Strength Less than 5 TSF Gravel, Sand and Loamy Said; Submer< Soil or fractured Rock that is not Stable. 15 DESCRIPTION Soft Cohesive Soil Unconfined Ccmpressive Strength Less than 5 TSF Gravel, Sand and Loamy Send; Submerged Soil or fractured Rock that Is not Stable 3. CONSULT MANUFACTURER WHEN RESTRICTION ON NOTE 2 IS / i" LP i NOT MET 4 ADDITIONAL SHIELDS MAY BE STACKED WITH NO PENALTY IN B-SOILS DEPTH OF CUTAS LONG AS THE RATING OF THE BOTTOM (1 TO I SLOPE) SHIELD IS NOT EXCEEDED 5 DEPTHS OF CUTS SHOWN ARE BASED ON EXAMPLES OF VARIOUS SOIL CONDITIONS. VERIFYACTUAL SOIL PRESSURES PRIOR TO EACH USE. 1 f o" ANY iN00IFlCATIONS OR ALTERATIONS NOTt;LLObVED UNLESS I� 1 APPROVED IN WRITING BY EH:ICIENCY PRODUCTION INC 7. CONTRACTORS COMPETENT!QUALIFIED PERSON SHALL BE (1.51.0 1 SLOPE) RESPONSIBLE FOR MONITORING SOIL CONDITIONS AND SHALL 8 THE SIDES OF THE EXCAVATION SHALL 9E CUT VERTICAL 'I AND NARROW TO PREVEN ; LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE Z "� MANGUARD IF NECESSARY, BACK FILLAROUND THE MANGUARD TOA HEIGHT SUFFICIENTTO PREVENT LITERAL MOVEMENT. CERTIFIED BY: COPYRIGHT' EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION INC 1991 E,=FICIENCYPRODUCTION, INC USE THIS PRODUCT ONLY INACCOiZDANCE W ITH APPLICABLE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAWS Any use yF uJASfy�'yFG 0 PROF G t N ,Q7 co 79695PE �7 No 69082 x rn -X 6130,12010 K�_ 6130l10 43601 �� RCGON Z _ .- 1S 1 E4��PP N S J , ��¢� rTt Ofi CAl-�ti0t� o this product not specifically described on this certiftcate could cause cave-in, collapse, or structural failure resulting In death or serious injury. MODELNUMBER MAN4 - 81 OD MANHOLE TRENCH SHIELD CERTIFICATION A COPY OF THIS SHEET MUST ACCOMPANY EACH CORRESPONDING TRENCH SHIELD AT EVERY JOB SITE WEIGHT 5789 SOIL MAX DEPTH PSF SERIAL NUMBER SIZE 26N57722 8' HIGH X 10' LONG SOIL DESCRIPTION IYf?E A 84 Feet 21 �� Stiff Cohesive Sort 25 PSF per foot. Clay. Silty clay. clay loam with unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 toff per square (oor or greater. See note 7 Medium r o esive to granular Sol, 45 PSF per foot of depth Clay with unconfined compressive T mil' 45 Feet 2100 strength greater than 0 5 TSF but lass than 1 5 TSF Gohesionless gravel, sat sin Win of sandy toarh Sc* rote 8 T'y p s 35 Feet 2100 Sooh n Cohesive to Saturated Sat. 60 PSF per foot of depth Ciay with unconfined comtfre>s>,Vty strength less than 0 5 TSF, saturated sand, clay or fractured root( that es not stable See mite 9 LIMITATIONS 1 i Soil above shield must be sloped according to OSHA Subpart P Slow, must begin no less than 18- belowi the top of shield ate > v 2) Shield may be suspended no more titan 2 feet above bottom of the french t and only if there is no possible loss of soil from behind or below bottom of •3 Nti > _ stteeid t v Of aw,x,as 3) The sides of the excavation Shall be cut verbal and narrrw to prevent astir; Jtx �Y'fse _ lateral movement of the Manhole Shield. It necessary, bazkfil around the Manhole Shield to a height sufficient to prevent lateral movement 4) Repairs and modifrLatlons must first be approved by manufacturer or registered professawtal mincer 5) Sthelds may be stacked as long as each is rated to the depth 4 rs used and manufacturer approved --k Connections are utilize! 6) Suichar loads have not been included in tiie above depth ratinnS Ttu, `3e _ allowable vk-,k= depth of the shietd must be reduced to account for any surcharge Loading which occurs vnthm the influence tine of the Shield I 71 Not Type A it fissured Subject to vibration. previously disturbed or part of a sloped layered system where layers dip into excavation on a slope Less -- ,_ steep than four horizontal to one vertical (4H.IV) are Type B if material 0 141 SCOTT• M. ` ' GILLETT r> ENGINEER z NO. �7 ?2040 w f2rrrrrirrtitrUllttix� zzk wou d olherrwse be ctassi +et1 as ype 8) Previously disturbed soils may I* Type B unless they wound be classed w Type C Soil that meets requirements of Type A but is subject to vibration or fissured may to Type B, fly rock that is not stable or soil that is part of a Sloped layered system v.tv-=e layers, dip into the excavation on a slope wtss steep than four funzontar to one vertical (4H IV) are Type B if material would othenwse be classified as type B 9) Soil in a sloped layered system Mien layers dip into the excavation on a Slope of four horizontal to one vertical 14H:1 V) or steeper may be Type C Saturated soil or soils from which water rs freely seeping but is not star dmg in the trench C ondivons mere severe would require dewatenN fy the seating of the Sides of the excavation and pumping the trench Sw-h severe conditions would require the services of a sods engineer to establish the desvgn pressure fionsun the manufacturer for pressures exceeding tabulated values 10) PRC•TEC shields ate to be used in accordant with Federal, state and local laws Refer to Occu"-ionat Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) rules and regulations Vol_ 54. No 209. 10131i89 Subpart P 11 l Shields are for orcupatyanal safety use only Dependent on spiKific site conditions. sal movement could cccur Affects on ad acent areas from polentiat Solt rnove lent shall be the respons"ity of 01tw5 Usage of shields other than specified could cause failure or cave -iris resulting in serious injury or death Phone (517) 541-0K3 - 1-800-292-1225 - Fax t517) 541.0329 Malang Address P 0 Box 130 •- Charlotte, MI 488t 3 Shipping Address 12" 1 fpsey [rive - Charlolte htt 48813 How to Assemble a Manhole Trench Shield i Rceru)ve korra t' k by E<4tax3 OtOd vritl� 2 Mice t:g on OW yr"v) wft 3 sci the sprealof E iv- raver *W a ;.,�enf ]A lugx Atway% bi3C t?"A aflan pmro" i 4lars acid mvW pins arnt i ar wn ri?a>rexucd s! s j `s. 4 se, s,°sW reh rw Ewes 7-10M CWO Race Vvv #n top 41 ' §vps Staf) 3ha;,f2 an4 E wApmioi k x Ltt� @t8A ?FCC �sp�Ri@R'- 31,4 rr � V"y C�a sa:0 ce+l1 of t)h 4y epes -4'*m shs+d is st€mi rar hat r W k Lori%,," 9*14d by piano on spreader or d iitg �Mefq s4e; behye trii v fin "es NOTE: p`�1 to ceo4calkfn 0own 00 0aw side of INS paqe and TatAiiated :ata €vr , raper usage o! kianhL- Ttemh Shse COO N: TRUCTI • N KAMINC*928LD 19315 Ross Road Bothell, WA 98011 Phone 206-396-9115 Fax 877-710-9005 February 1, 2011 Shoring Plan for Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Kamins Construction will be using 3 12' Octagon Shoring boxes for the shoring of the wet well. The intention will be to excavate down 4-6' and install the first box. From that point forward we will be excavating inside the boxes. We will be using an 80,000 lb excavator for the excavation and pushing the boxes down into the ground every 2-3' as we go until we reach the 19' intended for the excavation of the wet well. The boxes will be left in the ground until the Manhole has been set. Once the manhole is set the boxes will be removed and the excavation will be backfilled. We will pull the boxes in such a matter to get compaction in 1 ` lifts coming out. The Excavator we will be using is small enough to compact inside the boxes around the structures Kamins Construction will use a 10' Square Manhole box for shoring the vault excavation. The box will be left in the ground until the Vault has been set. The box will then be removed and the excavation will be back filled. Kamins Construction will be using a 16' x 8' trench box for excavating in the 8" gravity sewer. The box will be pulled along in the ground to keep up with the excavation. Once the pipe has been installed the box will be removed from the ground. Kamins Construction believes all methods of shoring that will be implemented are standard industry practices. We do not foresee any settling much farther than a couple feet outside of the excavation. We will have a bench mark established on site and shoot grades away from the excavation to monitor for settling. The settling that could take place close to the excavation will be treated by removing the asphalt, re -grading, and compacting the area. The asphalt will then be replaced. 411-3611 i } s . a� r. 2009- EDITTR _ FLEXT RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF FOR FIRE PROTECTION, WATER & WASTEWATER 0 UW% PIPE 0 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 2 Table of Contents TR FLEX Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings 4"-36" 3 Suggested Specification Wording For4"-36" Restrained Push -on Joint Pipe and Fittings 4 TR FLEX Assembly Instructions 5 Pipe and Fittings 4"-10" 7 Pipe and Fittings 12"-20" 8 Pipe and Fittings 24"-36" 9 Pipeline Expansion 10 TR FLEX Field Cut Pipe 11 TR FLEX GRIPPER" Rings 13 Notes Regarding the Use of Restrained Joint Pipe 19 TR FLEX Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings - Basic Dimensions 21 Pressure Class - TR FLEX Pipe 22 Thickness Class- TR FLEX Pipe 24 Rubber Locking Segment Retainers for TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings 27 TR FLEX Bends 28 TR FLEX Tees 31 TR Flex Crosses 35 TR FLEX Wye Branches 37 TR FLEX Reducers 39 TR FLEX Flange Connecting Piece 41 TR FLEX Telescoping Sleeves 42 TR FLEX Sleeve/Connecting Piece 43 TR FLEX Caps and Plugs 44 Products for Water, Wastewater and Fire Protection 45 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED H. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W CL la. 0 c.c CM 00 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 3 TR FLEX Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings 4"-36" TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings provide flexible restrained push -on joints for 4" through 36" Ductile Iron pipe and fittings. The TR FLEX Restrained Joint has a working pressure rating equivalent to the ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 "Ductile -Iron working pressure rating of the parent pipe with a maximum working pressure rating of 350 psi for Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water." 4" through 24" and 250 psi for 30" through 36'. Asphaltic outside coating and inside lining For fire protection service, 4" through 12" pipe and fittings are listed by Underwriters are in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/ Laboratories for 350 psi and are approved by Factory Mutual for 250 psi. A21.51. TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings utilize the conventional TYTON® Gasket for 4" through 36" sizes. ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 "Ductile -Iron Ductile Iron locking segments, inserted through a slot (or slots) in the bell face, provide a Compact Fittings For Water Service" or positive axial lock between the bell interior surface and a retainer weldment on the spigot ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 "Ductile -Iron and end of the pipe. Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In., For Water." *For higher pressure ratings, consultyour U.S Pipe Sales Representative. TR FLEX® Fittings conform to applicable For a suggested design procedure for the restraint of thrust forces in pressurizedburied requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53, or ANSI/AWWA C 110/A21.10. Ductile Iron piping systems, the design engineer should refer to the current D/PRA publication 'Thrust Restraint Design for Ductile Iron Pipe" or the U.S. Pipe Brochure "The Use And Application of Restrained Joints for Ductile Iron Pipelines." ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 "Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water." Cement lining, in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104 or special linings and/or coatings can be furnished for specific conditions. ASTM A746-03 "Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe." ASTM A716-08 " Standard Specification for Ductile Culvert Pipe." NOTE: If specifiers or users believe that corrosive soils will be encountered where our products are to be installed, please refer to ANSUAWNWA C105/A21.5 "Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems" for proper external protection procedures. For certain wastewater applications a ceramic epoxy lining is available - see PR07ECTO 401 Tm Ceramic Epoxy Lined Pipe and Fittings Brochure. TR FLEX , TR FLEX GRIPPER®, TYTON® and TYTONJOINT® are Registered Trademarks of U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co., LLC. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX ®R RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P4 0 Suggested Specification Wording For 4"-36" Restrained Push -on Joint Pipe and Fittings When joint restraint for a 4" through 36" push -on joint pipe installation is required and indicated in the project plans and specifications, restrained push -on joint pipe and fittings utilizing Ductile Iron components shall be provided. Restrained joint pipe shall be Ductile Iron manufactured in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. Push -on joints for such pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/ AWWA C111/A21.11 "Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings." Pipe thickness shall be designed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 "Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe," and shall be based on laying conditions and internal pressures as stated in the project plans and specifications. Restrained joint fittings and the restraining components shall be Ductile Iron in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 and/or C153/A21.53 with the exception of the manufacturer's proprietary design dimensions. Push -on joints for such fittings shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Restrained joint pipe and fittings shall be U.S. Pipe's TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings or approved equal. Restraint of field cut pipe shall be provided with U.S. Pipe's TR FLEX GRIPPER® Ring, TR FLEX Pipe field weldments or approved equal. Cement mortar lining and seal coating for pipe and fittings, where applicable, shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Asphaltic outside coating shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 for pipe and ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 or ANSI/AWWA C153/ A21.53 for fittings. Restrained push -on joints for pipe and fittings shall be designed for a water working pressure of 350 psi for sizes 4" through 24" and 250 psi for sizes 30" through 36". U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 5 0 Assembly Instructions for Pipe and Fittings CAUTION: THE INSIDE OF THE SOCKET, THE GASKET, AND THE PLAIN END TO BE INSERTED, MUST BE KEPT CLEAN THROUGHOUT THE ASSEMBLY. JOINTS ARE ONLY AS WATERTIGHT AS THEY ARE CLEAN. IF THE JOINT IS SOMEWHAT DIFFICULT TO ASSEMBLE, INSPECT FOR PROPER GASKET i POSITIONING, ADEQUATE LUBRICATION, AND REMOVAL OF FOREIGN MATTER IN THE JOINT. The recommended orientation of segment insertion slots located in the face of the TR FLEX Pipe bell is important for ease of assembly and is also used as a reference point for location of welded outlets (refer to U.S. Pipe's Welded Outlet brochure). Therefore particular attention should be paid to that portion of the assembly instructions. Clean the sockets of all dirt, sand, gravel, or other foreign matter. Conventional MONO Gaskets are used for TR FLEX Pipe and Fitting sockets in the 4" through 36" size range. 4"- 20" 24"- 36" 42"- 64" Insertion Slot Orientation A"- 9d" sasuet Instanatlon NOTE: For the 4" through 10" sizes where TR FLEX GRIPPER Rings are not used, it may be preferable to locate the bell slots vertically with only the slot in the 12 o'clock position being used for inserting locking segments. 30% 36" U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W CL 0 cc co co TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 6 NE Assembly Instructions for Pipe and Fittings (cont.) Clean the gasket and the socket. Loop the gasket as shown in the illustrations. Place the gasket into the mating gasket seating area of the socket with the rounded bulb end of the gasket entering first. Seat the gasket heel firmly in the retainer groove of the socket. Smaller size gaskets (4" through 12") require only one loop. With larger sizes, additional loops may be required: 14" through 36", two to three loops. Do not apply lubricant to the gasket seat. Make sure the gasket is uniformly seated around the inside of the socket. In colder weather, the gaskets should be kept at temperatures above 40°F to ensure the resiliency of the gasket during installation. In such conditions, the gaskets should be stored in a heated area or heated in drums of hot water prior to installation. If warm water is used, the gaskets should be dried before installation in the socket. Lubrication After the gasket has been inserted into the gasket seating area of the socket, a thin film of TYTON JOINT' Lubricant should be applied to the inside surface of the gasket which will come in contact with the beveled end of the pipe. Only MON JOINT Lubricant should be used. CAUTION: The use of spray -on lubricant is not recommended. Experience has determined that spray -on lubricant may not have sufficient lubricity to allow joint assembly without gasket displacement. Clean the spigot end of the pipe back to the assembly stripes. Apply MON JOINT Lubricant to the cleaned spigot end. Do not allow the lubricated surface to touch the ground or trench sides prior to installation. NOTE: For underwater installations, a special lubricant is available from U.S. Pipe, U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P % Assembly Instructions for Pipe and Fittings 4"-10" Two Bell Slots 1. Lay pipe or fitting such that one of the bell slots is accessible. 2. Clean the socket and insert a TYTONO Gasket. 3. Clean the pipe spigot end back to the assembly stripes. 4. Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket and the pipe spigot end back to the weld bead. 5. Make a conventional push -on joint assembly, fully homing the pipe until the first assembly stripe is in the bell socket. Keep the joint in straight alignment during assembly. 6. Insert the right-hand locking segment into a bell slot and slide the segment clockwise around the pipe. 7. Insert the left-hand locking segment into the same bell slot and slide the segment counter- clockwise around the pipe. 8. Hold the segments apart and wedge the rubber retainer into the slot between the two locking segments. The opposite bell slot is not used but is required for use with a TR FLEX GRIPPER® Ring. 9. Extend the joint to remove the slack in the locking segment cavity. Joint extension is necessary to obtain the marked laying length on the pipe and to minimize growth or extension of the line as it is pressurized. (Refer to the Table on page 22 for average pull-out of each size.) 10. Set the joint deflection as required. (See Table on page 22.) Components required for each joint: I right-hand locking segment (painted red, marked RH) 1 left-hand locking segment (painted black, marked LH) I rubber retainer I TYTON® Gasket TYTONl01NT® Lubricant U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 LLJ G. 0 ca CM 00 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 8 EiKI Assembly Instructions for Pipe and Fittings 12"-20" Components required for each joint: Two Bell Slots 2 right-hand locking segments 1. Lay pipe or fitting such that both of the bell slots are accessible (in the horizontal (painted red, marked RH) position if possible). 2left-hand locking segments (painted black, marked LH) 2. Clean the socket and insert a MON' Gasket. 2 rubber retainers 3. Clean the pipe spigot end back to the assembly stripes. I TYTON® Gasket TYTONJOINT' Lubricant 4. Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket and the pipe spigot end back to the weld bead. 5. Make a conventional push -on joint assembly, fully homing the pipe until the first assembly stripe is in the bell socket. Keep the joint in straight alignment during assembly. 6. Insert lower locking segment into a bell slot and slide the segment around the pipe. 1. Insert upper locking segment into the same bell slot and rotate around the pipe. 8. Hold the upper segment in place and wedge the rubber retainer into the slot between the two locking segments. 9. Repeat steps 6-8 for other slot. Make sure that all 4 locking segments and 2 rubber retainers are securely in place. 10. Extend the joint to remove the slack in the locking segment cavity. Joint extension is necessary to attain the marked laying length on the pipe and to minimize growth or extension of the line as it is pressurized. (Refer to the Table on page 22.) 11. Set the joint deflection as required. (See Table on page 22.) U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W CL 0 cc c.c 00 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 9 ( Assembly Instructions for Pipe and Fittings 24"-36" Components required for each joint: Four Bell Slots 4 right-hand locking segments 1. Lay pipe or fitting such that all four of the bell slots are accessible (in the diagonal (painted red, marked RH) position if possible). 4left-hand locking segments 2. Clean the socket and insert a TYTON® Gasket. (painted black, marked LH) 4 rubber retainers 3. Clean the pipe spigot end back to the assembly stripes. I TYTONO Gasket 4. Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket and the pipe spigot end back to the weld bead. TYTONJOINT`' Lubricant 5. Make a conventional push -on joint assembly, fully homing the pipe until the first assembly stripe is in the bell socket. Keep the joint in straight alignment during assembly. 6. Insert lower locking segment into a bell slot and slide the segment around the pipe. 1. Insert upper locking segment into the same bell slot and rotate around the pipe. 8. Hold the upper segment in place and wedge the rubber retainer into the slot between the two locking segments. 9. Repeat steps 6-8 for other slots. Make sure that all 8 locking segments and 4 rubber retainers are securely in place. 10. Extend the joint to remove the slack in the locking segment cavity. Joint extension is necessary to attain the marked laying length on the pipe and to minimize growth or extension of the line as it is pressurized. (Refer to the Table on page 22.) 11. Set the joint deflection as required. (See Table on page 22.) 011 ASSET STRIF LEFT LUCK RUBE RETAI U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W 0 cti co 00 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P jQ Pipeline Expansion TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings Socket Pull Out (Linear Expansion Within The Assembled Socket) In TR FLEX Pipe and Fitting sockets, there is a small amount of slack or pullout available at each joint. This pullout, or expansion capability, is the result of clearance inside the socket required for the insertion of the locking segments. The expansion can be minimized by extending the joint after installing the locking segments and prior to setting the joint deflection. The expansion of the joint in both pipe and fitting sockets must be considered, particularly in the following cases: a. When TR FLEX Pipe are used above ground (bridge crossings, on piers, etc.) b. When TR FLEX Pipe are used in poor soil conditions (swamps, marshes, etc.) c. When long lengths of TR FLEX Pipe are required for restraint due to high operating pressures and/or unfavorable soil parameters d. Where TR FLEX Pipe are used inside casing pipe e. Where TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings are in vertical alignment When TR FLEX Pipe are used inside a casing pipe, it is recommended that the assembled pipe be pulled through the casing. Additional security may be required to ensure that the locking segments are adequately retained in the socket during such installation. Please note that if the joint is not extended during assembly, the expansion per joint during line pressurization will increase the length of a 1000 foot long installation by 2 to 5 feet, depending upon the pipe size. (Refer to Table 1 for the Pullout at each joint.) Minimum Laying Lengths For TR FLEX Pipe The following drawings and dimensions in Table 1 define the minimum lengths forTR FLEX pipe when furnished in either Plain End x Plain End, or Bell x Plain End. The minimum laying lengths are determined on the basis of the socket depth and the minimum space required in front of the pipe bell face to insert the locking segments. These minimum laying lengths must be considered when ordering factory cut lengths or field cutting TR FLEX Pipe. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED IT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 Table 1. Minimum Laying Lengths & Average Pullout For Each TR FLEX Pipe or Fittings Socket SIZE DIMENSIONS PULLOUT Inches Inches Feet A B 4 12.75 10.25 .03 6 14.00 11.00 .04 8 15.25 12.00 .04 10 15.75 12.25 .05 12 16.50 13.00 .06 14 19.75 15.25 .05 16 20.25 15.50 .05 18 21.00 16.00 .05 20 21.50 16.25 .05 24 23.00 17.25 .05 30 26.25 19.00 .05 36 28.00 20.25 .05 A = Minimum Laying Length B = Minimum Laying Length B = Angle at Deflection L = laying Length Nominal R = Pipeline Curvature Radius R % R= L 2 z Tangent (BR) I / L REVISED 11,09 TR FLEX ®R RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P j� 0 TR FLEX Field Cut Pipe Instructions Making a Field Cut Before making the field cut, measure the pipe diameter or circumference at the location to be cut. The diameter or circumference should fall within the range shown in Table 2. If the measurement is not within the prescribed range, another pipe should be selected and checked before cutting. The pipe must be cut as square as is practical. A field cut end that is not square may leak, especially if the joint is fully deflected. Measure from the factory manufactured spigot end to the desired cut location. Mark the measured distance around the circumference of the pipe at sufficient intervals to determine a square cut -line (a line perpendicular to the axis of the pipe). Scribe the square cut -line around the O.D. of the pipe. When Ductile Iron pipe 14" and larger is to be cut in the field, the material should be ordered as "GAUGED FULL LENGTH." A full Length Gauged Pipe is a pipe whose barrel outside diameter is within the spigot diameter dimensional specifications as determined by diameter tape measurements over the pipe's length to within approximately two feet of the bell chime. Pipe that is "gauged full length" is specially marked to avoid confusion. ANSI/AWWA C151 Standard for Ductile Iron pipe requires factory gauging of the spigot end. Accordingly, pipe selected for field cutting should also be field gauged in the location of the cut and ensured to be within the tolerances shown in Table 2. In the field a mechanical joint gland can be used as a gauging device. Cut the pipe. (Abrasive saws are commonly used.) Bevel the field cut end (a disk grinder can be used). Refer to a shop manufactured bevel as a guide for proper shape. Additional grinding may be required to further bevel the pipe if difficulty in assembly of the joint is encountered. Sharp Edges or Burrs Can Cut or Push Gaskel Properly Cut and Beveled E Table 2 NOM. CIRCUMFERENCE DIAMETER PIPE SIZE MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 4 14-7/8 15-9/32 4.74 4.86 6 21-15/32 21-718 6.84 6.96 8 28-1/4 28-5/8 8.99 9.11 10 34-11/16 35-1/16 11.04 11.16 12 41-9/32 41-21/32 13.14 13.26 14 47-13116 48-7/32 15.22 15.35 16 54-13/32 54-13/16 17.32 17.45 18 61 61-13/32 19.42 19.55 20 67-19/32 68-1/32 21.52 21.65 24 80-25/32 81-7/32 25.72 25.85 30 100-11132 100-25/32 31.94 32.08 36 120-1132 120-9/16 38.24 38.38 4 Spiral Cuts Leave Square Cut End Jagged Edges With Proper Bevel 7 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 12 0 TR FLEX Field Cut Pipe Instructions (cont.) Clean Spigot End Clean the pipe spigot end of any excess coating, cement, dirt, etc. In general, if the peen pat- tern is not visible on the pipe surface, the coating can be assumed to be too thick and must be removed prior to assembly of the joint. Assembly Stripe Tape It is important to have a highly visible assembly mark accurately located on the pipe spigot end. It is recommended that 2-inch duct tape, or a similar type tape, be used for this assembly stripe. Measure from the square field cut end to the location shown in the Table 3 and make several marks around the pipe barrel at the measured distance. Apply the tape around the pipe spigot such that the spigot end of the tape is aligned with the marks. Unrestrained Field Cut Pipe Instruction Method The following schematic illustrates the use of a field cut pipe in the unrestrained portions of the line, thus eliminating the requirements for TR FLEX GRIPPER® Rings or field weldments. Measured distance from last laid unrestrained pipe to centerline of fitting --Combined Laying Lengths of Restrained Pipe and Fitting Laying Dir cti n • Length varies to allow desired location of • On the approach side of the fitting, TR FLEX Fitting the combined length of restrained joint pipe must be laid bell onto TYTON JOINT Pipe spigot. On the exit side of the fitting, the more customary method TR FLEX Pipe or Fitting of spigot into bell should resume. Illustration of a restrained joint Remaining B x PE installation which permits the use of section of pipe from field cut pipe without a nescessity for which PE x PE was cut. GRIPPER RINGS or field welding of beads. Ibly Marks Assembly Stripe Tape Table 3. Assembly Stripe Location NORMAL PIPE SIZE A Inches Inches 4 4 3/8 6 4 7/8 8 5 3/8 10 5 5/8 12 5 7/8 14 7 3/8 16 71/2 18 7 3/4 20 8 24 81/2 30 10 36 10 112 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY Co. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W f2 0 cc co 00 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 13 lzzfl TR FLEX GRIPPER Rings TR FLEX GRIPPER Rings are used to restrain 4" through 36" field cut pipe (pipe without weld- ment) inside TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings. These joints are suitable for 350 psi working pressure for sizes 4" through 24" and 250 psi working pressure for 30" and 36" products. On many installa- tions a "less than nominal' length of pipe (a closure piece) is required to complete a pipe run. These closure pieces can be made in the field, saving time and money. THE TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring consists of Ductile Iron locking segments, which have stainless steel teeth mounted on the I.D. surface. These replace the locking segments normally used on TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings which have a weldment to provide a positive axial lock between the bell interior surface and the spigot end of the pipe. Obvious advantages to using the TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring include: 1. Cost Savings: No special order spool piece is required. 2. Delivery: By cutting pipe in the field, the closure piece can be made when required. Feld weldments can be used for small diameter Ductile Iron Pipe. Feld weldment bars, kits and instructions are available from U.S. Pipe. (See U.S. Pipe brochure, "Field Cutting and Welding Procedure for TR FLEX Pipe.") It is easier to properly install TR FLEX GRIPPER Rings in TR FLEX Pipe sockets than TR FLEX Fitting sockets, since it is easier to keep a pipe to pipe joint in alignment during assembly. TR FLEX GRIPPER Rings must not be used with Horizontal Drilling Pull Process. TR FLEX GRIPPER Rings must not be used in buried or aerial vertical installations greater than 45 degrees. A field weld bar or fabricated pipe closure should be used. Prior to installing the TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring, please follow the instructions for TR FLEX Field Cutting on Ductile Iron pipe included in this brochure. TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring NOTE: There must be no more than 6 mils nominal coating thickness on the end of the pipe to be restrained with the TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring. The TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring should only be used on Ductile Iron Pipe. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W Q_ EZ i2 0 cc 00 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS fir' 2009 EDITION P 14 I� TR FLEX GRIPPER° Rings Layout Instructions Installation Tips The illustration shows how to use TR FLEX GRIPPER Rings in pipe while utilizing fittings. Many contractors have found that it is simpler A field cut is made to a TR FLEX® Pipe at the desired location. The spigot end with the to properly install the TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring in factory weld bead (A) is installed into one end of the TR FLEX Fitting and restrained TR FLEX Pipe sockets than in TR FLEX Fitting with conventional TR FLEX Locking Segments. The field cut and beveled plain end (B) is sockets since it is easier to keep the pipe -to -pipe installed into the bell of the preceding pipe and restrained with a TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring. joint in alignment during assembly and installation. A full length TR FLEX Pipe is then installed into the other socket of the TR FLEX Fitting and The illustration depicts an example of such an installation. restrained with TR FLEX Locking Segments. The remaining bell by plain end cut piece is then installed into the socket of the full length TR FLEX Pipe with a TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring. Laying continues with conventional TR FLEX Pipe. NOTE: U.S. Pipe does NOTrecommend Gripper Rings in vertical installations greater than 45' TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring and those that choose to do so proceed at their own risk. InstallatlDn Example 3 Field Cut in W .Id A-1 TR FLEX I'Ige C. TR FLEX Locking O Seg._' Pelt' A.. Rnd 6 Pidd Cut 11t FLIKX Floe (No Weld Bead) iRi FLEX GRIPPER Ring dull Length Dlrectlan OC 'Lgy pe (W th FX oxy ti r, (Witt Factory Weld Brad) TF F'I.F.Y RTPPV2 wr Fnta TR FLE)(° fitting Plda Ead WAh Parton Weld Bead Full Field C t Ruin End TR FLEX Mpe (ha Weld lead) (119th Faclor7 Wild !laud) Deflection If the TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring is not square with the pipe during installation, any subse- quent movement of the joint as pressure is applied could result in loosening the ring and possible joint separation. The joint deflection should be set (as shown in Table 1, page 1) only after the installation is complete. The precautions noted earlier underTR FLEX Pipe and Fittings Socket Pullout (page 11) also apply to TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring restrained joints. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED IT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W id. 0 co CM 00 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 15 TR FLEX GRIPPER®Ring Installation Instructions TR FLEX Bell Orientation Where feasible lay the TR FLEX" Pipe or Fitting bells such that the slots in the bell face are accessible after the joint is assembled. Otherwise provide adequate bell holes to permit access to properly tighten bolts. ti. 4" - 20" 24" - 36" Clean and Lubricate Clean the gasket seat and locking segment cavity of the TR FLEX Pipe or Fitting socket and insert the TYTON" Gasket in the recommended manner. DO NOT apply lubricant in the gasket seat of the bell or to the outside of the gasket before inserting the gasket. Check TR FLEX GRIPPER" Ring Select the proper size ring. Inspect the ring for any shipping damage. Also ensure that there is no excess coating, dirt, cement or weld spatter in or on the teeth or on the inner diameter of the ring segments. Insertion of the Ring Segments The 4"-20" TR FLEX GRIPPER Rings are made in two segments. The 24"-36" rings are made in four segments. Remove the bolts from the TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring. Position the TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring segments into the bell locking segment cavity so that the segment handles protrude beyond the bell face. At each location where the segment handles are joined, one side is drilled, and the other side is tapped, insert the bolts into the segment handles so that the segments form a loose ring. After removing the bolts, check that the internal treads of the Gripper Ring and the external threads of the bolts are clean. Apply a thin film of pipe lubricant to the threads of the bolt before proceeding with the installation. Be sure to insert the bolts into the drilled side first before engaging the threads in the tapped side. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED IT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W 0 ca co 00 TR FLEX e RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 16 0 TR FLEX GRIPPER°Ring Installation Instructions (cont.) The four segment 30" and 36" TR FLEX GRIPPER® Rings differ from the 24" ring in that two of the segments are joined with a jack screw. With the jack screw it is possible to fully expand the ring segments to provide the maximum assembly clearance for the entering pipe. To install, remove the three short bolts. Do not remove the long jack screw. Position the two segments joined with the jack screw into the lower portion of the bell locking segment cavity. The segment handles should protrude slightly beyond the bell face with the jack screw easily accessible. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 17 UEHI TR FLEX GRIPPER° Ring Installation Instructions (cont.) Install the other two ring segments in the bell and assemble to the initial segments by inserting the bolts into the segment handles to form a loose ring. Back off the jack screw so that the segments are forced to become fully seated into the bell locking segment cavity. NOTE: Prior to inserting the bolts back into the Gripper Ring, check to make sure the threads are clean. Wipe the threads of each bolt with a thin film of the lubricant supplied with the pipe. Joint Assembly Clean the pipe spigot end. Be sure that there are no burrs or sharp edges left from the cutting and beveling operations or any excess coating. Lubricate the exposed gasket surfaces and the pipe spigot end with TYTON JOINT® Lubricant. NOTE: Lubricant should NOT be used under the gasket in the bell socket. Assemble the cut pipe into the pipe or fitting bell making sure that edge of the assembly stripe is flush with the bell face. Keep the joint in straight alignment. TR FLEX GRIPPER® Rings in sizes 4"-20" are equipped with 1/2"-13 x 2" Torque Limiting bolts and sizes 24"-36" with 5/8" -11 x 3" Torque Limiting bolts. Before re -installing the TORQUE LIMITING bolts, make sure the threads are clean and apply a thin coat of MON JOINT Lubricant to the threads. While keeping the assembled joint in straight alignment, tighten the 1/2" bolts using a common 3/8" 12-point socket wrench until the cap of the bolt shears off. Follow the same procedure for each TORQUE LIMITING bolt. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT_ PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W f2 f2 0 cc CM 00 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 18 TR FLEX GRIPPER° Ring Installation Instructions (cont.) For sizes 24"-36" use a common 7/16" 12-point socket wrench. After assembly of the 30" and 36" sizes, tighten the jack screw snugly then proceed to tighten the remaining (3)-5/8" TORQUE LIMITING bolts with a 7/16" 12-point socket wrench until the caps of the bolts shear off. It is important that the joint not be deflected prior to tightening the TR FLEX GRIPPER® Ring. If the TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring is not square with the pipe as the bolts are tightened, any subsequent movement of the joint could result in loosening of the ring and possible joint separation. Installers may find that it helps to push the Gripper Rings to the back of the lug cavity in order to insure that the ring is square with the pipe spigot before tightening of the bolts. Extension and Deflection of the Joint After the installation is complete, the joint should be fully extended by attempting to pull the joint apart. This extension removes any slack from the joint and provides assurance that the TR FLEX GRIPPER Ring has been correctly installed. After extending the joint, the required joint deflection can be set. The joint should be installed with as little deflection as possible to allow for additional deflection in the event there is some movement or settling of the line after installation. NOTE: If specifiers or users believe that corrosive soils will be encountered where our products are to be installed, please refer to ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile- Iron Pipe Systems, for proper external protection procedures. Polyethylene encased sections of a line will require additional joint restraint since the friction between the pipe and soil is reduced with the use of polyethylene encasement. Refer to the DIPRA's Thrust Restraint Design brochure for additional details on restrained length calculations. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED )T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 19 Notes Regarding the Use of Restrained Joint Pipe . 1. Large unbalanced thrust forces can be produced at dead ends, bends, tees or other changes in direction of high pressure and/or large diameter piping systems. 2. Concrete Thrust blocking or other means of thrust restraint is not required to be used with TR FLEX restrained joint when the TR FLEX restrained joint system is used in a designed thrust restraint system. The Thrust Restraint Design for Ductile -Iron Pipe published by the Ductile - Iron Pipe Research Association (DIPRA) is one method used to calculate the required length of restraint at a change in direction. This publication is available through your U.S. Pipe Representative or at www.dipra.org. 3. In underground piping systems, an unbalanced thrust force can normally be resisted by providing a designed length of restraint at a change in direction where thrust forces are anticipated. Restrained joint pipe normally must transfer the thrust forces to the soil surrounding the pipeline. 4. Most restrained joints allow for joint take-up after installation. The amount of take-up or slack can vary considerably with the type of joint and installation conditions. Thrust forces produced by internal pressures can result in removal of this joint take-up thereby increasing the length of the restrained section of the line. In any situation or configuration where increases in the line segment length could be detrimental to the pipeline or surrounding structures, the restrained joints should be fully extended during installation. 5. Many contractors are more confident in the reliability of push -on joints if the joint is fully homed. That is not possible when installing a TR FLEX plain end into a TYTON JOINT® bell unless the plain end with the weld bead is cut off and re -beveled as recommended. U.S. Pipe can furnish TR FLEX Pipe without the weld bead to use as a transition piece between restrained and unrestrained portions of the pipeline. Likewise, a TYTON JOINT Pipe can be furnished with a TR FLEX plain end, if desired. 6. An increase in line segment length can also result in additional joint deflection. If an increase in length or other line movement are anticipated, the deflection of the restrained joints should be limited to only a portion of the joint design deflection during the installation of the pipe. 7. In fully extended, totally restrained piping systems, the thrust forces are carried by the piping system, and the resistance to the thrust is not dependent upon the surrounding soil. In situations where there is insufficient space to provide the designed restrained length, or where there are poor soil conditions, the entire section of line should be restrained or other external means of stability or restraint provided. B. When TR FLEX Pipe is used in casings, it is preferred that it is pulled. Pulling will fully extend the joints and take up the joint slack prior to making end connections. If the pipe must be pushed contact a U.S. Pipe Sales Representative for special instructions. The length of restraint in the casing should not be considered as part of the designed length of the restraint required to provide the soil resistance to the thrust forces. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W TR FLEX O RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 2009 EDITION P 20 Notes Regarding the Use of Restrained Joint Pipe (cont.) 9. Above ground lines subject to thrust forces should be fully restrained and extended to remove any slack from the joint. The joint can be extended by pulling out on the pipe after the restrained joint assembly is made. The thrust forces can cause an unexpected increase in length of an above ground line if the slack is not first removed from the joint. When restrained joint pipe are used for bridge crossings or other above ground installations, each length of pipe must be supported in a manner to restrict both vertical and horizontal movement. 10. It is the responsibility of the Purchaser or Consulting Engineer to ensure that proper trench preparation, compaction and pipe installation procedures are followed and that adequate restrained lengths or thrust block designs are provided to resist the unbalanced thrust loads generated by the installed piping systems. 11. In general, restrained joints are more electrically conductive than conventional push -on joints used for Ductile Iron pipe. This increased conductivity can make a restrained section of the line more susceptible to stray current corrosion caused by direct currents from sources such as electrical transit systems or cathodically protected steel structures (steel pipe, underground storage tanks, etc.). If exposure to stray current is anticipated, contact your U.S. Pipe Representative for the recommended method of protection. 12. Vertical Applications with TR FLEX Joints: Do not use TR FLEX GRIPPER® Rings in buried or aerial vertical installations greater than 45°. A field weld bar or fabricated pipe closure should be used. A. Joints used in vertical installations greater than 45°, buried or aerial, must have blocking or support provided to permanently keep the joint extended and a support pier provided at both horizontal pipe sections, or bends, adjacent to the portion of vertical pipe in the exposed location. Failure to keep joints extended can result in unwanted line growth or joint separation from dynamic impact loading. B. Joints used in vertical installations up to 45' must be kept extended and a support pier provided at both horizontal pipe sections, or bends, adjacent to the portion of vertical pipe. A support pier is not needed in installations where the bottom bend is buried. Failure to keep joints extended can result in unwanted line growth or joint separation from dynamic impact loading. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX O RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 21 TR FLEX Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings Basic Dimensions SIZE WORKING A B B C NO. OF D.I. NO. OF RUBBER ACCESSORY MAX. DEFLECTION PULLOUT PRESSURE PIPE FITTINGS LOCKING SEGMENTS WEIGHTS" Inches psi Inches Inches Inches Inches SEGMENTS RETAINERS Pounds Degrees reef 4 350 4.80 7.00 7.10 4.84 2 50 .03 6 350 6.90 9.27 9.39 5.27 2 1 2 50 .04 8 350 9.05 11.68 11.84 5.82 2 1 3 50 .04 10 350 11.10 14.12 14.12 6.03 2 1 5 5° .05 12 350 13.20 16.43 16.45 6.30 4 2 7 5° .06 14 350 15.30 18.80 19.12 7.75 4 2 12 31/4° .05 16 350 17.40 21.10 21.32 7.95 4 2 14 31/4° .05 18 350 19.50 23.40 23.52 8.19 4 2 17 30 .05 20 350 21.60 25.68 25.74 8.40 4 2 20 _ 21/2d 05 24 350 25.80 30.25 30.14 8.86 8 4 32 21/4d .05 30 250 32.00 36.38 37.18 10.28 8 4 50 13/4d .05 36 250 38.30 43.35 43.86 10.87 8 4 68 11/2d .05 *Accessory weights include segments, gaskets, and rubber retainers. tFor higher pressure ratings, consult your U.S Pipe Sales Representative. tt The TR FLEX Restrained joint has a working pressure rating equivalent to the working pressure rating of the parent pipe with a maximum working pressure rating of 350 psi for 4 a through 24'and 250 psi for 30n through 36a. NOTE. These deflections are based on joints with nominal dimensions. A C 4' 24' TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings I 1 IA C i 30' and 36' TR FLEX Pipe and FilEngs U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY GO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX (B RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 22 Pressure Class TR FLEX Pipe Nominal Thickness for Standard Pressure Classes of Ductile Iron Pipe OUTSIDE NOMINAL THICKNESS Inches SIZE DIAMETER Inches Inches PRESSURE CLASS* 150 200 250 300 4 4.80 6 6.90 -- - - 8 9.05 10 11.10 - - - 12 13.20 - - - - 14 15.30 0.28 0.30 16 17.40 0.30 0.32 18 19.50 0.31 0.34 20 21.60 - - 0.33 0.36 24 25.80 - 0.33 0.37 0.40 30 32.00 0.34 0.38 0.42 0.45 36 38.30 0.38 0.42 0.47 0.51 1;n 0.25** 0.25** 0.25** 0.26 0.28 0.31 0.34 0.36 0.38 0.43 0.49 0.56 CASTING TOLERANCES Inches 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 NOTE: Per ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 the thicknesses in above table include the 0.08" service allowance and the casting tolerance by size ranges. Dimensions and weights of Special Classes (Thickness Classes) are found on pages 26-29. * Pressure Classes are defined as the rated water pressure of the pipe in psi. The thicknesses shown are adequate for the rated water working pressure plus a surge allowance of 100 psi. Calculations are based on a minimum yield strength of 42,000 and a 2.0 safety factor times the sum of the working pressure and 100 psi surge allowance. **Calculated thickness for these sizes and pressure ratings are less than those shown above. Presently these are the lowest nominal thicknesses available in these sizes. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED IT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 23 Pressure Class - Thickness, Dimensions and Weight 18-FOOT LAYING LENGTH 20-FOOT LAYING LENGTH PRESSURE OUTSIDE WEIGHT PER AVG, WEIGHT WEIGHT PER AVG. WEIGHT SIZE CLASS THICKNESS DIAMETER" LENGTHt PER FOOT ti LENGTHt PER FOOT;t Inches psi Inches Inches Pounds Pounds Pounds Pounds 4 350 0.25 4.80 210 11.7 6 350 0.25 6.90 310 17.2 8 350 0.25 9.05 415 23.1 10 350 0.26 11.10 540 30.0 12 350 0.28 13.20 695 38.6 - - 14 250 0.28 15.30 835 46.4 915 45.8 14 300 0.30 15.30 970 53.9 1075 53.8 14 350 0.31 15.30 910 50.6 1000 50.0 16 250 0.30 17.40 1015 56.4 - - 16 300 0.32 17.40 1075 59.7 - - 16 350 0.34 17.40 1135 63.1 18 250 0.31 19.50 1180 65.6 - - 18 300 0.34 19.50 1280 71.1 18 350 0.36 19.50 1345 74.7 20 250 0.33 21.60 1400 77.8 20 300 0.36 21.60 1510 83.9 20 350 0.38 21.60 1580 87.8 24 200 0.33 25.80 1690 93.9 24 250 0.37 25.80 1865 103.6 - - 24 300 0.40 25.80 1995 110.8 - - 24 350 0.43 25.80 2125 118.1 - - 30 150 0.34 32.00 2160 120.0 - - 30 200 0.38 32.00 2375 131.9 - - 30 250 0.42 32.00 2590 143.9 - - 30 300 0.45 32.00 2755 155.1 - - 30 350 0.49 32.00 2970 165.0 - - 36 150 0.38 38.30 2935 163.1 - - 36 200 0.42 38.30 3195 177.5 - - 36 250 0.47 38.30 3520 195.6 - - 36 300 0.51 38.30 3780 210.0 - 36 350 0.56 38.30 4100 227.8 - - NOTE: Thicknesses and dimensions of 4" through 36" Ductile Iron pipe conform to ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51. Weights may vary from the standard because of differences in bell weights. *Tolerance of O.D. of spigot end: 4-12 in., t0.06 in.; 14-24 in., +0.05 in., -0.08 in.; 30-36 in., +0.08 in., -0.06 in. t Including bell; calculated weight of pipe rounded off to nearest 5 lbs. tt Including bell; average weight, per foot, based on calculated weight of pipe before rounding. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS (�F 2009 EDITION P 24 Thickness Class - Thicknesses, Dimensions and Weight 18-FOOT LAYING LENGTH 20-FOOT LAYING LENGTH OUTSIDE WEIGHT PER AVG. WEIGHT WEIGHT PER AVG. WEIGHT SIZE THICKNESS THICKNESS DIAMETER' LENGTHi PER FOOT 11 LENGTHt PER FOOTit Inches CLASS Inches Inches Pounds Pounds Pounds Pounds 4 51 0.26 4.80 220 12.2 4 52 0.29 4.80 240 13.3 -- - 4 53 0.32 4.80 265 14.7 4 54 0.35 4.80 285 15.8 - 4 55 0.38 4.80 305 16.9 4 56 0.41 4.80 325 18.1 6 50 0.25 6.90 310 17.2 6 51 0.28 6.90 345 19.2 6 52 0.31 6.90 380 21.1 - - 6 53 0.34 6.90 410 22.8 - - 6 54 0.37 6.90 440 24.4 - - 6 55 0.40 6.90 475 26.4 - - 6 56 0.43 6.90 505 28.1 - - 8 50 0.27 9.05 445 24.7 - - 8 51 0.30 9.05 490 27.2 - - 8 52 0.33 9.05 530 29.4 - - 8 53 0.36 9.05 575 31.9 - - 8 54 0.39 9.05 620 34.4 - - 8 55 0.42 9.05 660 36.7 - - 8 56 0.45 9.05 705 39.2 - - 10 50 0.29 11.10 590 32.8 - - 10 51 0.32 11.10 645 35.8 - - 10 52 0.35 11.10 700 38.9 - - 10 53 0.38 11.10 755 41.9 - - 10 54 0.41 11.10 810 45.0 - - 10 55 0.44 11.10 860 47.8 10 56 0.47 11.10 915 50.8 NOTE: Thicknesses and dimensions of 4" through 36" Ductile Iron pipe conform to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. Weights may vary from the standard because of differences in bell weights. *Tolerance of O.D. of spigot end. 4-12 in., ±0.06 in.; 14-24 in., +0.05 in., -0.08 in.; 30-36 in., +0.08 in., -0.06 in. t Including bell; calculated weight of pipe rounded off to nearest 5 lbs. tt Including bell; average weight, per foot, based on calculated weight of pipe before rounding. Table continued on next page. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS vsr) 2009 EDITION P 25 Thickness Class - Thicknesses, Dimensions and Weight (cont.) 18-FOOT LAYING LENGTH 20-FOOT LAYING LENGTH OUTSIDE WEIGHT PER AVG. WEIGHT WEIGHT PER AVG. WEIGHT SIZE THICKNESS THICKNESS DIAMETER` LENGTH PER FOOT' LENGTH'- PER FOOT-i Inches CLASS Inches Inches Pouncs Pounds Pounds Pounds 12 50 0.31 13.20 760 42.2 12 51 0.34 13.20 825 45.8 12 52 0.37 13.20 890 49.4 - - 12 53 0.40 13.20 955 53.1 - 12 54 0.43 13.20 1020 56.7 12 55 0.46 13.20 1080 60.0 12 56 0.49 13.20 1145 63.6 - 14 50 0.33 15.30 960 53.3 1055 52.8 14 51 0.36 15.30 1035 57.5 1140 57.0 14 52 0.39 15.30 1110 61.7 1225 61.3 14 53 0.42 15.30 1185 65.8 1310 65.5 14 54 0.45 15.30 1260 70.0 1390 69.5 14 55 0.48 15.30 1335 74.2 1475 73.8 14 56 0.51 15.30 1410 78.3 1555 77.8 16 50 0.34 17.40 1135 63.1 - - 16 51 0.37 17.40 1220 67.8 - - 16 52 0.40 17.40 1305 72.5 - -- 16 53 0.43 17.40 1390 77.2 - 16 54 0.46 17.40 1475 81.9 - 16 55 0.49 17.40 1565 86.9 - 16 z -18 56 0,52 17.40 1650 91.7 - 50 0.35 19.50 1315 73.1 18 51 0.38 19.50 1410 78.3 18 52 0.41 19.50 1505 83.6 - 18 53 0.44 19.50 1605 89.2 18 54 0.41 19.50 1700 94.4 18 55 0.50 19.50 1795 99.7 18 56 0.53 19.50 1895 105.3 NOTE: Thicknesses and dimensions of 4" through 36" Ductile Iron pipe conform to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. Weights may vary from the standard because of differences in bell weights. *Tolerance of O.D. of spigot end. • 4-12 in., tO.06 in.; 14-24 in., +0.05 in., -0.08 in.; 30-36 in., +0.08 in., -0.06 in. t Including bell; calculated weight of pipe rounded off to nearest 5 lbs. tt Including bell; average weight, per foot, based on calculated weight of pipe before rounding. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 Table continued on next page. REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 26 Thickness Class - Thicknesses, Dimensions and Weight (cont.) 18-FOOT LAYING LENGTH 20-FOOT LAYING LENGTH OUTSIDE WEIGHT PER AVG. WEIGHT WEIGHT PER AVG. WEIGHT SIZE THICKNESS THICKNESS DIAMETER` LENGTH t PER FOOTtt LENGTH t PER FOOT Inches CLASS Inches Inches Pounds Pounds Pounds Pounds 20 50 0.36 21.60 1510 83.9 20 51 0.39 21.60 1615 89.7 20 52 0.42 21.60 1725 95.8 - 20 53 0.45 21.60 1830 101.7 20 54 0.48 21.60 1940 107.8 - 20 55 0.51 21.60 2045 113.6 - - 20 56 0.54 21.60 2155 119.7 24 50 0.38 25.80 1910 106.1 24 51 0.41 25.80 2040 113.3 - - 24 52 0.44 25.80 2170 120.6 24 53 0.47 25.80 2295 127.5 24 54 0.50 25.80 2425 134.7 - - 24 55 0.53 25.80 2555 141.9 - - 24 56 0.56 25.80 2685 149.2 - - 30 50 0.39 32.00 2430 135.0 - - 30 51 0.43 32.00 2645 146.9 - - 30 52 0.47 32.00 2860 158.9 - - 30 53 0.51 32.00 3075 170.8 - - 30 54 0.55 32.00 3290 182.8 - - 30 55 0.59 32.00 3505 194.7 - - 30 56 0.63 32.00 3715 206.4 - - 36 50 0.43 38.30 3260 181.1 - - 36 51 0.48 38.30 3585 199.2 - - 36 52 0.53 38.30 3910 217.2 - - 36 53 0.58 38.30 4230 235.0 - - 36 54 0.63 38.30 4550 252.8 - - 36 55 0.68 38.30 4870 270.6 - - 36 56 0.73 38.30 5190 288.3 - - NOTE: Thicknesses and dimensions of 4" through 36" Ductile Iron pipe conform to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. Weights may vary from the standard because of differences in bell weights. *Tolerance of O.D. of spigot end: 4-12 in., t0.06 in.;14-24 in., +0.05 in., -0.08 in.; 30-36 in., +0.08 in., -0.06 in. t Including bell calculated weight of pipe rounded off to nearest 5 lbs. tt Including bell; average weight, per foot based on calculated weight of pipe before rounding. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF` 2009 EDITION P 27 Rubber Locking Segment Retainers for TR FLEX Pipe and Fittings B C� A A B SIZE DIAMETER LENGTH NUMBER Inches Inches Inches Per,oint 4 5/8 4-3/8 6 314 6-1/4 1 8 3/4 8-1/4 1 10 7/8 10-3/8 1 _ 12 —_---- 7B 1-1/4 2 14 7/8 7-1/2 2 16 7/8 9 2 18 1 10 2 20 1 11 2 - 24 1 8 4 30 1 9-1/2 4 36 1-1/4 10-1/2 ___ 4 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX (@ RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 28 ( TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Bends t A TR FLEX 90' Bends SIZE Inches 4 PRESSURE RATING psi 350 T 0.34 DIMENSIONS aches A 5.66 < R - 3.99 WEIGHT Pounds 35 6 350 0.36 6.78 4.99 70 8 350 0.39 8.83 6.97 125 10 350 0.41 10.63 8.71 180 12 350 0.44 12.60 10.61 255 14 350 0.66 14.00 11.50 435 16 350 0.70 15.00 12.50 520 18 35C 0.75 16.50 14.00 670 20 350 0.80 14.00 12.38 745 24 350 0.89 17.00 16.70 1070 30 250 1.03 23.00 21.00 1870 36 250 1.15 26.00 24.00 2740 TR FLEX 60' Bends PRESSURE DIMENSIONS SIZE RATING Inches WEIGHT Inches psi Pounds T A R 24 350 0.89 15.00 18.41 1020 30 250 1.03 15.00 20.19 1645 36 250 1.15 17.00 23.38 2390 TR FLEX 45' Bends PRESSURE DIMENSIONS SIZE RATING Inches WEIGHT Inches psi Pounds T A R 4 350 0.34 3.33 3.99 30 6 350 0.36 3.86 4.99 55 8 350 0.39 4.74 6.97 90 10 350 0.41 5.22 7.98 125 12 350 0.44 5.91 9.47 170 14 350 0.66 7.50 12.06 370 16 350 0.70 8.00 13.25 430 18 350 0.75 8.50 14.50 550 20 350 0.80 9.50 16.88 685 24 350 0.89 6.00 18.12 970 30 250 1.03 10.50 20.52 1452 36 250 1.15 11.50 22.94 1864 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 29 TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Bends (cont.) TR FLEX 22.5° Bends PRESSURE DIMENSIONS SIZE RATING Inches WEIGHT Inches psi Pounds T A R 4 350 0.34 2.47 3.99 30 6 350 0.36 3.07 6.41 55 8 350_ 0.39 3.24 6.97 80 10 350 0.41 3.51 7.98 _ 115 12 350 0.44 3.76 8.95 155 14 350 0.66 7.50 25.12 375 16 350 0.70 8.00 27.62 435 18 350 0.75 8.50 30.19 560 20 350 0.80 9.50 35.19 695 24 350 0.89 4.50 14.45 750 30 250 1.03 7.00 25.14 1305 36 250 1.15 8.00 30.16 1855 Mctual weight of fitting may exceed those shown TR FLEX 30' Bends PRESSURE DIMENSIONS SIZE RATING Inches WEIGHT Inches psi Pounds T A R 24 350 0.89 8.00 21.01 870 30 250 1.03 9.50 22.97 1419 36 250 1.15 11.00 27.99 2052 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX O RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 30 0 TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Bends (cont.) TR FLEX 11.25°Bends SIZE Inches 4 PRESSURE RATING psi 350 T 0.34 DIMENSIONS Inches A s 2.07 R 3.99 WEIGHT Pounds 30 6 350 0.36 2.42 6.35 50 8 350 0.39 2.55 6.97 75 10 350 0.41 2.71 7.98 110 12 350 0.44 2.87 8.95 145 14 350 0.66 7.50 50.75 375 16 350 0.70 8.00 55.81 440 18 350 0.75 8.50 60.94 560 20 350 0.80 9.50 71,06 695" 24 350 0.89 3.00 13.96 700 30 250 1.03 7.00 50.77 1305 36 250 1.15 8.00 60.92 1860 tActual weight of fitting may exceed those shown TR FLEX 5.625' Bends SIZE Inches PRESSURE RATING psi T DIMENSIONS Inches A R WEIGHT Pounds. 20 350 0.80 5.00 57.59 575 24 350 0.89 6.00 73.87 805 30 250 1.03 7.00 74.38 1310 36 250 1.15 8.00 91.60 1860 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX"` RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS nlsF 2009 EDITION P 31 ( TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Tees H H SIZE PRESSURE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT SIZE PRESSURE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches RATING Inches Pounds RUN BRANCH psi T Ti H 1 4 4 350 0.34 0.34 5.16 5.16 50 6 4 350 0.36 0.34 5.17 6.15 _85 6 6 350 0.36 0.36 6.16 6.16 100 8 4 350 0.39 0.34 5.18 7.64 125 8 6 350 0.39 0.36 6.20 7.65 145 8 8 350 0.39 0.39 7.65 7.65 170 10 4 350 0.41 0.34 5.24 8.63 165 10 6 350 0.41 0.36 6.27 9.03 190 10 8 350 0.41 0.39 7.66 8.65 215 10 10 350 0.41 0.41 8.65 8.65 235 12 4 350 0.44 0.34 5.30 9.63 220 12 6 350 0.44 0.36 6.33 10.23 245 12 8 350 0.44 0.39 7.66 9.64 270 12 10 350 0.44 0.41 8.66 g.64 295 12 12 350 0.44, 0.44 9.65 9.65 325 14 6 350 0.66 0.55 14.00 14.00 515 Inches RUN BRANCH 16 12 RATING psi 350 T 0.70 Inches Ti H 0.75 12.25 1 13.25 Pounds 620 16 16 14 16� 350 350 0.70 0.70 0.66 0.70 12.25 12.25 13.25 13.25 665 675 18 6 350 0.75 0.55 13.00 15.50 700 18 8 350 0.75 0.60 13.00 15.50 720 18 10 350 0.75 0.68 13.00 15.50 740 18 12 350 0.75 0.75 13.00 15.50 770 18 14 350 0.75 0.66 16.50 16.50 900 18 18 16 18 350 350 0.75 0.75 0.70 0.75 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 920 955 20 6 350 0.80 0.55 11.00 16.00 770 20 8 350 0.80 0.60 11.00 16.00 790 20 10 350 0.80 0.68 11.00 16.00 810 20 12 350 0.80 0.75 11.00 16.00 835 20 14 350 0.80 0.66 14.00 17.00 970 20 16 350 " 0.80 0.70 15.00 15.00 995 20 20 18 20 350 350 0.80 0.80 0.75 0.80 18.00 15.00 18.00 15.00 1150 1065 14 8 350 0.66 0.60 14.00 14.00 535 14 10 350 0.66 0.68 14.00 14.00 560 14 12 350 0.66 0.75 14.00 14.00 590 14 14 350 0.66 ' 0.66 14.00 14.00 630 16 6 350 0.70 0.55 12.25 13 .25 550 16 8 350 0.10 0.60 12.25 13.25 570 16 10 350 0.70 0.68 12.25 13.25 590 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W C.D CO CO TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Tees (cont.) SIZE PRESSURE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches RATING Inches Pounds RUN BRANCH psi T Ti H i 24 6 350 0.89 0.55 15.00 19.00 1160 24 8 350 0.89 0.60 15.00 19.00 1180 24 10 350 0.89 0.68 15.00 19.00 1205 24 12 350 0.89 0.75 15.00 19.00 1230 24 14 350 0.89 0.66 15.00 19.00 1270 4 16 350 0.89 0.70 15.00 19.00 1290 24 18 350 0.89 0.75 17.00 21.00 1430 24 20 350 0.89 0.80 17.00 21.00 1475 24 24 350 0.89 0.89 17.00 21.00 1545 30 6 250 1.03 0.55 11.00 23.00 1550 30 8 250 1.03 0.60 11.00 23.00 1570 30 10 250 1.03 0.68 11.00 23.00 1595 30 12 250 1.03 0.75 11.00 23.00 1620 30 14 250 1.03 0.66 13.50 23.00 1790 30 16 250 1.03 0.70 13.50 23.00 1805 30 18 250 1.03 0.75 18.00 23.00 2080 30 20 250 1.03 0.80 18.00 23.00 2120 30 24 250 1.03 0.89 21.00 25.00 2390 30 30 250 1.03 1.03 21.00 25.00 2565 36 6 250 1.15 0.55 17.50 26.00 2545 36 8 250 1.15 0.60 17.50 26.00 2565 36 10 250 1.15 0.68 17.50 26.00 2584 36 12 250 1.15 0.75 17.50 26.00 2609 36 14 250 1.15 0.66 17.50 26.00 2651 36 16 250 1.15 0.70 17.50 26.00 2679 36 18 250 1.15 0.75 17.50 26.00 2707 36 20 250 1.15 0.80 17.50 26.00 274-7 36 24 250 1.15 0.89 17.50 26.00 2833 36 30 250 1.15 1.03 20.00 26.00 3217 36 36 250 1.15 1.15 20.00 26.00 3589 Mctual weight of fitting may exceed those shown. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX O RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 33 0 TR FLEX Tees with Flange Branch SIZE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches Inches Pounds RUN BRANCH D 01 T Ti H 1 4 4 4.66 4.66 0.34 0.34 5.16 6.5 49 6 4 6.74 4.66 0.36 0.34 5.17 8.0 84 6 6 6.74 6.74 0.36 0.36 6.16 8.0 107 8 4 8.88 4.66 0.39 0.34 5.18 9.0 124 8 6 8.88 6.74 0.39 0.36 6.20 9.0 152 8 8 8.88 8.88 0.39 0.39 7.65 9.0 185 10 4 10.86 4.66 0.41 0.34 5.24 11.0 164 10 6 10.86 6.74 0.41 0.36 6.27 11.0 197 10 8 10.86 8.88 0.41 0.39 7.66 11.0 230 10 10 10.86 10.86 0.41 0.41 8.65 11.0 257 12 4 12.86 4.66 0.44 0.34 5.30 12.0 219 12 6 12.86 6.74 0.44 0.36 6.33 12.0 252 12 8 12.86 8.88 0.44 0.39 7.66 12.0 285 12 10 12.86 10.86 0.44 0.41 8.66 12.0 317 12 12 12.86 12.86 0.44 0.44 9.65 12.0 350 14 6 15.30 7.10 0.66 0.55 14.0 14.0 508 14 8 15.30 9.30 0.66 0.60 14.0 14.0 522 14 10 15.30 10.86 0.66 0.68 14.0 14.0 536 14 12 15.30 12.86 0.66 0.75 14.0 14.0 560 14 14 15.30 15.30 0.66 0.66 14.0 14.0 566 SIZE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Incl es. Incises Pounds RUN BRANCH D D, T Ti H 1 16 6 17.40 7.10 0.70 0.55 12.25 15.0 628 16 8 17.40 9.30 0.70 0.60 12.25 15.0 642 16 10 17.40 11.40 0.70 0.68 12.25 15.0 655 16 12 17.40 12.86 0.70 0.75 12.25 15.0 678 16 14 17.40 15.30 0.70 0.66 12.25 15.0 685 16 16 17.40 17.40 0.70 0.70 12.25 15.0 703 18 6 19.50 7.10 0.75 0.55 13.0 15.5 690 18 8 19.50 9.30 0.75 0.60 13.0 15.5 702 18 10 19.50 11.40 0.75 0.68 13.0 15.5 715 18 12 19.50 12.86 0.75 0.75 13.0 15.5 737 18 14 19.50 15.30 0.75 0.66 16.5 16.5 829 18 16 19.50 17.40 0.75 0.70 16.5 16.5 848 18 18 19.50 19.50 0.75 0.75 16.5 16.5 855 20 6 21.60 7.10 0.80 0.55 11.0 17.0 845 20 8 21.60 9.30 0.80 0.60 11.0 17.0 858 20 10 21.60 11.40 0.80 0.68 11.0 17.0 871 20 12 21.60 12.86 0.80 0.75 11.0 17.0 893 20 14 21.60 15.30 0.80 0.66 14.0 17.0 898 20 16 21.60 17.40 0.80 0.70 15.0 18.0 1031 20 18 21.60 19.50 0.80 0.75 18.0 18.0 1039 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF` 2009 EDITION P 34 TR FLEX Tees with Flange Branch (cont.) SIZE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches Inches Pounds RUN BRANCH D D, T Ti H 1 24 6 25.80 7.10 0.89 0.55 15.0 19.0 1159 24 8 25.80 9.30 0.89 0.60 15.0 19.0 1172 24 10 25.80 11.40 0.89 0.68 15.0 19.0 1183 24 12 25.80 13.50 0.89 0.75 15.0 19.0 1204 24 14 25.80 15.30 0.89 0.66 15.0 19.0 1209 24 16 25.80 17.40 0.89 0.70 15.0 19.0 1225 24 18 25.80 19.50 0.89 0.75 17.0 22.0 1514 24 20 25.80 21.60 0.89 0.80 17.0 22.0 1542 24 24 25.80 25.80 0.89 0.89 17.0 22.0 1591 30 6 32.0 7.10 1.00 0.55 13.50 23.0 1527 30 8 32.0 9.30 1.00 0.60 13.50 23.0 1541 30 10 32.0 11.40 1.00 0.68 13.50 23.0 1554 30 12 32.0 13.50 1.00 0.75 13.50 23.0 1578 30 14 32.0 15.30 1.00 0.66 13.50 23.0 1707 30 16 32.0 17.40 1.00 0.70 13.50 23.0 1728 30 18 32.0 19.50 1.00 0.75 18.00 23.0 1962 30 20 32.0 21.60 1.00 0.80 18.00 23.0 _1993 30 24 32.0 25.80 1.00 0.89 21.00 25.0 2243 30 30 32.0 32.00 1.00 1.00 21.00 25.0 2630 36 6 38.30 7.10 1.15 0.55 17.50 26.0 - 36 8 38.30 9.30 1.15 0.60 17.50 26.0 2550 36 10 38.30 11.40 1.15 0.68 17.50 26.0 2562 36 12 38.30 13.50 1.15 0.75 17.50 26.0 2584 36 14 38.30 15.30 1.15 0.66 17.50 26.0 2588 36 16 38.30 17.40 1.15 0.70 17.50 26.0 2605 36 18 38.30 19.50 1.15 0.75 17.50 26.0 2612 36 20 38.30 21.60 1.15 0.80 17.50 26.0 2638 36 24 38.30 25.80 1.15 0.89 17.50 26.0 2690 36 30 38.30 32.00 1.15 1.00 28.00 28.0 3564 36 36 38.30 38.30 1.15 1.15 28.00 28.0 3891 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 35 0 TR FLEX Crosses SIZE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches Inches Pounds RUN BRANCH D Di T Ti H 1 14 6 15.30 7.10 0.66 0.55 14.0 14.0 553 14 8 15.30 9.30 0.66 0.60 14.0 14.0 598 14 10 15.30 11.40 0.66 0.68 14.0 14.0 640 14 12 15.30 13.50 0.66 0.75 14.0 14.0 693 14 14 15.30 15.30 0.66 0.66 14.0 14.0 782 16 6 17.40 7.10 0.70 0.55 15.0 15.0 673 16 8 17.40 9.30 0.70 0.60 15.0 15.0 717 16 10 17.40 11.40 0.70 0.68 15.0 15.0 757 16 12 17.40 13.50 0.70 0.75 15.0 15.0 810 16 14 17.40 15.30 0.70 0.66 15.0 15.0 899 16 16 17.40 17.40 0.70 0.70 15.0 15.0 958 18 6 19.50 7.10 0.75 0.55 13.0 15.5 733 18 8 19.50 9.30 0.75 0.60 13.0 15.5 774 18 10 19.50 11.40 0.75 0.68 13.0 15.5 813 18 12 19.50 13.50 0.75 0.75 13.0 15.5 863 18 14 19.50 15.30 0.75 0.66 16.5 16.5 1044 18 16 19.50 17.40 0.75 0.70 16.5 16.5 1104 18 18 19.50 19.50 0.75 0.75 16.5 16.5 1161 20 6 21.60 7.10 0.80 0.55 14.0 17.0 889 SIZE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches Inches Pounds RUN BRANCH D Di T Ti H J 20 8 21.60 9.30 0.80 0.60 14.0 17.0 931 20 10 21.60 11.40 0.80 0.68 14.0 17.0 970 20 12 21.60 13.50 0.80 0.75 14.0 17.0 1021 20 14 21.60 15.30 0.80 0.66 14.0 17.0 1108 20 16 21.60 17.40 0.80 0.70 18.0 18.0 1289 20 18 21.60 19.50 0.80 0.75 18.0 18.0 1347 20 20 21.60 21.60 0.80 0.80 18.0 18.0 1426 24 6 25.80 7.10 0.89 0.55 15.0 19.0 1202 24 8 25.80 9.30 0.89 0.60 15.0 19.0 1243 24 10 25.80 11.40 0.89 0.68 15.0 19.0 1280 24 12 25.80 13.50 0.89 0.75 15.0 19.0 1329 24 14 25.80 15.30 0.89 0.66 15.0 19.0 1413 24 16 25.80 17.40 0.89 0.70 15.0 19.0 1467 24 18 25.80 19.50 0.89 0.75 22.0 22.0 1836 24 20 25.80 21.60 0.89 0.80 22.0 22.0 1920 24 24 25.80 25.80 0.89 0.89 22.0 22.0 2087 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF: 2009 EDITION P 36 i TR FLEX Crosses (cont.) SIZE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches Inches Pounds RUN BRANCH D Di T Ti H 1 30 6 32.00 7.10 1.00 0.55 18.0 23.0 1919 30 8 32.0 9.30 1.00 0.60 18.0 23.0 1963 30 10 32.0 11.40 1.00 0.68 18.0 23.0 2004 30 12 32.0 13.50 1.00 0.75 18.0 23.0 2058 30 14 32.0 15.30 1.00 0.66 18.0 23.0 2144 30 16 32.0 17.40 1.00 0.70 18.0 23.0 2207 30 18 32.0 19.50 1.00 0.75 18.0 23.0 2271 30 20 32.0 21.60 1.00 0.80 18.0 23.0 2361 30 24 32.0 25.80 1.00 0.89 25.0 25.0 2978 30 30 32.0 32.00 1.00 1.00 25.0 25.0 3247 36 6 38.30 7.10 1.15 0.55 20.0 26.0 2752 36 8 38.30 9.30 1.15 0.60 20.0 26.0 2793 36 10 38.30 11.40 1.15 0.68 20.0 26.0 2831 36 12 38.30 13.50 1.15 0.75 20.0 26.0 2881 36 14 38.30 15.30 1.15 0.66 20.0 26.0 2963 36 16 38.30 17.40 1.15 0.70 20.0 26.0 3020 36 18 38.30 19.50 1.15 0.75 20.0 26.0 3076 36 20 38.30 21.60 1.15 0.80 20.0 26.0 3157 36 24 38.30 25.80 1.15 0.89 20.0 26.0 3328 36 30 38.30 32.00 1.15 1.00 28.0 28.0 4402 36 36 38.30 38.30 1.15 1.15 28.0 28.0 5183 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 37 Eiifl TR FLEX Wye Branches SIZE THICKNESS DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches Inches y F Pounds RUN BRANCH T1 T2 A B C 10 4 0.68 0.52 20.5 5 20.5 — 10 6 0.68 0.55 20.5 5 20.5 — 10 8 0.68 0.60 20.5 5 20.5 — 10 10 0.80 0.80 20.5 5 20.5 12 4 0.75 0.52 24.5 5.5 24.5 -- 12 12 0.75 0.75 24.5 5.5 24.5 570 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W f2 0 ca Cm 0o TR FLEX Wyes SIZE Inches RUN BRANCH 14 6 14 8 14 10 14 12 14 14 16 6 16 8 16 10 TR FLEX RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS Nsr.. 2009 EDITION P 38 0 THICKNESS DIMENSIONS 0 D, 15.65 7.10 15.65 9.30 15.65 11.40 15.65 13.50 15.65 15.30 17.80 7.10 17.80 9.30 17.80 11.40 16 12 17.80 13.50 16 14 17.80 15.30 16 16 17.80 17.40 18 6 19.92 7.10 18 8 19.92 9.30 18 10 19.92 11.40 18 12 19.92 13.50 18 14 19.92 15.30 18 16 19.92 17.40 18 18 19.92 19.50 20 8 22.06 9.30 20 10 22.06 11.40 20 12 22.06 13.50 Inches T Ti A&C B 0.82 0.55 27.0 6.0 0.82 0.60 27.0 6.0 0.82 0.68 27.0 6.0 0.82 0.75 27.0 6.0 0.82 0.82 27.0 6.0 0.89 0.55 30.0 6.5 0.89 0.60 30.0 6.5 0.89 0.68 30.0 6.5 0.89 0.75 30.0 6.5 0.89 0.82 30.0 6.5 0.89 0.89 30.0 6.5 0.96 0.55 32.0 7.0 0.96 0.60 32.0 7.0 0.96 0.68 32.0 7.0 0.96 0.75 32.0 7.0 0.96 0.82 32.0 7.0 0.96 0.89 32.0 7.0 0.96 0.96 32.0 7.0 1.03 0.60 35.0 8.0 1.03 0.68 35.0 8.0 1.03 0.75 35.0 8.0 WEIGHT Pounds 608 641 673 721 794 775 808 RASi 000 966 1027 952 985 1022 1065 1138 1199 1265 1228 1265 1308 SIZE THICKNESS DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches Inches Pounds RUN BRANCH 0 D, T Ti A& C B 20 14 22.06 15.30 1.03 0.82 35.0 8.0 1391 20 16 22.06 17.40 1.03 0.89 35.0 8.0 1447 20 18 22.06 • 19.50 1.03 0.96 35.0 8.0 1513 20 20 22.06 21.60 1.03 1.03 35.0 8.0 1592 24 8 26.32 9.30 1.16 0.60 40.5 9.0 1781 24 10 26.32 11.40 1.16 0.68 40.5 9.0 1854 24 12 26.32 13.50 1.16 0.75 40.5 9.0 1910 24 14 26.32 15.30 1.16 0.82 40.5 9.0 1971 24 16 26.32 17.40 1.16 0.89 40.5 9.0 2035 24 18 26.32 19.50 1.16 0.96 40.5 9.0 2114 24 20 26.32 21.60 1.16 1.03 40.5 9.0 2288 24 24 26.32 25.80 1.16 1.16 40.5 9.0 2505 30 12 32.74 13.50 1.37 0.75 49.0 10.0 3070 30 14 32.74 15.30 1.37 0.82 49.0 10.0 3153 30 16 32.74 17.40 1.37 0.89 49.0 10.0 3219 30 18 32.74 19.50 1.37 0.96 49.0 10.0 3285 30 20 32.74 21.60 1.37 1.03 49.0 10.0 3369 30 24 32.74 25.80 1.37 1.16 49.0 10.0 3558 30 30 32.74 32.00 1.37 1.37 49.0 10.0 3975 36 12 39.16 13.50 1.58 0.75 60.0 19.5 5143 36 14 39.16 15.30 1.58 0.82 60.0 19.5 5336 36 16 39.16 17.40 1.58 0.89 60.0 19.5 5312 36 18 39.16 19.50 1.58 0.96 60.0 19.5 5393 36 20 39.16 21.60 1.58 1.03 60.0 19.5 5487 36 24 39.16 25.80 1.58 1.16 60.0 19.5 5691 36 30 39.16 32.00 1.58 1.37 60.0 19.5 6133 36 36 39.16 38.30 1.58 1.58 60.0 19.5 6682 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W 0 cc ca 00 TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P 39 TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Reducers TR FLEX Concentric Reducers T SIZE PRESSURE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches RATING Inches Pounds LARGE SMALL psi T Ti L 6 4 350 0.36 0.34 6.62 50 _ 8 4 350 0.39 0.34 9.84 75 8 6 350 0.39 0.36 5.91 80 10 4 350 0.41 0.34 12.92 100 10 6_ 350 0.41 _ 0.36 10.02 110 10 8 _ 350 0.41 0.39 6.93 120 12 4 350 0.44 0.34 16.13 140 12 6 350 0.44 0.36 13.23 145 12 8 350 0.44 0.39 10.15 155 TR FLEX Concentric Reducers 12 10 350 0.44 0.41 7.06 165 SIZE PRESSURE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT 14 6 350 0.66 0.55 16.00 240 Inches RATING Inches Pounds 14 8 350 0.66 0.60 16.00 265 LARGE SMALL psi T Ti L 14 10 350 0.66 0.68 16.00 295 24 16 350 0.89 0.70 24.00 765 14 12 350 0.66 0.75 16.00 330 24 18 350 0.89 0.75 24.00 830 16 6 350 0.70 0.55 18.00 28_0 24 20 350 0.89 0.80 24.00 890 16 8 350 0.70 0.60 18.00 305 30 12 250 1.03 0.75 30.00 1046 16 10 350 0.70 0.68 18.00 340 30 16 250 1.03 0.70 30.00 1149 16 12 350 0.70 0.75 18.00 375 _ _ 30 18 250 1.03 0.75 24.00 1225 16 14 350 0.70 0.66 18.00 425 _ 30 20 250 - 1.03 0.80 24.00 1165 18 6 350 0.75 0.55 19.00 - _ _ 30 24 250 1.03 0.89 24.00 1290 18 8 350 0.75 0.60 19.00 370 36 18 250 1.15 0.75 24.00 1635 18 10 350 0.75 0.68 19.00 405 _ 36 20 250 1.15 0.80 36.00 1733 18 12 350 0.15 0.75 19.00 445 36 24 250 1.15 0.89 24.00 1568 18 14 350 0.75 0.66 19.00 495 36 30 250 1.15 1.03 24.00 1837 18 16 350 0.75 0.70 19.00 525 20 6 350 0.80 0.55 20.00 - 20 8 350 0.80 0.60 20.00 - 20 10 350 0.80 0.68 20.00 470 20 12 350 0.80 0.75 20.00 510 20 14 350 0.80 0.66 20.00 560 20 16 350 0.80 0.70 20.00 590 20 18 350 0.80 0.75 20.00 650 24 8 350 0.89 0.60 24.00 - 24 10 350 0.89 0.68 24.00 - 24 12 350 0.89 0.75 24.00 680 24 14 350 0.89 0.66 24.00 730 tActual weight of fittings may exceed those shown U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 L.LJ 0 c.c CM 00 TR FLEX 10, RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 2009 EDITION P40 TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Reducers TR FLEX Eccentric Reducers SIZE Inches LARGE SMALL 10 8 12 4 12 6 PRESSURE RATING psi 350 350 350 T 0.68 0.75 0.75 DIMENSIONS Inci,es T L 0.60 12.0 0.52 14.0 0.55 14.0 WEIGHT Pounds 162 159 180 12 8 350 0.75 0.60 14.0 203 12 10 350 0.75 0.68 14.0 235 14 6 350 0.66 0.55 16.0 243 14 8 350 0.66 0.60 16.0 271 14 10 350 0.66 0.68 16.0 298 14 12 350 0.66 0.75 16.0 334 16 16 6 8 350 350 0.70 0.70 0.55 0.60 18.0 18.0 290 318 16 10 350 0.70 0.68 18.0 355 16 12 350 0.70 0.75 18.0 391 16 14 350 0.70 0.66 18.0 444 18 8 350 0.75 0.60 19.0 372 18 10 350 0.75 0.68 19.0 409 18 12 350 0.75 0.75 19.0 445 18 14 350 0.75 0.66 19.0 498 18 16 350 0.75 0.70 19.0 540 20 10 350 0.80 0.68 20.0 473 20 12 350 0.80 0.75 20.0 514 20 14 350 0.80 0.66 20.0 562 20 16 350 0.80 0.70 20.0 609 20 18 350 0.80 0.75 20.0 658 24 12 350 0.89 0.75 24.0 689 24 14 350 0.89 0.66 24.0• 737 24 16 350 0.89 0.70 .. 24.0 784 TR FLEX Eccentric Reducers SIZE PRESSURE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches RATING Inches Pounds LARGE SMALL Psi T Ti L 24 18 350 0.89 0.75 24.0 838 24 20 350 0.89 0.80 24.0 897 30 18 250 1.03 0.75 30.0 1217 30 20 250 1.03 0.80 30.0 1291 30 24 250 1.03 0.89 30.0 1436 36 20 250 1.15 0.80 36.0 1742 36 24 250 1.15 0.89 36.0 1902 36 30 250 1.15 1.03 36.0 2226 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX O RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P41 0 TR FLEX Flange Connecting Piece SIZE GA WEIGHT WEIGHT Inches Inches Pounds(125) Pounds(250) 1" 12.84 45 — 6" — 13.27 65 — 8" 13.82 95 — 10" 14.03 135 — 12" 14.30 185 — 14" 15.75 250 — 16" 15.95 300 390 18" 16.19 350 470 20" 16.40 425 570 24" 16.86 570 795 U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED IT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX O RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P42 ( TR FLEX Telescoping Sleeves Thickness & Dimensions PRESSURE DIMENSIONS SIZE RATING Inches WEIGHT Inches psi A D V D E T Pounds 4 350 29.10 10.68 7.72 7.10 1.00 0.34 55 6 350 31.70 11.54 8.39 9.39 1.00 0.36 90 8 350 35.48 12.64 9.49 11.84 1.00 0.39 145 10 350 37.14 13.06 _____ _ 9.96 14.12 1.00 0.41 195 12 350 38.96 13.60 10.33 16.45 1.00 0.44 260 14 350 46.26 16.50 12.38 19.12 1.00 0.47 395 16 350 18 350 20 350 49.00 17.10 13.25 21.32 1.00 0.50 490 49.40 17.88 12.82 23.52 1.50 0.75 745 50.80 18.44 13.03 25.74 1.64 0.80 875 24 350 53.60 19.40 13.49 30.14 1.68 0.89 1180 30 250 61.40 22.32 15.51 37.18 1.76 1.03 2190 36 250 65.00 23.56 16.20 43.86 1.82 1.15 3060 *Weld bead location for Telescoping Sleeve end pieces. The U.S. Pipe TR FLEX Telescoping Sleeve is a Ductile Iron restrained joint fitting. The TR FLEX Telescoping Sleeve may by used in lieu of a mechani- cal joint sleeve where joint restraint of a Ductile Iron pipeline is required. The TR FLEX Telescoping Sleeve is ideally suited for use as a closure piece when connecting a new restrained joint pipeline to an existing one. Repairs to an existing restrained joint pipeline can be made with the use of a TR FLEX Telescoping Sleeve. This sleeve may also be used to facilitate the installation of fittings or valves in an existing restrained joint pipeline. For additional information on TR FLEX Telescoping Sleeves, see U.S. Pipe's Telescoping Sleeve Brochure or contact your U.S Pipe representative. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEX O RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P43 0 TR FLEX Sleeve/Connecting Piece r TR FLEX Sleeve/Connecting Piece SIZE PRESSURE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT Inches RATING nc^es Pounds psi T L 6 350 0.36 1.00 55 8 350 0.39 1.00 90 10 350 0.41 1.00 125 _ 12 350 0.44 1.50 _ 175 14 350 0.66 1.50 285 16 350 0.70 1.50 325 18 350 0.75 4.00 430 20 350 0.80 4.36 510 24 350 0.89 4.74 695 30 250 1.03 7.00 1125 The above sleeves are used to connect TR FLEX Pipe spigots and have an internal stop of laying length L. They are a component part of the XTRA FLEX® High Deflection fitting. Please request our XTRA FLEX® Restrained Joint High Deflection Fittings brochure for additional information or contact your U.S. Pipe Representative. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 W a. 0 co CM cc TR FLEX 0 RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF. 2009 EDITION P44 TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Caps & Plugs I - T -- T -T I I T I - II 14"- 36" 412" 4"- 10" 12 36" TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Caps TR FLEX Fittings Thickness & Dimensions Plugs PRESSURE SIZE RATING T WEIGHT Inches psi Inches Pounds 4 350 0.34 15 6 350 0.36 25 8 350 0.39 40 10 350 0.41 60 12 350 0.44 90 14 350 0.66 165 16 350 0.70 205 18 350 0.75 250 20 350 0.80 305 24 350 0.89 440 30 250 1.03 780 36 250 1.15 1250 SIZE Inches 4 PRESSURE RATING psi 350 T Inches 0.33 WEIGHT Pounds 16 6 350 0.36 28 8 350 0.39 43 10 350 0.41 70 12 350 0.44 64 14 350 0.47 89 16 350 0.50 108 18 _ 350 0.75 290 20 _ 350 0.80 362 24 350 0.89 520 30 36 250 250 1.03 1.15 922 1302 Mctual weight of fittings may exceed those shown U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED JT. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 TR FLEXO RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS NSF 2009 EDITION P45 l Products for Water, Wastewater and Fire Protection Ductile Iron Pipe SIZE RANGE TYTON JOINT® Pipe 4"-64" Ductile Iron Mechanical Joint Pipe 4"-12" Ductile Iron TR FLEX® Pipe 4'-64" Ductile Iron Flanged Pipe 3'-64" Ductile Iron USIFLEX® Boltless Flexible Joint Pipe — 4"-48" Ductile Iron for Subaqueous Installations Restrained Joints TR FLEX® Pipe 4'-64" Ductile Iron MJ FIELD LOK Gaskets 4"-24" FIELD LOK 35i�kets 4"-24' FIELD LOK® Gasket 30" & 36" TR FLEX GRIPPER® Rings 4"-36" Ductile Iron TR TELE FLEX® Assemblies 4'-24" Ductile Iron HP LOKTM Restrained Joint 30'-42" Ductile Iron Fittings TYTON® Fittings 14'-64" Ductile Iron TRIM TYTON® Fittings 4"-12" Ductile Iron TR FLEX® Fittings and TR FLEX® Telescoping Sleeves 4'-64" Ductile Iron Mechanical Joint Fittings 30'-48" Ductile Iron TRIM TYTE® MJ Fittings 3'48" Ductile Iron Flanged Fittings - 30'-64" Ductile Iron XTR FLA IX Couplings 4"-24' Ductile Iron Miscellaneous Products PROTECTO 401TM Lined Ductile Iron Pipe for Domestic Sewage and Industrial Wastes FULL FACE FLANGE-TYTETm Gaskets RING FLANGE-TYTETm Gaskets Saddle Outlets Welded Outlets Polyethylene Encasement 4"-64" Ductile Iron 4"-64" 4"-36" Various Ductile Iron Various Ductile Iron 4"-64" Our products are manufactured in conformance with National Standards so that our customers may be assured of getting the performance and longevity they expect. Use of accessories or other appurtenances that do not comply with recognized standards may jeopardize the performance and longevity of the project. U.S. PIPE AND FOUNDRY CO. TR FLEX RESTRAINED 1T. PIPE AND FITTINGS BRO-009 REVISED 11.09 RENAL SALES OFFICES EASTERN REGIONAL OFFICE (609) 387-6120 (Phone) (609) 387-6050 (Fax) VMTERN REGIONAL OFFICE (815) 725-7168 (Phone) (815) 725-7165 (Fax) PACIFIC COAST REGIONAL OFFICE M, M�w (510) 441-5800 (Phone) (510) 44-5885 (Fax) SOUMERN REGIONAL OFFICE (205) 254-7229 (Phone) - (205) 254-7009 (Fax) INTERNATIONAL SALES OFFICE (205) 254-7230 (Phone) -- (205) 254-7274 (Fax) All U.S. Pipe brochures andlor products are subject to change without further notice. P.O. Box 10406 MORE Birmingham, AL 35202 ` 866.DIP.PIPE (866.347.7473) TIT"WA FAX 205.254.7165 JETW = www.uspipe.com FMM. Michael A Benoit From: Tyler Whitehouse [TWhitehouse@carollo.com] Sent: Monday, November 22, 2010 9:01 AM To: Michael A Benoit Subject: Hotbox Information Mike, List prices for the following hotboxes from the local rep Stone-Drew/Ashe and Jones, Inc: H B.75: $505 H61: $642 They are checking with factory to confirm that a 60W heater can be put in an H6.75. If it can, the list price difference between a 30W and 60W is —$15. 1 will let you know as soon as I hear something. Regardless of the above, we recommend that you go with the HB1 to allow for adequate clearance for installation and maintenance of the backflow preventer. Thanks, Tyler Whitehouse Carollo Engineers 1218 Third Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 Office: 206-684-6532 Fax:206-903-0419 twhitehouse@carollo.com .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. i.........:........ .. ...................... .. .. .. .. .. .. NO 7-1 �` ��' Y-C /: rZXJ G/' O ..................:........_..._........».......................»..._..... _�».............:__...................._............:.........:............................................... - .. ....... S`j !`... .. ..fir .. ..................'......... '.........:.........:....... .0 .........:.�.�..`.."�.s' ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ......................................... .. .......... .. .. .. .. .. ...............................................:..............................................:...................:...................:...................:............................................................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 2'......r-t.!. ...................`....... .. .. .. ... . Zp� ax . . ...................:................... :................... :................... :................... :...................:................... ............ .. .. .. ............ .. .. .. .. .. .. ................... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ......... ...P.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... .... . AEC Ashford Electric & Construction Co. Certified WBE/DBE • D2F2604453 CITY OF RENTON -PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO. WWP-27-3557 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT RE -SUBMITTAL RESPONSE TO ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL REVIEW COMMENTS CONSULTING ENGINEER CAROLLO GENERAL CONTRACTOR KAMINS CONSTRUCTION 19315 ROSS ROAD BOTHELL, WA. 98011 PH.206-396-9115 FAX.877-710-9005 Cont. #ASHFOEC 147QC • 909 Kirkland Avenue • Kirkland, WA. 98033 (425) 889-1486 9 (425) 828-9045 OAP& 11PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 9 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL Sub - Sections 16 DATE: 1/10/2011 JOB NO.: 8235B.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: & 17 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Electrical REVIEWED BY: Adam O'Leary SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected X Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Confirm conduit seals are to be provided with 40 percent fill capacity (10.16130- 2.07.G.1.a). 2. Please identify where the Hoffman NEMA 4X enclosures are intended to be used. 3. The submitted Milbank meter cabinet appears to be acceptable, however, Contractor shall submit certification that the intended installation has been coordinated with and approved by the Utility companies. Submit narrative description to demonstrate coordination as specified (10.16210-1.05.B). 4. Confirm the generator receptacle matches the existing per Contract Drawing E-02. 5. The Pump Control Panel was submitted under a separate cover, Contractor to coordinate installation of the submitted power plugs and receptacles. Confirm that installation of the power plugs or mini -quick connectors by the Contractor will not void the control panel warranty. 6. Confirm the submitted Hubbell mini -quick connectors are compatible with the signal conductor and cable sizes to be used. Carollo. local: Carol lo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\SubmittaI9.docx Page 1 of 1 CITY OF RENTON - PUBLIC WORKS LAKE WASINGTON BEACH LIFT STATION REPLACEMNENT ELECTRICAL RE -SUBMITTAL RESPONSE TO SUBMITTAL REVIEW ITEMS PREPARED BY CAROLLO ENGINEERS DATED 1/10/2011 ITEM 1 - CONDUIT SEALS WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED PER NEC 501.15(C)(6). CONDUCTOR FILL IN SEALOFF FITTING WILL NOT EXCEED 25% OF CONDUIT TRADE SIZE. EXAMPLES - MAX. 9414 XHHW OR 7412 XHHW COPPER CONDUCTORS IN 3/4" SEALOFF FITTTING. MAX. 16414 XHHW OR 12412 XHHW COPPER CONDUCTORS IN 1" SEALOFF FITTING. ITEM 2 - NEMA 4X ENCLOSURES WERE SUBMITTED PER SPEC. MAY POSSIBLY USE ONE IN VALVE VAULT - WILL PROBABLY USE CONDULETS. ITEM 3 - PER PSE COMMERCIAL SERVICE GUIDELINES, 120/240 VOLT 3 PHASE SERVICE UP TO 200 AMP REQUIRES 7 TERMINAL METER SOCKET WITH MANUAL BYPASS/TEST BLOCK (SEE ATTACHED SHEET) - AS DESCRIBED IN MILBANK SERVICE METERING PEDESTAL SUBMITTAL. PLAN SHEETS C-03, E-01, E-02 SENT TO HOWARD PEPIN AT PUGET SOUND ENERGY FOR CONFIRMATION OF NEW SERVICE CONNECTION TO EXISTING TRANSFORMER/VAULT AS INDICATED BY ENGINEER. ITEM 4 - GENERATOR RECEPTACLE WILL BE INSTALLED BY ASHFORD ELECTRIC IN NEW SERVICE CABINET TO MATCH EXISTING CITY OF RENTON RECEPTACLE. ITEM 5 - PLUG INSTALLATION INDICATED ON PLANS TO BE INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. ASHFORD ELECTRIC HAS COORDINATED WITH PUMPTECH TO DO FIELD INSTALLATION OF PLUGS AND RECEPTACLES FOR MOTOR POWER AND CONTROL CABLES. PLEASE NOTE THAT LEVEL SWITCH AND LEVEL TRANSDUCER CABLE RECEPTACLES WILL ACTUALLY BE INSTALLED IN CITY PROVIDED RTU PANEL, PER AS -BUILT DRAWINGS AND LAYOUT PROVIDED BY CITY. RECEPTACLE ENTRIES IN BOTTOM OF PANELS SHOULD HAVE NO DIFFERENT EFFECT ON WARRANTY THAN CONDUIT ENTRIES. ITEM 6 - CONNECTORS WILL BE SIZED AND ORDERED TO MATCH APPROPRIATE CABLES SIZES INSTALLED. METER INSTALLATION 43 Table 8 Single-phase (nonresidential only) and all thre phase meter socket types Service No. of Meter ManuIr Accessible Block Disconnect Voltage Wires Capacity Terminals Socket ' Bypass Ahead & Socket Amp Config. Required? Safety Socket Required? SINGLE-PHASE NONRESIDENTIAL 120/240 3 up to 200 4 A Yes No Self-contained socket 120/240 3 201 to 320 4 A Yes No Self-contained 320 amp socket Instrument transformer 120/240 3 above 320 6 B n/a n/a rated with provision for test switch 120/208 3 up to 200 5 C Yes No Preferred arrangement 120/240 3 up to 200 5 C Yes Safety socket Streetlight applications only only 240/480 3 up to 200 5 C Yes Yes Streetlight applications only ALL THREE-PHASE 120/208 4 up to 200 7 D Yes No Self-contained socket Instrument transformer 120/208 4 above 200 13 E n/a n/a rated with provision for test switch Self-contained socket 120/240 4 up to 200 7 D Yes No (RESTRICTED APPLICATION) — High leg on right terminals Instrument transformer 120/240 4 above 200 13 E n/a n/a rated with provision for test switch (RESTRICTED APPLICATION) 2771480 4 up to 200 7 D Yes Yes Self-contained safety socket Instrument transformer 277/480 4 above 200 13 E n/a n/a rated with provision for test switch * Meter Socket Configurations - l Z". A B C D - E_ ELECTRIC SERVICE HANDBOOK/COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL/MULTIFAMILY DEVELOPMENTS CHAPTER 4 r Associated Earth Sciences, :nc, 69 0 fV Cel ra6n� C1 er 25 ,fearrs, o f sew ce January 12, 2011 Project No. KE100406A Kamiins Construction 19315 Ross Road Bothell, Washington 98033 Attention: Mr. Chad Kamins Subject: Geotechnical Document Review/Supplemental Subsurface Exploration Lake Washington Lift Station Gene Coulon Park Renton, Washington Dear Mr. Kamins: We understand that Kamins Construction will be completing the lift station replacement, and we have been requested to review available geotechnical information and provide our opinions regarding subsurface conditions and the dewatering plan. The location of the project site is shown on the "Vicinity Map", Figure 1. As requested, we observed the completion of one exploration boring at the proposed lift station location and have reviewed geotechnical engineering documents regarding the new Lake Washington Lift Station at Gene Coulon Park in Renton, Washington. The documents reviewed included: • Preliminary Geotechnical Evaluation, Task 2. Lake Washington Lift Station, Renton, Washington, prepared by HWA Geosciences Inc., dated July 9, 2009. • Dewatering Plan, Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Project, prepared by De -Watering Services, LLC (De -Watering Services), undated. Kirkland Everett Tacoma 425-827-7701 425-259-0522 253-722-2992 www.aesgeo.com Exploration Boring EB-1 Exploration boring EB-1 was completed on December 23, 2010 as part of the current exploration. BH-1 and BH-2 were completed as part of the previous study by HWA Geosciences. These two borings were located several hundred feet away and are not site - specific to the current location of the project. The location of the EB-1 and exploration borings BH-1 and BH-2, completed by HWA Geosciences, is shown on the "Site Plan", Figure 2. EB-1 was completed to evaluate subsurface conditions at the proposed lift station site in relation to the subsurface conditions documented in HWA's borings in the vicinity of the lift station location. Exploration boring EB-1 was completed by advancing an 8-inch-diameter, hollow -stem auger with a truck -mounted drill rig to a depth of 41.5 feet. During the drilling process, samples were generally obtained at 2.5-foot-depth intervals from 2.5 to 20 feet below existing grade, and at 5-foot-depth intervals from 20 to 40 feet below grade. The borings were continuously observed and logged by a geotechnical engineer from our firm. The exploration log for EB-1 is presented in Attachment A and is based on the field logs, drilling action, and inspection of the samples collected. Exploration logs for the HWA exploration borings BH-1 and BH-2 are also included in Attachment A. Disturbed but representative samples were obtained by using the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) procedure in accordance with American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):D 1586. This testing and sampling method consists of driving a standard 2-inch, outside -diameter, split -barrel sampler a distance of 18 inches into the soil with a 140-pound hammer free -falling a distance of 30 inches. The number of blows for each 6-inch interval is recorded, and the number of blows required to drive the sampler the final 12 inches is known as the Standard Penetration Resistance ("N") or blow count. If a total of 50 is recorded within one 6-inch interval, the blow count is recorded as the number of blows for the corresponding number of inches of penetration. If the sampler was pushed into the soils by the weight of the sampling equipment at the desired sample depth, a blow count of zero ("0") was assigned to the 6-inch interval that was pushed through. The resistance, or N-value, provides a measure of the relative density of granular soils or the relative consistency of cohesive soils; these values are plotted on the attached boring logs. The samples obtained from the split -barrel sampler were classified in the field and representative portions placed in watertight containers. The samples were then transported to our laboratory for further visual classification, as necessary. Fill soils (those not naturally placed) were encountered in EB-1 from ground surface to a depth of approximately 8 feet below ground surface (bgs). Fill soils consisted of loose to medium dense, moist, gray, silty sand to sandy silt. Coal was encountered in the fill soils from approximately 3 to 8 feet below existing grade. Sediments underlying the surficial fill 2 generally consisted of loose to medium dense, moist to wet, gray, sand with varying amounts of silt and some interbeds of silty fine sand. The gray sand encountered below the fill soils is interpreted to be alluvium. Ground water was encountered at approximately 10 feet below existing grade during drilling. Boring EB-1 was backfilled and abandoned after drilling was completed. Upon review of the previous boring logs it appears that the soil conditions encountered in EB-1 located at the proposed lift station location are similar to that found in BH-1 and BH-2 performed previously. Based upon this information, we completed the review of the dewatering plan. Dewatering Plan Review Lift Station Wet Well Excavation AESI reviewed the dewatering plan for the lift station wet well excavation prepared by De - Watering Services. The three-dimensional ground water flow model MODFLOW was used in our evaluation of the dewatering plan for lift station wet well excavation. Input parameters used in the MODFLOW model were based on the input parameters in the dewatering plan prepared by De -Watering Services and are summarized below. Table 1 MODFLOW Input Parameters Lift Station Wet Well Excavation Input Parameter Value Source Ground Surface Elevation 23 feet De -Watering Services Report Ground Water Elevation at Lift Station 22 feet De -Watering Services Report Base of Unconfined Aquifer -18 feet De -Watering Services Report Hydraulic Conductivity 10 feet/day De -Watering Services Re ort Excavation Depth 18 feet Kamins Construction Dewatering Target Ground Water Elevation 3 feet De -Watering Services Report The proposed dewatering plan for the lift station wet well excavation proposed by De -Watering Services proposes the use of well points located approximately 19 feet north, south, east, and west of the center of the wet well lift station excavation. This well point array was used in our MODFLOW dewatering analysis. Our dewatering model simulation was run under transient flow conditions with daily time steps. Pumping rates for the four simulated well points in our analysis of 25 gallons per minute (gpm) for each individual well point (100 gpm total) showed the ground water levels were dewatered to the target ground water elevation. 3 Sewer Pipeline Excavation AESI reviewed the dewatering plan for the sewer pipeline excavation prepared by De -Watering Services. The ground water flow model MODFLOW was used in our evaluation of the dewatering plan for sewer pipeline excavation. Input parameters used in the MODFLOW model were based on the input parameters in the dewatering plan prepared by De -Watering Services and are summarized below. Table 2 MODFLOW Input Parameters Sewer Pipeline Excavation Input Parameter Value Source Ground Surface Elevation 23 feet De -Watering Services Report Ground Water Elevation at Lift Station 22 feet De -Watering Services Report Base of Unconfined Aquifer -18 feet De -Watering Services Report Hydraulic Conductivity 10 ft/da De -Watering Services Report_ Excavation De th 12 feet De -Watering Services Report Dewatering Target Ground Water Elevation 12 feet De -Watering Services Report The proposed dewatering plan for the sewer line excavation proposed by De -Watering Services proposes the use of well points located on approximately 15-foot centers along the sewer line alignment. The same well point spacing array was used in our MODFLOW dewatering analysis. Our dewatering model simulation was run under transient flow conditions with daily time steps. Pumping rates for the four simulated well points in our analysis of 15 gpm for each individual well point simulated showed the ground water levels were dewatered to the target ground water elevation for the sewer line excavation. Shoring Review Based upon the conditions encountered, the excavation should be shored. It is up to the contractor to provide shoring that will provide adequate support for the excavation. It is our understanding that the cut will be about 18 feet deep and about 12 feet square. It is our opinion that a standard shoring box at a proper rating provided by the manufacturer could be used for this application. 4 We appreciate the opportunity to be of continued service. If you have any questions regarding this letter or other geotechnical engineering aspects of the project, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. Kirkland, Washington David J. Baumgarten, L.G., L.Hg. Senior Hydrogeologist Attachment A: Exploration Logs EB-1, 131-1-1, and 131-1-2 DJ EAb KE100406A2 Projeccs\20100406W EM P �1 J"� \PJ A 9� 00284 Matthew A. Miller, P.E. Senior Associate Engineer I a o rtlt' .fit EINT 141` i' �!'Prt ` X.(! 0 1000 2000 Pht4, REFERENCE: USGS TOPO! FEET Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. VICINITY MAP FIGURE 1 ® � KAMINS DATE 1/11 REN ON, WAS IINGTON STATION PROD. NO. KE100406A 8-Inch Sewer I EB-1 Pipeline `;, Lift Station Wet Well APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXPLORATION BORING BY AESI APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXPLORATION BY HWA TYP BFI-1 0 N AB H-2 q 0 30 60 s FEET t REFERENCE: CAROLLO 3 i Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. SITE AND EXPLORATION PLAN FIGURE 2 x KAMINS LAKE WASHINGTON LIFT STATION DATE 1/11 *.' RENTON, WASHINGTON PROJ. NO. KE100406A ATTACHMENT A Exploration Logs EB-1, BH-I, and BH-2 ° o ° Well -graded gravel and Terms Describing Relative Density and Consistency —. 0000 Gw gravel with sand, little to Density SPTI�lblows/foot a r o no fines Very Loose 0 to 4 Coarse- 0 0 0 0 0 GP Poorly -graded gravel m a m� 0 u, Vti000°o Loose 4 to 10 Grained Soils Medium Dense 10 to 30 Test Symbols in `o �r 0 0 0 0 0 o0000 and gravel with sand, little to no fines Dense 30 to 50 G =Grain Size o N d c Z o 0 0 0 o o0000 Ve Dense >50 ry M= Moisture Content Z Ln o Consistency SPT(Ziblows/foot A= Atterberg Limits ° 0° 0 Silty gravel and silty c GM gravel with sand Very Soft 0 to 2 C = Chemical Fine- a1 L 0 u ° 0 0 Soft 2 to 4 DID = Dry Density Grained Soils C m O N l Medium Stiff 4 to 8 K = Permeability g Cro Stiff 8 to 15 Clayey gravel and Very Stiff 15 to 30 > NI GC clayey gravel with sand Hard >30 o � Component Definitions c Well -graded sand and c Descriptive Term Size Range and Sieve Number SW sand with gravel, little Boulders Larger than 12" LL to no fines Cobbles 3" to 12° Gravel 3" to No. 4 (4.75 mm) Poorly -graded sand 0 rn 0 > C) � vu SP and sand with gravel, Coarse Gravel 3" to 3/4" Fine Gravel 3/4" to No. 4 (4.75 mm) c o a N d little to no fines Sand No. 4 (4.75 mm) to No. 200 (0.075 mm) z Coarse Sand No. 4 (4.75 mm) to No. 10 (2.00 mm) N o m Silty sand and Medium Sand No. 10 (2.00 mm) to No. 40 (0.425 mm) m 'COOy SM silty Sand with Fine Sand No. 40 (0.425 mm) to No. 200 (0.075 mm) � j CDo LL gravel Silt and Clay Smaller than No. 200 (0.075 mm) sc Clayey sand and (3) Estimated Percentage Moisture Content Ni clayey sand with gravel Percentage by Dry - Absence of moisture, Component Weight dusty, dry to the touch Trace <5 Slightly Moist - Perceptible Silt, sandy silt, gravelly silt, > o ML silt with sand or gravel Few 5 to 10 moisture Lo Little 15 to 25 Moist - Damp but no visible With Non -primary coarse water Clay Of low t0 medium o f0 N constituents: > 15% Very Moist - Water visible but d U u plasticity; silty, sandy, or Fines content between not free draining Z m = CL gravelly clay, lean clay 5% and 15% Wet - Visible free water, usually afrom below water table ii -- Organic clay or silt of low Symbols CT 'n _ — OL plasticity Blows/6" or Sampler portion of 6° Cement grout ° / TypeJon surface seal Elastic silt, clayey silt, silt 2 0" ODO Sampler Type a MH with mIC8Ce0US Or s Description Split Spx (<> Bentonite seal o LO o � diatomaceous fine sand or Sampler3.0" OD Split -Spoon Sampler - :. Filter pack with 0 0 m m o silt (SPT)3.25" OD Split -Spoon Ring Sampler W . blank casing :• Clay of high plasticity, m v o LO c CH Sandy Or gravelly Clay, fat Bulk sa3.0" OD Thin -Wall Tube Sampler section = Screened casing m r9 E clay with sand or ravel y 9 (including Shelby tube) or Hydrotip with filter pack cD — o t!� Grab Sa End ca p a %ii�i �,� , i Organic clay or silt of Portion not recovered OH medium to high (1) (4) Percentage by dry weight Depth of ground water plasticity (2) (SPT) Standard Penetration Test (ASTM D 1586) 1 ATD = At time of drilling (3) V Static water level (date) In General Accordance with >' y Peat, muck and other rn o, 0 PT highly organic soils Standard Practice for Description (5) Combined USCS symbols used for _ O and Identification of Soils (ASTM D-2488) fines between 5% and 15% Classifications of soils in this report are based on visual field and/or laboratory observations, which include density/consistency, moisture condition, grain size, and plasticity estimates and should not be construed to imply field or laboratory testing unless presented herein. Visual -manual and/or laboratory classification methods of ASTM D-2487 and D-2488 were used as an identification guide for the Unified Soil Classification System. m Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. EXPLORATION LOG KEY FIGURE Al RA % 03IN7_2 M a Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Exploration Log a Project Number Exploration Number I Sheet 1 KE100406A EE 1 of 1 Project Name Lake Washington Lift Station at Gene Coulon Park Ground Surface Elevation (ft) Location Renton Washington Datum N/A Driller/Equipment Holocene Drilling DateStart/Finish 12/9:/1(1,19/2,;/2010 Hammer Weight/Drop 140# 1 30" Hole Diameter (in) z O .d) > = 3 -,h Blows/Foot N la) a S E 2 5, a E Q? o `m T cc 0 rn DESCRIPTION o in 10 20 30 40 r ° 0-1" Asphalt Pavement Fill S-1 - Moist,_9ray, silty SAND to_sa_ndY SILT, trace clay few gravel_ - - - - - J 17 15 15 30 Coal Fill S-2 Coarse coal sand in bottom 6" 30% recovery. a As Wet, gray silty fine SAND to fine sandy SILT 70% recovery. 2 S-3 upper 2" coal or organics, wet, dark_gray_er�fine vsandy SILT_ - - - - - z 6 Alluvium 3 3 10 S 4 Wet, gray, fine to medium SAND, some silt 30% recovery 1 A14 s 8 S-5 Wet, gray, medium -coarse sand, few gravel 50% recovery Bottom-1" 6 Al olive gray silty fine SAND- 8 7 15 S 6 Wet, gray, medium to coarse SAND, top 5". Brown/gray SILT with some o A3 fine SAND 80% recovery. 1 2 S-7 Wet, gray, coarse SAND, top 8". Wet, gray, fine to medium SAND, bottom s 14" 80% recovery 13 30 17 20 S-8 Water added at 20 ft. Wet, gray, fine to medium SAND, occasional coarse SAND 90% recovery. 3 4 At 12 6-8" heave 25 S-9 Wet, gray, medium SAND, some coarse sand, little silt (possibly in a seam 3 Ag or pocket) 80% recovery. 4 5 6" heave 30 S-10 Wet, gray, medium SAND, little silt. Bottom 2" - wood chips and fine sandy 5 •12 SILT 100% recovery 6 s Driller reported gravel layer at 34 ft 35 S-11 Wet, gray medium SAND, occasional coarse sand, bottom 2" layer of s �14 gravel then sandy SILT with occasional gravel 70% recovery. 6 8 40 10 S-12 Wet, olive gray, medium to coarse SAND, with few gravel 30% recovery. 20 ik4l ------------------------- 21 y 9 Bottom of exploration boring at 41 5 feet L 7 Sampler Type (ST): m 2" OD Split Spoon Sampler (SPT) No Recovery M - Moisture Logged by: DJB 3" OD Split Spoon Sampler (D & M) Ring Sample SZ Water Level () Approved by: L ® Grab Sample 0 Shelby Tube Sample 1 Water Level at time of drilling (ATD) DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 05/16/2009 11:00:00 AM SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 06/15/2009 2:00:00 PM SURFACE ELEVATION: 27.00 t feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney ME im WA 1 2 3 w w z m w Standard Penetration Test a ? � L q (140 lb. weight, 3U' drop) Z w z ♦ Blows per fool a s 3 0 DESCRIPTION V) U) a g U 0 0 10 20 30 40 60 :. SM Organic rich topsoll. Dense, brown to gray, silty, fine to medium SAND with trace fine gravel, moist. [FILL] Driller Notes: Boulder encountered, difficult to maintain vertical orientation In drill stem. Very loose, black, sandy, fine, angular to sub angular, COAL clasts, wet [COAL FILL] SM Very loose, gray, silty, fine SAND with lenses of medium to coarse sand, wet. [ALLUVIUM] Becoming Silty Loose, dark gray, silty, SAND to sandy SILT, wet. Fine to coarse [ALLUVIUM] Becoming Medium Dense Dirtier Notes: Couple Inches of heave, adds water z S-1 3-14-16 S-2 4-7-11 ® S-3 2-5-5 S-4 0-1-2 GS S-5 1-1-1 S-6 0-0-2 GS S-7 0-0-7 S-8 3-6-13 XS-9 7-8-7 2 For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this ° exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date Indicated and therefore may not necessarily be Indicative of other limes and/or locations. —5 — 10 1 mt-M F 25 [ L— 30 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit 1 — 0— i Liquid Limit Natural Water Content BORING: O Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-1 HMGEOSCIENCES INC. PAGE: 1 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-2 BORING 2009058.GPJ 6/24109 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploratlon Plan DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 05/15/2009 11:00:00 AM SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 05/15/2009 2:00:00 PM SURFACE ELEVATION: 27.00 t feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney 5 Q 1 2( 1 V DESCRIPTION SM Organic rich topsoil. Dense, brown to gray, silty, fine to medium SAND with trace fine gravel, moist [FILL] Driller Notes: Boulder encountered, difficult to maintain vertical orientation In drill stem. Very loose, black, sandy, fine, angular to sub angular, COAL clasts, wet. [COAL FILL] SM Very loose, gray, silty, fine SAND with lenses of medium to coarse sand, wet. . [ALLUVIUM] Becoming Silty Loose, dark gray, silty, SAND to sandy SILT, wet. Fine to coarse [ALLUVIUM] Becoming Medlum Dense Driller Notes: Couple Inches of heave, adds water rr w w z ^ 0. F Z t H 0 W W Z d d ZI W D Sa zo = O vi a T3 O ca _ z S-1 3-14-16 XS-2 4-7-11 ® S-3 2-5-5 S-4 0-1-2 GS S-5 1-1-1 8-6 0-0-2 GS S-7 0-0-7 S-8 3-6-13 NS-9 7-B-7 30 For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date Indicated and therefore may not necessarily be Indicative of other times and/or locations. lM Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 39' drop) ♦ Blows per foot 10 20 30 40 50 l r— 0 ........................... . ....................................... *. • .j A. `30 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit 1--0 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content BORING: ` Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-1 i HMGEOSCIENCES INC. PAGE: 1 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-2 BORING 2009058.GPJ W24109 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 05/16/2009 11:00:00 AM SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 05/15/2009 2:00:00 PM SURFACE ELEVATION: 27.00 f feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 - 55 - 60 DESCRIPTION Medium Dense, gray, silty, fine to coarse SAND with [race fine gravel, wet. (ALLUVIUM] Driller Notes: 4 Inches of heave, continues to add water � w w z Standard Penetration Test a 2 a (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) Blows foot III W Z per gm a W w Z IX y Q w v) a O O 0 W 10 20 30 40 60 0" XS-10 3-8-8 NS-11 2-7-12 NS-12 1-1-5 OL— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — NS-13 0-2-5 Medium stiff, brown, sandy, organic SILT, moist. [ALLUVIUM] — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — SM ® Medium Dense, gray, slightly silty, fine to coarse SAND, wet. J S•14 6-9-11 Terminated at 51.5 feet bgs. Ground water encountered at 8 feet bgs. For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the spedfied location and on the date indicated and therefore may not necessarily be Indicative of other times and/or locations. —40 1-50 1 ' 60 0 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit 1-0 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content BORING: Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-1 HMGEOSCIENCES INC. PAGE: 2 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-2 BORING 2009058.GPJ 6124109 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 06/1512009 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 05115/2009 SURFACE ELEVATION: 31.00 f feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney 5 Mt W 1 2( 1 2! DESCRIPTION SP Asphalt Pavement - 4 Inches Very loose, olive -brown, fine to medium SAND, molst- (FILL] Very loose, black, sandy, fine, angular to sub angular, COAL clasts, wet. [COAL FILL] ML SM Driller Notes: Wet Rods at 15 feet. Very soft, gray, sandy, SILT with lenses of medium to coarse sand, wet. [ALLUVIUM] Medium Dense, gray, silty, flne to coarse SAND with trace tine gravel, wet. o w m ELul N ffi ~ W W C W F- O 0- Q. a H Lu Z p o 12 vai vdi a A cm7 S-1 2-2-1 a S-2 1-1-1 8-3 0-1-1 GS S-4 1-2-2 S-5 0-1-1 S-6 0-1-1 GS XS-7 3-6-8 N8-8 2-3.9 30— — — — — — — — — — — For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified Iocatlon and on the date Indicated and therefore may not necessarily be Indicative of other times and/or locations. Standard Penetration Test (140 Ib. weight, W' drop) ♦ Blows per foot LLI Q 10 20 30 40 50 O r--0 ♦s ♦ • ,: �.. e i+a 0 20 40 60 SO 11 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit t-- 0 uquld Limit Natural Water Content —5 — 10 1-20 1 — 30 I 0 BORING: Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-2 HMGEoSaENCES INC. PAGE: 1 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-3 BORING 2009056.GPJ 6/24/09 AEC Ashford Electric & Construction Co. Certified WBE/DBE • D2F2604453 Dec. 30, 2010 Kamins Consttruction 19315 Ross Road Bothell, Wa. 98011 Ph.206-396-9115 Fax.877-710-9005 Project — City of Renton — Public Works Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Project No. WWP-27-3557 Subject — AEC RFI #1 — RTU drawings Gentlemen, We would like to request the City of Renton furnish a copy of the drawings of the RTU panel being supplied by the City for the Beach Lift Station replacement project. This will provide the dimensions and wiring specifics which will be required for the electrical installation portion of the job. If available, a pdf copy forwarded via e-mail would be fine. Thank You, Jim Bagne Project Manager Ashford Electric jimb@ashfordelectric.com Cont. #ASHFOEC 147QC • 909 Kirkland Avenue • Kirkland, WA. 98033 (425) 889-1486 • (425) 828-9045 tero=auatlgtii MANHOLE TRENCH SHIELD CERTIFICATION A COPY OF TV41S SHEET KJST ACCOMPANY EACH CORRESPONDING TRENCH SHIELD AT EVERY JOB SITE MODEL NUMBER WEIGHT MAN4 - 8100 5789 SOIL MAX DEPTH PSF SERIAL NUMBER 26N57722 SOIL DESCRIPTION SIZE 8' HIGH X t 0' LONG tvt�r: A $4 Feet 2100 Sh4 Ctiitw ue S;ysl, 26 %SF per bw. city, *ft ". asy wm Meth unccnf n*d <c w osg,va W&WIM co 1 5 too w ouare &lQr dr tyrsmix" See note 1. te&&^ Cohgsn-tr to qramAar ** 45 P$I' per t1701 of depth '•sty wit) vr4anlx1eti camfaesarc TYPO £l 45 Feet 2100 ws"gm pnWto Man 0.5 TSF tk,t less mw 15 T4f Coot mowss gravel- s4D soft Iciam W sarwr' i im.m- fee (IN.- 8H. T5 f'E C 35 Feet 2100 Slat Gortestve to Sabxawd &A. 00 �F ref tout of ddpttt ci tr 0411 i�,cznfstod cotnprwssi>ry strengtn tes4 #%an 0 5 TSr_ satwetoo sdvW. tray or tri -ttuea rorA Ines s+±£n WSW Scn rota! 5 LIMITATIONS to 5"aa shave str�exd n+vs>: Os skwgd aa:txderx� so C1'S!•t!s Sir;+~ �`« ` : t �,�;� �- mu3,1 be0+r nb >+ess asap ta- ioetuw tl£e � trf ziaedd. •, s w" t• 1A..i_.__.i 1 i _ ) .N� �,Jy�r-•� �1i/t,�Hrr Mtitk��je i 21 Shweld may tie surspendad no rrwre than rIW auar6l Orn or'Im irv.,'vh ow � 1 [Item is rto wo-5.0t• 100 Of and t'VM tx rtr *00* t,+at — at shield 3) The sidles o the 4xcavi'tbm shall W W wiiai tW t tltrriw M pretaant lateral roa remem or um manhate $i,on, it ri-bee z&y. b4clt141 arrxxtd ow Mw#Kk Shield to a bei.3td suftxwl to "ant laivrrl m ,"Anent 4) Rt pd" and incidllkAfrtlRs ftn,+i<( "I be droved Dy tl ^ifjClitttr or wistold wdillsiou ngW1e@r, 5) &i+eids may be st5ckod as"as each is rated to ft ftM d m uses am maw.0a turer 4,vruveo SU" conwbo as we tAltzed d) 5tutharge wads nave not Opal[ rncludee It Nee Qlb0W depU) r XVS Tlwi 311WAtA*L wor%4V dt tti of the Snre4 mutt too redvcw to acwo# fw arty Surt'raraye l0wry v twcCh *-rum wRtmi the eiYQiter" tine a< Nye V�'d* 7) W Type A d fwumd. 5ul> eci w vil;malK eei, txevso"y (M tt4*0 or part of a lk?Red taylled ty 7em v^ere talyv* dip an a [hope *s!P steep [flan tw rt'Jtt70Mital to one vertieml (414:1 V) we Type, B N maloft wou6l a#wwise be Vanifod as Type B. 8) I',r'".oi 3ry dr ai>etl soil may be Type 8 urd8bs V" woAd be Wssea as Type C Sad" meets reo mviwerat rA Type A W i3 taibresd to viir(-almn nr fissut'ed r4v be 141>e R. Dry rrck Cnat if rO Stabia a sad that is pet! a s3stpeo ttrrcre f srAetn %here- Iayins Wp 010 the exrevabon an a :,rap£i Otis? stoop loan Gnx hnn;!ortt v tv, i".. vt!r." 14H nds are Type 8 d tt alw i d ,rwkl (Al"v be be LLiu9r6i)tl Os. tyleu S. 0) .Sol trt a %alPied tayard iralm %owe iayir, s i* inw the excwMW4 r,Mt a V,spe cd tour honzunta) to taw vedicat i4H 1 V 1 or sh wr may to 1.ytw l.. 5ahir»ica 9W£ er lots T(om wtwh v ator i3 rc"ely vitping livt IS rxm st.amang in the trerrn Condmons i"ero ;twerp wtxdd require dewataing N it+4 SeaSriu a it* Nkut.0",ex-, avati<rn aim eui^-Wiq rot u9noli 3wh K+h's p:Y7r►: iM7n4 wYitiid rvw sse the serwcis W a wets 4ek>d1W to estate" !tia det;a}s roes ine C4nulla itte martLftAuw. kx ptritS eJ ex:•diedgv iadutawa ;aiues. IQ) P"J•TEC P1L4ds are to be us;W in. w-Vyd A with Fwll rdl. yIMP ar tt focal laws Re(« to Omupatirni$ 54lety stir} ► ooll't A41mittifitt*01 fQ5HA) rules arA r*guU loot Vol 54. No. 209. IW31M. Subpart P. i 1't Shy No ft,r ocfupatlimal safety use oily. %tlprinden t Qn spw,;tr safe canSia+s, sod maretttrert cautd O ur, AftM an agxeni sro-aS holti poterivst sot m,>venrerp snail be tt-,e rbboon&Wy of Ohm Usage of shiWdg otter than sgecltNed could cause 1adum or cave.4s resulting in serious iNury or death: Ptkorte(517)541-0303-I-W-1292.1225 rau(5iz{541.03n MoiHny Addr= P.D. Box 430 - CtWX)RC, Ml 489* - StapDwg Addre3-,: 1298 Lip5;yr Drive - t.;lWtitdtt'. Ml 48813 How to Assemble a Manholo Trench Shield 4 W fW 3w,-T*v Own L%*t " CIA- " -VI)lt pblF 4M 41Irp—.1 .. Amfin . koy". WOM J?-,t-wre ar, rAt"r m&*#,je mi, 685 HUII ROAD, MASON, 2141,18854 ErTIQENICY INC PKONE (.51-) 67"800 OCIAG01\rtq.NGT_J_'k .D S1iIELDS OBS4-8x12X12 SEPIALwNME-R 135532 REFEREAICETOOCCUPATiONALSAF`=TYAND HEALTHADMINISTRATION RULESAND REGULATIONS, VOL 54, N0209, PART 1926, SUBPART P PSF RATING MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEPTH OF CUT (FEET) SHIELD SIZE D SOIL TYPE TO BE EXCAVATED MAXIMUM LATERAL TYPE B TYPE C-60 TYPE C-80 HEIGHT LENGTH WIDTH EARTH PRESSURE (FEET) (FEET) (FEET) CAPACITYATTRENCi-i t'�EDIU4ICOHESJVC 1'0 SOFTCOHESIVETQ SOFTCOHESIVETO BOTTOM IN S N POUN GRANULARSOIL 45PSF ,UBMERGEDSOIL 60PSF 'UBMERGEDSOIL 80PSF PER S(1 FOOT PER FOOT OF DEPTH. PER FOOT OF DEPTH. PER FOOT OF DEPTH 8 12 12 1200 27 20 15 LIMITATIONS IN USE OF TABLE 1 MANGUARD SHIELD TO BE ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED AS SHOWN AND I N ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S !NSTRUCTJONS. 2. EXCAVATION 2 FEET BELOW BOTTOM OF SHIELD IS PERMIT i ED WHEN NO LOSS OF SOIL FROM BEHIND OR BELOW THE BOTTOM OF SHIELD iS ENCOUNTERED. SEE PARAGRAPH. 1926.652 (e)(2)(I). THE COMPETENT PERSON SHALL MAKE THE DETERMINATION FOR COMPLIANCE SUDDEN SHIFTING OF THE SHIELD VERTICALLY SHALL BE AVOIDED 3. CONSULT MANUFACTURER WHEN RESTRICTION ON NOTE 2 IS NOT MET 4 ADDITIONAL SHIELDS MAY BE STACKED WITH NO PENALTY IN DEPTH OF CUT AS LONG AS THE RATING OF THE SOTTCM SHIELD IS NOT EXCEEDED 5 DEPTHS OF CUTS SHOWN ARE BASED ON EXAMPLES OF VARIOUS SOIL CONDITIONS. VERIFYACTUAL SOIL PRESSURES PRIOR TO EACH USE. o ANY MODIFICATIONS ORALTErRATIONS NOTALLOVVED UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY EFFICIENCY PRODUCT ]ON INC 7. CONTRACTORS COMPETENTIQUALIFIED PERSON SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR K40NITORING SOIL CONDITIONS AND SHALL 8 THE SIDES OF THE EXCAVATION SHALL SE CUT VERTICAL AND NARROW TO PREVEN i LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE YIANGUARD IF NECESSARY, BACK FILLAROUND THE 110ANGUARD TOA HEIGHT SUFFICIENT TO PREVENT LATERAL MOVEMENT CERTIFIED BY: COPYRIGHT` EFFICIENCYPRODUCTION INC 1991 EFFICIENCY PRODUCTION, INC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED DESCRIPTION Clay, with Unc*nfined Compressivo Strength Greater than 5 TSF Bu Less than 15 TSF Cohesionless Gravel, Silt, Slit Loam or Sandy Learn. B-SOILS (1 TO 1 SLOPE) 1� 1 C-S O.II.S (1.5 TO 1 SLOPE) DESCRIPTION Soft Cohesive Sell Unconfined Compress Strength Less than 5 TSF Gravel, Sand and Loamy Sand; Submeq Soil or fractured Rock that is not Stable.. DESCRIPTION Soft Cohesive Sall Unconfined Ccmpressive Strength Less than 5 TSF Gravel, Sand and Loamy Sand; Submerged Soil or fractured Rock that Is not Stable USE THIS PRODUCT ONLY IN ACCORDANCE W ITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAWS ,F wASy�f�'a � ^796 -X 6J3012010 43601 p �. 'REGON Z ar 1 Any use of this product not specifically described on this certificate could cause cave-in, collapse, or structural failure resulting in death or serious injury.. TRENCH SHIELD MANUFACTURERS TABULATED DATA om 1) 1 4M816 MODEL NO. M05071716F SERIAL NO. 07/27/05 DATE SHIPPED MAXIMUM DEPTH TABLE SOIL. TYPE Eli MAXIMUM DEPTH (M A 25 60' B 45 35' C 60 27' C 80 22' CONDITIONS FOR USE OF TABULATED DATA: 1. This Tabulated Data has been prepared by a registered proies- sional engineer as required to comply with the OSHA standard 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart P. 2. The Soil Types A - 25,13 - 45, and C - 80 are as defined in the OSHA Standard Soil Type C -60 is a moist, cohesive sod or a moist dense granular soil, which is not Rowing or submerged and has an Equivalent Fluid Pressure (EFP) of 60 PSF per foot of depth. The conipetertt person must monitor the excavation for signs of deterioration that may alter soil pressures and produce the Soil Type C - 80 condition. Such signs are indicated by, but not limited to, freely seeping water or flowing soil entering the excavation around or below the shield. 3. Trench Shields shall be used in accordance with the depth chart. The maximum depth is the distance from the surface of the excavation to the bottom of the trench. Depth ratings shown are based upon examples of homogeneous soil condtions. Soil pressures may vary due to non - homogeneous soils, surcharge loads, and slope of embankment (layback). Actual soil pressures should be verified to be sure that the shield capacity is not exceeded. 4. Surcharge loads are not included in the maximum depth table. Surcharge bads are possible due to heavy equipment , vibrations, or soil piles adjacent to the trench (Adjacent is defined as wdhin e distance equal to the depth of the trench.) 5. Trench Shields are not intended to provide stab lrty to adjacent buildings or other structures. 6. 2 inch diameter pins furnished by GME shall be placed in all spreader to collar connections. WARNINGI Use of arils equlprnsrlit not In accordance wMh WnubwWriars Tabulslsd Data may I*W b Injury or death. 02005 Griswold Machine b Engine", Inc. 1,401 PSF SHIELD CAPACITY 20 FT MAX SPREADER LENGTH 8 IN SCH 80 SPREADER SIZE GENERAL NOTES FOR TRENCH SHIELD USE: 1. Arty modifications to shields using parts not manufactured by GNE will void Tabulated Data unless otherwise specified or allowed in writing by GME. 2. GME Trench Shields may be stacked provided that appropriate connections are made between stacked shields as specified by GALE. Each stacked shield shall have a depth rating equal to or greater than the actual depth at which it is used. _ 3. Maximum depths are based on shields being in structurally sound condition. Trench Shields shou•d be inspected prior to each use for arty damage or deterioration. If a shield has sustained major structural damage or permanent deforma" of a structural member or connection, the Tabulated Data is void until repairs are made as specified by a registered professional engineer. 4 The use of GME Trench Shields shall be in accordance with this tabulated data ar4 ail requirements of the OSHA standard. Trench Shield usage other than specfied or required may create unsafe conditions that could cause a cave - in, stnxural failure, or ccilapse resulting in a disabling injury or even death. GME shall not be 'iable for shield usage other than specified. OF WC4�%{ EAR Griswold Machine 8 Engineenng, Inc. 594 W. Highway M - 60 Union City, MI 49094 ffwf�E Phone 517 - 741 - 4300 t- ffrHWAGEOSCIENCES INC. PROJECT MEMORANDUM TO: Tyler Whitehouse/ Carrolo Enginers Maire Thornton/ Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. PREPARED BY: Teddy Taddese, PhD & Erik Andersen, P.E. / HWA GeoSciences Inc. SUBJECT: BORING LOG BH-3 at Gene Coulon Park - Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement - in Renton, WA DATE: December 23, 2010 HWA Project No.: 2009-058-21 On December 23, 2010, the undersigned engineering geologist completed an exploratory boring at Gene Coulon Park at the location of the Lake Washington Beach Lift Station. The boring, designated BII-3, was drilled by Holocene Drilling under subcontract to HWA GeoSciences Inc. The boring was drilled using a truck -mounted drill rig advancing hollow stem auger to a depth of 41'/2 feet below ground surface. Standard Penetration Test (SPT) samples were retrieved at 2%2- foot intervals down to 20 feet, and at 5-foot intervals thereafter. Soils samples were classified in the field using visual/manual classification techniques. Samples retrieved from the borings were collected by the contractor's site representative Scott Calhoun with Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Laboratory testing, if done by the contractor's consultant, may result in some revisions to our field visual/manual classifications. Legend of terms and symbols used on our exploration log is attached as Figure A-1 and a log of boring BH-3 is attached as Figure A-2. Sincerely, HWA GEOSC1ENCEs INC. ed Taddese, PhD. Engineering Geologist Attachments: Erik O. Andersen, P.E. Principal Geotechnical Engineer Figure Al — Legend of Terms and Symbols used in Exploration Log Figure A2 — Log of BH-3 21312 30th Drive SE Suite 110 Bothell, WA 98021.7010 TO: 425.771.0106 Fax. 425.774.2714 www.hwageo.com RELATIVE DENSITY OR CONSISTENCY VERSUS SPT N-VALUE COHESIONLESS SOILS COHESIVE SOILS Approximate Dens (blowstft) Approximate Consistency N (blows/ft) Undrained Shear Relative Density(%) Strength (Psf) Very Loose 0 to 4 0 - 15 Very Soft 0 to 2 -250 Loose 4 to 10 15 - 35 Soft 2 to 4 250 - 500 Medium Dense 10 to 30 35 - 65 Medium Stiff 4 to 8 500 - 1000 Dense 30 to 50 65 - 85 Stiff 8 to 15 1000 - 2000 Very Dense over 50 85 - 100 Very Stiff 15 to 30 2000 - 4000 Hard over 30 >4000 USCS SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP DESCRIPTIONS Gravel and GW Well -graded GRAVEL Coarse Clean Gravel ' Grained Gravelly Soils (little or no fines) o Q GP Poorly -graded GRAVEL Soils More than 50% of Coarse Gravel wilh U GM Silty GRAVEL Fraction Retained Fines (appreciable on No. 4 Sieve amount of fines) GC Clayey GRAVEL Sand and Clean Sand '. SW Well -graded SAND More than Sandy Soils (little or ro fines) .: SP Poorly -graded SAND 50% Retained 50°h or More on No. of Coarse Sand with ;.' SM Silty SAND 20n :sieve Finns (appreciable SC Clayey SAND Size Fraction Passing amount of fines) No. 4 Sieve ML SILT Fine Silt Liquid Limit Grained and CL lean CLAY Soils Less than 50% Cry _ — OL Organic SILTIOrganic CLAY MH Elastic SILT50% or More Sit Liquid Lind Passing and 50% or Mcre CH Fat CLAY No 200 Sieve Clay y Size OH Organic SILT/Organic CLAY Highly Organic Soils 114 PT PEAT r tr COMPONENT DEFINITIONS COMPONENT SIZE RANGE Boulders Larger than 12 in Cobbles 3 in to 12 in Gravel 3 in to No 4 (4.5mm) Coarse gravel 3 in to 3/4 in Fine gravel 3/4 in to No 4 (4.5mm) Sand No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) Coarse sand No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 10 (2.0 mm) Medium sand No. 10 (2.0 mm) to No. 40 (0.42 mm) Fine sand No. 40 (0.42 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) Silt and Clay Smaller than No. 200 (0.074mm) TEST SYMBOLS %F Percent Fines AL Atterberg Limits: PL = Plastic Limit LL = Liquid Limit CBR California Bearing Ratio CN Consolidation DO Dry Density (pcf) DS Direct Shear GS Grain Size Distribution K Permeability MD Moisture/Density Relationship (Proctor) MR Resilient Modulus PID Photoicnization Device Reading PP Pocket Penetrometer Approx Compressive Strength (tsf) SG Specific Gravity TC Triaxial Compression TV Torvane Approx. Shear Strength (an UC Unconfined Compression SAMPLE TYPE SYMBOLS ® 2.0" OD Split Spoon (SPT) (140 lb. hammer with 30 in. drop) IShelby Tube 3-1/4" OD Split Spoon with Brass Rings OSmall Bag Sample Large Bag (Bulk) Sample Core Run Non-standard Penetration Test (3.0" DID split spoon) GROUNDWATER SYMBOLS Groundwater Level (measured at time of drilling) 1 Groundwater Level (measured in well or open hole after water level stabilized) COMPONENT PROPORTIONS PROPORTION RANGE DESCRIPTIVE TERMS <5% Clean 5 - 12 % Slightly (Clayey, Silty, Sandy) 12-30% Clayey, Slily, Sandy, Gravelly 30-50% Very (Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly) Components are arranged in order of increasing quantities. NOTES: Soil classifications presented on exploration logs are based on visual and laboratory observation. Soil descriptions are presented in the following general order. MOISTURE CONTENT Density/consistency, color, modifier (I any) GROUP NAME, additions to group name (if any), moisture DRY Absence of moisture, dusky, content. Proportion, gradation, and angulanty ofconstituents, additional comments. dry to the touch. (GEOLOGIC INTERPRETATION) MOIST Damp but no visible water. Please refer to the discussion in the report text as well as the exploration logs for a more WET Visible free water, usually complete description of subsurface conditions. soil is below water table. LEGEND OF TERMS AND gon Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 SYMBOLS USED ON Lake Washington Beach Lift Station HWAGEOSCIENCES INC. Replacement EXPLORATION LOGS PROJECT NO 2000-0558-21 FIGURE: A-1 LEGEND 2009058.GPJ 12/23/10 dt DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling LOCATION: Gene Coulon Park, Renton, WA DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 12/23/2010 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-Auto Hammer DATE COMPLETED: 12/23/2010 SURFACE ELEVATION: 27.00 t feet LOGGED BY: T. Taddese 1 5- 1 10- 15- 1 20- 1 25 - 1 30- DESCRIPTION SM Asphalt Pavement - 1 inch thick Dense gray, silty, fine to coarse gravelly, fine to coarse SAND, moist. [FILL] Cuttings: Olive gray, silty to slightly silly, fine to coarse gravely, fine to coarse SAND, moist. Loose, black, fine to medium sandy, angular to sub angular, COAL clasts, moist to wet. [COAL FILL] `. SM Loose to medium dense, gray, silty, fine SAND, wet. Brown silt with organics noted between 7.0 to about 7.2 inches in Sample S-3. [ALLUVIUM] — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Medium dense, gray, fine SAND, wet. ----------------------- Mediumgray, silty, fine to medium SAND, moist SP ML _dense, Soft, olive gray, SILT, wet. Trace fine sand noted. ----------------------- Medium dense to dense, gray, fine SAND, wet `. SP Coarse sand layer noted between 17.5 to 17.7 feet in Sample S-7. Seams of silt noted at about 20.8 and 21.2 feet in Sample S-8. Loose to medium dense, gray, fine SAND, wet. About 6 SP inches of heave reported by driller at about 25 and 30 feet. Isolated pockets of silt noted at about 26.3 feet in Sample S-9. x m w U z w Standard Penetration Test, a D N ( ¢ (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) ww o ♦ Blows per foot a� a w 3 w 0 w� H Ix w45 U)) V) a O CD 0 10 20 30 40 50 o - n S-1 17-15-15 S-2 5-4-2 S-3 2-3-3 S-4 1-6-8 S-5 6-8-7 \/ S-6 0-1-2 S-7 8.13-17 S-8 3-4-12 NS-9 34-5 NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. a 1--5 1 1—10 1 1 1--'I5 1 - * '— 30 0 20 40 60 so 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit 1 0 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content BORING: ff Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH_3 U A Lake Washington Beach Lift Station I-I�/VAGEOSCIENCES INC. Replacement PAGE: , of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-2 BORING 2009058.GPJ 12r23/10 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling LOCATION: Gene Coulon Park, Renton, WA DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 12/23/2010 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-Auto Hammer DATE COMPLETED: 12123/2010 SURFACE ELEVATION: 27.00 t feet LOGGED BY: T. Taddese gm w z W Standard Penetration Test v a ) ¢ (140 lb. weight, 3U' drop) o z n L F a A Blows per foot J N rx- m w w a s w� w Z x F a 2 u w v } U) ¢¢ z o w 0 x O 0_ a w v o cn DESCRIPTION rn V) a s O O 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 30 :. S-10 5-6-6 30 ML — Stiff, olive brown, fine sandy, SILT with trace of wood bits. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Medium dense, gray, fine SAND, wet. ------------ ---................. SP Driller reported some gravel at about 34 feet. 35 - : S-11 6-6-8 :....:....:....:....:....:.... 35 About 1 inch thick fine gravelly layer noted at about 36.3 feet ... ........... in SampleS-11.------------ _...........:.........._..;....._. SP Dense, olive brown, slightly silty, fine SAND, wet. Scattered :....:.................. fine gravel............:....: W. S-12 10-20-21 - Borehole terminated at about 41.5 feet. Ground water was reported by driller at 12.0 feet during initial .... ......... -- drilling. Ground water was noted at about 7.1 feet at completion of drilling and rose to about 3.7 feet 15 minutes """"'""'""'""'""..... after termination of drilling operations. 45 ...... ........................... ....... .. .:. .. —45 M11-111 1 60 - 0 NOTE: Phis log of subsurface voditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. 1— 55 1 — 60 20 40 60 80 10o Water Content (%) Plastic Limit 1 0 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content BORING: Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BEi-3 Lake Washington Beach Lift Station HMGEOSCIENCES INC. Replacement PAGE: 2 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-2 BORING 2009058.GPJ 12123110 Michael A Benoit From: Tyler Whitehouse [TWhitehouse@carollo.com] Sent: Monday, December 27, 2010 6:29 PM To: Michael A Benoit Subject: FW: Bore hole log Attachments: Borehole Log BH-3 Memo 12-23-2010.pdf Mike Here is the bore hole log. It appears the contractors geotech already has it based on the email string. Thanks Tyler Whitehouse Carollo Engineers 1218 Third Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 Office: 206-684-6532 Fax: 206-903-0419 twhitehouse@carollo.com From: Teddy Taddese [ttaddese@hwageo.com] Sent: Monday, December 27, 2010 1:39 PM To: Tyler Whitehouse; mthornton(@aesgeo.com Cc: Erik 0. Andersen; Lorne A. Balanko Subject: Dear Tyler, In an effort to communicate the field exploration results very quickly, the same day we did the field logging, last Thursday, I forgot to ask our secretary to put the memo on an HWA letterhead. Attached please find the log for the boring BH-3 at Gene Colulon Park for the proposed Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Project put on an HWA letterhead. With best regards, Teddy Taddese, PhD. Engineering Geologist HWA GeoSciences Inc. 21312 30th Drive SE, Suite 110 Bothell, Washington 98021.7010 Office: 425.774.0106 (extension 224) Cell: 206.794.3132 Fax: 425.774.2714 Email: ttaddese(@hwaeeo.com<mailto:ttaddese(@hwaeeo.com> Website: www.hwageo.com<http://www.hwageo.com/> ELECTRONIC FILE TRANSFER Note that these electronic files (and those throughout the email thread) are provided as a courtesy only. HWA GeoSciences Inc. in no way guarantees the accuracy or completeness of the digital data contained within these files. Furthermore, HWA GeoSciences Inc. assumes no liability for any errors or omissions in the digital data herein. Anyone using the information contained herein should always consult the hard copy drawings or reports for the most current information available. The use of this electronic information is restricted to the original site and project for which it was prepared. 1 NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY This email thread (including any attachments) contains confidential information intended for a specific purpose, and is protected by law. If you are not the intended recipient, you should delete this message and any disclosure, copying, or distribution of this message or the taking of any action based upon it, is prohibited. This email has been scanned by the MessageLabs Email Security System. For more information please visit http://www.messagelabs.com/email z ACORD,. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE (MMIDDfYY rr' 1DATE 1/16/2010 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Bell -Anderson Insurance ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE P. O. BOX 887 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. 724 West Smith St. Kent, WA 98035-0887 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED INSURER A: West American Insurance Company Kamins Construction INSURER B: The Ohio Casualty Insurance Co. Chad Kamins INSURER C: 19315 Ross Rd INSURER D: Bothell, WA 98011 INSURER E: CAVFRO[.FR THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. IN LTR DD' NSR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE MMIDD/YYYY POLICY EXPIRATION DATE MM/DD/YYYY LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY BLW53745556 06/04/2010 06/04/2011 EACH OCCURRENCE $1 000 000 PREMISES (Ea DAMAGE TO RENTED $100 000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE 51OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $10 000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1 000 000 X PC Ded: $250 GENERAL AGGREGATE s2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG s2,000,000 POLICY X PRO- ]LOC JECT B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO BA053745556 06/04/2010 06/04/2011 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $1'000'000 X BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS X BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS X PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EA ACC $ ANY AUTO $ AUTO ONLY: AGG B EXCESS I UMBRELLA LIABILITY US053745556 06/04/2010 06/04/2011 EACH OCCURRENCE s4,000,000 X OCCUR ❑ CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE s4,000,000 $ HDEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $ $10 000 B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND CT053745556 06/04/2010 06/04/2011 WC STATU- OTH- EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE (WA Stop Gap) E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) N E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1 ,000,000 If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $1 ,000,000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS RE: Ongoing Operations of the Named Insured Only. The City of Renton, and its officers, officials, agents, employees and volunteers are additional insured for general liability, but only if required by written contract or written agreement per General Liability Master Pak Blanket Additional Insured provision CG8330 1203. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION I Uays Tor Non-Fayment City of Renton Attn: Michael Benoit 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL _4&_ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE jk•'�/ / " ACORD 25 (2009/01) 1 of 2 #S290230/M279759 © 1988-2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD GSS IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25 (2009/01) 2 of 2 #S290230/M279759 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 1. CG 83 30 12 03 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. GENERAL LIABILITY MASTER PAK This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART INDE7( SUBJECT PAGE BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (OWNERS, LESSEES, CONTRACTORS OR LESSORS) 2 FIRE, LIGHTNING, EXPLOSION AND SPRINKLER LEAKAGE DAMAGE TO PREMISES YOU RENT 3 NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT 4 SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS (BAIL BONDS) 4 PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - ELECTRONIC PUBLICATION EXTENSION 5 AGGREGATE LIMITS (PER LOCATION) 5 AGGREGATE LIMITS (PER PROJECT) 5 VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE 6 OFF PREMISES CARE, CUSTODY OR CONTROL COVERAGE 6 NEWLY FORMED OR ACQUIRED ORGANIZATIONS 7 DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT 7 BODILY INJURY (MENTAL ANGUISH) 8 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS 8 MEDICAL PAYMENTS 8 BLANKET ADDrr1ONAL INSURED (Owners, Lessees, Contractors or Lessors) (Includes a PrimaryiNon-Contributory provision) Who Is An Insured - Section Il is amended to include as an insured any person or organization whom you are required to name as an additional insured on this policy in a written contract or written agreement- The written contract or written agreement must be currentty in effect or becoming effective during the term of this policy and executed poor to the "bodily injury" "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury." The insurance provided the additional insured is limited as follows_ A- The person or organization is only an additional insured with respect to IiabiTrty. 1. Arising and of real property, as described in a written contract or written agreement, that you own, rent, lease or occupy, or 2. Caused in whole or in part by your ongoing operations performed for that insured. The insurance provided the additional insured in 1A2. above does not apply to: a. Coverage A - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, Coverage B - Personal and Advettisinrg Injury Liability or defense coverage under the Supplemerritary, Payments arising out of an architects, engineer's or surveyor's rendering of or fadure to render any professional services including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps. shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications, and (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. b. "Bodily injury' or "property damage" occurring after (1) All work including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) were performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the site where the covered operations have been completed; or (2) That portion of 'your work' out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as part of the same project. B. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified in a written contract or written agreement or the fimits of Insurance as stated in the Declarations of this policy and defined in Section III - Limits Of Insurance of this policy, whichever are less. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance available under this policy. C. The insurance provided the additional insured does not apply to the liability resulting from the sole negligence of the additional insured. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., with its permission. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties. Inc., with its permission. CG 93 30 12 03 ISO Properties, Inc 2003 Page 1 of 8 CG 83 30 12 03 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 2 of 0 D. As respects the coverage provided to the additional insured under this endorsement, Section IV- Conditions is amended as follows 1. The following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim, or Suit An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: a. Give written notice of an "occurrence" or an offense, that may result in a claim or'suil" under this insurance to us; b. Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or'suit' to all insurers whom also have insurance available to the additional insured; and C. Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. 2. The following is added to Condition 3. Legal Action Against Us: We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a claim or *suit" from the additional insured. 3. The following is added to Paragraph a., Primary Insurance of Condition 4. Other Insurance: If the additional insured's policy has an Other Insurance provision making its policy excess, and a Named Insured has agreed in a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory bass, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional insured's policy for damages we cover. 4. The following is added to Paragraph b., Excess Insurance of Condition 4, Other Insurance: Except as provided in Paragraph 4a. Primary Insurance as amended above, any coverage provided hereunder shall be excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the additional insured whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. In the event an additional insured has other coverage available for an "occurrence' by virtue of also being an additional insured on other policies, this insurance is excess over those other policies. 2. FIRE, LIGHTNING, EXPLOSION AND SPRINKLER LEAKAGE DAMAGE TO PREMISES YOU RENT If Damage To Premises Rented To You under Coverage A is not otherwise excluded from this policy, the following applies: A. The last paragraph of 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A is replaced by the following If Damage To Premises Rented To You is not otherwise excluded, Exclusions c, through n. do not appyto damage by fire, lightning, "explosion" or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III - Limits Of Insurance- B. Paragraph 6. of Section III - Limits Of insurance is replaced by the following: Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit shown is the Summary of Limits and Charges section of this policy is the most we will pay udder Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to premises rented to you ortemporarily occupied by you with the permission ofthe owner arising out of arty one fire, lightning, "explosion" or sprinkler leakage incident. C. Paragraph b.(1)(b) of Condition 4. Other Insurance (Section IV — Conditions) is replaced by the following: (1) That is Fire, Lightning, Explosion or Sprinkler Leakage insurance for premises rented to you or temporanly occupied by you with the permission of the owner, D. Paragraph 9a. of the definition of insured contract' in Section V- Definhtons is replaced by the following: "Insured contract' means: a. A contract for the lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damages by fire, fghtning, "explosion" or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner is not an insured contract"; E. The following defsrition is added to Section V - Definitions: 'Explosion' means a sudden release of expanding pressure accompanied by a raise, a bursting forth of material and evidence of the scattering of debris to locations further than would have resulted by gravity alone. "Explosion" does not include any of the following: 1. Artificially generated electrical current including electrical arcing that disturbs electrical devices, appliances or wires; 2. Rupture or bursting of water pipes; 3. Explosion of steam holers, steam pipes, steam engines or steam turbines owned or leased by you, or operated under your control; or 4. Rupture or bursting caused by centrifugal force. 3. NON OMED WATERCRAFT Subparagraph g.(2) of Paragraph 2_, Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A is replaced by the following (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 51 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; 4. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS In the Supplementary Payments - Coverages A and 8 pmvsion The limit for the cost of bail bonds in Paragraph 1.b. is changed from $250 to $1000. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 3 of 8 Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 4 of 8 S. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - ELECTRONIC PUBLICATION EXTENSION Paragraphs 14.b., d and e. of Section V - Definitions are replaced by the following: b. Malicious prosecution or abuse of process; d. Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that slanders or libels a person or organization or disparages a person's or organization's goods, products or services, e. Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that violates a person's right of Privacy The following is added to Paragraph 14. "Personal and Advertising Injury of Section V - Defirtldms: h. DL- r ination or humiliation that results in injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person, but onty if such discrimination or humiliation is (1) Not done intentionally by or at the direction of (a) An insured; or (b) Any "executive officer" director, stockholder, partner or member of the insured; and (2) Not directly or indirectly related to the employment, prospective employment or terminat on of employment of any person or persons by any insured. Subparagraphs b. and c- of 2, Exclusions of Section I - Coverage B - Personal And Advertising Injury Liability are replaced by the following: b. Material Published Wrth Knowledge Of Falsity "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of raterial. ff done by or at the direction of the insured with knowledge of its falsity, Material Published Prior To Policy Period "Personal and advertising injury arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material whose first publication took place before the beginning of the policy period; AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE (PER LOCATION) The General Aggregate limit under Section III Limits Of Insurance applies separately to each of your "locations" owned by or rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner. "Location" means premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right-uf-way of a railroad. AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE (PER PROJECT) The General Aggregate Limit under Section III Limits Of Insurance applies separately to each of your projects away from premises owned by or rented to you Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 5 of 8 9. VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE At your request, we will pay for "loss" to property of others caused by your business operations. The most we will pay for this coverage is S500 each "occurrence." The "loss" must occur during the policy period. The "occurrence" must take place in the "coverage territory. "Loss" means unintended damage or destruction "Loss" does not mean disappearance, abstraction or theft. This coverage does not apply to: 1. Damage arising out of the use of any "auto'; 2. Property you own, occupy, rent or lease from others; or 3. Property on your premises for sale, service, repair or storage. None of the other policy exclusions apply to this coverage. If the policy to which this endorsemefit is attached is written with a property damage liability deductible, the deductible shall apply to Voluntary Property Damage. The limit of coverage stated above shall not be reduced by the amount of this deductible. 9. OFF PREMISES CARE, CUSTODY OR CONTROL COVERAGE A. We will pay those sums that you become legally obligated to pay as damages because of "property damage" to personal property of others while in your or your "employees" care, custody or control or real property of others over which you or your'employees' are exercising physical control if the "property damage" arises out of your business operations. This Coverage is subject to sections B., C., D and E. below. B. Exclusions This insurance shall not apply to: 1_ "Property damage" of property at premises owned, rented, leased, operated or used by you, 2. "Property damage" of property while in transit; 3. The cost of repairing or replacing: (a) Any of your work defectively or incorrectly done by you or by others on your behalf, or (b) Any product manufactured, sold or supplied by you, unless the "property damage' is caused directly by you after delivery of the product or completion of the work and resulting from a subsequent undertaking, or 4. "Property damage" of property caused by or arising out of the "products -completed operations hazard". C. Limits Of Insurance - The most we will pay for "property damage" under this Section 9. is $5,000 for each "occurrence". The most we will pay for the sum of all damages covered under this Section 9. because of 'property damage" is an annual aggregate limit of $25,000- ire Limits Of Insurance provided under this Section 9. are inclusive of and not in addition to any other limits provided in the policy or endorsements attached to it. D. Deductible - We will not pay for 'prop" damage" in any one 'occurrence' until the amount of "property damage' exceeds $250. If the policy to which this endorsement is attached contains a "property damage" deductible, that deductible shall apply if it is greater than $250 E. In the event of "property damage" covered by this endorsement, you shall, if requested by us, replace the property or furnish the labor and materials necessary for repairs thereto at your actual cost, excluding profit or overhead charges. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 6 of 8 10. NEWLY FORMED OR ACQUIRED ORGANIZATIONS A Paragraph 4. of Section Ill - Who Is An Insured is deleted and replaced by the following: Any business entity acquired by you or incorporated or organized by you under the laws of any individual state of the United States of America over which you maintain majority ownership interest exceeding fifty percent. Such acquired or newly formed organization will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no similar insurance available to that entity. however. a. Coverage under this provision applies only unfit the expiration of the policy period in which the entity was acquired or incorporated or organized by you. b. Coverage A does not apply to 'bodily injury' or'property damage' that occurred before the entity was acquired or incorporated or organized by you. C. Coverage B does not apply to 'personal and advertising injury' arising out of an offense committed before the entity was acquired or incorporated or organized by you. d. Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained try the first Named Insured. B. This Section 10. does not apply to newly formed or acquired organizations if coverage is excluded either by provisions of the Coverage Part or by other endorsernent(s) attached to it 11. DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT A. The requirements in Section N -Conditions, Paragraph Za., that you must see to it that we are notified of an "occurrence" applies only when the "occurrence" is known to: 1. You, if you are an ind victual; 2. A partner, if you are a partnership; 3. A member or manager, if you are a limited liability company; 4. An executive officer or designee, if you are a corporation; 5. A trustee, if you are a trust; or 6. A designee, if you are any o0tertype of organization. B. The requirements in Section IV - Conditions Paragraph 2.b. that you must see to it that we receive written notice of a claim or "suit" will not be considered breached unless the breach occurs aftersuch claim or "suit* is known to: 1. You, if you are an individual; 2. A partner, if you are a partnership; 3. A member or manager if you are a limited liability company; 4. An executive officer or designee, if you are a corporation; S. A trustee, if you are a trust, or 6. A designee, if you are any other type of organization. Knowledge of an "occurrence," claim or "suit' by the agent, servant or "employee" of any insured shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an officer ordesignee shall have received notice from its agent, servant or "employee"- 12. BODILY INJURY Paragraph 3, of the definftion of "bodily injury" in the Section V - Dentitions is replaced by the following: "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental anguish or death resulbrig from any of these at any time. 13. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against any person or organization for whom you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us. This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the agreement. 14, MEDICAL PAYMENTS tf Coverage C Medical Payments is not otherwise excluded, the Medical Expense Limit provided by this policy shall be the greater of: A $10,000; or B. The amount shown in the Declarations. All other terms and conditions of your policy remain unchanged. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., with its permission. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., with its permission. CG 93 3012 03 ISO Properties, Ine., 2003 Page 8 of 8 CG 63 30 12 03 ISO Properties, Inc., 2D03 Page 7 of 8 MCROSWITCH I SWITCH - 11CX 12CX a Honeywell Division ENCLOSED SERIES CHART 1 .880 B.059�� 1�1.57 .37 �{ 0 1.260 MAX 0.285 STRAIGHT x W KNURL U Q U (D 72 x V) — W_ 11 U 0:� a W 2X 4.00 N 2X 3.15 - + 2.38 TYP CAUTION o w USE ONLY NON -SPARKING U, ACTUATORSLd 2.00 a¢. ER 4X 0.33 THRU NOTES 1 - EXPLOSION PROOF -UNDERWRITERS LAB INC LISTING FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS CLASS 1, GROUPS C AND D; CLASS 2, GROUPS E, F, AND G 2 - ALUMINIUM ENCLOSURE FINISHED WITH BLUE AND BLACK EPDXY PAINT 3 - 6-32 UNC X (.312) PAN HEAD TERMINAL SCREW AND LOCKWASHER (SEMS TERMI-LOX) (3 PER BASIC) 4 - CAMS MAY BE REPOSITIONED IN 7G20' g4CREMENTS FOR USE IN TEMPERATURES UP TO 85 C 6 SEE 7CX CHARTS 1 AND 2 (M DRAWING) FOR LEVER ACTUATORS ANSI Y14.5M-1982 APPLIES THIS DRAWING COVERS A PROPRIETARY ITEM AND IS THE PROPERTY Of MICRO SWITCH. A DIVISION OF THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION HONEYWELL. THIS DRAWINO IS NOT TO BE COPIED OR USED WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF MICRO SWITCH CHARACTEPoSTICS ELECTRICAL DATA SCALE 75:1 u N OPERATING FORCE — — —.922 LEI FT MAX CONTACT ARRANGEMENT 00 NOT SCALE PRINT RELEASE FORCE- .083 LB FT MIN SPDT UNLESS OTHERWISE SRCWHID I-" PRETRAVEL — — — — — — — — 15' MAX TOLEIIIANC90 AMC Y W Q Q OIf IERENT IAL TRAVEL MAX ONE PLACE (.0) t.030 F- LO OVER TRAVEL— — — — — — —90' MIN TWO PLACE (.00) t.015 THREE PLACE 1,000) t.005 0 0 0 ANGLES t LL n WEIGHT 2.49 LB APPROX CONVERSION CHART 3.780 MAX 50 TYP 0 3.86 3/4-14 NPT 80 2X f5 FULL THREADS MIN) -1.00 8X 0 .287 X .70 DEEP HOLE FOR 5/16-18 INTERNAL FORMED THREAD T STINGING 6 SQ DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL DATA 11CX1 1 BASIC; OPERATES CLOCKWISE & COUNTER CLOCKWISE L96 15A 125, 2,12 OR 480 VAC 11CX1C 1 BASIC; OPERATES CLOCKWISE 1/8HP 125 VAC, 1/4HP ?,yQ9 VAC & COUNTER CLOCKWISE 1/2A 125 VDC, 1/4A 250 VDC ® a 11CX2 2 BASICS; EACH OPERATES CLOCK- WISE & COUNTER CLOCKWISE L22 1172CX-2 2 BASICS; EACH OPERATES CLOCK- 1A 125 VAC WISE & COUNTER CLOCKWISE 12CX1 1 BASIC; OPERATES CLOCKWISE & COUNTER CLOCKWISE L23 20A 125. = OR 460 VAC 1125 VAC 1"12CX2 i1VAC, 2HP 7,2VAC 2 BASICS; EACH OPERATES CLOCK- WISE & COUNTER CLOCKWISE 1/2A 1225 5 VDC, 1/4A 250 VDC to 12CX5 2 BASICS; 1 OPERATES CLOCKWISE ONLY; 1 OPERATES COUNTER CLOCKWISE ONLY Michael A Benoit From: Tyler Whitehouse [TWhitehouse@carollo.com] Sent: Wednesday, December 15, 2010 10:35 AM To: Michael A Benoit Cc: Brian Casey Subject: Submittal 2.1_Chopper Pumps, Control Panel, and Accessories Attachments: Submittal 2.1.pdf Mike, See attached review comments for Submittal 2.1. 1 have reduced to submit specified item. With the minor items required, the contractor may decide to provide us with the specified items and release for manufacture, however, I have been advised not to indicate this in the submittal response as it is not our call. Let me know if you have any questions. Thanks, Tyler Whitehouse Carollo Engineers 1218 Third Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 Office: 206-684-6532 Fax:206-903-0419 twhitehouseCicarollo.com City of Renton Human Resources & Risk Management Department Insurance Information Form FOR: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Project PROJECT NUMBER: WWP-27-3557 STAFF CONTACT: Michael Benoit Certificate of Insurance indicates the coverages/limits specified in Yes ❑ No contract? Are the following coverages and/or conditions in effect? Yes ❑ No The Commercial General Liability policy form is an ISO 1993 Occurrence [Yes ❑ No Form or Equivalent? (If no, attach a copy of the policy with required coverages clearly identified) CG 0043 Amendatory Endorsement provided?* Yes ❑ No General Aggregate provided on a "per project basis (CG2503)?* Yes ❑ No Additional Insured wording provided?* �es ❑ No Coverage on a primary basis and non-contributing basis?* es ❑ No Waiver of Subrogation Clause applies?* s ❑ No Severability of Interest Clause (Cross Liability) applies? Zoes ❑ No Notice of Cancellation/Non-Renewal amended to 45 days?* [es ❑ No *To be shown on certificate of insurance* AM BEST'S RATING FOR CARRIER GL Auto Umb Professional This Questionnaire is issued as a matter of information. This questionnaire is not an insurance policy and does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies indicated on the attached CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. The CITY OF RENTON, at its option, shall obtain copies of the policies and/or specific declaration pages FROM awarded bidder prior to execution of contract. Re11 A rJersov, Agency/Broker Address Name of person to contact Completed By (Type or Print Name) LTA I � Completed By (Signature) Telephone Number NOTE: THIS QUESTIONNAIRE MUST BE COMPLETED FOR EACH LINE OF COVERAGE AND ATTACHED TO CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ENDORSEMENT In consideration of the premium charged, it is hereby agreed and understood that Policy Number issued by 0 "1 u C c-SVu1 �_/ Insurance Company, is amended to include the following terms and conditions as lespects Contract Number CAG-10-120 issued by the (OWNER). 1. ADDITIONAL INSURED. The OWNER their elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, subconsultants, and volunteers are included as additionally insured with regard to damages and defense of claims arising from: (a) activities performed by or on behalf of the NAMED INSURED; or (b) products and completed operations of the NAMED INSURED, or (c) premises owned, leased or used by the NAMED INSURED. 2. CONTRIBUTION NOT REQUIRED. As respects: (a) work performed by the NAMED INSURED for or on behalf of the OWNER; or (b) products sold by the NAMED INSURED to the OWNER; or (c) premises leased by the NAMED INSURED from the OWNER, the insurance afforded by this policy shall be primary insurance as respects the OWNER, or any other insured, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, subconsultants or volunteers; or stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of the NAMED INSURED'S scheduled underlying primary coverage. In either event, any other insurance maintained by the OWNER, or any other insured, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, subconsultants or volunteers shall be in excess of this insurance and shall not contribute with it. 3. SEVERABILITY OF INTEREST. The inclusion of more than one Insured under this policy shall not affect the rights of any Insured as respects any claim, suit or judgment made or brought by or for any other Insured or by or for any employee of any other Insured. This policy shall protect each Insured in the same manner as through a separate policy had been issued to each, except that nothing herein shall operate to increase the company's liability beyond the amount or amounts for which the company would have been liable had only one insured been named. 4. CANCELLATION NOTICE. The insurance afforded by this policy shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, reduced in coverage or in limits except after FORTY-FIVE (45) days' prior written notice by certified mail return receipt requested has been given to the OWNER. Such notice shall be addressed to (a) the OWNER and (b) the CONTRACTOR. 5. CLAIM REPORTING. The OWNER has no obligation to report occurrences unless a claim has been filed with the OWNER. 6. AGGREGATE LIMIT. The General Aggregate Limit under Limits of Insurance applies separately to the above named contract for the above named OWNER. 1 J15 ►a CIS VNCIV trS Date Authorized Representative i Signature ................... ....................................... ................... .............. ................... ................... ............................................................................... ................... ................... ................... ................... .................... .............. .............. ................... ................... ................... ...................................... ....................................... ....................................... : ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ...................................... .... .... .. A. ......... ......... ................... ................... ................... ................... ....................................... I Yi a ............ ................... .............. ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ......... ......... ......... .... .. ..... ............. ................... ................... .............. .................... ................... ................... .................... L) ........................ ................... ................... ................... .............. ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ......... ...................................... .. .......... ............... ................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ......... .... 0 9.:: 1 ..... ..... ......... ......... .... ........... .............................. ....................................... ................... ................... ................... ................... .................. ............................... ................. .......... ................... ................... ................... ................... ............. ..... . . . . . . . . . ................................................. . 4. ET ... T .... .... .... .... :X-- -A .......... ................... Lake Washington Beach Submittal Information for Spec Section 10.11311 Centrifugal Chopper Pumps i . + IN11"'Imiq P U M P E N M I T S Y S T E M Operating data Flow Head Shaft power P2 Pump efficiency Pumpe type No. of pumps Fluid Pump Pump Code Impeller Impeller sze Free passage Discharge port Suction port Motor Rated voltage Frequency Rated power P2 Rated speed Number of poles Efficiency Rated current Degree of protection Materials Motor housing Impeller Pump housing Wear ring Motor shaft Bolts Motorjaclet Elastomeres Technical Information AMX334-155/4D/C 60 US g.p.m. 29 ft 1.67 hp f 27.2 % 3 Single pump 2 1 2 Sewage 2 1 1 AMX334-155/4D/C Single channel impeller 61/e' 3 inch [,/. 3" ANSI 5 4 3 2 1 460 V [hp 60 Hz 4.0 hp 1 1750 rpm 0. 4 Testnorm: ISO 9906/A YY�YY�YY�YY�YY�YY�WYYY�YY�W VYW W� 80 % 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 [US g.p.rn] 5.9 A IF 68 Wet well installation with auto coupling system (C/D Motor, 142...184) Dimensions in inch, letters see table Cast Iron ASTM A48;CI.40B Cast Iron ASTM A48;CI.40B Cast Iron ASTM A48;CI.40B Bronze ASTM B144 AISI 430 F Stainless Steel AISI 304 Stainless Steel Stainless steel Nitrile Rubber Mechanical seal on motor side Sic / Sic Mechanical seal on medium side Sic / sic Lower Bearing Double row angular ball bearing Upper Bearing Deep Groove Ball Bearing 26 1n Upperslide rail bracket zt v4 21/4x 2 114 l l 31/2 Pye 1 V2' (4x) Ard. rxd in' x 4 117 LG 1 ys 3' Ai ��F7F n141n 14 �l 314 (4x) Arcry txt yq 5I8' x T LG E?j�. Table Dimensions (Inch ) H 21'/4 H 1 25'Iq Project Project no.: Created by: Page: Date: LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH STEVE WRIGHT 1 2010-10-07 MR Technical Specifications A Series Submersible Pump with ASC Cutter System Installation: Wetwell with AutoCoupling • SCOPE These specifications cover the description, performance, and installation of the electric submersible pump(s) to be procured for customer's project. The pump(s) described here are intended for use in a "wet well only" pumping station and will include a self -engaging Autocoupling Assembly. The pump assembly including Impeller with Hardened Cutter Assembly, Volute, Motor and Autocoupling, shall be in full compliance with these specifications. • GENERAL CONDITIONS Furnish and install 2 Homa Model Electric Submersible Pump(s), each consisting of a single stage, non -clog centrifugal pump, close -coupled to a squirrel cage induction type electric motor assembled in a single -body, watertight aggregate, capable of maintaining its watertight integrity submerged under 80 feet of water, complete with Autocoupling Base and Adapter Flange, for automatic operation in a Wet Well. The Autocoupling discharge flange shall be ANSI Class 125 size 3 inch Cast Iron. PERFORMANCE The pump shall be designed to handle raw, unscreened sewage, storm water, sludge or similar contaminated liquid at a operating point of GPM at zV FT TDH with a Hydraulic Efficiency of at least_% . Shut-off head shall be FT minimum. As this pump will be utilized for solids handling and solids reduction, it must be capable of repeatably passing spherical solids up to 3 inch in diameter while providing an effective cutter device that will effectively reduce soft solids before they enter the pump. This combination of solids handling and solids chopping must fully assure a non clogging system without restriction of flow. • MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Major castings: ASTM A48 Class 40B Cast Iron. - Wear Ring: ASTM BI44 Bronze. — Cutter Blades: Stainless Steel hardened to Minimum 55 HRC, Stainless Shaft: AISI 430F Stainless Steel. - Fasteners: AISI 304 Stainless Steel. - 0- Rings: Nitrile Rubber. - Shaft Seals: Silicon Carbide/Silicon Carbide (impeller and motor side). Cable Jacket: Neoprene. - Cable Entry: elastomer grommet, stainless steel washers. - Protective Coating: High Solids Epoxy IMPELLER Impeller will be cast as one piece and shall be one of the following designs: (vysingle-vane closed (double -shrouded), radial non -clog ("AM" & "AMX" Models) ( ) two -vane closed (double -shrouded), radial non -clog ("AK" Models) statically and dynamically balanced, to assure that vibration amplitudes, measured at the level of the upper bearing while operating in a vertical position, remain within the limits specified by the Hydraulic Institute Standards. Impeller shall employ 2 hardened cutter blades, permanently attached to impeller, and positively driven by common motor shaft. • VOLUTE Volute will be cast in one piece, with smooth internal contours and surfaces, providing obstruction -free passageways with low friction losses. A stationary Wear Ring, made of bronze, shall maintain close tolerances between the rotating Impeller and the stationary Volute. • STATIONARY CUTTER PLATE Pump shall be provided with a stationary cutter blade, hardened to minimum 55HRC. Cutter blade shall be mounted on a cast iron support plate. Stationary cutter assembly shall be field adjustable to provide proper clearance. • SHAFT Pump shaft must have generous shoulder fillet radii to minimize stress concentration and fatigue. Deflection at the Shaft Seal within the operating range shall not be more than 0.002 inch. Only one shaft shall be used to drive both impeller and integral cutter assembly. The use of coupled or 2 part shafting is not acceptable. • BEARINGS Pump shaft shall be supported by anti -friction bearings, designed for minimum 50,000 hours B-10 Life at the pumps Best Efficiency Point ,and shall be factory pre -lubricated. The lower impeller -side bearing will be a double -row, deep groove ball bearing, axially retained, to sustain both axial and radial loads. The upper motor -end bearing is a single -row, deep groove ball bearing axially floating, to sustain radial loads only. Technical Specifications `IV, • WATERTIGHT INTEGRITY The watertight integrity of the single -body pump -motor assembly shall be assured. Each Cable Entry Assembly shall contain an elastomer grommet, flanked by two washers, closely fitted to the cable O.D, A watertight seal shall be maintained by screwing a threaded cable entry gland into a cable inlet flange which bolts into the motor cap. The cable entry gland threads down to a positive stop, thereby tightly compressing the grommet around the cable. The gland will provide a strain -relieving , anti -kink feature, functioning independently from the separate sealing action. The cable inlet flange shall contain an oring groove on the bottom side of the flange to allow for watertight integrity of the bolt -on cable entry assembly when bolted into the entry holes in the motor cap. For pumps above 10 horsepower an isolated Junction Box containing the Terminal Board, and sealed from the Motor Compartment by a watertight isolation plate, will, provide a secondary barrier against water or moisture penetration. Each pump shall be supplied with 30 feet of SO Type power cable. SEALS Motor Compartment shall be isolated from the Liquid End by Single Mechanical Shaft Seats in tandem arrangement (dual - independent, both oriented to resist pressure from the impeller). The upper motor side seal shall run in an Oil Chamber, which separates the Motor Compartment from the Liquid End and provides permanent lubrication and cooling. The lower impeller side seal will also get lubrication from the Oil Chamber. Each seal will have a stationary portion and a positively driven rotary portion. Springs must be protected from the pumped liquid; and under no circumstances can solid particles accumulate on the external spring and hamper its effectiveness. Seals must not require repeated checking or re- adjustment, except periodic inspection of the oil chamber. At the interfaces of major castings, sealing shall by accomplished by resilient Buna-N 0-Rings, confined within closely fitted, high surface quality rabbet joints, compressed only to the prescribed dimension by metal -to -metal contact, allowing radial movement and preventing permanent set. Flat gaskets and seal rings, which may be squeezed unevenly or beyond the permanent deformation limit, are not allowed. • SEAL PROBE A conductive seal probe shall be provided with pump. Probe shall be mounted into mechanical seal chamber and when interlocked with control panel, probe shall indicate the presence of contaminants within mechanical seal chamber. Option for external seal probe devices shall be readily available and field retrofitable for all pumps. • ELECTRIC MOTOR Each pump shall be driven by a Submersible Squirrel Cage Induction Motor in accordance with NEMA MG I Section IV Part 30. Each motor shall be rated at2'q HP /7SfRPM�� Volts_3 Phase. Motor shall be NEMA Design B for continuous duty, capable of sustaining 15 starts per hour. The pump and motor shall be produced by one manufacturer and shall be of the air -filled, watertight design. All stator windings and leads shall be insulated with moisture -resistant Class F Insulation, capable of withstanding 1550C Max. temperature, dipped and baked three times. Upon assembly the stator shall be heat -shrink -fitted into the stator housing; the use of bolts, pins or other fastening devices, which would require penetration of the stator housing, shall not be acceptable. In each phase winding there shall be embedded a bi-metallic temperature sensor, wired in series and interlocked with the motor overload protection in the Control Panel. Any of these thermal sensors shall cut out electric power if the temperature in its winding exceeds 1400C, but shall automatically reset when the winding temperature returns to normal. The motor shall be non -overloading through the selected performance curve and have a Service Factor of 1.15. When the application requires, motor shall be approved for use in Hazardous (Classified) areas. Pumps shall be suitable for operation in Class 1, Division 1, Groups C & D Areas and shall be approved by Factory Mutual (FM) for use in the area classification indicated. INSTALLATION MODE An Autocoupling assembly shall be employed to eliminate the need for entering the wet well to service pumps. The system shall allow the lowering of the pump unit(s) into the well along rigid guide pipes, resulting in a self -engaging, firm, leak proof coupling of the volute outlet to a receiving Base anchored to the floor which forms the discharge pipe connection. To assure a leak proof junction between movable and stationary components, a resilient seal ring shall be employed which is easily replaceable as part of the pump assembly, is axially and evenly compressed upon contact. Metal -to -metal contact faces shall not be allowed. Once seated, the pump shall be entirely supported by the Autocoupling Base, without any reliance on additional supports. A Series Sewage Cutter Assembly for 3'; 4" and 6" Discharge Size Wear Ring Enclosed Single Vane Impeller with 2 Hardened Slicer Blades Pump Volute Adjustable Cutter Plate with Hardened 1 _ Slicer Blade February '08 A Series Cutter Assembly Drawing Drawing 4 046897 Iml Performance Curve AMX334-155/4D/C P U M P E N M I T S Y S T E M Impeller IinpeIiertype Free passage O Max 0 Mir. 0 Sel 0 Single channel mpeller 3 inch Operating data Speed: Frequency: Duty point: Shaft power P2: Discharge port: 1750 rpm 60 Hz Q =60 US g.p.mH = 29 ft 1.67 hp 3" ANSI Power data referred to: Water, clean [100%I ; 68°F; 62.322lb/ft3; 1.0818E-5ft'/s Testnonn:ISO 99061A [ft] Head 36 34 32 30 S 28 26 24 1 22 20 Eif 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 -- 4 ___. -- 2 _ t Ell Y 50 40 30 20 10 -- ocz [hp] 2.4 2 1.6 1.2 0.8 — 0.4 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 [US g-li Project Project no.: Created by: Page: Date: LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH STEVE WRIGHT 2 2010-10-07 Iml 00%MR Dimensions AMX 4-1 /4D/ 33 55 C P U M P E N M I T S Y S T E M Wet well installation with auto coupling system (C/D Motor, 142...184) Dimensions in inch, letters see table v co LO N Cl) 281/2 Upper slide rail bracket 21 1/4 21/4 x 21/4 31/2 T -- Rpe 1 1/2' (4x) Archor bolt 1/2' x 41/7' LG Zyg 7 3/4 Flange 3' Ansi 3 3/4 125 IIYsq. in. RF 6 3(4 2 v = r� N n 141/2 14 Cl) Cl) 3/4 (4x) Andta bolt 3(4 5r8' x 6' LG � o - i zt 81/4 Table Dimensions ( inch ) H 213/4 Hi 253/4 r` m 0 0 0 0 N Project Project no.: Created by: Page: Date: LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH STEVE WRIGHT 3 2010-10-07 Technical Data 'NI M fq AMX334-155/4D/C V P U M P E N M I T S Y S T E M Operating data Flow 60 US g.p.m. Head 29 ft Shaft power P2 1.7 hp Static head 0 ft Pump efficiency 27.2 % Pumpe type Single pump No. of pumps 1 Fluid Sewage Temperature 68 °F Density 62.32 Ib/ft° Kin. viscosity 1.082E-5 ft'/s Pump Pump Code AMX334-155/4D/C Speed 1750 rpm Suction port Head Max. Min. 35.7 ft Discharge port 3" ANSI 6.3 ft Impellertype Single channel impeller Flow Max. 510.7 US g.p.m. Free passage 3 inch 1 Pump efficiency max. 56.2 % Impeller 0 6.1 inch I Required rated power max. P2 2.7 hp `. Motor Motor design Submersible motor Insulation class F Motor name AM136.5D/4/3 Degree of protection IP 68 Frequency 60 Hz Temperature class T4 Rated power P1 5.0 hp Ex Rated power P2 4.0 hp Explosion protection Rated speed 1750 rpm E100% Efficiency ° at % rated power 75 /o 50% 80 % Rated voltage 460 V 3— ° /° Rated current 5.9 A % Starting current, direct starting 0.0 A cos phi 100% at %rated power 75% 50% 0.87 Starting current, star -delta 0.0 A Starting mode Directly Powercable 10G1,5 Control cable Type of power cable H07RN-F Type of control cable Cable length 32.809 ft Service factor 1.15 Shaft seal Mechanical seal on motor side sic/ Sic Mechanical seal on medium side sic/sic Bearing Lower Bearing Double row angular ball bearing Upper Bearing Deep Groove Ball Bearing Remarks Materials I Weight Motor housing Cast Iron ASTM A48,CI.40B Bolts AISI 304 Stainless Steel Pump housing Cast Iron ASTM A48;CI.40B Elastomeres Nitrile Rubber Impeller Cast Iron ASTM A48;CI.40B Motorjacloet Stainlesssteel Wf ar ring Bronze ASTM B144 Motor shaft AISI 430 F Stainless Steel Weight aggregat 154.32 lb Project Project no.: Created by. Page. Dat,. LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH STEVE WRIGHT 4 2010-10-07 Project Name: Moran State Park on Orcas Island Engineer: Darrel E. Frame, P.E. Project Engineer CHS Engineers, LLC (P) 425-637-3693x123 (F) 425-637-3694 www.chsengineers.com Installer: Philip Irgens Project Manager BOSS Construction Inc. P: (360)-398-2300 F: (360)-398-2302 Owner: Phillip Jensen, P.E. NW Region Engineer Parks Development Services 220 N. Walnut Street Burlington, WA 98233-1138 Phillip.Jensen @ parks.wa.gov 360-755-5262 Fax:360-428-1094 Previously Lift Stations #1 & #2 were self priming non -clog style pumps. Due to a history of clogging/ragging etc, these pumps were to be replaced with a chopper style pump. The original spec called for Vaughan chopper pumps. We quoted equivalent HOMA versions at a much lower price. BOSS construction won the bid and submitted on our quote. Submittals passed easily and the pumps were installed with no issues. Pumps have been running since approx 9/7. There are 4 lift stations total on this project with each one pumping into the next, lift station #1 & #2 see the majority of the "bulky items and handle them accordingly to send to LS#3 which is a non -clog style as is #4. Only #1 & #2 are choppers. Chad Kamins 12105 NE 171 st PL Bothell, WA 98011 (206)396-9115 chad@kaminsconstruction.com Experience: Gary Merlino Construction Seattle, WA Lead/Operating Engineer August 1999-May 2008 Lead a crew of 8-5 workers on a number of high profiles jobs throughout the Puget Sound area including but not limited to: 3'd Runway Project at Sea-Tac Airport, Demolition of the Kingdome, Demolition of Auburn Boeing Plant, Qwest Field, Seattle Center Parking Garage, WAMU Tower/Seattle Art Museum, South Center Parkway Plaza, Highpoint Housing Development, Greenbridge Housing Development, Joint Training Facility (Seattle Fire Department/Seattle Public Utilities) installed a 144" lift Station that included 2 6" chopper pumps. Job required sheet piling and dewatering. Skills: • Leadership including managing small crews to laying out several crews to complete large jobs • Competent person training in sheeting and shoring • First Aid training • Reading and understanding blue prints • Installing Ductile, ADS, SDR, PVC, Han -core, Pre -core, Corrugated, Culvert, Polypropylene, and Copper pipe. • Understanding staking and grading • Demolition of Large buildings to small houses • Service and Mechanic skills on large to small Equipment Trade References: Gregg Merlino Owner- Gary Merlino Construction 206-793-1791 Charlie Oliver Vice President- Gary Merlino Construction 206-762-9125 Ar 8 1 CON � TRUCTI©N KAMINC*928LD 19315 Ross Road Bothell, WA 98011 Phone 206-396-9115 Fax 877-710-9005 NE 8th St Side Walk Project Owner: City of Bellevue Contact: Dan Millard - 425-452-5336 Contract Amount: $ 130,841.79 Substantially Complete: 7/19/2010 Amount performed: 75% Description: Removed and replaced existing sidewalk, curb, and gutter. Including air spading around tree roots. Removed and repaved 12' traffic lane. 116th Ave NE Sidewalk Project Owner: City of Kirkland Contact: Nick Collins - 425-443-7185 Contract Amount: $ 565,000 Substantially Complete: 6/14/2010 Amount performed: 70% Description: Installed Sidewalks, storm system including 72" detention system. 123rd Ave NE Safety Improvements Owner: City of Lake Stevens Contact: Shane Oden - 425-212-3317 Contract Amount: $ 129,000 Substantially Complete: 2/12/2010 Amount performed: 70% Description: Widened Roadway and constructed sidewalks Hartford Road Repair Owner: City of Lake Stevens Contact: Shane Oden - 425-212-3317 Contract Amount: $ 23,000 Substantially Complete: 10/28/2009 Amount performed: 90% Description: Removed section of roadway that had slid away. Repaired the road and brought it back up to grade. Project was a FEMA funded job. 1 California Way Slope Stabilization Owner: City of Seattle Contact: Joe DaSilvia — 206-473-1537 Contract Amount: $ 72,000 Substantially Complete: 9/22/2009 Amount performed: 85% Description: Cleared and grubbed hillside that had slid. Removed slide material and stabilized the slope. Project was a FEMA funded job. Maplewood Creek Sediment Removal Owner: City of Renton Contact: Daniel Carey - 425-430-7241 Contract Amount: $ 73,000 Substantially Complete: 8/22/2009 Amount performed: 70% Description: Drained sediment pond. Preformed Fish rescue. Removed approximately 2000 yards of material and rebuilt ponds. Sultan Bus Loop Project Owner: Sultan School District Contact: Steve Becker 425-508-3894 Contract Amount: $ 170,000 Substantially Complete: 6/22/2009 — final acceptance pending Amount performed: 70% Description: We installed an Infiltration system including storm sewer pipe and drainage structures as well as built bio-swale. Constructed Road and Sidewalks through a field for buses to drive through the school. Michael A Benoit To: Chad Kamins Subject: RE: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Chad, We will accept submittals prior to contract execution. We are open to any actions that will facilitate start up of the job. The only caveat is that, until we have award and execution of the contract, you would be acting at your risk. I am not seeing any reason why we would not award but there are no guarantees so consider that in commitments you might make. As for the pumps, we specified the Vaughan chopper pumps because of high incidents of people flushing items in the park restrooms (towels, swimsuits, etc.) that jam the current pumps. We were impressed with their quality and success in uses like prisons. While open to an "equal", it will be a very tough review to ensure that they truly are equal and meet the same specifications. We will have to be convinced that that they will meet or exceed the operational goals we have to minimize pump blockages. Project Manager Wastewater Utility City of Renton (425) 430-7206 From: Chad Kamins fmailto:chadC&kaminsconstruction.com] Sent: Wednesday, October 20, 2010 2:01 PM To: Michael A Benoit Subject: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Can we turn in submittals before the contract is executed? I also have a question about the pumps themselves. Would the city be open for a comparable pump to the ones specified or are they set on that particular brand? Chad Kamins Michael A Benoit From: Chad Kamins [chad@kaminsconstruction.com] Sent: Thursday, October 21, 2010 3:41 PM To: Michael A Benoit Subject: FW: Lake Washing Beach Pumps Attachments: LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH.PDF Here is the preliminary info I have on the HOMA pumps. I definitely want you guys to take a look because they have been successful in the past where they had use them to replace the Vaughan pumps. I can also get a project list if you would like if where they have used these pumps. Chad Kamins From: Ty Collins jmailto:tcollins@mitchellewis.com] Sent: Thursday, October 21, 2010 9:59 AM To: chad@kaminsconstruction.com Subject: Lake Washing Beach Pumps Chad, Specs and data sheets attached for our HOMA pump offering. We recently substituted HOMA in place of Vaughan and ABS chopper pumps for the Orcas Island lift station project (BOSS Construction and CHS Engineers). There have been no issues and the pumps have been working properly since day 1 about 2 months ago. Let me know if you need anything else. Coins Mitchell Lewis & Staver Industrial Territory Manager 503-570-1219 - d 503-710-8554 - c 503-682-0719 - f tcollins@mitchellewis.com www.mitcheliewis.com IMI MR P U M P E N M I T S Y S T E M Operating data Technical Information ANDC334-155/4D/C Flow 60 US g.p.m. Head 29 ft Shaft power P2 1.67 hl Pump efficiency 27.2 % Pumpe type Single pump No. of pumps 1 Fluid Sewage Pump Pump Code AMX334-155/4D/C Impeller Single channel impeller Impeller size 6'/e" Free passage 3 inch Discharge port 3" ANSI Suction port Motor Rated voltage 460 V Frequency 60 Hz Rated power P2 4.0 hp Rated speed 1750 rpm Number of poles 4 Efficiency 80 % Rated current 5.9 A Degree of protection IP 68 Materials Motor housing Cast Iron ASTM A48;CI.40B Impeller Cast Iron ASTM A48;CI.40B Pump housing Cast Iron ASTM A48;CI.40B Wear ring Bronze ASTM B144 Motor shaft AISI 430 F Stainless Steel Bolts AISI 304 Stainless Steel Motorjacltet Stainless steel Elastomeres Nitrile Rubber Testnorm: ISO 9906/A (hp] Shaft power P2 _ 155 2 1.5 1 0.5 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 [US g.p.rn.] Wet well installation with auto coupling system (C/D Motor, 142...184) Dimensions in inch, letters see table L � = v2 Upper slide mil tomlet 21 V4 22 1/4x ll 3Y2 Pipe 11,7 4x andv lx• 1? x 4 irz LG 9e Ftsp3Ne1 Wbliiq h W Mechanical seal on motor side Sic/ Sic = Mechanical seal on medium side Sic/ Sic _ Lower Bearing Double row angular ball bearing Upper Bearing Deep Groove Ball Bearing xv2 t4 94 (41 Ndv bd q4 5TxVLG a a v4 Table Dimensions (inch ) H 213/4 H 1 253/4 Project Project no.: Created by: Page: Date: LIFTSTATION REPLACEMENT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH STEVE WRIGHT 1 2010-10-07 1010*" M R Performance Curve AMX 4-1 5/4D/C 33 5 P U M P E N M I T S Y S T E M Impeller Impel Iertype: Free passage 0: Max. 0: Min. 0: Sel. 0: Single channel impeller 3 inch 6'/e" 1 5'/16" 6'/s" Operating data Speed: Frequency: Duty point: Shaft power P2: Discharge port: 1750 rpm 60 Hz Q =60 US g.p.mH = 29 ft 1.67 hp 3" ANSI Power data referred to: Water, clean [100%] ; 68°F; 62.322lb/ft3; 1.0818E-5ft'/s Testnorm:ISO 9906/A [ft] Head 3 34 SQ 32 7S S 3 2 2 2 �1 22 2 Eff. 1 56.2°° 1 14 —12 12 1 4 J [%] Efficiency 5 4 30-1 2 1 [hp] Shaft power P2 155 2. 2 1. 1.2 0. 0. 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 [US g.p.m.] Project Project no Created by. Page: Date: LIFTSTATION REPLACEMENT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH STEVE WRIGHT 2 2010-10-07 r Iml 00S M R Dimensions AMX334-155/4D/C P U M P E N M I T S Y S T E M Wet well installation with auto coupling system (C/D Motor, 142...184) Dimensions in inch, letters see table LID (�+ 26 v2 Upper skis rad bracW 21 1/4 21/4 x 2 v4 31/2 Rpm 1 v7 (4x) Artdtor bit 1/7 x 41/2" LG yg 7 34 Flange 3' A -d 3314 125 tYsq in. RF 6 34 a = r> [ N r �14 1/2 _ 14 _ v ch M 3/a (4) Anchor bit 34 51frx6'LG 81/4 Table Dimensions ( inch) H 21'/4 H1 253/4 D m O N O O P,oject Project io Created by Page Date LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH STEVE WRIGHT 3 2010-10-07 IMI MR Technical Data AMX334-155/4D/C P U M P E N M I T S Y S T E M Operating data Flow 60 US g.p.m. Head 29 ft Shaft power P2 1.7 hp Static head 0 ft Pump efficiency 27.2 % Pumpe type Single pump No. of pumps 1 Fluid Sewage Temperature 68 -F Density 62.32 Ib/ft- Kin. viscosity 1.082E-5 ft'/s Pump Pump Code AMX334-155/4D/C Speed 1750 rpm Suction port Head Max. Min. 35.7 ft Discharge port 3" ANSI 6.3 ft Impellertype Single channel impeller Flow Max. 510.7 US g.p.m. Free passage 3 inch Pump efficiency max. 56.2 % ImpellerO 6.1 inch Required rated power max. P2 2.7 hp Motor Motor design Submersible motor Insilation class F Motor name AM136.5D/4/3 Degree of protection IP 68 Frequency 60 Hz Temperature class T4 Rated power P1 5.0 hp Ex Rated power P2 4.0 hp Explosion protection Rated speed 1750 rpm 100% Efficiency 75% at %rated power 50% 80 % Rated voltage 460 V 3_ ° �° Rated current 5.9 A % Starting current, direct starting 0.0 A 100% cos phi 75% at % rated power 50% 0.87 Starting current, star -delta 0.0 A Starting mode Directly Powercable 10G1,5 Control cable Type of power cable H07RN-F Type of control cable Cable length 32.809 ft Service factor 1.15 Shaft seal Mechanical seal on motor side Sic / Sic Mechanical seal on medium side sic/sic Bearing Lower Bearing Double row angular ball bearing Upper Bearing Deep Groove Ball Bearing Remaft Materials / Weight Motor housing Cast Iron ASTM A48;CI.40B Bolts AISI 304 Stainless Steel Pump housing Cast Iron ASTM A48;C1.40B Elastomeres Nitrile Rubber Impeller Cast Iron ASTM A48;CI.40B Motorjaclet Stainlesssteel Wear ring Bronze ASTM B144 Motor shaft AISI 430 F Stainless Steel Weight aggregat 154.32 Ib Project Project no.: Created by: Page: Date: LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH STEVE WRIGHT 4 2010-10-07 I It �� 1467CH SERVING THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST // C. PUMP SALES & SERVICE Submittals for: Vaughan Chopper Pumps City of Renton Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Project # WWP — 27 - 3557 Engineers: Carollo Engineers Contractor: Kamins Construction Scope of supply: Qty-2-New Vaughan Chopper Sewage pumps, Model SE3G, 5HP, 230V 4" Quick Release Base Elbow Stainless guide rails & SS Lifting Chain Submitted by: Erick Merklinghaus PUMPTECH INC 12020 SE 32"d St Bellevue, WA 98005 Municipal ❑ PumpTech Inc. 12020 SE 32nd St, Suite 2 Bellevue, WA 98005 Ph: 425-644-8501 Fax: 425-562-9213 pumptech@pumptechnw.com PumpTech MAS # 80193 Industrial ❑ PumpTech Inc. 209 S Hamilton Rd Moses Lake, WA 98837 Ph: 509-766-6330 Fax: 509-766-6331 pumptech@gcpower.net Packaaed Svstems ❑ PumpTech Inc. 2425 SE Ochoco St Portland, OR 97222 Ph: 503-659-6230 Fax: 503-659-8718 inquiries@pumptechnw.com WA CONTRACTORS # PUMPTI`148LF www.pumptechnw.com Page 1 of 42 OR CONTRACTORS # 154997 V r )Frn ECH SERVING THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST .r..o PUMP SALES & SERVICE Washington Beach Lift Staion TABLE OF CONTENTS VAUGHAN SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMP MODEL SE3G VAUGHAN GENERAL LITERATURE3-4 - 4 VAUGHAN SE3G PERFORMANCE CURVE.................................................................................5 PUMPDIMENSIONS.......................................................................................................................6 MOTOR ELECTRICAL DATA........................................................................................................7 PUMP SPECIFIACTIONS......................................................................................................8 - 10 VAUGHAN TESTING — PERFORMANCE...........................................................................11 - 17 VAUGHAN TESTING — HYDROSTATIC............................................................................18 - 19 VAUGHAN TESTING — VIBRATION...................................................................................20 - 22 QUICK RELEASE BASE ELBOW ACCESSORIES............................................................23 - 25 RELIANCE ELECTRIC GENERAL DATA.........................................................................26 — 28 RELIANCE ELECTRIC INSTALALTION MANUAL..........................................................29 — 42 Municipal X PumpTech Inc. 12020 SE 32nd St, Suite 2 Bellevue, WA 98005 Ph: 425-644-8501 Fax: 425-562-9213 pumptech@pumptechnw.com WA CONTRACTORS # PUMPTI`945QG Industrial ❑ PumpTech Inc. 530 E Broadway, Suite B Moses Lake, WA 98837 Ph: 509-766-6330 Fax: 509-766-6331 pumptech@gcpower.net www.pumptechnw.com Packaged Svstems ❑ PumpTech Inc. 2425 SE Ochoco St Portland, OR 97222 Ph: 503-659-6230 Fax: 503-659-8718 inquiries@pumptechnw.com OR CONTRACTORS # 154997 U `Z G9LGNAN Comae CHOPPER PUMPS • IF `' PRODUCT CATALOG I Electric Submersible "E" Series • Traditional submersible design • Upgraded lower seal is standard • Hydraulic version also available EXPLOSION PROOF MOT( LIL Listed Explosion Proof or non-Explosi Proof, with moisture sensor and tand6 mechanical seals. Also available Continous In -Air or Close -Loop Cool TANDEM MECHANICAL SEAT Includes lower silicon carbide mechank seal for maximum motor protecti PUMP OUT VANES AND UPPER CUTTE Keeps pumpage away from the sE DUCTILE IRON BACK PULL-OUT CAW Provides adjustable impeller -to -cutter t clearance extending parts I CAST ALLOY STEEL IMPELLER, CUTTE BAR, UPPER CUTTER AND CUTTER NI Case hardened to minimum 60 Rockwe6 hardness for wear and impact resistan a•� 11 Page 4 of 42 T Vaughan E Series �'� i• - - Chopper Pump PERFORMANCE CURVE CURVE Models: URVE II =o PO Page 5 of 42 Vaughan' 3" - 6" E-Series Submersible Chopper Pumps Materials of Construction: Impeller/Upper Cutter/ Cutter Nut: ............................... Cast Steel, heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60. Cutter Bar: ................................ Plate Steel, heat treated to minimum 60 Rockwell C Hardness. Casing/Back Pull -Out Plate/ Guide Bracket/Elbow: ............ Ductile Cast Iron. Mechanical Seal: ..................... Silicon carbide or tungsten carbide. Flange: ..................................... 150 lb. ANSI rated. Paint: ......................................... Stainless Epoxy. "PI 15 O9M MOTOR FLANGE DRAWINGS AND DIMENSIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE DO NOT USE FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. �i CONTACT VAUGHAN FOR CERTIFIED CONSTRUCTION PRINTS. •e• 0.) MODEL A B C D E F G H J K P SE3F / SE3G 5 6 % 4'/8 7e '/8 9 '/is '/16 11 '/8 8'/a 22 '/. 3 SE3L / SE3M 5 % 6'/8 5'/8 7'A 7 '/8 9 '/is '/16 10 7/8 9'/8 23'/. 3 SE3V / SE3W 5'/8 6'/s 5 "/16 7'/e 7 '/8 9 '/is 4 '/is 10 '/8 9'/s 23'/. 3 SE4K / SE41L 6'A 7'/a 4 % 7'/e 7 '/8 9 "A6 4 '/16 11 'A6 10 % 24 7/8 4 SE4P / SE4R 8 9 '/. 4'/8 7'/a 7 '/8 9 " A6 4 'Hs 12 1 % 26 7/8 4 SEW 18'/. 9 'Al 6'/8 19'/e 7 '/s 11 14'/is 14 '/8 13 %h 28 "Hs 6 15 MINUTE IN -AIR FRAME SIZES ONLY HP SPEED FRAME M W HP SPEED FRAME M W 5 1170 180TY 1 '/. 12'A 25 1170 250TY 25 '/8 17 5 1750 25 1750 7.5 1750 25 3510 7.5 1170 210TY 21 '/s 15 '/. 30 1750 10 1170 30 3510 10 1750 40 1750 15 1750 40 3510 15 3510 30 1170 320TY 25 /z 18'/. 20 1750 50 1750 20 3510 60 1750 15 1170 250TY 25 '/8 17 75 1750 20 1170 FRAME FITS PUMP MODELS 180TY ALL 3"- 6" PUMPS 210TY ALL 3"- 6" PUMPS 250TY ALL 3"- 6" PUMPS 320TY 3V/3W/4K/4L/4P/4R/6U CURRENT U.S. PATENTS: No. 5,460,482: No. 5,460,483; No. 5,456, 580; No. 5,256,032; No. Vaughan Co., Inc. 5,076.757:No. 4,840,384;No. 4,842,479. � 364 Monte Elma Road CURRENT FOREIGN PATENTS: No. 2 371 Montesano, WA 98563 834; No, 2 188 138; No. 1,290,981; No. 276224; Phone: 360-249-4042, FAX: 360-249-6155 No. 0 774 045. e-mail: info@chopperpumps.com OTHER PATENTS PENDING. Page 6 of 42 Performance Data SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS RELIANCE ELECTRIC O Typical Performance Data "Submersible Motors, 15 min. in air, continuous water/sewage" "Three phase, 60 HZ" TORQUE SIZE 1 4/4 AMPS I OD 1800 180TY 2.3 178AL69.7 66 0 58.8 86.7 83.6 78 1725 4.56 V.6 13.4 1200 80TY 1.8 66A 62.6 55.2 78.4 73.4 65.2 1150 4.57 14.2 9.5 1800 1 BOTY 2.3 170.5 66.7 59.3 86.2 83.1 77.5 1735 4.54 17.5 13.2 1.51200 180TY 2.6 715 68.7 62.2 76.1 69.7 59.5 1150 6.85 22 15 1800 180TY 2. 73.5 70.7 54.3 86.4 82.5 74.7 1730 6.06 20 17.5 2 1200 180TY 3.4 18.4 J 72.8 70.9 65.4 75.7 69.2 58.9 1145 9.17 25.8 18 1800 180TY 4.4 31.1 J 78.1 75.9 70.5 81.7 77.2 68.7 1750 9.01 31 21.3 3 1200 180TY 4.8 26.2 H 73.9 72.4 68.5 79.1 73.3 63.5 1155 13.6 33.9 27.0 3600 180TY 7.0 41.8 H 73.3 72.2 68.0 91.1.. 90.1 87.2 3465 7,57 19.7 15.1 5 1800 180TY 7.4 42.7 H 76.0 74.5 69.8 81.3 76.0 66.4 1735 15.1 43.8 32.7 1200 180TY 7.60 38.3 G 76.2 77.1 74.2 80.3 75.8 66.6 1150 22.8 52.3 38.5 3600 180TY 9.8 68.2 J 75.1 74.5 70.9 95.6 92.8 87.8 3465 11.3 32.5 25.4 7.5 1800 180TY 10.5 65.0 H 83.8 82.0 79.6 80.6 77.1 66.8 1740 22.6 64.6 51.6 1200 210TY 11.5 57.8 G 78.1 76.5 75.1 77.7 74.4 63.9 1150 34.3 81.0 55.6 3600 210TY 12.5 68.5 G 84,2 84.5 82.9 90.1 89.7 85.1 3490 15 37.2 27.3 10 1800 210TY 13.5 80.0 H 86.2 86.5 84.8 80.5 75.3 64.4 1755 29.9 73.7 63.9 1200 210TY 15.5 80.5 H 76.5 77.8 77.5 78.3 72.4 62.3 1140 46.1 115 79.7 3600 210TY 18.3 114 G 82.8 82.4 79.9 90.5 89.5 87.3 3495 22.5 59.2 45.2 15 1800 210TY 21.0 111 G 86.0 85.7 84.1 77.8 74.0 64.1 1755 44.9 107 105 1200 250TY 19.5 109 G 84.4 83.5 83.2 84.4 81.3 73.5 1160 67.9 166 122 3600 210TY 23.7 154 G 86.5 85.2 83.9 91 89.0 85.9 3500 30 77.9 65.1 20 1800 210TY 28.0 149 G 84.4 85.7 82.6 80.3 74.3 66.8 1750 60 140 139 1200 250TY 27.0 142 G 84.0 85.6 83.0 82.7 79.9 73.3 1155 90.9 217 170 3600 250TY 31.0 172 F 84.7 84.5 82.1 89.2 86.5 80.1 3505 37.5 91.9 68.0 25 1800 250TY 33 179 G 94.8 86.2 84.2 84.1 80.6 72.9 1750 75 185 119 1200 250TY 34.0 173 G 83.3 84.2 83.3 81.9 78.6 72.5 1155 114 267 203 3600 250TY 36.4 202 F 85.6 85.8 83.9 90.2 89.0 84.8 3500 45 108 81.2 30 1800 350TY 39.0 207 G 84.1 86.8 87.1 85.4 82.2 77.1 1750 90 201 139 1200 320TY 40.0 210 1 G 86.9 87.5 86.0 1 90.9 1 77.1 1 68.9 1165 1 135 310 241 Data or prices subject to change without notice 32 Page 7 of 42 SECTION 11 SUBMERSIBLE CHOPPER PUMPS FOR PART 1 GENERAL iaa01�Ya1:411126 Eelz The vendor shall furnish 2 submersible wet pit chopper pump and all appurtenances as specified. The pump shall be specifically designed to pump waste solids at heavy consistencies without plugging or dewatering of the solids. Materials shall be chopped/macerated and conditioned by the pump as an integral part of the pumping action. The pump must have demonstrated the ability to chop through and pump high concentrations of solids such as plastics, heavy rags, grease and hair balls, wood, paper products and stringy materials without plugging, both in tests and field applications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND PERFORMANCE AFFIDAVIT The contractor shall submit manufacturer's standard warranty and a performance affidavit for equipment to be furnished in accordance with this section. The warranty for workmanship and materials shall be manufacturer's standard for 1 year from startup, not to exceed 18 months from factory shipment. In the performance affidavit, the manufacturer must certify to the Contractor and the Owner, that the Contract Documents have been examined, and that the equipment will meet in every way the performance requirements set forth in the Contract Documents for the application specified. Shop drawings will not be reviewed prior to the receipt by the Engineer of an acceptable performance affidavit. The performance affidavit must be signed by an officer of the company manufacturing the equipment, and witnessed by a notary public. The performance affidavit must include a statement that the equipment will not clog or bind on solids typically found in the application set forth. 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER A. Pump shall be Model SE 3- G as manufactured by Vaughan Co., Inc. B. It is the express intent of these specifications to accurately describe equipment that is a regular production item of the specified manufacturer, and that has a proven record of performance in identical (not just similar) applications in other treatment facilities. The chopper pump manufacturer shall have a minimum of twenty (20) years of documented experience in the design and production of chopper pumps of all types, and not less than five (5) years of experience in the production of the exact equipment as specified herein. C. Alternates shall be pre -approved no less than 15 days prior to the bid date, accompanied by a list of no less than twenty five (25) reference installations of chopper pumps in identical service applications. At least five (5) of the reference installations provided shall be of the exact model pump specified herein. References shall be pumps that have been used in continuous service for a period of no less than three (3) years. Only equipment that is in service at the time of referral shall be considered valid. Pumps that have been removed from service for any reason will not be considered as references. Telephone numbers and contact names shall be provided for any/all references upon request from the Engineer. Provision of performance bonds or other means of circumventing the above requirements for historical references and verification of past performance in identical Page 8 of 42 applications are not considered an acceptable means of verifying the manufacturers experience. 2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS The pumps specified in this section will pump Sewage using the following design flow criteria: GPM: 125 TDH: 24 HP: 5 RPM: 1750 2.3 PUMP CONSTRUCTION A. Casing and Back Pull -Out Adapter Plate: The pump casing shall be of semi -concentric design, with the first half of the circumference being cylindrical beginning after the pump outlet, and the remaining circumference spiraling outward to the 150 lb. flanged centerline discharge. Back pull-out adapter plate shall allow removal of pump components from above the casing, and allow external adjustment of impeller -to -cutter bar clearance. Casing and adapter plate shall be ductile cast iron with all water passages to be smooth, and free of blowholes and imperfections for good flow characteristics. B. Impeller: Shall be semi -open type with pump out vanes to reduce seal area pressure. Chopping/maceration of materials shall be accomplished by the action of the cupped and sharpened leading edges of the impeller blades moving across the cutter bar at the intake openings, with a set clearance between the impeller and cutter bar of .010" to .015". Impeller shall be cast steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60 and dynamically balanced. The impeller shall be keyed to the shaft and shall have no axial adjustments or set screws required. C. Cutter Bar Plate: Shall be recessed into the pump bowl and shall contain at least 2 shear bars extending diametrically across the intake opening to within 0.010-0.015" of the rotating cutter nut tooth, for the purpose of preventing intake opening blockage and wrapping of debris at the shaft area. Chopper pumps utilizing individually mounted shear bars shall not be acceptable. Cutter bar shall be T1 plate steel heat -treated to minimum Rockwell C 60. D. Cutter Nut: The impeller shall be secured to the shaft using a special cutter nut, designed to cut stringy materials and prevent binding. The cutter nut shall ASTM A148 cast alloy steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60. E. Upper Cutter: Shall be threaded into the back pull-out adapter plate above the impeller, designed to cut against the pump -out vanes and the impeller hub, reducing and removing stringy materials from the mechanical seal area. Upper cutter shall be cast steel heat treated to minimum Rockwell C 60. F. Shafting: Pump shafting shall be heat treated. The pump shaft shall directly couple to the motor shaft, with a bolt and keyway. G. Stainless Steel Nameplates: Shall be attached to the pump and drive motor giving the manufacturer's model and serial number, rated capacity, head, speed and all pertinent data. 2.4.SUBMERSIBLE ELECTRIC MOTOR Submersible Electric Motor: The submersible motor shall be U/L LISTED EXPLOSION PROOF (optional non -explosion proof available) for Class 1, Group D, Division 1 hazardous locations, rated at 5 HP, 1750RPM, 240 Volts, 60 Hertz and 3 phase, with a 1.15 service Page 9 of 42 factor (1.0 for Continuous In -Air) and Class F insulation. Motor shall be equipped with tandem mechanical seals in oil bath and dual moisture sensing probes. Motor shall include two normally closed automatic resetting thermostats connected in series and imbedded in adjoining phases. Motor frame shall be cast iron, and all hardware and shaft shall be stainless steel. 2.5 GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM Provide a guide rail system consisting of two (galvanized or stainless steel) guide rails, cast ductile iron pump guide bracket and discharge elbow with mounting feet and 125 lb. flanges, an upper guide rail mounting bracket and intermediate guide brackets every 10 feet. SPARK -PROOF GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM Provide a non -sparking guide rail system consisting of two (galvanized or stainless steel) guide rails, cast bronze pump guide bracket, cast ductile iron discharge elbow with mounting feet and 125 lb. flanges, upper guide rail mounting bracket, and intermediate guide brackets every 10 feet. System design shall prevent spark ignition of explosive gases during pump installation and removal. 2.6 SURFACE PREPARATION SSPC-SP5 commercial sandblast, primed and finish coated with minimum 6 MDFT 316 stainless steel pigment epoxy. Page 10 of 42 VAUGHAN FACTORY PERFORMANCE TEST PROCEDURE for Horizontal, Vertical and Submersible pumps tested in horizontal configuration (For 50-60 Degree F Clear Water) Consult Vaughan for Test Pricing revised November 12, 2001 revised June 20, 2003 revised January 31, 2005 revised January 13, 2006 I: PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the equipment and methods required to accurately test and evaluate Vaughan pump performance in accordance with the accepted standards of the latest edition of the Hydraulic institute Standards test Code. II: TEST TOLERANCES In performing tests under the Hydraulic institute test code, no minus tolerance or margin shall be allowed with respect to capacity, total head, or efficiency at the rated or specified conditions. The pump must be within the following tolerances for acceptance: At rated head : from +0% to +10% of rated capacity, or At rated capacity: from +0% to +8% of rated head. Conformity with only one of the above tolerances is required. it should be noted, that there may be an increase in horsepower at the rated condition when complying to the plus tolerance for head or capacity. Pump speed shall be maintained within 0.3% of rated speed. If pump speed cannot be maintained within 0.3%, speed shall be recorded and all data corrected to rated speed using the affinity laws. III: EQUIPMENT Pressure test gauge(s), various ranges as necessary, with 4-20 mA output signal and current NIST certification. 2. Pump torque, speed, and horsepower measuring equipment as supplied by S. Himmelstein & Co., consisting of: A. MCRT 9-02T(4-3) 4000 inch -pound Non -contact torquemeter, serial # 9T-855 with speed pickup properly mounted and aligned between the pump and drive motor shafts for measuring the torque applied to the pump shaft and the rotational speed (RPM) of the shaft. B. 28004TN(4-3) 4000 inch -pound Non -contact torquemeter, serial # 28004T-101 with speed pickup properly mounted and aligned between the pump and drive motor shafts for measuring the torque applied to the pump shaft and the rotational speed (RPM) of the shaft. Page 11 of 42 C. MCRT 2804TAN(1-4) 10,000 inch -pound Non -contact torquemeter, serial # 2804TA-419 with speed pickup properly mounted and aligned between the pump and drive motor shafts for measuring the torque applied to the pump shaft and the rotational speed (RPM) of the shaft. D. MCRT 28003TC(1-3)NZ 1,000 inch -pound Non -contact torquemeter, serial # 28003T-127 with speed pickup properly mounted and aligned between the pump and drive motor shafts for measuring the torque applied to the pump shaft and the rotational speed (RPM) of the shaft. E. System 7 (backup test equipment) data acquisition system, serial # 7-147, with input ports for three torquemeters above, multiple pressure gauges, 3 phase voltage monitors (Ohio Semitronics model VT8-009E, serial numbers 9120230, 9120231 & 9120232) and 3 phase current monitors (Ohio Semitronics, 0-300 Amp AC ± model CTA215H/CTL-401S/300Y04, serial numbers 9120212/8102927, 9120213/8102928 & 9120214/8102929). F. National Instruments LabView 7.1 Full Dev System for Windows (primary test equipment) data acquisition system, with SCXI-1000 4 slot chassis, NI SCXI- 1600 USB data acquisition and control module, SCXI-1102B 32-Channel Amplifier, SCXI-1308 32-Channel Current Input Terminal Block, and Himmelstein Model 721 Signal Conditioner with input ports for three torquemeters above, multiple pressure gauges, 3 phase voltage monitors (Ohio Semitronics model VT8-009E, serial numbers 9120230, 9120231 & 9120232) and 3 phase current monitors (Ohio Semitronics, 0-300 Amp AC ± model CTA215H/CTL- 401 S/300Y04, serial numbers 9120212/8102927, 9120213/8102928 & 9120214/8102929). 3. Two adjacent test pits, one for suction and one for discharge, 11,000 gallons each. Suction tank is provided with a 18" suction manifold with connections for 6" 8" 10" 12" and 18" 150 pound ANSI pump flange suctions. Suction tank is also provided with clear PVC sight glass marked off in 100 gallon increments to be used for level indication in calculating volumetric change in the test tank and provided with port for connection of a level transmitter. This system is arranged so that repeatable flow rate measurements (i.e., change in volume per unit time) within 0.5% accuracy may be taken as required to meet the requirements of the Hydraulic Institute Standards Test Code. 4. Mag Flow meters for measurement of flow stream in 6" or 16" piping loops. 5. An accurate, calibrated stop watch for measuring the time increments between float level points for calculating volumetric flow rate (used only with System 6 test). 6. A 125 HP, 200 HP, or other suitable electric motor shall be direct coupled to the appropriate Himmelstein Torquemeter which shall in turn be direct coupled to the pump to be tested. 6A. Alternatively, a field type operational test is available. If required by the applicable specification, the assembled pump (except for vertical recirculator pumps and wet -well pumps longer than 8 feet) may be run with the customer's motor. Torquemeter outputs of speed and torque may not be available in this configuration, so during these operational type tests, motor nameplate speed or strobe light tachometer is used in place of torquemeter speed, and power calculations are based on observed amperage readings and published motor data. These tests may not meet the Hydraulic Institute accuracy requirements for speed and power measurements, so these tests are only done when we are specifically directed to do so by the customer or the engineer. Page 12 of 42 7. A 150 HP Constant Torque / 200 HP Variable Torque VFD (Variable Frequency Drive) by Square D, model ATV-6615N4U, provides 460 Volt 60 Hz power or 380 Volt 50 Hz power to the appropriate electric drive motor. 8. A fresh water supply for filling and topping off the test tanks. 9. 1 Ton bridge crane to allow lifting of pumps, motors, valves, and piping in the test facility. 10. Thermometer for measuring water temperature in the test pits. 11. Tachometer for measuring shaft speed during tests where the Himmelstein equipment cannot be used, such as when the pump must be tested with the Customer's electric motor. (This method does not meet the Hydraulic Institute requirements for accuracy, but may occasionally be required by the customer.) IV: TEST SETUP 1. Pump testing for horizontal end -suction, vertical wet well, vertical pedestal, vertical recirculator, submersible, and cantilever pumps are accomplished by testing the wet end components (impeller, casing, and cutterbar) in the horizontal end suction arrangement, as shown in Figure 1, Testing Layout for Vaughan Chopper Pumps. Upon request, submersible pumps may be run fully assembled with the submersible motor submerged as an operational type test, not meeting all Hydraulic Institute Standards. 2. Verify that test motor starters are off, and that VFD is off, and then connect power cord for pump test motor, pressure gauge(s) and torquemeter cables. Open pump Discharge valve partially. 3. Turn on power for VFD and the LabView computer. Double click on the LabView icon on the computer screen. Select "Open" and the appropriate Virtual Instrument name for the pump being tested. 4. Enter the Model, Serial #, Date, Speed and Test # in the appropriate fields in the VI header. Click the "Run" button in the upper left corner of the screen, navigate to the folder My Documents\Test Data\LabView Data at the prompt, and assign a test file name of xxxx (where xxxx is test # from test log). LabView will now begin displaying real-time data from all the instrumentation, but has not yet begun to record any data. 5. Transfer water into the suction pit, bleed out air from suction header, pressure lines and high point vent on pump casing (if provided). 6. Use the jog function on the VFD, (or run @ 5 hz) verify that pump is turning the proper direction. 7. Bring pump up to proper operating speed (60 hz or 50 hz for customer motors). Close discharge valve. If VFD coarse speed adjustment arrow buttons do not have sufficient resolution to achieve correct operating speed (within ±0.3%), push "Enter" twice to reach fine speed adjustment screen. Arrow down to high speed limit, push "Enter" to allow adjustment, adjust to high speed limit to desired operating frequency, push "Enter" to lock adjustment. Verify that Ramp Up and Ramp Down Times are at least 6 seconds — if not, adjust as needed — minimum 10 seconds is recommended for 8" — 12" pumps. Push "ESC" twice to return to main screen. Push "Speed Increase" button if required to increase output frequency to match high speed limit. Check observed operating speed on LabView screen and repeat speed adjustment procedure if required. Push VFD "Stop" button, top off suction pit water, vent test header and casing vent again, and then push "Start" button. Page 13 of 42 9. Watch LabView RPM readout or listen for pump to reach full operating speed. When full speed is achieved, click the "Save" button to begin saving data at pre -determined time intervals. A green indicator light will flash on the computer screen every time a set of data is saved. 10. Allow a few sets of data to be recorded at shutoff, and then crack open the Discharge Valve. Allow a few sets of data to be recorded at this low flow point. Then, open the discharge valve approximately 1 turn immediately after the red light flashes. It is acceptable to allow multiple sets of data to be recorded at any flow rate during the test. 11. If the Suction pit is emptied during before the test is completed, push the "Stop" button on the VFD, transfer additional water back into the Suction pit. Vent air from suction header, casing vent, and pressure lines as needed. Push the "Start" button on VFD, and allow LabView to save at least 2 sets of data. Then proceed with testing by opening discharge valve further. 12. Data shall be collected for a minimum of 10 operating points. Test may be concluded when discharge valve is fully open if data for 10 operating points has been collected. The "Save" button to stop recording data. Click the "Stop" button or press the "End" key to end the test. 13. Minimize or exit LabView, and double click the Microsoft Excel Icon. Click "File", "Open", and then in the bottom left box of the screen window, select files of type "All Files", select file name xxxx from My Documents\Test Data\LabView Data, and click on the "Open" button. Choose "Finish" to open the data file. Select "File", "Save", if necessary re -type file name without parenthesis, dot or extension, and save as type "Microsoft Excel Workbook ('.xls) in the folder My Documents\Test Data\(appropriate sub -directory). 14. Select "File", "Save As", and save the file in S:\engr\perfdata\testdata\(appropriate sub- directory)\xxxx.xls, and record test information in test log. 15. Copy cells for first row of calculated flow through last row of calculated efficiency into EasyPlot graphing program. Compare resulting performance curve with required design point(s) to determine whether pump passed or failed. Add annotations as required. 16. If pump passed, paste curve onto test certificate in Microsoft Excel and save on Network. 17. If LabView 7.1 and/or related components are not available, proceed with testing using Himmelstein System 7 as follows: 16. Verify that test motor starters are off, and that VFD is off, and then connect power cord for pump test motor, pressure gauge(s) and torquemeter cables. Open pump Discharge valve partially. 19. Turn on power for VFD and the System 7 computer. Double click on the System 7 icon on the computer screen. Select "Configure", "Load", and the appropriate program name from for the pump being tested. 20. If pump being tested is an Assemble Submersible Pump or any other pump being tested without benefit of a Himmelstein torquemeter, select "Configure", "User" and input the rated full load RPM for the motor. 21. Select "Execute", 'Test', and assign a test file name of C:\data\xxxx (where.xxxx is test # from test log) and fill in the Model, Serial #, Date, Speed and Test # on the screen and push "F10" twice per on -screen instructions. The System 7 will now begin displaying real-time data from all the instrumentation, but has not yet begun to record any data. 22. Transfer water into the suction pit, bleed out air from suction header, pressure lines and high point vent on pump casing (if provided). Page 14 of 42 23, Use the jog function on the VFD, (or run @ 5 hz) verify that pump is turning the proper direction. 24. Bring pump up to proper operating speed (60 hz or 50 hz for customer motors). Close discharge valve. If VFD coarse speed adjustment arrow buttons do not have sufficient resolution to achieve correct operating speed (within ±0.3%), push "Enter" twice to reach fine speed adjustment screen. Arrow down to high speed limit, push "Enter" to allow adjustment, adjust to high speed limit to desired operating frequency, push "Enter" to lock adjustment. Verify that Ramp Up and Ramp Down Times are at least 6 seconds — 4 not, adjust as needed — minimum 10 seconds is recommended for 8" — 12" pumps. Push "ESC" twice to return to main screen. Push "Speed Increase" button if required to increase output frequency to match high speed limit. Check observed operating speed on System 7 screen and repeat speed adjustment procedure if required. 25. Push VFD "Stop" button, top off suction pit water, vent test header and casing vent again, and then push "Start" button. 26. Watch System 7 RPM readout or listen for pump to reach full operating speed. When full speed is achieved, push "V" to begin Saving data at pre -determined time intervals. A red indicator light will flash on the computer screen every time a set of data is saved. 27. Allow a few sets of data to be recorded at shutoff, and then crack open the Discharge Valve. Allow a few sets of data to be recorded at this low flow point. Then, open the discharge valve approximately 1 turn immediately after the red light flashes. It is acceptable to allow multiple sets of data to be recorded at any flow rate during the test. 28. If the Suction pit is emptied during before the test is completed, push the "Stop" button on the VFD, transfer additional water back into the Suction pit. Vent air from suction header, casing vent, and pressure lines as needed. Push the "Start" button on VFD, and allow System 7 to save at least 2 sets of data. Then proceed with testing by opening discharge valve further. 29. Data shall be collected for a minimum of 10 operating points. Test may be concluded when discharge valve is fully open if data for 10 operating points has been collected. Push "V" to stop recording data. Push "E" to return to main screen. Push "E" and then "A" to write ASCII data file, and "F10" to return to main menu. 30. "Alt Tab" or exit System 7, and double click the Microsoft Excel Icon. Click "File", "Open", and then in the bottom left box of the screen window, select files of type "Text ('.prn; '.txt; '.csv), select file name c:\data\xxxx, and click on the "Open" button. Choose "Text Delimited", "Next", "Comma Delimited" and "Finish" to open the data file. Select "File", "Save", re -type file name without parenthesis, dot or extension, and save as type "Microsoft Excel Workbook ('.xls) in the c:\data\excel sub -directory. 31. Import the appropriate calculation block, and verify that pipe diameter cell matches diameter of pipe at discharge gauge location. Fill formulas down as needed. Save. Save as s:\engr\perfdata\testdata\(appropriate sub-directory)\xxxx.xls, and record test information in test log. 32. Copy cells for first row of calculated flow through last row of calculated efficiency into EasyPlot graphing program. Compare resulting performance curve with required design point(s) to determine whether pump passed or failed. Add annotations as required. 33. If pump passed, paste curve onto test certificate in Microsoft Excel and save on Network. 34. If Customer's electric motor is to be used, and the Himmelstein torque meter equipment cannot be used, turn on the strobe tachometer and allow it to warm up for 15 minutes Page 15 of 42 prior to testing. Position the strobe light so that it flashes on a suitable reference mark. Note : this method is not available for submersible pumps. VI: TEST DATA REDUCTION Basic equation used to determine Total Dynamic Head (TDH). TDH (ft)= (TDH) discharge - (TDH) suction _ (Velocity Head + Pressure Head + Elevation Head) discharge - (Velocity Head + Pressure Head + Elevation Head) suction Velocity Head (ft) _ (Velocity)2 / 2g, where g=32.17 Pressure Head (ft) _ (Pressure Gauge Reading) * 2.31 (for 60 deg. water @ sea level) Elevation Head (ft) = the average distance from the center of the pressure gauge to the water level during a particular test run. 2. Flow rate is measured by calibrated mag flow meters. 3. Horsepower is read directly from the Himmelstein power meter. Torque may be read from Himmelstein and horsepower calculated using the formula: HP = Torque (IN*LBS) * Speed (RPM) / 63025 (constant) Note this method may not be available when running pumps with job motors. In that case, pump input power shall be calculated using motor manufacturer's published motor data and motor input current and/or kw measurements. Efficiency is calculated as follows: Efficiency (%) = TDH (ft) * Q (GPM) / ( 3960 * HP req'd) (Note: this equation is for 60 deg water at sea level) VII: CURVE PLOTTING Three performance curves, TDH vs Capacity, Horsepower vs Capacity, and Efficiency vs Capacity are to be plotted on a single sheet of paper, with Capacity on the horizontal scale and TDH, HP, and Efficiency on the vertical scale. Additional curves showing motor current or input kilowatts may also be provided if pump is tested with job motor. After data points are plotted, any data points which deviate more than 5% from the curve drawn through the average of the points may to be discarded and the curve redrawn throughout the average of the remaining points. 3. An example of a completed curve is shown in Figure 2. Page 16 of 42 Vill: SECURING THE TEST FACILITY After testing is completed, the following items must be completed to secure the test facility: A. Push the "Stop" button on the VFD to stop the PUMP. B. Push the 'Stop" button of the appropriate motor starter. C. Turn off the circuit breaker to the VFD. D. Exit the LabView, Excel & EasyPlot programs on the computer E. Push "Start", "Shutdown", "Shutdown the Computer" and then when prompted, turn off power to the computer. F. Close and lock the outside test facility door. G. Turn off the lights in the test facility. IX: NOTES: Vaughan Company, Inc. reserves the right to make upgrades to test methods and test equipment without notice. Page 17 of 42 TEST PROCEDURE FOR HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING OF ASSEMBLED VAUGHAN CHOPPER PUMPS revised November 12, 2001 revised July 14, 2003 I: PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the equipment and methods required to perform hydrostatic pressure tests for Vaughan Chopper Pumps. II: TEST TOLERANCES In performing hydrostatic pressure tests under the Hydraulic Institute test code, the liquid containing components of the pump must be subjected to no less than the greater of 150% of design point pressure or 125% of shutoff point pressure, for a minimum of 3 minutes (10 minutes for pumps greater than 100 HP). Care must be taken to prevent subjecting the mechanical seal to pressures in excess of those specified above. III: EQUIPMENT A. Blocking plates shall be constructed as needed to isolate the liquid containing components to be pressurized. Suitable pressure taps for pressurizing and monitoring pressure shall be provided. B. A fresh water supply for filling and topping off the liquid containing components to be pressurized. C. Pressure source shall be plant air pressure or any low volume high pressure water pump. D. Pressure test gauge(s). E. An accurate, calibrated stop watch for timing the duration of the test shall be provided. IV: PRESSURIZED COMPONENTS A) Pressure containing components for horizontal pumps shall consist of the pump suction manifold and casing, and testing shall be done after final assembly. B) Pressure containing components for vertical wet -well and cantilever pumps may be considered as just the casing and testing shall be done prior to final assembly and painting. However, if the customer has specified that the discharge pipe is to be included, testing must be done after final assembly. C) Pressure containing components for vertical recirculating pumps shall consist of the pump casing only, as the non -leak tight recirculator valve prevents pressurizing of the discharge pipe. Testing shall be done on the casing prior to final assembly. D) Pressure containing components for submersible pumps shall consist of the pump casing only. Testing shall be done prior to final assembly. Page 18 of 42 V: TEST SEQUENCE A) Isolate the pressure containing components with blocking flanges as needed. B) Fill the pressure containing components with water. C) Pressurize the pressure containing components to the required pressure. D) Remove or isolate the pressure source. E) Using the stop watch, wait the required amount of time and observe the current pressure. G) Inspect the pressure containing components for signs of leakage. H) If the pressure did not drop, and there are no signs of leakage, the pressure containing components have passed the test. 1) Fill out the hydrostatic pressure test certificate, sign it, and place it to the job order packet. J) Carefully bleed the pressure off, remove the blocking plates, drain the water, dry off the pump/components, and return the pump to production personnel for final assembly, painting, crating, other testing, etc. Page 19 of 42 (logaou�h�►� TEST PROCEDURE FOR VIBRATION TESTING OF VAUGHAN CHOPPER PUMPS May 13, 1997, Revised November 3, 2000 Revised January 2, 2001 Revised June 21, 2002 Revised June 10, 2003 I: PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the equipment and methods required to perform vibration tests for Vaughan Chopper Pumps. Vibration testing is done after motor installation. Pumps supplied without motors may be vibration tested using shop motors. II: TEST TOLERANCES The Hydraulic Institute provides a procedure for Field Vibration Testing, but does not provide a procedure for Factory Dry Run Vibration Testing. The Hydraulic Institute provides a table of field vibration limits ranging from 0.22 to 0.32 unfiltered inches per second RMS (0.31 to 0.45 unfiltered in/sec peak), depending on configuration and power. The hydraulic institute also states that temporary factory setups may be as much as two times higher than those obtained in the field (0.44 to 0.64 in/sec RMS or 0.62 to 0.90 in/sec peak). Vaughan Company has established its own Dry Run Vibration Test Procedure, such that we strive to achieve amplitudes below 0.1 inches per second unfiltered RMS (0.14 in/sec unfiltered peak) with readings taken at the three locations specified by the Hydraulic Institute for field vibration tests for the particular style of pump. III: EQUIPMENT A. Vibration Analyzer, IRD Mechanalysis model 838 Machine Analyzer with model 970 Accelerometer B. Power Source(s) capable of providing 460 Volt 60 Hz, 380 Volt 50 Hz and 208-230 Volt 60 Hz power. C. Submersible base elbow rigidly mounted to the shop floor, for testing submersible pumps. IV: TEST ARRANGEMENT A) Horizontal Pumps shall be run laying horizontal on the shop floor. B) Pedestal Pumps shall be run standing vertically on the shop floor. "Solids Handling Specialists" Vaughan Co.. Inc. • 364 Monte -Elora Road • Montesano. WA USA 98563 • Phone 1-360-249-4042 • FAX 1-360-249.6155 E-mail info@chopperpumps.com Road • Website : httpJ/www.cliopperpun)ps.com Page 20 of 42 C) Submersible pumps shall be positioned on a submersibie base elbow or suspended by the lifting bale for vibration testing. D) Vertical, Vertical Recirculator, and Cantilever Pumps may be run laying horizontal on the shop floor or in the vertical position. V: TEST SEQUENCE A) Position the pump in the correct test position. B) Verify motor voltage and wiring connections and connect to power source. C) Install proper guarding around any exposed moving parts. D) Jog pump to verify correct rotation and reverse if necessary. E) Set up vibration analyzer to measure velocity in Inches per Second RMS or else multiply Inches per Second Peak values by 0.707. F) Turn on power to the pump. G) Measure and record vibration readings in axial and radial directions at the locations specified by the Hydraulic Institute. Print out vibration signatures if required. H) Turn oft power to pump and disconnect wiring. 1) If the vibration readings are all less than 0.1 inches per second unfiltered RMS (0.14 in/sec unfiltered peak), then the pump has passed its vibration test. Record vibration readings on Quality Assurance sheet and Vibration Test Certificate. Fill out and sign Vibration Test Certificate if certificate is required. "Solids Handling Specialists" Vaughan Co., Inc. • 364 Monte-Elma Road • Montesano, WA USA 98563 • Phone 1-360-249-4042 • FAX 1-360-249-6155 E-mail : info@chopperpumps.com Road • Website : http:,t/www.chopperpumps.com Page 21 of 42 2 � 2 m m RAMP TO 2" DROPPED FLOW 2 s '-!" PUMP T T FINRIOE -4" PUMP T T FIXTURE DISCHARGE PIT n�.rY -0' PUMP T T FIXTURE '-6" PUMP T T FIXTURE «� g i8 PUMP TEST lIXT RE SUCTION PIT '-ID' PUMP TEST FIXTURE I 1 REV 1, 5/97, REDRAWN IN CADD FOR NEW TEST FACILITY ` A 364MONTE-CCLOLA (ROAD MONg3 39_ ,, FAD O55 TITLE CCpp OF VAUGHAN $THIS DRAWING TME Epp o TESTING LAYOUT FOR FID7 NTIIALB INDFOpSRMAOTSI[+pp18NHppURPO$ENEUOENLLSY�' AND IS VA U G H A N CHOPPER PUMPS REPRO (�JRPOpSEUS WITHpU7 THEFOEgRI(PRrEO UFAA' IITTlL1NOGR CONSENT OF VAU GHAN CO., INC.S T %11 [S All 10 RC: CNR'D Rv CMGR DRAWN RY SCALE PAR/ NUYKR FIGURE NX.' u�qp AES AES A.E. SWENSON NA U�N X Xf rI-.R4NOf'RS: .010 JO NUYKR DATE DRAWING NUYKR KV RREAA ALL IIAtl c C00[S .DOS R UNLESS -ma 07NE0M C 8/ 1 1 /87 100105 1 Page 22 of 42 AVAILABILrIY Seamless Pipe 1 /4" - 20" Weld Pipe 1 /2" - 24- Butt-Weld Fit. 1 /2" - 24" Butt -Weld Fit. 1 /2" - 12" Pressure Fittings 1/4'- 4" 150# Fittings/Nipples 1 /4' - 4' Valves 1 /2' - 24" Tubings 1 /4", 3/8", 1 /2", 3/4", I " Flanges 1 /2" - 24" Bar 1 /8' — 12" 304/304L DUNS S30403) SPECIFICATIONS ASfM A312, A376. A358, A269, A249, A403, A182, A351 ASME SA312,SA376, SA358, SA269, SA249, SA403, SA182.SA351 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION % C Cr Mn NI P S SI MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX 0.035 18.0 - 20.0 2.0 8.0 - 13.0 0.040 0.030 0.75 DESCRIPTION 304 stainless is a low carbon (0.08% max) version of basic 18-8 also known as 302. Type 302 has 18% chromium and 8% nickel. Type 304 has slightly lower strength than 302 due to its lower carbon content. Type 304 finds extensive use in welding applications because the low carbon permits some exposure in the carbide precipitation range of 800 ° F - 1500 OF without the need for post -annealing operations. However, the severity of corrosive environments may necessitate annealing after welding or the use of 304L Type 304L has a carbon content of 0.03% or less. This alloy can be used in the as -welded condition without becoming susceptible to intergranular corrosion. DESIGN FEATURES Oxidation resistance up to 1650 ° F for continuous service and up to 1500 OF where cyclic heating is involved. General purpose corrosion resistance. 12 • Non-hardenable except by cold working. • Non-magnetic except when cold worked. • May be susceptible to chloride stress ;- corrosion cracking. • Used where field working is employed. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS Sanitary Dairy and Food processing Heat exchangers, evaporators Feedwater heaters TENSILE REQUIREMENTS Tensile Strength Yield Strength IKSI) (KSI) 70 2S KSI can be converted to MPA Negapascals) by multiplying by 6.895. MultAlloy stocks 304/304L and 304/304H. ' Denotes Seamless Page 23 of 42 A G SCREW PIN WIDE D SHACKLE S.S. T316 PRECISION CAST ITEM A(SIZE) 360S-W-05 3/16" 360S-W-06 1!4" 360S-W-08 5/16" 360S-W-10 3118" 360S-W-13 1!2" 5 G D SWL(Ib) WT(Ib) 3/ 16" 314' 11-1 /4" 650 0.06 1 /4" 1 " 1.318` 750 0.08 5/16" 1-5/6" 1.7/8" 1,300 0.12 31,8" 1-5/8" 2.W 1,700 0.32 1/2" 1-7/8" 2-314` 2,850 0.55 Page 24 of 42 rA W L S.S. CHAIN (PROOF COIL) S.S. T316 AND T304 FORMED ITEM A(rrm) T316 660 S-A-03 10,8" 660S-A-05 3/16' 660S-A-06 114" 660S-A-08 5/16" 660S-A-10 3,181, W(mm) Umm) WT(Ib) 0.29 0.78 0.25 0.40 0.94 0.42 0.47 1 .24 0.64 0.50 1.28 0.86 0.57 1.38 1.40 Page 25 of 42 SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS P 0 1 /4 HP-200 HP Frames 140TY to L360TY With 70 years of motor experience, Reliance@ submersible motors stand out among all others due to our attention to detail. The components of each motor work together as a system to deliver long life and guaranteed efficiencies which maximize up -time production capability. The Reliance submersible motor is designed for the toughest jobs. When conditions are extreme and performance is critical, these motors deliver the quality and durability needed. STANDARDRATURES ■ Certifications - U.L.@ and CSA listed for Class I Groups C&D hazardous locations ■ Frame - Rugged cast iron ASTM type A-48, Class 30 or better ■ Hardware - 316 stainless steel is standard ■ Stator Insulation - Specially treated Class "F" and "H" non-hydroscopic insulation with multiple dips and bakes. Phase insulation included for inverter duty ■ Rotor - Die cast aluminum, dynamically balanced. Exceeds NEMA limits per MG 1 - 12.06 ® Shaft - High strength, 416 stainless steel a Bearings - Specially adapted for vertical assembly. Both upper and lower bearings are prepacked and sealed for life with special high temperature grease ■ Cable Entry System - Epoxy sealed butt spliced connect for nonwicking cable entry design ■ Moisture System - Two wire/two probe monitoring system constantly monitors oil chamber and stator housing for moisture ■ Seals - Tandem (dual) shaftseal system working independent of each other. Designed to withstand 200 PSI at all seal locations Reliance submersible motors are manufactured at our Ashtabula, Ohio plant which is ISO 9001 certified. CERTIFlEO IS09001 Horsepower ............................... 1/4 to 200 Speed ......... 3600. 1800, 1200. 900, 720, 600 RPM Enclosure ........................ TENV-Submersible Frame ................................ 140TY-L360TY NEMA Design ...................................... B Power Supply ....... Single-phase. 60 Hz, 115/230 or Three-phase, 60 Hz, 208, 230, 460, 575 (A wide range of other frequencies and voltages are also available.) Insulation ................................... Class F Duty .................................... Continuous Ambient ....................................... 40°C Service Factor ..................... Three -Phase 1.15 01% RoCkWell Automation Reliance Electric Page 26 of 42 SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS O 360TY Shaft Extension V 12 1.25 �1 XT DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES DIMENSIONS LEAD INRE LutrTN ste Noll C "' W A . MOL45 -- "YN-' TAP JEEP 140TY 25.44 15.38 8.00 225 .8750 1.25 .31 23.88 1,56 10.00 (9) 9.125 180TY 26.66 16.50 9,62 2.25 i.2500 2.00 28 24.38 2.28 11.50 (9) 10.625 210TY 31.69 21.12 ItSG 225 1.4380 2.00 .25 3C.12 1.56 14.'2 3.125 12.10 2507Y 38.53 24.12 12,75 3.50 1.750 3.31 25 35.50 3.03 16.00 15.000 14.D0 320TY 43.12 24.69 15.75 4.25 2.500 3.1 22.12 37.81 5.31 17.25 16.000 15.25 360TY 49.81 31.25 I.38 4.25 2.4997 3.19 112 4325 6.56 18.75 IT500 15A5 L360TY 51.81 33.25 20.38 4.25 2.4997 3.19 2.12 45.25 656 18.75 17.500 1525 Lead Connection Frame :D 140TY 11.062 .75 .44 38-16 (9) 2-1i2-8 1.25 5.5C 12 .187 .09 160 180TY 12.375 35 .56 112.13 (9) 2-1/r8 1.25 6.50 .12 .250 .12 200 21CTY 15.250 .75 .56 5r`8-11 (9) 2-V2-8 1.25 1775 25 .375 .19 315 250TY 17.000 1.00 .69 5i8-11 (9) 2-1/2.8 1.25 7.75 1 .25 j .375 .19 750 320TY 18.750 88 .69 3/4-16 (9) 3,8 1.25 10.88 1 25 1 50 .25 1150 360TY 20.25 1 1.12 .69 (9) 1-1/2-12 318 1.25 10,88 .25 50 300 1500 L360TY 20.25 1.12 .69 1 1-1,2-12 318 1.25 10.88 25 .50 3 00 1550 (1) 'BD" varies t .010 (6) 'AK" varies +.DW. -.002 (2) 'AL' varies +.005. -.000 (7) Minimum submerged depth (3) 'U' varies up to 1.6250 dia. + .000, -.005 (8) Protective conduit furnished by customer if required. 1.6250 CIO. and larger +.000. -.001 (9) Dimension not applicable to this frame. (4) -XR- tap depth on 140TY is .88, on 180TY thru 250TY is 1.38 (5) Standard lead wire length is 25 feet -other lengths available if specified on sales order. Reliance`' is a trademark of Reliance Electric Industrial Company or its subsidiaries. THIS MATERIAL- IS NOT INTENDED TO PROVIDE OPERATIONAL U.L.§ is a registered trademark of Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. INSTRUCTIONS. APPROPRIATE RELIANCE ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL COMPANY CSA& is a registered trademark of the Canadian Standards Association. INSTRUCTION MANUALS AND PRECAUTIONS SHOULD BE STUDIED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. Reliance Electric / 24701 Euclid Avenue / Cleveland, Ohio 44117 / 216-266-7000 01% Rockwell Automation Reliance Electric Printed inU.S.A B-2 C-a-1 Page 27 of 42 Performance Data SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS RELIANCE O ELECTRIC Typical Performance Data "Submersible Motors, 15 min. in air, continuous water/sewage" "Three phase, 60 HZ" TORQUE SIZE ® AMPS 013 :D 1800 180TY 2.3 18.4 - 697 66.0 58.8 86.7 83.6 78 1725 4.56 17.6 13.4 1 1200 180TY 1.8 10 i 66.4 62.6 55.2 78.4 73.4 65.2 1150 4.57 14.2 9.5 1800 180TY 2.3 18.3 L 70.5 66.7 59.3 86.2 83.1 77.5 1735 4.54 17.5 13.2 1.5 1200 180TY 2.6 15 J 71.5 68.7 62.2 76.1 69.7 59.5 1150 6.85 22 15 1800 180TY 2.9 22 K 73.5 70.7 64.3 86.4 82,5 74.7 1730 6.06 20 17.5 2 1200 180TY 3.4 18.4 J 72.8 70.9 65.4 75.7 69.2 58.9 1145 9.17 25.8 18 1800 180TY 4.4 31.1 J 78.1 75.9 70.5 81.7 77.2 68.7 1750 9.01 31 21.3 3 1200 180TY 4.8 26.2 H 73.9 72.4 68.5 79.1 73.3 63.5 1155 13.6 33.9 27.0 3600 180TY 7.0 41.8 H 73.3 72.2 68.0 91.1 90.1 87.2 3465 7.57 19.7 15.1 5 1800 180TY 7.4 42.7 H 76.0 74.5 69.8 81.3 76.0 66.4 1735 15.1 43.8 32.7 1200 180TY 7.60 38.3 G 76.2 77.1 74.2 80.3 75.8 66.6 1150 22.8 52.8 38.5 3600 180TY 9.8 68.2 J 75.1 74.5 70.9 95.6 92.8 87.8 3465 11.3 32.5 25.4 7.5 1800 180TY 10.5 65.0 H 83.8 82.0 79.6 80.6 77.1 66.8 1740 22.6 64.6 51.6 1200 210TY 11.5 57.8 G 78.1 76.5 75.1 77.7 74.4 63.9 1150 34.3 81.0 55.6 3600 210TY 12.5 68.5 G 84.2 84.6 82.9 90.1 89.7 85.1 3490 15 37,2 27.3 10 1800 210TY 13.5 80.0 H 86.2 86.5 84.8 80.5 75.3 64.4 1755 29.9 73.7 63.9 1200 210TY 15.5 80.5 H 76.5 77.8 77.5 78.3 72.4 62.3 1140 46.1 115 79.7 3600 210TY 18.3 114 G 82.8 82.4 79.9 90.5 89.5 87.3 3495 22.5 59.2 45.2 15 1800 210TY 21.0 111 G 86.0 85.7 84.1 77.8 74.0 64.1 1755 44.9 107 105 1200 250TY 19.5 109 G 84.4 83.5 83.2 84.4 81.3 73.5 1160 67.9 166 122 3600 210TY 23.7 154 G 86.5 85.2 83.9 91 89.0 85.9 3500 30 77.9 65.1 20 1800 210TY 28.0 149 G 84.4 85.7 82.6 80.3 74.3 66.8 1750 60 140 139 1200 250TY 27.0 142 G 84.0 85.6 83.0 82.7 79.9 73.3 1155 90.9 217 170 3600 250TY 31.0 172 F 84.7 84.5 82.1 89.2 86.5 80.1 3505 37.5 91.9 68.0 25 1800 250TY 33 179 G 84.8 86.2 84.2 84.1 80.6 72.9 1750 75 185 119 1200 250TY 34.0 173 G 83.3 84.2 83.3 81.9 78.6 72.5 1155 114 267 203 3600 250TY 36.4 202 F 85.6 85.8 83.9 K2 89.0 84.8 3500 45 108 81.2 30 1800 350TY 39.0 207 G 84.1 86.8 87.1 85.4 82.2 77.1 1750 90 201 139 1200 320TY 40.0 210 G 86.9 87.5 86.0 80.9 1 77.1 68.9 1165 135 310 241 Data or prices subject to change without notice Page 28 of 42 Application, Installation and Operation of Relianceo Tandem Seal Single and Polyphase Duty Master® A-C Submersible Pump Motors UL Listed for Class I Groups C and D in Water or Sewage (Short Time Duty, 15 minutes in Air) Reliance Electric AmC MOTORS (ro Instruction Manual B-3629-11 November, 1987 Page 29 of 42 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RECEIVING AND HANDLING........................................................ 1 INSTALLATION.................................................................. 2,3 MAINTENANCE.................................................................. 4,5 THERMAL PROTECTION SYSTEM ................................................... 5,6 MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM .................................................... 6,7 LEAD COLOR CODING............................................................ 10 IMPORTANT IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THESE INSTRUCTIONS BE STUDIED BY THE PERSONNEL INSTALL- ING AND OPERATING THIS EQUIPMENT. READ THOROUGHLY BEFORE STARTING. KEEP THESE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. IMPORTANT THE MOTORS SPECIFIED IN THIS INSTRUCTION BOOK ARE UIL LISTED FOR APPLICATION IN CLASS I GROUPS C AND D EXPLOSION -PROOF ENVIRONMENTS, ALL REPAIRS, OTHER THAN LEAD RECONNECTS AND OUTER SEAL REPLACEMENT, SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN AUTHORIZED RELIANCE SERVICE FACILITY. ANY OTHER REPAIRS PERFORMED BY THE CUSTOMER OR NON -RELIANCE SERVICE FACILITIES NEGATES THE U/L LISTING AND MO- TOR WARRANTY. © Copyright Reliance Electric industrial Company, 1987 Revisions to this manual require Hazardous Approval Engineering and/or UL approval. O Reliance and Dutymaster are registered trademarks of Reliance Electric Industrial Company Page 30 of 42 RECEIVING AND HANDLING ACCEPTANCE Thoroughly inspect this equipment before ac- cepting shipment from the transportation com- pany. If any of the goods called for in the bill of lading or express receipt are damaged or the quantity is short, do not accept them until the freight or express agent makes an appropriate notation on your freight bill or express receipt. If any concealed loss or damage is discovered later, notify your freight or express agent at once and request him to make an inspection. We will assist you in collecting claims for loss or damage in shipment; however, this willingness on our part does not remove the transportation company's responsibility in reimbursing you for collection of claims or replacement of material. Claims for loss or damage in shipment must not be deducted from the Reliance Electric invoice, nor should payment of the Reliance Electric in- voice, be withheld awaiting adjustment of such claims, as the carrier guarantees safe delivery. If considerable damage has been incurred and the situation is urgent, contact the nearest Reli- ance Electric Sales Office for assistance. Please keep a written record of all such communica- tions. UNPACKING If facilities for the shelter of equipment are not available, repack motor and store shaft down until ready for use. After unpacking and inspecting to see that all parts have been received in good condition, turn the motor shaft by hand to be sure that there are no obstructions to free rotation. The motor should be checked for oil leaks after being removed from the crate. If positive indica- tion of an oil leak is found around the shaft seal or drive end bracket, notify the nearest Reliance Electric Sales Office. APPLICATION All Reliance Submersible Pump Motors include thermal devices as standard. These devices are required by UL on all motors 1 HP and larger listed Class I, Groups C and D. These devices are not recognized by UL for motors less than 1 HP but are included by Reliance for additional motor protection. Motors less than 1 HP are supplied with a cautionary label and are suit- able on applications where vapor or gas igni- tion temperatures exceed 2800C. These mo- tors are listed for Class I, Group D only. Reliance Electric stocks common ratings through 100 HP continuous duty submerged in liquid, 15 minutes duty in air at nameplate horsepower. Designs through 135 HP and spe- cial continuous in air ratings are also available. (Continuous in Air Designs have a 1.0 Service Factor.) Normally, there are four conditions during which a submersible sewage pump may be operated in gases or vapors. 1 . When the wet well is being dewatered. 2. When the pump motor assembly is being lowered down the guiderails. The flow from the pump is needed during the installation process to insure that solids are cleared from the discharge flange area to insure proper seating. 3. When low-level cutoff controls fail. 4. When low-level sensors are positioned at the bottom of the pump assembly. NOTE: Outer shaft sea/ must be in liquid when motor is operated, whether motor is submerged or in air. Seals cannot be run in a dry environment without a significant reduction in seal life. If seat is to be run in a dry environment, a special design seat must be supplied. Standard seals applied in dry seal applications will not be covered by warranty. CONTINUOUS OPERATION GASES OR VA- PORS It is the driven equipment manufacturer's re- sponsibility to insure this motor product is properly applied. Page 31 of 42 Horsepower requirements are a function of pump design, impeller size & head and flow con- ditions. In gas operating time is a function of pit size, pump capacity, and flow conditions. Only the pump manufacturer can insure that the pump motor is properly applied for continuous in -gas or vapor operation. As with any motor product, it is essential that proper consideration be given to the load characteristics to insure the motor product will not be overloaded. Should such an overload occur, thermostats embedded in the windings will provide a signal to deener- gize the motor. However, proper consideration of the application will prevent such an overload. With reference to the diagram in figure 1, the following load conditions should be noted: A. Below level #1 (bottom of the pump) fluid is not pumped and no load is reflected to the motor. B. One pump should always be sized suffi- ciently large to draw the well down (even un- der maximum flow conditions) . The maxi- mum amount of time the motor will operate fully loaded and uncovered is the amount of time required to draw the well down from level #2 (top of the motor) to the bottom of the pump. C. Time described in B above should not be greater than 15 minutes if full motor name- plate horsepower is required for this opera- tion. (See Application Instructions) . D. The above application notes do not make al- lowance for: (a) The heat exchanger effect of the at- tached pump. It is pumping a relatively cool fluid and will remove some heat. (b) The motor does not operate fully loaded completely in gas. It is fully loaded as the motor is being uncovered. (c) If the well is being drawn down from the top of the motor and maximum flow con- ditions exist, the influent flow will usually provide excellent cooling of the pump motor. FIGURE 1 INSTALLATION IMPORTANT 3. Moisture Sensing Probes must be con - Read this manual thoroughly before installa- nected. Leads marked W1 and W2. (See tion. Figure 3). 1. Maximum submergence of motor is not to 4. Check your power supply against final exceed 200 feet in depth and/or 200 P.S.I. nameplate connection voltage. at motor seal. If required, the impeller should be heated slightly 2. Thermal Protectors must be connected. before pressing it on the shaft. Under no clrcum- Leads marked P1 and P2 (See Figure 2). stances should the impeller be driven on by 2 Page 32 of 42 pounding as this will damage the seal, When re- moving impeller warm slightly with a torch and pry impeller off evenly with either small pry bars or a wheel puller. When the submersible pump motor leaves the factory it is ready for installation. No adjustment, venting or oil filling is required. For THREE PHASE motors the only connection to the motor lead cable is the power supply. For SINGLE PHASE motors the motor lead cable and power supply must be properly .connected at the Con- trol Box. Motor will operate successfully with fre- quency not more than 5% and voltage not more than 10% above or below nameplate data. Per- formance within this range will not necessarily be the same as the established performance at ex- act rated voltage and frequency. All submersible pump motors will operate in either direction of rotation. To reverse direction of a THREE PHASE motor, interchange any two motor leads at the starter. To reverse direction of rotation of a SINGLE PHASE motor the proper connections must be made in the motor connec- tion chamber; refer to the WID's supplied in the motor connection chamber and Control Box. Lifting eyes are supplied for purpose of installa- tion and servicing. (Do not use motor lead ca- bles for lifting means.) Normal care should be exercised to prevent mechanical damage to the seal, the frame and the insulated cable. WARNING LIFT MOTOR ONLY USING BOTH ATTACHMENT POINTS. EYE NUTS &EYE BOLTS MUST BE SEATED & ^ IN LINE AS SHOWN BELOW. J PREFERRED METHOD — USE SPREADER BAR O 45 Mqx O O o 0 STARTING CAUTION: Surface temperature of motor enclosure may reach temperatures which can cause discomfort or injury to personnel accidentally coming into contact with hot surfaces. (When installing, protection should be provided by user to protect against accidental contact with hot sur- face). On initial start up the motor and pump should be checked for proper rotation prior to final applica- tion. The unit is designed to protect all power connec- tions against moisture. All Reliance Submersible Pump Motors have a lead connection chamber. - THREE PHASE dual voltage motors have 9 mo- tor leads and SINGLE PHASE dual voltage mo- tors have 8 motor leads in this chamber. All Submersible Pump Motors have 2 thermal pro- tector leads and 2 moisture sensing probe leads in this chamber, Leads are tagged for easy identification. A con- nection diagram is provided in the lead cham- ber. Motors can be connected for either high or low voltages. (Some motor ratings are built as single voltage units and as such are not recon- nectable) . The motor lead cable assembly for all Submers- ible Pump Motors has 3 marked power leads plus two ground leads, two thermal leads and two moisture sensing probe leads in standard cable lengths of 25 feet. Leads are brought through an epoxy sealed con- nector providing a mechanically strong water tight seal. The cap and cable assembly are available from Reliance Electric as a replace- ment part assembly. When replacing the lead wire cap, care should be taken not to nick or damage the "0" ring seal. Replace any dam- aged or nicked "0" rings. WHEN REPLACEMENT CABLE ASSEMBLY IS REQUIRED, ORDER FROM RELIANCE ELECTRIC CO. USING MOTOR IDENTIFI- CATION NUMBER. see -Gs 3 Page 33 of 42 MAINTENANCE With proper application and installation of moni- toring devices, periodic inspection of motor seals is not required. Should a malfunction oc- cur the motor has been equipped with a mois- ture detection system and thermal protection which will provide advance warning of impending failure allowing the user to plan a maintenance program before failure occurs. GENERAL NOTES: ALL PARTS 1. Reliance® T-Frame, Submersible Motors utilize an explosion -proof Class I, Groups C and D, tandem seal design, with an oil chamber separate from the winding area. 2. Wound Stators - Reliance T-Frame Sub- mersible Motors utilize a wound stator which has been pressed into the frame. The stator insulation system has been designed for the temperature and electrical rating involved. If the motor failure is analyzed to encompass a winding failure, return the motor to an authorized Reliance Electric Service Shop. 3. Encapsulated Lead Connector Assembly - The lead connector assembly has been es- pecially encapsulated to insure integrity of the motor. The connector can be removed from the motor in order to reconnect leads. Should the lead connector assembly be damaged or the integrity of the encapsula- tion be in question, it is required that a re- placement lead connector assembly be or- dered from Reliance Electric Company. WARNING MOTOR MAY CONTAIN GAS UNDER PRES- SURE DUE TO HIGH TEMPERATURES FROM OPERATION WITHOUT BEING SUBMERGED. DISASSEMBLY MAY CAUSE BODILY IN- JURY. FOR ASSISTANCE CONTACT A RELI- ANCE OFFICE. 4. Hardware - All hardware is stainless steel and should be replaced with the same type. MECHANICAL REPAIRS U/L listed motors must be returned to an author- ized Reliance Electric Service Facility for repairs other than to replace the outer seal. (see note on Table of Content page) . To inspect the outer seal proceed as follows: 1. Remove outer snap ring (3) , replace as needed. 2. Remove rotating outer seal (4) , replace as needed. 3. Approved lubricating and insulating oil shall meet Reliance approved source sheet 4824-18-AF. Manufacturer's materials cur- rently meeting this specification are as fol- lows: MANUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION ITEM MANUFACTURER OF MATERIAL 1 Sun Oil Company Sun Fleet Regular SAE 10W 2 Standard Oil Co. Sohlo 62 SAE 10W 3 Shell Oil Company I Rotella 10 SAE 10W MOTOR INSPECTION After assembly, run motor in shaft down position for 30 seconds minimum to one minute maxi- mum to allow seals to seat; then check for oil leakage. In some cases, a slight oil mist will ap- pear around the seal. Wipe clean after test. PAINTING AND SHIPPING Before painting motor, cover exposed seal. Re- move any paper, tape, etc., from seal area be- fore crating motor. These motors can be shipped in shaft up or shaft down position. Care must be taken that exposed seal is not damaged during shipment. Carton must protect exposed seal from dirt, dust and damage. 4 Page 34 of 42 ELECTRICAL REPAIRS CABLE NNECTOR STURE ISORS (2) R SEAL R SNAP LEAD RECONNECT The cable connector assembly may be removed to reconnect the leads without negating the U/L listing or the warranty, WARNING MOTOR MAY CONTAIN GAS UNDER PRES- SURE DUE TO HIGH TEMPERATURES FROM OPERATION WITHOUT BEING SUBMERGED. DISASSEMBLY MAY CAUSE BODILY IN- JURY. FOR ASSISTANCE CONTACT A RELI- ANCE OFFICE. PROCEDURE 1. Loosen four bolts, securing lead cable con- nector (1) , two complete turns. 2. Attempt to break the cable connector seal thus relieving gas pressure within the motor. If gas pressure is not relieved loosen the bolts another turn and try again. Continue this process until the pressure is relieved and/or the cap is removed, Be extremely carefui until the cable connector assembly is removed. 3. Remove cable connector and reconnect to desired voltage as shown on connection dia- gram inside the cable connector. 4. Insulate connectors with 4824-13-AU heat shrinkable plastic. If the 4824-13-AU shrink- able plastic is not available, tape may be used, but it should be an oil resistant type. Enough wraps should be used to insure the buildup will be sufficient to prevent the con- nector from breaking through the insulation. The following procedure should be em- ployed: Five Payers of plastic electrical tape followed by two layers electrical grade woven adhesive tape, such as Mystik 7020 or 3M #27, for oil and abrasion resistance. 5. Place "0" ring over fit and coat fit with Chevron SRI grease (not excessive) . 6. Place cable connector back on motor, install four bolts, and tighten. THERMAL PROTECTION SYSTEM THERMAL PROTECTION Thermostat leads marked P1 & P2 should be connected in series with the stop button of the IMPORTANT 3-wire pilot circuit of the magnetic motor control- ler, so that the thermostat will open the circuit Reliance Submersible Pump Motors are before dangerous temperatures are reached. equipped with thermal protection devices. Failure to properly connect or utilize this sys- Thermostats are automatic reset for use in a tem voids motor warranty. normally closed circuit where the thermostat is 5 Page 35 of 42 connected in series with the holding coil of the magnetic starter. Thermostats provide "Over Temperature Protection 2" in accordance with NEMA MG 1-12.53. When the motor is so marked locked rotor protection is not provided by the winding over temperature protector, It is suggested that over current protection be used in the motor starter to insure locked rotor pro- tection. WARNING MOTOR CONTROLLER MAY HAVE AUTO- MATIC OR MANUAL OVERLOAD RESET. DISCONNECT ALL POWER LEADS TO MO- TOR WHEN PERFORMING ANY WORK ON MOTOR OR DRIVEN EQUIPMENT. A MANUAL, MOMENTARY START SWITCH IS RECOMMENDED TO PREVENT AUTO- MATIC RESTART OF MOTOR WHEN THER- MOSTAT RESETS. If current through the thermostat will exceed the values listed in Figure 2 an intermediate control circuit relay must be used to reduce the current or the thermostat will not work properly. Alternating Current Continuous Inrush Volts Amperes Amperes 110-120 3.0 30 220-240 1 1.5 15 440-480 0.75 7.5 550-600 0.6 6.0 PI •c hf P11 STOP START " .< LIW TTr_ 1,I121 "1 G,o .b,o. • THERMOSTATS P1 & P2 Normally Closed Thermostat Leads (normally open thermostats are not acceptable to UL) (1) Starter Holding Coil (2) Holding Coil Contacts - N,O, FIGURE 2 TYPICAL THERMAL PROTECTOR WIRING DIAGRAM MOISTURE DETECTION SYSTEM MOISTURE SENSING PROBES device, will provide notification of needed main - IMPORTANT tenance. Integrity of system requires periodic test. Reliance Submersible Pump Motors are equipped with moisture detection devices. Failure to properly connect or utilize this sys- tem voids motor warranty. Moisture sensing probes, leads marked W1 , and W2 , must be used in conjunction with an induc- tion relay. This device will detect moisture enter- ing the oil chamber due to failure of the outer seal and, when properly connected to a warning CONTROLS AND SIGNAL DEVICES A control and signal device (not supplied by Reli- ance) must be installed at the job site to com- plete the moisture detection system. Compatible controls are available from: Charles F. Warrick Co., 1964 W. Eleven Mile Road, Berkely, Michigan 48072, (313) 545-2512. 0 Page 36 of 42 CONTROL SELECTION AND ORDERING FOR CHARLES F. WARRICK CO. CONTROLS ORDER BY COMPONENT NUMBER--i2800- �A-C SUPPLY LINE VOLTAGE & FREQUENCY 1 1 115V 50/60 Hz 2 230V 50/60Hz 4 480V 50/60Hz CONTACT CONFIGURATION TERMINAL PAIR 3-4 1 5.6 7.8 A i • N.O. • B • N.C. • C N.O. • N.O. D N.C. • N.O. E N.C. • N.C. F N.O. N.O. N.O. G N.C. N.O. N.O. H N.C. N.C. N.O. J N.C. N.C. N.C. 7N.O. •C NORMALLY OPEN ` NONENORIALLY PROV PROVIDED NEMA TYPE ENCLOSURE I 1 1 1 4 12, 4, 6 Line voltages are nominal values and may be anywhere from nominal minus 15 io to nominal plus 10%. TYPE 2800-XXX MOTOR MOISTURE DETECTOR CONTROL INSTALLATION All type 2800-XXX Controls are identified by a specific component number which follows the format 2800-XXX where the X's are replaced by numbers and letters indicative of the A-C supply line voltage and frequency, contact configura- tion and enclosure. Each control has a data label on the right hand side of the terminal block. In addition, each enclosed control has another data label on the outside of the enclosure cover. Mount the control on a vertical surface with the transformer on the left hand side and accom- plish all indicated wiring. Terminals on the con- trol are numbered and are in the same relative position as the terminals shown on the wiring diagram. Terminal pair 1-2 must be continuously ener- gized from an A-C supply line of electrical char- acteristics shown on the data label. Contacts must be wired into the electrical load circuit(s) of the warning devices as required. Each contact used for load duty must be wired in series with the load and that series branch cir- cuit connected across a power source compat- ible with the load. Wiring must be provided from the moisture de- tector sensor probe leads of the RELIANCE ELECTRIC motor designated W1 and W2 to ter- minals 9 and 10 of the 2800-XXX control. Control leads should not be installed in the same conduit as power ieads. Induced voltage can cause false moisture signals. f7 Page 37 of 42 CONTACT OPERATION Normally open load contacts close and normally closed load contacts open when the sensor probes detect the influx of moisture within the motor. TEST PROCEDURE A normally closed pushbutton and neon indicat- ing lamp are provided as means of checking the moisture sensing components. When the pushbutton is depressed, the indicat- ing lamp will be illuminated to indicate (A) power is supplied to the control, (B) the control is op- erative, and (C) wiring to the moisture sensing probes in the motor is intact. This procedure should be performed periodically to confirm in- tegrity of circuit. SIGNAL DEVICES The signal device may be audible (bell, buzzer, horn or siren) or visible (incandescent or neon lamp) or both — a signal device of your choice may be obtained from your local electrical sup- ply house. SYSTEM OPERATION It is recommended that upon indication (by warning light, etc.,) of outer seal failure that the motor be removed from the installation and the oil and outer seal be replaced as soon as possi- ble. If reconditioning is not performed within a 30 day period it is recommended that the inner seal be thoroughly inspected and replaced if required. When ordering parts or reporting trouble give Sales Office complete Nameplate Data. A.C. SUPPLY — — — — LINE I t 2 PRIMARY C C� TEST O 500V. LAMP � SEC D. L RELAY I COI L TEST SWITCH L *__A� TEST RESISTORMOISTURE SENSONORMALLY OPENTO SIGNAL CIR WIRING BY WARRICK -+- 0 0 WIRING BY OTHERS - CONTROL ENCLOSURE FIGURE 3 MOISTURE SENSING CIRCUIT TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM LEAD COLOR CODING BLACK LEAD WHITE LEAD RED LEAD ORANGE LEAD GREEN LEAD Power Polyphase Ti T2 T3 — Ground Cable Single Phase Ti T4 TA — Ground Control Cable All Pt P2 W, W2 Ground 0 Page 38 of 42 STANDARD REPLACEMENT SEAL CROSS REFERENCE RECTANGULAR RING RING SEAT -0- RING SEAT 8 h CUP MOUNTED SEAT PURCHASING SPECIFICATIONS Part 6 262� 12-A 12-B 12-C 12-D 12 E 12-G 18-F 18-G 18-N 8-1 a 1.250 1.500 1.750 2.000 2.250 3.00 2.75 3.00 2.75 3.25 Crane Seal T-21 T-21 T-21 T-21 1 T-21 T-21 T-21 T-21 T-21 T-21 Seat Cup Ceramic Cup Ceramic Cup Ceramic Cup Ceramic Cup Ceramic Cup Ceramic Cup Ceramic Cup Ceramic Cup Ceramic Cup Ceramic Spring No.e SPiC1 BP1C1 BPiC1 BP1 C1 BP1C1 BP1C1 BP1 Cl BP1 C7 SP1C1 BP1C7 b 1-15116 2-3/16 2-6/8 2-7/8 3-1/8 4.00 3.75 4.00 3.75 4.84 c 1.875 2.125 2.500 2.750 3.125 4.125 3.500 3.875 3.50 4.125 d 47/64 47/64 49/64 49/64 49/64 2.687 .796 .796 6 87 E e 1-1/16 1-1l8 1-3/8 1 1-1/2 1-11/16 2.062 1.125 1.125 1.125 2.187 i 1-1/2 1-9/16 1-7/8 2 2-1/4 2.687 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.968 g 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 .06 .03 .06 O6 .06 1 h 3/8 3/8 7/16 7/16 1/2 .56 .595 .56 .56 .69 k 1-7/16 1-11/16 1-15l16 2-3/16 3-7/16 3.19 2.94 3.19 2.94 3.44 m 2-3/16 2-3/16 2-7/8 3-3/16 3-7/16 4.50 4.12 4.50 4.12 4.88 STANDARD REPLACEMENT "O" RING CROSS REFERENCE Part No. 421900 I.D. Nominal W. UL Listed Material Approved Suppliers and Compound Number 60-FU 3.750 .139 BUNA N National Seal No. B-467 Parker Seal N-219-7 Precision Rubber No. 1197 Crane Packing No. 2561 72-FU 4.500 .125 BUNA N 94-FU 5.875 .125 BUNA N 100-FU 6.250 .125 BUNA N 124-FU 7.750 .125 BUNA N 144-FU 9.000 .125 BUNA N 168-FU 10.500 .125 BUNA N 192-FU 12.000 .125 BUNA N 208-FU 13.000 .140 BUNA N 240-FU 15.000 .140 BUNA N +Toµ taco AT 9.12 ID, MWV NOM.TwcC O Q Page 39 of 42 STANDARD REPLACEMENT SNAP RING CROSS REFERENCE Part No. Shaft Waldes 47174-5- a T Size Catalog Number Remarks A 1.156 + .010 .050 = .002 1-1/4 5108-125-H #420Stainiess - .015 B 1.387 + .010 .050 = .002 1-1/2 5108-150-H #420 Stainless - .015 C1.637 1.637 + .013 .062 � .003 1-3/4 5108-177-H #420Stainiess - .020 D 1.850 + .013 .062 -'. .003 2 5108-200-H #420 Stainless - .020 E 2.081 + .015 .078 .003 2-1/4 5108-225-H #420 Stainless - .025 H 2.543 + .015 .093 .003 2-3/4 5100-275-H #420 Stainless - .025 F 2.775 + .020 .093 :t .003 3 5100-300-H #420 Stainless - .030 G 3.006 + .020 .093 -t .003 3-1/4 5100-325-H #420Stainless -- .030 1A NOTE: Outer shaft seal must be in liquid when motor is operated, whether motor is submerged or In air. Seals cannot be run in a dry environment without a significant reduction in seal life. 10 Page 40 of 42 A-C DRIVES TRAINING AND AUDIOVISUAL PRODUCTS Reliance Electric offers a wide variety of Industrial Training courses for electricians, electronic technicians and engi- neers who are responsible for the installation, repair and maintenance of production equipment and systems. Professional quality AN Programs are also available. These programs have been designedto provide years of efficient in-house training. Available for playback at the user's convenience, these videotape programs allow individual or groups to learn or review subjects at any time. Printed reference materials come with all diagnostic and troubleshooting programs. Training Courses No. Title A-C DRIVE COURSES 2-1 Maintenance and Troubleshooting of VVI Style Variable Speed A-C Drives 2-4 A-C Drives Hands -On Troubleshooting Lab 2-5 Maintenance and Troubleshooting of PWM Style Variable Speed A-C Drives 2-15 Regional Class - Maintenance and Troubleshooting of A-C Drives and Systems 4-15 Regional Class - Productive Maintenance Training AudioNlsual Products NEW Order No. Title Format Price A-C DRIVES PROGRAMS TM2240 A-C Motor Theory Videotape $725 TM2241 introduction to the VVI Videotape 725 TM2242 Troubleshooting the VVI Regulator Videotape 995 TM2367 Troubleshooting the 6-Transistor Power Module Videotape 725 NEW VIDEO TRAINING PROGRAMS VM8A001 Fundamentals of A-C Motors Videotape $495 VMBV001 Concepts of Digital Controls Videotape 495 VWVS001 GP2000 Video Training Videotape 495 VWVS002 HR2000 Video Training Videotape 495 For details and prices on these courses, audio/visual products and FREE Training Schedule Brochure, HD-405, contact: Industrial Training Department Reliance Electric 35000 Curtis Boulevard Eastlake, Ohio 44095 Call Toll Free: 800-RELIANCE (800-735-4262) p N N Data or Prices subject to change without notice. RELIANCE ELECTRIC O Page 41 of 42 Reliance Electric / 24701 Euclid Avenue / Cleveland, Ohio 44117 / (216) 266-7000 RELIANCE ELECTRIC 0 Printed in U.S.A. Instruction Manual B-3628-11 118710M Page 42 of 42 ► �� PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 8 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 12/6/2010 JOB NO.: 8235B.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.02240 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Dewatering Plan REVIEWED BY: Tvler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted X Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. The preliminary geotechnical engineering report provided within the Contract Documents is for informational purposes only. The dewatering design shall be coordinated with the excavation and shoring design (10.02240-1.02.A.4). Design of excavation support and protection shall be performed in accordance with recommendations contained in a written geotechnical report issued and signed by a geotechnical engineer hired by the Contractor per Sub -Section 10.02260. Contractor shall base dewatering design on the above required geotechnical report specific to the site location. 2. Dewatering shall only be discharged to the Dewatering Discharge Location indicated on the Drawings (10.02240-1.02.E). 3. The discharge location shall be secured by a fence or cover with lock to prevent outside entry and sealed watertight (10.02240-1.02.E.1). 4. It is assumed that the dewatering system for the wet well will also satisfy the dewatering requirements for the valve vault. Contractor to clarify if otherwise. 5. Contractor to coordinate elevation of vacuum pump intake and header system with Dewatering Contractor. (Proposed system is located 4 feet below grade). 6. Proposed dewatering system for the wet well (Figure A-5) appears to locate two of the wells outside the Limits of Contractor Operations shown on the Drawings. Provide a well -point dewatering system located within the Limits of Contractor Operations. Locate dewatering facilities where they will not interfere with utilities and construction work to be performed by others (10.02240-1.02.D). Carol lo.local: Carol lo\Documen ts\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 8.docx Page 1 of 1 Cell►,/►11,01% PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 8 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 12/6/2010 JOB NO.: 823513.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.02240 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Dewatering Plan REVIEWED BY: Tvler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted X Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. The preliminary geotechnical engineering report made available for reference within the Contract Documents is for informational purposes only. The dewatering design shall be coordinated with the excavation and shoring design (10.02240-1.02.A.4). Design of excavation support and protection shall be performed in accordance with recommendations contained in a written geotechnical report issued and signed by a geotechnical engineer hired by the Contractor per Sub -Section 10.02260. Contractor shall base dewatering design on the above required geotechnical report specific to the site location. 2. Dewatering shall only be discharged to the Dewatering Discharge Location indicated on the Drawings (10.02240-1.02.E). 3. The discharge location shall be secured by a fence or cover with lock to prevent outside entry and sealed watertight (10.02240-1.02.E.1). 4. It is assumed that the dewatering system for the wet well will also satisfy the dewatering requirements for the valve vault. Contractor to clarify if otherwise. 5. Contractor to coordinate elevation of vacuum pump intake and header system with Dewatering Contractor. (Proposed system is located 4 feet below grade). 6. Proposed dewatering system for the wet well (Figure A-5) appears to locate two of the wells outside the Limits of Contractor Operations shown on the Drawings. Provide a well -point dewatering system located within the Limits of Contractor Operations. Locate dewatering facilities where they will not interfere with utilities and construction work to be performed by others (10.02240-1.02.D). Carollo.local:Carollo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 8.docx Page 1 of 2 Further topics to discuss with Contractor: • Access to Park maintenance shop. • Dewatering discharge details into sanitary sewer. • Dewatering discharge pipeline routing. • Operation of dewatering systems. Carol lo.local: Carollo\Documen ts\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 8.docx P a g e 2 of 2 Michael A Benoit From: Chad Kamins [chad@kaminsconstruction.com] Sent: Friday, November 26, 2010 12:06 PM To: Michael A Benoit Subject: FW: Dewatering Plan Attachments: WSDOT Dewatering Plan- Kamins Construction - Lk Wa Beach 11 23 10.doc; Appendix A Figures.pdf; Appendix A Lake Washington Beach Lift Station.doc; Appendix B and C.doc; Figure 1.pdf Attached is the dewatering plan. Chad From: Cleo Callen[maiIto: cleoC�de-wateringservices.comI Sent: Wednesday, November 24, 2010 10:30 AM To: chad(&kaminsconstruction.com Subject: Dewatering Plan Chad, Sorry this took so long but here is the dewatering plan. Let me know if you need anything else. Assemble the Plan in the following order: WSDOT Dewatering Plan - Kamins Construction - Lk Wa Beach 11 23 10.doc Figure 1.pdf Appendix A Lake Washington Beach Lift Station.doc Appendix A Figures.pdf Appendix B and C.doc Thanks, Cleo Callen De -Watering Services LLC (360) 384-5000, Mobile (360) 319-2222 Fax (360) 384-1000 E-Mail cleo@de-wateringservices.com www.de-wateringservices.com De -Wagering SERVICES LLC wo. - 1, — �AM T ti De —Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 S E RVI C ES L LC 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) Mobile 360.319.2222 - Email cleoCo)de-wateringservices.com DEWATERING PLAN LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LIFT STATON REPLACEMENT PROJECT This plan provides a description of the dewatering design for the Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement project in Renton, Washington. The design was based on the soil and groundwater conditions described in the HWA GeoSciences (2009) geotechnical report provided as part of the Contract Documents. This plan is intended to satisfy Section 10.02240 of the Contract Special Provisions. Project Description The Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement project is located in Gene Coulon Memorial Beach Park at the southeast shore of Lake Washington (Figure 1). To facilitate construction of the 9-foot diameter lift station wet well and associated 51 feet of 8-inch sewer pipeline, the City of Renton requires a dewatering plan as described in Sub -Section 10.02240 of the Special Provisions. Excavations below the water table require construction dewatering to control groundwater inflow to the excavation and maintain a stable subgrade. Dewatering Design Calculations See Appendix A for a detailed discussion of the dewatering design calculations. We made several significant assumptions for the dewatering design: • The soils data in the geotechnical report are applicable to the current location of the lift station. The geotechnical report (HWA GeoSciences, 2009) provided as part of the Contract Documents was specific to an earlier project design in which the Lake Washington Beach Lift Station replacement would be situated within a grassed traffic circle island near the south entrance into Gene Coulon Memorial Beach Park. The current project design relocated the lift station replacement to the north. Consequently, the subsurface exploration nearest the lift station, BH1, was located approximately 220 feet south of the current lift station site (Figure A-1 in Appendix A). • The aquifer to be dewatered at the current project site is unconfined and is homogeneous and isotropic. • The hydraulic conductivity of the soils to be dewatered at the site ranges between 6 and 14 feet/day and averages 10 feet/day (74.8 gallons/day/square foot). No aquifer testing was performed for this project; therefore, aquifer parameters must be assumed from the soils data in the geotechnical report although the report is specific to locations e more than 200 feet distant. The borehole logs and particle size analyses in the geotechnical report indicate that the soils to be dewatered are predominantly silty sand and sandy silt. Typical hydraulic conductivity values for a sandy silt/silty sand aquifer are 6 to 14 feet/day (DoD, 2004). • The hydraulic conductivity of the water -bearing coal fill layer noted in the geotechnical report, if present at the current project site, is similar to other silty sand soils at the site. The coal fill at approximately 4 to 12 feet below existing grade shown in the two borehole logs in the geotechnical report may be present at the current project site. The coal fill layer, if present, could be highly permeable because of its granular nature. However, the particle size analysis of sample S-3 collected in the coal fill layer in geotechnical borehole BH-2 indicates the coal fill material is a silty sand similar to other water -bearing soils at the site. • The base of the soils to be dewatered at the site is at an elevation of -18 feet at the contact with a 5-foot thick organic silt horizon. • The radius of influence of the dewatering wells will not extend to the shoreline of Lake Washington. In Appendix A we determined the radius of influence of a pumped well point at the project site to be approximately 114 feet for the estimated hydraulic conductivity of 10 feet/day. The distance from the lift station to the shoreline of Lake Washington is approximately 620 feet; thus, dewatering the lift station excavation should not draw water from the lake. • To dewater the excavation, applying a minimum of 24 feet of water vacuum (21 inches of mercury vacuum = -10 pounds per square inch) to a well point will hold the ground water level adjacent to the well at the bottom of the well screen. Diesel powered Thompson 6-inch piston vacuum well point pumps will be used to extract water from the well point system. These vacuum well point pumps are rated at 29 inches of mercury vacuum (25.6 feet of water vacuum). To enhance the vacuum lift of the dewatering system for the lift station wet well, the intake of the vacuum pump and header system will be located at least 4 feet below existing grade in shallow excavations. • The 3-inch diameter vacuum well points will be located 10 feet from the edge of the lift station wet well excavation and 5 feet from the edge of the sewer pipeline excavation to allow adequate clearance for shoring and equipment access. The analysis in Appendix A evaluated design requirements for dewatering the lift station wet well excavation to an elevation of 3 feet. The analysis also evaluated the design requirements Page 2 for dewatering 51 linear feet of trenching for an 8-inch diameter sewer line to an elevation of 12 feet. We used a spreadsheet model based upon equations in DoD (2004) to predict the discharge and ground water drawdown over distance for a partially penetrating well in an unconfined aquifer. Table 1 summarizes the design specifications of the two dewatering systems. Table 1— Summary of Dewatering System Design Specifications Lift Station Wet Well 8-Inch Sewer Pipeline Excavation Excavation Targeted Ground Water Elevation 3 feet 12 feet Well Point Diameter and Type 3-inch PVC 3-inch PVC Well Point Screened Interval 21 to 24 feet below 16 to 19 feet below grade grade Well Point Screen Slot Width 0.020-inches, machine- 0.020-inches, machine - slotted slotted Vacuum Applied to Well Point Minimum of 24 feet of Minimum of 24 feet of water vacuum water vacuum Well Point Distance from Edge of Excavation 10 feet 5 feet Number of Well Points Needed to Dewater Excavation 4 5 Well Point Spacing 90 degrees of arc 15 feet Predicted Discharge for 1 Well Point 117 gpm 92 gpm Predicted Total Steady State Discharge of Dewatering System 470 gpm 460 gpm Predicted Total Discharge at Dewatering System Startup 700 gpm 690 gpm Predicted Time to Achieve Targeted Ground Water Elevation <2 days <1 day Dewatering Well Installation Drilling the dewatering wells will be performed using jetting techniques. An 8- inch borehole will be jetted to the specified well point design depths using a Jet Tool attached to an excavator. Filter pack will be installed around the well screen to approximately 10-feet above the top of screen by hand placing. Appendix B provide design calculations and grain size curves for the filter pack materials as well as certificates of filter material quality and gradation from the supplier. Page 3 The annular space of the dewatering wells will be sealed by manually placing bentonite chips at the top of the well. The bentonite chips will be Enviroplug Medium and Coarse manufactured by WYO-Ben, Inc. Billings, Montana. Development water will be discharged to a water truck or grassy field or sanitary sewer to allow effluent to clean up. A well point system will generally only pump turbid water for approximately 20-30 minutes before it is pumping clean. Dewatering System Operation The well points will be connected to the vacuum pump using 1 1/2-inch diameter clear plastic tubing. Each well point will be outfitted with an adjustable valve to control the vacuum in each well point. The vacuum pump will be connected to the dewatering system header pipe using fl- inch diameter, PVC pipe. The vacuum pump will be a diesel powered Thompson 6-inch Piston Vacuum Well Point Pump, as described in Appendix D. Dewatering System Monitoring The effectiveness and operation of the dewatering system will be performed by installation of two monitoring wells. Monitoring wells will be designed and installed as follows: • Monitoring wells will have a 2-inch diameter well casing and screen. Monitoring well screen will be 3 feet long with machine -slotted PVC with 0.020-inch slot widths. • Monitoring wells will be installed with the screen bottom at an elevation of 2 feet. The bottom elevation of the screen will be adjusted during installation depending on the subsurface conditions actually encountered, so the screen interval will be within the sandy silt/silty sand alluvium. • Drilling of monitoring wells will be performed using jetting techniques. An 8-inch borehole will be drilled to a depth of 15-feet using a Kamatsu PC 60 excavator equipped with a jet rig. • Filter pack for the monitoring wells will consist of 10-20 Colorado silica sand. The filter pack will be installed around the well screen to approximately 10-feet above the top of screen by hand placing. Appendix B provides, design calculations and grain -size curves for the filter pack materials as well as certificates of filter material quality and gradation from the supplier. Page 4 • Monitoring wells will be sealed by hand placing bentonite chips using Enviroplug Bentonite Chips manufactured by WYO-BEN, Billings, Montana. Groundwater levels will be monitored manually using a Durham Geo Slope Water Level Indicator. Construction Dewatering Effluent Effluent from the dewatering system will be pumped into the sanitary sewer for 20-30 minutes following initial startup until the effluent cleans up. At that time the effluent can then be diverted to the storm sewer. Discharging piping will consist of 8-inch PVC. The discharge piping will be protected from vehicle and equipment traffic by placing pipe in an excavation and covering it with road plates at crossing locations. Turbidity of discharge water will be monitored in advance with the discharge permit using a Hanna model HI 93703-11 portable turbidity meter. Well Decommissioning Prior to decommissioning, the Project Engineer will be notified and a notification of intent to decommission will be filed with Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology). The wells will be decommissioned per Washington Department of Ecology specifications revised 12-21- 06. Contingency Plan If dewatering performance criteria described in the Special Provisions (including drawdown inside and outside of the excavation footprint) cannot be met using the dewatering system described above, additional design calculations will be completed based on the performance of the dewatering system and additional well points will be installed. Page 5 Closure If you have any questions or require additional information, please contact Cleo Callen at 360- 384-5000 or via email (cleo@de-wateringservices.com). Cleo Callen Norm Nielsen, L.H.G. Owner/Operations Manager Hydrogeologist References: HWA GeoSciences, 2009. Preliminary Geotechnical Evaluation, Task 2. Lake Washington Lift Station, Renton, Washington. July 9, 2009 letter report to Carollo Engineers, Seattle, WA U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), 2004. Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC), Dewatering and Groundwater Control, publication UFC 3-220-05. Attachments: Figure 1 Project Vicinity and Location Maps Appendix A Dewatering System Design Appendix B Filter Pack Information Appendix C Examples of Layout and Well Point Components Page 6 PIV,JE_,T WE G=HF G7tA4N �e SKE 'N F?INGTCN ._ MEMCRLAI REACH PART[ } rj i1if; REFERENCE: 2010 GCCGLE MAP VICINITY MAP NO SCALE l REFERENCE: 2CG7 GOGGLE EARTH LOCATION MAP Figure 1 : Project Vicinity and Location Maps Source — Contract Drawing G-01, City of Renton Project WWP-27-3557 De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 S E RVI C ES L LC 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) � I Mobile 360.319.2222 — Email cleo(ade-wateringservices.com "a Appendix A - Dewatering System Design This appendix provides the details for the design of dewatering systems for the construction of the 9-foot diameter Lake Washington Beach Lift Station wet well and the associated 51 feet of 8-inch diameter sewer pipeline shown on Contract Plan Drawings M-01 and C-06. The goal for dewatering the lift station wet well excavation is to lower the ground water surface 3 feet below the bottom of the excavation which, per Drawing M-01 in the plan set, is 3 feet below a 12-inch layer of crushed base course under the lift station's foundation slab set between elevations 7 and 8 feet. Thus the target elevation for dewatering the lift station wet well excavation is 3 feet. Fifty one feet of 8-inch diameter sewer pipe are to be place at the site. Plan Drawing C-06 indicates that the base of the pipeline will be at an elevation of approximately 16 feet. Assuming that one foot of granular bedding will be place under the pipe, dewatering the pipe trench excavation will be to an elevation of 12 feet. For our design we assumed that the pipe trench excavation will be 6 feet wide to accommodate a trench box or shoring. General Design Parameters and Assumptions The geotechnical report (HWA GeoSciences, 2009) provided as part of the Contract Documents was specific to an earlier project design in which the Lake Washington Beach Lift Station replacement would be situated within a grassed traffic circle island near the south entrance into Gene Coulon Memorial Beach Park. The current project design relocated the lift station replacement to the north. Consequently, the subsurface exploration nearest the lift station, BH1, was located approximately 220 feet south of the current lift station site (Figure A-1). For our dewatering design we assumed that the soils data in the geotechnical report are applicable to the present location of the lift station. The borehole logs and particle size analysis from the geotechnical report are included at the end of this appendix. The information in the geotechnical report indicates the following aquifer parameters: Ground surface elevation 27 feet Elevation of the water table surface —22 feet Base elevation of aquifer -18 feet at the contact with a 5 feet thick organic silt horizon Estimated hydraulic conductivity 0.002 to 0.005 cm/sec = 6 to 14 feet/day — typical values for a sandy silt/silty sand aquifer (DoD, 2004) Page A-1 OWvery large unknown in the design of the dewatering system is whether the coal fill shown in the logs of boreholes BH-1 and BH-2 is present at the current project site. The borehole logs indicate the local water table was encountered near the base of the coal fill layer in BH-1. The coal fill layer, if present at the current project site, could be highly permeable because of its granular nature. However, the particle size analysis of sample S-3 collected in the coal fill layer in borehole BH-2 indicates the coal fill material is a silty sand similar to other water -bearing soils at the site. Therefore, we assumed that the hydraulic conductivity of the coal fill layer, if present at the project site, is similar to other silty sand soils at the site. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (DoD, 2004) presents equations to estimate the discharge and drawdown produced by a partially penetrating well point in an unconfined aquifer. We used a spreadsheet model based on those equations to evaluate pumping rates necessary to dewater the lift station excavation. Figure A-2 illustrates the physical system the spreadsheet model represents, presents the equations upon which the model is based, and presents an example model output. Because the equations to calculate drawdown, h, at distance, r, from a pumped well require h as in input, it is necessary to iterate on trial values of h input into the model until achieving an agreement between the trial input and calculated output values of h. The spreadsheet model also requires an estimate of the radius of influence, R, of the pumped well; we used Figure A-3 (taken from DoD, 2004) to estimate the radius of influence of a pumped well point at the project site to be approximately 114 feet assuming a hydraulic conductivity of 10 feet/day (the mean of 6 to 14 feet/day). The distance from the lift station to the shoreline of Lake Washington is approximately 620 feet; thus, dewatering the lift station excavation should not draw water from the lake. Dewatering Design for the Lift Station Wet Well Excavation Using the spreadsheet model, we evaluated the potential for a well point system to dewater the lift station wet well excavation using a vacuum pumping system capable of producing a minimum of 24 feet of water lift (21 inches of mercury vacuum). The diesel powered Thompson 6-inch piston vacuum well point pumps specified for the project are rated at 29 inches of mercury vacuum (25.6 feet of water vacuum) which should adequately produce a minimum of 24 feet of water vacuum. For our model, we assumed that the 3-inch diameter well points would be located 19.5 feet from the center of the lift station excavation to allow at least 10 feet of clearance from the excavation for shoring and equipment access. We also assumed that the vacuum pump intake and header system connected to the tops of the well points would be located 4 feet below existing grade (i.e., at an elevation of 23 feet) so that the water in a well point could be vacuum lifted to the header and then routed to the system discharge point. Figure A-4 illustrates the water level drawdown versus various distances predicted for one 3- inch diameter well point set to a total depth of 24 feet below grade (28 feet below original Page A-2 �-I grade) with the screen between 21 and 24 feet below grade and 24 feet of water vacuum applied to the well head so to completely dewater the well point. Through the principle of superposition, four well points each located approximately 19.5 feet from the center of the lift station excavation would produce a total drawdown of about 20.8 feet — an elevation of 1.2 feet which is below the targeted elevation of 3 feet. Figure A-5 illustrates how the drawdown cones of each well would overlap to completely dewater the excavation. The predicted steady state discharge from each lift station well point is 117 gallons per minute. The total discharge would be 470 gpm for the four -well -point dewatering system,. Water discharge during system startup may be up to 1.5 times greater — approximately 700 gpm. The target water level elevation of 3 feet should be achieved within two days of system startup because of the small radius of influence of the well points. Dewatering Design for the 8-Inch Sewer Pipeline Excavation As stated above, the target ground water level elevation for dewatering the 8-inch sewer pipeline excavation is 12 feet. For our design we assumed that the pipe trench excavation will be 6 feet wide to accommodate a trench box or shoring. To allow access to the trench we assumed that the well points would be located 5 feet from one edge of the excavation. Using the spreadsheet model we determined that well points on 15-foot spacings along the trench would dewater the excavation to the targeted 12 feet elevation. The 3-inch diameter well point well screens would be set between 16 and 19 feet below existing grade. Each well point would produce a steady state discharge of approximately 92 gpm. Five well points would dewater the entire 51 feet of pipeline trench. Total steady state dewatering system discharge for five well points is predicted to be 460 gpm. At system startup, the discharge may be up to 1.5 times this, approximately 690 gpm. The target water level elevation of 12 feet should be achieved within a day of system startup because of the small radius of influence of the well points. References: HWA GeoSciences, 2009. Preliminary Geotechnical Evaluation, Task 2. Lake Washington Lift Station, Renton, Washington. July 9, 2009 letter report to Carollo Engineers, Seattle, WA U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), 2004. Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC), Dewatering and Groundwater Control, publication UFC 3-220-05. Page A-3 Attachments: Figure A-1: Approximate Location of HWA Exploration Boreholes With Respect to Current Project Design Figure A-2: Example Spreadsheet to Model Groundwater Drawdown and Discharge from a Partially Penetrating Well in an Unconfined Aquifer at the Lift Station Wet Well Excavation Figure A-3: Figure 4-23 in DoD (2004) for Estimating the Radius of Influence R of a Pumped Well Figure A-4: Predicted Water Level Drawdown Versus Distance for One Lift Station Well Point Figure A-5: Four Well -Point Dewatering System for Lift Station Wet Well Excavation Figure A-6: Example Spreadsheet to Model Groundwater Drawdown and Discharge from a Partially Penetrating Well in an Unconfined Aquifer Along the 8-Inch Sewer Pipeline Trench Figure A-7: Predicted Water Level Drawdown Versus Distance for One Well Point Along Sewer Pipeline Trench Excavation Figure A-8: Well -Point Dewatering System for 8-Inch Sewer Pipeline Trench Excavation HWA GeoSciences' (2009) Borehole logs and particle size analysis data Page A-4 c c roll® GENERAL NOTE$' KEY NOTES: 0 � Ouew.mm c ax n.®cwx .en O.mnuwTwwr unxn.w�n..c,io.,w 0' io o�rcxumnn.uNrriw.xn �u.�uw..i ®o.o+vrxwwoMwxw wum �� IRCITY OF LAKE INASHINGTON BEACH NTO LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT REN r..M-RE TOSITE AND PIPING PLAN Figure A-1: Approximate Location of HWA Exploration Boreholes With Respect to Current Project Design De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 S E RVI C E S L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) �!, � Mobile 360.319.2222 — Email cleo@de-waterinaservices.com J Figure A-2 DEWATERING SYSTEM DESIGN CALCULATIONS FOR LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LIFT STATION WET WELL Initial phraatic surf I Q. Ph -tit surface dudna pompina FULLY OR PARTIALLY PENETRATING WELL WOIt ; I i t 1'I ---^'1 t 1 FLOW. Q , FOR ANY GRAVITY - WELL WITH A CIRCULAR,OURCit k[I' R/If r9 [ ♦ (O.,O a IOfV\ ..N .... I A' h .t H DRAWOONN, H - k Ow H- - h-, w.a.E h' I. ACCOUNTED FOR IosTwIN G- cwoM ea al t - 7 wNawa r c 1.aN. Q R h-w�l"f ' 1. - • ' 443 FOR DETERMINING R.1 �.---�-/t----��.� FOR r/h> r.a, FOR r/h<La. WE FO Q. P In 1-/N) FOR o.a<r/h<t.a, o.o In R/r PF.0 Fow ok<o.a, ♦AC IOr AND Ac 2.,Ina/(Lae-o--s)aono In a'�H In a�1 Source: U.S. Department of Defense, 2004. Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC), Dewetering and Groundwater Control. publication UFC 3-220-05. Input Parameters Notes Ground Surface El. - Initial Phreatic Surface El. - 23 ft 22 ft Vacuum Intake 4 ft below article Targeted Phreatic Surface El. at Distance r= 3ft. 19 ftDrawdown Aquifer Bottom El = _ -18 ft _ _ Well Screen Top El = 2 ft Well Screen Bottom El = _ Vacuum In Well = _ Effective WL El In Well - -1 ft -24 ft water 3 ft -24 ft la maximum Bottom of wall Screen K - - - - 11 _ rw = 10 fild 114 ft 0.13 ft - For sthy sand(SIM Fig. 4-23 In DOD 2004 1.5 inches r = 22.00 ft Well pis 10 ft from excavation Intermediate Parameters H . 83.5 ft s. 17ft = 4 Trial h to adjust (ft) - 70.71 Calculated h to match ft . R/r.. 912 In(R/rM= 6.8156 1.8s/H - 0.3665 radians sin 1.8s/H - 0.3583 r/h . 0.28 R/r - 5.18 In R/r - 1.6452 R/1Or . 0.52 IN R/10r - -0.6574 2.4H/R= 1.7579 In'2.4H/R - 0.5841 R/34r- s/h - s/H = 1 OR/H = 0.15 0.22 0.2 13.6527 In R/34r - -1.8812 s/H A1.5 - 0.0919 In 10R/H - 26139 Solutions for rh < 0.3 Calculated Drawdown at r it (H-h) = Calculated Drawdown at r ft = 4.79 ft for 19.18 ft for 1 4 well wells Calculated Water Level El at r ft = 2.82 ft for 4 wells for 1 well . 22,602 cu ft/day . 117 gpm Total system 0 for 4 wells = 470 apm Well Depth BGS = 24 ft WsIf Screen Length 3 ft Well Screen Top BOB . 21 ft Well Screen Bottom BGS = 24 ft Design Wellhead Vacuum . -24 ft water. .10.4 pal C. - 02086 AC - -0.0113 P = 0.1972 Solutiops for 0.3'c r41 < 1.5 Calculated Drawdown at r ft H-h . 5.20 ft for 1 well Calculated Drawdown at r ft = 20.80 ft for 4 well Calculated Water Level El at r ft . 1.20 ft for 4 wells 06 for 1 well . 2ZS02 cu May . 117 ppm Totals stem 0 for 4 wells . 470 gpm Well Depth SOS . 24 Well Screen Length 3 Well Screen Top BGS . 21 Well Screen Bottom BOS. 24 Deal n Wellhead Vacuum . -24 ft water . -10.4 psi P . 02139 Solutions for r > 1.5 H 0w for 1 well = 22.602 cu fVda = 117 m Calculated Drawdown at r ft H-h = 7.42 ft for 1 well Example Spreadsheet to Model Groundwater Drawdown and Discharge from a Partially Penetrating Well in an Unconfined Aquifer at the Lift Station Wet Well Excavation De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 S E RVI C ES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) N 360.474.0206 (Arlington) Il - ------ Mobile 360.319.2222 - Email cleo@de-wateringserVices.com RADIUS OF INFLUENCE R IN FEET FOR DRAWDOWN (H hW) = 10 FT U 30 100 1,000 5,000 W 10,000 f O 5,000 0 x x 2,000 x D F 1,000 a Ir I- `) 500 IL O } J 200 M a W i 100 W 0. LL 50 O H z W_ U 20 IL IL W O 10 / I41 R = C(H - hW)W—k QO QQ' C> R, H, AND h,,,, ARE IN FT; k IS IN 10-4 CM/SEC O` O � I h - C. NOTE: CURVE RELATING k AND D10 FROM PUMPING TESTS, C F. U.S. ARMY U 0.03 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 EFFECTIVE GRAIN SIZE (Dt0), MM 1. R DETERMINED WHEN ONLY D10 IS KNOWN. 2. R DETERMINED WHEN k IS KNOWN. RADIUS OF INFLUENCE, R. CAN BE ESTIMATED FOR BOTH ARTESIAN AND GRAVITY FLOWS BY R=C(H-hw)4k H, WHERE R, H. AND hW ARE DEFINED PREVIOUSLY AND EXPRESSED IN FEET. COEFFICIENT OF PERMEABILITY, k, IS EXPRESSED IN 10-4 CM/SEC. AND C = 3 FOR ARTESIAN AND GRAVITY FLOWS TO A WELL. C = 1.5 TO 2.0 FOR A SINGLE LINE OF WELLPOINTS. THE VALUE OF R FOR (H - hW) = 10 FT CAN BE DE- TERMINED FROM THE PLOT HEREIN WHEN EITHER THE DID SIZE OR PERMEABILITY OF THE MATERIAL 15 KNOWN. THE VALUE OF R WHEN (H - h ) ;g 10 CAN BE DETERMINED BY MULTIPLYING THE R VALUE OBTAINED FROM THE PLOT BY THE RATIO OF THE ACTUAL VALUE OF (H - hW) TO tO FT. Figure A-3: Figure 4-23 in DoD (2004) for Estimating the Radius of Influence R of a Pumped Well De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 S E RVIC ES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) Mobile 360.319.2222 " Email cleo@de-waterinasetvices.com Distance from Well Point, r ft Predicted Drawdown at r ft 10 7.24 20 5.11 30 4.22 40 3.31 50 2.60 60 2.03 8.0 7.0 6.0 5.0 c 3 0 4.0 .0 3 0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.0 PREDICTED DRAWDOWN VS. DISTANCE FOR ONE VACUUM WELL POINT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LIFT STATION WET WELL 10 20 30 40 50 60 Distance from Well Point (ft) Figure A-4: Predicted Water Level Drawdown Versus Distance for One Lift Station Well Point De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 SERVICES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) "" I Mobile 360.319.2222 — Email cleo@de-wateringservices.com Lift Station Excavation Drawdown = 4.8 It at 22 If from well point Figure A-5: Four Well -Point Dewatering System for Lift Station Wet Well Excavation De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 SERVICES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) ��, I Mobile 360.319.2222 — Email cleo@de-wateringservices.com Figure A-6 DEWATERING SYSTEM DESIGN CALCULATIONS FOR LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LIFT STATION 84NCH SEWER PIPELINE EXCAVATION Imlial ph -be furfat• I /Q Phr<atic furfac• FULLY OR PARTIALLY PENETRATING WELL / during pumping FLOW, OFOR ANY ORAVITY WELL WITH A CIRCULAR sOURC[ 1 wdt-k I y T _ r mr I 1 fitoW=nk I : I 1 h' h - 1 g oRAwoowN. H - h OR H - h'. -.1 h' ....... T.. FOR mWTA.. ow FROM EO n I 1 wN1.aN. Ha-h'.�1. [R[ r>� WHER RRnrre. FOR I/h> 1,•, UEE EO 4•23 FOR DETERMINING R.1 4 r -� -- .I Fow ./h<I.a. H-h. Orr In llow/NI Fore o.a v/h < 1.•. . o. a In wn FOR ok<o.a, wHu[ r c�. o1. n/ Ind-o.mss In' Ind AHo AC .S [1a�a t" a/ (La h-•,1).o.na �a.^N IA u] Source: U,S. Department of Defense, 2004. Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC), Dewatering and Groundwater Control. publication UFC 3-220-05. Input Parameters Notes Ground Surface El. - 27 It Initial Phreatic Surface El. = 22 It _ Targeted Phreadc Surface El. at Distance r - 12 It - 10 It Drawdown Aquifer Bottom El . -18 If Well Screen Top El . 11 it Wall Screen Bottom El - 8 It Vacuum in Wei w -24 It water h maximum Effective WL EI In Wei - loft BotroIn of well screen K . 10 Md For sill sand S R = 114 ft F' . 4-23 In DOD 2004 rF = 0.13 It . 1.5 Inches r = 20.00 It Well pis 51t from excavation Intermediate Parameters H . 83.5 ft a. t. 28 It 2 In(R/r.) - 6.8156 sln 1.8s/H - 0.5316 Trial It to arpust (ft) . 177W-` - Calculated In to match ft - R/r„ = 912 1.8s/H - 0.5605 radians r/h = 0.25 R/r - R/10r= 5.70 0.57 In Rh - 1.7405 InPMOr- -0.5621 2AWR = 1.7579 In('2.4WR) - 0.5641 R/34r - _ s/h . _ 0.17 0.33 In R/34 - _ -1.7859 S/H - 0.3 a/H A1.5 - 0.1738 1 OR/H = 13.6527 In 10R/H = 2.6139 Solutions for r/h < 0.3 Calculated Drawdown at r It (H-h) = Calculated Drawdown at r It = 3.98 It for 11.95 ft for 1 3 won wells Calculated Water Level El at r It = 10.05 ft for 3 wells for 1 well = 17,770 cu fVda = 92 lipm Totals stem 0 for 3 wells = 277 gpm Well Depth BOB . 19 ft Well Screen Len th 3 ft Well Screen Top BIAS = 18 ft Well screen Bottom BOB = 19 ft Desl n Wellhead Vacuum = -24 ttwater. -10A Dal C, = 0.2224 nC = P = -0.0287 0.1937 Solutions for 0.3 < r/h < 1.5 Calculated Drawdown at r If (H-h) = 4.65 it for 1 well Calculated Drawdown at r It = 13.96 If for 3 well Calculated Water Level El at r It = 8.04 If for 3 wells 0. for 1 well = 17,770 cu ft/day . 92 Opm Total system 0 for 3 wells . 277 gpm Well Depth BGS = 19 Well Screen Length 3 Well Screen Top BGS = 16 Well Screen Bottom BGS = 19 Design Wellhead Vacuum = -24_ft water = -10.4 psi P = 0.2263 Solutions for r> 1.5 H 0w for 1 well = 17,770 cu ft/clay= 92 9pm Calculated Drawdown at r It (H-h)= 6.12 H for 1 well Example Spreadsheet to Model Groundwater Drawdown and Discharge from a Partially Penetrating Well in an Unconfined Aquifer Along the 8-Inch Sewer Pipeline Trench De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 SERVICES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) - 360.474.0206 (Arlington) =j Mobile 360.319.2222 - Email cleo@de-wateringservices.com Distance from Well Point, r ft Predicted Drawdown at r ft 10 5.98 15 4.84 20 3.98 25 3.29 PREDICTED DRAWDOWN VS. DISTANCE FOR ONE VACUUM WELL POINT LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH 8-INCH SEWER PIPELINE TRENCH 7.0 6.0 I -- 5.0 c 4.0 3 0 3 3.0 m L W1 W 0.0 In i11 20 Distance from Well Point (ft) 25 Figure A-7: Predicted Water Level Drawdown Versus Distance for One Well Point Along Sewer Pipeline Trench Excavation De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 SERVICES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) � ! I Mobile 360.319.2222 — Email cleo@de-wateringservices.com 15 ft 15 ft Drawdown = 4 ft at 20 ft from well point WP 1 WP 2 WP 3 E ft Trench Width 15 ft j 8-Inch Sewer Pipeline Figure A-8: Well -Point Dewatering System for 8-Inch Sewer Pipeline Trench Excavation De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 SERVICES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) N 360.474.0206 (Arlington) M1I Mobile 360.319.2222 " Email cleoOde-waterinAservices.com HWA GEOSCIENCES' (2009) BOREHOLE LOGS AND PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS DATA RELATIVE DENSITY OR CONSISTENCY VERSUS SPT N-VALUE COHESIONLESS SOILS COHESIVE SOILS Approximate Density N (bbwalft) Approximate Consistency N (blows/ft) Undrained Shear Relative Densely(%) Strength (pal) Very Loose 0 to 4 0 - 15 Very Soft 0 to 2 <250 Loose 4 to 10 15 - 35 Soft 2 to 4 250 - 500 Medium Dense 10 to 30 35 - 65 Medium Stiff 4 to 8 500 - 1000 Dense 30 to 50 65 - 85 Stiff 8 to 15 1000 - 2000 Very Dense over 50 a5 - 100 Very Stiff 15 to 30 2000 - 4000 Hard over 30 >4000 USCS SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP DESCRIPTIONS Gravel and GW Wall -graded GRAVEL Coarse Clean Gravel �' Grained Gravely Sods (VAlle or no Mes) o 2), GP Poorly -graded GRAVEL Soils More than 50% of Coarse Gravel with u GM Silt' GRAVEL Fraction Retained Fines (appreciable on No. 4 Sieve amount of fines) GC Clayey GRAVEL Sand and Clean Sand SW Well -graded SAND More than Sandy Sods (� or no fines) r.' SP Poorly -graded SAND 50% Retained WA or More on No. Sand with r' SM silty SAND 200 Sieve of Coarse Fnes (appreciable SC Clayey SAND Size Erection Pesskg amount of fines) No. 4 Sieve MIL SILT Fine six Liquid Umd Grained and CL Lean CLAY Soils Less than 50% Clay _ — OL Organic SILT/Organic CLAY MH Elastic SILT 50% or More Silt LiquicLimlt Passing and 50% or More CH Fat CLAY Cry OH Organic SILT/CrgeNc CLAY No. 200 Sieve Size Highly Organic Soils M PTPEAT COMPONENT DEFINITIONS COMPONENT SIZE RANGE Boulders Larger than 12 in Cobbles 3 in to 12 In Gravel 3 in to No 4 (4.5mm) Coarse gravel 3 n to 3/4 In Fine gravel 314 in to No 4 (4.5mm) Sand No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) Coarse send No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 10 (2.0 mm) Medium sand No. 10 (2.0 mm) to No. 40 (0.42 mm) Fine send No. 40 (0.42 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) Soil and Clay Smaller than No. 200 (0.074mm) TEST SYMBOLS %F Percent Fines AL Atterberg Limits: PL = Plastic Limit LL = Liquid Limit CBR California Bearing Ratio CN Consolidation DO Dry Density (pcf) DS Direct Shear GS Grain Size Distribution K Permeability MO Molsture/Density Relationship (Proctor) MR Resilient Modulus PID Photoionizadon Device Reading PP Pocket Penetrometer Approx Compressive Strength (tsf) SG Specific Gravity TC Tdaxial Compression TV Torvane Approx. Shear Strength (tsf) UC Unconfined Compression SAMPLE TYPE SYMBOLS ®2.0" OO Split Spoon (SPT) I(140 lb. hammer with 30 in. drop) Shelby Tube 3-1/4" OD Split Spoon with Brass Rings OSmall Bag Sample Large Bag (Bulk) Sample Core Run Nan -standard Penetration Test (3.0" OD split spoon) GROUNDWATER SYMBOLS Q_ Groundwater Level (measured at time of drilling) Groundwater Level (measured In well or open hole after water level stabilized) COMPONENT PROPORTIONS PROPORTION RANGE DESCRIPTIVE TERMS < 5% Clean 5 - 12% Slightly (Clayey, Silly, Sandy) 12 - 30% - - Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly 30-50% Very (Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly) Components are arranged in order of Increasing quantities. NOTES: Soil classifications presented on exploration logs are based on visual and laboratory observation. Soil descriptions are presented in the following general order: Density/constsiency, color, moMer i1f any) GROUP NAME, aoddons to group name (Ifany), moisture content Proportion, gradation, and angularity of constituents, additional comments. (GEOLOGIC INTERPRETATION) Please refer to the discussion In the report text as well as the exploration logs for a more complete description of subsurface conditions. U Lii�1 HWAGEOSCIENCES INC. Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 MOISTURE CONTENT DRY Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch. MOIST Damp bul no visible water. WET Visible free water, usually soil is below water table. LEGEND OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS USED ON EXPLORATION LOGS PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-1 LEGEND 2009058.GPJ 6/18109 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 05/15/2009 11:00:00 AM SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 06/15/2009 2:00:00 PM SURFACE ELEVATION: 27.00 t feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney 5 10 15 20 25 DESCRIPTION SM Organic rich topsoil. Dense, brown to gray, silty, fine to medium SAND with trace fine gravel, moist. [FILL] Driller Notes: Boulder encountered, difficult to maintain vertical orientation in drill stem. ----------------------- Very loose, black, sandy, fine, angular to sub angular, COAL clasts, wet. [COAL FILL] SM Very loose, gray, silty, fine SAND with lenses of medium to coarse sand, wet. [ALLUVIUM] Becoming Silty Loose, dark gray, silty, SAND to sandy SILT, wet. Fine to coarse [ALLUV LIM] Becoming Medium Dense Driller Notes: Couple inches of heave, adds water m w Z w Standard Penetration Test Lu D 1-,(140 lb. weight, 30" drop) F- Z Blows per foot w w a a W w w� F w� (n v) Q. 73 O O 0 10 20 30 40 50 018 - - - r0 ® S-1 3-14-16 S-2 4-7-11 ® S3 2-5-5 �j S-4 0-1-2 GS S-5 1-1-1 8-6 0-0-2 GS S-7 0-0-7 S-8 3-6-13 XS-9 7-8-7 30 ' For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date Indicated and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. M 1-5 I-10 1 F-15 1 1-20 1 i A� 30 0 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (°/u) Plastic Limit 1 0 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content BORING: 9� Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-1 FMGEOSCIENCES INC, PAGE: 1 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-2 BORING 2009056.GPJ 6124109 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 05/16/2009 11:00:00 AM SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 06/15/2009 2:00:00 PM SURFACE ELEVATION: 27.00 t feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney DESCRIPTION 1 35 - 1 40- 1 45 - 1 50- Terminated at 51.5 feet bgs. Ground water encountered at 8 feet bgs. 1 55 - 1 60 - w Lu UJ Co Z Lu a j Q ZuJ �' o a a s m Cr U 0 a O ((D 0 XS-10 3-6-8 XS-11 2-7-12 XS-12 1-1-5 IX S-13 0-2-5 ® S-14 5-9-11 For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) ♦ Blows per foot Lu 10 20 30 40 50 O . r-30 f— 36 1 1-- 50 1 F— 55 1 L 60 0 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit I 0 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content BORING: 1 Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-1 fIMGEOSCIENCES INC. PAGE: 2 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-2 BORING 2CO9056.GPJ 6/24/09 r RILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration F!an DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 05/16/2009 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 06/15/2009 SURFACE ELEVATION: 31.00 t feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney 5 10 M 1 20 1 V m w Z W Standard Penetration Test W o 5 to 1- (140 lb. weight, 3U' drop) o ` ♦ Blows per foot w w 0- Lu 2 Z ° O Q. DESCRIPTION a 8 O (D o -°' SP Asphalt Pavement - 4 inches Very loose, olive-brcwn, fine to medium SAND, moist. [FILL] ---------------------- Very loose, black, sandy, fine, angular to sub angular, COAL clasts, wet. [COAL FILL] ML SM Driller Notes: Wet Rods at 15 feet. Very soft, gray, sandy, SILT with lenses of medium to coarse sand, wet. [ALLUVWM] Medium Dense, gray, silty, fine to coarse SAND with trace fine gravel, wet. S-1 2-2-1 S-2 1-1-1 XS-3 0-1-1 GS XS-4 2-2 X S-5 0-1-1 NS-e 0-1-1 Gs NS-7 3-8-8 �A S-8 2-3-9 Qv^ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — J vFor a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date Indicated and therefore may not necessarily be Indicative of other times and/or locations. Water Content (°/u) Plastic Limit 1--0 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content 1--5 1-10 1 1-15 1 1— 20 1 1--25 1 L 30 c " BORING: ULI1i1 Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-2 HMGEOSCIENCES INC. PAGE. 1 of 2 PROJECT No. 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-3 BORING 2009058.GPJ 6/24109 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 0511612009 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 05/15/2009 SURFACE ELEVATION: 31.00 t feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney v m yy z r U w O O J J Lu° o ~ m 2 wo 00mg N U a z o = O DESCRIPTION a (D 0 30 ° Gp Note: No recovery, resampled using modified California ' S-9 5 8-10 sampler Medium dense, gray, sandy, fine to coarse GRAVEL, wet. Terminated at 31.5 feet bgs. No Ground water observed in hole. 35 - 1 40- 1 45 - 1 50 - 1 55 - 1 60- For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated and therefore may not necessarily be Indicative of other times and/or locations. Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) ♦ Blows per foot 10 20 30 40 0 20 40 60 80 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit 1 0 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content x uJ 50 o w 1 r-30 I— 35 1 1--40 1 --45 1 1- 55 1 - — 80 1130 BORING: 1 Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-2 fmaosaENCES INC. PAGE: 2 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-3 BORING 2009056.GPJ 6124/09 APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING 3 " ►=Io— -_ C 1 PARTICLE -SIZE ANALYSIS Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 OF SOILS METHOD ASTM D422HWAGEOSCIENCES INC. PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: B -1 HWAGRSZ 2009058.GPJ 6124109 U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES 3/4" 3" 1-1/2" 5/8" 3/8" #4 #10 #20 #40 #60 #100 #200 100 I I I I I I I I I 90'J I 1 1 I I I I I I I 80 = I I I I I I I I I I 70 I I I 1 I I I I I I } 60 I I I I I I I 1 I I m I I I I I t I I I I w 50 I I I I I I I I I Z I I I I I I I I I I ILLI I I I I I I I I I F- 40 I 1 1 I I I I I I I w I I I I I I I I I I U 30 w I I I I I I I I I I a_ I I I I I I I I I I 20 — I I I I I I I I I I 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0 lTi 50 10 5 1 0.5 0.1 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 0.0005 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS GRAVEL GRAVEL SAND SILT CLAY SYMBOL SAMPLE DEPTH (ft) CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name % MC LL PL pl Gravel Sand Fines • BH-2 S-6 15.0 - 16.5 (ML) Dark olive gray, SILT 43 0.1 13.0 86.9 PARTICLE -SIZE ANALYSIS Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 OF SOILS HWAGEOSCIENCES INC. METHOD ASTM D422 PROJECT NO.. 2009-058-21 FIGURE: B-2 fiWAGRSZ 2009058.GPJ 8/24/09 PARTICLE -SIZE ANALYSIS Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 OF SOILS HWAGEOSCIENCES INC. METHOD ASTM D422 PROJECT NO.. 2009-058-21 FIGURE: B-2 fiWAGRSZ 2009058.GPJ 8/24/09 De —Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 SERVICES L L C 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) N 360.474.0206 (Arlington) Mobile 360.319.2222 — Email cleo(a de-wateringservices.com Appendix B — Filter Pack Information COLO- ADO SILICA SAND for Environmental Water Wells Colorado Silica Sand is one of the few locations in the country capable of producing and processing high grade silica sand for specialized gravel pack applications. Their silica sand is naturally rounded from glacial deposits. The silica sand is washed, kiln dried, and screened to exacting specifications. COLORADO SILICA SAND SPECIFICATIONS Size of Effective Size Uniformity Maximum Screen Silica Sand in millimeters Coefficient Slot Size #10-20 Silica Sand 1.01 mm 1.55 .030" Slot Opening Appendix C — Examples of Layout and Wellpoint Components 1 - r Y-. _- 47 dq f 13 3" Diameter screened section Attached to 1.5" Riser Pipe Photo Log: 1. Excavator with jetting head on arm. The bags are the filter sand laid out at each point location. Bridge in back is SR539. 2. Round pipe is center is jetting into ground to 25' depth as crew watches. Person on right is holding point. The intake portion is the lower section that is 3 inches in diameter & 3 feet long. Remainder of point is 1.5 inch pipe. 3. After metal jet pipe is removed, the point is pushed to depth. 4. Filter sand is placed around & up column as the point is centered. 5. Shows a large area dewatering project for NOAA in Puyallup area, where the points are 25' deep & on 10' centers. The header is setup for points on 5 foot centers, so additional points can be added quickly if more water is encountered. 6. The blue pipe is the discharge line from the pump Page 2 Dewatering Examples of Surface Layout Photos of header & discharge piping / wells & connection to header/crossing / pump placed in excavation so intake is at the level of header kh- y Feu f-' Well Point Components Header Pipe Valves Wellpoint Riser Pipe Riser Top Swing Joint Page 5 HEADER PIPE Purpose: used to carry the water from the wellpoints to the pump. Desired features: lightweight, durable, easy to handle, adequate size, proper material and competitively priced. Purpose: to connect the header pipe. Desired features: durable, easy to assemble, proper material and competitively priced. Purpose: used to regulate air and water flow from each wellpoint Desired features: durable, easy to use, adequate size, serviceable, proper material and competitively priced Page 6 SWING JOINT Purpose: to filter and capture the water from the ground. Desired features: Durable, easy to install, suitable slot configuration and screen area, proper material and competitively priced. Purpose: to connect the swing end into the riser pipe. Desired features: durable, easy to assemble, proper material and competitively priced. Purpose: used to connect the header pipe to the riser pipe. Desired features: durable, easy to assemble, adequate size, clear, proper material and competitively priced. Page 7 Purpose: to connect the wellpoint screen to the swing end. Desired features: durable, easy to assemble, proper material and Competitively priced. Purpose: to connect the swing end into the riser pipe. Desired features: durable, easy to assemble, proper material and competitively priced. VALVE WRENCH Purpose: used to adjust the valve to regulate air and water flow from each wellpoint. Page 8 WELLPOINT PULLER Purpose: used to retrieve the wellpoint assembly from the ground. Desired features: durable, easy to use, and competitively priced. Page 9 PROJECT NAME: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement SUBMITTAL NO.: 8.1 SUBMITTAL REVIEW TRANSMITTAL DATE: 1/3/2011 JOB NO.: 82356.20 SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.02240 CLIENT: City of Renton TO: Michael Benoit, City of Renton SUBMITTAL NAME: Dewatering Plan REVIEWED BY: Tvler Whitehouse SUBMITTAL REVIEW Review is for general compliance with contract documents. No responsibility is assumed by Carollo for correctness of quantities, dimensions, and details. No deviation or variation is approved unless specifically accepted in these review comments. Refer to Section 1-05 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coordination with all other trades and deviations from contract requirements. No Exceptions Taken Make Corrections Noted X Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submit Specified Item Review comments are as follows: 1. Refer to the attached meeting minutes. Contractor to clarify if understanding is different than stated for any of the discussed items. 2. The dewatering design shall be coordinated with the excavation and shoring design (10.02240-1.02.A.4). Contractor shall review, revise, and resubmit previously submitted dewatering plan based on the geotechnical recommendations/report associated with the recent boring at the site location (12/23/2010). 3. Contractor to coordinate elevation of vacuum pump intake and header system with Dewatering Contractor. (Proposed system is located 4 feet below grade). 4. Proposed dewatering system for the wet well (Figure A-5) appears to locate two of the wells outside the Limits of Contractor Operations shown on the Drawings. Provide a well -point dewatering system located within the Limits of Contractor Operations. Locate dewatering facilities where they will not interfere with utilities and construction work to be performed by others (10.02240-1.02.D). Attachments: Dewatering Plan Submittal Meeting Minutes Carollo.loca1:Carol lo\Documents\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 8.1.docx Page 1 of 1 En9kmwa...Wbr/dnp Wbndws Wish Winder' Meeting Minutes Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Project City of Renton Meeting Date: December 14, 2010 Time: 2:00 p.m. - 3:00 p.m. Location: Teleconference Subject: Dewatering Plan Submittal Attendees: Mike Benoit (City of Renton) Tyler Whitehouse (Carollo) Brian Casey (Carollo) Chad Kamins (Kamins Construction) Norm Nielson (De -Watering Services LLC) Cleo Callen (De -Watering Services LLC) Distribution: Attendees Work Order No.: 8235B.20 Purpose: Discuss and further define the dewatering plan submittal for the Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement project. 1. Discussion Topics: a. Dewatering discharge location: 1) Dewatering is anticipated to be discharged to the sanitary manhole as indicated in the Contract Drawings. b. Dewatering discharge pipeline routing: 1) Discharge piping will be routed south and then east along the curb line not to impede Park entrance traffic. c. Access to Park maintenance shop: 1) Adequate ramping will be provided over the 8-inch diameter discharge pipe at the entrance to the Park maintenance building. d. Dewatering discharge details into sanitary sewer: 1) Throttle valve cannot be provided on discharge due to backpressure on pumps. Pumps can be controlled/throttled via a valve on the suction of each well point. 2) Discharge location will be secured by a fence. e. Operation of dewatering systems: 1) Simultaneous dewatering of wet well and pipeline excavations is anticipated; however, staggering the starts of the each is possible to avoid compiling peak flows. f. Other: 1) Contractor intends to have a Baker tank on site for initial discharge of turbid water. Estimated time before pumping clean water is approximately 20 to 30 minutes. END OF NOTES DEWATERING PLAN SUBMITTAL MEETING December 14, 2010 pw:\\oco-pw-app: Caroll0\DOcuments\Client\WA\Renton\8235B20\Submittals\Submittal 8.1_Dewatering Minutes.doc De —Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 SERVICES L L C 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 I 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) Mobile 360.319.2222 — Email cleo@)de-waterinaservices.com DEWATERING PLAN (REVISION 1) LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LIFT STATON REPLACEMENT PROJECT This plan provides a description of the dewatering design for the Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement project in Renton, Washington. The design was based on the soil and ground water conditions described in the HWA GeoSciences (2009) and AES (2011) geotechnical reports provided as part of the Contract Documents and supplemental exploration information. This plan is intended to satisfy Section 10.02240 of the Contract Special Provisions. Project Description The Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement project is located in Gene Coulon Memorial Beach Park at the southeast shore of Lake Washington (Figure 1). To facilitate construction of the lift station wet well, valve vault, and associated 51 feet of 8-inch sewer pipeline, the City of Renton requires a dewatering plan as described in Sub -Section 10.02240 of the Special Provisions. Excavations below the water table require construction dewatering to control ground water inflow to the excavation and maintain a stable subgrade. Dewatering Design Calculations See Appendix A for a detailed discussion of the dewatering design calculations. We made several significant assumptions for the dewatering design: • The soils data in the two geotechnical reports (HWA GeoSciences, 2009; AES, 2011) are applicable to the current locations of the lift station, valve vault, and pipe trench alike. The HWA GeoSciences report is specific to exploration locations more than 200 feet distant from the current project location and the AES exploration because of project design revisions subsequent the date of the HWA GeoSciences report. See Figure A-1 in Appendix A for the locations of the site explorations. • The aquifer to be dewatered at the current project site is unconfined and is homogeneous and isotropic. • The hydraulic conductivity of the soils to be dewatered at the site ranges between 6 and 14 feet/day and averages 10 feet/day (74.8 gallons/day/square foot). No aquifer testing was performed for this project; therefore, aquifer parameters must be assumed from the soils data in the two geotechnical reports. The borehole logs and particle size analyses in the geotechnical report indicate that the soils to be dewatered are predominantly silty sand and sandy silt. Typical hydraulic conductivity values for a sandy silt/silty sand aquifer are 6 to 14 feet/day (DoD, 2004). • The hydraulic conductivity of the water -bearing coal fill layer noted in the geotechnical reports is similar to other silty sand soils at the site. Coal fill at approximately 3 to 12 feet below existing grade is shown in the three borehole logs in the geotechnical reports. The coal fill layer could be highly permeable because of its granular nature. However, the particle size analysis of sample S-3 collected in the coal fill layer in geotechnical borehole BH-2 indicates the coal fill material is a silty sand similar to other water -bearing soils at the site. • The base of the soils to be dewatered at the site is at an elevation of -18 feet at the contact with a 5-foot thick organic silt horizon. • The radius of influence of the dewatering wells will not extend to the shoreline of Lake Washington. In Appendix A we determined the radius of influence of a pumped well point at the project site to be approximately 114 feet for the estimated hydraulic conductivity of 10 feet/day. The distance from the lift station to the shoreline of Lake Washington is approximately 620 feet; thus dewatering the lift station excavation should not draw water from the lake. • To dewater the excavations vacuum will be applied to each well point sufficient to hold the ground water level adjacent to the well just above the well screen without pumping air into the discharge line. Diesel powered Thompson 6-inch piston vacuum well point pumps will be used to extract water from the well point system. These vacuum well point pumps are rated at 29 inches of mercury vacuum (25.6 feet of water vacuum). To enhance the vacuum lift of the dewatering system, the intake of the vacuum pump and header system will be located at least 4 feet below existing grade in shallow excavations. • The 3-inch diameter vacuum well points will beset in 8-inch diameter jetted boreholes located 6 feet from the edge of the lift station wet well excavation and 5 feet from the edge of the sewer pipeline excavation to allow adequate clearance for personnel and equipment access. • The vacuum pump intake and header system connected to the well points will be located 4 feet below existing grade (i.e., at an elevation of 23 feet) so that the water in a well point can be vacuum lifted to the header and then routed to the system discharge point. 1/24/2011 Page 2 The lift station wet well, valve vault, and pipeline trench excavations will be concurrently dewatered. Staggering the starts of dewatering each excavation is not advised because the drawdowns of the seven well points are additive over distance; i.e., dewatering the lift station wet well is dependent upon concurrently pumping the pipeline trench well points. Dewatering the valve vault excavation will not require a separate dewatering system. The analysis in Appendix A evaluated design requirements to concurrently dewater the three lift station excavations. We used a spreadsheet model based upon equations in an Army Corps of Engineers manual (DoD, 2004) to predict the discharge and ground water drawdown over distance for a partially penetrating well in an unconfined aquifer. Table 1 summarizes the design specifications of the dewatering system. Table 1— Summary of Dewatering System Design Specifications Lift Station Wet Valve Vault 8-Inch Sewer Well Excavation Excavation Pipeline Excavation Targeted Ground Water 3 feet 16.25 12 feet Elevation Required Drawdown Across 19 feet 5.8 feet 10 feet Entire Excavation Well Point Diameter and Type 3-inch PVC Borehole Diameter 8 inches Well Point Screened Interval 23 to 26 feet below constructed grade Well Point Screen Slot Width 0.020-inches, machine -slotted Vacuum Applied to Well Point Up to 24 feet of water vacuum Well Point Distance from Edge 6 feet 1 Not Applicable 5 feet of Excavation Number of Well Points Needed to Dewater 7 Excavation Well Point Spacing 90 degrees of arc Not Applicable' 15 feet Predicted Discharge for one Well Point 21 gpm Predicted Total Steady State Discharge of Dewatering 150 gpm System Predicted Total Discharge at 225 gpm Dewatering System Startup Predicted Time to Achieve Targeted Ground Water 1 to 2 days Elevation 1—The dewatering effort for the wet well and pipeline trench excavations will also dewater the valve vault excavation 1/24/2011 Page 3 Dewatering Well Installation Drilling the dewatering wells will be performed using jetting techniques. An 8- inch borehole will be jetted to the specified well point design depths using an 18,000 pound Kamatsu PC 60 equipped with a jet. Filter pack will be installed around the well screen to approximately 10- feet above the top of screen by hand placing. Appendix B provides design calculations and grain size curves for the filter pack materials as well as certificates of filter material quality and gradation from the supplier. The annular space of the dewatering wells will be sealed by manually placing bentonite chips at the top of the well. The bentonite chips will be Enviroplug Medium and Coarse manufactured by WYO-Ben, Inc. Billings, Montana. Development water will be discharged to a water truck or grassy field or sanitary sewer to allow effluent to clean up. A well point system will generally only pump turbid water for approximately 20-30 minutes before it is pumping clean. Dewatering System Operation The well points will be connected to the vacuum pump using 1 1/2-inch diameter clear plastic tubing. Each well point will be outfitted with an adjustable valve to control the vacuum in each well point. The vacuum pump will be connected to the dewatering system header pipe using 8- inch diameter, PVC pipe. The vacuum will be adjusted at each well point so to not pump air through the clear plastic tubing. The vacuum pump will be a diesel powered Thompson 6-inch Piston Vacuum Well Point Pump, as described in Appendix D. Dewatering System Monitoring The effectiveness and operation of the dewatering system will be performed by installation of two monitoring wells. Monitoring wells will be designed and installed as follows: • Monitoring wells will have a 2-inch diameter well casing and screen. Monitoring well screen will be 3 feet long with machine -slotted PVC with 0.020-inch slot widths. • Monitoring wells will be installed with the screen bottom at an elevation of -3 feet. The bottom elevation of the screen will be adjusted during installation depending on the subsurface conditions actually encountered, so the screen interval will be within the sandy silt/silty sand alluvium. 1/24/2011 Page 4 • Drilling of monitoring wells will be performed using jetting techniques. An 8-inch borehole will be drilled to a depth of 29 feet below existing grade (elevation -3 feet) using a Kamatsu PC 60 excavator equipped with a jet rig. • Filter pack for the monitoring wells will consist of 10-20 Colorado silica sand. The filter pack will be installed around the well screen to approximately 10-feet above the top of the screen by hand placing. Appendix B provides, design calculations and grain -size curves for the filter pack materials as well as certificates of filter material quality and gradation from the supplier. • Monitoring wells will be sealed by hand placing bentonite chips using Enviroplug Bentonite Chips manufactured by WYO-BEN, Billings, Montana. Ground water levels will be monitored manually using a Durham Geo Slope Water Level Indicator. Construction Dewatering Effluent The discharge from each well point can be controlled by adjusting a valve in the well point vacuum line. Staggering the starts of dewatering each excavation is not advised because the drawdowns of the seven well points are additive over distance; i.e., dewatering the lift station wet well is dependent upon concurrently pumping the pipeline trench well points. Effluent from the dewatering system will be pumped into a Baker tank the sanitary sewer for an estimated 20-30 minutes following initial startup until the effluent cleans up. At that time the effluent will be diverted to the sanitary sewer as indicated in the Contract Drawings. The discharge location will be secured by a fence. Discharging piping will consist of 8-inch PVC. Discharge piping will be routed south and then east along the curb line so not to impede Park entrance traffic. The discharge piping will be protected from vehicle and equipment traffic by placing pipe in an excavation and covering it with road plates at crossing locations. Adequate ramping will be provided over the 8-inch diameter discharge pipe at the entrance to the Park maintenance building. Turbidity of discharge water will be monitored in advance with the discharge permit using a Hanna model HI 93703-11 portable turbidity meter. Well Decommissioning Prior to decommissioning, the Project Engineer will be notified and a notification of intent to decommission will be filed with Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology). The wells 1/24/2011 Page 5 will be decommissioned per Washington Department of Ecology specifications revised 12-21- 06. Contingency Plan If dewatering performance criteria described in the Special Provisions (including drawdown inside and outside of the excavation footprint) cannot be met using the dewatering system described above, additional design calculations will be completed based on the performance of the dewatering system and additional well points will be installed. Closure If you have any questions or require additional information, please contact Cleo Callen at 360- 384-5000 or via email (cleo@de-wateringservices.com). Cleo Callen Owner/Operations Manager January 24, 2011 References: Associated Earth Sciences (AES), 2011. Geotechnical Document Review/Supplemental Subsurface Exploration, Lake Washington Lift Station, Gene Coulon Park, Renton, Washington. January 12, 2011 letter report prepared for Kamins Construction, Bothell Washington. HWA GeoSciences, 2009. Preliminary Geotechnical Evaluation, Task 2. Lake Washington Lift Station, Renton, Washington. July 9, 2009 letter report to Carollo Engineers, Seattle, WA U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), 2004. Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC), Dewatering and Ground water Control, publication UFC 3-220-05. Attachments: Figure 1 Project Vicinity and Location Maps Appendix A Dewatering System Design Appendix B Filter Pack Information Appendix C Examples of Layout and Well Point Components 1/24/2011 Page 6 ,.✓�� PfdCJEGT sIE GENE MAOM YE7ACROLSE:CMP - LAKE'NA.s'NINGTGN .. t'A+' llKk HA47 dMei�V+ CEO CY r REFERENCE: 2010 GOOQE MAP VICINITY MAP NO SCALE RE FRENCL. 2ClU' G:JCGLF L-%R<.T,I LOCATION MAP NO SCALE Figure 1: Project Vicinity and Location Maps Source — Contract Drawing G-01, City of Renton Project WWP-27-3557 De -Watering SERVICES LLC 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) Mobile 360.319.2222 N Email cleo@de-wateringservices.com GENERAL NOTES' Lift Station Wet Well MQII� 8-Inch Sewer NEVNOTF9: Pipeline ®4y'' Valve 9 "OO.. • r, +I a;rr'"".a�.}..."°'n...nw....... .a,.. J �� r �0@sham. PIPING PLAN � BH-2 ® � LANE WABNINOTON BEACH Car te dR EN R OF TON LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT _ '�..l-�r-1 ^•+��r—w. snE AND PIPINGP C•� Figure A-1-. Approximate Locations of HWA & ESI Exploration Boreholes De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 �Y 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 SERVICES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) MI 0 Mobile 360.319.2222 — Email cleoOde-waterinaservices.com LAKE WASHINGTON BEACH LIFT STATION WET WELL DEWATERING SYSTEM DESIGN CALCULATIONS Intuit pr«ea1 t ( Q. HveatS furiXa dw«t[ pvmpn[ FULLY am PwRTiw LLY PE«ETRw Tr«G WELL Y awwvtrr wtll w�T« w ciwctn'ww aouwca y, h .. 1 II wwtwww. «-6 aw 1 t « -6•. w«awe 6' n wccou«rso row tosrw+w Q. rwoR as R UO r-�.-�R-•-.� wM[tpw/«I . faa FOR zi-E-Niuko wd row rib<La, «-6.=-�--, ew e.a <.6 < r.a, w«o ac.r �J Source. U.S. Department of Defense, 2004. Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC). Dewatenng and Groundwater Control, publication UFC 3-220A5. Input Parameters Notes Dewaterin Well as n Ground Surface EI. = 23 ft Vacuum intake 4 ft below rode Well Depth BGS • 26 It Initial Phreatic Surface El. = 22 ft Well Screen Length 3 ft Targeted Phreatic Surface El, at Distance r = 3 1t = 19 If Drawdown Well Screen Top BGS • 23 ft .18 It Arluifer Bottom LEI Well Screen Bottom BGS • 26 It op EI Well Screen = 0 It Design Wellhead Vacuum = -24 ft water • n HIF Well Screen Bottom El = -3 it Vacuum in Well - -24 It water Dewatering Well Pumping Rate Effective WL El In Well - 1 It Cw for 1 well = 4,064 cu ftlday • 21 gpm K = 10 1Gd From borehole 8 grain size data Glom for '-'-'4 wells - 84 gpm I ITT- Fig. 4.23 In DOD (2004) rw = 0.33 11= 4 inches Drawdown Solutions for rlh < 0.3 r = 12. ft Calculated at r 4.0 ft for 1 well Calculated Drawdown at r ft = 16.1 If for 4 wells Calculated Water Level at r ft = 5.9 It for 4 wells Intermediate Parameters C, = 0.2926 H = 40 ft GC = 0.0106 s = 15 ft P = 0.3032 t= 4 rlh • 0.33 Drawdown out ons or < < . Trialto adjust (ft) •Calculated Drawdown at r t -) = t or well 35.98 For r/h <0.3 Calculated Drewdown at r ft • Calculated Water Leval El at r ft = P = _ 15.5 ft for 6.5 It for 0.292 7 4 well 4 wells Calculated It to match ft 36.12 For On 0.6 35.18 or f/h > Mr-:= 342 n r.,i = 5.8 1.Ss/H = 0.6750 radians sin 1.Bs/H = 0.8249 raw own Solutions for r> R/r = 9.50 _ In R/r = 2.2513 Calculated Drawdown at r If (H-h) = Calculated Drewdown at r If -- 3.6 it for 15.3 ft tar 1 well 4 well R110r = 0.95 In R/10r =-0.0513 2.4H/R = 0.5421 n('2.41-1/R) _-0.1719 Calculated Water Level El at rft = 6.7 If for 4 wells R/34r = 0.28 In R134r =-1.2751 s/h = 0.42 s/H= 0.4 (3I1-1)a1.5= 0.2296 101R/H = 28.5000 In(IOR/H) = 3.3499 Figure A-2: Example Spreadsheet to Model Groundwater Drawdown and Discharge from a Partially Penetrating Well in an Unconfined Aquifer at the Lift Station Excavations De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 SERVICES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) - 360.474.0206 (Arlington) mij Mobile 360.319.2222 - Email cleo0de-waterinaservices.com U W F U v O f H Q w O F J_ M Q W f a W a IL O I- Z w_ U IL IL W O U 30 10,000 5,000 2,000 1,000 500 200 100 50 10 0.03 RADIUS OF INFLUENCE R IN FEET FOR ORAWOOWN (H - hw) = 10 FT 100 1,000 5,000 � 2 -� I k` I / I v �v / 5 I� Q (� R. H. AND hw ARE IN FT; k IS IN 10-4 CM/SEC IV h QI ~ IT I NOTE: CURVE RELATING k AND D10 FROM PUMPING TESTS. C.E. U.S_ ARMY 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 EFFECTIVE GRAIN S1ZE (0S0), MM 1. R DETERMINED WHEN ONLY D10 IS KNOWN. 2. R DETERMINED WHEN k IS KNOWN. RADIUS OF INFLUENCE, R. CAN BE ESTIMATED FOR BOTH ARTESIAN AND GRAVITY FLOWS BY R=C(H-hw)4—k ME WHERE R, H. AND hw ARE DEFINED PREVIOUSLY AND EXPRESSED IN FEET. COEFFICIENT OF PERMEABILITY, k, IS EXPRESSED IN 10'4 CM/SEC. AND C = 3 FOR ARTESIAN AND GRAVITY FLOWS TO A WELL. C = 1.5 TO 2.0 FOR A SINGLE LINE OF WELLPOINTS. THE VALUE OF R FOR (H - hw) = 10 FT CAN BE DE- TERMINED FROM THE PLOT HEREIN WHEN EITHER THE 010 SIZE OR PERMEABILITY OF THE MATERIAL IS KNOWN. THE VALUE OF R WHEN (H - hw) f 10 CAN BE DETERMINED BY MULTIPLYING THE R VALUE OBTAINED FROM THE PLOT BY THE RATIO OF THE ACTUAL VALUE OF (H — hW) TO 10 FT. Figure A-3: Figure 4-23 in DoD (2004) for Estimating the Radius of Influence R of a Pumped Well De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 SERVICES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) M I �� Mobile 360.319.2222 - Email cleo#de-waterinaservices.com Distance from Well Point■ Predicted .. . �- .• Figure A-4: Predicted Water Level Drawdown Versus Distance for One Well Point De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 SERVICES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) — 360.474.0206 (Arlington) w I ..... Mobile 360.319.2222 - Email cleo0de-waterinuservices.com Approx. Extent of Wet Well Excavation W4 1--ft---- 1 �i :12ft II I `w ----- '2rc-►W2 FAY k.' 5 ft W5 ft '6ft KEY NOTES: Q' w Approx. Extent of Valve Vault Excavation p--u-....��w.....� LEGEND ii i ; • W1 = Approx. Location of Dewatering Well 1 = Drawdown Calculation Point Pipe- line Trench 5 ft W6 \ 15ft 4c/� �I�%/ CITY OF cpF ce.�'.N i — — - _ _y -- � RENTON P—dw to Du�ltl-n Euh,n, 0 WA, Inc Fo. o 91 Co dl % Agm-m-nl .ee www b— cam AWny. V- fy S-I. Figure A-5: Well Point Dewatering System for Lift Station Excavations De -Watering SERVICES LLC SCALE 10 Ft LAKE WASHINGTOV SEACN OF STATION REPLACEMENT ENUViGED SITE PLAN 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) - 360.474.0206 (Arlington) Mobile 360.319.2222 - Email cleo0de-waterin4services.com Drawdown Calculation Points V112 W5 15 ft WIS 15 ft W7 5 ft ►-4--------►----------► 5 ft 11 W" WELD, 6-feet Wide Sewer Pipeline Trench 10 12 W3 ----------------------------------► 51 ft Figure A-6: Well Point Dewatering System for 8-Inch Sewer Pipeline Trench Excavation De -Watering 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 �y 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 S E RV I C ES L L C 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) N 360.474.0206 (Arlington) I ' Mobile 360.319.2222 — Email cleoRde-wateringservices.com De -Watering SERVICES LLC WET WELL EXCAVATION Calculation Point 1 2 3 4 Well Distance (ft) Drawdown (ft) Distance (ft) raw own (ft) Distance (ft) Drawdown (ft) Distance (ft) Lirawdown (ft) W1 9.0 4.5 9.0 4.5 19.5 3.1 19.5 3.1 W2 19.5 3.1 9.0 4.5 9.0 4.5 19.5 3.1 W3 19.5 3.1 19.5 3.1 9.0 4.5 9.0 4.5 W4 1 9.0 4.5 19.5 3.1 19.5 3.1 9.0 4.5 W5 25.5 2.6 17.0 3.3 9.5 4.3 21.0 2.9 W6 39.5 1.9 1 32.5 2.2 1 22.5 2.6 1 32.5 2.2 W7 54.0 1.3 46.5 1.6 37.3 1.9 46.5 1.5 Total Drawdown 20.9 22.2 24.2 21.8 Target Drawdown 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 VALVE VAULT EXCAVATION Calculation Point 5 6 7 8 Well is ance (ft) Drawdown (ft) Distance (ft) (ft) Drawdownr40. Distance Drawdown (ft) Distance (ft) Drawdown (ft) W1 10.3 4.3 19.7 3.1 2.9 12.3 3.9 W2 14.5 3.6 15.5 3.5 4.6 6.0 5.1 W3 28.5 2.4 33.0 2.2 2.6 21.0 2.9 W4 26.7 2.5 35.0 2.0 2.2 23.0 2.8 W5 23.0 2.8 22.7 2.7 3.6 14.5 3.6 W6 37.0 1.9 35.0 2.0 2.5 29.0 2.4 W7 52.0 1.4 49.0 1.5 1.8 44.0 1.7 Total Drawdown 18.7 16.920.1 22.2 Target Drawdown 5.8 5.85.8 5.8 PIPELINE TRENCH EXCAVATION Calculation Point 9 10 11 12 Well Distance (ft) Drawdown (ft) Distance (ft) Drawdown (ft) Distance (ft) Drawdown (ft) Distance (ft) Drawdown (ft) W1 41.0 2.0 42.0 1.8 67.0 0.9 67.5 0.9 W2 24.5 2.7 26.5 2.6 49.5 1.5 51.0 1.4 W3 22.0 2.9 20.0 3.0 46.5 1.5 45.5 1.6 W4 39.5 1.9 37.5 1.9 64.5 0.9 63.5 1.0 W5 15.7 3.5 18.5 3.2 41.5 1.8 42.5 1.7 W6 5.0 5.3 1 11.0 4.1 1 26.5 2.5 1 28.5 2.3 W7 15.7 3.5 18.5 3.2 12.0 3.9 15.5 3.5 Total Drawdown 21.5 19.6 12.8 12.2 Target Drawdown 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Table A-1: Drawdown Predictions for the Three Excavations 1350 Slater Rd. Suite #9, Ferndale, WA 98248 4103 241st NE, Arlington, WA 98223-9015 360.384.5000 (Ferndale) - 360.474.0206 (Arlington) Mobile 360.319.2222 N Email cleoCdide-waterinnservices.com Appendix A — Dewatering System Design This appendix provides the details for the design of the dewatering system for the construction of the Lake Washington Beach Lift Station wet well, valve vault, and the associated 51 feet of fl- inch diameter sewer pipeline shown on Contract Plan Sheets M-01, M-02, and C-06. The project location is shown on Figure 1 of the main text. The site plan is shown on Figure A-1 of this appendix. Plan Sheet M-01 indicates that the foundation of the finished wet well will be 10 feet in diameter. The goal for dewatering the lift station wet well excavation is to lower the ground water surface 3 feet below the bottom of the 21-foot deep excavation which, per Plan Sheet M- 01 in the plan set, is 3 feet below a layer of crushed base course the bottom of which is to be at an elevation of 6 feet. Thus the target elevation for dewatering the lift station wet well excavation is 3 feet. We understand that the 21-foot deep wet well excavation will be approximately 12 by 12 feet in cross section and will be supported by shoring. Plan Sheet M-02 indicates that the finished valve vault will be 7 by 7 feet in cross section. The goal for dewatering the valve vault excavation is to lower the ground water surface 3 feet below the bottom of the 7.75-foot deep excavation which, per Plan Sheet M-02 in the plan set, is 3 feet below a layer of crushed base course the bottom of which is to be at an elevation of 19.25 feet. Thus the target elevation for dewatering the valve vault excavation is 16.25 feet. We understand that the width and length of the valve vault excavation will be only a few feet greater than the dimensions of the valve vault because of its close proximity to the Limits of Contractor's Operations (Figure A-1). Fifty one feet of 8-inch diameter sewer pipe are to be placed at the site. Plan Sheet C-06 indicates that the base of the pipeline will be at an elevation of approximately 16 feet. Assuming that one foot of granular bedding will be placed under the pipe, dewatering the pipeline trench excavation will be to an elevation of 12 feet. General Design Parameters and Assumptions We understand that dewatering operations for the lift station wet well, valve vault, and pipeline trench excavations will occur concurrently. For our design we assumed that the pipeline trench excavation will be 6 feet wide to accommodate a trench box or shoring. Two geotechnical reports (HWA GeoSciences, 2009; AES, 2011) are specific to the site. For our design we assumed that the soils data in the two geotechnical reports are applicable to the locations of the lift station, valve vault, and pipe trench alike. The borehole logs and particle Page A-1 size analyses from the geotechnical report are included at the end of this appendix. The information in the geotechnical reports and project plans indicates the following aquifer parameters: Ground surface elevation Elevation of the water table surface Base elevation of aquifer Estimated hydraulic conductivity 27 feet —22 feet as evidenced by wet strata in AES borehole log EB-1 on 12/23/2010 -18 feet at the contact with a 5-foot thick organic silt horizon 0.002 to 0.005 cm/sec = 6 to 14 feet/day — typical values for a sandy silt/silty sand aquifer (DoD, 2004) The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (DoD, 2004) presents equations to estimate the discharge and drawdown produced by a partially penetrating well point in an unconfined aquifer. We used a spreadsheet model based on those equations to evaluate pumping rates necessary to dewater the lift station excavation. Figure A-2 illustrates the physical system the spreadsheet model represents, presents the equations upon which the model is based, and presents an example model output specific to this project. Because the equations to calculate drawdown, h, at distance, r, from a pumped well require h as in input, it is necessary to iterate on trial values of h input into the model until achieving an agreement between the trial input and calculated output values of h. The spreadsheet model also requires an estimate of the radius of influence, R, of the pumped well; we used Figure A-3 (taken from DoD, 2004) to estimate the radius of influence of a pumped well point at the project site to be approximately 114 feet assuming a hydraulic conductivity of 10 feet/day (the mean of 6 to 14 feet/day). The distance from the lift station to the shoreline of Lake Washington is approximately 620 feet; thus dewatering the lift station excavation should not draw water from the lake. For the dewatering system design, we assumed that the vacuum pump intake and header system connected to the well points would be located 4 feet below existing grade (i.e., at an elevation of 23 feet) so that the water in a well point could be vacuum lifted to the header and then routed to the system discharge point. Dewatering Design for the Lift Station Excavations Using the spreadsheet model, we evaluated the potential for a well point system to concurrently dewater the three excavations using a vacuum pumping system capable of producing a minimum of 24 feet of water lift (21 inches of mercury vacuum). The diesel Page A-2 powered Thompson 6-inch piston vacuum well point pumps specified for the project are rated at 29 inches of mercury vacuum (25.6 feet of water vacuum) which should adequately produce a minimum of 24 feet of water vacuum. Figure A-4 illustrates the predicted water level drawdown at distance up to 70 feet from one 3- inch diameter well point set in an 8-inch diameter jetted borehole to a total depth of 26 feet below grade (30 feet below original grade) with the screen between 23 and 26 feet below constructed grade (elevations 0 and -3 feet) and a vacuum applied to the well point set to hold the water level adjacent to the borehole higher than the top of the well screen so to not draw air into the dewatering system. Air in a well point discharge line would indicate too much vacuum being applied. Figures A-5 and A-6 illustrate the dewatering system well point configuration for the site. For the optimized dewatering system design, we located four well points each at 12 feet from the center of the lift station excavation to allow at least 6 feet of clearance from the excavation for personnel and equipment access. We also located three dewatering wells each set at 5 feet from the edge of the pipeline trench at distances of 5, 25, and 40 feet southwest from the wet well foundation (Figure A-6). Using Figure A-4, we estimated the total drawdown produced by each of the seven dewatering wells at 12 critical points around the areas to be excavated. The 12 calculation points are depicted on Figures A-5 and A-6. Through the principle of superposition, the predicted drawdowns produced by the seven well points at each of the 12 calculation points are additive. Table A-1 presents the data used to predict the total drawdown at the 12 calculation points. The data in Table A-1 indicate that the designed seven -well -point dewatering system will achieve the targeted drawdown across each excavation area. The predicted steady state discharge from each well point is 21 gallons per minute. The total discharge would be approximately 150 gpm for the seven -well -point dewatering system. Water discharge during system startup may be up to 1.5 times greater — approximately 225 gpm. The target water level elevations at each excavation should be achieved within one to two days of system startup because of the small radius of influence of the well points. Use of This Appendix Norm Nielsen, a Washington licensed hydrogeologist, prepared this appendix for the exclusive use of De -Watering Services LLC and Kamins Construction for specific application to the design of the proposed dewatering system for the Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement project located in Renton, Washington. Use of this appendix by others or for another project is at the user's sole risk. Within the limitations of scope, schedule, and budget, my services have been conducted in accordance with generally accepted practices of the hydrogeology Page A-3 profession; no other warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to the professional analyses, calculations, and recommendations included in this appendix. The analyses, conclusions, and recommendations contained in this appendix are based on site conditions at the time of and to the limited depths of the site explorations and review of published geological information for the site. In preparing this appendix I assume that the explorations are representative of the subsurface conditions throughout the site. If variations in subsurface conditions are encountered during construction, I should be notified for review of the design parameters, calculations, and recommendations of this appendix, and revision of such if necessary. If there is a substantial lapse of time between submission of this appendix and the start of construction, or if conditions change due to construction operations either on or off the site, I recommend that I review this report to determine the applicability of the conclusions and recommendations contained herein. The site contractors are responsible to perform all work in conformance with all applicable WISHA/OSHA regulations. I should not be assumed to be responsible for job site safety on this project, and this responsibility is specifically disclaimed. a o� Washl- a r it JJ 73 7��j��h n� �Qd Ge. NORMAN C. NIELSEN January 23, 2011 Norm Nielsen, LHG, LG Geologist/Hydrogeologist Page A-4 References: Associated Earth Sciences (AES), 2011. Geotechnical Document Review/Supplemental Subsurface Exploration, Lake Washington Lift Station, Gene Coulon Park, Renton, Washington. January 12, 2011 letter report prepared for Kamins Construction, Bothell Washington. HWA GeoSciences, 2009. Preliminary Geotechnical Evaluation, Task 2. Lake Washington Lift Station, Renton, Washington. July 9, 2009 letter report to Carollo Engineers, Seattle, WA U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), 2004. Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC), Dewatering and Groundwater Control, publication UFC 3-220-05. Attachments: Figure A-1: Approximate Location of HWA & ESA Exploration Boreholes Figure A-2: Example Spreadsheet to Model Groundwater Drawdown and Discharge from a Partially Penetrating Well in an Unconfined Aquifer at the Lift Station Excavation Figure A-3: Figure 4-23 in DoD (2004) for Estimating the Radius of Influence R of a Pumped Well Figure A-4: Predicted Water Level Drawdown Versus Distance for One Well Point Figure A-5: Well Point Dewatering System for Lift Station Excavations Figure A-6: Well Point Dewatering System for 8-Inch Sewer Pipeline Trench Excavation Table 1: Drawdown Predictions for the Three Excavations HWA GeoSciences' (2009) borehole logs Associated Earth Sciences (2011) log of borehole EB-1 HWA GeoSciences' (2009) particle size analysis data Page A-5 RELATIVE DENSITY OR CONSISTENCY VERSUS SPT N-VALUE COHIESIONLESS SOILS COHESIVE SOILS Approximate Density IN(blowal t) Approximate Consistency N (blowsHt) Undrained Shear Relative Density(%) Strength (psf) Very Loose 0 to 4 0 - 15 Very Soft 0 to 2 -250 Loose 4 to 10 15 - 35 Soft 2 to 4 250 - 5W Medium Dense 10 to 30 35 - 65 Medium Stiff 4 to 8 Wo - 1000 Dense 30 to 50 65 - 85 Stiff 8 to 15 1000 - 2000 Very Dense over 50 e5 - 100 Very Stiff 15 to 30 2000 - 40DO Hard over-30 >4000 USCS SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP DESCRIPTIONS Gravel and Clean Gravel S. GW Walgraded GRAVEL Coarse Grained Gravelly Soils (little or no fines) GP Poorly -graded GRAVEL Soils o More than 50% of Coarse Gravel with a GM Silty GRAVEL Fraction Retained Fines (appreciable on No. 4 Sieve amount of fines) GC Clayey GRAVEL Sand and Clean Sand SW Webgradad SAND More than Sandy Soils (little or no fines) .�� SP Poody9radedSAND 50% Retained Sand with ;.' SM Silty SAND on No. 50% or More of Coarse 200 Sieve Fines (appreciable Fraction Passing Size amount Mlles) SC Clayey SAND No. 4 Sieve ML SILT Fine Sitt CL Lean CLAY Grained and Liquid Limit Soils Less than 50% Clay _ — OL Organic SILT/Orgardc CLAY MH Elastic SILT 50% or More Slit Liquid Limd Passing an 50% or More CH Fat CLAY No. 200 Sieve Clay Size OH Organic SILT/O%a-kCLAY Highly Organic Soils PT PEAT r tr COMPONENT DEFINITIONS COMPONENT SIZE RANGE Boulders Larger then 12 In Cobbles 3 In to 12 in Gravel 3 In to No 4 (4.5mm) Coarse gravel 3 in to 314 In Fine gravel 3/4 In to No 4 (4.5mm) Sand No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) Coarse send No. 4 (4.5 mm) to No. 10 (2.0 mm) Medium sand No, 10 (10 mm) to No. 40 (0.42 mm) Fine sand No. 40 (0.42 mm) to No. 200 (0.074 mm) Silt and Clay Smaller than No. 200 (0.074mm) TEST SYMBOLS %F Percent Fines AL Atterberg Limits: PL = Plastic Limit LL = Liquid Limit CBR California Bearing Ratio CN Consolidation DO Dry Density (pcf) DS Direct Shear GS Grain Size Distribution K Permeability MO Moisture/Density Relationship (Proctor) MR Resilient Modulus PID Photcionization Device Reading PP Pocket Penetrometer Approx. Compressive Strength (tsf) SG Specific Gravity TO Tdaxtal Compression TV Torvane Approx. Shear Strength (tsf) UC Unconfined Compression SAMPLE TYPE SYMBOLS ®2. 0" OD Split Spoon (SPT) Ib. hammer with 30 in. drop) I(140 Shelby Tube 3-1/4" OD Split Spoon with Brass Rings OSmall Bag Sample 0 Large Bag (Bulk) Sample nCore Run Non-standard Penetration Test (3.0" OD split spoon) GROUNDWATER SYMBOLS Q_ Groundwater Level (measured at time of drilling) 1 Groundwater Level (measured In well or open hole after water level stabilized) COMPONENT PROPORTIONS PROPORTION RANGE DESCRIPTIVE TERMS < 5% Clean 5 -12%n Slightly (Clayey, Silly, Sandy) 12-30% Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly 30-50% Very (Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly) Components are arranged In order of Increasing quantities. NOTES: Soil classifications presented on exploration logs are based on visual and laboratory observation. Soil descriptions are presented in the following general order: Density/consistency, color, modifier (if any) GROUP NAME, additions to group name (if any), moisture content Proportion, gradation, and angularity of constituents, additional comments. (GEOLOGIC INTERPRETATION) Please refer to the discussion In the report text as well as the exploration logs for a more complete description of subsurface conditions. 1 HWAGEOSCIENCES INC. Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 MOISTURE CONTENT DRY Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch. MOIST Damp but no visible water. WET Visible free water, usually soil Is below water table. LEGEND OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS USED ON EXPLORATION LOGS PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-1 LEGEND 2009058.GPJ 6/18/09 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan _ DRILLING METHOD. HSA DATE STARTED: 05/15/2009 11:DO: 00 AM SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 05/15/2009 2:00:00 PM SURFACE ELEVATION: 27.00 t feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney 5 1 10 I 15 1 20 1 25 DESCRIPTION SM Organic rich topsoil. Dense, brown to gray, silty, fine to medium SAND with trace fine gravel, moist. [FILL] Driller Notes: Boulder encountered, difficult to maintain ------------------------- vertical orientation in ddil stem. Very loose, black, sandy, fine, angular to sub angular, COAL clasts, wet. [COAL FILL] SM Very loose, gray, silty, fine SAND with lenses of medium to coarse sand, wet. [ALLUVIUM] V. Becoming Silty Loose, dark gray, silty, SAND to sandy SILT, wet. Fine to coarse [ALLUVIUM] Becoming Medium Dense Ddler Notes: Couple Inches of heave adds water w U W M z LLJ }a z L U) Fw- O W ul z_ 3 0 w rn <n a 8 O 0 N S-1 3-14-16 S-2 4-7-11 N S-3 2-5-5 S-4 0-1-2 GS S-5 1-1-1 S-6 0-0-2 GS S-7 0-0-7 S-8 3-6-13 XS-9 7-8-7 30 For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated N. and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. M Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) ♦ Blows per foot 10 20 30 40 a LI 50 �r0 I-- 5 F-10 1 i— 20 1 F 25 I f L 30 0 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit 1--0 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content BORING: Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-1 IMGEOSCIENCES INC. PAGE: 1 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-2 BORING 2009058.GPJ 6/24/09 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 05/15/2009 11:00:00 AM SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 05/15/2009 2:00:00 PM SURFACE ELEVATION: 27.00 f feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney DESCRIPTION 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 - Terminated at51.5 feet bgs. Ground water encountered at feet bgs. 1 55 - w U ZLu a Z y F F O W Z d a- g g o Z) U) U)i a 8 O 0 0 XS-10 3-6-8 NS-11 2-7-12 , XS-13 0-2-5 ® S-14 5.9-11 60 — For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date Indicated and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times and/or locations. Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) . Blows per foot 2 10 20 30 40 50 O . r30 1-35 1 1--40 1 55 1 L 60 0 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit 1 —0 { Liquid Limit Natural Water Content BORING: 1 Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-1 HMGEOSCIENCES INC. PAGE: 2 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-2 BORING 2009058.GPJ 6124/09 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan DRILLING METHOD: HSA DATE STARTED: 05/15/2009 SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO DATE COMPLETED: 06/15/2009 SURFACE ELEVATION: 31.00 t feet LOGGED BY: D. Maloney 0 SP DESCRIPTION Pavement - 4 Inches m w v Z w Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) z m 5 o ♦ Blows per foot w w a Q. w( � w Z _= Q� W o K W w m v5 a 8 O 0 ., .,. .... .,. �.. O S-1 2-2-1 Very loose, olive -brown, fine to medium SAND, moist. 5 [FILL] S-2 1-1-1 1 10- 15- 1 20 - 25 - 1-5 ............................. ---------- S3 0-1-1 GS . I�i1Jl Very loose, black, sandy, fine, angular to sub angular, COAL S-4 1-2-2 ° 10 ciasts, wet ' [COAL FILL] ML S-5 0-1-1 , .............�.. SM Driller Notes: Wet Rods at 15 feet. Very soft, gray, sandy, SILT with lenses of medium to coarse S-6 0-1-1 GS 15 sand, wet. ....:....:....:....:....:... [ALLUVIUM] Medium Dense, gray, silty, fine to coarse SAND with trace S-7 3-8-8 fine gravel, wet. � N XS-8 2-3-9 30 J uLi.0 For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date Indicated and therefore may not necessarily be Indicative of other times and/or locations. 1 20 40 80 RO V Water Content (%) Plastic Limit 1 0--{ Liquid Limit Natural Water Content 1- 20 1 1- 25 1 D`30 ww BORING: ` Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-2 1 HMGEOSCIENCES INC. PAGE: 1 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-3 BORING 2009058.GPJ 6/24109 DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling, Inc DRILLING METHOD: HSA SAMPLING METHOD: SPT-AUTO SURFACE ELEVATION: 31.00 t feet 0 w Lu U0.co ? z v h JO w H Co U) (0 J a w a w Lu o o N DESCRIPTION ai (n nw. g O 30 S-9 5-8-10 ° Gp Note: No recovery, resampled using modified California sampler Medium dense, gray, sandy, fine to coarse GRAVEL, wet. Terminated at 31.5 feet bgs. No Groundwater observed in hole. 1 35 - 1 40- 1 45 - 1 50 - 1 55 - 1 60 - For a proper understanding of the nature of subsurface conditions, this exploration log should be read in conjunction with the text of the geotechnical report. NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date Indicated and therefore may not necessarily be Indlcative of other times and/or locations. LOCATION: See Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan DATE STARTED: 05/1612009 DATE COMPLETED: 05/15/2009 LOGGED BY: D. Maloney Standard Penetration Test (140 lb. weight, W' drop) o A Blanc per foot Z = � w° U 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 � 30 — 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 Water Content (%) Plastic Limit 1 0 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content BORING: Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 BH-2 HMGEOSaENCES INC. PAGE: 2 of 2 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: A-3 BORING 2009058.GPJ 6124/09 ° o Well -graded gravel and Terms Describing Relative Density and Consistency pogo GW gravel with sand, little to Density SPT(2)blows/foot m o a no fines Very Loose 0 to 4 Coarse- o° o° o 0 o o° ° o GP Poorly -graded gravel d 'm_ m> 0 05 u- m Loose 4 to 10 Grained Soils Medium Dense 10 to 30 Test Symbols in w ° 00000 ° and gravel with sand, Dense 30 to 50 o o ; d ° o ° ° o ° little to no fines Very Dense >50 G = Grain Size N 6 a z b e ° ° 00000 M = Moisture Content Consistency SPT(�lblows/foot A= Afterberg Limits , p c v Silty gravel and silty Very Soft 0 to 2 C= Chemical o �i w c ° ° p GM gravel with sand Fine- Soft 2 to 4 DD = Dry Density Grained Soils C ro p N LL Medium Stiff 4 to 8 K = Permeability cc o Stiff 8 to 15 ° Clayey gravel and Very Stiff 15 to 30 o@ N NI GC clayey gravel with sand Hard >30 to Component Definitions Well -graded sand and Descriptive Term Size Range and Sieve Number L o U SW sand with gravel, little Boulders Larger than 1T d : to no fines Cobbles 3" to 12" 1° ` m m Gravel 3" to No. 4 (4.75 mm) :: Poorly -graded sand rnn > L) V° ` _ SP and sand with gravel, Coarse Gravel 3" to 3/4" Fine Gravel 3/4" to No. 4 (4.75 mm) c o a d d little to no fines Sand No. 4 (4.75 mm) to No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0 z Coarse Sand No. 4 (4.75 mm) to No. 10 (2.00 mm) N sand and Silty tY Medium Sand No. 10 (2.00 mm) to No. 40 (0.425 mm) @ SM silty sand with Fine Sand No. 40 (0.425 mm) to No. 200 (0.075 mm) L) o n gravel Silt and Clay Smaller than No. 200 (0.075 mm) u� ^� sC Clayey sand and (3) Estimated Percentage Moisture Content - clayey sand with gravel Percentage by Dry - Absence of moisture, Component Weight dusty, dry to the touch Trace <5 Slightly Moist - Perceptible moisture Silt, sandy silt, gravelly silt, d o ML silt with sand or ravel g Few 5 to 10 > Little 15 to 25 Moist - Damp but no visible �n N = With Non -primary coarse water 00 `° N constituents: > 15% Very Moist - Water visible but Clay of low to medium C\jd v plasticity; silty, Sandy, or - Fines content between not free draining z r C� gravelly clay, lean clay 5% and 15% Wet -Visible free water, usu a((Y a) from below water table a =— Organic clay or silt of low Symbols T _ — oil. plasticity Blows/6" or 0 _—_ Sampler portion of 6" Cement grout ° = Type surface seal Elastic silt, clayey silt, silt " Sampler Type 2.0 OD o o y MH with micaceous or Split -Spoon ib Description c4) Bentonite seal o N diatomaceous fine sand or A Sampler P 3.0" OD Split Spoon Sampler - : Filter pack with o cTv ° (SPT) 3.25" OD Split -Spoon Ring Sampler (4) ; := blank casing Clay of high plasticity, Y 9 P tY, rn m U o c CH sandy or gravelly clay, fat _ Bulk sample 3.0" OD Thin Wall Tube Sampler section Screened casing E clay with sand or gravel (including Shelby tube) or Hydrotip with filter pack Grab Sample - End cap _c%%�i�� Organic clay or silt of o Portion not recovered �;%;% OH medium to high (1) (4) Percentage by dry weight Depth of ground water plasticity (2) (SPT) Standard Penetration Test (ASTM D-1586) 1 ATD = At time of drilling (3) g Static water level (date) In General Accordance with > y Peat, muck and other rn c o, o PT highly organic soils Standard Practice for Description (� Combined USCS symbols used for =O� and Identification of Soils (ASTM D-2488) fines between 5%and 15% Classifications of soils In this report are based on visual field and/or laboratory observations, which include density/consistency, moisture condition, grain size, and plasticity estimates and should not be construed to imply field or laboratory testing unless presented herein. Visual -manual and/or laboratory classification methods of ASTM D-2487 and D-2488 were used as an identification guide for the Unifled Soil Classification System. m Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. EXPLORATION LOG KEY FIGURE Al +� a a Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Exploration Log IM � Q AIM Project Number Exploration Number Sheet 12 19W KE100406A EB-1 1 of 1 Project Name Lake Washington Lift Station at Gene Coulon Park Ground Surface Elevation (ft) Location Renton. Washington Datum N/A Driller/Equipment Holocene Drilling Date Start/Finish 1212y1n 19own1n Hammer Weight/Drop 140# / 30" Hole Diameter (in) (D t N °' J y Blows/Foot w N ) a a� S E T m 25. 0E y o — r DESCRIPTION " m 3 10 20 30 40 ° 0-1" Asphalt Pavement Fill S-1 Moist, ra , sil SAND to sand SILT, trace cla ,few ravel. _ _ _ _ — - --- �y— -- --y----Y--�-- J 17 15 15 3o 5 Coal Fill S-2 Coarse coal sand in bottom 6" 30% recovery. 5 4 As Wet, gray silty fine SAND to fine sandy SILT 70% recovery. 2 S-3 upper 2" coal or organics, wet, dark_gray_veryfine sandy SILT._ _ _ _ - — — — — 2 Alluvium 3 6 3 10 S 4 Wet, gray, fine to medium SAND, some silt 30% recovery 1 A14 s 8 S-5 Wet, gray, medium -coarse sand, few gravel 50% recovery Bottom -1" 6 Al! olive gray silty fine SAND 8 7 15 S-6 Wet, gray, medium to coarse SAND, top 5". Brown/gray SILT with some o A3 fine SAND 80% recovery. 1 2 S-7 Wet, gray, coarse SAND, top 8". Wet, gray, fine to medium SAND, bottom 6 14" 80% recovery 13 30 17 20 S-8 Water added at 20 ft. 3 A Wet, gray, fine to medium SAND, occasional coarse SAND 90% recovery. 4 t 12 6-8" heave 25 S-9 Wet, gray, medium SAND, some coarse sand, little silt (possibly in a seam 3 Ag or pocket) 80% recovery a 5 6" heave 30 S-10 Wet, gray, medium SAND, little silt. Bottom 2" - wood chips and fine sandy 5 �t2 SILT 100%recovery- 6 6 Driller reported gravel layer at 34 ft 35 S-11 Wet, gray medium SAND, occasional coarse sand, bottom 2" layer of 6 A14 gravel then sandy SILT with occasional gravel 70% recovery. 6 8 40 S-12 Wet, olive gray, medium to coarse SAND, with few gravel 30% recovery. 0 10 120 41 --------------------------- 21 Bottom of exploration boring at 41 5 feet Sampler Type (ST): m 2" Ob Split Spoon Sampler (SPT) No Recovery M - Moisture Logged by: DJB 3" OD Split Spoon Sampler (D & M) Ring Sample V Water Level () Approved by: ® Grab Sample Shelby Tube Sample 1 Water Level at time of drilling (ATD) U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES 3/4" 3" 1-1/2" 5/8" 3/8" #4 #10 #20 #40 #60 #100 #200 100 I I I I I 1 i I I 90 I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 80 = I I I I I I I I I I 70 I I I I I I I I I m so I I I I I I I I I I W 50 Z I I I I I I I I IL ( I I I I I I I I I I I F- 40 — - Z W U I I I I I I I I I 30 W I I I I I I I I I I d I I I I I I I I I 20 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0 Ll 50 10 5 1 0.5 0.1 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 0.0005 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS GRAVEL SAND SILT CLAY Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine SYMBOL SAMPLE DEPTH (ft) CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name % MC LL PL pl Gravel Sand 0 Fines • BH-1 S-4 10.0 - 11.5 (SM) Very dark brown, silty SAND 33 1.8 74.7 23.5 ■ BH-1 S-6 15.0 - 16.5 (ML) Dark olive brown, SILT 66 0.0 8.7 91.3 ♦ BH-2 S-3 7.5 - 9.0 (SM) Brown, silty SAND 26 5.3 75.5 19.3 PARTICLE -SIZE ANALYSIS Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 OF SOILS HWAGEOSCIENCES INC. METHOD ASTM D422 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: B-� tIWAGRSZ 2009058.GPJ 6124/09 U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES 3/4" 3" 1-1/2" 5/8" 3/8" #4 #10 #20 #40 #60 #100 #200 100 IT I I I I I I I I I 90 I I I I I I 1 I I I 80 I I I I I I I I I I = I I I I I I I I I I C7 70 w I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I m 60 w I I I I I I I I I 50 Z IL I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I F- 40 Z I I I I I I I I I I w U I I I I I I I I I I 30 w I I I I I I I I I I 20 I I I I I I I I I I 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0 50 10 5 1 0.5 0.1 0"05 0.01 0.005 0.001 0.0005 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS GRAVEL SAND SILT CLAY Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine SYMBOL SAMPLE DEPTH (ft) CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name % MC LL PL pl Gravel Sand Fines • BH-2 S-6 15.0 - 16.5 (ML) Dark olive gray, SILT 43 0.1 13.0 86.9 PARTICLE -SIZE ANALYSIS 1 Renton Lift Stations Phase 1 OF SOILS HWAGEOSCIENCESINC. METHOD ASTM D422 PROJECT NO.: 2009-058-21 FIGURE: B-2 HWAGRSZ 200905II.GPJ 8/24/09 Michael A Benoit To: Chad Kamins Cc: Tyler Whitehouse Subject: FW: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Mix Design Attachments: N Everett - Half Inch HMA D-345 2010.pdf; Kenmore - Half Inch HMA B-335 Commercial 2010.pdf; ARMOR SEAL.pdf Importance: High Chad, The City of Renton takes no exception to the submittals for HMA %". The City of Renton takes no exception to the submittal of the Armor A-100 sealer submitted, subject to submittal of laboratory report determining aggregate / emulsion amounts to meet the rate of application specified. nMLc�aeL A. F'eweit Project Manager Wastewater Utility City of Renton (425) 430-7206 From: Chad Kamins[mailto:chadC&kaminsconstruction.coml Sent: Friday, March 18, 2011 8:01 AM To: Michael A Benoit Subject: FW: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Mix Design Importance: High Here are the asphalt submittals. Chad From: Fidalgo Paving & Construction, LLC [maiIto: office@fidalgopaving.coml Sent: Thursday, March 17, 2011 4:14 PM To: Kamins Construction Subject: Lake Washington Beach Lift Station Replacement Mix Design Importance: High Mix Design for comment and approval Mary @ Ficlalgo Paving & Construction, LLC 16825 45 Road Arlington, WA 98223 Ph:360-652-2380 Fax:360-652-2480 Michael A Benoit From: Michael A Benoit Sent: Tuesday, May 04, 2010 8:10 AM To: 'Tyler Whitehouse' Subject: RE: Lake Washington Beach 2010 version should be good. In= From: Tyler Whitehouse Imailto:TWhitehouse(s:bcarollo.coml Sent: Monday, May 03, 2010 4:33 PM To: Michael A Benoit Cc: Brian Casey Subject: RE: Lake Washington Beach Mike, We do not have a "master" specification for slurry seal, but I have some examples and this document is a good start. There is a 2010 version on the ISSA website I will use, unless there is something specific in this 1991 version that you prefer? We will either incorporate as a new section/supplement in the Renton specs or we will add to Div 10. 1 see that WSDOT specs do cover seal coats but their requirements are slightly different. Thanks, Tyler Whitehouse Carollo Engineers 1218 Third Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 Office: 206-684-6532 Fax: 206-903-0419 twhitehouse(&carollo.com From: Michael A Benoit jmailto:MbenoitCabRentonwa.govl Sent: Friday, April 30, 2010 9:04 AM To: Tyler Whitehouse Subject: Lake Washington Beach Tyler Here is the "spec' we got for slurry seal. This is probably more than we want in the specifications. Do you have a slurry seal specification that you have used before? We were looking at a grading / mix design for a Type I that will give us a good layer to cover existing. Thanks Mike aP =qay International Slurry Surfacing Association D RECOMMENDED PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES A105 (revised) Z FOR EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SLURRY SEAL Oct. 1991 q-D-"__ 1101 Connecticut Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036 SSOCI AZ�O NOTICE It is not intended or recommended that these guidelines be used as specifications. They will, hopefully, be an aid in helping user agencies establish better specifications. Users should understand that almost all areas vary as to the availability of aggregate and emulsions. Efforts should be made to find out what materials are available and how compatible they are. Feel free to contact the ISSA for answers to any questions and also for a list of ISSA contractors and companies who could assist. 1. SCOPE 4.1.2 QUALITY TESTS The intent of this guideline is to aid in the.design, TEST QUALITY SPEC - - testing methods, quality control, measurement and AASHTO T59 Residue after payment procedures for: the application of. Emulsified:. ... o . Asphalt Slurry. Seal Surfacing. ASTM D244 Distillation 60 /o mini 2. DESCRIPTION The slurry Seal shall consist of a mixture of an approved emulsified asphalt, mineral aggregate, water and specified additives, proportioned, mixed and uniformly spread over a properly prepared surface as directed by the Buyers Authorized Representative (B.A.R.). The completed slurry seal shall leave a homogeneous mat, adhere firmly to the prepared surface, and have a friction resistant surface texture throughout its service life, 3. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 GENERAL There are agencies and testing methods listed in the appendix (see Appendix A) which form a part of this guideline. It is not normally required to run all tests on every project. Some tests are expensive and take a substan- tial time to conduct. If the materials to be used on the project have a past record of good performance, the requirements for testing may be decreased. Paving authorities are often familiar with local materials and should be able to furnish information which would mini- mize the amount of testing required. 4. MATERIALS 4.1 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT TEST ON RESIDUE AASHTO T49 Penetration at *40-90 ASTM 2397 77°F (25°C) . `Climate conditions should be considered when estab- lishing this band. Each load. of emulsified asphalt shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysis/compliance to assure that it is the same as that used in the mix design.. 4.2 AGGREGATE 4.2.1- GENERAL. The mineral aggregate used. .shall: be the type and grade specified for the particular use of the slurry seal. The -aggregate shall be manufactured crushed stone such as granite, slag, limestone, chat, or other high quality aggregate, or combination thereof. To assure the material is totally crushed, 1000/o of the parent aggregate will be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to be used. 4.2.2 QUALITY TESTS. When tested according to the following tests, the aggregate will meet these requirements. TEST"' QUALITY SPEC AASHTO T176 Sand Equivalent 45 min ASTM D2419 AASHTO T104 Soundness 15% max using ASTM C88 NA2 SO4 or 25% max using MgSO4. AASHTO T96 Abrasion 35% max The emulsified asphalt shall conform to Grade _ ASTM C131 Resistance (SS-1, SS-1h, CSS-1, CSS-1h, COS-1h, Quick Set Mixing Grade) as specified in (ASTM D977, D2397, The abrasion test is to be run on the aggregate before AASHTO M140 and M208). The cement mixing test is it is crushed. waived. The aggregate should meet approved polishing values. L 1991 by International Slurry Surfacing Association. No reproduction of any kind may be made without permission of ISSA 4.2.3 GRADING. When tested in accordance to AASHTO T27 (ASTM C136) and ASSHTO T11 (ASTM C117), the target (mix design) aggregate gradation (including the mineral filter) shall be within one of the following bands (or of one currently recognized by your local paving authority): ISSA Type I Type II Type III Percent Percent Percent Stockpile Sieve Size Passing Passing Passing Tolerance 'A (9.5 mm) 100 100 100 #4 (4.75 mm) 100 90-100 70-90 + or - 5% #8 (2.36 mm) 90-100 65-90 45-70 + or - 5% #16 (1.18 mm) 65-90 45.70 28-50 + or - 5% #30 (600 um) 40-65 30-50 19.34 + or - 5% #50 (330 um) 25-42 18.30 12-25 + or - 4%. #100 (150 um) 15-30 10-21 7.18 + or -- 3% #200 (75 um) 10-20 . 5-15 5-1.5 . + or - 2% - The job mix (target) gradation shall be within the gradation band for the desired type. After the target gradation has been submitted (this should be the gradation that the mix design is based on) then the percent passing each sieve shall not vary by more than the stockpile tolerance and still remain. within the gradation band. The aggregate will be accepted at the job location or stockpile. The stockpile shall be accepted based on five gradation tests according to ASSHTO.32 (ASTM D75). If the average of the five tests is within the gradation tolerances, then the materials will be accepted.. If the tests show the material to be out, the contractor will be given .the choice to either remove the material or blend other aggregates with the stockpiles material to bring it into specifications. Materials used in blending must meet the quality test before blending and must be blended in a manner to produce a consistent gradation. This may require a new mix design. Screening shall be required at the stockpile if there are any problems created by having oversize materials in -the mix. 4.3 MINERAL FILLER Portland Cement, hydrated lime, limestone dust, flyash or other approved filler meeting the requirements of ASTM D242 shall be used if required by the mix design. They shall be considered as part of the dry aggregate. 4.4 WATER The water shall be free of harmful salts and contaminates. 4.5 ADDITIVES Additives may be used to accelerate or retard the break -set of the slurry seal, or improve the resulting finished surface. The use of additives 'in the slurry mix (or individual materials) shall be made initially in quanti- ties predetermined by the mix design with field adjust- ments if required, after approval by the B.A.R. 5. LABORATORY EVALUATION 5.1 GENERAL Before work begins, the contractor shall submit a signed mix design covering the specific materials to be used on the project. This design will be performed by a laboratory who has experience in designing Emulsi- fied Asphalt Slurry Seal Surfacing. After the mix design has been approved, no-substitutidn will be permitted -,- unless approved by the B.A.R. ISSA can provide a list of laboratories experienced in testing of slurry seal materials for mix designs. 5.2 MIX DESIGN The contractor shall submit to the B.A.R. for approval a complete mix design prepared and certified by the laboratory. Compatibility of the aggregate, emulsion, mineral filler, and other additives shall be verified by the mix design. The mix design shall be made with the same aggregate gradation that the contractor will provide on the project. Recommended tests and values are as follows: TEST DESCRIPTION SPEC ISSA T106 Slurry Seal Consistency ISSA TB-139 Wet Cohesion (for quick- 30 minutes min (set) 12kg-cm min traffic systems) 60 minutes min 20kg-cm min ISSA TB-109 Excess Asphalt 50g/ft2 max (for heavy by LWT (538 g/m2 max) traffic areas Sand Adhesion only) ISSA T13-114 Wet Stripping Pass (90% min) ISSA TB-100 Wet Track Abrasion Loss One hour soak 75g/ft2 max (807 g/m2) ISSA TB-113 'Mix Time Controllable to 180 sec min 'The mixing test and set time test should be done at the highest temperatures expected during construction. The wet track abrasion test is used to determine the minimum asphalt content. The mixing test is used to predict how long the mate- rial can be mixed in the machine before it begins to break. It is more for information to be used by the contractor than for the quality of the end product. It is however, a good field test to check for consistent sources of material, both emulsified asphalt and aggregate. The laboratory shall also report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit weight of the aggregate (bulking effect). The report must clearly show the proportions of aggregate, mineral filler (min. and max.), water (min. and max.), additive(s) (usage), and asphalt emulsion based on the dry weight of the aggregate. All the component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the materials proposed by the contractor to be used on the project. The percentages of each individual material required shall be shown in the laboratory report. Adjustments may be required during the construction, based on the field conditions. The B.A.R. will give final approval for all such adjustments. SUGGESTED APPLICATION RATE TYPE I Parking Areas, Urban 8-12#/SY and Residential (3.63-5.44 Streets kgs/m2) Airport Runways TYPE II Urban and Residential 12-20#/SY Streets (5.44-9.07 kgs/m2) Airport Runways TYPE III Primary and Interstate 18-30#/SY Routes (8.16-13.6 kgs/m2) Application rates are affected by the unit weight of the aggregate, the gradation of the aggregate and the demand of the surface to which the slurry seal is being applied. ISSA technical bulletin 112 gives a method to determine expected application rates, 5.4 TOLERANCES Tolerances for individual materials as well as the slurry seal mixture are as follows: The B.A.R. shall approve the mix design and all slurry a. After the designed residual asphalt content is deter - seal materials and methods prior to use. The compo- mined, a plus or minus one percentage point varia- nent materials shall be within the following limits: tion will be permitted. RESIDUAL ASPHALT TYPE 1 — 10% — 160/0 TYPE II — 7.5% 13.5% TYPE 111 — 6.5% — 12% Based on dry weight of aggregate. MINERAL FILLER 0.5% — 2.0% Based on dry weight of aggregate. ADDITIVES As needed. WATER As needed to achieve proper mix consistency. (Total mix liquids should not exceed the loose aggregate voids. ISSA T106 should be used to check optimum liquids. 5.3 RATE OF APPLICATION The slurry seal mixture shall be of proper consistency at all times so as to provide the application rate required by the surface condition. The average appli- cation rate, as measured by the B.A.R., shall be in accordance with the following table: b. The percentage of aggregate passing each sieve shall be within stockpile tolerance range as stated. c. The percentage of aggregate passing shall hot go from the high end, to the low end of the specified - range of any two successive sieves. d. The slurry consistency shall not vary more than ± 0.5 cm from the job mix formula after field adjustments. e. The rate of application once determined by the B.A.R. shall not vary more than ±2#/SY, while remaining within the design application rate. 6. EQUIPMENT 6.1 GENERAL All equipment, tools, and machines used in perfor- mance of this work shall' be maintained in satisfactory working condition at all times to ensure a high quality product. 6.2 MIXING EQUIPMENT The machine shall be specifically designed and manufactured to lay slurry seal. The material shall be mixed by a self-propelled slurry seal mixing machine of either truck mounted or continuous run design. Continous run machines are those that are equipped to self load materials while continuing to lay slurry seal. Either type machine shall be able to accurately deliver and proportion the aggregate, emulsified asphalt, mineral filler, control setting additive, and water to a revolv- ing mixer and discharge the mixed product on a continu- ous flow basis. The machine shall have sufficient storage capacity for aggregate, emulsified asphalt, mineral filler, control additive and water to maintain an adequate supply to the proportioning controls. The B.A.R. must decide which type of equipment best suits their specific project, and if that type of equip- ment is readily available and utilized in their area. Generally, truck mounted machines or continuous run machines may be used on similar projects. In some cases, truck mounted machines may be more suited; ie. cul-de-sacs, small narrow roadways, parking lots, etc. On major highways, interstates, etc., continuous run equipment may be the desired choice due to the continuity of mix and the reduction of start up joints.. If continuous run equipment is used the machine shall be equipped to allow the operator to have full control of the forward and reverse speed during application of the slurry seal. It shall be equipped with a self -loading device, opposite side driver stations, and forward and reverse speed controls. 6.3 PROPORTIONING DEVICES Individual volume or weight controls for proportioning each material to be added to the mix (i.e. aggregate, mineral filler, emulsified asphalt and additive) shall be provided and properly marked. The proportioning devises are usually revolution coun- ters or similar devices and are used in material calibra- tion and determining the material output at any time. 6.4 SPREADING EQUIPMENT The mixture shall be spread uniformly by means of a conventional surfacing spreader box attached to the mixer and equipped to agitate and spread the material evenly throughout the box. A front seal shall be provided to insure no loss of the mixture at the road contact point. The rear seal shall act as final strike -off and shall be adjustable. The spreader box and. rear strike -off shall be so designed and operated that a uniform consistency is achieved to produce a free flow of material to the rear strike -off. The spreader box shall have suitable means provided to side shift the box to compensate for variations in the pavement geometry. A burlap drag or other approved screed may be attached to the rear of the spreader box to provide a uniform, highly textured mat. 6.5 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT Suitable surface preparation equipment, traffic control equipment, hand tools, and any other support equipment shall be provided as necessary to perform the work. 7. CALIBRATION Each mixing unit to be used in performance of the work shall be calibrated in the presence of the B.A.R. prior to construction. Previous calibration documenta- tion covering the exact materials to be used may be acceptable, provided they were made during the calendar year. The documentation shall include an individual calibration of each material at various settings, which can be related to the machine's meter- ing devices. No machine will be allowed to work on the project until the calibration has been completed and/or accepted. 7.1 VERIFICATION Test strips will be made. by each machine after calibra- tion and prior to construction. Test strips shall be a portiori of the project. Samples of the slurry seal will be taken and _ verification made as to mix consistency and proportioning. Verification of rate of application will also be made. Upon failure of any of these tests, additional test strips, at no cost to the buyer, will be required until each unit is authorized to work. Any unit failing to pass the tests after the third trial, will not be permitted to work on the project. Test strips must be accepted or rejected within 24 hours after application. 8. WEATHER LIMITATIONS The slurry seal shall, not be applied if either the pave- ment or air temperature is below 50°F (10°C) and falling, but may be applied when both pavement and air temperature are above 450F (7°C) and rising. No slurry seam shall be applied when there is danger that the finished product will freeze before 24 hours. The mixture shall not be applied when weather conditions prolong opening to traffic beyond a reasonable time. 9. NOTIFICATION AND TRAFFIC CONTROL 9.1 NOTIFICATION All homeowners and business affected by the paving shall be notified one day in advance of the surfacing. Suitable tow -away signs may be posted prior to the surfacing. Should work not occur on the specified day, a new notification will be distributed. The notification shall be in a form of written posting, stating the time and date that the surfacing will take place. 9.2 TRAFFIC CONTROL Suitable methods shall be used by the contractor to protect the slurry seal from all types of vehicular traffic without damage. Opening to traffic does not constitute acceptance of the work. The B.A.R. shall be notified of the methods to be used. In areas which are subject to an increased rate of sharp turning vehicles, additional time may be required for a more complete cure of the slurry seal mat to prevent damage. Slight tire marks may be .evident in these areas after opening but will diminish over time with rolling traffic. If these areas are not severly rutted they should be considered as normal characteristics of a slurry seal and should be accepted. 10. SURFACE PREPARATION 10.1 GENERAL Immediately prior to applying the slurry seal the surface shall be cleared of all loose material, oil spots, Vegetation, and other objectionable material. Any stan- dard cleaning method will be acceptable. If water is used, cracks shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before slurry surfacing. Manholes, valve boxes, drop inlets and other service entrances shall be protected from. the slurry seal by a suitable method. The B.A.R. shall' approve the surface preparation prior to surfacing. 10.2 TACK COAT Normally tack coat is not required unless the surface to be covered is extremely dry and raveled or is concrete or brick. If required the tack coat should consist of one part emulsified asphalt and three parts water. The emulsified asphalt should be the same as used in the mix. The distributor shall be capable of applying the dilution evenly at a rate of .05 to .10 gallons per square yard (0.15 to 0.35 liters per square meter). The tack coat shall be allowed to cure before application of the slurry seal. 10.3 CRACKS It is advisable to pre -treat cracks in the pavement surface with an acceptable crack sealer prior to appli- cation of the slurry seal. 11. APPLICATION 11.1 GENERAL When required by local conditions, the surface shall be pre -wetted by fogging ahead of the spreader box. The rate of application of the fog spray shall be adjusted during the day to suit temperatures, surface texture, humidity, and dryness of the pavement. The slurry seal shall be of the desired consistency upon leaving the mixer. A sufficient amount of material shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that a complete coverage is obtained. Overloading of the spreader shall be avoided. No lumping, balling, or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted. No streaks, such as those caused by oversized aggregate shall be left in the finished 'surface. If excess oversize develops, the job will be stopped until the contractor proves to the B.A.R. that the situation has been corrected. Some situations may require screening the aggregate just prior to loading it into the units going from the stockpile area to the laydown operation. 11.2 JOINTS No excess buildup, uncovered areas, or unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or trans- verse joints. The contractor shall provide suitable width spreading equipment to produce a minimum number of longitudinal joints throughoutthe project. When possible, longitudinal joints shall be placed on lane lines. Half passes and odd width passes will be used only in minimum amounts. If half passes are used, they shall not be the last pass of any paved area. A maximum of six inches (6'� (152 mm) shall be allowed for overlap of longitudinal lane line joints. 11.3 MIX STABILITY The slurry seal shall posses sufficient stability so that premature breaking of the material in the spreader box, does not occur. The mixture shall be homogeneous - during and' following mixing and spreading. It shall be free of excess water and emulsion and free of segre- gation of the emulsion and aggregate fines from the coarser aggregate. Spraying of additional_ water into the spreader box will not be permitted. 11.4 HAND WORK Areas which cannot be reached with slurry seal machines shall be surfaced using hand squeegees to provide complete and uniform coverage. The area to be handworked shall be lightly dampened prior to mix placement and the slurry worked immediately. Care shall be exercised to leave no unsightly appearance from handwork. The same type finish as applied by the spreader box shall be required. Handwork shall be completed during machine applying process. 11.5 LINES Care shall be taken to insure straight lines along curbs and shoulders. No runoff on these areas will be permitted. Lines at intersections will be kept straight to provide good appearance. 11.6 ROLLING Rolling is usually not necessary for slurry seal surfacing on roadways. Airports and parking areas should be rolled by a self propelled 10 ton pneumatic roller with a tire pressure of 50 PSI (3.4 ATMS) and equipped with a water spray system. The surfaced areas shall be subjected to a minimum of two (2) full coverage passes by the roller. Rolling should not commence until the slurry has cured enough so that it will not pick up on the tires of the roller. 11.7 CLEAN-UP All areas, such as manways, gutters and intersections, shall have the slurry seal removed as specified by the B.A.R. The contractor shall remove any debris associated with the performance of the work on a daily basis. 12. QUALITY CONTROL 12.1 INSPECTION To insure quality, inspectors assigned to projects must be familiar with the materials, equipment and applica- tion of slurry seal. Local conditions and specific project requirements must be considered when determining the parameters of field inspection. 12.2 MATERIALS The Contractor will permit the B.A.R. to take samples of the aggregate and asphalt emulsion used in.the project at the B.A.R.'s discretion. Gradation and sand equivalent tests may be run on the aggregate and residual asphalt content tests on the emulsion. Test . results will be compared to specifications. Tests will be run at the expense of the buyer. The buyer must notify the contractor immediately if any test fails to meet the specifications. 12.3 SLURRY SEAL Samples of the slurry seal will be taken directly from the slurry unit(s) at a minimum rate of one sample per mixing unit per each days use. Consistency and residual asphalt content tests may be made on the samples and compared to the specifications. Tests will be run at the expense of the buyer. The buyer must notify the contractor immediately if any test fails to meet specifications. The B.A.R. may use the recorders and measuring facil- ities of the slurry seal unit to determine application rates, asphalt emulsion content, mineral filler and addi- tives) content for an individual load. It is the responsibility of the contractor to check stock- pile moisture -content and to set the machine accord- ingly to account for aggregate bulking. 12.4 NON-COMPLIANCE If any two successive tests fail on the stockpile mate- rial, the job shall be stopped. It is the responsibility of the contractor, at his own expense, to prove to the B.A.R. that the conditions have been corrected. If any two successive tests on the mix from the same machine fail, the use of the machine shall be suspended. It will be the responsibility of the contrac- tor, at his own expense, to prove to the B.A.R. that the problems. have. been. correctedi and that the. machine is working properly: 13. PAYMENT The slurry seal shall be measured and paid for by the unit area or weight of aggregate and weight of emul- sion used on the work completed and accepted by the buyer. If paid by the weight of the aggregate and emulsion, the contractor shall submit to the B.A.R. a certified affidavit and delivery tickets which show quan- tities of each material delivered to the job site and used on the project. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for preparation, mixing and applying these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, test design, clean-up and incidentals necessary to complete and warrant the job as specified herein. APPENDIX A AGENCIES AND TEST METHODS AGENCIES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Trans- porta8on Officials ASTM . American Society for Testing and Materials ISSA International Slurry Surfacing Association AGGREGATE AND MINERAL FILLER AASHTO T2 ASTM D75 Sampling Mineral Aggregates AASHTO T27 ASTM C136 Sieve Analysis of Aggregates AASHTO T11 ASTM C117 Materials Finer than No. 200 in Mineral Aggregate AASHTO 176 ASTM D2419 Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate AASHTO T84 ASTM C128 Specific Gravity and Absorption of Fine Aggregate AASHTO -T19 . ASTM C29- . Uhit- Weight of Aggregate AASHTO T96 ASTM C131 Resistance to Abrasion -of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by use of the Los Angeles Machine. (This test should be performed on the parent rock that is used for crushing the finer gradation slurry seal material). AASHTO T37 ASTM D546 Sieve Analysis of Mineral Filler AASHTO T104 ASTM C88 Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or MagnesiumSulphate ASTM D242 Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures AASHTO T127 ASTM C183 Sampling Hydraulic Cement EMULSIFIED ASPHALT AASHTO T40 : ASTM D140 Sampling Bituminous Materials AASHTO'T59 ASTM D244 Testing Emulsified Asphalt AASHTO M140 ASTM D977 Specification for Emulsified Asphalt AASHTO M208 ASTM D2397 Specification for Cationic Emul- sified Asphalt ISSA T102 Mixing, Setting and Water Resistance Test to identify "Quick -Set' Emulsified Asphalt RESIDUE FROM EMULSION AASHTO T59 ASTM D244 Residue by Evaporation AASHTO T49 ASTMD2397 Penetration 100 gm at 5 sec. 77°F (25°C) SLURRY SEAL SYSTEM ISSA T101 Guide for Sampling Slurry Mix for Extraction Test ISSA T106 Measurement of Slurry Seal Consistency ISSA T109 Test Method for Measurement of Excess Asphalt in Bitumi- nous Mixtures by Use of a Loaded Wheel Tester ISSA T111 Outline Guide Design Proce- dure for Slurry Seal ISSA T112 Method of Estimate Slurry Seal Spread Rates and to Measure Pavement Macrotexture ISSA T114 Wet Stripping Test for Cured Slurry Seal Mixes ISSA T115 Determination of Slurry Seal Compatibility ISSA T139 Method of Classified Emulsified Asphalt, Aggregate Mixtures by Modified Cohesion Test Meas- urement of Set and Cure Characteristics ASTM D3910 Design, Testing and Construc- tion of Slurry Seal ASTM D2172 Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen for Bituminous Paving Mixtures APPENDIX B INSTRUCTIONS TO THE WRITER A. This specification is written as a guideline and should be used as such. It is not intended to be copied verbatim. The writer should thoroughly read the guideline and determine what is and what is not applicable. Feel free to contact the ISSA for answers to any questions and also for a list of ISSA member contractors and companies who could assist. B. This specification is written to cover a conventional slurry seal system. !t is not applicable to micro -surfacing. Consult the ISSA for information on modified systems. TECHNICAL NOTES A. 3.4 SLURRY SEAL To be sure all the water is removed from the slurry before running ASTM D2172, ASTM D95 or ASTM D1461 should be run. Some laboratories have modified ASTM D95 to permit removing of the water and bitumen at the same time. B. 4.1 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT The cement mixing test determines the emulsion mixability. However, this is best deter- mined by the laboratory using the job materials rather than cement. Also, many emulsions designed especially for slurry seal will not pass the cement mixing test, yet give good results in the field. C. 4.2.1 GENERAL It is recommended a 100% crushed material be used for airfields and major roadways. The use of natural non -angular sand will give poor results If materials are to be blended, be sure the contractor provides suitable means. Wet materials are difficult to blend. Materials with a great difference in unit weights are hard to blend. Where blended materials are used, stockpile sampling and testing should be increased. D. 4.2.3 GRADING Select only one gradation. Experience has taught it is better to limit the top sieve of each gradation (No. 8, Type I; No. 4, Type II; 3/8 Type Ill) to 98 to 100% passing to improve surface appearance. The following is additional information on the three gradations: Type I. This aggregate blend is used to fill surface voids and correct moderate surface conditions. It gives an approxi- mate application rate of 8 to 12 pounds per square yard (3.63 kg to 5.4 kg per sq. m) and a theoretical asphalt content of 10-16% based on dry aggregate weight. The fineness of this design provides it with the ability for crack penetration. A typical example of this type of slurry surface would be on areas where only protection from the elements is desired. If Type I gradation is used for streets, it is recommended that maximum poundage be required. Type 11. This aggregate blend is used when it is desired to fill surface voids, correct severe surface conditions, and provides sealing and a wearing surface. It gives an approxi- mate application rate of 12 to 20"' pounds per square yard (5.4 kg to 9.07 kg per sq. m) and a theoretical asphalt content of 7.5 to 13.5% based on the dry aggregate weight. A typical example of this type of slurry surface would be on pavements with medium textured surfaces which would require this size aggregate to fill in the cracks and provide a minimum wearing surface. Another example would be placing a general slurry on flexible base, stabilized base, or soil cement as a sealer prior to final paving. Type Ill. This aggregate blend is used to give maximum skid resistance and an improved wearing surface It is applied at a rate of 18 " pounds per square yard (8.16 kg per sq. m) or more and a theoretical asphalt content of 6.5 to 12.0%, based on dry aggregate weight. A typical example of this type of slurry surface is as the first or second course of a multiple course slurry treatment on flexible base, stabilized. base, or soil cement. Another example of this type of slurry surface would be on pavements which have highly textured surfaces and require this size aggregate to fill in the voids and provide an improved wearing surface. "For aggregates of ASG#2.65 E. 4.3 MINERAL FILLER Mineral filler is required with most aggregates. Its use is normally 0.5 to 2.0% and is considered part of the aggregate. Mineral filler is primarily used to improve the homogeneity of the slurry seal. F. 4.5 ADDITIVES There are many types of additives being tried and used in slurry seal for slurry break and set control. Any additives used should be approved by the laboratory as part of the mix design. The slurry equipment should have accurate means to meter the product into the mix and 'instrumentation to measure the amount of material that has been added during any particular period. G. 5.2 LABORATORY REPORT ISSA T109, the Loaded Wheel Test for Excessive Asphalt, is most applicable when the slurry seal is to be placed in areas receiving high volumes of traffic. For jobs where the slurry is only being placed on low volume areas, the test could be deleted. ISSA T8136 describes some of the items to watch for when performing the Wet Track Abrasion Test. ISSA TB139 describes a method to classify emulsified asphalt/aggregate mixture systems as to set and cure charac- teristics by a Modified Cohesion Tester. ISSA Operation Bulletin 128 describes a method to determine the bulk effect of aggregate and how it relates to machine calibration. N. 6.2 SLURRY MIXING EQUIPMENT Counters, flow meters or totalizer meters are the most common instruments used on machines. They should be kept in good working order. I. 6.4 SLURRY SPREADING EQUIPMENT Some spreader boxes are equipped with one or more sets of augers to improve the distribution of the slurry seal in the spreader box. In some quick -set systems, these augers also keep the mix from breaking. The important thing is to have the slurry seal the proper consistency as it leaves the mixer and not to add any water to the mix afterwards. Any type drag pulled behind the spreader box that has been stiffened by hardened slurry or asphalt is ineffective. J. 7 CALIBRATION ISSA Operations Bulletin 128 describes a method of machine calibration. ISSA contractors and/or machine manufacturers have proven methods of machine calibra- tion which can be provided. K. 7 VERIFICATION The -consistency. testis sometimes difficult to evaluate-irrthe fe.Id;-especially if the slurry is setting_ quickly. If run in the field it must be performed immediately- - after the sample is taken. One methods used to measure consistency is to take a stick and draw a line through the slurry immediately behind the spreader box. If the line stays, the slurry is at the proper consistency.. If it fills up, the mix is not correct. Keeping the proper consistency should be one of the major areas of inspector concern. An improper mix will cause a number of problems. If mixes are too dry, streaking, lumping and roughness will be present in the mat. Mixes applied too wet will run excessively, not hold straight lane lines and cause an asphalt rich surface with segregation evident in the mat. L. 10.2 TACK COAT When slurry is being placed over a brick, concrete, or other highly absorbent or polished surface, . a 1 part emulsion, 3 part water tack coat of the same asphalt emulsion (f possible) type and grade as specified for the slurry is recommended. This can be applied with an asphalt = distributor. The normal_ application rate is 0.05 to-0.10 gal./sq. yd. (0.15 to.0.35 ft./sq. m) of.the diluted eriiulsion.. M. 11.5 LINES Many contractors use 15 lb. black.roofing paper to start and stop at intersections, This insures a -straight line and leaves something to hold the excess slurry for easy removal. SLUp 2 T M D W f7 Z •4SSOCIAT%'o `-• International Slurry Surfacing Association 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Suite 700 Washington, D.C. 20036-4303 (202) 857-1160 FAX (202) 223-4579 ARMOR MANUFACTURING COMPANY A-100 HEAVY DUTY PAVEMENT SEALER PRODUCT DATA BULLETIN PRODUCT: Armor Seal #A-100 Concentrated Asphalt Base Pavement Sealer. A-100 is designed to seal and protect asphalt pavements such as roadways, airports, parking lots and playgrounds. A-100 will add a long lasting, dark black, like new appearance to any asphalt surface and is designed to outlast all other asphalt sealers on the market. If all handling and application instructions are followed, A-100 will extend and preserve asphalt pavement for many years. PRODUCT DATA: A sampling of test results and independent laboratory analysis. Type (ASTM D-2397 & AASHTO M208)................................... CSS1-H Asphalt Emulsion and Selected Fillers Uniformity (ASTM D-977-91 & 97 & AASHTO M140-88)................................................................. Homogenous Poundsper gallon (ASTM D-244)........................................................................................................... 10.5t Residue by evaporation (ASTM D 2939)........................................................................................... 55% to 60% Colorwhen dry ........................................................................................................................................ Dark Black Odor.................................................................................................................................................................... Mild Flammability(ASTM - MNL#9).................................................................................................... Non -Flammable FlashPoint (ASTM - MNL#9)....................................................................................................................... None Effect of freezing (While In Liquid Storage State)................................................................................. Damaging Storagelife................................................................................................................................................. One Year Cone Penetration @ 77°F. (ASTM D-217)................................................................................................ Passes Wear/Scrub Resistance (D-2486 - Modified) Unconditioned 6,000 cycles minimum................................................................................................ Passes Conditioned 4,000 cycles minimum.................................................................................................... Passes Wet track abrasion test after six day water soak (ISSA-A105-T100)........................................ 6.12 gm. per sq. ft. SOURCES: AASHTO (American Assoc. of State and Highway Officials). ASTM (American Society of Testing Methods). ISSA (International Slurry Seal Association). PACKAGING: 5 Gallon Pails, 55 Gallon Drums 8 5,000 Gallon Bulk Deliveries APPLICATION: See reverse side for application instructions. FOOTNOTES: The following is a general endorsement from the 'Asphalt Institute' regarding asphalt sealing technology: "If one does not seal, fine hair line cracks appear in the pavements surface... and this is the start of a maintenance problem... By sealing we then extend the life of the pavements... if one seals immediately, and providing other variables that lead to pavement failure do not come into play, you should be able to extend the pavement life almost indefinitely... "(Excerpt from letter by Carl W. Lubold, Jr., District Engineer, for the Asphalt Institute.) >„ ARMOR SEAL CASCADE ASPHALT SEALING COMPANY 6238 SOUTH TACOMA WAY TACOMA WASHINGTON. 98409-4126 PHONE (253) 475-4910 FAX (253)475-9253 TOLL FREE (800) 846-9125 E-MAILarmorsales@gwest.com WEB SITE ADDRESS www.armorseaLcom ARMOR SEAL HEAVY DUTY PAVEMENT SEALER #A-100 TWO (2) COATS WITH OPTIONAL AGGREGATE FOR ASPHALT PAVEMENTS TACOMA. WA PREPARATION: Immediately prior to sealing, all asphalt surfaces must be thoroughly cleaned and contain no loose material, dirt, dust, and/or deicing chemical residue. etc. Surfaces that are impacted with hard clay, dust, and silt, that cannot be removed by mechanical sweepers or blowers must be pressure washed. If dirty surfaces are not property cleaned, the sealer cannot bond or grip to the surface and de -bonding of the coating will occur. Sources of water run off such as landscape irrigation should be shut off, and the asphalt surface must be completely dry prior to application. New asphalt surfaces must cure a minimum of thirty days before application. Prior to final clean up and seal coat application, all asphalt patching, paving, crack filling, or other repair and construction work must be completed. Potholes, severely cracked areas, and similar surface defects must be repaired as needed with a suitable hot mix asphalt. Treat all grease, oil, gasoline, and similar petroleum build-up or stains with Prep Seal oil spot primer #A-500. Cracks in excess of '/." wide shall be cleaned and filled with Dura-Fill H.S. (Heat Stabilized) hot applied crack filler #A-420 or approved equal. MIXING Concentrated Armor A-100 can be mixed with up to three pounds of #30 to #80 gradation silica sand per gallon. '. During application, A-100 and silica sand (if added), must be kept agitated and in a constant state of uniform suspension. Sand can be added to one or both coats. Prior to application, concentrated Armor A-100 may be mixed y _ with water from 15 to 20 percent depending upon surface conditions. A-600 (Maxi -Tuff) can then be added to the diluted mix based upon a ratio of 1 to 3 percent per gallon of undiluted A-100. Refer to chart A-1.1. APPLICATION: Concentrated Armor Seal and specified water dilution should be applied in parallel ribbons with a squeegee or approved mechanical application equipment. Two coats should be applied. Where possible, the first coat of sealer should be allowed to dry for 12 hours prior to the application of a second coat. Multiple coats should be applied in cross directions. It is recommended that Armor Seal A-100 be allowed to cure for 24 hours before opening to traffic. New (less than 60 days old) or heavily oxidized surfaces, should be prime coated with CSS1h, or A-100, diluted 100 percent (1 to 1) with water prior to the application of the first coat of sealer. COVERAGE: Coverage (or yield) will range from 40 to 120 square feet per gallon, per coat, depending on surface conditions. Please refer to the following chart for recommended specifications. Chart A-1.1 A Traffic Frequency Application S/F per gal. of Armor A-600 Sequence undiluted A-100 (Maxi -Tuff) Light Traffic ®T�ID Residential Driveways; Paved Play Grounds; .Use 1st Coat 90 - 110 s/f per Optional: 1% per gal. of Bicycle & Golf Cart Paths; Light Parking gallon Lots. 2nd Coat 100 - 120 sff per undiluted A-100 gallon Moderate Traffic Optional: Residential Streets; Multi -Family Housing; Light 1st Coat 70 - 80 sff per gallon 1 % per gal. of i I to Moderate Use Retail & Commercial Parking. 2nd Coat 70 - 80 s/f per gallon undiluted A-100. Heavy Traffic Optional: Industrial and Commercial Facilities; Rail and 1st Coat 40 - 60 s/f per gallon 1% per gal. of Port Facilities; Heavily Used Parking Areas; Airport Taxiways & Shipping Terminals. 2nd Coat 40 - 70 s/f per gallon undiluted A-100. 3rd Coat 80 - 90 s/f per gallon (same as above) (Optional) CLEAN UP: Clean up tools and equipment with water. Use diesel fuel if matenal has hardened. CAUTIONS: Stir and mix thoroughly before using Do not apply when temperature is below 60°F. Do not apply if rain is expected within 24 hours of application. Keep from freezing. Close containers when not in use. Do not store containerized sealer in direct sunlight or above 100°F. Do not expose containers zed sealer to open flame. NOTICE: The methods and techniques described in this application bulletin represent some that have been used successfully to obtain the desired results. All variations in asphalt, climate conditions and equipment cannot be anticipated by Armor Mfg. The decision to use any of these methods and techniques is entirely at the election and responsibility of the user. WARRANTY The statements made on this technical bulletin are believed to be true and accurate, and are intended to provide a guide for AND approved construction practices. Armor Manufacturing does not make, nor does it authorize any agent or representative to DISCLAIMER make any warranty, express or implied, concerning this material as workmanship, weather, equipment utilized, and other variables affecting results are all beyond our control. Armor Manufacturing warrants only that the material conforms to product specifications and any liability to the buyer or use of this product is limited to the replacement value of the product only. In no event shall Armor Manufacturing be liable for any injury, loss or damage, either direct or incidental, special or consequential, arising in connection with material or work performed. Armor Manufacturing shall not, in any manner, be liable for any defects, variations, or change in condition in the substructure over which its products are installed. CASCADE ASPHALT SEALING COMPANY 6238 SOUTH TACOMA WAY TACOMA WASHINGTON, 984094126 PHONE (253) 475-4910 FAX (253) 475-9253 TOLL FREE (800) 846-9125 E-MAIL: armorsales@gwest.com WEB SITE ADDRESS: www.armorseal com uui9!LUuu ny la.a! rAA GJa 4(a uja unwue , NPhdlt auding guuz/uu4 Eli 04io �L ;Mnr I jzL=n"I-jPMII; =0,,, ;.O� - My A rmor Seal A - 100 �, asphalt tom, sealer fornvilated to give improved protection to bladdoP surfaces. M rrxnor cracks and depressions to develop. a smoother, more attracNe, longw4asting surface. A rmor Seal A - 100 Protects the porous asphalt surface against oxidation (caused oy harmful sun rays) and water seepage, an"-Ig the main causes of asphalt deterioration. Reduces water damage used by rain, snow, frost, freezing and thawing. fts durable CDating is also recommended for hot, and climates and resists deterioration caused by temperature extremes. Reduces Maintenance due to the evert surface. Sweeping, snow removal and maintenance are simpler, faster and less expensive. [.abmalory tested and toffnOaled to W e you due best A nce possUe. Amict Sea! A_ 100 is forOw with a special blend of ad&frvs to mete d tW bust and most OKOCY%" am*%ak based scaler avaiabW GOAL TAR can be added b Ww4 a Whaft based amenal tD produce a richer, der back yun door ssaias The tar also reproves z&aslon aed waar r . RVBB" 4 OOUW to the sealer to rtuease fenW strer,gU-N mw%" the sixiaGe more resAwrn end resiaterst to aacaIN. SP£C7AL MMUMAL Flt1ER& hrueasae sire Vm and durab&Wy M AO-L- d by Laboratory • Ilse ad&uon of specu,i 9iem For more a4onr4bors, write of piton PARKING LOTS a TENNIS COURTS legal low sea i. ims.a.�.rr...�.� WALKWAYS At SCHOOLS 0. J /2/ iT - \-1A..r- "tr%-4 0 3ti$ 2.0\v. PO/` �� r_ spar in�l 71--, o tastim HMA Mix Design Submittal Contract Information Contract Number CEMEX Commercial State Route Section 1 Date 03/01/2010 Project Engineer Region Northwest Region HMA Paving Contractor CEMEX 1 Submitted By Kurt Siegfried HMA Class ❑ 3/8 Inch ❑ 3/4 Inch ❑ ATB ® 1/2 Inch ❑ 1 Inch ❑ Other (Describe) ESALs (millions) Gyration Levels N Initial: N Design: N Max: HMA Evaluation Method ❑ Statistical ❑ Non Statistical ® Commercial Asphalt Binder Information Primary Asphalt Binder Supplier Paramount Asphalt Binder Specific Gravity (Gb) 1.032 Asphalt Binder Grade PG 64-22 Proposed Pb 5.0 Mixing Temperature Range 315 Compaction Temperature Range 295 Anti -Strip Type Secondary Asphalt Binder Supplier US Oil Asphalt Binder Specific Gravity (Gb) 1.025 Asphalt Binder Grade PG 64-22 Proposed Pb 5.0 Mixing Temperature Range 298-308 Compaction Temperature Range 279-287 Anti -Strip Type Contractor Aggregate Structure and Aggregate Test Data In the table below provide the "Material' identification (3/4"-0, Blend Sand, etc.), "Source" (J-199, E-320, etc.), 'Ratio" (45%, 20%, etc.), and the percent passing each sieve for each stockpile used in the mix design as well as the combined gradation and the specification requirements for the class of HMA used. Report all stockpile gradations to the nearest tenth of a percent. Report the combined gradation to the nearest whole percent except the U.S. No. 200, which must be reported to the nearest tenth of a percent. Material 5/8" x 3/8" 3/8" x #4 #4 x 0 Sand Combined Gradation Specification Requirements Source D-345 D-345 D-345 D-172 Ratio 25 15 45 15 1 112" Square 100 100 100 100 100.0 - 1" Square 100 100.0 100.0 100 100.0 - 3/4" Square 100 100.0 100.0 100 100.0 100 1/2" Square 62.0 100.0 100.0 100 90.0 90-100 3/8" Square 15.0 86.0 100.0 100 77.0 90 MAx U.S. No. 4 3.0 16.0 91.0 99.4 59.0 U.S. No. 8 2.1 4.4 61.0 85.5 42.0 28-58 U.S. No. 16 1.9 3.2 38.0 58.0 29.0 U.S. No. 30 1.8 2.9 25.0 33.0 20.0 - U.S. No. 50 1.6 2.6 17.0 11.0 11.0 U.S. No. 100 1.4 2.3 12.0 3.3 7.0 U.S. No. 200 1.2 1.9 8.92 1.56 5.0 3-7 Commercial Evaluation Uncompacted Void Content 47 40 Minimum DOT Form 350-042 EF Page 1 of 3 Revised 2/07 Contractor's Aggregate Test Data In the tables below provide all of the aggregate specific gravity and aggregate quality property test data determined for each stockpile and the selected design aggregate structure (Combined Gradation) as required. The specification requirement only apply to the design aggregate structure (Combined Gradation). Aggregate Specific Gravity, Sand Equivalency, and Uncompacted Void Content of Fine Aggregate Material Combined Gradation Specification Requirements Source Ratio Gsb Coarse Gsb Fine Gsb Blend Sand Equiv. 45 Min., 35 Min. for ATB Uncompacted Void Content* <3m ESALs, 40 Minimum >3m ESALs, 44 Minimum Coarse Aggregate Fracture* The fracture requirements for the combined coarse aggregate shall apply to the material retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve and above when tested in accordance with FOP for AASHTO TP 61. Combined Gradation # Fractured Faces Single/Double Specification Requirements U.S. No. 4 90% Minimum * Not applicable to Asphalt Treated Base (ATB). Remarks DOT Form 350-042 EF Page 2 of 3 Revised 2/07 Contractor's HMA Mix Design Data In the table below provide the HMA volumetric mix design data determined by performing WSDOT SOP 732. The Va, VMA, VFA, and Gmb values must be determined from replicate mixtures compacted to the appropriate Ndesign gyration level in accordance to section 8.2 of SOP 732, back calculated values from replicate mixtures compacted to Nmax are not acceptable. Pri ary Asphalt Binder Seco dary Asphalt Binder HMA Properties -0.5% Pb Design Pb Design +0.5% Pb Design -0.5% Pb Design Pb Design +0.5% Pb Design Pb • Gmm Nini • Gmm @ Ndes Va • VMA @ Ndes % VFA Ndes Dust / Asphalt Ratio Pbe Gmm Gmb Gse Height Nini Height Ndes Contractor's HMA Mix Design Proposal(s) In the table below provide the HMA volumetric mix design data that comes closest to, or intersects,4.0% (7.0% for ATB) Va, from the testing performed via WSDOT SOP 732. This may be the same as the Pb design data from the table above. Also provide the % Gmm data developed from the replicate mixtures compacted to appropriate Nmax gyration level. HMA Properties Primary Asphalt Binder Secondary Asphalt Binder Specification Re uirements Pb • Gmm @ Nini • Gmm @ Ndes 96.0 (93.0 for ATB) • VMA @ Ndes • VFA @ Ndes Dust / Asphalt Ratio " 0.6 - 1.6 Pbe Gmm Gmb Gse % Gmm@ Nmax <98.0 * Not applicable to Asphalt Treated Base (ATB). I certify this HMA job -mix formula (JMF) has been developed in accordance to WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) 732 "Volumetric Design for Hot -Mix Asphalt (HMA)". The HMA JMF has been verified in accordance to section 10 of SOP 732 which consist of preparing replicate mixtures containing the selected design aggregate structure at each of the following binder contents: (1) the estimated design binder content, Pb (design); (2) 0.5 percent below Pb (design); (3) 0.5 percent above Pb (design). I am aware, in accordance to Standard Specification 5-04.3(7)A subsection 2, that a response will be provided within 25 calendar days after a complete mix design submittal has been received at the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater. Signature Title Phone Date DOT Form 350-042 EF Page 3 of 3 Revised 2/07 + f Nn,-c i,Sc,A 4 6-33, C-0r-A r_2L,+ q` Zo10. f,0 arit�lt�entof7'1larespoTtatio� HMA Mix Design Submittal Contract Information Contract Number CEMEX Commercial State Route Section 1 Date 04/21/2010 Project Engineer Region Northwest Region HMA Paving Contractor CEMEX Submitted By I Kurt Siegfried HMA Class ❑ 3/8 Inch ❑ 3/4 Inch ❑ ATB ® 1/2 Inch ❑ 1 Inch ❑ Other (Describe) Commercial Design ESALs (millions) Gyration Levels N Initial: N Design: N Max: HMA Evaluation Method ❑ Statistical ❑ Non Statistical ® Commercial Asphalt Binder Information Primary Asphalt Binder Supplier Paramount Asphalt Binder Specific Gravity (Gb) 1.032 Asphalt Binder Grade PG 64-22 Proposed Pb 5.0 Mixing Temperature Range 315 Compaction Temperature Range 295 Anti -Strip Type Secondary Asphalt Binder Supplier US Oil Asphalt Binder Specific Gravity (Gb) 1.025 Asphalt Binder Grade PG 64-22 Proposed Pb 5.0 Mixing Temperature Range 298-308 1 Compaction Temperature Range 279-287 1 Anti -Strip Type No Anti Strip Contractor Aggregate Structure and Aggregate Test Data In the table below provide the "Material' identification (3/4"-0, Blend Sand, etc.), "Source" (J-199, E-320, etc.), "Ratio" (45%, 20%, etc.), and the percent passing each sieve for each stockpile used in the mix design as well as the combined gradation and the specification requirements for the class of HMA used. Report all stockpile gradations to the nearest tenth of a percent. Report the combined gradation to the nearest whole percent except the U.S. No. 200, which must be reported to the nearest tenth of a percent. Material 5/8" x 3/8" 3/8" x #4 #4 x 0 Blend Sand Combined Gradation Specification Requirements Source B-335 B-335 D-335 B-335 Ratio 25 15 45 15 1 1/2" Square 100 100 100 100 100.0 - 1" Square 100 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 - 3/4" Square 100 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100 1/2" Square 62.0 99.8 100.0 100.0 93.0 90-100 3/8" Square 15.0 85.8 100.0 100.0 85.0 90 Max U.S. No. 4 3.0 16.1 91.2 99.4 59.0 - U.S. No. 8 2.1 4.4 61.7 88.5 41.0 28-58 U.S. No. 16 1.9 3.2 38.6 71.3 28.0 - U.S. No. 30 1.8 2.8 25.4 48.7 18.1 - U.S. No. 50 1.6 2.6 17.3 15.9 11.0 - U.S. No. 100 1.4 2.3 12.4 2.5 7.0 - U.S. No. 200 1.2 1.9 1 9.2 0.5 5.4 2.0-7.0 Commercial Evaluation Uncompacted Void Content 47 40 Minimum DOT Form 350-042 EF Page 1 of 3 Revised 2/07 Contractor's Aggregate Test Data In the tables below provide all of the aggregate specific gravity and aggregate quality property test data determined for each stockpile and the selected design aggregate structure (Combined Gradation) as required. The specification requirement only apply to the design aggregate structure (Combined Gradation). Aggregate Specific Gravity, Sand Equivalency, and Uncompacted Void Content of Fine Aggregate Material Combined Gradation Specification Requirements Source 45 Min., 35 Min. for ATB Ratio Gsb Coarse Gsb Fine Gsb Blend Sand Equiv. Uncompacted Void Content* <3m ESALs, 40 Minimum >3m ESALs, 44 Minimum Coarse Aggregate Fracture* The fracture requirements for the combined coarse aggregate shall apply to the material retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve and above when tested in accordance with FOP for AASHTO TP 61. Combined Gradation # Fractured Faces Single/Double Specification p Requirements U.S. No. 4 90%Minimum * Not applicable to Asphalt Treated Base (ATB). Remarks DOT Form 350-042 EF Page 2 of 3 Revised 2/07 Contractor's HMA Mix Design Data In the table below provide the HMA volumetric mix design data determined by performing WSDOT SOP 732. The Va, VMA, VFA, and Gmb values must be determined from replicate mixtures compacted to the appropriate Ndesign gyration level in accordance to section 8.2 of SOP 732, back calculated values from replicate mixtures compacted to Nmax are not acceptable. Pri ary Asphalt Binder Seco dary Asphalt Binder HMA Properties -0.5% Pb Design Pb Design +0.5% Pb Design -0.5% Pb Design Pb Design +0.5% Pb Design Pb • Gmm Nini • Gmm @ Ndes Va • VMA @ Ndes • VFA Ndes Dust / Asphalt Ratio Pbe Gmm Gmb Gse Height @ Nini Height Ndes Contractor's HMA Mix Design Proposal(s) In the table below provide the HMA volumetric mix design data that comes closest to, or intersects,4.0% (7.0% for ATB) Va, from the testing performed via WSDOT SOP 732. This may be the same as the Pb design data from the table above. Also provide the % Gmm data developed from the replicate mixtures compacted to appropriate Nmax gyration level. HMA Properties Primary Asphalt Binder Proposal Secondary Asphalt Binder Proposal Specification Recluirements Pb % Gmm @ Nini • Gmm @ Ndes 96.0 (93.0 for ATB) • VMA @ Ndes % VFA @ Ndes Dust / Asphalt Ratio " 0.6 - 1.6 Pbe Gmm Gmb Gse % Gmm@ Nmax ' < 98.0 * Not applicable to Asphalt Treated Base (ATB). I certify this HMA job -mix formula (JMF) has been developed in accordance to WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) 732 "Volumetric Design for Hot -Mix Asphalt (HMA)". The HMA JMF has been verified in accordance to section 10 of SOP 732 which consist of preparing replicate mixtures containing the selected design aggregate structure at each of the following binder contents: (1) the estimated design binder content, Pb (design); (2) 0.5 percent below Pb (design); (3) 0.5 percent above Pb (design). I am aware, in accordance to Standard Specification 5-04.3(7)A subsection 2, that a response will be provided within 25 calendar days after a complete mix design submittal has been received at the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater. Signature Title Phone April 21, 2010 Date DOT Form 350-042 EF Page 3 of 3 Revised 2/07